ie MA Se Dead cae) on ewes, ates ; ho wy ie Ari Pare er ery eee? es re am 3 ts CA ‘ 4 “is Tee ee - “_* Tee I Shraty a Papee fr SPS ILO Rte Ose, ‘ «Ayko: Pe et date! ee A ges ara era eae ie ell Ki ie? ae Oe Sonatas v ee er a hy . ~a fs Bp oe Ny Reve ee oe . Pree SSstetace ime to eters ’ rer pe a vt ee Mt tee ao are ses PESOS ae es . ~ 4 ee rs ; . 4 ee : eae tay ee tie rte San aoe ee ST het “ese + Savy See Oy etree en > : ee Pee * Saw he ae a az re fe , Re ay ewer ttt “ PRADA E he OR AP a eee ee agate! cP ohne? phahitarehete’ Preeti a we te da OP ata oA 2 HOH ee ep oa 7 Mare tit Asin? ca Serener ah ; Mt See AS RTA ae ee ed ~ eS ee BE RSS Rete Suc Ain Neo Sree ®, &% Oe Miter ee a ee ed BS = pate Set 9 tte veel 7 1a " J - , 4 : oe) 3 aa = ng a @ ar -oe oa eee Til eo Se SE OT Ew eS Oe rer ee = “3 a Se ee at ee = ral Sledge tists eS Sele al a wo x Ant. f a eo rs Pry ey et ~ tharatta Prin’ ” f : Pash tig Meta Shoal BAP Puke h aed e - ° Sar ae ar ter clerics ear eae Oe webu tat ne eee Tee ee om Ah Peer hi EDA Rata $B Re ty Miah DB Bue nme he (Ore stat 5. cee a Ay ee EE le PE a? aval “ol a ro Foe iy Oe : Nea AN SM A - a * sala Ff Aaieoal P= ae Tet shoes 3 wee AE beg te DEN AREA ie ote PO x gh inte ete PICS AS LTO CM Ey are OTN Tn mae eae eg Lyte ere a CRT nein a . Satta? nD uel ~ arate “shed —— wateay ity. “ae x a naz =~ we . —. tna tats eas <> a tp Awe hs or Ae a tee oh Poet Hn 5g. re eee - D ae tie® Abe cs 7 Nis?” Pt, i RELA) Dela iat ae yn Hate taal ae “ isl ul Li + +7 Ser ee <3 * Pe pe Ra eet et Ye _ Hf . a Seton S- Sie ray re” hy ie : eg. Oe OLY Oe eM at ee tig anti > 4 ve ar a Se ye ee a » Per oy ee i alia e: dy cost irda ee tts Se see Se eee » 2 “Ca oe PS 1 Rn ET ey ¥ me theirs el Pe Oe Pg PS = - oe Stk terpenes WR was thes eh ae Saltese at Dy Tat aft ~ he ead Cae ee ere ae elite Wine my Seer = i = er ep Te Ray er - ves, Be” A A we? bal 4 pg , — > ite p _ ae oe ee aS ange ~ pr a SR * ID Rat tig Gat -"y Dati ctiet te” WPM we” * . aos PE Sie om, Be let 6 ee A. es — . Sh Pan tentinl 2 meee ee ve a) » lh igh gat Me” A * ee a eee ee mene - Ce th teal, Neat Se 7 © PF igltch De Lo - - = - - et sere aie ee ee ae » ty "1 — — ‘; 7 Sh rs m = = > +s . whe < - - a Pig ~ ™, Shs - ” ~ : > « « a - : eee ee ee ee Oo ee eS OS - : , > -. ~ Pwd * - a 2. 9 e ° ™ ” ~ _ of io en — - * 7 < ‘f - + . "e c ~ re ; : = - = ~ 7 en o i. . “~~ ° ffs pe A % ‘ x : : : *. ‘ Kas ~ ‘ _ 2 ea* 2 é : S ; =." ~ ~~ . ~ “ - - e = pene Aa Y * a = “" hy yer »f ~ 2 ~— — = ent 7 ae % 4 sf A linn c « a > J ape 1 # iF iets 4 ; ‘ apa fa? iia iy, ( ) : yi - P ¥) uy ¥ i f - \ ‘ 7) 7 } ay . ‘ b ne i 6 Ie Ay iy H 4 ; ihe ee \ Hee Wa, i ' 1 Seas SHH 1952 Numbers 1-3 -LEPIDOPTERISTS’ NEWS Published by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES _ Herausgegeben von i GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN 4 , : In T his Issue _ AMSTERDAM SYMPOSIUM ON PHYLOGENY AND CLASSIFICATION OF LEPIDOPTERA BUTTERFLIES AT BAIT 8 August 1952 EDITORIAL BOARD FOR THE SOCIETY Editor-in-Chief: bet CHARLES L. REMINGTON ’ Associate Editor: JEANNE E. REMINGTON Associate Editor ‘5 (Season Summary): EUGENE G. MUNROE > Associate Editor . (Literature Abstracting): PETER F. BELLINGER Associate Editor . (“The Nearctic Butterflies’): F. MARTIN BROWN NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE NEWS Contributions to The Lepidopterists’ News may be on any aspect of the study and collection of Lepidoptera in any part of the world. Particularly solicited are: 1) ~ review papers on subjects of general interest to lepidopterists (e¢.g., mimicry, wing venation); 2) field notes of more than a very local nature; 3) notes on well-tested — techniques; 4) news of lepidopterology (e.g., personalia, societies, new periodicals). Papers of more than eight pages will not normally be accepted. Manuscripts should be typed if possible, but clear hand-written manuscripts are 1 acceptable. ALL MANUSCRIPTS SHOULD BE DOUBLE-SPACED (blank lines alternating with written lines), and wide right and left margins are needed. Use only one side of the paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of the manuscript. Legends of figures and tables should be written on separate sheets. Half-tones — and tables must be kept within economical limits, and authors may be chatties for the cost of engravings and tables. : Ordinarily, manusctipts should be in English. However, the editors will attempt to translate short notes which are received in French, German, Spanish, Por ese, or Russian. Authors of longer manuscripts who do not find English easy should pre- pare an English manuscript and permit the editors to correct the writing. Brief summaries in non-English languages with roman letters are always welcomed at the end of any paper. ae Titles must be kept as short as possible; latin names will be italictee and — authors of latin names will not appear in the title of any paper. The style should conform to that used in recent issues of the News. Footnotes should be kept ata — minimum. The editors reserve the right to adjust style to fit standards of uniformity. At least 25 gratis reprints will be provided to authors if requested at the time the manuscript is submitted. Additional reprints and covers may be ordered at cost. } Address editorial correspondence to: Dr. C. L. REMINGTON, Osborn Zoological Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A. Address Society correspondence to: Dr. F. H. RINDGE, Dept. of Insects & apache: American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N.Y., U.S.A. ®, Address remittances to: Dr. J. B. ZIEGLER, 18 Baltusrol Place, Surniban N.J. U.S. AL Printed In U.S.A. United Printing Services, Inc. } New Haven, Conn, THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ NEWS Volume 6 1952 Numbers 1-3 THE STRUCTURE OF THE LARVAL PROLEGS OF THE LEPIDOPTERA AND THEIR VALUE IN THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE MAJOR GROUPS by H. E. HINTON In 1946 I proposed a new subordinal classification of the Lepidoptera. This classification differed from that of Borner (1939) in two important particulars: (1) the Micropterygidae were placed in a separate order, the Zeugloptera, as first suggested by Chapman (1917), and (2) the suborder Dacnonypha was erected to contain the Eriocraniidae and related families with a decticous pupa (Hinton, 1946a). Each year since then a number of classifications of the Lepidoptera have appeared. Most of these, it must be admitted, are new arrange- ments produced by reshuffling already known facts. The classification of Kiriakoff (1948), however, deserves especial attention, as he has discovered a number of new facts about the structures of the tympanum. In the not too distant future I hope to reply in detail to the various critics of my classification, particu- larly as regards the position of the Micropterygidae. In the space now at my disposal I can do no more than reply rather briefly to those who believe that I paid insufficient attention to the structure of the larval prolegs. For instance, Kiriakoff (1948, p. 133) says of the structure of the larval prolegs, “Borner 1939 has rejected it as of no phylogenetic value; nor is it mentioned in Hinton’s provisional scheme.” The great majority of the Lepidoptera are placed by Kiriakoff in two groups, the Stemmatoncopoda and the Harmoncopoda. To the first group belong all these species that have a complete or nearly complete circle of crochets on the ventral prolegs and to the second those that have a single longitudinal row of crochets. Thus Kiriakoff’s division of the majority of the Lepidoptera does not differ from the older classifications of Karsch, Heymons, and others. It is interesting to note that in the recent classification by Bourgogne (1951) no importance is attached to the structure of the prolegs, although Bourgogne still accepts Tillyard’s two suborders, the Homoneura and the Heteroneura, a division of the Lepidoptera considered to be unnatural by both Borner (1939) and myself (1946). If it be admitted that the primary aim of classification be to show, so far as is possible, the natural or genetic relations of the groups within the order, it follows as a necessary corollary that each group shall be monophyletic in terms of any other. If, therefore, it can be shown that the prolegs of the harmon- ocopodous type have been independently evolved by two or more families, the basis for the retention of the Stemmatocopoda and Harmonocopoda will have been destroyed, since it will be then apparent that the Harmonocopoda merely include those families in which the structure of the larval prolegs happens to Plate I HINTON: LARVAL PROLEGS Lep. News, Vol. 6 Figs. 1-2 Adela sp. (1) Right side of fourth abdominal segment of full grown larva. (2) Posterior view of left proleg of sixth segment. (my) Level of mid-ventral line. (s) Level of spiracle. The slender diagonal muscle shown is the occlusor of the spiracle. Figs. 3-4 Polia nebulosa Hufn. (3) Cross section through the fifth abdominal segment to show proleg, which is considerably retracted. (4) Inner side of left proleg of fifth abdominal segment as seen when protracted. 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 3 converge, and, moreover, will contain families more related to some of those included in the Stemmatocopoda than to others included in the Harmonocopoda. For instance, in Kirtakoff’s system the Hesperiidae are placed in the Stemmato- copoda but the remaining families of the Papilionoidea are included in the Harmonocopoda. The morphology of the larval prolegs bas received very little attention from a comparative point of view, although the external form of a considerable range of species is described by Goossens (1887). Schultze (1920) has described in some detail the variations in the number and form of the crochets of several species. The many other studies that have been made are restricted to single genera or families; and apart from isolated accounts of single species and a few very general studies, such as that of Snodgrass (1935), nothing is known of their internal structure. The ventral prolegs (3-6) are hollow cylindrical outgrowths of the body wall. In most Microlepidoptera (Monotrysia and Ditrysia), and in the early instars of all and the final instar of some Papilionoidea, they have a complete or nearly complete apical circle of strongly sclerotised curved hooks known as crochets. The apical area bounded by and bearing the crochets is membranous and much less rigid than the sides of the prolegs. It is known as the planta. The retractor muscles are inserted in the planta, usually in its centre. They consist of a variable number of separate groups of fibres. In most of the families chat were examined, they consist of two distinct sets, one arising well below and the other above the spiracle, as in the Cossidae. In the Hepialidae (Hepialus) and Yponomeutidae (Yponomeuta), however, all of the planta retractors arise above the level of the spiracle. Contraction of the retractor muscles pulls the centre of the planta inwards, and the whole of the planta may be more or less completely invaginated within the proleg. The crochets on the periphery of the planta have their apices directed outwards and upwards. They are attached to the cuticle of the planta for about one-half to three-fourths of their lengths in such a way that when the planta is pulled inwards against turgor pressure they are so tilted that their apices, instead of projecting upwards, now project ventrally and are more or less parallel to the long axis of the proleg. Thus by retraction of the planta the crochets are disengaged. They are engaged again when the retractors are relaxed and turgor pressure evaginates the planta. The caterpillar therefore always pulls the planta inwards before shifting the position of the proleg. Ripley (1923) claims that in the Phalaenidae muscles are inserted in the proximal ends of the crochets, but this is not so either in that or related families. Species belonging to all of the principal superfamilies of the order have been examined, and in no case were muscles inserted in the crochets themselves. Movements of the prolegs, other than retraction or evagination, are effected by variations of turgor pressure and by the muscles inserted in the body wall near their bases. The areas of the body wall adjoining those that give rise to the prolegs have numerous transverse, oblique, and longitudinal muscles as shown, for instance, in fig. 1. It is probable that the retractors of the planta are, as in the Diptera, merely slightly specialized muscles of the body wall. Among the most simple ventral prolegs are those of the Adelidae (figs. 1 and 2). Whether this simplicity is brought about by reduction from a more complex proleg or whether it is 4 HINTON: Larval Prolegs Vol. 6, nos.1-3 primitive will be discussed elsewhere. The prolegs of the Adelidae differ little in structure from the transverse creeping welts of the Diptera, and it seems certain that they resemble a stage in the evolution of prolegs from structures like creeping-welts even though they may not actually be one. The ventral prolegs of the Zygaenidae, many Papilionoidea, Geometridae, Phalaenoidea, Bombycoidea, Saturnioidea, and Sphingidae are modified in a very characteristic fashion that enables them to cling to thin twigs with a force not possible to larvae of comparable size that have prolegs of the primitive type. When the larva is at rest, the twig is clasped between the prolegs in such a way that, if narrow enough, the prolegs may completely embrace it. At first sight it appears that this type of proleg is especially adapted for climbing about on plants. This impression receives support from the fact that it is the type found in all of the exclusively arboreal caterpillars that move about freely exposed and do not live in shelters of some kind as do most of the Microlepidoptera. Furthermore, the only terrestrial or semi-terrestrial larvae that have this kind of proleg are species of Phalaenoidea that can be shown in each case to be secondarily terrestrial. Each of these specialised prolegs is somewhat tilted mesally towards the other of the same pair. The crochets, which do not differ in structure from those of the primitive type of proleg, are restricted to a straight or sinuate longitudinal line on the mesal side of the planta only. This arrangement of crochets is known as a mesoseries, and each crochet has its apex curved mesally and upwards. The planta is retracted and everted as in the Microlepidoptera. The retractor muscles often also consist of two sets, one arising on the body wall directly above the proleg dorsal to the spiracle and the other ventral to the spiracle (figs. 3-4), as in the Zygaenidae, Lycaenidae, Phalaenidae, Arcti- idae, and Sphingidae. The centre of the planta in which the retractor muscles are inserted is, of course, always laterad from the crochets. As in the primitive proleg, the crochets of the specialised type are dis- engaged when the planta is pulled inwards, but the action of the proleg as a whole is much more complex. A variable number of muscles are inserted on the base of the proleg itself (figs. 3-4), and in some groups, e. g. the Geomet- ridae, muscles that arise near the spiracle are inserted on its middle outer face. Furthermore, there may be, as in the Geometridae, a specialised ventral mus- culature between the two prolegs of a pair. For instance, among the few Geometridae examined three obviously different patterns of ventral muscles were present, one of these including muscles that extended between the inner bases of the right and left prolegs. The planta of the prolegs may sometimes function as a sucker when the larva is crawling on a smooth hard surface. At such times, as noted by Snod- grass (1955), the crochets are turned upwards and the planta is pressed against the surface so that its fleshy periphery inside the line of crochets seals a ventral hollow. In this position, a slight contraction of the planta retractors increases the volume of the central hollow without admitting air, and thus, by lowering the internal pressure, the central hollow functions as a vacuum cup. In some caterpillars, e.g. some Lycaenidae, there is a fleshy lobe between the centre of the planta and the mesal crochets. This lobe appears to function as an adhesive organ, and it is possible that a gland or glands may open on it. 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 5 When the prolegs of climbing forms are much reduced or modified to subserve other functions, their muscles may be reduced or lost. For instance, such Notodontidae as Stauropus fagt L. that have very long anal prolegs adapted for defence, now lack both the planta retractors and any other muscles they may once have had. The anal prolegs of these are moved entirely by muscles inserted on the sternal areas around their bases and by variations in turgor pressure. Other Notodontidae, such as Cerwra vinula L., that have the anal prolegs adapted in another way for defence, still retain planta retractors. The way in which the primitive type of proleg present in most Mi- crolepidoptera was altered to become a specialised climbing organ is clear from a study of larval development in almost any of the Papilionoidea except some Hesperiidae and Papilionidae. As I have previousiy shown (Hinton, 1946), the first instar of all Papilionoidea has a primitive type of proleg with a complete circle of crochets. In successive larval instars of most species the crochets on the outer side of the planta become less numerous and smaller relative to those of the inner side at each moult until in the mature larva, they are lost altogether and only the mesal crochets are left to form a typical mesoseries. In the final instar of some Lycaenidae the process is not quite completed, and some of the outer crochets are still present. In the more spe- cialised arboreal caterpillars, e.g. Sphingidae, Saturnioidea, Bombycoidea, and most Geometridae and Phalaenoidea there is no ontogenetic sequence of this kind, and a mesoseries is already present in the first instar. Both the ventral and anal prolegs that are modified as climbing organs are, except for differences in their muscles other than planta retractors, re- markably similar in structure and appearance notwithstanding the fact that they have been independently evolved many times from a proleg like that of recent Microlepidoptera. This type of proleg has been independently evolved in the Zygaenidae, Papilionoidea, Geometridae, Phalaenoidea, Sphingidae, and in the Bombycoidea-Saturnioidea. Furthermore, it seems certain that it has been independently evolved at least three times within the Papilionoidea and may have been evolved several times in the series Bombycoidea-Saturnioidea. In short, it seems certain that a climbing type of proleg has been evolved no less than eight times within the Lepidoptera. That the specialised harmoncopodous proleg of the Zygaenidae is of in- dendent origin seems clear from the fact that other members of the super- family have prolegs of the primitive type, e.g. the Megalopygidae and Epipy- ropidae. A connection between the Zygaenoidea and any other superfamily containing species with specialised prolegs must have been through forms that had the primitive type of proleg, unless it is to be supposed that the apparently primitive prolegs of the Zygaenoidea are secondarily derived from the specialised type. A similar argument may be applied to the Geometroidea, jn which superfamily the Geometridae have harmoncopodous prolegs and the Drepanidae stemmatoncopodous or primitive prolegs. In the Papilionoidea, the family Papilionidae contains species, e.g. the glawcus and troilus groups of Papilio, that retain a primitive type of proleg in the final instar. In other words, unless it be supposed that the primitive prolegs of these species of Papilio are derived from specialised prolegs, it must be supposed that the archetype of the family had a primitive type of proleg in all instars. A similar argument may be applied to the Lycaenidae, in which family some species have the outer row of crochets more or less well preserved in the final instar. The 6 HINTON: Larval Prolegs Vol. 6, nos.1-3 other families and superfamilies listed in the preceeding paragraph are not related to one another but appear to be independently derived from stemma- toncopodous Ditrysia. The evidence for this is, as probably most lepidopterists will agree, especially strong in the case of the Sphingidae. The few facts already cited are quite sufficient to show that if Kiriakoff’s division of the bulk of the Lepidoptera into the Stemmatoncopoda and Har- moncopoda be accepted, it would result in placing all the early instars of the Papilionoidea and the final instar of the Hesperiidae, some Lycaenidae, and the glaucus and troidlus groups of the genus Papilio in the Stemmatoncopoda, whereas the last one or two instars of most Papilionoidea would be included in the Harmoncopoda. Similarly, a most unnatural division would be made of the Zygaenoidea and Geometroidea. References Borner, C., 1939. Die Grundlagen meines Lepidopterensystems. Verh. VII. Int. Kongr. Ent. 1938, vol. 2: pp. 1372-1424, 51 figs. Bourgogne. J., 1951. Ordre des Lépidopteres. Im Grasse, P.-P., Traité de Zoologie, tome 10: pp. 174-448. Chapman, T. A., 1917. Micropteryx entitled to ordinal rank. Order Zeugloptera. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. 1916 vol.: pp. 310-314, 12 pls. Goossens, T., 1887. Les pattes des chenilles. Ann. Soc. ent. France, vol. 7 (sér. 6): pp. 385-404, 1 pl. Hinton, H. E., 1946. On the homology and nomenclature of the setae of lepidopterous larvae, with some notes on the phylogeny of the Lepidoptera. Trans. R. Ent. Soc. London, vol. 97: pp. 1-37, 24 figs. Be eee , 1946a. A new classification of insect pupae. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., vol. 116: pp. 282-328, 64 figs. Kiriakoff, S.G., 1948. A classification of the Lepidoptera and related groups with some remarks on taxonomy. Biol. Jaarb., vol. 15: pp. 118-143. Ripley, L.B., 1923. The external morphology and postembryology of Noctuid larvae. Illinois biol. Monogr., no. 8: 169 pp., 61 figs. Schultze, E. A., 1920. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Pedes spurii der Lepidopterenlarven. Arch. Naturg. (A), vol. 85: pp. 1-78, 8 pls. Snodgrass, R. E., 1935. Principles of Insect Morphology. London. Department of Zoology, University of Bristol, Bristol, England DISCUSSION OF DR. HINTON’S PAPER Mr. KIRIAKOFF says: “Je regrette de n’avoir recu aucun texte ni résumé de votre exposé ce qui m’empéche d’y répondre sur place en deétail. Je puis cependant attirer votre attention sur deux points: 1. Les noms Stemmaton- copoda et Harmoncopoda ne sont pas le produit de mon imagination, mais ont été créés par KARSCH, 1898. 2. Vous insistez sur le coté phylogénetique de la question alors que dans ma classification j’avais expressément dit que cette derniére ne devait pas etre considéreé comme un schéma phylogenétique.” Prof. M. HERING remarks: “Die Fragwordigkeit der Verwendung der ausseren Bildung der Abdominalfiisse verkleinert deren Bedeutung fiir die Aufstellung der Ordnung Zeugloptera.” Dr. W. HACKMAN says: “The inner anatomy of the larval ocelli of Eriocrania is very different from the same of other Lepidoptera sensu stricto. A comparison with the eye anatomy of the larva of Mzcropteryx (which has not yet been studied), could perhaps bring to light facts of systematic value.” Dr. DIAKONOFF says that without going into a discussion of the value of prolegs for systematics, it must be borne in mind that they and especially their crochets can be strongly influenced by the biology of the larva which may render them not fit for use as systematic characters. 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News r: LES ORGANES TYMPANIQUES DES LEPIDOPTERES COMME CARACTERE SYSTEMATIQUE ET PHYLOGENETIQUE (The Structure of Tympanic Organs of the Lepidoptera as a Systematic and Phylogenetic Character) par S. G. KIRIAKOFF Les organes tympaniques ou tympanaux, observés dans plusieurs groupes des Lépidoptéres, constituent sans aucun doute un caractére différenciel de tout premier ordre, dont on commence seulement a saisir l’importance tant au point de vue de la classification que de celui de la phylogénie. L’importance de ce caractére réside dans deux faits: en premier lieu c'est un organe de sens, trés compliqué, dont la présence entraine une modification souvent profonde des régions intéress¢es. En second lieu, sa présence n’a été jusqu ici constatée gue dans des groupes plus ou moin évolués, pour la plupart étant des “chefs de file” dans leurs séries phylétiques respectives. Comme on sait, deux types principaux d’organes tympaniques ont pu étre établis jusqu’ici, soit le type abdominal et le type thoracique. L’étude des formes possédant des organes tympaniques de l'un ou de l'autre de ces deux types, ainsi que l'étude des affinités de ces formes, nous mene a la conviction dune origine polyphyléetique des organes tympaniques. Il nous semble, en effet, que ces derniers ont di se développer indépendamment tout au moins dans certains des groupes les plus eévolués des diverses lignées phylétiques des Lepidopteres. Nous admettrons, par exemple, l’origine indépendante des organes tympaniques des Pytalididae, qui forment le groupe le plus progres- siste de la série des Stemmatoncopodes. Nous admettrons, ensuite, la pos- sibilité dune origine commune des organes tympaniques des Geometridae et des Uraniidae, ces deux groupes étant relativement rapprochés l'un de l'autre et occupant la téte de la série phylétique qui comprend, entre autres, les “Rhopalocéres”. Nous rapprocherons les deux familles Thyatiridae et Dre- panidae, qui, quoiqu’assez différents d’aspect, possédent des organes tympanaux du méme type. Quoiqu’appartenant a la méme série phylétique que les Geo- metridae et les Uraniidae, les Thyatiroidea (= Cymatophoroidea) sont pro- bablement le résultat d'une apomorphose secondaire. Lorigine des organes tympaniques des divers groupes appartenant a la sous-cohorte Papilioniformes est probablement monophyletique, avec diver- gences secondaires survenues trés tot, ou alors s’étant développées a un rythme tachytélique. Les Axioidea, encore peu étudiés, forment probablement un groupe apparenté, mais a affinités encore obscures. Quant aux organes tympanaux thoraciques, rencontrés dans la plupart des groupes composant la sous-cohorte Noctuiformes, l’origine des ces organes est, semble-t-il, monophylétique, présentant également des divergences dé- veloppées tres t6t. Les classifications modernes reconnaissent des groupes hiérarchiques d’un rang assez élevé (superfamilles) comprenant les formes a organes tympaniques des divers types énumérés plus haut. Ainsi, nous trouvons dans la plupart Lep. News, Vol. 6 KiriAKOFF: TYMPANIC ORGANS Plate I 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 9 des classifications récentes les superfamilles Pyralidoidea, Cymatophoroidea (ou Thyatiroidea ), Geometroidea, Uranioidea (quelquefois réunie a la précédente) , Axioidea et Noctuoidea. La suite de cet exposé ne concernera que les formes munies d’organes tympanaux thoraciques que j’étudie spécialement depuis plusieurs années. Par une série d’exemples, je tacherai de montrer que l'utilisation des organes tym- panaux comme caractére différenciel peut mener a des changements parfois importants dans la classification. Rappelons d’abord que les organes tympaniques sont en principe con- stitueés par une membrane vibratile reliée au systeme nerveux central. Des expériences ont établi sans doute possible que ces organes jouent en effet le role d’ “oreilles” chez les Lépidoptéres. Dans le type thoracique, la membrane vibratile se trouve sur le troisieme segment, dans une région modifiée et in- téressant tant l’épimere que le post-notum. Au cours de mes recherches, j’ai été amené a reconnaitre une différenci- ation secondaire des organes tympaniques thoraciques en deux groupes, l’un a membrane tympanale plus ou moines verticale, s’écartant peu de la surface epimeérale et supportée par un large cadre chitineux a sculptures souvent com- pliquées (type phalénoide), l’autre a membrane plus ou moins horizontale et formant comme le couvercle d’un enfoncement épiméral profond; le cadre est ici étroit et peu sculpté (type notodontoide) (fig. 1). La raison principale m’ayant amené a faire cette distinction réside dans le fait qu'un petit groupe éthiopien, trés spécialisé et rapporté jusqu’ict a la famille Ctenuchidae, s’est trouvé posséder des organes tympanaux du méme type que les familles Di- optidae et Notodontidae; ce groupe, par l’ensemble de ses caractéres, doit étre placé en téte d'une série phylétique comprenant les deux familles que je viens de nommer, et fournit donc la preuve d’une évolution rectilinéaire (ou ortho- génétique) divergente dans le complexe Noctuide. Le groupe en question devint donc une famille (Thvretidae) (fig. 2). et le complexe Noctuide a été scindé en deux superfamilles: les Notodontoidea (Dioptidae, Notodontidae et Thyretidae) et les Phalaenoidea (les autres familles du complexe). Voici maintenant quelques autres exemples. Dans la famille Notodontidae, déja citée, une sous-famille nouvelle, les Tarsolepidinae, a di étre créée; elle est caractérisée par un phragme scutal d’un EXPLANATION OF PLATE II Fig. la. Diagram of section of phalaenoid type of tympanic organ. Fig. 1b. Diagram of section of notodontoid type of tympanic organ. Fig. 2. Balacra erubescens Joicey & Talbot: interior aspect of right tympanic organ (notodontoid, or “type a timbale’’). Fig. 3. Comacla senex Hbn. (Lithosiidae, Endrosinae): interior aspect of right tym- panic organ. Fig. 4. Gnophria quadra (Lithosiidae, Lithosiinae): interior aspect of left tympanic organ. Atolmis rubricollis (Uithosiidae, Endrosinae): interior aspect of left tym- panic organ. ABBREVIATIONS: c = conjonctive; cd = cadre; cty = contre-tympan; n = nodule; sp = phragme scutal; ty = tympan; i-iv = poches du cadre. ey u8 WN 10 KIRIAKOFF: Tympanic Organs Vol. 6, nos.1-3 type aberrant, pratiquement identique a celui trouvé chez les Phalaenoidea, etroit, 2 peine convexe; rappelons que le phragme scutal du type notodontoide, caractéristique de Ja superfamille, est large, bombé, rappelant en forme la timbale tympanique, 4 laquelle il correspond parfaitement, et assurant ainsi la fixation du sac aérien. Les Tarsolepidinae, petit groupe assez différencié et a distribution géographique plutdét localisée, semble étre d’origine assez récente; il est le résultat d'une apomorphose et mérite comme tel une place a part dans le systeme et un rang équivalent a celui des autres Notodontidae. La nouvelle sous-famille des Rhodogastriinae offre un autre exemple d’apo- morphose; ces Arctiidae possédent des organes tympaniques d’un type s’écartant considérablement de celui observé communément dans la famille et rappelant a premiére vue le type dit “a timbale” des Notodontoidea; en réalité, il n’y a pas de parenté proche entre ces derniers et les Rhodogastriinae, et la ressem- blance observée est le résultat d'une convergence. A coté des Rhodogastria de l’ancien monde, le méme type particulier des organes tympanaux a été trouvé chez Pelochyta (et se retrouvera probablement dans quelques genres voisins), qui sont des Phegopterinae, sous-famille exclusivement américaine. Les Rho- dogastriinae sont donc répandus dans les régions chaudes du monde, leurs origine devant étre considérée comme relativement ancienne; la vicariance supposée des Rhodogastria avec les Phegopterinae n’existe donc pas, et l’isole- ment des formes en question dans une sous-famille distincte semble étre justi- fiée phylogénétiquement. Citons encore un ou deux exemples montrant que l'étude des organes tympanaux peut provoquer des changements dans la position non seulement des groupes hiérarchiques supérieurs (comme on pourrait le croire), mais aussi dans celle de simples genres. Le genre Eressa Walker comprend, en outre des espéces orientales, quel- ques espéces africaines, de découverte plus récente: sur la base de quelques caractéres secondaires, les especes africaines ont été isolées dans le genre Eres- sades Bethune-Baker, mais ce dernier nom a été trés généralement considéré comme un simple synonyme. Cependant, alors que les espéces orientales du genre Eressa ont des organes tympaniques rudimentaires comme les Amata et appartiennent donc a la famille Crenuchidae, sous-famille Amatinae, les espéces africaines se trouvent en possession d’organes tympanaux identiques a ceux des Balacra, Metarctia, Thyretes etc., Cest a dire du type notodontoide ou a timbale. Le nom Eressades peut donc étre appliqué a ces formes, et ce genre doit se placer non seulement dans une autre famille (Thyretidae), mais méme dans une autre superfamille (Notodontoidea). Un dernier exemple est tiré d’un travail non encore publié et traitant de la famille Arctiidae (a remarquer que les noms utilisés dans les divers chapitres de mes recherches: Nyctemeridae, Lithosiidae, Arctiidae, n’impliquent pas la reconnaissance des familles ainsi nommeées: les relations réciproques de ces divers groupes demandent encore une étude, mais il semble, d’ores et déja, peu probable que le rang familial puisse étre conservé a la plupart de ces groupes). I] s'agit d’Atolmis rubricollis L. (fig. 5) Ce papillon a été généralement consi- déré comme un Lithos'id* et réuni le plus scuvent dans le méme genre avec Gnophria (=Lithosia) quadra L. (fig. 4). Il fut cependant rattaché aux Arctiidae par Hampson et, la grande autorité de cet éminent savant aidant, il y est resté dans les classifications récentes. Or, les organes tympaniques d’Atolmis rubricollis 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 11 sont pratiquement du méme type que ceux de nombreux genres des Lithosiidae que j'ai été amené a reunir dans une nouvelle sous-famille Endrosinae (fig. 3). Ces genres sont Cafactérisés par une membrane tympanique plus ou moins circulaire, a fleur de l’¢pimere et totalement encerclée par le cadre, position qui na été observée jusqu’ici nulle part ailleurs. Les autres genres des Lithosiidae ont des organes tympaniques du type normal phalénoide, quoique souvent a caractéres primitifs. Notre Atolmis rubricollis doit donc reprendre son ancienne place parmi les Lithosiidae; elle doit y étre rangée dans la sous-famille Endro- sinae, alors que son ancien congénere Lithosia quadra appattient au genre typique de l’zutre sous-famille, les Lithcstinae, qui ne s’écarte que peu des Arctiidae. Ces exemples pourraient étre multiplies. Ils montrent de quelle importance pour la systématique et la phylogénie est l'étude des organes tympanaux. Se prétant admirablement a la différenciation des unités taxonomiques supérieures jusque et inclus le genre, ces structures peuvent servir aussi a la différenciation spécifique, par l’étude complete de certains de leurs détails: poches du cadre, supports, étendue de la conjonctive etc. L’étude des organes tympaniques n’en est qu’a ses débuts; elle a néanmoins apporté déja des changements importants dans la classification des Lépidoptéres. Comme il existe plusieurs dizaines de milliers de formes possédant ces organes, un travail des plus fructueux attend les sp€cialistes qui voudront bien s’y attaquer. SUMMARY The significance of the tympanic organs of the Lepidoptera is based on two facts: 1) they are sense organs of great complexity; 2) they have been hitherto found only in some of the more specialized groups of the order. It is known that two main types of tympanic organs have been recognized, viz. the thoracic and the abdominal tympanic organs. The structure varies greatly within each of those types, and a number of secondary types have been rec- ognized. This leads us to consider the probability of a polyphyletic origin of the tympanic organs. For instance, the tympanic organs of the Pyralididae (“pyralidoid” secondary type) seem to have evolved independently from those found in such groups as the Geometridae (“geometroid” secondary type), the Uraniidae (“uranioid” secondary type) and the Thyatiridae (“cymato- phoroid” secondary type), while a common origin seems probable where the three latter groups are concerned. A secondary diphyletism also seems proba- ble among the groups with thoracic tympanic organs. One series (Super- family. Notodontoidea) seems to have evolved from ancestral forms not unlike the modern Dioptidae; the most specialized group of this series are the African Thyretidae; the other series (Superfamily Phalaenoidea) seems to have originated from ancestral forms similar to the “primitive” Lithosiidae of the new Subfamily Endrosinae. A few examples are given to illustrate the significance of the tympanic organs for classification and phylogeny of both the higher (Subfamily Tarso- lepidinae of the Family Notodontidae; Subfamily Rhodogastriinae of the Family Arctiidae) and the lower (genus Eressades of the Family Ctenuchidae and the genus Atolmis of the Family Lithosiidae) groups. Laboratory of Systematic Zoology, University of Ghent, Belgium 12 KIRIAKOFF: Tympanic Organs Vol. 6, nos.1-3 DISCUSSION OF MR. KIRIAKOFF’S PAPER Dr. A. DIAKONOFF asks whether the tympanic organs must be regarded as being of monophyletic or of polyphyletic origin? In the latter case their value for systematics becomes somewhat dubious: if these organs developed independently several times in different groups, their presence is of course no indicator to the relationship of those groups. Mr. KiRIAKOFF: Dans mon opinion, l’origine des organes tympaniques est au moins diphylétique: a) o.t. thoraciques, b) o.t. abdominaux. Je ne vois cependant pas en quoi cela puisse diminuer leur importance pour la systématique et la phylogénie. Dans chaque groupe deéveloppé indépendam- ment une évolution subséquente s'est produite, assez importante pour pouvoir étre utilisée dans les buts preécités. Prof. M. HERING says: Ich glaube dass die Gruppierunz des Herrn KIRIAKOFF Korrekt ist. Man kann die genannten “Familien” des Phalaeno- idea als eine einzige Familie betrachten — ausgenommen villeicht die Lyman- triidae, deren Larven constant durch das Besitz der “Trichterwarzen” geken- nzeichnet sind. Auch die Agaristidae stehen abseits, bei ihnen kann der “Museums-Mann”, wenn er sie gegen das licht halt, an der Basis eine Art “Fenster” beobachten, was auf eine Verschiedenheit des Tympanalorgans hinweist. Mr. KIRIAKOFF: Tout a fait d’accord. Je vais etudier prochainement les Agaristidae et suis persuadé que mes résultats corresponderont avec votre Opinion. Prof. LORKOVIC remarks: Wenn Sie die beiden Typen alis monophyle- tisch entstanden glauben, haben Sie den Versuch gemacht den einen Typ aus dem anderen auszufiihren, dass heist, nur bildlich, welche Umformungen des einen Typus in den anderen fitihren konnen. Das ist wichtig, da man manchmal sieht, dass sehr einfache Umformungen zum erheblichen Unterschieden im Aussehen fiihren konnen. Mr. KIRIAKOFF: Comme je l’ai dit, je considére les deux types — ab- dominal et thoracique — comme s’étant développés tout a fait indépendam- ment l'un de l'autre. Il ne peut donc étre question de changement structurel menant d’un de ces types a l'autre. D’autre part, les deux types secondaires des o.t. thoraciques (type phalénoide et type notodontoide) doivent étre con- sidérés comme l’étant différenciés trés tét, a2 un moment de 1|’évolution de Jeur ancétre commun ou la structure des o.t. était voisine de celle trouvée actuellement dans la sous-famille Dioptinae. Phylogénétiquement parlant, le type notodontoide doit donc étre considéré comme étant plésiomorphe, quoique sécartant en fait davantage du type primitif observé chez les Dioptinae. 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 13 UBER DEN WERT WENIG BEACHTETER MERKMALE FUR DIE KLASSIFIKATION DER SCHMETTERLINGE (On the Value of Little Noticed Characters for the Classification of the Lepidoptera) von JTH.A. WOHLFAHRT Wahrend man friher die Einteilung der Schmetterlinge nach dusseren Merkmalen vornahm und in Farbung und Zeichnung, im Gedader, den Fuhlern, Palpen und Beinen allein wesentliche Unterschieds-merkmale sah, wurden spater bekanntlich anatomische Einzelheiten bei der Bestimmung zugezogen. Der taxonomische Wert der feineren Korpergliederung, der Genitalarmaturen, der Tympanalorgane, der Geschmackskegel wurde erkannt und zur Grundlage der Abgrenzung der systematischen Einheiten gemacht, wobei eine immer grossere Annaherung an ein phylogenetisch begriindetes System erfolgte. Je niedriger die Kategorie wird, desto schwieriger ist erfahrungsgemass die Trennung, desto subjektiver wird die Einstellung der Einheit gegeniiber. Eine letzte Klarung ist wohl nur von unten her moglich, indem man von der kleinsten Kategorie ausgeht, von der Population. Sie bewohnt ein raumlich eng umgrenztes und verhaltnismassig leicht tibersehbares Gebiet, welches von biologischen und okologischen Faktoren bestimmt wird. Ihr Studium er6ffnet das Verstandnis fiir den Komplex der sogenannten geographischen Rasse, die sich aus vielen Populationen zusammensetzt (Burgeff 1951). Die Individuen verschiedener geographischer Rassen, die untereinander noch unbeschrankt fortpflanzungsfahig sind, pflegen wir unter dem Begriff der Art zusammen- zufassen, doch haben Entomologie und Ornithologie wie das studium der Molluscen gelehrt, dass der phylogenetische Zusammenhang raumlich weit entfernter Rassen den Rahmen des klassischen Artbegriffes sprengen kann. Wir gelangen so zum Rassenkreis (Rensch 1926). Alle diese Kategorien sind nicht immer leicht zu trennen, zumal die Verwendbarkeit der einzelnen taxonomischen Merkmale sehr verschieden ist. Was bei der einen sichere Ergebnisse liefert, kann bei einer anderen vollig unbrauchbar sein. Die Merkmale zur Unterscheidung von Rassen sind zumal bei den Schmetterlingen gegentber den Unterscheidungs-merkmalen der hoheren Kategorien oft bes- onders schwer darzustellen. Sie werden deshalb haufig durch Worte umschrie- ben, die eine recht verschiedene Deutung zulassen. Es zuzugeben, dass die oft so distinkten charakteristischen Farbnuancen der Schmetterlinge kaum zu bezeichnen sind. Umso mehr sollte man versuchen, auch exakt messbare Merkmale zu finden. Im Hinblick auf die gegebenen Tatsachen missen zwei Dinge gesondert erwahnt werden. Jedes erbeutete Individuum gehOrt einer Population an und stellt einen realisierten Fall ihrer Variationsbreite dar, die uns a priori unbekannt ist. Ausserdem reprasentiert es einen Phanotypus, dem wir nicht ansehen k6nnen, wie weit seine Merkmale durch Modifikation oder durch verschiedenartige Erbfaktoren bedingt sind. Die ideale Lésung ist die genetisch- entwicklungsgeschichtliche Analyse. Sie konnte bisher nur in wenigen Fallen bei Schmetterlingen durchgefiihrt werden, wie bei Ephestia kiihniella 14 WOHLFAHRT: Characters for Classification Vol. 6, nos.1-3 Z. durch Kiihn und seine Mitarbeiter (Kuihn und Henke, 1929). Eine Analyse der Zeichnungselemente durch Auszahlen der Schuppen ist bei grosseren Faltern sowieso praktisch kaum durchfihrbar, abgesehen davon bereitet die Beschaffung von grésseren Freilandserien von benachbarten Lokal- formen oder auch von Arten zur Variationsanalyse meist erhebliche Schwierig- keiten. Eine exakte Diagnose ist aber in jedem Fall erforderlich. Zum anderen: Die Beschreibung einzelner “Rassen” erfolgt wegen der erwahnten Schwierigkeiten in der Materialbeschaffung mitunter rein intuitiv auf Grund von wenigen Exemplaren, so dass Variationsbreite und Modifikabilitat uner- kannt bleiben, von moéglicher Kolonievariabilitat ganz abgesehen. Die Exis- tenz irgendwie umweltbedingter Unterschiede auch bei Schmetterlingen ist evident, doch haben viele ihrer Benennungen wohl nur heuristischen Wert, solange die feineren Zusammenhange unerkannt bleiben. So sind zum Beispiel vom Segelfalter Iphiclides podalirius L. eine Menge angeblich geo- graphischer Rassen beschrieben worden, deren Unterschiede sich fast allein auf die 2. Generation beschranken (Lempke, 1932/33). Wenn euch bei zweibriitigen Schmetterlingen der gemassigten Zonen in der 2. Generation infolge der gegeniiber der Diapause abgektirzten Entwicklung und ihrer erhdhten Beeinflussbarkeit durch dussere Faktoren eine grdssere Modifika- bilitat gegeben scheint, so ist es doch unwahrscheinlich, dass sich die 1. Generation tiberhaupt nicht analog differenziert haben soll. Um diesen Fragen nachzugehen, haben wir in den vergangenen Jahren die zeitliche Variabilitat des Segelfalters untersucht. Hierbei waren folgende Punkte zu beachten. Zunachst durften nur Freilandtiere einer einzigen Pop- ulation verwendet werden, ferner waren die Untersuchungen tuber mehrere Jahre auszudehnen. Es mussten planlos moglichst grosse Serien gesammelt werden, wobei aber die Art nicht zu sehr dezimiert werden durfte, um den Bestand zu erhalten. Es wurden deshalb hauptsachlich die haufigeren 6 ¢ verwendet, die wenigen erbeuteten 92 2 zeigen dieselben Ergebnisse mit wenigen Ausnahmen, die auf das zu geringe Material zuriickzufiihren sind. Ausserdem war der Witterungsablauf fiir den betreffenden Flugplatz mo- glichst genau zu ermitteln, auf welche Beziehungen ich infolge der Kutrze der Zeit nur andeutend eingehen kann. Spater waren genau determinierte Freilandserien anderer Lokalitéten zum Vergleich heranzuziehen. Eines der bezeichnendsten Merkmale des Segelfalters ist die Gestalt seiner Fligel. Zumal die Schwanzspitzen der Hinterfliigel werden mitunter als besonderes Rassemerkmal angegeben, ohne dass in der Literatur exakte Anga- ben uber ihre Lange zu finden waren. Da neben einer Analyse der Farbung und Zeichnung der Falter auch die Fligelform beriicksichtigt werden sollte, wurde ein Liniensystem entwickelt, nach welchem die Fligelproportionen erfasst werden konnten (Abb. 1). Bedingung war die Praparation des Falters derart, dass die Hinterrander der beiden Vorderfliigel, d.h. distales und proximales Ende jeder 2. Analader auf einer Geraden lagen. Die Ver- bindung der beiden dusseren Vorderfliigelspitzen wurde als “Spannweite” bezeichnet, wahrend die grdsste Lange der beiden Vorderfliigel zusammen mit der Thoraxbreite die “Flugspanne” ergibt (= weiteste Ausbreitung der Flugel wahrend des Fluges). Der Hinterfliigel ergab folgende Masse: die “Hinterfligellange” vom distalen Ende der 1. Cubitalader bis zum weitesten cranialwarts gelegenen Punkt des Hinterfliigels, die “Hinterfliigelgesamtlange” 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 15 von eben diesem Punkt bis ans Ende des Schwanzfortsatzes der Media 3 (Hin- terfliigelgesamtlange weniger Hinterfligellange ergibt die “absolute Schwanz- lange”), dazu wurde noch die “Hinterfliigelbreite” festgestelle (= Lot vom distalen Ende der Subcosta auf die Hinterfliigellange und Verlangerung dieses Lotes bis zum Schnitt mit dem Innenrand). Die Zahl der beriicksichtigren Masse ist mit den hier angegebenen nicht erschdpft, sie sollen einer spateren Besprechung vorbehalten bleiben. S annwette Flug spanne Abb. 1. Measurements for computing wing proportions. (Flugspanne = greatest wing expanse; Spannweite = wing spread; Hfl. breite = width of hindwing; Hfl. Jange = Jength of hindwing; Schwanzlange = tail length; Hinterfligelgesamtlange = total length of hindwing) Derartige Messungen sind, soweit mir bekannt, bisher in der Lepidopter- ologie sehr wenig verwendet worden, wenn man von gelegentlichen Messungen der Vorderrandslange der Vorderfliigel zur Grossenbestimmung absieht, wie sie wohl zuletzt von Beall und Williams (1945) zur Untersuchung der geo- graphischen Variation von Danaus plexippus ausgefiihrt wurden. Um unmittelbar vergleichbare Werte zu erhalten, wurden aus den ab- soluten Massen Relativwerte berechnet, also ein kleinerer empirischer Wert in % eines grosseren ausgedriickt. Dieses Verfahren konnte teilweise auch auf die Bearbeitung von Zeichnungselementen erfolgreich angewendet werden. Besonders wertvoll sind diese Bezugszahlen deshalb, weil man mit verhialtnis- massig kleinen Serien noch statistisch brauchbares Material erhalt, da sonst sehr ungleiche Individuen derselben Art in dem Verhaltnis ihrer Teile meist wenig voneinander abweichen, also die Streuung klein bleibt. So ergab sich zum Beispiel bei der geringen Anzahl von nur 21 Tieren eine nahezu ideale binomiale Verteilung in der Variation eines Relativwertes. Alle derart exakt greifbaren Merkmale wurden nach Moglichkeit variations-statistisch erfasst (M, m, V, v). Es konnte der Einwand erhoben werden, dass die Fliigel infolge ihrer mechanischen Beanspruchung im Leben der Falter einer fort- schreitenden Formverainderung unterliegen. Praktisch werden jedoch nur Freilandtiere erbeutet, die schon einige Zeit geflogen sind, sodass dieser Fehler 16 WOHLFAHRT: Characters for Classification Vol. 6, nos.1-3 wohl kaum ins Gewicht fallt und sich im Bereich der allgemeinen Fehlergrenze halten wird, die durch Messungenauigkeiten und verschiedene Deformationen wahrend der Praparation der Tiere bedingt sind. Im Folgenden seien einige Ergebnisse mitgeteilt, welche dazu geeignet sind, die dargestellten Tatsachen zu erlautern und die Brauchbarkeit der Fliigelmasse fiir feinere systematische Untersuchungen aufzuzeigen. Die grundlegenden Messungen sind an Faltern eines engbegrenzten Flugplatzes an den Hangen des Maintals nordwestlich von Wirzburg aus den Jahren 1947-51 durchgefiihrt worden. Zum Vergleich standen Freilandserien aus Oberbayern (Leizachtal) und Nordtirol (Brandenberg), ferner aus der Gegend nordlich Belgrad (Syrmien: Fruska Gora) und aus Kleinasiten (Nordsyrien: Marasch im Zentral-Taurus) zur Verfiigung. Es ist mir eine angenehme Pflicht, fiir die leiheweise Uberlassung des Vergleichsmaterials der Zoolo- gischen Sammlung des Bayerischen Staates sowie Herrn E. Pfeiffer in Miinchen und Herrn Wolfsberger in Miesbach herzlich zu danken. Abb. 2. Iphiclides podalirius 4 from Unterfranken, 1st and 2nd generations. Abb. 2 zeigt je einen unterfrinkischen Segelfalter der 1. und 2. Ge- neration. Besonders auffallend sind neben der bekannten Aufhellung des Abdomens und des Innenrandes der Hinterfliigel bei dem Sommertier die viel gestrecktere Fligelform und die langeren Schwanzspitzen. Man hat den Eindruck, als ob der Sommerfalter trotz geringerer Spannweite grosser 1952 The Lep:dopterists’ News 17 sei. Derartige Formverschiedenheiten miissen sich entsprechend in den Fliigel- massen auswitken. Abb. 3 zeigt die Variabilitat der Grosse beider Generationen, dargestellt durch die Spannweite und Flugspanne, aufgezeichnet als Summenkurven in % der Haufigkeit jeder Grdsseneinheit. Der Unterschied der beiden Generationen in der Flugspanne ist im Verhaltnis erheblich grésser als in der Spannweite, Ausserdem erheben sich die Kurven der Spannweite und Flugspanne bei den Fruhjahrstieren viel sanfter, es miissen hier also bedeutend mehr kleine Tiere vorhanden sein, als in der Sommergeneration. Wir wollen diese Tatsache zur Kenntnis nehmen und werden spater noch einmal darauf zuriickkommen. 50 SS 60 o> 70 mm Abb. 3. Graph of variability of size in % of frequency for the two generations shown in Abb. 2. Left curves for Spannweite, right curves for Flugspanne. Heavy line gen. vern., light line gen. aest. Um das Verhaltnis von Spannweite und Flugspanne in den beiden Gen- erationen zahlenmassig zu erfassen, konnen wir Spannweite und Flugspanne in ihrer Abhangigkeit voneinander so darstellen, dass wir die Spannweite in % der Flugspanne ausdriicken. Wir kommen damit zur “relativen Spannweite” (Abb. 4). Je weniger steil der Fliigel und je grdésser die Spannweite ist, desto hoher wird der Wert fiir die relative Spannweite sein, Wahrend umgekehrt steile Fliigel eine kleine Spannweite bewirken und folglich auch einen kleinen Wert fiir die relative Spannweite ergeben. Somit ist die relative Spannweite der Ausdruck fiir die Steilheitendes Vorderfliigels und damit fiir das auffal- lendste Merkmal der Oberfliigelgestalt des Segelfalters. Abb. 5 zeigt den grossen Unterschied in der relativen Spannweite zwischen 1. und 2. Generation der unterfrainkischen Segelfalter im Vergleich der eingezeichneten Mittelwerte, zugleich wird deutlich, wie weit bei dem Relativmass sich schon das wenige Material an die Binomialkurven angleicht. Wahrend die Frihjahrstiere der Jahrgange 1947-51 alle sehr einheitlich sind, unterscheiden sich die Sommerfalter des Jahres 1948 wesentlich von den tbrigen Sommertieren der genannten Jahrginge. Die sensible Periode WOHLFAHRT: Characters for Classification Vol. 6, nos.1-3 18 304 mn in% der Flugspanne pannweite : steile Alcigel pannweite : flache Fligel Pie pa Abb. 4. Relative Spannweite tor I. podalirius. es % % Abb. 5. Graph showing difference in Spanunweite for the two generations. (See Tab. II for full data.) der Puppen der Sommerfalter 1948 fiel in nasskalte Witterung, die das Aussehen dieser Tiere in Richtung der Friihjahrsgeneration modifizierte. Wir werden darauf bald zuriickkommen. Vergleicht man jedoch die Variations- breite der relativen Spannweite der Sommertiere 1948 mit denjenigen der Jahrgange 1947-50 (Abb. 6), so findet sich, dass sie von diesem Einfluss unberuhre geblieben sind. Wir diirfen also annehmen, dass diese Fliigel- proportion wenigstens der unterfrankischen Population durch normale Wit- terungseinfliisse nicht modifizierbar ist. Vergleicht man dagegen die relativen Spannweiten verschiedener geo- graphisch weit getrennter Populationen miteinander, so ergeben sich ganz erhebliche Unterschiede (Tabelle I). In der 1. Generation stimmen die 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 19 SoAKY eH OVE Sd % % Abb. 6. Relative Spannweite: heavy line = gen. vern. 1947-51; dashed line = gen. aest. 1947-50; hatched area = gen. aest. 1948; dotted area = gen. aest. 1947, 49, 50. Full data in Tab. I. Werte der oberbayerischen Stiicke genau mit den Werten der Unterfranken uberein, wahrend die Werte der nordtiroler Form etwas hoher liegen. Dagegen liegen die Werte der 1. Generation aus Nordsyrien noch unter denen der unterfrankischen Sommergeneration. Sie weichen nur unwesentlich von denen der nordsyrischen Sommertiere ab, die wiederum niedriger sind als diejenigen der in sich einheitlichen jugoslavischen und unterfrankischen Sommertiere. Die 1. Generation der bearbeiteten kleinasiatischen Population weicht also in einem wesentlichen Merkmal von den Europaischen Faltern ab, ebenso lassen sich die alpinen einbriitigen Stiicke des Vergleichsmaterials ohne weiteres nach dem Durchschnitt ihrer relativen Spannweite von den Tieren aus den Mittelgebirgen Mitteleuropas abtrennen. Abb. 7 zeigt die Variabilitac der relativen Schwanzlinge (= Schwanz- lange in % der Hinterfliigelgesamtlange) der unterfrinkischen Tiere in % Verteilung. Noch besser als bei dem vorigen Merkmal tritt hier die beinahe ideale 507 1 in% der Haufigkeit 40 20 10 20 4 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 49 30 34 32 33% Abb. 7. Variability of relative tail-length (in 9% of frequency of each class) in the two generations. Full data in Tab. I. Vol. 6, nos.1-3 Characters for . Classification W OHLFAHRT: ‘JUDIDIJJ20D UOTIVIIeA = A ‘uoneIAap = 0 ‘anyea JewuTU = — ‘onyeA [eUWIXeW = + ‘UvaUT Jo UONeIAaDp Whipaw = W ‘yIpPIA uvaUT = YW ‘S[eNpiArpur jo Joquinuy = Us Viet eee Ecol PIOL)-PYSNIT : "1S9B waTUIAS 6761 "1sae snine[-[euUszZ WI YyseIey Fe sia 78) 669 “PO ~~ FL O€6I uarsAspION ‘UIOA SJoquapurig snsquia OS “bh ‘Ih “6c6l [OINPION Srnsquia OS ‘6b “8h [eIyIezIaT ete ‘Ly ‘SY ‘CHG usaAeqiaqg O¢-LPG6L “1SOP I¢-Lb61 SINGZIN AY Gis. OCL Be 5EC OS6I | UOA YIIPSaMpsIoU [eQUIEyY ‘udyuUrIJIIIU LS) siynsqura uoneindog xSQIMIIVdOd SHQTIDIHdI AO SNOLLVYTNdOd GA.LVUV dds ATAGIA SNOIYVA AO SNOLLVUYEYNASD OAL AHL AO DLIFAANNK dS AALLVTAN TT P42 The Lepidopterists’ News 1952 ‘SSNOLLVINdOd HANVS FHL O's ~ S67 (aa 6 CC6l “1S9R 6761 “1S9R Q'S COL 6S¢4 “'6c. £0 (aa bC BC vEiSc LG 9 O€é6l “UIOA srnsquira Gisc YO0c €Z Li OS 77 IP G6 Rn iat Ap AD BS Bas ASA Oat pee te > -. aay ae eae 0S ‘6b ‘8h g ) nsquro €’8 Olen werOGreoc™ 80) 97 61 ‘Ly ‘Ch ‘THI 0S ‘6b ‘LbG6I "ysav EGC 20.0 Oe noreoe © C0 O¢ PAU Seed bel Get © (Cie LG ito AAG AIO AGr6 96 IS-LVG6I “UIOA Grace eae 6 CE 1S61 Ces reso O¢ Gi S664 WES 97 €~ OC6I LEG GO I¢ 4 CBG. ea 97 GG 6V61 (OMOKE 0) "Ere 87 9 OeeG ue Onc CZ Ol 8b6l OCe ONS I¢ ¢ Ored -OrrG C7 9 Lv6l —EEE = = — = 5 — 7 - ieee — — —+ ——— A o + — wi W Our eA == — uw W Pu ‘\sov ‘uos ‘UJOA “Uasd 1 aie: vIOL)-VYSNI] uaTutIAS snInel-[PNUaZ WI YsPIeyy ualtASpIOoNn, dJaquapurig [OINpION [PIYILZIAT usaAvqiagqg SINGZIN A UOA YIPSAMpsoOU [eIUreyy ‘Ud4YUPIJIIIU() uonendog JO SNOLLVYANAD OML FHL JO SHLONATTVL FAALLV TAN TL eflede.t NO i) WOHLEFAHRT: Characters for Classification Vol. 6, nos.1-3 Angleichung an die Binomialverteilung hervor. Zugleich zeigen die Mittel- werte den grossen Unterschied in der Schwanzlange der beiden Generattonen. Dieses Merkmal scheint modifizierbar zu sein. Die Werte fur die Tiere des kalten Sommers 1948 sind denen der unterfrankischen Friihjahrsgeneration genahert (Tabelle Il). Auch hier weisen die geographisch weit getrennten Populationen charakteristische Unterschiede auf: wiederum unterschieden sich die Alpentiere von denen der Mittelgebirge, wahrend die kleinasiatische Popu- lation auch in der Friihjahrsgeneration grossere Werte als die Mitteleuropder zeigt. Also auch hier ein charakteristischer Unterschied bereits in der 1. Generation! Im Gegensatz zur relativen Spannweite schliessen sich jedoch die jugoslavischen Sommertiere in ihrer relativen Schwanzlange an die Kleinasiatischen Sommertiere an. Ein ahnliches Bild der Modifizierbarkeit ergibt die Ausdehnung der Gelbfarbung der Schwanzspitzen, ausgedriickt in % der Schwanzlinge (Abb. 8) zeigt die Variabilitat der unterfrankischen Tiere. In der 2. Generation ist das Resultat des kalten Sommers 1948 gesondert hervorgehoben, die Aus- dehnung des gelben Bereiches stimmt vollig mit demjenigen der 1. Genera- tion Uberein. er ONIN se es 4% fo 95 9G N22 oe 2g at Sh Ona OAK WE UDY ww Abb. 8. Variability of % of distal yellow in total length of tail. Heavy line = gen. vern. 1947-50; others as in Abb. 6. Full data in Tab. III. Der tabellarische Vergleich (Tabelle III) ergibt wiederum ein anderes Bild. Die geringsten gelben Spitzen hat die nordtiroler Population. Die den frankischen ein. Die Friihjahrstiere aus Syrien zeigen innerhalb der 1. oberbayerischen Tiere nehmen eine Mittelstellung zwischen den alpinen und Generation die hellsten Schwanzspitzen. In der 2. Generation schliessen sich die Jugoslaven den Unterfranken der heissen Sommer an, wihrend die Schwanzspitzen der Kleinasiaten vom Taurus besonders extrem aufgehellt sind. Ebenfalls modifizierbar ist die Farbung des Abdomens, doch will ich darauf noch nicht naher eingehen. The Lepidopterists’ News 12 i a cee ng SE6l BIOH-eAsNIY "1S9e UITUIAS 6c6l "1SOv sniney-[eNuaZ Wt YIsPIPyy Scere (6 0Y, ach Cy “<8¢. <-7é 86c LSI (Oye 9 O61 ualsAspion “‘UIOA ; é ¢ ‘ < ib 3 4 SMESEIS, COZ €T th Tl | OS “by “Ty. Geor ono Sraniqura OS “6 ‘8h — peaypezi9y a pe ie ‘LY “Sh “CHOI usaheqsaqO 0S “6h ‘L¥G6I "yS9v CEliGeaiGsc I¢-LV61 "UIOA | CG Gr 81 cc IS6I SINqZIN AN NE PEAS! COnGl UGG SIN GIP eG OS6I UOA YIIPISaMpsOU GGG OHI GE 4 WHLG AES JEN GG 6y6I [esUreyy O€c OOT LI 9 COG 8:8 OI Ol Sr6l ‘UdyUPIFIOIU LE) SiG 8 SI 97 S ONGC SiG SI 9 Lv6L A o + = Ww Ou A + — Ww Ou sees soe ‘uas ‘UIJOA “Ud qyef vopeindog ‘SNOLLVINdOd HNVS AHL AO SNOLLVYANAD OML AHL AO STIVIL NI MAOTIFA IVLSIG JO LNANdOTAAYC JALLWIae TW 292.0 bo nN WOHLFAHRT: Characters for Classification Vol. 6, nos.1-3 Es gibt aber auch Proportionsmerkmale, die in allen Populationen ganz gleichmiassig variiren, sodass ihnen nichts besonderes zu entnehmen ist. Ein solches Merkmal ist das Verhaltnis Lange: Breite der Hinterfliigel, die “relative Hinterfliigelbreite”, ausgedriickt durch die Breite in % der Lange (ohne Beriicksichtigung der Schwanzspitzen). Hier streuen alle Populationen beinahe einheitlich (Tabelle IV), nur die Sommertiere aus Syrien scheinen vielleicht mehr zufallig im Verhaltnis etwas breitere Hinterfliigel zu haben. Auch der ¢-Genitalapparat eignet sich zur Rassendiagnose beim Se- gelfalter nicht, da er nach unverdffentlichen Untersuchungen meines Mitar- beiters Joh. Bubmann selbst bei weit getrennten Populationen keine Un- terschiede aufweist. Aber nicht allein die Relativmasse, auch die absoluten Messergebnisse kénnen Anregungen geben. Wir erinnern uns an die eingangs festgestellte Tatsache, dass in der Friihjahrsgeneration unverhaltnismassig viel mehr kleine Individuen anzutreffen waren, als in der Sommergeneration, was sich ent- sprechend im Variationspolygon der Spannweite ausdriickt (Abb. 9). Man erkennt hier die Komponente der kleinen Individuen deutlich in dem kleinen Gipfel links aussen. Es sind Hungertiere und wahrscheinlich tber- wiegend Nachkommen der 2. Generation des Vorjahres. Diese ist an sich schon in Unterfranken in weit geringerer Individuenzahl vorhanden als die 1. Generation, dazu finden ihre Nachkommen im Spatsommer so schlechte Ernahrungsbedingungen vor, dass sicher viele Raupen gar nicht bis zur Ver- puppung kommen. Der Rest liefert wohl die Zwerge des nachsten Frihjahrs, sodass wir mit einiger Wahrscheinlichkeit die grossen Individuen als un- mittelbare Nachkommen der Friihjahrsgeneration des Vorjahres und die kleinen als Nachkommen der Sommergeneration werten k6nnen. Son KM wW tH OVS] 5Y Abb. 9. Variation polygon for the Spannweite of the two generations. Open area gen. vern.; dotted area = gen. aest. Means of both gen. vern. size groups computed separately. The Lepidopterists’ News Gos 2S LS 6 CC6l BIOL)-PASNIA "1S9¥ | uarusAS > == t 67261 "\sav sniney-[esuaz wr Yydseieyy as BLT ceOeasps ¢0 8¢ NE LOE ORAS 9S 9 OC6I uatsAsproN "UIOA 2 ; e = ea ? : = ; : * ‘ cae | ‘ ft siJaquapurig spnsqul Cine OOSG me SaOGr ee Sa SOs OCR. Sil OS by Ib G6C6l [OINpPION = a ; ; ; OS ‘6b ‘8h [®34IeZ19'T srniqura 8 € cl G I 6S 8 IS ¢ 0) CS 61 ‘LY ‘CY HEI usaAvqiaqg 0S-LV6L "ys9v igh amet 6a | EGS "6.6 i 0 REG AEN he tH (OOS Oilonr7 Ae (0) OS 6 IS-Lh6I "UIOA GGS “Cae DSi moe IS6I SINGZIN A 1 lS 1S LE Ch €6s 9¢€¢ LEG Ge OSG6I UOA YITISaMpsOU 18S 667 VAS V €8S O06 cS CG 6F6L [eIUIeYy |heoge Set AS 9S 9 Grae Sas LS OL SGI ‘uayurIsIOU LE) Croce Se LS “Ga Ge ize 9S. 9 | LY¥GL A ve) + — wi W Ou A 0 + — w W pu | : “ysav ‘ua ‘UIA ‘Uas ryel uonendog ‘SNOILVTNdOd ANVS AHL JO SNOLLVYANAD OAL AHL NI (I “ddV ads “TIV.L ONILLINO ‘HLONAT JO % NI) ONIMGNIH JO HLGVaANE FALLVIAN “AT P1998, 26 WOHLFAHRT: Characters for Classification Vol. 6, nos.1-3 Die dargestellten Beispiele sind ein kleiner Ausschnitt aus einem um- fangreichen Material, das viele Fragen aufwirft. Da sicher nicht wenige Merkmale modifizierbar sind, wird man in der Beurteilung von geographischen Rassen vorsichtig sein miissen, wenn nicht genitigend Serien aus mehreren Jahren vorhanden sind. Wir sind dabei, die Modifizierbarkeit der Merkmale des Segelfalters experimentell zu priifen, doch liegen hier noch keine ab- schliessenden Ergebnisse vor, Auch soll die Untersuchung relativer Propor- tionsmasse vergleichend an anderen Schmetterlingen ausgefiihrt werden. Ich bin mit meinen Ausfiihrungen am Ende. Ich weiss, dass auch die geschilderten Proportionsmerkmale langst nicht in allen Fallen taxonomisch anwendbar sind, doch wiirde dieser Hinweis vollig gentigen, wenn sie in einigen Fallen mit Erfolg zur Klarung strittiger Fragen beigezogen werden k6nnten. Literatur: Beall, G. and C.B. Williams, 1945. Geographical variation in the wing-length of Danaus plexippus L. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, Ser. A., vol. 20: pp. 65-76. Burgeff, H., 1951. Die Meeralpengrenze der Zygaenen (Lep.). Bzol. ZB1., bd. 70: pp: -1-23. Kuhn, A. und K. Henke, 1929. Genetische und entwicklungsphysiologische Untersuch- ungen an der Mehlmotte Ephestia Kiihniella Zell. Abh. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen, Math.-Phys. Kl. N. F., bd. 15, 1. Lempke, B. J., 1932-33. La morphologie d’Iphiclides podalirius L. Lambillionea. Rensch, B., 1926. Rassenkreisstudien bei Molluscen. Zool. Anz., bd. 67: pp. 253-263. ZUSAMMENFASSUNG Die vorliegenden Untersuchungen betreffen die normale Variabilitat bestimmter Fliigelproportionen der beiden Generationen des Segelfalters (Iphz- clides podalirius L.) im Vergleich miteinander. Unterschiede zwischen Genera- tionen und geographischen Rassen werden bei Lepidopteren im allgemeinen durch Worte beschrieben, die selbst bei guter Kenntnis der betreffenden Art recht verschiedene Deutung zulassen. Dem gegeniiber wurde bei Freilandserien einer Population aus dem Maintal nordwestlich von Wiirzburg in den Jahren 1947 bis 1951 versucht, an den genannten Merkmalen objektive Zahlenwerte zu ermitteln. Zum Vergleich standen einige Freilandserien von anderen Fund- orten zur Verfiigung. Durch Verbindung bestimmter Messpunkte an den Fliigeln ergaben sich Masseinheiten, welche die Berechnung vergleichbarer Relativwerte erlaubten. Der Vergleich zeigt in den meisten Fallen durchaus charakteristische Unter- schiede der Generationen, wie auch der verschiedenen teilweise sehr weit voneinander entfernten Populationen. SUMMARY The analysis discussed concerns normal variability of certain wing propor- tions of the two generations of the Segelfalter Swallowtail (Iphiclides podalirius L.) in comparison with each other. Differences between generations and geo- graphic races have generally been described by lepidopterists by words, which permit different interpretations even by lepidopterists who know the species well. In the present paper an attempt was made to discover objective data on 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 27 the named characteristics in open-country series of a population from the Main-valley northwest of Wurzburg, Germany, in 1947-1951. Comparisons of some open-country series from other places were available. By connection of certain measure-points on the wings, measure units resulted, which allow the calculation of comparable relative data. This comparison shows in most cases absolutely characteristic differences in the generations, also in the different populations, some quite far distant from each other. Zoologische Institut der Universitat, Wurzburg, Germany DISCUSSION OF PROF. WOHLFAHRT’S PAPER Prof. M. HERING, Berlin, remarks that: “Bei der grossen Flugtiichtigkeit der Art halte ich es fiir mdglich, dass successive Einfliige von Faltern von benach- barten Subspecies, in verschiedenen Jahren verschieden stark, erfolgen und die Resultate verfalschen.” ; Prof. LORKOVIC, Zagreb, says: “Die Untersuchungen WOHLFAHRTS sind zu Begriissen, da es endlich Zeit ist subjektives Betrachten aus der Systematik entfernen und mit objekiven Messmethoden zu arbeiten.” Prof. HERING remarks also: “Im Hinblick auf die vom Vortragenden ver- wendete Bezeichnung “Rasse” muss dringend darauf hingewiesen werden, dass nach vielen Bemitithungen die Nomenklatur-Kommission fiir die Kategorie unterhalb der Species die internationale Bezeichnung “Subspecies” als verbind- lich geschaffen hat. Die Verwendung von “Rasse” schafft nur Verwirrung, denn: Prioritat hat die Haustirrasse fiir diese Bezeichnung. Der Beginn dieser Verwitrung geht auf den Gebrauch bei RENSCH zuriick, der das zuerst von KLEINSCHMIDT in seiner “Formenkreis-Lehre” gebrachte bedankengut iiber- nahm und nur “Formenkreis” durch “Rassenkreis” ersetzte. Ungliucklicherweise hat der Terminus Rasse eine gewisse Verbreitung gefunden, und es muss davor gewarnt werden, durch seine Verbreitung die miihevolle Arbeit der Nomen- klatur-Kommission auf dem Gebiete der Schaffung international einheitlicher Termini zur zerstOren.” 28 Vol. 6, nos.1-3 SUMMARY OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE SPECIAL MEETING OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE IXTH INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF ENTOMOLOGY The meeting was held August 21, 1951, in the Little Auditorium of the Congress Building (het Koninklijk Instituut voor de Tropen), in Amster- dam, the Netherlands. In spite of the heavily burdened program of the Con- gress, a free evening, an auditorium, opportunity and operator for projection, and last not least, a varied assembly of lepidopterists and guests were secured, to make the meeting a success. The following numbers show that the Lepidopterists’ Society fully suc- ceeded in its intention: using the splendid opportunity of the IXth Inter- national Congress of Entomology to bring together as many -members and others interested in lepidopterology from different countries as possible. Of the 41 attending the meeting’ 18 were members of the Lepidopterists’ So- ciety, 39 were members of the Congress, 12 were members of the Neder- landsche Entomologische Vereeniging. Altogether the following thirteen dif- ferent countries were represented: Belgium (3), Belgian Congo (1), Dan- mark (1), England (3), Finland (1), France (2), Germany (8), Japan (2), Mauritius (1), Netherlands (13), Spain (1), U.S.A. (4), Yugoslavia (1). At 8 o'clock p.m. the Vice President of the Lepidopterists’ Society and President of the meeting, Dr. W. FORSTER (Munich, Germany), called the meeting to order, and addressed it as follows: In Vertretung des Prasidenten der Lepidopterists’ Society, des Herrn Professor McDunnough in Halifax, Kanada, habe ich die hohe Ehre und die Freude, Sie hier bei der ersten Versammlung der Lepidopterists’ Society auf dem Boden Europas begriissen zu diirfen. Herr Prof. McDunnough lasst durch mich der Versammlung seine besten Griisse und Wuinsche tibermitteln. Die Tatsache des Zustandekommens dieser Versammlung verdanken wir einer Anregung von Herrn Prof. Charles Remington und dem tiberaus lie- benswurdigen Entgegenkommen der Leitung des 9.Entomologen Kongresses, Herrn Professor Kuenen, dem Prasidenten des Kongresses und dem geschiafts- fiilhrenden Sekretar, Herrn Dr. de Wilde sei deshalb hier fiir alle Hilfe und Unterstiitzung bestens gedankt. Nicht vergessen sei aber auch das Organ- isationskommitee dieser Veranstaltung, dessen Arbeit heute ihre Friichte tragt. Den Herren Prof. Roepke, Dr. Diakonoff und Herrn Lempke gilt deshalb mein besonderer Dank. Wie schon erwahnt, ist dies das erste Auftreten der ja noch jungen Lepidopterists’ Society in der alten Welt und empfinde es deshalb als ganz besonders erfreulich, dass sich hier eine so stattliche Anzahl von Lepidopter- ologen aus zahlreichen Landern zusammengefunden hat, um Probleme unseres engeren Fachgebietes sich anzuhéren und zu diskutieren. Gerade nach den schlimmen Zeiten, die hinter uns liegen, ist es doppelt erfreulich zu sehen, dass ei echtes Bediirfnis vorhanden zu sein scheint wieder wirklich inter- national zusammenzuarbeiten. Und wer ware dazu nicht berufener als die Biologen aller Zweige, da doch, um bei unserem engeren Gebiete zu bleiben, die Lepidopteren und die an ihnen zu erforschenden Probleme nicht an Lan- '. Lady guests did not sign on our list of attendance, and are therefore not included in this number. 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 29 Dr. A. DIAKONOFF, Leiden, Netherlands, and Dr. WALTER FORSTER, Minchen, Germany, are shown discussing the meeting of the Lepidopterists’ Society, at the IXth International Congress of Entomology in Amsterdam. (Photog. K. Wilson.) desgrenzen gebunden sind und gerade die hier auftretenden Probleme, seien es solche der Systematik, der Oekologie oder sonstige, nur in grossem Zusam- menhang und in Zusammenarbeit uber die Landesgrenzen hinweg mit Erfolg bearbeitet werden konnen. Es sei nur an die Wanderfalterforschung erin- nert, die in letzter Zeit sehr erfolgversprechend auf internationaler Basis an- zulaufen beginnt. Um die Zeit fiir die vorgesehenen Vortrige und die hoffentlich recht rege Diskussion moglichst auszunutzen, werde ich mich kurz fassen. Herr Dr. Diakonoff wird zwei Schreiben zirkulieren lassen, das eine an Herrn Prof. McDunnough, das andere an Herrn Prof. Remington. Nachden zu un- serem Bedauern beide Herren an unserer heutigen Veranstaltung nicht teil- nehmen konnen, ist es wohl sicherlich in Ihrer aller Sinne; wenn wir ihnen gemeinsame Griisse tibermitteln (applause). Ich bitte deshalb, die beiden Schreiben zu unterzeichnen. Ich hoffe nun, dass der heutige Abend fiir die Teilnehmer recht anregend verlaufe und sich fiir die Lepidopterists’ Society zu einem Erfolg gestalte, auf Grund dessen wir nun auch in Europa zahlreiche neue Freunde gewinnen mogen. Es ware dies ein weiterer Schritt auf dem Wege zur Schaffung einer leistungsfahigen Organisation der Lepidopterologen der Welt. Upon this the Secretary forwarded to the meeting greetings of Dr. C. L. REMINGTON, the Editor-in-Chief of The Lepidopterists’ News, received by him that morning. Vol. 6, nos.1-3 Proceedings of Amsterdam Meeting ‘(saydersojoyd) NOSTIA, “SWVITTIA ‘AMOANUVA, ‘SAVHSAW -WVIS ‘aodvfIvy ‘HLYVaTassdH “LOTVANDUD ‘AUGINOSAHH ‘SLAOd “WAIHLAC ‘dog Nad “MONILNIg :-NAOHS LON “(qv09 yep) TAHCATS ‘NOLNIH ‘SWAT WaAATdWALS ‘SI “WadadWaALS “ANOH ‘(JeeI Ul) SUIHSLIIA “SdONVININ “WALSXOT ‘ONTYAH ‘NASNALSIYHD ‘OAOMYOT “OIAOMYOT ‘SIN ‘VWWVAVANY ‘IOVA *LNOW "NaD9NUG NVA ‘LUHVATHO “LYHVATHOX “SI ‘NOSNIA ‘NYWXOVH ‘ALLaIA ‘SHONOXVIC “TJOLVIWNOHS ‘SOSSVd SOd “‘daNdWAT ‘CUVTIIID ‘ASNV{ ‘JOOT “VNALTY NAYaLOdY NVA WANSIT ‘(jueprun) “aFOLYWNOHS ‘SIW ‘of(NaDY : (4st 01 YoT) YUVA WVGULLSWY NI ONLLAGN TVIOddS JO HdVADO.LOHd dNOUWD 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 31 After this the Symposium on the Phylogeny and Classification of the Lepidoptera was called to order. The three papers are being published in the News with the discussions which followed. Between the second and the third paper a short interval was held, ded- icated to tea and animated discussions. After this Mr. KENT H. WILSON (Moscow, Idaho, U.S. A.) made several photographs of the meeting, a choice of which is presented here. The Secretary wishes to thank Mr. WILSON also at this place for this unexpected, but most appreciated, contribution to the Proceedings of the meeting. After a word of thanks by the President the meeting was closed at 10.15 p.m. A. DIAKONOFF, Secretary MEMBERS AND GUESTS PRESENT AT THE SPECIAL MEETING W. FORSTER, Munchen, Germany B. J. LEMPKE, Amsterdam, Netherlands E. M. HERING, Berlin, Germany TH. A. WOHLFAHRT, Wurzburg, Germany P. WILTSHIRE, England DIAKONOFF, Leiden, Netherlands Z. LORKOVIC, Zagreb, Yugoslavia LEMS, Leidschendam, Netherlands . W. GRUNWALDT, Munchen, Germany B. WILLIAMS, Harpenden, England GILLARD, Ghent, Belgium HOLST CHRISTENSEN, Denmark N. YAGI, Japan SATORU KUWAYAMA, Sapporo, Japan N. SHOUMATOFF, New York, U.S. A. KENT H. WILSON, Idaho, U.S.A. J. C. EISNER, The Hague, Netherlands P. A. A. LOOF, Amsterdam, Netherlands B. GHESQUIERE, Brussels, Belgium H. STEMPFFER, Paris, France R. AGENJO, Madrid, Spain J. VINSON, Mauritius Pare sey NIETO, aRaris, Brance G. WARNECKE, Hamburg, Germany EBERHARD JACKH, Bremen, Germany GERHARD HESSELBARTH, Diepholz, Germany G. A. BENTINCK, Amerongen, Netherlands J. A. JANSE, Hillegom, Netherlands C. O. VAN REGTEREN ALTENA, Oegstgeest, Netherlands I. A. KAIJADOE, Oe6cegstgeest, Netherlands P. J. DEN BOER, The Hague, Netherlands A. C. VAN BRUGGEN, Leiden, Netherlands CYRIL DOSTPASSOS, U.S: A; V..G. DETHIER, U.S.A. C. DOETS, Hilversum, Netherlands W. HACKMAN, Helsingfors, Finland H. E. HINTON, Bristol, England H. HONE, Germany CH. SEYDEL, Belgian Congo H. J. L. T. STAMMESHAUS, Amsterdam, Netheriands S. G. KIRIAKOFF, Ghent, Belgium SS Oe N p> be 32 Vol. 6, nos.1-3 THE USE OF BAIT TO°\ATIRACY BUTTERPIIES by RALPH L. CHERMOCK A question was presented in a recent issue of the Lepidopterist’s News (vol. 5: p. 16) concerning the use of bait to attract butterflies. Since many rhopalocerists have neglected this method of collecting, it was felt that some notes on the experiences I have had might be of interest. Almost any sugaring mixture which will attract moths is equally attractive to many species of butterflies. However, a mixture of mashed rotten bananas and canned crushed pineapple, to which are added sugar and beer, has pro- duced best results. This is left to ferment for a day before using. A sugaring trai] should be selected in an area where the desired species of butterflies occur. A patch of bark, about eight inches in diameter and ap- proximately shoulder high on the trunk of a fairly large tree, is painted with the mixture. A cheap paintbrush is most practical for this purpose. Because of the higher evaporation rate during the daytime, it may be necessary to re- paint the trees at regular intervals. The trunk should be free of limbs or nearby branches so that an insect net can be swung freely. The butterflies which are attracted to the bait rarely become inebriated to the extent that they can be collected directly into a cyanide bottle. Therefore, it is almost always neces- sary to catch them in a net. The baited trees should be visited frequently, with a minimum of noise or quick movements, as butterflies are easily frightened. A little practice and observation will soon enable the collector to catch specimens. It will be noted that many butterflies are attracted only at certain times of the day. Also, the method of jumping off the tree varies with each species so that some may drop earthward and consequently require an upswing of the net, while others jump directly off in a horizontal direction and require a side sweep. The advantages of baiting are: 1) it tends to concentrate the specimens for collecting; 2) it attracts many woodland species to a place where they can be more easily collected; and 3) high flying forms, rapidly flying forms, or extremely wary species can be more easily collected. On good collecting days, | have caught as many as 300 specimens of assorted species of Nymphalis, Poly- gonia, Limenitis, and Asterocampa in a single afternoon. These forms are usually among the more difficult butterflies to collect in series. All of the species which have been attracted to this bait belong to the Nymphalididae and Satyridae; no members of the other families have been observed on the sugaring mixtures. The following butterflies have been col- lected. Lethe p. portlandia Fab., L. p. anthedon Clark, L. creola Skin., L. e. eurydice Joh. and appalachia R. Cherm. are all attracted to sugaring mixtures. They usually sit head downward and are often easily frightened. The best time of the day to collect members of this genus seems to extend from late afternoon to dusk. Euptychia cymela Cram. and E. hermes sosybia Fab. are attracted to sugaring mixtures, but only sparingly. E. gemma Hbn. rarely will sit on trees, but often will alight near the ground where the drops of the sugaring mixture have fallen. These species may be attracted during any time of the day, but seem to prefer late afternoon. Wr 2 Wo 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News Minozis a. alope Fab., M. a. nephele Kirby, and M. a. carolina Ch. & Ch. will often be attracted to drops of the mixture which fall to the ground; more rarely they will sit on the tree trunk. They seem to be most frequent in the morning or towards evening, although occasional specimens will be found during the afternoon. Limenitis a. arthenuis Drury and L. a. astyanax Fab. are readily attracted to sugaring mixtures throughout the day and are very easily collected. However, I have seen only one specimen of L. archippus Cram. sitting on the bait, al- though the species has been relatively common in many areas collected. Nymphalis j-album Bdv. & Lec. and N. antiopa L. are commonly attracted to this bait and, though wary, can be collected with relative ease. They seem to fly at almost any time during the day. The same is true of Vanessa atalanta L., although the other species of this genus are not normally attracted. The use of sugaring mixtures provides an excellent method for collecting members of the genus Polygonia. All of the eastern species will come to bait -at.almost any time during the day. Although they are extremely wary, a little practice soon provides the collector with a fine series. Asterocampa c. clyton Bdv. & Lec., A. c. flora Edw., A. c. louisa Stall. & Turn., A. leslia cocles Lint., A. c. celtis Bdv. & Lec. and A. c. antonio Edw. are easily collected by using sugaring mixtures. They usually sit head down- ‘wards on the tree and require a quick upswing of the net. They are equally abundant at almost any time during the day. Eunica tatila tatilista Kaye and Myscelia ethusa Bdv. are readily attracted to bait on trees in jungle hammocks at almost any time during the day. They are extremely wary, and the trees must be approached cautiously in order to avoid disturbing them. Since they sit head downwards, they require a rapid upsweep of the net. Anaea a. andria Scud. and A. aidea floridalis Johns. & Comst. are fre- quently attracted to bait, but are usually extremely difficult to approach and collect. In addition to sugaring mixtures, a few other possible baits should be ex- perimented with. Decaying fruit such as pears, apples, and watermelon have been seen to attract butterflies. If these are placed systematically, they provide additional sources for specimens. Feces on the ground have also been observed to attract many butterflies. In fact, I have collected a large series of Speyeria diana Cram. around the dung of deer in the middle of a road. It also seems to attract Papilio philenor L., Phyciodes tharos Dru., Eurema nicitppe Cram., and Erynnis martialis Scud. Manure piles also attract these same species. The use of sugaring mixtures and other possible baits afford an additional technique in collecting butterflies. It is hoped that it will be used more ex- tensively, particularly in the West, where it might be effective in attracting cettain groups which are needed in series for systematic work. Also, experi- mentation with various baits is a form of research which both the amateur and professional can do, and contributes to the knowledge of the feeding habits of butterflies. University of Alabama, University, Ala., U. S. A. Vol. 6, nos.1-3 2 > A NEW ALTITUDINAL HIGH FOR ERORA LAETA by SIDNEY A. HESSEL On August 11, 1951, as a member of a collecting party on Mt. Wash- ington, N.H., including also C.L. Remington, G. W. Rawson and our host D. J. Lennox, the writer through a stroke of extremely good fortune became “initiated into the fraternity”. For the benefit of those not familiar with this use of the colloquialism it means simply that he joined the ranks of those select few who have been so lucky as to capture a specimen of the most mysterious and elusive of eastern butterflies, Erora laeta (Edw.). Dr. A. B. Klots commented on the capture in a letter: “and in quite conventional fashion, 7. é., in the most unlikely place and when least expecting it.” More definitely, the locality was close to the toll road in that area known as Cragway Spring, elev. 4660 feet, definitely above timber line. The date is apparently the latest of record. When first seen, the butterfly had been flushed from the ground or ground-cover by my approach and appeared to be a Geometer moth (Carsia paludata boreata Pack.) as it fluttered with the light breeze and came to rest some fifteen yards away on a slender, bare, upright twig projecting a few inches above the thick, brushy mat that covered most of the immediate area. It was then that its position with wings held together betrayed its butterfly identity, and for that matter, before the net could be clamped over it, its specific determination. The insect, however, would not fly up into the net even when its resting spot was disturbed but persisted in crawling through the brushy mat, at times being lost to view. It became evident that the rim of the net, held firmly to the ground by my knees, would have to be lifted, a maneuver I contemplated with horror. At least I would summon assistance! — and so let out a yell which soon brought C.L.R. to the scene, though strangely enough, no rescue parties from the valley below. I lifted the edge of the rim while C.L.R., after one or two false starts, was able to work the E. laeta into a cyanide tube and place the cork in position. (Luckily for him he did not excite the insect into a flutter as I was prepared to jump onto the rim of the met and would likely have cut his arms off just below the elbows.) Upon reflection it did occur to us that nearly 400 pounds of Homo sapiens pitted against a single Erora laeta male probably was not sporting, but it was a strong and heavy bodied male, so much so that only after microscopic examination by Dr. Klots was I satisfied that the abdomen was not loaded with eggs. 8 Woodmere Blvd. South, Woodmere, N. Y., U.S. A. 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 35 THE FEMALE OF LYCAEIDES ARGYROGNOMON SUBLIVENS by V. NABOKOV Last summer (1951) I decided to visit Telluride, San Miguel County, Colorado, in order to search for the unknown female of what I had described as Lycaeides argyrognomon sublivens in 1949 (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 101: p- 513) on the strength of nine males in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, which had been taken in the vicinity of Telluride half a century ago. L. sublivens is an isolated southern representative (the only known one south of northwestern Wyoming, southeast of Idaho, and east of California) of the species (the holarctic argyrognomon Bergstr.= idas auct.) to which anna Edw.., scuddert Edw., aster Edw. and six other nearctic subspecies belong. I bungled my family’s vacation but got what I wanted. Owing to rains and floods, especially noticeable in Kansas, most of the drive from New York State to Colorado was entomologically uneventful. When reached at last, Telluride turned out to be a damp, unfrequented but very spectacular cul-de-sac (which a prodigious rainbow straddled every evening) at the end of two converging roads, one from Placerville, the other from Dolores, both atrocious. There is one motel, the optimistic and excellent Valley View Court where I stayed, at 9,000 feet altitude, from the 3rd to the 29th of July, walking up daily to at least 12,000 feet along various more or less steep trails in search of svblivens. Once or twice Mr. Homer Reid of Telluride took me up in his jeep. Every morning the sky would be of an impeccable blue at 6 a.m. when I set out. The first innocent cloudlet would scud across at 7:30 a.m. Bigger fellows with darker bellies would start tampering with the sun around 9 a. m., just as I emerged from the shadow of the cliffs and trees onto good hunting grounds. Everything would be cold and gloomy half an hour later. At around 10 a.m. there would come the daily electric storm, in several installments, accompanied by the most irritatingly close lightning I have ever encountered anywhere in the Rockies, not excepting Longs Peak, which is saying a good deal, and followed by cloudy and rainy weather through the rest of the day. After ten days of this, and despite diligent subsequent exploration, only one sparse colony of swblivens was found. On that one spot a few males were emerging on the 15th. Three days later I had the pleasure of discovering the unusual-looking female. Between the 15th and the 28th, a dozen hours of windy but passable collecting weather in all (not counting the hours and hours use- lessly spent in mist and rain) yielded only 54 specimens, of which 16 were females. Had I been younger and weighed less, I might have perhaps got another 50, but hardly much more than that, and, possibly, the higher ridges I vainly investigated between 12,000 and 14,000 feet at the end of July, in the magdalena-snowi-centaureae zone, might have produced swblivens later in the season. The colony I found was restricted to one very steep slope reaching from about 10,500 to a ridge at 11,000 feet and towering over Tomboy Road between “Social Tunnel” and “Bullion Mine”. The slope was densely covered with a fine growth of lupines in flower (Lupinus parviflorus Nuttall, which did not occur elsewhere along the trail) and green gentians (the tall turrets of which were assiduously patronized by the Broad-Tailed Hummingbird and the White- > 36 NABOKOV: Lycaeides argyrognomon ssp. Vol. 6, nos.1-3 Striped Hawkmoth). This lupine, which in the mountains of Utah is the food-plant of an alpine race of L. melissa (annetta Edw), proved to be also the host of L. argyrognomon sublivens. The larva pupates at its base, and in dull weather a few specimens of both sexes of the imago could be found settled on the lower leaves and stems, the livid tone of the butterflies’ undersides nicely matching the tint of the plant. The female of swblivens is of a curiously arctic appearance, completely different from the richly pigmented, regionally sympatric, locoweed and alfalfa- feeding L. melissa or from the melissa-like females of Wyoming and Idaho argyrognomon races, and somewhat resembling argyrognomon forms from northwestern Canada and Alaska (see for instance in the above mentioned work, p. 501 and plate 8, fig. 112). It also recalls a certain combination of characters that crops up in L. melissa annetta. Here is a brief description of L. swblivens female: Upperside of a rather peculiar, smooth, weak brown, with an olivaceous cast in the living insect; more or less extensively dusted with cinder-blue scales; triangulate greyish blue inner cretules generally present in the hindwing and often accompanied by some bluish or greyish bleaching in the radial cells of the forewing; aurorae reduced: short and dullish in the hindwing, blurred or absent in the forewing, tending to disappear in both wings and almost completely absent in 3 specimens; lunulate pale greyish blue outer cretules very distinct in both wings; underside similar to that of the male. Deposited: twenty males and ten females in the Cornell University collec- tion, and eighteen males and six females in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University. Dept. of Russian Literature, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York The KLAGES collection has come to Cornell University through the intermediary of an alumnus. The parts of most interest to a lepidopterist are Erycinidae, Hesperiidae, and Euchromiidae (= Syntomidae, Ctenuchidae, Amatidae) collected by him at Suapure, Venezuela, in 1898 to 1900, including paratypes of many of the species described in the Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 29: 531-552: 1906. W. T. M. FORBES 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 37 COMMENTS ON THE EDITORIAL “THE COMPONENTS OF AN ADEQUATE PAPER DESCRIBING A NEW SPECIES” by A. E. BROWER The writer has read and reread with much interest our editor's recent article setting forth “The Components of an Adequate Paper Describing a New Species” (Lep. News, vol. 5: p. 46; 1951). I am glad to see this move to state in definite terms what is desirable in a good description, and I think that much good can come of it if taxonomists will unite in the effort to promulgate a practical set of recommendations. I have some comments on them at their present stage. I do not feel that the Lepidopterists’ Society should put its stamp of approval on any set of components without due consideration of the points and their implications. «¢ 1. Might be amplified by addition after differs from its nearest relative’ with which is found in the same or nearby territory. In sections of some genera all of this will have little value, as in Coleophora and others. 2. The genitalia of Lepidoptera are extremely valuable for taxonomic purposes, but still there are many genera where they are so similar that a figure or description would have little or no value. After two papers, both illustrating and describing the male genitalia of Diarsia rubifera (U.S. N. M. Bull. 44 and Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 6: p. 101), one might with good reason ask if J. B. Smith did not make matters worse. He was an outstanding worker too. If he had kept his hands off the male genitalia of the species of Zale he described, some modern specialist would have a much better chance of finding out to what his names should apply. Is the ordinary general worker on Lepidoptera in a position to make proper slides in many genera? Genitalic preparations for comparative purposes must be prepared in an entirely different manner in different genera. Considerable work on a genus may be an essential prelude to a properly prepared slide of a type though this may not be practical except for a revision. I have repeatedly heard taxonomists say they had to remount slide preparations or that they found the preparation ruined or impractical to use. Genitalia are subject to variation and are more difficult to describe or figure than the adults, and many such in print are of scant value. In some of our larger museums some curators have not been in favor of having slides made, one practical reason being that they are not prepared to look after slides properly. Suppose we consider the genus Coleophora. I have many specimens of Cole- ophora J should like to get identified. A master technician, Dr. J. McDunnough, has published comparative notes, fine figures of genitalia, with descriptions, of many species found in this part of America, but if I made slides of my specimens I could not hope to determine positively which of my specimens are referable to his species, and I do not know of anyone who would attempt to do so. We need to consider the value of specific illustrations of lone species or a few species against the value of such illustrations of all of the species of a taxonomic group or a geographic area when admittedly money for such publication is limited. I have never seen in print an account of any important effort to determine how variable genitalia may be, as for instance the amount of variation in the genitalia of all of the offspring of several females of one species. Is the confused medley of descriptions in a section of Zale due to variability of the genitalia or to specific distinctness? 38 BROWER: “Describing a New Species” Vol. 6, nos.1-3 3. How much would be gained by illustrating the adults of the Coleophora described during the last fifteen years in the many scattered papers? 4. and 5. The “type” should be a fair representative of the species population to be described. Many types of species and subspecies are not representative of the population. There is much interest among collectors in topotypical material, and so there is the suggestion to limit type material to a comparatively small area, apparently on the assumption that typical material may always be secured from that area, but is this necessarily true? Seasons may vary greatly and local environments are often transitory. Any ecologist knows that all vegetation and its associated animal life is transitory, and part of the geographical features are more slowly transitory. I can remember on the Ozark plateau dry seasons when the small, pale form of Junonia (Precis) coenta was usually found, but wet seasons occurred when the large deeply colored form was abundant. One summer the drouth became so intense the papaws shed their leaves. With September rains a partial new crop of leaves was formed and Papilio marcellus emerged in numbers to deposit eggs, but Jack Frost cut things short, and dwarfed adults resulted from that population. I believe that these could have been shown to be significantly different in size at least by the use of statistics. When I came to Augusta I found a mowing field and adjacent pasture where I took a nice lot of Lycaena hypophlaeas ab. fasciata. Expecting to get another series, I gave an interested collector many of them, but I have pot been able to do so. The mowing field was plowed up, but the pasture remained untouched; however fasciata ‘seemed to become much scarcer relatively in this population. | remember Walter Clayton of Lincoln, Maine, lamenting the disappearance of the colony of Euphydryas phaeton, containing many superba and other aberrations, which was found in a small area near his home. Probably the Turtle-head still grows there and at times is populated by the ordinary form of the species, which presumably has a somewhat different genetic makeup. What has occurred on my best Augusta collecting area seems very significant. Road maintenance crews have apparently successfully main- tained the statws quo in this half-mile of roadside, and the butterflies discussed were taken on the very same patches of milkweed. During the last twelve seasons, nine seasons have produced so far as observed merely the expected variation in the population of Argynnis (= Speyeria) cybele (Fab.) (specimens which may be labelled novascotiae McD. regularly occur), but in 1939 and 1940 a large number of heavily marked more or less melanic specimens occurred and in 1951 three striking specimens of one variation were secured having three conspicuous silver rays on the underside of the hind wing from the base to near the middle of the wing (like A. cypris mayae). This number in about three trips indicates a fair percentage of the population was of this variation, as the species occurred in moderate numbers. In twenty-two seasons of collecting in Maine I have never seen this conspicuous variation before. If in the Western States a collector had taken a series of these in 1939 and 1940, another collector a series from 1941 to 1950, and third collector a series in 1951, all on the same flowers in a local area, could not three names readily follow? If some favorably located collector in the West would collect in the same flower patches a repre- sentative yearly sample for 25 to 50 years of Argynnis, Melitaea, or other similar group, how great a variation could we expect in some of the species? Yes, type localities may change greatly for an insect and over far greater “a ances than fifty miles. I have just been tramping an area, difficult of access xcept on foot, hunting deer. Evidence of transition is abundant in many house £52 The Lepidopterists’ News 39 sites and miles of stone walls, where the primeval climax forest disappeared before the axe and the plow and the stone walls arose around the tilled fields, only to revert through successions until to-day the lumberman is harvesting a crop of large white pine and hardwood sawlogs from those fields. As I gazed upon an eleven inch birch growing between the nicely built walls of a base- ment, walls of what must have been a fine home in its day, I reflected that not even the deer could exist in the primeval forest. With so many changes can we be sure that the type localities where our early butterfly types were collected will yield comparable material? Have new areas been colonized by our butter- flies by extension from the edge of their range or has this come from a boiling- over from an area where population pressure was much greater? 6. The implication in this is that the private collector is frowned upon for keeping his types, and I agree with Dr. Remington as to its truth, but it would be interesting to know what per cent of those who “frown” are on museum staffs and actually retain control of their types often in their private collection merely stored in the museum. Is the Lepidopterists’ Society to con- sider “frowning” on the practice of the individual collectors retaining types, without anything being said on the other side? One can hear the statement, “museum doors open in”. Unquestionably collectors should be encouraged to place their types in the larger museums, and if The Lepidopterists’ News carried an informative article on the policies and practices of museums and their staffs and what they do for the field and private collector and the advancement of our science more collectors would give this thought. I have spent many pleasant and profitable days in the museums of America and feel I have some good friends on their taxonomic staffs, but I have sometimes found collectors hesitant to turn to museums. Are museum taxonomists too jealous of anyone else describing new species? Do they devote too much of their time to miscellaneous descriptions and small papers which would be practical for the private worker to the neglect of much needed monographic and revisionary papers? We haven't had a passable catalogue of our Lepidoptera since Dyar’s and even that lacks much information which is sorely needed in a catalogue. Suppose we “frown” upon the private collector keeping his types and he passes them on to some of the largest museums, then when he finds something more which he thinks may be new or important how much help can he reasonably expect to receive from these same institutions? Important as all of the points set forth are — viewed in their entirety — every one of them may be satisfied by arm-chair entomology using a single specimen in any degree of condition, except the discussion under No. 6. Oh how many descriptions would read differently if the describer had waited until he had before him a series. including both sexes! (Many would never have been published.) To set forth the proposed requirements will require, for most Lepidoptera, two to three pages of technical description and all of great value but haven’t some workers like S. B. Clemens set forth in as many sentences or a short paragraph information of as much practical value for the positive deter- mination of the species they had before them? Measured by these standards Miss Braun’s paper on Nepticula falls far short, but for the practical identifica- tion of the species the writer feels it is equally far above some papers which can qualify. Other papers could be readily named. The larva, pupa, and the habits of the larva and adult offer points of fully as great value as those enumerated for specific determination and shouldn't these be included so far 40 BROWER: “Describing a New Species” Vol. 6, nos=3 as possible in an adequate description? Many species have been recognized first by differences in larval or adult habits, and can most readily be recognized by such differences; therefore, isn’t their description necessary for an adequate description? Perhaps there are no more Edwardses or Scudders among butter- fly collectors, but certainly biological work has lagged. The museum worker will as a rule of necessity deal with the lifeless remains — whatever the field worker has preserved-— but for the majority of the members of the Lepi- dopterists’ Society doesn’t the living animate insect offer unique opportunities for contributions toward our knowledge of the Lepidoptera? 5 Hospital Street, Augusta, Maine FUNDS NEEDED FOR ILLUSTRATIONS The Lepidopterists’ News is now printed by a process and on a paper which per- mits perfect reproduction of photographs and other half-tone figures (see Prof. Wohlfahrt’s Iphiclides podalirius, Abb. 2, on page 16). While not unduly costly, such figures are expensive enough so that half-tones must be kept at a minimum unless special arrangements can be made to provide funds. The warm response we have always received, whenever a definite need for funds has been announced, leads me to believe that there are probably one or more members of the Society who would be interested in establishing a specific ILLUSTRATIONS FUND. Correspondence on this possibility will be welcomed. C. L. REMINGTON ANNUAL SEASON SUMMARY The Associate Editor in charge of the annual Season Summary, Dr. E. G. MUNROE, is re-examining the policy for the Summary, in cooperation with the eight Area Sum- marizers. All members of the Society concerned with the Summary are invited to send their views to him. His address is: Dept. of Entomology, Science Service, Ottawa, Canada. 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 41 ON SOME INACCURACIES IN KLOTS’ FIELD GUIDE by V. NABOKOV In connection with “Blues”, I wish to correct two or three slips in Pro- fessor Alexander B. Klots’ important and delightful book (A Field Guide to the Butterflies of North America, East of the Great Plains). On p. 166 there is a misprint: “Center (formerly Karner)” should be, of course, “Karner (formerly Center)”. Incidentally I visit the place every time I happen to drive (as I do yearly in early June) from Ithaca to Boston and can report that, despite local picnickers and the hideous garbage they leave, the lupines and Lycaezdes samuelis Nab. are still doing as fine under those old gnarled pines along the railroad as they did ninety years ago. In p. 165, another, more unfortunate transposition occurs: “When fawn colored, more vivid in tone” should refer not to Lycaeides argyrognomon but to L. melissa, while “wings beneath, when fawn colored, duller in tone” should refer not to L. melissa but to L. argyrognomon (see my “Nearctic Lycaeides” bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 101: p. 541; 1949). On pp. 162-164, the genus Brephidivm (in company with two others) is incorrectly placed between Hemzargus and Lycaetdes. 1 have shown in my paper on Neotropical Plebejinae (Psyche, vol. 52: pp. 1-61; 1945) that Hemiargus (sensu lato) and Lycaeides belong to the same group (subfamily Plebejinae— or supergenus Plebejus; the rank does not matter but the relationship does). Brephidiwm, of course, stands on the very outskirts of the family, in a highly specialized group, immeasurably further removed from Hemiargus or Lycaeides than, say, Lycaena. This is where my subfamilies come in handy since at least they keep related things in one bunch and eject intruders. Views may differ in regard to the hierarchic element in the classification I adopt, but no one has questioned so far the fact of the structural relationship and phylogenetic cir- cumstances J mean it to reflect. The whole interest of Hemzargus is that it is allied to Lycaeides etc. while bearing a striking superficial resemblance to an African group with which it does not have the slightest structural affinity. Systematics, I think, should bring out such points and not keep them blurred in the haze of tradition. I am perfectly willing to demote the whole of my “subfamily” Plebejinae to a supergenus or genus Plebejus (Plebejus ceraunus, isola, thomast, argyrognomon, melissa, aquilo, saepiolus, etc.) but only under the condition that it include exactly the same species, in the same groupings ( “sub- genera” or numbered sections, as you will) and in the same sequence of groups, without intrusions from groups assigned structurally to other “subfamilies” (and then, of course, lygdamus, battoides, and piasus should be all in Scols- tantides or its equivalent). However, I still think that the formality of generic names for the groupings is a better method than going by numbers, etc. Names are also easier to handle in works on zoological distribution when it is im- portant to bring out the way a group is represented in different regions of the world. Generally speaking, systematics is not directly concerned with the convenience of collectors in their dealings with small local faunas. It should attempt to express structural affinities and divergences, suggest certain phy- logenetic lines, relate local developments to global ones—and help lumpers to sort out properly the ingredients of their lumps. ? Dept. of Russian Literature, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York Vol. 6, nos.1-3 as bo FIELD AND TECHNIQUE NOTES ANTHOCARIS IN MISSISSIPPI The note by Dr. Rawson, “Hilltops and Amthocaris” (Lep. News, vol. 5: p.70), regarding his observations in New York, supplemented by the Editor’s note regarding his experience in Connecticut, suggest that the following observations from Mississippi may be worthy of record. I have been collecting in eastern Hinds County, Mississippi, a few miles west of the city of Jackson, for the past six years. This collecting has yielded 19 specimens of Amnthocaris midea (Hbn.): 18 males and one female. Dates and numbers taken are as follows: males: 6 April 47, 17 April 49, 18 March 50 (3), 3 March 51 (2), 10 March 51, 25 March 51 (4), 29 March 52, 31 March 51, 1 April 51 (2), 7 April 52 (2); female: 17 April 49. These individuals showed no preference for hilltops; indeed if any topographic preferences were indicated they were for low places. I find it difficult to explain the series of 10 males taken throughout a 30-day period in 1951 as simply indicating the beginning of the brood. I would be inclined to believe that the 1951 crop of A. midea in this locality consisted predominantly of males as a result of biologic rather than topographic, ecologic, or time of observation factors. The winter and spring broods of Colias eurytheme (Bdy.), which regularly appear in this locality in large numbers, invariably have a very large proportion of males to females. BRYANT MATHER, P.O. Drawer 2131, Jackson, Mississippi THE FIRST RECORD OF A BUTTERFLY MIGRATION IN AMERICA In “The History of the Discovery of America by Christopher Columbus; written by his son Don Ferdinand Columbus” (Kerr . . . Voyages and Travels, vol. 3, 1811, p. 120) we read that, on or about June 11, 1494, during Columbus’s second voyage, ‘Bearing up closer to Cuba, they saw turtles of vast bigness, and in such numbers that they covered the sea. At break of day they saw such an enormous flock of sea crows as even darkened the sun, these were going from sea towards to the island, where they all alighted; besides these abundance of pigeons and other birds were seen; and the next day such immense swarms of butterflies, as even to darken the air, which lasted till night, when a heavy rain carried them all away.” Herrera gives the same account, evidently copied from Don Ferdinand Columbus’s manuscript. AUSTIN H. CLARK, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. PORTHESIA FEIGNING DEATH On page 46 of the Lep. News, vol. 4, Edward G. Voss relates his experience with Catocala feigning death; he says he never observed it before among moths. In Europe a striking instance of this rather ineffective behaviour (‘“‘ineffective’ of course to human predators) is the feigning of the common lymantriid Porthesia similis Fuessl. When caught in the net or taken from the leaf or stem to which it was clinging this small but conspicuous white moth never fails to fold down its wings and to stretch upward the abdominal segments, which bear a mass of yellow hairs. It will remain thus for a considerable ame, and when no attention is paid it suddenly comes to life again and may escape. The reaction is a very prompt one; I never saw a specimen trying to get away instantly, but it always fell down in a very deceiving manner. Some other species are said to do the same, particularly Notodontidae (Lophopteryx). KES LEMS, 38 Kon. Wilhelminalaan, Leidschendam, Netherlands 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News od Vr REMARKABLE OBSERVATIONS BY YOUNG JAPANESE LEPIDOPTERISTS As a tesult of the transition of general interests from mere collecting to life-history observation, there have been many excellent reports by younger Japanese butterfly hobby- ists. I will introduce herewith some of their remarkable observations. 1) FOUR CONSECUTIVE GENERATIONS OF POLYGONIA C-AUREUM REARED BY, THE AID OF THE RICHARD TECHNIQUE: _ Ikuo Hayano, a medical student in Yokohama, applied the Richard Technique (Lep. News, vol. 2: p. 74) to the securing of eggs of P. c-aureum (Linné) iz July 1950 and got the second generation in August, the 3rd in September, and the 4th in November. The November adults are now hibernating in a cage and probably will produce spring broods. Among many notable results obtained, the most interesting is that the wing patterns of the broods are not uniform. “Forma aest.” occurs side by side with “forma autumn’. This reminds us of Frohawk’s observation in form hutchinsoni of P. c-album and de Nicéville’s experiment on forms of Melanitis leda. Mr. Hayano is trying to find the elements which affect the wing patterns and the biological differences, if any, such as in mating or hibernating. 2) POSITION OF ANTENNAE IN HIBERNATING EUREMA HECABE AS AFFECTED BY WEATHER AND TEMPERATURE. Masayuki Takeda, a junior high student in Tochi-gi-ken, observed in the winters of 1948-50 the life of hibernating E. hecabe (Linné). Among many valuable observations, the most noteworthy is that the antennae of wintering hecabe are exclusively sensitive to weather and temperature. For instance, in December the position of the antennae at night (10-11 p.m.) is affected by weather and temperature at that specific time, while in January the same is affected by weather and highest temperature of preceding day time (10 a.m.-2 p.m.). For example, the antennal position at December nights are as follows: a) Exposed, parallel with the costal margin of folded wings, if weather is fine and temperature stands at above 8° C. b) Club-parts only exposed out of folded wings, if fine and between 5°-8° C., cloudy and above 4° C. or rainy and above 5° C. c) Concealed completely between folded wings in @ 2 and club-parts half exposed in 6 6, if fine and below 5° C., cloudy and below 4° C., rainy and below 5° C. or snowy (or with heavy wind) at any degree. Sew DISCOVERY OF TRUE ANT-GUEST LARVA NYPHANDA FUSCA. Fumiaki Nagayama, an assistant of a veterinary laboratory in Tokyo, found the long- sought-for larvae of N. fusca Brem. & Grey in July 1948. In co-operation with Takeo Ishizawa and the writer, he succeeded im a complete survey of this fascinating symbiosis of caterpillars and ants. The larvae are fed orally by the host-ants by the latter’s disgorging of liquid foods. This feeding habit is only comparable to that of the East African lycaenid Euliphyra mirifica Holl. observed by C. O. Farquharson, as far as I know. A detailed account of my notes on Nyphanda has been sent to Mr. A. H. Clark in Washing- ton with some figures and photographs. The Australian Pseudodipsas myrmecophila and African Axiocerses harpax (Fab.) (both lycaenids) have been suspected as excretophagus- myrmecoxenous but not yet confirmed. TARO IWASE, 345 Komachi Kamakura, Kanagawa-Ken, Japan A LIVING SIPHON I wonder if it is a common practice for moths to convert themselves into living siphons, by drawing up water through the maxillary tube and pumping it straight through the body. I watched a moth, later identified as Venwsia cambrica Cort, perform this stunt while perched head down inside a pail partly filled with water. I watched the insect long enough to assure myself that there was no mistake, as to what it was doing, and it was still going strong when I put a stop to the performance. RICHARD GUPPY, R. R. I., Marine Drive, Wellington, B. C. Field and Technique Notes Vol. 6, nos.1-3 Dr or MIGRATION NOTES FROM MEXICO On 19 August 1948, a migration ot Libytheana bachmanii larvata (Strecker) was noted along the Pan American Highway between La Gloria and Sabinas Hidalgo, Nuevo Leon, Mexico. All specimens were flying eastward at one to three feet above ground level. The heaviest flight was near Vallecillo, but the migration was plainly evident for fifteen to twenty miles on either side of this point. The flight was apparently limited on the south by the spur of the Sierra Madre Oriental which is just south of Sabinas Hidalgo and on the north by the 45 miles of arid, barren country between La Gloria and Nuevo Laredo. No evidence of migration was noted either in Laredo, Texas, or south of Mamu- lique Pass, Nuevo Leon, although the species was rather common in both localities. Along the same route on 9 September 1941, L. 5. larvata was exceedingly common, some flowering shrubs near Vallecillo being nearly blanketed with specimens, but there was little indication of any migratory tendency. On 27 September 1951, a migration of Phoehis agarithe (Bdv.) was noted on the Pan American Highway between El] Mante and Ciudad Victoria, Tamaulipas, Mexico. All specimens were flying southward, most commonly at three to six feet above ground level. There was a very light breeze from somewhat west of south. The flight was so dense near E] Mante that both sides of the highway were dotted every few inches with specimens killed by automobiles, although traffic was relatively light. The southern limit of the flight was not determined because the highway was entered from the west at Antiguo Morelos, eighteen miles south of El Mante, and at this point it was quite dense. The migration did not extend appreciably west of the highway, probably because of the range of hills in this direction, nor was there any evidence of migration in the valley just to the west of these hills, although the species was common there. The flight had almost ceased about thirty miles north of El Mante. It may be noted that this has been an unusually wet year for this region with an attendant luxuriance in vegetation. There was no indication of migration in the same area on 10 September 1951, though the species was common. Rains, which caused all rivers to flood, had occurred in the intervening period. Both sexes of P. agarithe were involved, though the males were the more common. Various other species, small pierids, libytheids, and nymphalids, were noted infrequently in what appeared to be imitative migration, flying steadily and continuing on the main line of flight until out of sight. Their behavior was in contrast to most examples of their respective species which were making the usual short flights in random directions. The P. agarithe were not deflected by relatively small obstacles, flying over or through trees and thickets, but they did tend to avoid ridges and to concentrate in the lower passages where these lay along the direction of flight. E. W. FAGER, Institute of Radiobiology and Biophysics, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois SPECIMENS WHICH DIE WITH WINGS REVERSED I noticed in the Lep. News (vol. 4: p. 73; 1950) an article by Richard Guppy, Wellington, B. C., in which he says in part: “Specimens that turn inside out can be rescued by placing them in a relaxing jar, with very little moisture, for 24 to 48 hours. They will then turn back easily.” It occurred to me that the method I use might be of value to those who do not use it. I carry a pair of forceps and a setting needle. When a specimen turns backward | wait till shortly after all movement has ceased and then shake the specimen out of the jar and seize its body from below with the forceps and then insert the needle between the wings and press the wings open. Usually the wings will snap back into the correct position. It has to be done at just the right time to be successful. If tried too soon, the butterfly may partly recover on exposure to the air and flip itself inside out again. If left too long, it begins to get rigid. I usually sit down about once every twenty minutes and turn any specimens that need it. C. S$. QUELCH, Transcona, Manitoba 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 45 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA Under this heading are listed each month papers on Lepidoptera from all the scientific journals which are accessible to us and our cooperating abstractors. It is hoped that eventually our coverage of the world’s literature will be virtually complete. It is in- tended that every paper and book published efter 1946 will be included. In the first five volumes of the Lep. News 1722 papers and books were listed. Abstracts give all new subspecies and higher categories, with type localities and generotypes. Papers of only local interest are merely listed. Papers devoted entirely to economic aspects will be omitted. Reprints are solicited from all publishing members; the many regularly received are gratefuliy acknowledged. Initials of cooperating ab- stractors are as follows: [P.B.]-P.F. BELLINGER; [A.D.]-A. DIAKONOFF; [L.G_] - Pere sGOZMANY: [G.dL.]-G. DE. LATTIN; [C.R.]-C: L. REMINGTON; [T.S.]-T. SHIROZU. A complete set of these pages, for clipping and filing, may be ob- tained for Vol. 4 and Vol. 5 and a subscription for Vol. 6 for $ 0.50 per volume. A. GENERAL 1. Clark, Austin H. and Leila F., “The butterflies of Virginia.” Smzths. Misc. Coll., vol. 116, no. 7: vii + 239 pp.. 31 pls. 20 Dec. 1951. Discusses distribution and lists local and seasonal occurrence. Figures and keys to all species. [P.B.] 2. Peterson, Alvah, Larvae of insects. An introduction to nearctic species. Part I. Lepidoptera and Hymenoptera. 315 pp., 84 pls. Columbus. 1948. Keys to orders for nymphs, naiads, larvae, pupae; keys to families for larvae of Lepidoptera and Hymenoptera, with summaries of family structure and habits. Extensively illus- trated. See review in Lep. News, vol. 3, p. 37. [P.B.] 3. Remington, C. L., “The orders of insects.” Lep. News, vol. 3: pp. 45-47, 1 fig. “Apr-May” [July] 1949. BeSYSEEMATIC 4. Beirne, Bryan P., “Subspeciation in European Lepidoptera.” Lep. News, vol. 5: pp. 27-28) 1951. 5. Bernardi, G., “Notes sur la nomenclature des Lycaenidae (Lep. Rhopalocera)”’ [In French]. Bwll. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 56: p. 30. Feb. 1951. Proposes Lysandra pulchella nom. nov. for L. puichra Sheljuzko (homonym). Notes on subspecific names of three European species. [P.B.] 6. Bernardi, “La détermination des Maculinea francais’ [In French]. Rev. Franc. ‘Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 16-18, 5 figs. “Jan.-Feb.” [31 Mar.] 1951. Key to 4 spp. Distributions given. [P.B.] 7. Boursin, Ch., “Eine seit 175 Jahren verkannte europaische Derthisa-Art’ [In German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 62: pp. 44-51. 30 June 1951. Distinguishes D. trimacula and D. glaucina and discusses taxonomic history, distribution, and par- allel variation of these long-confused spp. [P.B.] 8. Box, Harold E., ‘““New species and records of Diatraea Guild. from northern Ven- ezuela.” Bull. Ent. Res., vol. 42: pp. 379-398, 1 pl, 5 figs. Aug. 1951. Describes as new: D. busckella setariae (Yuma, Carabobo Prov.); D. andina (near Cordero, Tachira Prov.); D. pittieri (Rancho Grande); D. silvicola (Apure); also 2 ‘forms’. Raises D. rosa to specific rank. Figures adults and genitalia of all. Gives food plants and distribution records for 11 spp. [P.B.] 9. Bradley, J. D., “A mew species of Labdia (Lepidoptera: Cosmopterygidae) from India, hitherto erroneously identified as Labdia promacha (Meyrick). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hast., 12th ser., vol. 4: pp. 510-513, 1 pl. May 1951. Describes as new L. fletcherella (Pusa, Bengal). [P.B.] 46 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 6, nos.1-3 10. Brown, F. Martin, “Simple statistics for the taxonomist. Lep. News, vol. 5: pp. 4-6, 43-45, 64-66, 112-120. 1951. 11. Bryk, Felix, “Uber den Habitus der Satyride, Pararge achine (Scop.), in Schweden ( Lepidoptera)” [In German]. Ent. Tidskr., vol. 72: pp. 29-36, 2 figs. 15 Apr. 1951. Describes as new P. a. suecica (Sweden); P. a. rambringi (Gotland); also 1 ‘form’. No type localities. [P.B.] 12. Caruel, Marcel, “Quelle est la forme typique de P. achine Scopoli?” [In French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 145-147. “Sept.-Oct. 1949” [25 Jan. 1950]. 13. Cary, Margaret M., “Subspeciation among sphingid moths of the West Indies.” Lep. News, vol. 5: pp. 20-23, 1 fig. 1951. 14. Collenette, C. L., “A new Redoa from Celebes (Lep., Lymantriidae).” Ento- mologist, vol. 84: pp. 17-18, 2 figs. Jan. 1951. Describes as new R. listrophora; figures 2 genitalia of the new sp. and of the related R. marginalis. [P.B.] 15. Collenette, C. L., “Some new species of Lymantriidae in the British Museum (Natural History).” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 12, vol. 4: pp. 1026-1040, 1 pl. Oct. 1951. Describes as new: Leucoma sericea tafa (Mt. Tafa, Papua); Redoa crocophala (mts. south of Wenchow, China); Kanchia dinawa tafa (Mt. Tafa, Papua); K. stibiessa (New Ireland); Cispia ochrophaea polygramma (Khasi Hills, India); Euproctis catapasta (Darjeeling, India); E. stenosacca (Khasi Hills); E. walshae (Samarinda, Borneo); Parakanchia cyclops (Sabron, Cyclops Mts., Dutch New Guinea); Lymantria kanara (Kanara, India); Dasychira buinensis (Buin, Bou- gainville, Solomon Is.); Mardara yunnana (Yunnan). Figures adults. Proposes Euproctis chlorozona n. n. for E. leacozona Collenette, 15 Oct. 1938 (mec Collenette, 3 Oct. 1938). Discusses Psilochira and gives key to 5 spp.; Imaida a synonym. Other notes on synonymy and distribution. [P.B.] . 16. Fletcher, D. S., “Eupithecia studies.-1 (Lepidoptera: Geometridae).” Ann. Mag. Nai. Hist., ser. 12, vol. 4: 1009-1026, 29 figs. Oct. 1951. Describes as new: E. dohertyi fumata (Onyanga, Mt. Cameroon); E. d. fulvata (Namwamba Valley, Ruwenzori Range, Uganda); E. fuscata (Mobuku Valley, Ruwenzori Range, Uganda) : E. personata (Batsileo, Madagascar); E. steeleae (Mann’s Quelle, Mt. Cameroon); E. nigropolata (Namwamba Valley, Ruwenzori Range, Uganda); E. salti (Shiva Plateau, Mt. Kilimanjaro, Tanganyika); E. edwardsi (Namwamba Valley, Ruwenzori Range, Uganda); E. ochrata (Mt. Sabinio. Kigezi Dist., Uganda); E. pseudoab- breviata’ (Harar, Abyssinia): E. tabacata (Kitale, Kenya); E. angulata (Harar, Abyssinia); E. multispinata (Onyanga, Mt. Cameroon): E. cinnamomata (Orange Free State). Raises E. dohertyi, nigribasis and immensa to specific rank; synony- mizes E. gonypetes under E. tricuspis and E. thessa under E. brachptera. Figures 6 and 9 genitalia of most. [P.B.] 17. Forster, Walter, “Die Riodiniden der Ausbeuten Dr. Hones aus China” [In German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 62: pp. 62-66, 2 pls. 30 June 1951. Describes as new: Polycaena chauchowensis pallidior (Likiang, Yunnan); P. laa minor (Batang, Tibet); Dodona hoenei (Likiang, Yunan). Records and comments on 8 other spp. N. spp. and 2 others figured. [P.B.] 18. Klimesch, Josef, “Uber zwei neue Arten aus der Coleophora millefolii Z.-Gruppe. Coleophora franzi spec. nov. und C. repentis spec. nov. (Lep., Coleophoridae)” [In German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 57: pp. 33-38, 6 figs. 30 June 1947. Type locality and food plant for both: Gamsgrube, Grossglockner region, on Gyp- sophila repens. Genitalia figured. [P.B.] 19. Klimesch, J., “Nepticula (Levarchama) ortneri spec. nov. (Lept., Nepticulidae )”’ [In German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 62: pp. 66-70, 6 figs. 30 June 1947. reas nee Leopoldsberg, Austria. Figures 4 genitalia of n. sp. and N. cryptella. P.B, 20. Klimesch, Josef, “Stagmatophora alypella spec. nova (Lep., Momphidae)”’ [In German].Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 57: pp. 72-74, 1 pl. 30 June 1947. Food plant Globularia alypum. Type locality Bordighera, Italy (?) [P.B.] 21. Klimesch, J., “Zur Kenntnis der Genitalmorphologie einiger Nepticula-Arten (Lep., Nepticulidae)” [In German]. Z. Weiner Ent. Ges., vol. 62: pp. 4-9, 7 figs. 15 Apr. 1951. Describes and figures 2 genitalia of N. Spinostsimae, N. zermat- tensis, N. doryciniella, and discusses position of spp. [P.B.] | > 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 22. Klimesch, J., “Uber Microlepidopteren des Trausteingebietes in Oberdsterreich” [In German]. Z. Weimer Ent. Ges., vol. 62: pp. 101-117, 27 figs. 1 Aug. 1951. Describes as new Phthorimaea diffluella bellidiastri. Annotated list of about 100 spp., with figures of genitalia and mines of some. [P.B.] 23. Klots, Alexander B., “Holarctic butterfly speciation and subspeciation, especially in North America.” Lep. News, vol. 5: pp. 24-27, 1 fig. 1951. 24. de Lattin, Gustaf, “Studien tber die Gattung Crambus F. I. Uber Cr. myellus Hb. und die ihn nachst verwandten Arten” [In German]. Z. Wuener Ent. Ges., vol. 62: pp. 89-101, 1 pl., 7 figs. 1 Aug. 1951 Describes as aew: C. myellus meli- nellus (Terlan, S. Tyrol); C. permutatellus kaisilai (Vuorikyla, Pinland). Discusses morphology, synonymy, and distribution of these spp. and C. osthelderi; figures adults and ¢ and @ genitalia. [P.B.] 25. Le Charles, L., “Contribution a |’étude des Zygaena’”’ [In French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 178-180. ‘“Nov.-Dec. 1949” [26 Apr. 1950]. Describes as new Z. filipendulae centrogalliae (Seine-et-Oise); Z. f. fischeri (upper Rhine); Z. f. armoricensis (Illeet-Vilaine); Z. f. calxensis (Peyreleau); Z. f. altapyrenaica (Pyrenees); also one melanic ‘form’. The proposal of these names, without figures or adequate descriptions and without specification of type specimens or type localities, in a genus as badly overworked as Zygaena, is regrettable. [P.B.] 26. Lempke, B. J., “Catalogus der Nederlandsche Macro-lepidoptera X” [In Dutch, English summary and notes]. Tijdschr. Ent., vol. 94: pp. 227-320, 5 figs. 22 Aug. 1951. Contains Geometridae (continued): Larentiinae (finished), Boarmiinae, divided into 5 tribes. [A.D.] - 27. Obraztsov, N., “Pammene (Hemarosia) tomiana Z. und andere ihr ahnliche Arten (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae)” [In German]. Tijdschr. Ent., vol. 94: pp. 321-326, 2 figs. 22 Aug. 1951. Discusses P. (H.) obscurana, ravulana, and tomiana, with synonymy and literature, and figures ¢ genitalia of first and last spp. [A.D.] 28. Remington, Charles L., “Geographic subspeciation in the Lepidoptera. 1. Intro- duction: a general outline of subspeciation.” Lep. News, vol. 5: pp. 17-20, 5 figs. LOA: 29. Remington, C. L., “The components of an adequate paper describing a new species.” Lep. News, vol. 5: p. 46. 1951. 30. Salmon, J. T., “New species and records of Lepidoptera from Three Kings Islands, New Zealand.” Rec. Auckland Inst. Mus., vol. 3: pp. 291-311, 1 pl. 20 Dec. 1948. Describes as new: Porina unimaculata (Hepialidae); Heliostibes bilineata (Glyp- hipterygidae); Lysiphragma argentaria (Tineidae); Ctenopseustis obliquana distincta (Tortricidae); specimens figured. Records 3 other spp. (Pyralidae, Geometridae, Noctuidae). [P.B.] 31. Scholz, Rudolf, “Hybernia auranticria Esp. subsp. lariciaria nov. subsp. (Lepidopt., Geometr.)” [In German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 57: pp. 113-120, 1 pl. 30 June 1947. Separates larch-feeding race as ssp. No type locality. Discusses biology and variation, naming and figuring 15 ‘forms’. [P.B.] 32. Sieder, Leo, “Psychidea bombycella Schiff. und ihre Rassen” [In German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 62: pp. 33-44, 1 pl., 8 figs. 30 June 1951. Describes as new: P. b. collina, P. b. altimontana, P. b. silvicolella, all from east Alpine region; distribution listed and mapped, but type localities not specified. Discusses other European ssp. and gives a table for their separation. [P.B.] 33. Stempffer, Henri, “Contribution a |’étude des Lycaenidae du Liberia” [In French]. Bull. Inst. Franc. Afrique Noir, vol. 12: pp. 402-407, 3 figs. Apr. 1950. Describes as new Oboronia liberiana (Glofaké, Liberia); figures adult and ¢ genitalia. Lists 28 other spp., with Liberian localities and general distribution. [P.B.] 34. Tilden, J. W., “A new subspecies of Mitoura siva Edwards.” Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Scz., vol. 50: pp. 96-98, 1 pl. “May-Aug. [15 Oct.] 1951. Describes as new M. s. mansfieldi (7 mi west of Simmler, San Luis Obispo Co., Calif.) [P.B.] 35. Viette, Pierre E. L., “The Noctuidae Catocalinae from New Caledonia and the New Hebrides (Lepidoptera). Pacific Science, vol. 4: pp. 139-157, 13. figures. Apr. 1950. Key to 9 genera; redescribes the 13 spp., figuring genitalia. [P.B.] 48 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 6, nos.1-3 C. MORPHOLOGY 36. Barth, Rudolf, “Die mannlichen Duftorgane von Papilio polystictus Btlr. und proneus Hbn. (Lepidoptera), zugleich ein Beitrag zum feineren Bau der Duftschup- pen” [In German]. Revista Ent., vol. 21: pp. 513-535, 16 figs. [30] Dec. 1950. Description of gross and fine structure of the scent organ in the anal fold of ¢ 6 of these 2 spp. [P.B.] 37. Bayard, André, “Les characteristiques morphologiques des Procris francais’ [In French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 289-317, 34 figs. ‘“‘Sept.-Oct.” 10 [Dec.] 1950. Describes, with good figures, the ¢ and @ genitalia of the 11 French spp. 4 antennae are also figured, and the ranges and known food plants are listed. [P.B.] 38. Berger, L.-A., “Genitalia d’Hemitheinae” [In French]. Lambillionea, vol. 49: pp. 86-87, 1 pl. 25 Aug. 1949. Figures ¢ genitalia of 6 Belgian spp. [P.B.] 39. Bourgogne, Jean, ‘Morphologie externe et appareil genital dun exemplaire gynandromorphe de Zygaena achilleae Esp. (Lepidopteres Zygaenidae)” [In French]. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 74: pp. 67-74, 1 fig. 1949. Description of a bilateral gynandromorph, with ¢ external genitalia and internal organs indeterminate. [P.B.] 40. Bourgogne,]., ““L’appareil gen:tal femelle de quelques Hepialidae (Lepidopteres)” [In French]. Ball. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 74: pp. 284-291, 1 pl. 1949. Discusses general morphology in the family, and describes and figures @ genitalia in 4 spp. [P.B. ] 41. Bros de Puechredon, E., “Une nouvelle localité en Suisse de Caradrina O. (Par- adrina Brsn) Wullschlegeli Pglr.” [In French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 208-211, 1 pl. “Jan.-Feb.” [12 July] 1950. Figures ¢ genitalia of C. Wull- schlegeli and C. selini. [P.B.] 42 Bryk, F., “Geographische und individuelle Variabilitat der Sphragisbildungen (Lepidoptera: Parnassiidae)” [In German]. Ent. Tidskr., vol. 71: pp. 230-234, 1 pl. 31 Dec. 1950. Describes and compares sphragis in spp. of Exkoraimus. [P.B.] D. VARIATION AND GENETICS 43. Alessandri, A., “Sur la capture de Limenitis sibilla L. forme ind. nigrina Weymer”’ (In French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 172-173, 4 figs. “Nov.-Dec. 1949” [26 Apr. 1950]. 44. Bretschneider, R., “Neue Geometriden-Formen in Sachsen” [In German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 62: pp. 21-22. 15 Apr. 1951. Describes and names color mutants of Pseudoterpna pruinata, Cosymbia purata, Anticollix sparsata. [P.B.] 45. Bryk, Felix, “Uber einen aberrativen Schmetterling mit einem fur eine ander- sartige Unterfamilie typischen Merkmal (Acraeinae)” [In German]. Zeits. Lep- idopt., vol. 1: pp. 41-44, 1 fig. 1 May 1950. Describes and names an aberration of Actinote erinome with the cell of the hind wing open. [P.B.] 46. Burmann, Karl, “Neue Formen von Larentia scripturata Hb. ssp. dolomitana Habich aus Nordtirol (Lepidoptera, Geometridae)" [In German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 62: pp. 60-61, 1 pl. 30 June 1951. Names 2 ‘forms’; figures variation. [P.B.] i7. Caspari, Ernst, “Pigment formation in the eye of Ephestia and its genic deter- mination.” Zoologica, vol. 35: p. 17. 17 Apr. 1950. Abstract only. 18. Doets, C., “Notes on Lepidoptera, 1949.” Ent. Berichten, vol. 13: pp. 163-167, 9 ftigs.1 Nov. 1950. Collecting notes on Microlepidoptera in Holland. 17 spp. discussed of which 6 are new for the Dutch fauna. Describes and names aberrations of Crambus paludellus and Opostega auritella. [A.D.] 19. Dufrane, Abel, “A propos d’Araschnia levana 1.” [In French]. Rev. Franc. Lepid., vol. 12; pp. 94-95. “Mar.-Apr.” [4 Oct.] 1949. Names 2 aberrations. [P.B.] 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 49 E. DISTRIBUTION AND PHENOLOGY 50. Cary, Margaret M., “Distribution of Sphingidae (Lepidoptera: Heterocera) in the Antillean-Caribbean region.” Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 77: pp. 63-129, 2 figs. 31 Aug. 1951. Discusses sphingid faunas of the West Indies and adjacent con- tinental regions and their probable origins. [P.B.] 51. Christiansson, Gosta, “En for landet ny Cucullia-art’ [In Swedish]. Ent. Tidskr.. vol. 72: pp. 74-75, 1 fig. 15 Apr. 1951. C. fraudatrix, new to Sweden. 52. Clark, Austin H., “Butterflies of the Marshall Islands.’’ Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 53: pp. 43-44. Feb. 1951. Precis villida bismarkiana, Hypolimnas bolina jaluita and Badamia exclamationis are the only spp. definitely recorded. [P.B.] 53. Cleu, H., “Rhopalocéres des Cévennes” [In French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 11: pp. 349-354, 1 pl. Sept. 1948. Notes on Parnassius apollo, Erebia spp., Argynnis amathusia, Araschnia levana. [P.B.] 54. Cockayne, E. A., “Diarsia florida Schmidt (Lep. Agrotinae): a Species New to Britain.” Entomologist, vol. 83: pp. 173-174. Aug. 1950. 55. Dufrane, Abel, “Notes lepidopterologiques’” [In French]. Lambillionea, vol. 50: pp. 46-47. 25 June 1950. Notes on some spp. of Nolinae and of Hydraecia. [P.B.] 56. Esaki, Teiso, “A zoogeographical consideration of the insect fauna in the Pacific Islands.” Proc. VIII Int. Ent. Congr., pp. 373-379. 1950. Concludes that this area belongs to the Melanesian and Polynesian sub-regions of the Oriental, and not of the Australian, region. [P.B.] 57. Fletcher, T. Bainbrigge, “Antigastra catalaunalis in Gloucestershire.” Ent.- Rec. vol. 62: pp. 88-89. Oct. 1950. 58. Freeman, T. N., “The Arctic Lepidoptera of Baker Lake, North West Territories.” Lep. News, vol. 2: pp. 63-65, 1 fig. June 1948. 59. Smith, Denis, “Butterflies in Corsica.” Entomologist, vol. 83: pp. 207-208. Sept. 1950. 60. Stroud, Clyde P., “A survey of the insects of White Sands National Monument, Tularosa Basin, New Mexico.” Amer. Midl. Nat., vol. 44: pp. 659-677, 2 figs. “Nov. 1950” [12 Feb. 1951]. Lists 20 spp. of Lepidoptera. [P.B.] 61. Svensson, Ingvar, “Lepidopterologiska iakttogelser II’? [In Swedish,. English sum- marty]. Ent. Tidskr., vol. 71: pp. 46-54. 28 May 1950. New records for Sweden and its provinces. [P.B.] 62. Swezey, O. H., ‘Tinea despecta Meyrick, a hitherto unrecorded case-moth in Hawaii (Lepidoptera: Tineidae).” Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., vol. 14: pp. 313-314. Mar. 1951. Hawaiian records, notes on early stages. Records 1 parasite. [P.B.] 63. de la Torre y Callejas, Salvador Luis, “A list supplementing Bates’ “Butterflies ef Cuba. Lep. News, vol. 3: p: 65.. “June” [Oct.] 1949. 64. de Toulgoet, H., “Une noctuelle nouvelle pour Ja faune francaise: Spodoptera cilium Gn.” [In French]. Lambillionea, vol. 49: p. 124. 25 Dec. 1949. 65. Toxopeus, L. J., “Over de Pionier-Fauna van Anak Krakatau, met Enige Be- scheuwingen over het Ontstaan van de Krakatau-Fauna’” [In Dutch, English sum- maty]. Chronica Naturae, vol. 106: pp. 27-34, 3 figs. Jan. 1950. Notes on the reestablishment of fauna on this volcano which erupted in 1939; a special study of 2 spp. of Papilio is included. [P.B.] 66. Toxopeus, L. J., “The geographical principles of species evolution in New Guinea. A Study on Parallelisms in geological and lepidopterological development.” Proc. VIII Int. Ent. Congr., pp. 508-522, 7 figs., 3 maps. 1950. Regards the New Guinea fauna as chiefly endemic in origin, with Asiatic components in the western parts. The so-called ‘Australian’ component is native, and representatives of this fauna in Australia are ‘Papuan’; dispersal of species between the two areas was probably mediated by a Pleistocene land bridge on the Merauke-Aru Ridge. New Guinea was probably an archipelago until very recently; combination of originally isolated faunas may account for the present extraordinary diversity. The Snow Mts. in New Guinea are extremely recent geologically and probably still rising; butterflies are vety scarce above timberline and not remarkably different from lowland forms, showing not enough time has elapsed to permit development of a_ characteristic alpine fauna. [P.B.] 50 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 6, nos.1-3 F. BIOLOGY 67. MacKay, Margaret R., “Descriptions of larvae of several species of the genus Zale (Lepidoptera: Phalaenidae).” Canad. Ent., vol. 83: pp. 245-261, 9 pls. Oct. 1951. Describes larvae of Z. duplicata largera, helata, undularis, minerea norda, and lineosa, and gives a key to these spp. Figures larvae and adults, and structural details of former. [P.B.] 68. Madsen, Harold F., and Arthur D. Borden, “The Eye-Spotted Bud Moth on Prune in California.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 42: pp. 915-920, 2 figs. Dec. 1949. Biology and control of Spilonota ocellana. [P.B.] 69. Maran, Josef, “Quelques expériences d’infestation d’insects par le champignon Cordyceps sphingum Sacc.” [In Czech, French summary]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cechoslo- veniae, vol. 45: pp. 113-119. 1 Oct. 1948. Fungus, cultured from Sphinx pinastri, will also attack larvae of S. ligustri and larvae and adults of Ephestia kuihniella. [P.B.] 70. Matthes, Ernst, “Der Einfluss der Fortpflanzung auf die Lebensdauer eines Sch- metterlings (Fumea crassiorella)” [In German]. Zeits. vergl. Physiol., vol. 33: pp. 1-13, 2 figs. 31 Jan. 1951. Copulation and egg-laying shorten the life of Fumea 99°. [PB] 71. Michelbacher, A. E., W. W. Middlekauff, and Charles Hanson, “Occurrence of a fungus disease in overwintering stages of the Codling Moth.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 43: pp. 955-956, 2 figs. Dec. 1950. Fungus near Beauveria bassiana on Car- pocapsa pomonella. [P.B.] 72. Muspratt, Vera Molesworth, “The behaviour of Colias crocea at St. Jean-de-Luz in Winter.” Entomologist, vol. 83: pp. 217-224. Oct. 1950. 73. Nickels, C. B., “Notes on the life history and habits of the Pecan Nursery Case- bearer in Texas.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 44: pp. 433-434. June 1951. Acrobasis caryivorella. 74. Norman, T., “The early stages of Lycaenopsis huegeli.” Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 49: p. 569. Dec. 1950. Food plant Prinsepia utilis. [P.B.] 75. Oldroyd, H., “A giant bombyliid (Diptera) bred from the pupa of a cossid moth.” Proc. R. Ent. Soc. Lond. B., vol. 20: pp. 49-50, 6 figs: 15> sjimmemios l: Oestranthrax goliath, n. sp.; host not identified. 76. Vasic, Konstantin, “Une contribution a la connaissance des causes du trouble de l'indice sexuel dans le stade critique de Liparis dispar L. (Lepidoptera, Liparidae)”’ [In Jugoslav, French summary]. Bwll. Coll. Forestry Univ. Belgrad, vol. 1: pp. 311-336, 3 pls., 5 figs. 1950. Discusses stages leading to a gypsy moth outbreak, and factors upsetting sex ratio at peak; tachinid parasites seem to attack 9 larvae preferably, resulting in excess of adult ¢¢. [P.B.] van der Vecht, J., “Population studies on the coconut leaf moth Artona catoxantha Hamps. (Lep., Zyg.).” Proc. VIII Int. Ent. Congr., pp. 702-715, 6 figs: 1950. Results of a 5-year study in Java. Artona normally breeds continuously in the rainy season; when it becomes abundant, action of parasites tends to separate generations, producing a situation which is unfavorable to the parasites, since larvae of the right stage are not continually present. Under some conditions (not clearly understood) this happens early in the rainy season and outbreak of Artona occurs before dry season reduces population. [P.B.] Warren, B. C. S., “Biological notes on the subspecies alpica and bigenerata of Papilio machaon.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 11-16. Jan. 1951. 9. Wene, George P., “Sunflower Moth larva injuring to young citrus.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 43: p. 948. Dec. 1950. Homoeosoma electellum. 80. Westdal, P. H., “A preliminary report on the biology of Phalonia hospes Wishm. (Lepidoptera: Phaloniidae), a new pest of sunflowers in Manitoba.” 80th Ann. Rep. Ent. Soc, Ontario: pp. 36-38. 1950. Describes all stages and habits. [P.B.] 81. Wilkinson, A. Denby, “Hirudines following tractor and taking moths.” Brit. Birds, vol. 44: p. 204. 1951. Records 3 swallow spp. feeding on Plusia gamma flushed by tractor in England. [C.R.] 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 51 82. Williams, C. B., and D. B. Long, “Phase Coloration in Larvae of Lepidoptera.” Nature, vol. 166: p. 1035. 16 Dec. 1950. Larvae of Plusia gamma reared in crowded conditions develop unusually dark color, a phenomenon similar to that in migratory locusts. [P.B.] 83. Williams, Carroll M., “The metamorphosis of insects.” Sczentific American, vol. 182: pp. 24-28, 12 figs. Apr. 1950. Popular account, based largely on his own work with the Cecropia silkworm. [P.B. G. PHYSIOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR 84. Turner, Neely, “Relation between sugar content* of corn and infestation and survival of the European corn borer.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 44: pp. 307-309, 1 fig. June 1951. Pyrausta nubilalis. 85. Vance, A. M., “Some physiological relationships of the female European Corn Borer Moth in controlled environments.” Journ. Econ Ent., vol. 42: pp. 474-484, 2 figs. June 1949. Experiments of food requirements and effects of various factors on longevity and fecundity in Pyrausta nubilalis. [P.B.] 86. Way, M. J., and B. A. Hopkins, “The influence of photoperiod and temperature on the induction of diapause in Diataraxea oleracea L. (Lepidoptera). Journ. Exp. Biol., vol. 27: pp. 365-376, 5 figs. Dec. 1950. Both have a direct effect, increase in either tending to prevent diapause. Effective time of action of photoperiod stimu- lation very limited. [P.B.] 87. de Wilde, J., “An experimental proof of the activity of the alary muscles in insects.” Proc. VIII Int. Ent. Congr., pp. 322-328, 8 figs. 1950. Contractions of the alary muscles of the heart, synchronous with the heart beat, were observed and recotded in isolated hearts of a number of Lepidoptera (larvae and adults). Evidently serve as heart dilators. [P.B.] 88. Williams, C. B., and B. P. Singh, “Effect of moonlight on insect activity.” Nature vol. 167: p. 853. 26 May 1951. Tests with a mechanical trap not dependent on light showed average catches about five times as great at new moon as at full. The effect of moonlight in reducing night catches is not due merely to reduced efficiency of light traps. [P.B.] 89. Wolfram, Rosemarie, “Uber die Histogenese der Excretpigmente bei verschiedenen Rassen von Ptychopoda seriata Schrk. und Ephestia kuhniella Z.’ [In German]. Zts. ind. Abst. und Vererbungslehre, vol. 83: pp. 254-289, 15 figs. 17 Dec. 1949. 90. Yamafuji, Kazuo, “Existence of an enzyme catalyzing the hydrogenation of oximes in Silkworms.” Nature, vol. 167: pp. 770-771. 12 May 1951. Evidence for the possibility that Bombyx can use inorganic nitrogen salts as nutrients. [P.B.] H. MIGRATION 91. Abbott, Charles H., “Twenty-five years of migration of the Painted Lady But- terfly, Vanessa cardui, in southern California.” Pan-Pacific Ent., vol. 26: pp. 161-172. 29 Dec. 1950. Summary of information on 4 migrations, with a discussion of pos- sible causes. [P.B.] 92. Abbott, Charles Harlan, “A quantitative study of the migration of the Painted Lady Butterfly, Vanessa cardui.” Ecology, vol. 32: pp. 155-171, 4 figs. Apr. 1951. Analysis of 5 migrations in southern California, covering geography of the area, vegetation types, direction of migration, and influence of weather. No theory seems entirely adequate to explain the migration, though population pressure fits the facts best. [P.B.] 93. Beall, Geoffroy, ‘““A coordinated study on the migration of the Monarch butterfly: a plea for information from local naturalists.” Lep. News, vol. 5: pp. 37-40, 3 fies; LOS 1. 94. Brown, F. Martin, “Some notes on Danaus plexippus in 1950.” Lep. News, vol. 4: pp. 45-46. “1950” [Jan. 1951]. 95. Burton, J. F., and D. F. Owen, “Further observations on migrant insects in the Thames estuary.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 160-161. July 1951. Several Lepi- doptera mentioned. [P.B.] 52 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 6, nos.1-3 96. Bryk, F., “Parallele Zugrichtung bei Schmetterlingen und Vogeln im Stockholmer Scherenhofe” [In German]. Ent. Tidskr., vol. 71: pp. 177-178. 31 Dec. 1950. Reports migrating Pieris brassicae and crows following the same course. [P.B.] 97. Buchholz, Otto, “Flight Notes: two Papilio, one Kricogonia.” Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 44: p. 72. Apr. 1949. Mass movements, P. palamedes and P. trotlus ilioneus and K. lyside. [P.B.] 98. Dannreuther, T., “Migration records, 1950.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 85-90, 102-106. Apr., May 1951. Records of 52 immigrant spp. [P.B.] 99. Darge, Philippe, “Sur une migration de Lepidopteres” [In French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 216-217. “Jan.-Feb.” [12 July] 1950. Vanessa cardui and Colias croceus. I. TECHNIQUE 100. Braun, Annette F., “Leaf-mining Lepidoptera with special reference to methods of rearing.” Lep. News, vol. 4: pp. 3-6. [May] 1950. 101. Brown, F. Martin, “Field techniques for butterfly collecting.” Lep. News, vol. 4: p. 10. [May] 1950. ‘ 102. Evans, William H., “The care of larvae in diapause.” Lep. News, vol. 4: p. 70. "1950" [Mar. 1951]. 103. Evans, William H., “A rearing house for Lepidoptera.” Lep. News, vol. 5: ip. 12t td fe.” [june] 1951: 104. Gray, P. H. H., “An apparatus for incubating lepidopterous larvae or pupae in nutrition and environment tests.” Lep. News, vol. 5: p. 35, 1 fig. 1951. 105. Malaise, René, ‘How to keep collected insects free from mold and pests in any climate.” Proc. VIII Int. Ent. Congr., pp. 926-927. 1950. Recommends the use of acetic ether, in vessels tightly closed or plugged with compressed cotton. [P.B.] 106. Metcalf, Z. P., “Methods in systematic entomology.” Proc. VIII Int. Ent. Congr., pp. 152-155. 1950. Describes the author’s system of filing and indexing biblio- graphic material, which he regards as basic to good taxonomic work. [P.B.] 107. Muspratt, Vera Molesworth, “A new ready-made moth trap.” Entomologist, vol. 83: pp. 56-57. March 1950. Gentian flowers. [P.B.] 108. Way, M. J., P. M. Smith, and B. Hopkins, “The selection and rearing of leaf- eating insects for use as test subjects in the study of insecticides.” Bull. Ent. Res., vol. 42: pp. 331-354, 1 pl, 1 fig. Aug. 1951. Describes rearing techniques for 1l spp. of Lepidoptera which are more or less suitable for mass rearing. [P.B.] 109. Williams, C. B., “A light trap for insects.” Lep. News, vol. 3: pp. 63-64, 2 figs. “June” [Oct.] 1949. J. MISCELLANY 110. de Ricci, D., “Premier contact avec la faune tropicale’”’ [In French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 321-328, 1 pl. ‘‘Nov.-Dec. 1950” [8 May 1951]. Notes on collecting in Brazil, and on status of entomology in Brazil and Argentina. [P.B.] lll. Riley, N. D., “The protection of British insects: an appeal.’ Entomologist, vol. 84; pp. 99-101. May 1951. Lists 15 spp. needing protection. [P.B.] 112. Roell, Ludwig, “Digne 1949” [In German]. Zeits. Lepidopt., vol. 1: pp. 35-40. | May 1950. Account of a collecting trip in the French Alps. [P.B.] 113. Rutherford, C. L., “The next 50 years.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 61-63. Mar. 1951. Plea for ‘new philosophy of collecting’ - especially exact distribution records. [P.B. ] 114. Viette, P., “Les travaux de P. Chrétien” [In French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 12; pp. 250-256, 282-288. “Mar.-Apr.” [11 Dec.] 1950. Bibliography. 115. Wilcke, Hermann, A season of Lepidoptera collecting in the Austrian Tyrol.” Lep. News, vol. 3: pp. 7-9. ‘Jan.’ [Mar.] 1949. 116 Wright, D. W., Q. A. Geering, and J. A. Dunn, ‘Varietal differences in the susceptibility of peas to attack by the pea moth, Laspeyresia nigricana (Steph.).” Bull, Ent, Res., vol. 41: pp. 663-677, 5 figs. Apr. 1951. 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 53 SOCIETY AFFAIRS The Chairman of the Nominating Committee, F. MARTIN BROWN, has presented to the Secretary the following nominations for 1953 officers of the Lepidopterists’ Society: President — WM. T. M. FORBES lst Vice President — T. N. FREEMAN Vice President — E. MARTIN HERING Vice President — YOSHIO OKADA Executive Council —- To fill vacancy lett by death of Prof. Federley — WALTER HACKMAN Terms expire Dec. 1955 — JOSE HERRERA GONZALES JOHN L. SPERRY The Secretary reports that the proposed amendments to the Constitution published in the Lep. News, Vol. 5. p. 111, were all approved at the Third Annual Meeting of the Society in Ottawa, Canada. INQUIRY ON TYPES OF HELIOTHIINAE Information is desired regarding the existence and location of the types of certain heliothid moths listed below. Some of the species listed below date back a century or more and the types may have disappeared. It is hoped that at least those that are relatively recent have been preserved somewhere and are available for study and comparison. J.E. Smith (Abbott & Smith) Guenée Rhodophora gaurae Henry Edwards Pseudotamila vacciniae Fabricius Heliothis obsoleta Heliothis virescens Grote Heliosea celeris Thyreion snowt Timora toralis Schinia brevis Grote and Robinson Oxylos citrinellus Hubner Heliothis armigera Schinia bifascia Schinia tuberculum Heliophana bina Eupanychis spinosae Heliothis subflexa Rhodophora florida Schinia jaguarina Schinia arcigera Strand Schinia jaguarina ab. demaculata Schiffermiuller Heliothis ononis Canthylidia scutosa John B. Smith Manruta elingua Schinia ciliata Geyer Schinia sanguinea ROWLAND R. MCELVARE 26 Bogart Ave., Port Washington, N. Y., U.S. A. ERRATA In Vol. 5, p. 101, penultimate paragraph, “Afrida notatis*” and ‘Metaleura albilinea*” should have been “Afrida ydatodes”’ and “Metalectra albilinea”’. 54 Vol. 6, nos.1-3 NGOALICES Lepidopterists’ Society members may use this page free of charge to advertise their offerings and needs in Lepidoptera. The Editors reserve the right to rewrite notices for clarity or reject unsuitable notices. Unless withdrawn sooner by the member, each notice will appear in three numbers. We can not guarantee any notices but expect all to be bona fide. Please notify us of any abuse of this service. Set of Seitz’ Vol. 11 (INDO-AUSTRALIAN NOCTUIDAE), English language edition, all published parts, for sale for $20., about 24 the recent purchase price. J.G. Francle- mont, U.S. National Museum, Washington 25. Doe BRAZILIAN BUTTERFLIES and other insects for sale, 1951 catch, papered with full data, mostly classified. Please write to Jorge Kesselring, Caixa Postal 6, Joao ee ee: BRAZIL. Wanted: Argynnis, Sie. Brenthis, Boloria, etc., Erebia and other satyrids from all parts of the world. Will collect in all orders of insects, esp. from Denmark, in poe for these. Georg Christensen, Parmagade 24 III, Copenhagen Se DENMARK. Ss pissed: Stkr., Automeris pamina Neum., and A. pamina f. aurosea Neum. in series, many other rare moths, offered in excliange fo1 the following nos. from the McD. list: 31d; 35b; 46a; 52b,d,e,2; 79a; 20Gd,e; 207a,b; 215; 241; 243; 245; 254, 270c; 337b; 423c; 430a; 455h; 456a; 467c; 469. Also want any nearctic Oeneis or Erebia including common species in series. Send list of desiderata to Paul R. Ehrlich, 538 Academy St., Mevieword, ee Exchange desired to complete my collection a Nearctic and Europe eee Desire material as follows: all Rhopalocera, all Macroheterocera; and Hepialidae, Yponomeutidae, Pterophoridae, Orneodidae, Pyralidae, Aegeriidae, Cossidae, Zygaen- idae, Cochlidiidae, Nolidae, Lacosomidae, Psychidae. Offer in exchange Lepid. of Ohio and elsewhere. Edward C. ee. 700 E. 240 St., Euclid 23, QOhie Palaearctic Euphydryas Wanted - iong series i ee “Wish. to cuca Ree etic burtterflies or will pay Lepid. Society dues for foreign collectors who can procure long series of needed species for me. Esp. desire Central Asiatic specimens. Nicholas W. Gillham, 4 Washington Square North, New York City, N.Y. Exchange for South American or ES Fe WS, As Sohinoiaees cae Cer Moths’, English edition, pp. 5-416, pls. 1-51, Castniidae, Zygaenidae, Syntomidae complete; Arctiidae incomplete; pp. 675-711 ‘Bombycidae complete text with pls. 140-141. F. E. Holley, 126 Ash St., Lombard, III. MEXICAN butterflies, papered, with full data, offered in exchange for Theclinae of the world. Inquiry invited. E. W. Fager, Institute of Radiobiology and Biophysics, University of Chicago, Chicago 37, Ill. Lepidoptera from PERU for scientific purposes collected on order ea professional field entomologist for many years serving research entomologists. Felix Woytkowski, Francisco Zela 1067, Letra “L’, Lima, PERU. For sale: Vol. LX, plates only, of Seitz’ “Macrolepidoptera of the World.” Excellent condition, Otto H. Schroeter, P.O. Box 391, Quaker Hill, Conn. California moths and butterflies for sale, papered, pinned, to suit. Many pupae available. Inquiry invited. F. P. Sala, 1912. Hilton Drive, Burbank, Calif. 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 55 LAUCK COLLECTION FOR SALE. Limitation of space requires disposal of all but local working collection. Included are: about 7200 mounted butterflies in cabinet with 40 12” x 16” glass-topped drawers and 60 16” x 20” glass-topped cases with- out cabinet, plus 75 cigar boxes of about 4000 papered butterflies. Series are especially rich for California and Colorado (64 Erebia magdalena in one case). Some exotic specimens, including 7 cases of Mexican spp. Price $1000, F.O.B. Alton. A. G. LAUCK, 2716 Grandview Ave., Alton, Ill. LIVING MATERIAL Wanted: fertile ova, larvae, and less common moths of the genus Catocala; also Aegeriidae. Offer in exchange many spp. of Lepidoptera or other insects. Or will try to secure your needs in this part of the country. A. E. Brower, 5 Hospital St., Augusta, Maine. Expect to have available at their season, eggs of P. cecropia, C. promethea, A. luna, A. to and C. regalis. Would like to trade for adult Lepidoptera. List of desiderata and terms of trading upon request. Otto Ackermann, 639 Walnut St., Irwin, Pa. Living pupae, cocoons, and chrysalids from Europe and cocoons of Actias selene (India) for sale or exchange for native pupae, especially Sphingidae and Saturnii- dae. Native and exotic ova in season. Duke Downey, 51 West 4th St., Sheridan, Wyoming. Living pupae of European Lepidoptera offered in exchange for pupae of Papilionidae, Saturniidae, Sphingidae from North America. Adolf Witz, Groner Strasse 190, Gottingen, GERMANY. Eggs and living chrysalids of THEOPHILA MANDARINA required. In order to make arrangements, please write first. J. M. Legay, Assistant in Zoology, Station de Recherches Sericicoles, Ales (Gard), FRANCE. a REARING MATERIAL WANTED (eggs, pupae) of rarer Sphingidae, Saturniidae (esp. Hemileuca), Arctiidae, Catocala. Buy ot exchange. Also have large stock Urania ripheus, many Morpho. Desire correspondence with collectors in Japan and South America. Eugene Dluhy, 3912 N. Hamilton Ave., Chicago 18, Ill, U.S.A. RESEARCH REQUEST A faunal study of the butterflies of Oklahoma is now in its fourth year of field in- vestigations. Within a few years it is expected that a biological and systematic treat- ment of Oklahoma butterflies will be published. Meanwhile, the undersigned cor- dially appeals to all lepidopterists who have collected in Oklahoma to send him all possible butterfly records, including localities, dates, and any other information. Particularly needed are rearing records, Oklahoma foodplants, and other biological details. Dr. WALFRIED J. REINTHAL, Central State Hospital, Norman, Okla. The final issue of Volume 5, i.e. Number 8, was mailed 15 April 1952. 56 LISTINGS FOR 1952 LIST OF MEMBERS The 1952 List will be prepared for publication soon. Members whose interests were not shown in the 1951 List or who wish to have the entry changed should so notify the Editor as soon as possible. Corrections of names and addresses should also be brought to his attention. ADDITIONS TO THE MEMBERSHIP LIST* Allyn, Arthur C., Jr., 100 West Monroe St., Chicago, Il. Brumbaugh, Norman J., 1808 Moore St., Huntingdon, Pa. Carleton, Bukk G., 3rd, Parade Hill Lane, New Canaan, Conn. Chase, Hazel (Mrs.) 272 Union St., Galion, Ohio. Crampton, Charlene E. (Miss), Rt. #1, White Pigeon, Mich. Eisner, Curt, Violenweg 7, ‘s-Gravenhage (The Hague), NETHERLANDS. Graves, John D., 1711 Short St., Berkeley 2, Calif. Hartig, Fred (Count). Via Gregoriana 25, ITALY. Heitzman, John R., 2438 Sterling Ave., Independence, Mo. Jewett, Stanley G., 7742 S.E. 27th Ave., Portland 2, Ore. Johnson, F.L., United Africa Co. Ltd., P.O. Box 22, -Akim-Oda, (GORDMG@@Asd. AFRICA. Johnston, David W., Box 377, Broken Bow, Nebr. Knudsen, John P., Oglethorpe University, Georgia. Kuzuya, Takeshi, Minami-Sonomachi 1-3, Nakaku, Nagoya, JAPAN. Latham, Roy, Orient (Long Island), New York. MacLeod, Ellis G., 8810 Manchester Rd., #2, Silver Spring, Md. MacNeill, C. Don, Dept. of Entomology, 112 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4, Calif. McKay, Margaret (Miss), Div. of Entomology, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ontario, CANADA. Nevile, H. Ralph, The Rectory (Yop Flat), Leire, near Rugby, Warwicks., UNITED KINGDOM. Obraztsov, Nicholas S. (Dr.), 110 Maple Ave., Sea Cliff (LJI.), N.Y. Ogata, Masami (Dr.), Ogata Hospital, No. 18, 3-chome, Imabashi, Higashi-ku, Osaka, JAPAN. Ordel, Knizhny, Akademii Nauk, Ul. Kropotkina, 16, Moscow, U.S.S.R. Roever, Kilian, R.F.D. #2, Jackson, Tenn. Ryan, Charlton (Miss), 1822 Huff St., Wichita Falls, Texas. Scott, Leonard M., 6537 S.E. 83rd Ave., Portland 66, Oregon. Shulgin, Michael, 1113 Findlay Ave., The Bronx, New York, N. Y. Simmons, Robert S. (Dr.), 1305 Light St., Baltimore 30, Md. Starrett, Daniel, P.O. Box 1074, Sparta, New Jersey. Throne, Alvin L., 3916 N. Maryland Ave., Milwaukee 11, Wis. Wilson, Bruce V., 815 N. Chipman St., Owosso, Mich. Zept, William Wright, 2 Mechanic St., Haddonfield, New Jersey. “Note: Publication of changes of address will be discontinued. Correct addresses will appear annually in the List of Members published toward the end of each year. — Editors. THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ NEWS Volume 6 | 1952 Numbers 4-5 Lae HARRY FEDERLEY (1879 - 1951) On 13 November 1951, Dr. HARRY FEDERLEY, emeritus Professor in Genetics of the University of Helsinki and member of the Executive Com- mittee of the Lepidopterists’ Society, died unexpectedly in Helsinki. In him we lost one of the most famous representatives of modern genetics and experi- mental lepidopterology. HARRY FEDERLEY was born in Vitpuri in the former South-Eastern Fin- land on 22 March 1879, and was 72 years old at the time of his death. He graduated at the University of Helsinki, zoology being his main subject. After having taken his doctor’s degree in 1907 FEDERLEY was given /icendia docendi in zoology, 1909, and in genetics, 1915, at the same university. In 1923 he was appointed Professor of Genetics. The Lepidoptera were the most important subjects in HARRY FEDERLEY’S research work during his whole life. In his youth he had already acquired a 57 58 SUOMALAINEN: Federley Biography Vol. 6, nos. 4-5 good knowledge of species by diligent collecting work in different parts of Finland. His mind was, however, set to deeper investigations. In accordance with the theories of evolution at the turn of the century, he tried to dis- cover whether Haeckel’s biogenetic law could be applied to the succeeding instars of lepidopterous larvae. For this purpose he reared from’ eggs the many different Lepidoptera — mainly spinner moths — during several years and pictured their development in minute details in the most beautiful and masterfully coloured figures. This work was never finished, because FEDERLEY began to question more and more the main general applicability of the bio- genetic law, and moreover because his results did not fit in with certain lamarckistic ideas of the evolutionists of that time. While having to rear multitudes of caterpillars FEDERLEY also made various experiments with the chrysalids and imagos. Among others things he treated chrysalids with extreme temperatures and studied the effect on the wing colouring of the imagos. By using a microscope he could demons- trate changes in both form and size of the wing scales caused by the tem- perature treatment, this leading also to changes in the colouring and pattern of the wing. Crossing-experiments made with the numerous moths obtained in his breeding experiments brought FEDERLEY’S investigations over to genetics, — the science which became his essential line. FEDERLEY had chosen the genus Pygaera as the main subject of his crossing-experiments and this genus preserved a central position in his works more than 40 years. His most important paper “Das Verhalten der Chromo- somen bei der Spermatogenese der Schmetterlinge Pygaera anachoraeta, curtula und pigra sowie einiger ihrer Bastarde” was published in 1913. It aroused much attention and has Jater on confirmed its position as one of the classic works in genetics. In this and some later works, apart from the Pygaera species, dealing with species hybrids of the hawk-moth genera Symerinthus and Deilephila and the spinner-moth genera Dicranura, Cerura and Drepana, FEDERLEY has thoroughly explained the heredity and chromosome conditions in species hybrids. Before that the significance of the chromosomes in here- dity had not been fully realized. FEDERLEY was one of the first who pur- posefully tried to associate the results of crossing experiments and chromo- some studies. In crossings of Pygaera species FEDERLEY arrived at certain results which were not in conformity with the Mendelian laws. The constant intermediate heredity, stated by him in these cases, proved later to be a characteristic feature of many species hybrids. FrEDERLEY also found the correct explanation of this phenomenon in the exceptional behaviour of the chromosomes in con- jugation in the hybrid. Chromosomal conditions proved also to be respon- sible for the sterility common in species hybrids. Further, he found that the chromosomes conjugated to a different extent in the female and male of the same hybrid. This explained the different results in back-crossing depending on which sex of the hybrid had been used. FEDERLEY’S lepidopterological studies were not limited to species hy- brids only. Among others he has studied polymeric genes determining the wing colour. For this purpose he made extensive crossing experiments with the tiger moth Spilosoma lutea and its dark form zatima. He published further a large work on the chromosome conditions of Finnish Rhopalocera. By this 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 59 work he found species in all families with chromosome numbers differing remarkably from the modal number of the group. This and his observations concerning the crossings of Dicranura species showing that the chromosome numbers of certain hybrids are higher than the sum of the chromosome numbers of the parental species, point to the possibility that the centromere in the chromosomes of Lepidoptera might be what we call a diffuse cen- tromere, distributed over the whole chromosome. This would make the fusion and fragmentation of chromosomes possible as structural changes during the chromosomal evolution in Lepidoptera. FEDERLEYS numerous papers, most of which were published in the main periodicals of the branch, made him known in the whole genetic and lepidopterological world. His long periods at foreign scientific institutions, and his active participation in the international congresses of the branches he represented, further contributed to this. He was also awarded many scientific honours. He was honorary doctor of the universities of Lund and Copen- hagen and the honorary or correspondence member of numerous scientific societies both at home and abroad, as far as America and Japan. In the sci- entific life of his country he long held a very central position. HARRY FEDERLEY was as a man a great personality. His ready intel- lect made it possible for him to solve the most complicated problems. He always remained true to himself and defended bravely, when necessary, the point of view he thought just. Through his kind and helpful disposition HARRY FEDERLEY gained many friends, who now after his departure from this life revere his memory in deep regret. ESKO SUOMALAINEN, Institute of Genetics, The University, P.-Rautatiekatu 13, Helsinki, Finland Lepidopterological publications. 1904. “Uber zwei in Finnland gefangene Temperaturaberrationen von Rhopaloceren.” Medd. Soc. Fauna et Flora Fenn. 30: pp. 75-81. - “Pyrrhia aconiti Holtzermann in Finnland gefangen.” Ibid. 30: pp. 87-89. - “Uber Spilosoma mendica Cl. und var. rustica Ab., sowie uber die vermutete Mimikry der ersteren.” Allg. Z. Ent. 9: pp. 178-181. 1905. “Smerinthus tremulae F. de W. in Finnland.” Soc. Ent. 19: pp. 145-147. - “Sound produced by lepidopterous larvae.” J. New York ent. Soc. 13: pp. 109-110. 1906. “Lepidopterologische Temperatur-Experimente mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Fligelschuppen.” Festschr. f. J. A. Palmén 2: No. 16: pp. 1-119. ( Diss.) 1908. “Uber den Albinismus bei den Lepidopteren.” Acta Soc. Fauna et Flora Fenn. 31, 4: pp. 1-27. - “Tapinostola elymi Fr. och dess varietet saturatior Staud.” Medd. Soc. Fauna et Flora Fenn. 34: p. 68. 1910. “Dicranura vinuia L. und ihre nordischen Rassen.” Acta Soc. Fauna et Flora Fenn. 33, 9: pp. 1-20.-“Uber die Farbung einiger Lepidopteren-Kokons und ihre Ahnlichkeit mit der Umgebung.” Medd. Soc. Fauna et Flora Fenn. 36: pp. 91-99. 1911. “Vererbungsstudien an der Lepidopteren-Gattung Pygaera.” Arch, Rass. Ges. biol. 8: pp. 1-60. - “Sur un cas d’hérédité gynéphore dans une espéce de papillon.” C.R. et rapp. IVe confer. int. genétique, Paris: pp. 469-477. 1913. ‘Das Verhalten der Chromosomen bei der Spermatogenese der Schmetterlinge Pygaera anachoreta, curtula und pigra sowie einiger ihrer Bastarde.” Z. ind, Abst.- Vererb. lehre 9: pp. 1-110. 1914. “Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Spermatogenese bei Mischlingen zwischen Eltern verschiedener systematischer Werwandtschaft.” Ofv. Finska Vetensk. Soc. Fork, 56 A, 13: pp. 1-28. - “Eine im Freien entstandene Aberration von Vanessa urticae L.” Medd. Soc. Fauna et Flora Fenn. 40: pp. 264-268. / 60 SUOMALAINEN: Federley Biography . Vol. 6, nos, 4-5 1915. “Chromosomenstudien an Mischlingen. J-II.” Ofv. Finska Vetensk. Soc. Forh. 57 A, 26: pp. 1-36; 30;. pp. 1-26. 1916. “Chromosomenstudien an Mischlingen. II.” Ofv. Finska Vetensk. Soc. Forh. 58 A, 12: pp. 1-17. - “Die Vererbung des Raupendimorphismus von Chacraeaeee elpenor L.” Ibid. 58 A, 17: pp. 1-13. 1917. “Uber das Vermogen der Schmetterlingsweibchen thre Mannchen anzulocken.” Medd. Soc. Fauna et Flora Fenn. 43: pp. 7-9. 1920. “Die Bedeutung der polymeren Faktoren fiir die Zeichnung der Lepidopteren.” Hereditas 1: pp. 221-269. 22. “Uber einen Fall von Criss-Cross-Vererbung bei einer Artxreuzung.” Hereditas 3: pp. 125-146. 23. “Bilden Chromosomenkonjugation. Mendelspaltung und Fertilitat bei Species- bastarden einen Dreibund ?” Hereditas 4: pp. 161-170. - “Uber polymere Faktoren bei Lepidopteren.” Z. ind. Abst. -Vererhlehre 30: pp. 284-286. 1925. “Gibt es eine konstant-intermediare Vererbung?” Z. ind. Abst.-Vererb.lehre 37: pp. 361-385. 1927. “Ist die Chromosomenkonjugation eine conditio sine qua non fur die Men- delspaltung ?” Hereditas 9: pp. 391-404. 1928. “Chromosomenverhiltnisse bei Mischlingen.” Verh. V. int. Kongr. Vererb.wiss., Berlin: pp. 194-222. 1929. “Methoden zur Erforschung der Vererbung bei den Lepidopteren.” Handb. biol. Arbeitsmethod. 9, 3: pp. 637-690. -‘“Uber subletale und disharmonische Chromosomenkombinationen.” Hereditas 12: pp. 271-293. 1931. ‘“Chromosomenanalyse der reziproken Bastarde zwischen Pygaera pigra und P. curtula sowie ihrer Riickkreuzungsbastarde.” Z. Zellforsch. u. mikr. Anat. 12: pp. 772-816. 1932. “Die Bedeutung der Kreuzung fiir die Evolution.” Jena Z. Naturw. 67: pp. 364-386. -''Fortgesetzte Untersuchungen iber die Subletalitat gewisser Kombina- tionen von Geschlechtschromosomen.” Buwl/. Labor. of Genetics 9. -“Fjarilbastarder och deras arftlighetsforhallanden.” Notuw/. Ent. Helsingfors 11: pp. 77-91. 1933. “Gibt es eine Geschlechtsumwandlung als Folge einer Spezieskreuzung ?”” Here- ditas 18: pp. 91-100. 1936. “Sex-limited Hereditary Cancer in Lepidopterous Larvae.” Hereditas 22: pp. 193-216. 1937. “Fusion zweier Chromosomen als Folge einer Kreuzung.” Acta Soc. Fauna et Flora Fenn. 60: pp. 685-695. 1938. “Chromosomenzahlen finnlandischer Lepidopteren. I. Rhopalocera.” Hereditas 24: pp. 397-464. . 1939. “Geni e chromosomi.” Sci. Genetica 1: pp. 186-205. 1941. “Ein kleiner Beitrag zur Frage vom Kampf um’s Dasein.” Memor. Soc. Fauna et Flora Fenn. 17: pp. 149-153. 1942. “Ein eigentiimlicher Fall von Gynandromorphismus.” Hereditas 28: pp. 339- 344. -"Chromosomenzahlen von vier Tagfaltern von ozeanischen Inselm.’ Ibid. 28: pp. 493-495.-"Zur Zytologi einer semisterilen Population von Pygaera pigra.” Acta Zool. Fenn. 35: pp. 1-21. 1943. “Zytologische Untersuchungen an Mischlingen der Gattung Dicranura B. (Lep- idoptera).” Hereditas 29: pp. 205-254. 1944. “De gatfulla artbastarderna.” Soc. Sci. Fenn. Arsh, 22, B, 1: pp. 1-29. 1945. “Die Konjugation der Chromosomen bei den Lepidopteren.” Soc. Sci. Fenn. Comment. Biol. 9, 13: pp. 1-12. «"Polyploidie und Non-Disjunction in der Game- togenese einiger Lepidopteren.” Ibid. 9, 17: pp. 1-9. - “Eine eigentiimliche genea- logische Reihe von Pygaera-Bastardzuchten.” Arch. Jul. Klaus-Stiftg. 20, Ergan- zungsband: pp. 42-58. -"Lebensdauer, Libido und Fertilitit einiger Lepidopteren.” Memor. Soc. Fauna et Flora Fenn. 21: pp. 86-91. 1949. “Meiosis and intersexuality in reciprocal Drepana hybrids (Lep.).” Hereditas 55: pp. 49-66. 1951. “Der Anteil der beiden Geschlechter an der Evolution.” Memor. Soc. Fauna et Flora Fenn. 26: pp. 21-26. 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 61 PREPARING LEPIDOPTERA FOR CLASS STUDY by JOHN N. BELKIN and WILLIAM A. MCDONALD Of the major orders of insects the Lepidoptera are probably the least adequately covered in most introductory courses in entomology. Students are inclined to place more reliance on general appearance and color patterns than to structural characters and to compare specimens with numerous pub- lished figures rather than determine them with the aid of keys. Instructors eften encourage this attitude by restricting the material to a few conspicuous species. At the same time the phenomena of mimicry and other types of adaptive coloration are usually illustrated with butterflies and moths. This situation is largely due to the fact that the identification of the families of Lepidoptera is dependent to a large extent on the examination of details of wing venation which are obscured by the coloration of the scales. To circumvent this difficulty in observation two methods have been used in the past. One involves removing wings, bleaching them, and mount- ing on slides, a very laborious and time-consuming method of preparation by the instructor. The other consists of temporarily clearing the area of the wing to be observed by the application of a small quantity of alcohol or benzene by means of a fine brush, an exasperating procedure for the student. Both methods result in a very superficial treatment of this important order of insects. Fig. 1. Spread butterfly with right side bleached to show venation Recently we have used successfully a simple method of preparing butter- flies and moths for student identification. This method to our knowledge has not been used before, probably because most entomologists are loathe ‘to “ruin” a spread lepidopteron by disturbing in any way its scale pattern. Essentially the procedure is as follows: 1. The right fore and hind wings of a pinned and spread specimen are dipped into 95% alcohol in a sufficiently deep container to wet the scales, veins and membrane. The subsequent bleaching will extend only as far 62 BELKIN & MCDONALD: Lepidoptera for Class Vol. 6, nos. 4-5 as the wings have been wetted. The specimen should not be left in the alcohol too long as there is a tendency for the long scales of the thorax to draw up the alcohol. 2. The wetted wings are immediately dipped into full strength Clorox (a commercial preparation containing approximately 5.25% sodium _hy- pochlorite in water) or a similar aqueous solution of a hypochlorite such as photographic hypo. The wings are left in the Clorox until a sufficient degree of bleaching has been obtained. This is usually about one or two minutes, but is less with very delicate forms and considerably more for very heavily pigmented and thick winged forms. It is not advisable to leave the specimen more than a few minutes in the aqueous solution, for the wing may become softened. Therefore we prefer to use a strong solution for a shorter period. It is also preferable not to bleach the specimen too much, for it becomes considerably lighter after it dries. 3. After the desired bleaching has been obtained, the cleared wings are transferred to another container of 95% alcohol for a few seconds to wash off the excess bleach and to dehydrate and stiffen the wings. The wash alcohol should be changed frequently to be effective. 4. The specimen is removed from the wash alcohol air dried for a few minutes. If it is greasy it may be advisable to dip it for a few seconds or minutes into benzene. Large or medium-sized species with moderately heavy wings that have been properly spread require no special precautions in this method. In more delicately winged forras, such as most geometers and some lycaenids, the wings have a tendency to collapse and draw together when they dry, par- ticularly if the bases of the wings were injured in spreading. To correct this, a clean microscope glass slide may be used to pick up the wings from the wash alcohol. While still wet the wings are spread on the slide in the desired position and allowed to dry. If the slide is clean the wings will come off easily when dry. Micros present a special problem. We have obtained excellent pre- parations, with the fringes in normal position and all details of venation clearly evident, by supporting the wings with a single piece of cellulose ace- tate film of 0.25mm thickness (Fig. 2). The film is bent up at a right angle at the base and attached either to the pin or to the cork with a drop of clear finger nail polish (also passed through the pin in simple mounts). It is then bent down at an angle outwardly under the wings to support them. It is im- portant not to extend the support too near the body. The wings may be anchored to the support at the base if desired, but this is usually not necessary if the attachment to the mount is firm. After the specimen is thus prepared the above-outlined procedure for wetting, bleaching, and dehydrating is fol- lowed. The supports are left permanently attached to the specimen. Larger species may be handled in the same manner, but they require a thicker celluloid support. An alternate method for micros, one requiring less care and dexterity, consists of cutting off one set of wings and anchoring them with a small drop of finger nail polish to a celluloid slip. The latter is then handled as above and finally pinned under the remaining parts of the specimen and anchored to the pin with a drop of finger nail polish. 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 63 lorge pin— minuten pin win | aN | nat —— ark? alternote I position for ‘ celluloid support on wider cork mounts celluloid support So support finger nail polish Nender nail olish cork’ F —large pin SIMPLE MOUNT OOUBLE MOUNT Fig. 2. Supports for delicate specimens To obtain best results it is advisable to spread the specimens with the hind wing not inserted as far forward under the fore wing as is customary, since it is often necessary to observe details of venation of the anterior portion of the hind wing and posterior portion of the forewing. If conventionally spread specimens are used, proper bleaching of this area is insured if the two wings are lifted apart slightly in these areas while the specimen is in the wetting solution. This method results in specimens that show details of wing venation much more clearly than even stained microscopic preparations. With a little care in bleaching a strongly contrasting venation can be obtained. The left side of the specimen and its body retain the original coloration which may be needed for identification purposes (Fig. 1). In examining the venation in small specimens it is suggested that oblique transmitted light be used for greater contrast. The greatest advantage to the instructor is the ease and speed of preparation as well as the economy in specimens. For quiz purposes entire specimens of common species may be bleached to discourage undue reliance on color patterns. Other details of the anatomy of Lepidoptera obscured by scales may be clarified greatly by bleaching, for example labial palps, patagia, tegulae, tympana, and genitalia. We believe that this method may have application outside of class ma- terial, but it would be hard to convince lepidopterists to use it on valuable collection specimens. The use of bleaching in the preparation of insect ma- terial in general has been greatly neglected. We find that in heavily pig- mented structures, such as elytra and head capsules of beetles, a much better picture is obtained if bleaching with Clorox is used instead of cleaning with potassium hydroxide. A combination of the two is also very useful for micro- SCOpic preparations since it greatly reduces the time needed for clearing the specimen and disturbs less the natural conformation of sclerites. We have not used other bleaching agents, such as hydrogen peroxide. These might prove useful with different types of material. Dept. of Entomology, University of California Los Angeles 24, Calif., U.S.A. 64 Vol. 6, nos. 4-5 SOME STATISTICAL CONCEPTS IN TAXONOMY by NICHOLAS SHOUMATOFF In my profession of process engineering in the pulp and paper industry, I have been confronted on numerous occasions with problems involving the statistical analysis of observational and experimental data. I have been im- pressed with the power of analysis made available by modern statistical meth- ods. The possibilities of applying these methods to the taxonomy of Lepi- doptera, as discussed in the recent series of articles in the Lep. News by F. MARTIN BROWN, have therefore interested me keenly. The statistical methods of modern experimental science were largely developed in biology, although some of the most significant early contri- butions (1908) were made by “Student”, an anonymous industrial engineer. The full power of today’s methods, however, based on the principle of fidu- cial probability, is largely due to R. A. FISHER, whose specialty of genetics is certainly related to taxonomy. I therefore anticipated no difficulty in at- tempting statistical reversion from technology to Lepidoptera. For this reason it was quite a surprise to find that, in Mr. BROWN’S article in the News, Vol. 5: pp. 64-66, some basic concepts are recommended which are quite dif- ferent from those which I have encountered elsewhere. Mr. BROWN indicates that in taxouomy valid tests of significance should be based on probability levels of a vastly different order of magnitude than are commonly used in other branches of science. He further indicates that the required probability level can be uniquely determined from the size of the sample and the size of the population from which it is drawn. This was illustrated with two examples, without details of the mathematical procedure employed. J am not in a position to take issue with these recommendations directly, but I would like to point out (in the hope of obtaining information which may resolve this conflict) how they differ from what I have understood to be the basic concepts underlying modern procedures of statistical inference. The first principle involved in the case is that statistical methods do not establish what can be known with certainty, but only what can be ex- pected with any desired degree of confidence. The specification of the degree of confidence, which is necessary for any test of significance, is purely sub- jective, although certain definite criteria have been established by custom. Published tables of statistical functions frequently do not extend beyond the 99.9% level of confidence. The implications of selecting the level of confidence should be clearly understood. If in a given test the 95% confidence level is established as the criterion of significance, it means that in accepting the significance of results which meet this criterion the chance of error is 5%. The chance of error in rejecting the significance of a result which does not meet this criterion is not uniquely determined by the selected confidence level, but depends on the degree of difference between the true and assumed values of the quantity being investigated. It may be as high as 95%. It may be seen that if the confidence level is changed to a higher value to reduce the chance if accepting a non-significant result, the chance of rejecting a result which may be sig- nificant is correspondingly increased. Greater certainty in the first type of judgement can be acquired only at the price of reduced sensitivity in the 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 65 second type of judgement. In certain investigations, particularly those which are in a preliminary stage, it is often desirable to follow up an indication even though in the end it may prove to be insignificant. In such cases a lower confidence criterion must be allowed. However, the minimum con- fidence level commonly used is 95%, which with large samples is approxi- mately equivalent to two standard deviations. It is understandable that a taxonomist would like to exercise the highest degree of confidence in assigning names to populations of Lepidoptera so that the names will have enduring validity rather than clutter up the literature with synonyms. On the other hand, it is doubtful whether, in certain groups at least, the subspecific structure has been so clearly defined that one can afford to overlook indicated differences at a lower level of confidence. In “The Karanasa Butterflies” (Annals Carnegie Museum, 1951) AVINOFF and SWEADNER assigned names to every local population that they were able to distinguish. In doing so they realized that future investigations based on more complete data might not uphold all these names. This was felt to be a lesser evil, however, than the danger of confusing two really distinct entities under the same name, as has frequently happened in earlier literature on this group. It should always be borne in mind that the magnitude of variation cor- responding to any given level of confidence is not fixed but depends on the amount of information available. In the absence of a complete census, the true random variation of an entire population is never known as such, but must be estimated from a sample. A most important concept in this con- nection is the number of degrees of freedom (number of observations minus number of restraints) available for calculation of and comparison with the estimate of error. For example, the number of standard deviations at each probability level is a variable, depending on the number of degrees of free- dom, in accordance with “Student’s” t-function, tables of which can be found in almost any current book on statistics. The fixed values listed in Mr. BROWN’S article correspond to infinite degrees of freedom, and are approximately true for large samples only. In most actual cases there are several methods of calculating the estimate of error from the same data, each with a correspond- ing number of degrees of freedom. A typical example is testing the difference between the means of two samples. If specimens are available from two localities so that they may be arranged in two parallel time series to form, say, ten simultaneous pairs, and if one measurement is made on each specimen, the mean difference between the two localities can be tested by comparison with four different estimates of error as follows: Degrees of Value of “t” at Square Deviations of Freedom 95% Confidence Individual values from 19 2.093 general mean Individual values from 18 2.101 mean each locality Differences in each pair 10 2.228 from zero Differences in each pair 9 2.262 from average difference The last of these methods has the least degrees of freedom and the highest “t,” yet it is often the most sensitive method because the variance among pairs and between localities has been eliminated from the estimate of 66 SHOUMATOFF: Statistical Concepts Vol. 6, nos. 4-5 error. Whichever of these four methods yields the highest confidence level is the one whose result must be considered. These differences in sensitivity due to different sources of variation should not be confused with the general principle that, regardless of the methods of statistical reduction employed, all tests of significance of the same hypothesis based on the same sources of variation in the same set of data are bound, if correctly carried out, to yield exactly the same result, barring only the use of inefficient statistics. With the small sampling theory illustrated above, confidence limits can be established just as exactly from small samples as from large samples. How- ever, with larger samples, the limits are smaller. This is due to three separate effects: 1. The degrees of freedom, not the total number of observations, is used in calculating the mean square deviation. 2. The value of “t” depends on the degrees of freedom. 3. The standard error of a sample mean varies inversely as the square root of the sample size. Eventually a point is reached where relatively little is gained by in- creasing the sample size. This has been called the principle of inertia for large samples. The previous discussion is intended to show that statistical methods are objective only insofar as they establish accurate betting odds, but the final step of the procedure, whether or not to accept these odds, involves a sub- jective decision. In contrast, Mr. BROWN has, I believe, suggested that there is an absolute scientific basis for completing this final step. A second fundamental concept involved in this case has to do with the character of the population. The basic calculus of statistical analysis has been derived from the assumption of random sampling from an infinite population. All actual populations are of course finite. Fortunately, if the populations are very large in proportion to the sample, the calculus of infinite populations can be applied with entirely negligible error. The principle of inertia applies to population size as well as sample size. In taxonomy, on the other hand, one is not primarily concerned with actual populations. A sample containing specimens taken over a period of time exceeding the life span of individuals certainly represents more than one actual population. Conclusions drawn from the study of the sample usually refer not only to the actual populations represented, but also to an unspecified number of future populations, The taxonomic unit is an abstraction which does not actually exist in its entirety at any one time. It is partly actual, partly hypothetical, and in effect infinite. Ir does not appear, therefore, that significance tests based on the calculated size of an actual population are pertinent to the problems of taxonomy, whether or not they are statistically correct. If Mr. BROWN’S reasoning on this point is followed to its logical conclusion, an infinite deviation would be required if an infinite population is considered. In conclusion, I would like to repeat that these thoughts have been assembled not in a spirit of criticism but in the hope of reaching a more complete mutual understanding, as all those who work in the same field should have. Properly used statistical methods can do much to promote mutual understanding in taxonomy, and Mr. BRowN’s articles with their high standard of clarity are undoubtedly a most significant contribution in this direction, Box 333, Bedford, Nj, ¥,) een 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 67 STATISTICS AND TAXONOMY AGAIN by F. MARTIN BROWN Mr. SHOUMATOFF’S article is a valid criticism, in the light of current statistical thought, of my series of articles in The Lepidopterist’s News. It requires a defence of my position. Just as taxonomy is a t90l of systematics, I propose to make statistics a more useful tool of taxonomy. Neither taxonomy nor statistics is an end in itself; each is an intermediate between unassimi- lated information and an understanding of life. The original tenets of statistics were developed by KARL PEARSON at the turn of the century to aid the study of variation in natural populations. Since then the emphasis in biology has been toward the study of limited populations living under laboratory controlled conditions. This has de- veloped the statistics of small numbers, a potent laboratory tool. R.A. FISHER’S work on probability opened fruitful ways of establishing “betting odds” for experimental work. The general result of these advances has been to estab- lish the sanctity of philosophically evolved “limits”. This is dangerous! It is a return to Greek philosophical science. It is pressing Nature into pre- conceived limits instead of seeking natural “limits”. This I consider putting the cart before the horse. My divergence from the classical statistical approach is not original. In the field of anthropology metrical research reached a point of utter con- fusion. The classical approach had led to a morass of meaningless data. W. H. SHELDON cut the Gordian Knot with radical surgery! He sorted indi- viduals into categories by non-metrical observation, much as a taxonomist sctts out forms or subspecies. He then set about finding the statistical dif- ferences among the measurements made on these categories. What he did was to establish a taxonomic system of human physique and then discover the statistical constants of the system. The result has been a useful system for classifying human beings and thus relating these categories to other fields that impinge upon us. What I am doing is seeking out the statistics of an accepted taxonomic system. Such an approach does not allow the investigator to say, “I will accept a 1 in 100 —or any other preconceived ratio —as the limit of sub- specific difference’, the currently accepted statistical approach. It imposes upon him the discovery of what ratio of chance is accepted by Nature in the light of currently accepted taxonomy. Fountain Valley School, Colorado Spring, Colo., U.S.A. FOOTNOTE TO BROWN'’S STATISTICS Mr. BROWN in his recent articles in The Lepidopterists’ News takes little note of the fact that variation may not fit within the statistically “normal” pattern. A con- venient test may be made. After dividing the material into classes of equal range of the dimension considered, take the differences of the logarithms of the numbers in the classes, and plot them in order. If they approximate an oblique straight line, the distribution is normal; if one gets a sinuous line the distribution is bimodal, and other patterns suggest more complicated patterns, not immediately suitable for statistical analysis. / Wwe. T.M. FORBES, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y., U.S.A. 68 Vol. 6, nos. 4-5 MIGRATION OF CATOPSILIA BUTTERFLIES IN INDIA by ERNEST M. SHULL From September 19-24, 1946, I witnessed a southerly movement of butterflies, mostly of the genus Catopsilia, at Palghar, Thana District, Bombay Presidency, India. Palghar is located on the plains about five miles from the coast. India is, of course, a part of the Indo-Malayan faunal region, which covers the tropics of Asia and the islands lying south of that great con- tinent, including Australia. The movement of butterflies takes many different forms, but perhaps the most recorded is the movement of large swarms or “clouds” of butterflies which darken the sky. Some flights have been estimated to contain more than a thousand million individuals.1 Such a sight is an event in the life of a naturalist. The flight I am reporting may be of some scientific interest. On the morning of the nineteenth I saw a number of beautiful middle- sized yellow butterflies flying in a steady line. Soon I had caught sixteen of them. They all proved to be of one genus, Catopsilia. After papering the specimens, I watched the movement of butterflies more carefully. It soon became evident that this was not an ordinary flight but a migration. According to PEILE, species of Catopsilia often migrate in swarms,” but this flight was of quite a different type. On this day and the five days following the Emigrants (Catopsilia) were not flying in swarms, but in three distinct lines across the mission compound, usually starting about 10:00 A.M. and continuing until 3:00 P.M. Each of the three lines was approxi- mately one hundred yards from any other. This movement resembled a group of school children playing “follow-the-leader,” except their course was straight and in a southerly direction. They had a swooping flight, closing their wings completely between strokes. When I stood in the direct path of the migration, they would not deflect their course to either side but instead increased their flying height (incidentally, just out of reach of the net). Only a very few stopped to rest, and then only for a few seconds on the undersides of a leaf. The red-flowered bush (Hzbiscws), which was directly in the line of migration, temporarily attracted a few of the passersby. In order to met a resting specimen I stood near the bush with my net in readiness. One step forward and a quick swing was sometimes successful. The vast majority, however, of this migrating horde pressed relentlessly onward with- out faltering or yielding to wayside attractions. Without any clocking device the speed of migration was roughly esti- mated to be between ten and fifteen miles per hour. In ordinary flight Ca- topsilia are rapid fliers, but in migration their flight is even faster. At one point of observation some tabulations were made, counting the individuals in one line as they passed overhead. During the half-hour 150 were counted. Using this as an average, and taking into consideration that ‘See “Butterfly Travelers,” by C.B. Williams, National Geographic Magazine, May, 1937. This article gives an excellent account of butterfly migration. "H.D. Peile, A Guide to Collecting Butterflies in India, p. 59. 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 69 there were three lines of migrants for a five hour period, it was estimated that 3500 to 4500 individuals were in the first day's flight. At best this is only a rough estimate, because the hour between 10:00 and 11:00 A.M. was not as heavy with migrants as were the hours between 11:00 A.M. and 2:00 P.M. Also after 2:00 o'clock the flight began to taper off. Rechecking on subsequent days, however, verified the comparative accuracy of the above figure. From this movement four species of the genus Catopsilia were collected; namely, C. pomona Fabr. (The Lemon Emigrant); C. crocale crocale Cram. (The Common Emigrant); C. pyranthe minna Herbst (The Mottled Emi- grant); and C. florella gnoma Fabr. (The African Emigrant). Males and females were collected of these four species. Although the migration continued for six days, the migrants were never so steady as on the first “heavy” day. Several members of the Family Hes- periidae (The Skippers) and one species of the Subfamily Plebejinae (The Blues) were collected from the migrating group and sent to the American Museum of Natural History. On the first day from 11:00 A.M. until 2:00 P. M. the movement of Skippers was recorded, the estimation being 200 - 250 per hour or a tozal of 600 - 750 in the thrree hour period. During the first three days the Skippers and the Blues accompanied the migrating Catopsilia; however, their manner of flight was more varied and never in such regular lines. Occasionally small swarms of Skippers were seen, so it was difficult to estimate their number. The Blues were scattered among all the others and no count was taken. The Skippers flew even faster and higher than the Ca- topsilia, so capturing them was a real task. Even with a long-handled net I had to jump as high as possible and then swing at a flying target. So only a few were caught. Ahwa, via Billimora, Dangs District, B.P., India MIGRATION OF THE MONARCH BUTTERFLY DURING THE WINTER by GEOFFREY BEALL The present note is a brief report on migration of the Monarch butter- fly, Danaus plexippus Linné, during the winter (December 10 through May 5) in Florida. The data are of particular importance because they substan- tiate the suspicion that the Monarch is constantly in migration although only at certain seasons does this migration attract popular attention because of the number of butterflies involved. The data were sent to the writer by Mr. & Mrs. KARL HODGES, as a response to his plea for information from local naturalists in The Lepidop- terists News, vol. 5: 37-40. The data are an example of the valuable in- formation that can be collected by local naturalists. 70 BEALL: Migration of Monarch Vol. 6, nos. 4-5 Mr. & Mrs. HopGes live at Indialantic which is on a very long island, about three-quarter miles wide off the coast of much of Florida. Between the island and the mainland is a long narrow lagoon called Indian River, of about the same width. Beyond the island is the Atlantic. They are just above latitude 28° or about half way down the state. They made observations every day and on certain days saw numbers of Monarchs, as follows: Date Number Movement Wind Date Number Movement Wind 1951 1952 Dec. 10 3 S Calm Mar. 12 1 N SW Dec bh 2 S SW Mar. 13 1 N SW Dec. 12 4 S WSW Mar. 13 5 N NW Dec. 13 l S NW Mar. 14 10 N NW Dec. 14 7 S SE Dec. 15 8 S SW oe : : xq oe Dec. 16 2 S NW pr. spss rie Apr. 4 15 N NNW 1952 Apr. 4 1 None NW Jan. 14 1 None ia Apr. 5 2 N SW Jan. 14 l S ter Faho ay tiley) 2 N NW Jan. 14 1 N sts No more Monarchs through May 5. These data show clearly that during December the flight was strongly southward and during March and April as strongly northward. The almost complete lack of Monarchs during January and February is noteworthy and suggests that the butterfly removes to a latitude lower than 28°. The unanimity of the flight is curious. The fact that the flight tends to be always north (actually slight north- west or north) or south is quite understandable because the Monarch has a strong tendency to move parallel to shorelines and under the circumstances of Indialantic only the northward or southward tendencies of movement can manifest themselves. Indeed, the straightened circumstances of Indialantic make it singularly favorable for observations of the present kind. The data show that the Monarch was responding to wind in what seems to be its usual fashion, 2. e., flying into it. Thus of the 27 flying south in December, 24 flew into southerly winds. Of the 40 Monarchs flying north in March and April, 33 flew into northerly winds, 4 were following south- erly winds (and for 3 no wind is given). It is to be hoped that Mr. & Mrs. HopGes will continue their patient recording of occasional butterflies, for if they do so they may be able to inform us whether the Monarch does migrate constantly throughout the year and when its tide of migration turns. Let us also hope that other ob- servers in the low latitudes will join them. University of Connecticut, Storrs, Conn., U.S.A. 1952 : The Lepidopterists’ News 71 BOOK REVIEW THE BUTTERFLIES OF VIRGINIA. By Austin H. Clark and Leila F. Clark. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, vol. 116, no. 7: vii + 239 pp., col. frontisp., 30 pls. 20 Dec. 1951. Available from: Division of Publications, Smithsonian Insti- tution, Washington 25, D.C., U.S.A., in paper cover, $2.25. Collectors of Lepidoptera who reside in one area for several years have the op- portunity to provide detailed data on the genuine characteristics of the natural lives of their local species. It is most unfortunate for science that such collectors rarely attempt to keep records of all the minutiae they encounter, of flight periods, behavior, vafiations in abundance from year to year, foodplants, flower preferences, move- ments, and many other matters. Still fewer gather together and analyze their records and publish the results. A singular exception is Mr. CLARK, who is not only a dis- tinguished museum zoologist, but also an observant field naturalist whose enthusiasm has never waned. In fact, that enthusiasm has been transmitted to a succession of younger men whose field records have greatly extended the thoroughness of this new book on Virginia butterflies. North American lepidopterists are generally acquainted with Mr. CLARK’S earlier “The Butterflies of the District of Columbia and Vicinity” (U.S.N.M. Bull. 157; 1932), which has taken a unique position as a superb treatment of a local fauna. He and. Mrs. CLARK have worked on an intensive study of the butterflies of Virginia steadily since 1933. They personally “visited all the 100 counties in the State at least twice, most of them many times’. In addition to their personal records from “more than 800 localities’, they have been provided with records and specimens from at least ten collectors who each spent much of several years in Virginia localities. The results reported here undoubtedly provide the fullest information on distri- bution and flight periods ever published for a New World area of similar size. They will be of great value as a point of reference for comparison with future findings in other parts of North America. To the reviewer's regret very little else than detailed distribution, local environ- ment, and flight periods is included. There are keys to identification of all the species, original keys utilizing color and superficial structure, which are the best such keys I have ever seen. No attempt is made to prepare a key for female Hesperiinae. The species and subspecies are illustrated in good black-and-white photographs. Eight are also figured in color on the frontispiece. A rapid check indicates that substantial information on larvae and foodplants is given only for Papilio glaucus, Calpodes ethlius, and Atrytone conspicua. As expected, the family classification follows the system Mr. CLARK proposed recently for the butterflies of the world (see Lepid. News, vol. 2: p. 73; 1948). But no indication appears anywhere of the characters by which his families Apaturidae, Nymphalidae, Argynnidae, and Danaidae may be distinguished, even in Virginia. This is unfortunate on two counts: first, most users of the book will be utterly un- familiar with these names as used and require some explanation; second, the paper establishing these extreme splits of the former Nymphalididae did not properly char- acterize them, little being mentioned other than broad larval structures and certain habits (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 49: pp. 148-149; 1947). Four very difficult problems of relationship and distribution are discussed at length and much new information is added to the published record. 1. Papilio glaucus is said to have two general forms with all manner of intergrades found at times. One typically is said to have: the blackish female; male with rounder fore wings, broader tails, etc.; larvae living high in trees, especially on Fraxinus, Magnolia, Liriodendron; and principally southern range. The other is contrasted as having: male- like female; male with pointed fore wings, narrow hindwings and tails; larvae mainly on bushes and low limbs of Prunus, Betula, Populus; and primarily occurring from New England northward. The reviewer's records suggest that the distinction of foodplants and larval altitude are not supportable or are an accident caused by the range limits of the plants. Certainly the male-like females in Connecticut are partial to Fraxinus and to very tall Liriodendron (one of the best gathering points I have ever seen for P. glaucus larvae is the pair of giant Liriodendron in the yard of the 72 REMINGTON: Clarks’ Butterflies of Virginia Vol. 6, nos. 4-5 Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard University). In Missouri and adjacent Illinois, where P. glaucus is distinctly of type one, larvae were commonly taken on low leaves of Prunus and lilac. The CLARKS note, however, that in almost any region both forms may occur, the difference in proportions being the important point. The population characteristics are given for each part of the wide range of P. glaucus (ex- cept for “subspecies rutulus’), and this is one of the most interesting parts of the book. Now it remains for another study to extend the analysis of these populations with data showing precise proportions of types, exact measurements of wing shape and markings, and illustrations in graphic form, as outlined by Prof. Dr. WOHLFAHRT (Lepid. News, vol. 6: pp. 13-27; 1952). The seasonal forms found in P. glaucus, Battus philenor, and Graphium marcellus are described and explained with care. 2. Colias eurytheme and philodice are clearly not well understood. While they are cited as distinct species in their titles (pp. 93,97), eurytheme is repeatedly called a subspecies of philodice (pp. 96, 97), and on page 1 we read “Colias chrysotheme eurytheme@ Some interesting notes give the historical occurrance of the two forms in the Virginia vicinity. C. eurytheme is used for any specimen with even a trace of orange on the upperside; C. philodice must be pure yellow. This, though the simplest breeding ex- periments show that a brood with three pure yellow (philodice) and one orange (eurytheme) grandparents would fall into the CLARKS’ “eurytheme” category. 3. Limenitis astyanax is treated as a race of L. arthemis, as was recently done by R.,L. CHERMOCK and A. B. KLOTS. White-banded specimens in Virginia are called form albofasciata of astyanax because they “are undoubtedly of local origin cannot be directly related to white-banded individuals living farther north from which they are separated by a broad area in which no white-banded individuals occur” (p.50). But then one reads (p.51) “A large female agreeing closely with others from the Adirondacks of New York and with Drury’s figure of arthemis was taken at Charlottes- ville, Albemarle County very worn and appears to have come from a considerable distance, possible from West Virginia or the mountains of Pennsylvania.” 4. Danaus plexippus megalippe, the tropical American race, is unhesitatingly re- ported from several Virginia localities, although not one case of immigration has ever been proven, and the megalippe type of coloration may be part of the variation pattern of plexippus. The Clarks state (p. 68) that if this were so “they should be found in the west’. However, the Clarks themselves mention a specimen from Decatur, Illinois, and presumably the six records they give for Virginia megalippe are taken from a much greater number of eastern D. plexippus than they had available from west of the Appalachians. It is widely held that megalippe is not migratory or at least much less so than plexippus. The CLARKS suggest a seaport origin for U.S.A. megalippe, a tempting but still highly speculative idea. . __ Each of these four cases can be substantially clarified by careful rearing studies. [hese are some of the exciting problems posed but not solved by this book. A further point seems to require comment. Once again Anthocharis genutia is reported to be double-brooded with an incomplete second brood immediately following the first. Once again the proof can come only by rearing the second brood from the first under natural conditions and this has never been reported in print to my know- ledge. The field collections suggest faintly that a second brood may actually appear, but the grounds are so uncertain that one wishes more equivocal phrasing had been used by the CLARKS. The “second brood” view was established apparently by Prof. SMYTH, but a check of his paper (Ent. News, vol. 11: pp. 465-468; 1900) shows that his only first brood pupae (1898) not only did not immediately emerge the same year, but in fact none emerged until the SECOND early spring (1900)! A tantalizing sentence tucked into the preface (p.v) holds promise of another fine work still to appear: “We hope later to publish our detailed records, and also our notes on the habits and other attributes of the various species.” Gok REMINGTON, Osborn Zoological Lab., Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U.S.A. 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 73 FIELD AND TECHNIQUE NOTES NOTES ON COLLECTING POLYGONIA To supplement Mr. BOCK’s article on collecting Polygonia faunus smythi Clark (Lep. News. vol. 5: p. 70), I would like to add some observations incurred during a collecting trip to the Great Smoky Mountain National Park between July 17 and 25, 1948. Thanks to Mr. ARTHUR STUPKE, then naturalist cf the park, I had vir- tually complete freedom to hunt wherever I desired and consequently chose sites which varied in elevation. I found P. smythi commonest along the Appalachian trail between the Forney Ridge parking area on Clingman’s Dome and Silers’ Bald. This trail varies from 6643 to 5620 feet in elevation and crosses many small moun- tain streams. P. smythi would congregate in groups at the edge of the streams and sit individually on various precipices in the immediate vicinity. It was possible in this environment to collect as many specimens as one desired without unduly ex- etting oneself. I took twelve specimens from this area alone. In other sections of the park, P. smythi could also be collected rather easily, but they became scarcer and livelier as the elevation decreased below 4000 feet. In back of the ranger station near the juncture of highways 71 and 73 at an elevation of less than 1000 feet, I saw and captured only one P. smythi. This past August (17-20), 1951, I had the pleasure of accompanying Mr. & Mrs. LESLIE BANKS to the Ottawa National Forest in the upper peninsula of Michigan. Following a dirt road between rain showers, we collected four species of Polygonia: interrogationis Fabr., comma Harris, faunus faunus Edwards, and progne Cram., the latter two being the most common. Although we collected at the puddles in the road, the easiest collecting and also the most productive of females was at the flowers of Joe-Pye-Weed (Eupatorium purpureum L.) growing profusely at the edge of the road. We were unable to make any elevation observations because of the uniformity of the terrain. Other species collected in the same manner were: Nymphalis mil- bertit Godt., N. j-album Bdv. & Lec., N. antiopa L., and Hesperia laurentina Lym. DAVID H. KISTNER, 5031 N. Kolmar Avenue, Chicage 30, Ill., U.S.A. THE WEIGHTS OF FRESH AND DRIED BUTTERFLIES A Colias philodice (Latr.) 2 was caught on 17 October 1951, and placed in the cold store, where it died on 27 October. The wings were removed from the body, and wings and body were weighed separately, before and after they were dried in the warm basement, at 75°-80° F. The weights were as follows: Fresh (mg.) Dry (mg.) Difference Loss (%) Body 52.5 28.9 23.6 45 Wings 125 8.4 4.1 aS Total 65.0 eV ee. 7 Oe | 42.6 A Nymphalis milberti (Latr.) which died on 27 November was found to have the following partition of weights: Body Bere) 25.6 28.15 52.4 Wings Has 6.3 1.20 16.5 Total 61.25 31.9 29.35 48.0 Another N. milberti lost 44.0% moisture. It was found that the difference between drying the body at 75°-80° F. and 95° C. was only 7%; the wings weighed the same after both degrees of heat. P. H.H. Gray, Box 236, Macdonald College, Quebec, Canada ERRATUM Dr. P.H.H. GRAy has sent the following corrections to his paper “Resuts of humidity tests with Papilio pupae”, Lep. News, vol. 5: p. 67; 1951. Right column, 4th line: “The wing-radii of the bred 2 Q are not’ should be “The wing-radii of the bred @ Q are also”. Footnote: “one (B) did not emerge” should be “one (G) did not emerge”. +4 Vol. 6, nos. 4-5 THE NAMES OF CERTAIN BUTTERFLIES OF THE EASTERN UNITED STATES by BRYANT MATHER Two books of great value to the student of the butterflies of the eastern United States were published in 1951: A Field Guide to the Butterflies of North America, East of the Great Plains by ALEXANDER B. KLoTs (Hough- ton Mifflin Co., Boston), and “The Butterflies of Virginia” by AUSTIN H. CLARK and LEILA F. CLARK (Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, 116, no. 7, Washington). In some cases these works do not use the same names to designate the same butterflies. These differences are, in most Cases, not such as to cause serious confusion; they are however annoying to one who would like to have a basis for selecting the best current usage in designating butterflies. A number of these differences were called to the attention of Mr. CLARK, Dr. KLOTs, and Mr. CyriL F. Dos PAssOs in January 1952, and a series of communications and comments was elicited which are summarized below for the interest of others. It should be noted that, although this sum- mary has been reviewed by those whose comments are included, and permis- sion for its publication has been obtained, the opinions are given essentially as they were stated informally in letters and do not represent the explicit, fully documented discussions that would have been given had the contti- butors themselves prepared them for publication. The differences may be considered in three groups: (1) those involving considerations of relationships and priorities to determine the “correct” name; (2) those involving the classification (ze. rank or grade) of a name, as between genera and subgenera or species and subspecies; and (3) those in- volving steps taken for improving or correcting the spelling. The comments given below have been sorted into these groups and are taken up in system- atic order. DIFFERENCES INVOLVING RELATIONSHIPS AND PRIORITY (1) Minois pegala (Clarks, p. 32), Cercyonis pegala (Klots, p. 72): KLOTS used Cercyonis on the advice of R. L. CHERMOCK, an expert in the group; the CLARKS regard their use of Mimnois as an example of preferring “lumping”; DOs PASssos has a letter from DE LESSE (15 January 1952) stating the belief that Cercyomis (type species Papilio alope Fab.) should be use for our Nearctic species, but DOS PAssos feels that, since DE LESSE’S opinion is unpublished, the proper current usage would be Anois following the most recent check list (McDunnough, 1938). (2) Junonia evarete coenia (Clarks, p. 45), Precis lavinia coenia (Klots, p. 108): KLOTS regards his use of Precis as an example of preferring “lumping” and cites HEMMING (The Generic Names of the Holarctic Butterflies, pp. 73-74) as follows: “The name Junonia Hb., though nomenclatorially valid, is not required, as /Javinia Cram. is congeneric with octavia Cram., the type of Precis Hb., which has page priority.” The CLARKS used Junonia following W.P. COMSTOCK but CLARK com- ments that perhaps Precis should have been used. Dos PAssos regards Precis as prob- ably preferable. The CLARKS again followed W.P. COMSTOCK in using evarete and CLARK notes that Papilio lavinia Cramer is preoccupied by P. lJavinia Fabricius and that P. evarete is the oldest available name. Dos PASSOS notes that CORBET (1948, p. 54) uses /avinia and considers it conspecific with Papilio (Nymphalis) orithya Linnaeus, 1758, p. 473, and that as a result, the correct name would appear to be Precis ortthya evarete (Cramer), apparently also following COMSTOCK (1942, p. 190) in discarding Papilio lavinia Fabricius, 1775, and using Papilio evarete Cramer, 1779. 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News ib (3) Calephelis virginiensis and C. borealis (Clarks, p. 69), Lephelisca virgin- gensis and L. borealis (Klots, p. 123): KLOTS’ use of Lephelisca follows W.D. FIELD. CLARK states that when the genus Calephelis was established an oriental species was given as the type, but the authors made it perfectly clear that the genus was founded on (C.) virginiensis misidentified. He notes that an Opinion of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature states: “in the absence of indubitable proof to the contrary the species named shall be the type.” He feels that the proof here is indubitable that what the authors had in mind was (C.) virginiensis, thus it be- comes the type and the name Lephelisca has no standing. Dos PAssos, on the other hand, after an investigation of the problem, has concluded that the correct name to use is Nymphidia Boisduval & Leconte (1833-1837), noting however that an ap- plication by WILBUR S. MCALPINE is pending before the International Commission to validate Calephelis. (4) Cyaniris argiolus (Clarks, p. 73), Lycaenopsis argiolus (Klots, p. 169): DOS PASSOS notes that the type species of Cyaniris Dalman, 1816, is argianus Dalm2n, 1816 ( =Papilio semiargus Rottenburg, 1775) and the type species of Lycaenopsis Felder & Felder, 1865, is L. ananga Felder & Felder, 1865. He notes that TuTT re- garded neither of these as congeneric with Papilio (Plebejus) argiolus Linnaeus, 1758, p. 483, and hence proposed Ceélastrina, 1906, p. 131, for argiolus. Dos PAssos concludes that it is certainly more correct is use Celastrina for the time being. KLOTS used Lycaenopsis since he regarded Cyaniris as inapplicable but followed others who feel that ananga and argiolus are congeneric. (5) Eupsyche m-album (Clarks, p. 78), Strymon m-album (Klots, p. 133): KLOTS explains in his introductory comments on the Theclinae (p. 126) that he feels that it is necessary for the present to lump most of the species in one genus, in the absence of an adequate large-scale study. CLARK remarks that perhaps they should have used Sirymon, but feels that it is a “convenient grab-bag” for a decidedly heter- ogeneous assemblage of hairstreaks. Dos PASSOS would prefer Eupsyche but feels it to be a matter of opinion. (6) Proteides clarus (Clarks, p. 147), Epargyreus clarus (Klots, p. 206): Both the CLARKS and KLOTS explain their different choices as following BELL (!). DOs PASSOS indicates that the choice depends on whether mercurius (see Klots, p. 284) is congeneric with clarus; if so, then only one generic name is required and Proteides has line priority; if not, then the usage employed by KLOTS is proper. (7) Rhabdoides cellus (Clarks, p. 149), Autochton cellus (Klots, p. 211): KLots follows BELL, the CLARKS use Rhabdoides as a matter of preference, DOS PASSOS notes that the type species of Rhabdoides is Eudamus cellus Boisduval and Leconte (?1837, pl. 73) and that the type of Autochton is Autochton itylius Hubner. The question is whether zty/7ws and cellus are congeneric. DIFFERENCES INVOLVING THE CLASSIFICATION OF NAMES (1) Zerene caesonia (Clarks, p. 112), Colias (Zerene) cesonia (Klots, p. 189): CLARK regards Zerene as a separate genus from Colas on ecological and dis- tributional grounds and feels that they are quite as distinct as some other genera in the Pieridae. KLOTS feels that Zerene is but a subgenus of Colas and refers to his discussion in Entomologica Americana 12:175 (1931). Dos PAssos regards the question as a matter of opinion and suggests following MCDUNNOUGH (1938) which would give Zerene generic status. (2) Eurema jucunda (Clarks, p. 117), Eurema daira daira summer form jucunda (Klots, p. 195): KLots believes that daira, 1819, and jucunda, 1833 are conspecific; he states in his book, however (p. 195): “Absolute proof of this will only be obtained by rearing a brood of one from two known parents of the other.” The CLARKS found only typical jucunda in Virginia. (3) Battus philenor, Graphium marcellus (Clarks, pp. 118, 145); Papilio phile- nor, Papilio marcellus (Klots, p. 179): KLotTs, in his book, (p. 171) reters to Battus and Graphium as subgenera, and regards the question as a matter of opinion. CLARK feels that Battus, Graphium, and Papilio are groups that differ from each 76 MATHER: Names of Butterflies Vol. 6, nos. 4-5 other in all stages much more than many universally accepted genera. DOs PASsos prefers the CLARKS’ usage and notes that it follows FORD’S recent revision of Papilio. (4) Atrytone alabamae (Clarks, p. 174), Atrytone dion alabamae (Klots, p. 255): KLoTs considered dion and alabamae as conspecific, following LINDSEY, BELL, and WILLIAMS (1931, p. 117) who had before them only the male type and a single female of alabamae, both from Alabama. CLARK concludes that alabamae and dion are not conspecific after having compared a long series of alabamae ftom Virginia with the types of both alabamae and dion and considered various other factors such as time of flight and plant associations. DOs PASSOS observes that this question can only be solved by breeding but that the reasons given by Clark for his conclusion seem cogent. DIFFERENCES INVOLVING SPELLING (1) Euptychia sosybius and Euptychia areolatus (Clarks, pp. 38, 36), Euptychia hermes sosybia and Exuptychia areolata (Klots, p. 69): In these two cases KLOTS has used sosybia and areolata so that the specific name will be of the same gender as the generic name. (2) Zerene caesonia (Clarks, p. 112), Colias (Zerene) cesonia (Klots, p. 189): pos PAssos has explained that STOLL wrote the name cesonia in the Dutch and sesonta in the French text; most authors have emended cesonia to caesonia which is probably more classical Latin, but DOS PASsOS and KLOTS decided that the original spelling should be used in accordance with Article 19 of the Régles. P.O. Drawer 2131, Jackson, Miss., U.S.A. OBITUARIES MARGUERITE S. FORSYTH MARGUERITE SHEPARD (Mrs. LESLEY E.) FORSYTH of Florida City, Florida, died February 6, 1952, in North Haven, Connecticut, while visiting a sister. She was born August 28, 1889, in North Haven. In 1923 she and her husband and son moved to Florida. Her husband died in 1950; her son, WILLIAM H. FORSYTH 2D, is at present a resident of Miami. Soon after arriving in Florida, Mrs FOorsyTH began the collecting of Lepidoptera that was continued until poor health forced her to curtail ac- tivities in the late 1940's. Her work in southern Florida, and particularly in the upper Florida Keys, was of the greatest importance to science. The ac- curacy of her data and observations helped greatly to dispose of some of the deliberate falsifications which commercially minded collectors in tropical Florida had created by mislabelling tropical specimens. Her collecting during the period when so many of the famous localities in southern Florida were being wiped out by real estate developments, drainage and fires furnished many records now unobtainable. Needless to say, Mrs. FORSYTH discovered many rarities. Two butter- flies which she collected have been named after her: Papilio polyxenes ab. forsythae Wood and Papilio cresphontes ab. forsythae Gunder. She was, as 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News ~s ~ far as I know, the first person actually to take Eurema daira palmira Poey in Florida; and was very likely the last person to see the probably extinct Fumaeus atala florida Roeber. To her is also credited the discovery in Florida of Eurema neda Latreille. Her specimens have been widely dispersed by gift, exchange and sale. Many of them are in the major museums and other col- lections of North America. My family and I came to know Mrs. FORSYTH well during our collecting trips in Florida and, like many other visitors there, will always cherish happy memories of her delightful and enthusiastic ways. Many a pleasant evening have we spent at her home, going over the day’s catch, discussing field ex- periences, and learning much from her about the habits and phenology of the butterflies. In recent years, when physical infirmity forced her to forego much of the mote strenuous butterfly collecting, more of her time was spent collecting and studying shells. In this, too, my daughter and I were happily able to join her; and on any evening it was a toss-up whether we would be going over butterfly material or hooking out Liguws snails that had been killed by leaving them in the freezing compartment of the FORSYTH refri- gerator. Many of these rare Florida tree snails thus have eventually come to rest in the American Museum collection. Mrs. FORSYTH’s own shell col- lection will, it is believed, go to the University of Miami, as she wished. ALEXANDER B. KLOTS, American Museum of Natural History, New York, N. Y., U.S.A. HENRY W. EUSTIS Henry W. Eustis died unexpectedly in Augusta, Georgia, on October 6, 1951. He was born at Minneapolis, Minnesota, on December 6, 1877. He was interested in collecting butterflies and moths and he being a perfectionist, his collection was beautifully mounted and given a great deal of care. The collection, consisting of representative United States Lepidoptera and some foreign butterflies, was housed in a small building in the side yard of his home in Augusta. The collection is being retained by Mrs. Eustis. He had a deep love for music and was an excellent pianist. As a young man he sold a fine butterfly collection which he had assembled and used the proceeds to finance a year of music study in Berlin. Until his death he enjoyed playing for his own pleasure and often, upon his wife’s urging, he would play selections from Chopin for their visitors. He spent many years in the diplomatic service and was stationed in various European countries. He met and married Mrs. Eustis when he was stationed in Germany. Upon his retirement from government service they moved to Augusta where they could enjoy the mild winter climate and he could again pursue his hobby of putterfly collecting. During his years in Georgia, 1939-1951, he made several important “finds”, including Ambl/y- scirtes belli H. A. Freeman, extending the known range of this skipper far to the east. LUCIEN HARRIS, JR., P.O. Box 167, Avondale Estates, Georgia, U.S.A. 7 Vol. 6, nos zie> PERSONALIA IAN F.B. COMMON, until recently Technical Secretary of the Division of Entomo- logy, Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, Canberra, Australia, has returned to full-time research as a Senior Research Officer in the Division. He is working on the taxonomy of Tortricidae and the biology, including adult behavior and migration, of Australian Noctuidae. PETER F. BELLINGER, Associate Editor of The Lepidopterists’ News, finished his graduate studies at Yale University in June and has accepted an appointment at the University College in Kingston, Jamaica. Dr. BELLINGER expects to take up certain work with Jamaican Lepidoptera and to extend his studies of Collembola systematics and biology to the Jamaican fauna. He and Dr. G.W. RAWSON returned in August after spending several weeks doing entomological field work in northern Alaska for Yale University. The resultant collections will be placed in Yale’s Peabody Museum. Prof. ALEXANDER B. KLOTS also spent much of the summer in field work in the Arctic of Canada, as did PAUL R. EHRLICH. Mr. EHRLICH was on Southhampton Island in northern Hudson Bay. Prof. KLOTS was apparently farther to the south and west. S.G. KIRIAKOFF, of the University of Ghent, Belgium, is now working on the Crenuchidae and Thyretidae of the Belgian Congo Museum, Tervuren, Belgium, with a monograph of these families in prospect. M. KIRIAKOFF is now a member of the board of the Société Entomologique de Belgique and has recently been made a Foreign Member of the Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging. It is with sincere personal regret that I must report the recent passing of two editors of lepidopterological periodicals. On 26 April 1952 Dr. ROBERT LOELIGER died at the age of sixty-six at Zurich, Switzerland. He was the leader of the Groupe d’ Observation des Migrations de Papillons and he issued regular circulars reporting to the hundreds of ‘“‘collaborateurs” the results of their migration observations. Readers of the News will recall his article describing the work of the group (Lep. News, vol. 4:pp. 61-62; 1951). Shortly before his passing he had to be hospitalized for a serious operation. On 3 April he wrote the Groupe d’ Observation: “Je m’excuse de vous adresser aujourd’hui un message d’ordre personnel. Devant subir immédiatement une intervention chirurgicale, qui va m/interdire toute activite pendant assez longtemps....J’espere viviment que tout cela passera plus vite qu’on ne le prevoit actuellement. Comme je suis seul a liquider toute la correspondence, il y aura cependant un trouble sensible et inevitable dans notre organisation. Je vous demande donc comprchension et patience.” Unhappily, “all this passed” all too quickly. No word has been received concerning the continuance of the Groupe. Mrs. EVELYN GILSTRAP WILLIAMS was killed around New Year’s Day in an auto- mobile accident near Beatty, Nevada, while returning from Arizona to her home in North San Juan, California. Mrs. WILLIAMS established the Howell Mountain Butter- fly Club (later the Moth and Butterfly Club) about seven years ago and issued a mimeo- graphed periodical to the members. It appeared regularly each month for the six years of her editorship. She carefully keyed its content to the interests of beginners and very young lepidopterists. Another member of The Lepidopterists’ Society has undertaken to continue the periodical, Notes on Moths and Butterflies. Dues for 1952 are $1.50 and will be accepted by the new editor: Mr. JAMES M. UNSELD, JR., Gravel Switch, Kentucky, U.S. A. C. L. REMINGTON 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 79 BOOK REVIEWS AN ANNOTATED CHECK LIST OF THE MACROLEPIDOPTERA OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. By J.R.J. Llewellyn Jones. ‘The Entomological Society Of B.C. Oc- casional Paper No. 1: 148 pp. Issued June 14, 1951. Price: $1.00 (address of Society Secretary: P.O. Box 210, Kamloops, B.C. Canada). Intended primarily as a revision of BLACKMORE’S List (i927) the list now includes approximate season of flight of each species and host plants where data on these was available. All recent changes in nomenclature have been incorporated, also the check list numbers from MCDUNNOUGH’S “Check List of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the U.S.A”. Distribution of each species within B.C. is given. No great amount of collecting has been done in B.C. since the issuance of the original list, and most of the new records are from the author’s collection, consisting entirely of southern. Vancouver Island material, and from the collection of Dr. W.R. BUCKELL made at Shushwap Lake. “Popular” names have been assigned to nearly every species, subspecies, and form. It cannot be said that this has added anything to the value of the work. There is at present among North American entomologists a general lack of interest in ver- macular names, and this trend can hardly be considered undesirable. Such names, when of less than specific value, are particularly cumbersome. It should be noted that the food plant records must be used with caution. Such information, in order to attain reasonable accuracy, must be based on a great mass of data gathered from every locality in the area covered. It has proved nearly impos- sible for Mr. JONES to obtain such data, so of necessity many of the host plant records ate based on the author’s own observations of material collected in a restricted area. However, if only as a guide to what plants are worth trying, this innovation is bound to prove useful to those interested in rearing Lepidoptera. The number of species, broken down into superfamilies, included in JONES’ new list of B.C. Macrolepidoptera is approximately as follows: Papilionoidea 130; Hes- perioidea 24; Sphingoidea 17; Saturnioidea 5; Noctuoidea 530; Bombycoidea 6; Dre- panoidea 10; Geometroidea 308; total — 1030. BOWMAN’S List of Alberta Lepidoptera gives about 1500 species. About 130 are butterflies, approximately 40% Microlepi- doptera. This, as far as it goes, indicates an almost exact parallel with the B.C. List. The typesetting has been very carelessly done, so the errata and addenda pages should be carefully studied. In spite of minor shortcomings, this list is certain to prove popular with col- lectors. It must be remembered that the author undertook an extremely onerous as- signment in preparing an annotated catalogue, in place of the usual straight list. As a result, the book will always be useful as a guide to where and when to go for any species desired. Similiar books covering every section of the continent would not come amiss. RICHARD GUPPY, R.R. 1, Marine Drive, Wellington, V.I., B. C., Canada DIE SCHMETTERLINGE MITTELEUROPAS. By Walter Forster & Theodor A. Wohlfahrt. [In German.] [First instalments], vol. 1, viii + 32 pp., 18 figs.; vol. 2, 32 pp., 4 pls, 13 figs. Stuttgart, 1952. Publisher: Franckh’sche Verlagshandlung, W. Keller & Co., Stuttgart, Germany. Subscription price ot the first instalments of VOlswcbuancad’ 2. is: DM. 10. oper will be 5 more instalments of vol. 1 totaling 256 pp., and vol. 2, totaling 128 pp., 27 pls., bringing the total presubscription price to DM. 60. After subscription period closes the price for vols. 1 and 2 complete, bound, will be DM. 76. This excellent work, well-illustrated with colored figures, on the butterflies and moths of central Europe, will be a “must” to all European collectors, and to many Americans who are interested in the world-wide relationship of these insects. To one 80 Book Reviews | Vol. 6, nos. 4-5 who collected last summer in the Dolomites in Italy, the Alps of Switzerland, as: well as in France, the usefulness of this work is beyond estimation. Dr. FORSTER and Prof. Dr. WOHLFAHRT are well qualified to write on the Lepi- doptera. In the first part of their treatise, they have given an outline of the equipment needed by a collector for the purpose of catching, killing, rearing and preparing these insects, including the larvae. The first volume will deal also with a number of subjects including the structure and evolution of Lepidoptera, their ecology, enemies, parasites, diseases, economic value, genetics, systematics and nomenclature, geographi- cal distribution, phylogeny, etc. The second part commences the treatment of the diurnal Lepidoptera, starting with Papilionidae, continuing with Pieridae, and takes one part way through Satyridae (Erebia). The text figures are mostly of the venation, with a few of the genital armature. The 4 plates, from water colors by Prof. Dr. WOHLFAHRT, that accompany this part, contain 73 beautiful, life-size figures, ending with Colias. These figures are well arranged for comparative purposes, and the explanation of the plates shows when and where each specimen was taken. In the text a section is devoted to each species (with the popular German name), within which the particular subspecies occurring in central Europe is described and brief reference made to the larva and pupa. No reference to original descriptions or other bibliographical information is given here. Apparently these will follow near the end of vol. 1. Some generic characters for the imago, larva and pupa are included. The work should prove especially valuable to all collectors and students for the easy and rapid determination of their specimens. Vols. 3, 260 pp., 30 pls.; 4, 400 pp., 30 pls., and 5, 320 pp., 30 pl., will be published in 1954, 1956, and 1958 respectively, all devoted to the moths, but the subscription prices therefor cannot be estimated at this time. C. F. pos PAssos, Washington Corners, Mendham, New Jersey, U.S. A. DE PLAGEN VAN DE CULTUURGEWASSEN IN INDONESIE, L. G. E. Kalshoven, with cooperation of H. J. V. Sody (Mammals) and A. C. V. van Bemmel (Birds). Vol. 2: pp. 513-1065, figs. 229-599, pls. X-XVI. Published 1951 by W. van Hoeve, The Hague, Netherlands. Price: 39.50 Dutch guilders. The first volume of this excellent handbook (in Dutch) on the pests of the cultivated plant crops in Indonesie has been reviewed on page 50, vol. 4, of the News. The second volume is as beautifully executed and illustrated, and contains also an appendix: “English translation of the text for illustrations’, pp. 1-14. On pages 523-658 the remaining families of Lepidoptera are treated, viz. Zygaenidae, Drepanidae, Geometridae, Lasiocampidae, Eupterotidae, Notodontidae, Bombycidae, Saturniidae, Arctiidae, Asotidae, Agaristidae, Noctuidae, Lymantriidae, Sphingidae, and Rhopalocera. Life history of many species, injury to crops, etc. are illustrated with fies. 229-389, and larvae and pupae of more important Lepidopterous pests are depic- ted on the nice coloured Plate IX. Furthermore the remaining insect orders, viz. Diptera and Hymenoptera are treated, and followed by Amphibia, Reptiles, Birds, and Mammalia. A general index to both volumes is enclosed. Hardly having finished with this monumental work Dr. KALSHOVEN has started preparation of another handbook: on the Forest Insects of Indonesia. A. DIAKONOFF, Rijkmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 81 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA Under this heading are listed each month papers on Lepidoptera from all the scientific journals which are accessible to us and our cooperating abstractors. It is hoped that eventually our coverage of the world’s literature will be virtually complete. It is in- tended that every paper and book published after 1946 will be included. Abstracts give all new subspecies and higher categories, with type localities and generotypes. Papers of only local interest are merely listed. Papers devoted entirely to economic aspects will be omitted. Reprints are solicited from all publishing members. Initials of cooperating abstractors are as follows: [P.B.] - P. F. BELLINGER; [A.D.] - A. DIAKON- OFF,)[G.dL.] -G. DE LATTIN; [Y.O.] - Y. OKADA; [C.R.] -C. L. REMINGTON; [T.S.] - T. SHIROzU. A complete set of these pages, for clipping and filing, may be ob- tained for Vol. 4 and Vol. 5 and a subscription for Vol. 6 for $ 0.50 per volume. A. GENERAL WORKS Doring, E., Byfaltera. Aus dem Leben der Schmetterlinge [in German]. 120 pp., 2 pls. 1949. [Not seen] Nolte, H.W., Der Kohlweissling. Aus dem Leben eines Tagfalters [in German]. Brehm-Bicherei. 43 pp., figs. 1949. [Not seen] dos Passos, C. F., “On the present trend of the American lepidopterology” [trans- lated into Japanese]. Butt. and Moths (Trans. Lep. Soc. Japan), vol. 1: pp. 40-41. 1950. Warren, B.C.S., “On the present trend of the British lepidopterology’ [translated into Japanese]. Butt. and Moths (Trans. Lep. Soc. Japan), vol. 2: pp. 6-8. 1951. B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE Ferreira d’Almeida, R., “Nota rectificativa e adicional sobre algunos tipos de generos e sobre a nomenclatura de alguns grupos superiores publicados por nds em 1942, 1943 e 1944” [In Portuguese]. Revista Ent., vol. 21: pp. 223-224. [10] Aug. 1950. Corrections to several earlier papers. Platysamia a synonym of Hyalophora; Synchloe and Tatochila ate valid genera (the latter for ‘a group of American species’). Several notes on generotypes (Pieridae, Mimallonidae, Mechanitidae). [P.B.] Bradley, J.D., “On the occurrence of Tinea columbariella Wocke (Lep. Tineidae) in England, with a description of the species.” Entomologist, vol. 83: pp. 169-172, 4 figs. Aug. 1950. Dasse, G., “Genitalia de Cuculliinae (Agrotidae)” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 49: pp. 127-128, 1 pl. 25 Dec. 1949. Figures ¢ genitalia of 6 Belgian spp. of Cucullia. [P.B.] Diakonoff, A., “De genusnaam Enarmonia Hiibn. versus Ernarmonia (Microlepidoptera, Eucosmidae)” (in Dutch). Verslag 106e Zomervergadering Ned. Ent. Vereniging: pp. LXII-LXIII. 15 May 1952. Diakonoff, A., “Notes on cave-dwelling Microlepidoptera with description of a new genus and species from East Java (family Oinophilidae).” Zool. Mededelingen, vol. 31: pp. 129-137, figs. 1-7. 20 Dec. 1951. Describes WEGNERIA gen. nov., with type: cavernicola spec. nov. [A.D.] Diakonoff, A., “Records and descriptions of Microlepidoptera (5)"’. Zool. Mededelingen, vol. 31: pp. 165-178, figs. 1-12. 11 Feb. 1952. Separates a new Tortricoid family SCHOENOTENIDAE, type genus: Schoenotenes Meyrick; discusses affinities, gives key to genera and describes four new species of Déactenis: thauma, sequax, plumula, and isotima (type locality: East Java). [A.D.] Ferguson, Douglas C., “Collecting a little-known Papilio.” Lep. News, vol. 4: pp. 11-12. [May] 1950. ‘Herbulot, C.; “Sur la détermination des Agdistis” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 50: pp. 16-19, 1 pl. 25 Feb. 1950. Figures ¢ 8th sternite of 11 spp. Notes on several spp. of uncertain identity. [P.B.] Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol 6, nos. 4-5 D IN Hoffman, Emil, ‘Prioritat-Continuitat’” [in German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 57: pp. 106-108. 30 June 1947. Discusses instability of scientific names, with examples from the Lepidoptera. [P.B.] Janmoulle, E., “Genitalia de Tineinae’” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 49: pp. 87-88, 1 pl. 25 Aug. 1949. Figures ¢ genitalia of Tineola biselliella and of 8 Belgian spp. of Tinea. [P.B.] Kirkwood, Carl W., “A new moth of the genus Apicia from Arizona.” Ball. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 50: pp. 99-100, 1 fig. ‘“May-Aug.” [15 Oct.] 1951. Des- cribes as new A. graceiaria (Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Ariz.); figures both sexes. Genitalia not mentioned, sp. not compared with others. [P.B.] de Laever, E., “Genitalia d’Hesperiidae” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 50: pp. 43-44, 1 pl. 25 Apr. 1950. Figures ¢ genitalia of 4 spp. of Pyrgws (subs. Secloptrix). [P.B.] de Lesse, H., “Forme nouvelle d'un Coenonympha du Forez” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 152-154, 4 figs. “Sept.-Oct. 1949” [25 Jan. 1950]. Des- cribes as new C. arcania lecerfi (Forez). [P.B.] Martin, Edward L., “Homoeosoma ravonella and bentinckella Pierce.” Entomologist, vol. 84: p. 142. June 1951. In the original description (Ent. 70: p. 103) figs. of ¢ genitalia of these 2 spp. reversed. [P.B.] Nakahara, Waro, “New or imperfectly known Japanese butterflies’ Butt. and Moths (Trans. Lep. Soc. Japan), vol. 2: pp. 2-3. 1951. Describes as new: Artopoétes pryeri yezoensis (Hokkaido, Japan); Halpe varia obscura (Shinano, Japan). Notes on Neozephyrus taxila regina and Halpe varia varia. [Y.O.] Cbraztsov, Nicholas, “On the correct name of the family. Phaloniidae (Lepidoptera).” Ent. News, vol. 61: p. 198. Nov. 1950. Should be Agapetidae. [P.B.] Okada, Yoshio, “Genus Zerynthia Ochsenheimer’ [In Japanese]. Butt. and Moths (Trans. Lep. Soc. Japan) ,vol. 2: pp. 4-5. 1951. 3 spp. discussed and their geni- talia figured. [Y.O.] Okagaki, Hiromu, “Notes on the genetic name of so-called Euchloé-species from Japan (Pieridae)” [In Japanese, English summary]. Butt. and Moths (Trans. Lep. Soc. Japan), vol. 1: pp. 35-37. 1950. Scolymus does not belong to Falcapica, and the correct generic name for cardamines and scolymus is Anthocharis. With genitalic fies ¥:O.7 Paclt, J., “Proposed suspension of the Regles for two nomina nuda of (Denis & Schiffermiller) (Lep. Satyridae)”. Ent. Berichten, vol. 14: pp. 91-92. 1 June 1952. Rosier, J. P., “A new Charaxes from Java.” Idea, vol. 9: pp. 24-26, figs. 31 Dec. 1951. Discusses occurrence of two subspp. of Charaxes baya (Moore) in Java. [A.D.] Slaby, Otto, “Cidaria flavicinctata Hbn. ex Slovakia (Lep. Geometridae)” [in Czech, Latin summary]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cechosloveniae, vol. 46: pp. 170-172, 4 figs. 1 Oct. 1949. Figures 6 genitalia, and those of C. caesiata. [P.B.] Viette, P., “Contribution a l'étude des Hepialidae (6° note). Description des genitalia de quelques especes paléarctiques’” [in French]. Rev. Frang. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 83-87, 1 pl. “Mar.-Apr.” [4 Oct.] 1949. Describes and figures ¢ genitalia of Alphus amasinus, A. laetus, Korscheltellus nebulosus, K. variabilis, K. armoricanus, K. aemilianus. Key to 3 spp. of Alphus. [P.B.] Viette, P., “Les Noctuidae Noctuinae (Lep.) de la Nouvelle Calédonie et des Nouvelles Hébrides” [in French]. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 118: pp. 29-50, 38 figs. 1951. Describes as new: Hypospila tamsi; Oxyodes ochreata novaehebridensis (both from New Hebrides). Detailed descriptions of 10 spp. belonging to as many genera, with figures of 6 and Q genitalia; key to the 12 genera occurring in this area (the other two were covered in an earlier paper). [P.B.] Viette, P., “Les types de Tinéides Meyrick appartenant au Muséum de Paris (Lep.)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 56: pp. 81-90. 1951. Lists holotypes or lectotypes, with type locality and original reference, of 182 of Meyrick’s spp., belonging to 20 families. [P.B.] Warren, B.C.S., “Erebia semo Grum Grshimailo: a species distinct from Erebia jasciata Butler (Lepidoptera, Satyridae).” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 73-77. Apr. 1951. Separation based on genitalia and characters of androconia. [P.B.] Warren, B.C.S., “On a Boloria recorded from Abisko (Lep., Nymphalidae).” En- tomologist, vol. 84: pp. 169-171. Aug. 1951. Comments on B. ‘lapponica’, a non- existent species; the name is usually misapplied to B. pales aquilonaris or B. napaea. [P.B.] 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 83 C. MORPHOLOGY AND CYTOLOGY Bryk, Felix, “Uber die Plethopterygie bei den Schmetterlingen’” [in German]. Proc. VIII Int. Ent. Congr., pp. 541-543. 1950. Remarks on supernumerary wings in some Lepidoptera. [P.B.] Cazal, Pierre, “Les glandes endocrines rétro-cérébrales des imsectes’” [in French]. Théses Faculté Sci. Unw. Paris, ser. A. no 2229: 227 pp., 186 figs. 1948. Des- Pee morphology and cytology of this system in insects, including Lepidoptera. [P:B. Diakonoff, A., “Een merkwaardig orgaan bij zekere Tortriciden’ [in Dutch: A re- markable organ in some T.]. Verslag 106e Zomervergadering Ned. Ent. Verenig- ing: pp. LX-LXII. 15 May 1952. Kiriakoff, S.G., “Recherches sur les Organs tympaniques des Lépidopteres en rapport avec la classification” [in French]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 13: pp. 381-382. 1 Dec. 1951. Describes the tympanal organ of Cocytiidae (Cocytia durvillii). [A.D.] Miya, Keiichira, “Studies on the development of gonad of the silkworm, Bombyx mort L. I. On the region and period of differentiation of germ cells’ [in Japanese, English summary]. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 19: pp. 36-39, 2 figs. Aug. 1950. Narbel-Hofstetter, Marguerite, “La cytologie de Ja parthogénése chez Solenobia sp. (lichenella L.?) (Lépidoptéres, Psychides)”? [in French]. Chromosoma, vol. 4: pp. 56-90, 51 figs. 1950. Description of maturation divisions in a tetraploid psychid with a variable chromosome number (118-126). [P.B.] Okada, Yoshio, “Asymmetric genitalia of Troides aeacus Felder (Papilionidae).” Bwtt. and Moths (Trans. Lep. Soc. Japan), vol. 1: p. 29. 1949. Describes and figures asymmetric male genitalia of T. aeacus from Formosa and discusses its systematic meaning. [Y.O.] Shteinberg, D.M., ‘“Formoo’razovatel’nye vozmozhnosti gipodermy pri razvitii krylau voshchinnoi moli (Galleria mellonella L.)” [in Russian; Morphogenetic possibilities of the hypodermis in the development of the wing of Galleria]. Isvest. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Ser. Biol., 1949: pp. 340-374. Slaby, Otto, “The copulatory organs of a gynandromorphous Argynnis paphia L. and discussion about its development” [in Czech, English summary]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cechosloveniae, vol. 47: pp. 81-95, 19 figs. 1 Oct. 1950. Describes and figures genitalia and speculates on embryological origin. [P.B.] D. VARIATION AND GENETICS Christ], Otto, “Stachelbildung an Puppen von Pieris brassicae L.’ [in German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 57: pp. 95-96. 30 June 1947. Records presence of paired spines on 2nd abdominal tergite in one reared family. [P.B.] Hata, Yoshihiko, “On a gynandromorph of Papilio bianor dehaanti.”’ Butt. and Moths (Trans. Lep. Soc. Japan), vol. 1: p. 30. 1949. Describes and figures a _ bilateral gynander from Japan. [Y.O.] Komarek, Oldfich, “Chrysophanus dorilis Hufn, ab. vtlmae n. ab. (Lep. Lyc.)” [in Czech, French summary]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cechosloveniae, vol. 46: pp. 149-150. 1 Oct. 1949. Loritz, Jean, “Mznucia lunaris Schitf., aberratio soperta, forma nova’ [in French & German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 57: pp. 93-95, 2 figs. 30 June 1947. Marten, Werner, “Neues tber Ocnogyna latreillei Godt. (Lep., Arctiidae)’’ [in Ger- man]. Zeits. Lepidopt., vol. 1: pp. 53-55, 1 fig. 1 May 1950. Notes on attraction of other spp. by @. Describes and names a probable genetic form. [P.B.] Obraztsov, N., “Au sujet de la variabilité de Peronea hippophaeana Heyd.” [in French]. Rev. Frang. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 88-93. “Mar.-Apr.” [4 Oct.] 1949. Redescribes 11 aberrations, with synonymy. [P.B.] Okada, Yoshio, “On a gynandromorph of Papilio thaiwanus Rothschild.” Butt. and Moths (Trans. Lep. Soc. Japan), vol. 1: p. 30. 1949. Describes and figures a partial gynander from Formosa. [Y.O.] Querner, Hans, “Untersuchung tber die Flugelform der Mehlmotte Ephestia kuhniella Z., insbesondere den Faktor &Af/ (kurzflugelig)” [in German, summaries in English, French, and Russian]. Biol. Zbl., vol. 67: pp. 293-319, 14 figs. 1948. Analysis of growth factors affecting wing size and proportions. [P.B.] 84 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol 6, nos. 4-5 Réal, P., “Argynnis euphrosine L. ab. dovensis nova” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 12: p. 214. “Jan.-Feb.” [12 July] 1950. Reichl, E., “Zur Genetik einiger Formen von Syntomis phegea L. (Lep., Syntomidae)” [in German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 62: pp. 83-88. 1 Aug. 1951. Determines one “form” as sex-controlled mutant and two as non-genetic [P.B.] Sevastopulo, D.G., “Brownish-yellow forms of Papilio demoleus.” Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 49: pp. 569-570. Dec. 1950. Sevastopulo, D. G., “Seasonal forms of Catopsilia spp.” Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 49: p. 570. Dec. 1950. Sieder, Leo, “Nachtrag zu: Psychidea bombycella var. noricella (var. nova)” [in German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 57: p. 62. 30 June 1947. Zeman, J., “Pieris napi L. hermaphrod.” [in Czech]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cechosloveniae, vol. 46: pp. 184-185, 1 fig. 1 Oct. 1949. Describes and figures “hermaphrodite”. [P.B.] E. DISTRIBUTION AND PHENOLOGY ‘ Adamczewski, Stanistaw, “Notes on the mining Lepidoptera of central Poland” [in Polish, English summary]. Fragm. Faun. Mus. Zool. Polonici, vol. 6: pp. 11-33. 19 Oct. 1949. Annotated list of 163 spp. Albers, Theodor, “Uber Veranderungen in der Zusammensetzung der Grossschmetter- lingsfauna des Gebietes von Gross-Hamburg” [in German]. Mitt. Faun. Arbeitsgem. Schleswig-Holst., n.s., vol. 4: pp. 29-36. 1951. Discusses recent changes in the local fauna and the causes of disappearance of some spp. [P.B.] Bellet, H., ‘Nouvelle localité de Araschnia levana L. dans la Vienne” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 49: pp. 118-119. 25 Dec. 1949. Bentinck, G.A., “Nieuwe en zeldzame Lepidoptera in 1950”. [In Dutch: New and rare L. in 1950]. Verslag 83e Waintervergadering Nederl. Entom. Vereeniging: pp. XXII- XXIV. 1 Feb. 1952. Gives a list of interesting captures; reports mine species as new for the Netherlands fauna. [A.D.] Burman, Karl, “Nothris obscuripennis Frey in Nordtirol (Lep., Gelechiidae)” [in German]. Zeits. Lepidopt., vol. 1: pp. 31-34. 1 May 1950. Cardoso, Aldo, “Lepidépteros de Alagoas” [in Portugese]. Revista Ent., vol. 20: pp. 427-436. [31 Aug.] 1949. Annotated list; butterflies and macroheterocera (except Noctuidae and Geometridae). [P.B.] Chin-jen, Luh, “A list of recorded species of Cochlidionidae (Lepidoptera) of China.” Peking Nat. Hist. Bull., vol. 16: pp. 91-190. “Dec. 1941” [Apr. 1948]. Records of 97 spp. [P.B.] Garth, John S., “Butterflies of Grand Canyon National Park.” Grand Canyon Nat. Hist. Ass. Bull. no. 11: 52 pp., 25 figs., 1 map. Sept. 1950. See review in Lep. News, vol. 5: p. G61. Gobert, J.-E., “Isturgia carbonaria 61. en Dauphiné” [in French]. Rev. Frang. Lépid., vol. 12: p. 96. “Mar.-Apr.” [4 Oct.] 1949. Gozmany, Lancelot A., “A survey of the helophilous macro-moths of the Hungarian highlands.”” Lep. News, vol. 2: pp. 93-94. Nov. 1948. Gozmany, L.A., “Hungarian lepidopterology. IJ. The Lepidoptera fauna of the Car- pathian Basin.” Lep. News, vol. 3: pp. 75-76. “Oct.” [Nov.] 1949. Kobayashi, Keisuke, “On Anua tirhaca separans (Noct.) newly-recorded for Japan” [in Japanese]. Butt. and Moths (Trans. Lep. Soc. Japan), vol. 1: pp. 27-28. 1949. Levy, Josef, “Contributio ad cognostionem lepidopterorum Bohemiae meridionalis” [in Czech, Latin summary]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cechosloveniae, vol. 45: pp. 78-89, 156- 161. 1 May, 1 Oct. 1948. Annotated list; 24 spp. are new for area. [P.B.] F. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Alfaro, Agustin, “Orugas de Archips en el arbolado frutal de la Ribera del Jalon” [in Spanish]. Bol. Patol. Veg. Ent. Agric., vol. 17: pp. 37-59, 22 figs. 1950. Mor- phology, biology, control of A. crataegana, A. xylosteana, A. rosana; all stages figured. [P.B.] Allan, P.B.M., Larval foodplants; a vade mecum for the field lepidopterist. 126 pp. London: Watkins and Doncaster. 1949. Lists recorded food plants of all native British macrolepidoptera and of some immigrant spp. [P.B.] 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 85 Andersen, F. Sogaard, “Preliminary observations on the moth Endrosis sarcitrella’ [in Danish, English summary]. Ann. Rep. Pest Infestation Lab. Denmark, 1948-49: pp. 21-24. 1949. Culture methods, humidity relations. [P.B.] Arbuthnot, K.D., “Status of European Corn Borer Parasites in the United States.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 43: pp. 422-426, 3 figs. Aug. 1950. Beckham, Clifford Myron, “Biology of the Spotted Tentiform Leaf Miner, Lithocolletis crataegella, on Apple.” Ohio State U. Abs. Theses Master’s Degree, no. 55: pp. 19-20. 1948. Brooks, Maurice, “Starlings, Stuwrnus vulgaris, Eating Monarch Butterflies.’ Auk, vol. 69: p. 89. Jan. 1952. Records three instances of Starlings catching and cating Danaus in West Virginia. [C.R.] Carter, W.A.C., “Parasites of Limenitis camilla and Euphydryas aurinia.” Entomologist, vol. 84: p. 207. Sept. 1951. Records Apanteles gonopterygii from both. [P.B.] Munroe, Eugene G., “Subventral tubercles of saturnioid Larvae - a supplementarv note.” Ent. News, vol. 61: pp. 39-40. Apr. 1950. Previous article see Lep. News, vol. peedos. 10,180, \[P.B.] Sarlet, L., “Oeufs de Pieridae” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 49: p. 108, 2 pls. 25 Oct. 1949. Figures eggs of 11 Belgian spp. [P.B.] Sarlet, L., “Oeufs de Lycaenidae’ [in French]. Lambzllionea, vol. 50: pp. 19-20. 1 pl. 25 Feb. 1950. Figures eggs of 5 spp. of Lycaena and 4 of Maculinea. [P.B.] Sarlet, L., “Oeufs de Satyridae et de Nymphalidae” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 50: p. mt ai 25 June 1950. Figures eggs of 4 Satyridae, 4 Melitaea, and Argynnis 7mo PB Stellwaag, F., “Der Heu- und Sauerwurm (Clysia ambiguella Hubn. und Polychrosis botrana Schiff.)” [in German]. Flgbl. Biol. Zentralans. Braunschweig, no. L10: 8 pp., 8 figs. July 1949. Biology and control. [P.B.] Strawinski, Konstanty, “The insects observed in the medicinal herbs in the Lublin province’ [in Polish, English summary]. Ann. Univ. Mariae Curie-Sktodowska, sect. E, vol. 3: pp. 289-345. 1948. Records 17 Lepidoptera. [P.B.] Thompson, W.R., A catalogue of the parasites and predators of insect pests. Section 1. Parasite host catalogue. Parts 6-9. Parasites of the Lepidoptera. v + 627 pp. Part 10. Index of parasites of the Lepidoptera. 107 pp. Ottawa: Commonwealth Bureau of Biological Control. 1944-1950. Lists Lepidoptera alphabetically by genus and species and records for each the known parasites, the area where found, and references. [P.B.] Troniéek, Edward, “Contribution pour l’oecologie du Carcharodus alceae Esp. (Lep. Hesper.)” [in Czech, French summary]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cechosloveniae, vol. 45: pp. 98-100. 1 May 1948. Larval habits. [P.B.] Wood, G. W., “An annotated list of lepidopterous larvae from commercial blueberry fields, Charlotte County, N.B.” Canad. Ent., vol. 83: pp. 241-244. Sept. 1951. Lists 19 Noctuidae, 12 Geometridae, 1 pierid, 4 Tortricidae, 1 tineid, 1 gelechiid; lists parasites reared. [P.B.] 4) G. PHYSIOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR Beck, Stanley D., “Nutrition of the European Corn Borer, Pyrausta nubilalis (Hbn.). II. some effects of diet cn larval growth characteristics.” Physiol. Zool., vol. 23: ps te 3, figs. Oct. 1950. Denies the fundamental validity of Dyar’s rule. PB. Koller, Gottfried, “Rhythmische Bewegung und hormonale Steuerung bei den Mal- pighischen Gefassen der Insekten’”’ [in German, summaries in English, French, and Russian]. Biol. Zb/., vol. 67: pp. 201-211, 3 figs. 1948. Rhythmic movements of Teak eal tubules found in many insects, but not in the 6 Lepidoptera studied. P.B Komarek, Oldtich, SG onekiburion aux connaissances écologiques de Limenitis populi L. [in Czech, French summary]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cechosloveniae, vol. 47: pp. 168-177, 2 figs. 1 Oct. 1950. Discusses effect of microclimate on habits: L. populi flies high after rain, but approaches or rests on the ground after prolonged dry spells. [P.B.] Punt, A., “The respiration of insects.” Physiol. Comp. Oecol., vol. 2: pp. 59-63, 19 figs. 1950. Continuous photographic recording method shows that CO, production may be constant or periodic (in bursts) in various insects. Species tested were mostly Lepidoptera. [P.B.] Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol 6, nos. 4-5 of) Oo Schwartz, Viktor, “Wirkungen der Luftfeuchtigkeit auf die Entwicklung und Vitalitat bei Ephestia kithniella Z.’ [in German, summaries in English, French, and Rus- sian]. Biol. Zbl., vol. 67: pp. 562-574, 4 figs. 1948. Dryness affects adversely the vitality of the moths, particularly of the mutant he. [P.B.] Troniéek, Edward, “Sur le mouvement des papillons éclos, spécialement de 1l’espéce Brachionycha nubeculosa Esp.” [in Czech, French abstract]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cecho- sloveniae, vol. 47: pp. 186-192. 1 Oct. 1950. Describes and discusses characteristic movements of newly emerged adults, which appear to seek the sunlight (probably an instinct permitting more rapid hardening af the wings). [P.B.] H. MIGRATION Hanson, B., “Om baklanges flykt hos Gonepteryx rhamni L. (Lep.)” [in Swedish]. Ent. Tidskr., vol. 71: pp. 223-224, 1 fig. 31 Dec. 1950. Migration. fuspratt, V., “A propos de Colias hyale” [in French]. Rev. Frang. Lépid., vol. 11: pp. 363-364. Sept. 1948. Migration; spring generation. [P.B.] Muspratt, V., “Colzas alfacariensis Ribbe n’est pas toujours sédentaire’ [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 12: p. 94. ‘“Mar.-Apr.” [4 Oct.] 1949. Said to migrate to England with C. hyale. [P.B.] Muspratt, V., “Contribution a l'étude de Celerio lineata livornica Esp.” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 117-125, 180-190, 194-202. “May-June” [7 Dec] 1949; “Nov.-Dec. 1949” [26 Apr. 1950]; ‘‘Jan.-Feb.” [12 July] 1950. Migration in Europe. [P.B.] Tanner, Vasco M., ‘“White-lined Sphinx Moth abundant in central Utah spring 1949.” Great Basin Nat., vol. 9: p. 76. 30 Dec. 1949. Celerio lineata; larvae feeding on Norta and Polygonum. [P.B.] Tillman, Ernst, “Uber die Einwanderung von Celerio lineata livornica Esp. in Mit- teleuropa in Jahre 1946 (Lep. Sphingidae)” [in German]. Zeits. Lepidopt., vol. 1: pp. 23-29. 1 May 1950. Discusses a massive invasion of this sp., with a few notes on other immigrants. [P.B] Warnecke, Georg, ‘““Wanderfalter’ [in German]. Kosmos, vol. 46: pp. 163-168, 1 pl., 4 figs. 24 Apr. 1950. General account of migration in Lepidoptera; 9 migra- tory spp. are illustrated in color. [P.B.] Warnecke, Georg, “Wanderfalter 1946 und 1947 in Deutschland” [in German]. Zeits. Lepidopt., vol. 1: pp. 7-10. 1 May 1950. Report on progress in recording migrants in Europe; lists migrating spp., and information needed about them. [P.B.] Williams, C.B., “The migration of butterflies in North America.” Lep. News, vol. 3: pp. 17-18. “Feb.” [Apr.] 1949. Williams, C.B., “Migrant butterflies outside North America.” Lep. News, vol. 3: pp. 39-40. “Apr.-May” [July] 1949. I. TECHNIQUE Maessen, Th., “How I kept my butterfly collection in tropical West-Africa’. Ent. Berichten, vol. 13: pp. 379-380. 1 Dec. 1951. Nabokov, Vladimir, ‘Remarks on F. Martin Brown’s ‘Measurements and Lepidoptera’.” Lep. News, vol. 4: pp. 75-76. ‘1950” [Mar. 1951]. J. MISCELLANY Gozmany, L.A., & G. Lengyel, “Hungarian Lepidopterology- I. A short history.” Lep. News, vol. 3: p. 43. “Apr.-May” [July] 1949. Heikertinger, Franz, ‘Sind die Schmetterlingsbilder in naturkundlichen Werken richtig? Fin Wort uber fehlerhafte Tierbilder und iihre Ausmerzung durch die Natur- photographie” [in German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 57: pp. 3-32, 8 pls., 23 figs. JO June 1947, Calls attention to inaccuracies in many figures of Lepidoptera in natural’ attitudes; discusses and classifies the normal attitudes of butterflies and sphingids in flight and at rest, illustrating these with excellent figures. [P.B.] Porter, John E., & John H. Hughes, “Insect eggs transported on the outer surface of airplanes.” Journ, Econ, Ent., vol. 43: pp. 555-557. Aug. 1950. Numerous tfe- ords, all Phalaenidae; Laphygma frugiperda and Prodenia spp. were identified. [P.B.] 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 87 ‘NOTICES Lepidopterists’ Society members may use this page free of charge to advertise their offerings and needs in Lepidoptera. The Editors reserve the right to rewrite notices for clarity or reject unsuitable notices. Unless withdrawn sooner by the member, each notice will appear in three numbers. We can not guarantee any notices but expect all to be Jona fide. Please notify us of any abuse of this service. Wish to exchange with collectors in all parts of the world, the following Lepidoptera: Phalaenidae, Arctiidae, Geometridae, Notodontidae, Sphingidae, Lasiocampidae, Rhop- alocera, esp. Hesperiidae. Masami Ogata, Ogata Hospital, No. 18, 3chome, Imabashi, Higashi-Ku, Osaka, JAPAN. Entire collections of Lepidoptera or season’s catch purchased, as well as North American Noctuidae not in my collection. Charles Hill, 1350 San Luis Rey Drive, Glendale 8, Gali. U.S.A. MORPHO FOR EXCHANGE: Several M. cisseis (rare); M. hecuba, M. rhetenor, M. sulkowskti; also Chrysiridia madagascariensis (=Urania ripheus), Attacus gorgioni in pairs. Will exchange for what have you. Also Seitz’ Macrolepidoptera, vols. 1, 2, 3, 4 (German edition). A. Jelinek, 3900 Diversey Blvd., Chicago, 47, Ill., U.S.A. Anticorrosive steel insect pins in all standard sizes and lengths: black $1.20/ 1,000; white $1.75/1,000. Minuten nadeln: black $0.60/1,000; white $0.95/1,000. Price list available on request. Dr. H. Wilcke, Kossen/Tyrol, AUSTRIA. MORPHO MENELAUS, M. HECUBA, and many other Brazilian butterflies for sale, 1952 catch, papered carefully with full data, mostly named. Jorge Kesselring, Caixa postal 6, Joao Pessoa (Paraiba), BRAZIL. Set of Seitz’ Vol. 11 (INDO-AUSTRALIAN NOCTUIDAE), English language edition, ali published parts, for sale for $20., about 24 the recent purchase price. J.G. Francle- mont, Comstock Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca, NvyY..-U. SA. LIVING MATERIAL Pupae of SPHINX LIGUSTRI from England for sale or exchange. R. Guppy, R.R. 1, Marine Drive, Wellington, B.C., CANADA. Wish to purchase living cocoons of Cecropia and Polyphemus moths and spread tropical Rhopalocera. L. Dalkoff, Box 32, Rock Island, Ill., U.S.A. REARING MATERIAL WANTED (eggs, pupae) of rarer Sphingidae, Saturniidae (esp. Hemileuca), Arctiidae, Catocala. Buy or exchange. Also have large stock Urania ripheus, many Morpho. Desire correspondence with collectors in Japan and South America. Eugene Dluhy, 3912 N. Hamilton Ave., Chicago 18, Ill., U.S.A. For workers with special interest in the American fauna, a very large collection of Brazilian and Bolivian Lepidoptera, 30,000 specimens (25moths), all spread and labeled, is offered for sale. These are mostly from the Seitz-Marten Expedition. Specialties are the Hesperiidae (4,000 of more than 750 species) including the Fass! material on which the section in Seitz’ work was based; Riodinidae (3,000); Aegeriidae with 8 types; very many Arctiidae. The collection, in three large cabinets of glass-topped cases 40 x 50 cm., is at Frankfurt am Main, Germany. Accessible for inspection. For further informa- tion, write Dr. WERNER MARTEN, Guillermo Tell, 44, Barcelona, SPAIN. 8§ Vol. 6, nose4e> NOMINATIONS FOR 1953 OFFICERS Nominations for offices to be filled at the end of 1952, but not announced in the last issue of The Lepidopterists’ News, are as follows: Secretary—-FREDERICK H. RINDGE Treasurer—SIDNEY A. HESSEL. SEASON SUMMARY FOR 1952 The summary of field conditions for Lepidoptera during the 1952 season (in North America) will be published during the spring of 1953, instead of being the concluding issue of the current volume of The Lepidopterists’ News. The deadline for submission of individual reports to Area summarizers will be shortly after New Years, but it is urged that these reports be sent to the Area summarizers as soon after the end of the local collecting season as possible. Detailed instructions for the 1952 Summary will appear in the next issue of the News. The Area summarizers will pro- bably be the same as for the 1951 Summary. PROPOSALS CONCERNING CODE OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE Notice has been received from Capt. FRANCIS HEMMING, Secretary to the Interna- tional Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, that a number of problems of great importance to zoological taxonomists involving the text of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature will be brought forward for decision at the approaching Inter- national Congress of Zoology to be held in Copenhagen, Denmark, in 1953. These are the following: 1. Emendation of zoological names. 2. Names of families and lower suprageneric categories. 3. Regulating names of orders and higher categories. 4. Type species of genera published in synonymy. 5. Trivial names first published as substitutes for previous names. 6. Neotypes: whether to be officially recognized and how regulated. Means for securing stability in nomenclature. Volume 7 of the Bulletin of Zoologiccl Nomenclature is being devoted to these matters. Systematists especially interested in any of these questions should send their views immediately to the Secretary (28 Park Village East, Regent’s Park, London, N. W. 1, England). The usual list of ADDITIONS TO THE LIST OF MEMBERS will be omitted from this issue because the 1952 List will be published soon. THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ NEWS Volume 6 1952 Numbers 6-8 INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE FIELD SEASON SUMMARY FOR 1952 Once again the time has come for the preparation of the Society’s an- nual Field Season Summary of North American Lepidoptera. The objects of this are to keep members in touch with the season’s collecting activities and to provide a permanent record of local and general changes and fluctuations in the abundance and distribution of Lepidoptera in general and of par- ticular species. The Season Summary can be made a success only by the willing par- ticipation of as high a proportion of North American members as possible. In past years fewer members than we could wish have sent in reports on their own collecting experiences. The more reports sent in, the more rep- resentative will be the whole Summary, both on a regional and on a taxonomic basis. Do not let the feeling, that your own results are incomplete or not as good this year as you could have wished, prevent you from sending them in. Although last year’s participation showed a very satisfactory increase in coverage, we hope for still better results this time. However big or small your field program may have been, please send us an account of it. The following kinds of information are especially wanted: (1) Were Lepidoptera in general or certain groups more or less abundant than usual, and especially than last year (the most reliable standard of comparison) ? (2) Was the season as a whole, or were parts of it, later or earlier than usual, or about normal? (3) Can changes of abundance or time of occurrence be explained by natural. or artificial changes in the environment? (4) Were there changes in the abundance or time of occurrence of particular species, and were the causes of these evident? (5) Were migrations of particular species seen, and if so when and how large and in what direction? (6) Were any species collected for the first time in the region? What species of rare occurrence were taken? Have any species become established in the region by immigration from adjacent regions or by introduction from abroad? These questions are arranged in approximate order of importance. Ob- servations relating to the whole fauna are of the greatest importance, those relating to fluctuations of occurrence of common species are of next im- portance, those relating to rare or accidental occurrences are of “news” interest but are unlikely to have great scientific importance. It will be helpful to Area Co-ordinators if data can be presented in an organized form. The following standardized arrangement is suggested, though some categories will of course be inapplicable in certain individual reports: (1) area dealt with in the report, and the amount and geographical extent of the collecting that was done; (2) weather during the preceding winter and during the collecting season itself; (3) comparison of collecting conditions as a whole with those in past seasons (whether all or some groups were more or less numerous, whether emergences were earlier or later in various parts 89 96 Instructions for 1952 Season Summary Vol.6, nos.6-8 of the season) and correlation with weather information; (4) were there adverse factors, such as cloudy or rainy weather, that would be likely to affect the success of collecting, as opposed to the actual abundance of Lepid- optera? (5) observations on the abundance, activity, and importance of na- tural enemies of Lepidoptera; (6) artificial changes in the environment (clearing, burning, drainage, cultivation, insect control measures, and the like) which affected the Lepidoptera; (7) dates of occurrence and relative abun- dance of particular species (orderly arrangement, preferably by date of oc- currence, is desirable in this section, and PARTICULAR ATTENTION SHOULD BE GIVEN TO COMMON SPECIES, as these are the most likely to yield data that will be reliable and that can be compared with those ob- tained in other years; in giving dates of occurrence the date of maximum abundance of each generation is more important than the date of appearance of the first individual); (8) note any migrant activity, with full particulars; especially note all possible observations on the Monarch Butterfly; (9) note unusual occurrences, new state, province, or area records; (10) note progress of introduced species; (11) note outbreaks of pest species. As in the past, the continent is divided for purposes of the Summary into eight areas, shown on the map. For each area a separate summary will be prepared by the Area Co-ordinator, to whom all individual reports for the area should be sent. Reports should be sent to the appropriate area co-ordinators early enough to reach them by March 10 1953. After pub- lication of the Summary, the individual reports will be placed in a permanent tile in the Society library, for future reference. Please place correspondence with Co-ordinators on a separate sheet. 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 91 Promptness is important, as the Co-ordinators have their own deadline to meet. Names and addresses of Co-ordinators are as follows: AREA 1. (Southwest) — LLOYD M. MARTIN, Los Angeles County Museum, Ex- position Park, Los Angeles 7, California. AREA 2. (Northwest) — J.C. HOPFINGER, Brewster, Washington. AREA 3. (Rocky Mountains) — J. DONALD EFF, 820 Grant St., Boulder, Colorado. AREA 4. (Great Plains) — H.A. FREEMAN, 1335 Overhill Drive, Garland, Texas. AREA 5. (Central) — P.S. REMINGTON, 5570 Etzel Ave., St. Louis 12, Missouri. AREA 6. (Southeast) — RALPH L. CHERMOCK, Dept. of Biology, University of Alabama, University, Alabama. AREA 7. (Northeast) — S.A. HESSEL, Nettleton Hollow, Washington, Connecticut. AREA 8. (Far North) — T.N. FREEMAN, Division of Entomology, Science Service Building, Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Ont., CANADA. SPECIAL REQUEST As a reorganization of the Survey on the basis of experience gained in its initial years is being actively planned, members are invited to send in, at the same time as their seasonal reports, suggestions as to how the content, preparation, or presentation of the annual summaries might be improved. In particular, consideration of the following questions is desired: Would it be feasible to set up for each Area a list of characteristic or interesting species, the occurrence of which would be given particular attention by Society mem- bers each year, so that a continuous record of their abundance and distribution could be secured? Would it be practical to establish certain dates for a con- tinent-wide survey of butterflies, as many collectors as possible going into the field on these days, and recording all species seen or taken, with notes on abundance, condition, etc.2 What would be suitable dates from your stand- point, with regard to convenience and coverage of the fauna? Should noc- turnal Lepidoptera be included, and if so how? The Christmas census of birds has been carried out with great success for many years, and a similar operation for butterflies at a more suitable time of year might hold promise. Please let us have your opinions on the Summary, as it is designed for your interest and information. EUGENE G. MUNROE Associate Editor for the Season Summary 1953 MEETING The fourth annual meeting of The Lepidopterists’ Society will be held in California at the Los Angeles County Museum, on 2-5 July 1953. The Chairman of the Program Committee is FRED T. THORNE, and the Chairman of the Local Arrangements Committee is ROBERT J. FORD. 92 Vol.6, nos.6-8 A EUROPEAN SKIPPER, ADOPAEA LINEOLA, AT COLUMBUS, OHIO by EDWARD S. THOMAS The European skipper, Adopaea limeola Ochsenheimer, according to Kiots: A Field Guide to the Butterflies, has been reported from London, Ontario, southern Michigan, and northern Ohio. The Ohio State Museum has specimens representative of the last two areas, collected and presented by Dr. GEORGE W. RAWSON. The localities are: Findlay, Ohio; Detroit, Michigan (Mack Avenue); and Wayne County, Michigan (see Rawson, G. W., Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 39: pp. 503-506; 1931): To the stations listed by KLOTS may now be added Columbus, Ohio. On June 13, 1952, Mr. JOSEPH W. ENKE, Battelle Institute, Columbus, brought me a specimen of A. limeola which he captured along the Chesapeake and Ohio Railroad tracks, just north of King Avenue in Columbus. On June 19, Mr. ENKE guided me to the place, where we found the butterflies plentiful. My student helper, Mr. BRICE METZGER and I were able to collect 19 speci- mens, 12 4 6 and 7 2 9, in an hour’s time. All were in fresh condition. The embankment along the railroad right of way was covered with a dense stand of weeds, through which a number of the specimens were cruising. Their flight was slower and more sluggish than that of most American skippers. Occasionally, however, a cruising male would encounter another perched on the vegetation, when a spirited combat would ensue, with the participants swirling upward for a number of feet in the air before separating. Individuals were observed feeding upon the flowers of alfalfa (Medicago satwa*), yellow sweet-clover (Melilotus officinalis), and yarrow (Achillea millefolium). There were two or three colonies of Indian hemp (Apocynum cannabinum) in flower. Although the flowers of this plant are favorites with many kinds of butterflies, no Adopaea were observed on them. The butterflies were found over a stretch of at least a quarter of a mile along the tracks, though the great majority of them were concentrated in the area Close to King Avenue where the vegetation was much more lush. They seemed to be plentiful in the vicinity of some patches of quack-grass (Agropy- yon repens). FROHAWK in The Complete Book of British Butterflies gives Agropyron, along with timothy (Phlewm pratense) and heath false brome grass (Brachypodium pinnatum) as preferred foodplants in Great Britain. Timothy was also plentiful in this site. In addition to the plants already mentioned, the following were common to abundant: downy brome grass (Bromus tectorum); yellow goatsbeard (Tragopogon pratensis); rib-grass plantain (Plantago lanceolata); Canada goldenrod (Solidago canadensis); wild parsnip (Pastinaca sativa); white sweet clover (Melilotus alba); tall fescue-grass (Festuca elatior); and. wild grape (Vitis prob. riparia). Less common plants in the area where the but- terflies were most prevalent were: common milkweed (Asclepias syriaca); wild carrot (Daucus carota); dandelion (Taraxacum officinale); spear thistle (Cirsium vulgare), Virginia creeper (Parthenocissus quinquefolia); field bind- Latin names of plants are those of Gray's Manual of Botany, eighth edition. 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 93 weed (Convolvulus arvensis); Jerusalem artichoke (Helianthus tuberosus): pricky lettuce (Lactuca scariola); black bindweed (Polygonum convolvulus); yellow rocket (Barbarea vulgaris); red-top (Agrostis alba); common mullein (Verbascum thapsus); black mustard (Brassica nigra); and burdock ( Arctium minus). Xt will be noted that the great majority of these plants are common weeds of European origin. The Columbus branch of the C. & O. Railroad connects directly with Detroit. Whether this fact is of significance as regards any relationship between the Detroit colony of A. lémeola and the one at Columbus is, of course, not known. Ohio State Museum, Columbus, Ohio, U.S. A. THE APPARENT INFLUENCE OF ISOLATION IN SOME SPECIES OF GEOMETRIDAE by GEORGE F. PRONIN Much has been written in Europe about melanism in Lepidoptera, some- times said to be caused by industrial gases. An explanation made was that fumes arising from industries had contaminated the ait. I have observed the dark forms of Boarmia crepuscularia Schiff. in two different places: Lutsk, Wolhynia, Poland, and Marienbad, Czechoslovakia. I am satisfied that in both cases the melanistic population resulted from the isolation in which the broods lived. At Lutsk the broad-leaf host trees of B. crepuscularia were surrounded by large fields, and the moths had to mate with their nearest relatives; the introduction of new blood was not readily possible. The situation at Marien- bad was similar, only in that case the isolation was caused by a large area of a pure stand of spruce (Picea sp.) which extended for many kilometers; the host trees were not numerous on the mountainside near the town, and the beautiful dark B. crepuscularia “form nigra” existed only because of the iso- lation. Interesting observations were made of Amphidasis betularia “form double- dayaria” dark form (= carbonaria), which I caught in 1943 in the town garden (“Volkspark”) of Lodz, Poland, using a caged female of this species. 8 June: a 6 of Amphidasis was attracted and caught; 12, 16, 22 June: each a 6 of A. betularia “f. doubledayaria”; 8 July: I found a pair of this dark form im copula, indicating that the population was numerous. I reared the progeny from the above mating and obtained 14 pupae. The last caterpillar pupated on 31 August 1943. Next year (1944) the moths emerged, all of A. betularia f. doubledayaria: 27 May, 2 2° 2; 29 May, 2 moc JOe Nay. | o. shiMay, 2° ¢ 4 and 2 9 9; 1 June, 2 88 and 2 @ 9. One pupa died, but upon dissection proved to be of the same dark form. 94 PRONIN: Isolation and Geometridae Vol.6, nos.6-8 This experiment offered convincing proof that the dark form double- dayaria could not be a result of industrial influence (the mills were not in operation at that time anyhow), but was of genetic origin. The “Volkspark” is isolated by 25 kilometers from the nearest forest. In California an example of isolation is well shown by Sabulodes caberata “form cottlei” in San Francisco. The species is a feeble flier; the San Fran- cisco population, virtually restricted by geography and suburban expansion to Golden Gate and other city parks, is not in contact with the typical form. As a result of such separation there has arisen a dark form which was de- scribed as “f. cottlei” by Barnes and Benjamin. Above: Sabulodes caberata Gn. (left) and S. caberata ‘‘f. arsesaria’’. Below: S. caberata “f. aegrotata” (left) and S. caberata “f. cottlei’. Dr. EDWARD S. ROss and Mr. HUGH B. LEECH, of the California Academy of Sciences, kindly aided in the preparation of the manuscript and Dr. Ross took the photograph. I thank them most sincerely. Literature Barnes, William, & F. H. Benjamin. 1926. “A new form of Sabulodes caberata Gn. (Lep. Geom.).” Pan-Pacific Ent., vol. 3: p. 41. Packard, A.S., Jr. 1876. A monograph of the geometrid moths or Phalaenidae of the United States. 607 pp., 13 pls. Washington. California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco 18, Calif., U.S.A. 1952 The Lepidopterists’ News 95 CONCERNING THE IDENTITY OF MITOURA NELSONI MUIRI by J. W. TILDEN The type locality of Thecla muri as given by HENRY EDWARDS ( Papzlzo, vol. 1: p. 53; 1881) in his original description of this species (as he re- garded it) is Mendocino County, California. The author has made several attempts to locate colonies of Mztowra nelsoni subspecies in Mendocino County, so far without success. However, material from the Mt. St. Helena district of Lake and Napa Counties fits EDWARDS’ description and is referable to muwr. This district is about forty miles airline distance from apparently suitable territory in Mendocino County, and lies inland (east) from it. The habitats and faunae are quite similar. Upper figures Mztowra nelsoni nelsoni; lower figures M. nelsoni muiri; owe ponmleft, o> 9. on: right. M. n. nelsoni; & : Scott River, Siskiyou Co., Calif., 21 June 1946; 9: Greenhorn Mts., Calif., 25 June 1950. M. 2. muiri 6 and @: St. Helena Creek, Lake Co., Calif.. 9 May 1952. All collected by J. W. TILDEN. An examination of specimens placed as mwirz in collections would seem to indicate that this race or subspecies has been misidentified on some oc- casions. It seems clear that EDWARDS had before him material from the coastal area of California when he wrote his description of mri. The light material from inland localities cannot fit his description sufficiently to be referred to muirt. The accompanying figures show well the differences stressed by EDWARDs: the darker coloration of the inferior surfaces and the more ir- regular course of the macular band, as well as the smaller size. 96 TILDEN: M 99-100, 101-102 peemmeasrur iar ticld, Notes 0: The colors of the other 9 were not recorded. 18 of the pupae were thus mainly green. It may be of interest to note that shortly before eclosion all of the 13 pupae in the carton changed to light flesh-color with light green abdomina. The empty shells of all the pupae were light flesh-color, ex cept those in the carton, which retained the green color on the abdomina., 6 GrAy: Pupal Colors of Pzeris rapae Vol.7, no.1 EXPERIMENT 2: Larvae reared in cartons from eggs laid by another female on Barbarea vulgaris L. (Winter Cress) yielded 39 pupae, which were colored as follows: Gray-pink 1 Sap green 2 Gray-green 7 Dull green 13 Green 8 Dark green 6 Grass green 1 Gray-brown 1 37 out of the 39 were thus some shade or hue of green. 5 EXPERIMENT 3: About 120 eggs were collected at random on leaves of Barbarea growing wild. The colors of 31 pupae that formed in jars were as follows: Gray-green 8 Blackish green ») Green 6 Brown 10 Brownish green a A large proportion of dark pupae thus developed in this random population. It was not possible to compare this set with wild pupae, for careful search among the leaves of the wild Barbarea revealed only 2 well-grown larvae, in spite of energetic laying by many butterflies. Pupation dates were from July 31 to August 14; emergences from August 14 to 23, 1951. These few experiments show that larvae of Pieris rapae, reared on their preferred foodplants in nearly complete darkness, or in diffuse daylight, yield- ed pupae which varied greatly.in color. The colors of the pupae: thus appear- ed to be independent of the background. The causes for such varied colora- tion may have to be sought in the hereditary constitution of the insect. References Ford, E.B., 1945. Butterflies. London. Harrison, J. W.H., 1928. Induced changes in the pigmentation of the pupae of the butterfly Preris napi L. and their inheritance. Proc. Roy. Soc. Ser. B., vol. 102: pp. 347-353. Harrison, J. W.H., 1951. A hybrid between Pieris napi male and P. rapae female (Lep. Pieridae). The Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 99-101. Poulton, E.B., 1887. An inquiry into the cause and extent of a specific colour re- lation between certain exposed lepidopterous pupae and the surface which immediately surrounds them. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., vol. 178: pp. 311-441. udder, S.H., 1889. The butterflies of the Eastern United States and Canada with especial reference to New England. Cambridge Mass. Box 236, Macdonald College, Quebec, CANADA IY) The Lepidopterists’ News ~ RESULTS OF GONADECTOMYy AND GONADAL TRANSPLANTATION IN THE SEX RACES OF LYMANTRIA DISPAR } by SAJIRO MAKINO and Kazuo SAITO In vertebrate animals, there is a well-known interrelationship between the hormone and sexual phenomena. Very little has been known of insects in this field however, and a number of important problerns have remained unsolved. The poor status of evidence available calls for experimental study in this field. This induced us to undertake experiments of gonadectomy and gonadal transplantation in Lymantria dispar L., which is remarkable in show- ing “weak” and “strong” sexual races. Here we wish to present some essen- tial results derived from our experiments. The detailed quantitative data together with the experimental procedures and discussion will be reported elsewhere in the near future. The present experiments consist of gonadectomy and gonadal trans- plantations carried out using the larvae of the weak and strong races of Lymantria dispar. The larvae derived from a single egg-mass were used in each series of experiments, and were operated at ages ranging from the 4th to 6th instars. A. GONADECTOMY The adult males which emerged from gonadectomized larvae belonging to the strong race were a little dark in the coloration of their wings and thoracic and abdominal segments, as compared with the non-operated animals from the same race. The ovariotomized females showed no visible difference in their bodily coloration from the normal ones. In both cases, the characteristic structures, such as the frenulum, antenna, and genitalia, of the gonadectom- ized animals, presented also no appreciable change. Especially, the male genitalia appeared to be normal and permitted regular copulation in most cases. B. GONADAL TRANSPLANTATION The gonadal transplantations concerned here involved two different schemes of experiments. 1. Testicular and ovarian transplantations without gonadectomy were carried out in the larvae of the same races, and between the weak and strong races reciprocally; in every case the gonads of the host were not removed. The results of these experiments indicated that both testicular and ovarian transplantations were without effect on the bodily characters of the host which received the’ grafts. Various external organs, such as the frenulum, antenna, and genitalia, of the host remained unchanged, except that, in a few males of the weak race, the fore wings betrayed a tendency of lighter coloration than those of the control animals. The experiments were done in the Zoological Institute of the Hokkaido University, Sapporo, Japan, and the manuscript was prepared by the senior author during his stay at the Osborn Zoological Laboratory of Yale University, New Haven, through the gen- erosity of Dr. C.L. REMINGTON, to whom the senior author is greatly indebted for reading the manuscript. 1 § MAKINO & SAITO: Lymantria Gonadal Experiments Vol.7, no.1 2. Reciprocal gonadal transplantations were carried out between the larvae of the weak and strong races, following the removal of the gonads of the host, that is, the ovaries or testes of the animals from the strong race were implanted in the animals of the weak race after removal of their testes or ovaries. The female animals of the weak race which were ovariotomized and received the ovarian or testicular grafts derived from the strong race, or the male animals of the weak race which, after testis-removal, were graft- ed with the ovaries or testes derived from the strong race, presented in every case no appreciable change in their bodily characters after emergence. The various external organs which concern the secondary sexual characters were apparently without change in all experimental animals. Thus the ovarian and testicular grafts implanted in the gonadectomized animals did not influence the sexual characters of the host in the reciprocal tranplantations between the weak and strong races. C. THE SEXUAL BEHAVIOR OF THE OPERATED ANI The sexual behavior of the operated animals was observed through the process of copulation and of egg-laying. So far as the scope of this study is concerned, the operated animals acted just like the control animals in their sexual behavior. For instance, the males without testes copulated in a regular manner when mated with the normal females, which laid eggs after copula- tion with a deposit of the tufts of woolly abdominal hairs as usual. Also, the ovariotomized females copulated with the normal or gonadectomized males as usual, and showed after copulation the usual egg-laying behavior, but of course deposited the tufts of woolly hairs only. Further, the females which received testicular grafts following ovariotomy, mated with males in which the testes were removed, and tried after copulation to lay eggs, end- ing with the deposit of the tufts of woolly hairs. In conclusion, from the results of our experiments it can be said that both gonadectomy and gonadal transplantations carried out between the weak and the strong races of Lymantria dispar bring about no alteration of the external sexual characters, and further that the operated animals showed nor- mal sexual behavior in the acts of copulation and egg-laying. Zoological Institute, Hokkaido University,- Sapporo, JAPAN 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 9 NOTES ON A MIGRATION OF NYMPHALIS CALIFORNICA by R. H. WHITTAKER During a trip to California this fall I was fortunate enough to observe one of the great migrations of Nymphalis californica Bdv. iti a number of loca- tions. While I did not attempt to make exact or extensive records, it occurs to me that my notes may be of value when combined with the data of others. Aug. 13, 1952, Richland, Wash. While working on an insect community sample, in the middle of the extensive sagebrush semi-desert, one Nymphalis was observed to fly over the study area, moving toward the west, during 3% hours of observation time. Aug. 13-15, Richland, Wash. During 170 miles of road travel at 50 mph., three Nymphalis were observed flying across the road ahead of the car. Two of these flew across the road toward the west; one, however, crossed in the reverse direction. One-half of the three hours’ observation time may perhaps be ruled out, since none were seen in the morning travel, 0700-0800, when they were presumably inactive. Since the N. californica seemed extraneous to the local sagebrush community, these indications of a migrant population, Spatse as it was here, aroused my suspicions that we might be on the fringe of a major migration. Aug. 16, on the highway from Richland south to Biggs Junction and Bend, Ore. Occasional individuals were seen along the road while in Wash- ington in the morning, with population densities appearing to be of the same order as the very sparse migrant population at Richland. During the after- noon, while travelling south to Bend in the level lava and open pine forest country, it was observed that the frequency of the butterflies had much in- creased. Aug. 17, on the Bend-Klamath Falls highway east of Crater Lake. In this area of fairly level terrain, Ponderosa and Lodgepole Pine forests, the density of the butterflies had so increased as to make the magnitude of the migration evident. A road count of N. californica seen crossing the road ahead of the car, close enough to be recognizable, was made for 5 miles travelling south at 50 mph. 90 N. californica were counted crossing toward the west, 9 back toward the east. The butterflies could often be seen caught in the eddies behind cars travelling in the opposite direction and observed on the radiators of older models, and many dead and stunned butterflies could be seen on the road. Aug. 17, Crater Lake National Park, afternoon. Driving west from the main highway up to the Cascade Divide and Crater Lake the migrant population, already so dense outside the Park, increased to levels beyond anything I had ever seen. As one drove one butterfly after another would be carried up over the windshield or caught in the air currents around the car. Dead butterflies littered the road, wherever they had not been swept off by the eddies from pass- ing cars, and the banks between the roads and ditches. Small windrows of N. californica had formed along the road in some places near the Park entrance where air currents from cars had swept the dead butterflies off the road and deposited them beside it. 10 WHITTAKER: Migration of Nymphalis californica Vol.7, no.1 One of the assistant park naturalists informed me that the migration had been in progress for three weeks and was already past its peak, and that it was his belief the butterflies were migrating up from the lower lands to the east into the Park to concentrate there, and die there. I had no chance to talk to Dr. RUHLE, Crater Lake Park Naturalist, but would urge anyone interested in the migration to write him; he probably has good notes on it. Aug. 17, on the rim of Crater Lake, early afternoon. The Nymphalis were denser here than anywhere else I observed them. A ten-foot line was marked off on the lip of the rim overlooking the lake on the southeast side, perpendicular to the rim’s circumference. In five minutes observation time, 98 N. californica crossed this ten-foot front flying toward the southwest, only 1 back toward the east. With a speed of flight that appeared to be around 5 mph, some rather staggering numbers of butterflies were neces- sary tO maintain such a population in motion for a good many days over an extensive area. Aug. 18, Siskiyou Mountains of southwestern Oregon, in vicinity of Oregon Caves National Monument. The N. californica were abundant in the Douglas fir-sclerophyll forests of these mountains; but no directional movement could be observed, and no count was felt feasible. I have spent parts of three summers in intensive field work in these mountains; the popu- lation observed Aug. 18 was far in excess of anything I had seen there pre- viously. Aug. 18-20, south from the Siskiyou Mountains along the Redwood Highway and down the outer coast to San Francisco. Decreasing num- bers were seen in the mountains as we travelled out to the Coast. No Nym- phalis were observed along the outer coast. Aug. 26-29, Yosemite and Kings Canyon National Parks. Occasional N. californica were seen in the mountains, but not in numbers which seemed abnormal or suggested migration. Aug. 31, Strawberry Mountains, Ore. The butterflies were observed to be common in the forests, without apparent directional trend in flight. A road count over 39 miles between John Day and Long Creek gave 12 individu- als, 6 crossing the road from west to east, 4 from east to west, 2 in flight parallel to the road. ' Sept. 1-15, Richland, Wash. Occasional N. californica were seen, their numbers being smaller than Aug. 7-15. I was told by an associate here that they were more numerous while I was gone than before or after my trip. Sept. 24, Richland, Wash. The last N. californica seen crossed the sage- brush sampling area during the morning, in frantic and erratic flight as the abundant fall asilids of the desert rose, one after another, to try to in- tercept it, like so many pursuit planes after a bomber. Biology Section, Radiological Sciences Dept., General Electric Co., Richland, Washington, U.S. A. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 11 OBSERVATIONS OF CELERIO LINEATA, THE WHITE-LINED SPHINX, IN UTAH by GEORGE F. KNOWLTON Some seasons larvae of Celerio lineata (Fabr.) have become extremely num- erous in many parts of Utah. On several occasions, migrations a mile or two long have been observed, moving across a highway in range country. Usually such large larval movements have followed the cleanup of the choice host plant—often Knotweed. Great numbers of these huge larvae have fed in small-grain fields of Utah on Knotweed, then moving to succulent Russian Thistle if necessary, generally without feeding at all on the grain plants. In 1949, the writer scarcely visited a county agricultural agent at his office, dur- ing June or July, who did not immediately reach for a bottle or can of these large larvae to ask concerning them. Report sheets submitted to the U.S.D.A. Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Insect Pest Survey, were returned to me for review by KELVIN DORWARD, now in charge of the Economic Insect Detection and Reporting Section. These sheets formed the basis for the fol- lowing information: 1930: Larvae of Celerio lineata caused moderate damage to tomato plants in several tomato growing areas of Utah. 1935: Larvae of the White-lined Sphinx Moth were unusually abundant upon range plants and weeds this spring and early summer. Grape and Virginia creeper vines were stripped of foliage upon two farms at Granite, in Salt Lake County. Slight damage to dewberries, peas, rose, elderberry and lilac foliage also was reported or observed. Larvae damaged acceptable range plants in various parts of Grand County, several farmers reported. 1939: On June 8, larvae of C. lineata were abundant on range lands near farms north of Brigham City, in Box Elder County. These larvae damaged grape foliage at Pleasant View in northern Utah on June 15, and also attacked grapes at a farm in the vicinity of Rock Canyon, Utah County, on June 30. Two tomato fields in southern Box Elder County were devastated by a great army of sphinx moth larvae, reportedly this species. About 30 acres of tomatoes were stripped by horn-worms in a march which swept everything before them. The area of this attack was just north of the Utah Hot Springs. 1940: On October 12 it was reported that larvae of C. /imeata had seriously damaged evening primrose in flower gardens at Logan during the 1940 season. Adult moths had been abundant about flower gardens during many evenings. 1941: On May 28, larvae of this sphinx moth were abundant in the area from Woodside to Greenriver, on range land. They also were abundant about 5 miles west of Greenriver where much Russian Thistle and some other range plants had been stripped from the borrow pits along the highway. Three to six larvae per square yard, of all sizes, still were present on range weeds. A _ shining black tachinid (probably Theleria nigripes) apparently was parasitizing many of the larvae. A heavy infestation of these horn-worms also was present on range lands in Pleasant Valley of Duchesne County, on June 25. Larvae commonly were present along roadsides, often one to three per square yard, defoliating certain range plants. 1944: A number of extensive outbreaks of the larva occurred in various parts of Utah. Great numbers of these horn-worms moved across highways and roads in Millard County, some large movements crossing the highway south of Lynndyl. In north Ogden, large numbers moved from range land to damage tomato fields. In Salt Lake City they moved in great numbers from range and military reservation lands to damage flowers and some victory garden plants. Much concern was shown by nearby home owners when this large movement occurred, and continued for several days. 12 KNOWLTON: Celerio lineata in Utah Vol.7, no. 1949: On June 20, larvae of C. lineata were observed migrating across high- ways in parts of Millard County, especially south of Lynndyl, and in Box Elder and Beaver Counties. Some concern was expressed by ranchers in outbreak areas. Hordes of larvae were present on dryland farms east of Monticello, on June 29. Most of these fed on weeds until the preferred weeds became exhausted. On July 11, larvae reportedly were damaging grape foliage in two localities, and feeding on weeds in many communities and farms in Utah County. Damage from them was reported to alfalfa on one farm at West Mountain, Utah County. At American Fork they re- portedly stripped foliage from Boysenberry bushes, sand lilies, and grapes. A very large movement of larvae was observed to cross ‘the highway in Garfield County on July 13. On July 14, the sphinx moth larvae were numerous in spots around Paragonah, Parowan, Cedar City, Kanarraville, and on range land north of these communities, also on range land in the south end of Beaver County in some spots. These were feeding chiefly on Knotweed and succulent Russian Thistle. Still quite a few of these worms were about, but fewer than a few weeks earlier, in most Tooele and Salt Lake County farm and range areas examined on July 16. By August 7 the very extensive outbreak had largely subsided. “Horrified’’ dryland farmers usual- ly suffered little crop injury from this horn-worm, but fear was great among farmers and home gardeners in many counties and communities of Utah. 1950: C. lineata larvae were not in outbreak numbers this year. However, adults frequently were seen about garden flowers in late afternoon at Logan, Gar- field, Tooele, Provo and Salt Lake. They also were moderately numerous about “Rocky Mt. Bee Plant’ blossoms in range land areas. 1951: The sphinx larvae were observed in numbers in flower gardens west of Nephi, but were not causing much damage. However, some damage was reported from them in one flower garden at Delta on September 6. 1952: This was another outbreak season for C. lineata. On June 3, larvae were extremely numerous in waste areas and moving into gardens and orchards in several parts of Utah County. Large populations were noted on range lands and on Knotweed and Russian Thistle in weedy grain areas of Millard and Utah Counties on June 14. Many farmers showed concern about these large caterpillars. Hordes of these horn-worms crossed the highway 8 miles north of Delta on June 5, in a two-mile strip. Others crossed the highway nearer Lynndyl to the north. On June 6, larvae invaded many home gardens as the Knotweed food supply on which the larvae had fed became exhausted. Hundreds of home owners in the Salt Lake, Holladay, East Mill Creek, and Sandy area became much concerned. Some flowers and home gardens were damaged during the period from May 29 to June 6. Great hordes of these larvae were observed in West Tremonton and Garfield on June 7, but feed- ing chiefly on Knotweed. Nearly every day calls concerning these larvae reached the writer's desk. Hundreds of larvae were crossing the highway, over a strip one-fourth mile long, on a range land area a few miles north of Greenriver on June 10. The horn-worms also were very numerous in Sanpete and Sevier Counties in a few large areas, including range land south of Monroe, and north of Gunnison along the highway. On June 12, the sphinx larvae were very numerous on farms and range lands at Kanarraville. They also were present in smaller numbers elsewhere in Iron County. Larvae were abundant along and crossing the highway near Jericho on June 17. They were very numerous on some dryfarms at Clarkston, largely feeding on Knotweed, June 18. Larvae were crossing the highway at a few places in Millard and Tooele Counties in moderate numbers. Numerous larvae in fields in Kane County were nearly always on Knotweed. On June 27 these horn-worms were numer- ous on range land flats and on some farms west of Salt Lake City, while scattered outbreaks also were noted in Juab, Uintah, and Duchesne Counties at this time. However, these outbreaks on this date were less extensive than those which had occurred during May and in early June. Numerous inquiries were received at the writers office on July 7 concerning these large, conspicuous larvae which usually were present on Knotweed or Russian Thistle in many small grain fields, vacant lots, and along roadsides. At this time they were numerous in some pasture lands west of Logan. However, the larvae had become less numerous than a month before in most parts of Utah. Still, the population remained well above normal for this ume of year. Damage to grape foliage from larvae was reported from Vernal on | lLy | Utah State Agricultural College, Logan, Utah, U.S.A. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 13 A MIGRATION OF ASCIA MONUSTE IN MISSISSIPPI by BRYANT MATHER The southern border of the state of Mississippi extends along the Gulf of Mexico in a generally east-west direction for a distance of about 75 miles. Mrs. MATHER and I spent 2% days there on 13-15 June 1952, and during this period we saw several hundred Ascia monuste (L.). I took 19 speci- mens, 8 males and 11 females (1 light, 10 dark - form “phileta”). Our ob- servations were made near Gulfport and Biloxi, Harrison County, and Ocean Springs, Moss Point, and Pascagoula, Jackson County. One specimen was taken on 13 June, 10 on 14 June, and 8 in approximately 1 hr. on 15 June. Previous mention of this species specifically in Mississippi has been made only by Hutchins (1933) whose only comment was “Uncommon”. I know and have seen only one previous specimen, a male I took at Clinton, Hinds County (200 mi. north of the Gulf), on 14 May 1950. On previous trips to the Gulf Coast, notably on 23 September 1951 and 2-4 May 1952, we looked for A. monuste but did not find it. Our first observations were made on the morning of 13 June from a north-south road near Magnolia State Park (Jackson Co.). Only a few were seen, Moving west to east; none were taken. Later that day one female was taken at the Gulf Coast Research Laboratory near Ocean Springs. On the morning of 14 June we noticed one resting in a vacant lot in urban Biloxi, on the street nearest the beach. During the next hour approximately 10 passed this point flying rather briskly west to east, and we took several. Later in the day small numbers were seen near the localities in Jackson County mentioned above, and two were taken near Ocean Springs; all seemed clearly travelling eastward. In the afternoon, about 4:30 P.M., others were seen at the same urban locality in Biloxi, and we took several more. Our impression was that both the speed and the frequency at which they were passing in the afternoon had increased slightly over that of the morning. The most striking phenomenon was observed on Sunday morning 15 June on U.S. Highway 90 between Gulfport and Long Beach (Harrison County). From about 10:00 to 11:00 A.M. we watched them passing in a more or less steady stream. Our impression was that the speed of the individu- als as well as the frequency had increased over the previous day. Our esti- mate of the average frequency was about one per minute, although some- times a group would pass and then there would be a lull of two or three minutes. The direction of movement was strikingly constant and, in so far as we could tell, precisely parallel to the highway, which is here separated by only a wide shoulder and sidewalk from the sea wall and beach to the south and bordered on the north by lawns and residences set well back from the road. Our impression was that the path through which the insects were moving was relatively narrow. None were seen voluntarily to travel on the beach side of the sea wall and few seemed to travel as far inshore as the fronts of the houses. None were seen on any of the three days when we were more than a half mile from the shore. When one was deflected over the sea wall by being pursued it apparently did so by altering its course 45 degrees to the south until it had eluded its pursuer, then turning 90 degrees to the north, flying until it had intersected the projection of its previous 14 MATHER: Migration of Ascia monuste Vol.7, no.1 course, then turning 45 degrees to proceed. Traffic on the road was fairly heavy. Many of the butterflies seemed actually to be following the painted centerline of the road about 3 ft. above the pavement. All seemed equally agile in eluding moving vehicles, pursuers, and stationary obstructions, with a smooth detour and a rapid resumption of their original course. Their speed is estimated at between 8 to 10 mph, since it became apparent after the first few passed by that unless an individual was taken as it passed it was useless to chase it on foot. Eight were taken at this locality, 2 males and 6 dark females. During the entire period that we were in the region the weather was calm, sunny, and hot (daily maximum about 100 F.); at no time was there noticeable wind. Centers of A. monuste population apparently exist both east and west of Mississippi; and perhaps within the state. The “Gulf Coast” is men- tioned in the range by several authors. Ascia monuste phileta (sic) is stated by Jung (1950) to be “the most common of the white pierids in residential New Orleans.” Therefore it cannot be stated whether those observed in mi- gration were “going” or “coming”. If the life span is but 4 to 12 days, as suggested by Nielsen and Nielsen (1950), it is difficult to imagine that one individual would migrate any considerable distance and also return. The observed behavior is in accord with the brief notes by Klots (1951, p. 202) and the detailed studies by Nielsen and Nielsen. The latter authors also noted that the level of movement is relatively low, 3 to 10 ft. above the ground; that the direction often parallels a coast line; that the migration lasts one to two days; that the stream varies in width from 10 to 100 yards, and that the speed is of the order of 10 mph. References Hutchins, Ross E., 1933. Annotated List of Mississippi Rhopalocera. Canad. Ent., vol. 65: pp. 210-213. Jung, Rodney C., 1950. An Annotated List of the Lepidoptera of the New Orleans Area. Proc. La. Acad. Sct., vol. 13: pp. 42-48. Klots, Alexander B., 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. Nielsen, Erik Tetens & Astrid Tetens Nielsen, 1950. Contributions towards the knowledge of the migration of butterflies. Amer. Mus. Nov,, "No. aya P, O. Drawer 2131, Jackson, Miss. 9UyomA. 1953 . The Lepidopterists’ News 15 NOTES ON THE MIGRATION OF NYMPHALIS CALIFORNICA by KENNETH M. FENDER and JAMES H. BAKER Considerable study has been made on the migration of butterflies. The present knowledge is nevertheless so inadequate that continued reports and notes on any such insect phenomenon are desirable. It is for this reason that the following notes are offered. In August of 1952 a vast migration of the California Tortoiseshell (Nymphalis californica Bdv.) occurred in Oregon. The heaviest flight of the migration was apparently near Bend where newspapers reported cars being stopped as radiators clogged up with these insects. FENDER, August 9 and 10, observed large numbers of the insects as he crossed the state from the west slope of the Cascade Range until he ap- proached Baker. Not knowing of the flight, he paid little attention until he was in the open country of eastern Oregon where a typical flight pat- tern was readily evident. The insects were flying in a north to northwesterly direction. The flight was rapid and the insects appeared to pay little at- tention to the east-west vehicular traffic. Time did not then permit any attempt at a count. On August 13, Dr. C. P. ALEXANDER, Miss JUDY BAKER, and the authors studied an eastern fringe area of the flight. The sector was near the summit of the Elkhorn Range of the Blue Mountains, above Anthoney Lake (30 miles northwest of Baker) and at an elevation of about 7500 feet. Four series of counts were made using three counters and a timer. During the first series FENDER acted as timer and the other three were timed by JUDY BAKER. The counters were separated by equal distances measured in paces. Each counted the butterflies passing between him and the next counter or a fixed object for a period of one minute. Counters Count | Alex. Judy B. Jim B. Fender | Separation Time Wind 1 28 18 23 15 steps 12:00M mild 2 8 i 11 10 steps 12:15PM mild 3 23 16 16 | 15 paces 3:10PM moderate pe! ae | 7 1] 15 paces 3:15PM brisk The flight was from southeast to northwest and against a crosswind. It is unfortunate that more time, better facilities, and less primitive methods were unavailable. However it is hoped that the brief records will be of some im- port to some compiler of butterfly migration data. Later, in the Wallowa Mountains to the east, additional specimens in moderate abundance were seen but with no visible indication of a flight pat- tern. The species has been more abundant than usual in the Willamette Val- ley to the west but once again with no apparent integrated flight. The migration apparently extended from about the summit of the Cascade Moun- tains to the Elkhorn Range of the Blue Mountains, a lateral expanse of some 180 air miles. Route 3, McMinnville, Oregon, and Baker, Oregon, U. S. A. 16 Vol.7, no.1 THE KARANASA BUTTERFLIES — A CRITICAL REVIEW by E. G. MUNROE The sumptuous work of A. Avinoff and W.R. Sweadner entitled “The Karanasa Butterflies, a Study in Evolution” (Annals Carnegie Museum, vol. 32, art. 1: 250 pp., 17 pls.; 1951) will stand as: a worthy monument to its authors. The way that tragedy struck twice during the preparation of the work, preventing each of the authors from seeing the finished product of his labours, is narrated in a brief memorial note at the front of the volume. It is our good fortune that Dr. Sweadner was able to see and correct the final proofs of the book, which he did with rare devotion on what proved to be his death-bed. Those who had the privilege of knowing Dr. Avinoff and Dr. Sweadner will see their personalities reflected in the content and composition of their monograph. Dr. Avinoff’s zeal and imagination, his ability to surmount ap- parently insuperable difficulties, his love of the romantic aspects of lepi- dopterology, and his life-long enthusiasm for the fauna of central Asia are all shown in.the very choice of the project, which occupied his attention for many years. These qualities, together with a fine historical sense, a close acquaintance with the foremost lepidopterists of Russia and western Europe, an intimate personal knowledge of the remote and desolate region which forms the habitat of Karanasa, a remarkable command of the English language, a passion for detail in taxonomy, and an outstanding technical ability in all that pertains to the production of both text and illustrations of fine books, made Dr. Avinoff’s contribution to the study a dominating one. To these already great resources were added Dr. Sweadner’s broad background in biology, his painstaking methodology, and his carefully considered and highly original ideas on species-structure and speciation. The result is a treatise which represents more than merely a detailed study of a restricted group of butterflies from the Pamir region. On the one hand it is a volume that is reminiscent of the traditions of a more opulent era: one which might well have appeared as a Romanoff “Mémoire” or an Oberthiir “Etude”; on the other hand it is a valuable and provocative contribution to the study of evolution and species relationships. As a monograph and a guide to the identification of the butterflies of the group Karanasa, the book leaves little to be desired. The populations are for the most part clearly differentiated, and are described and figured in the most exhaustive detail. Some of the named populations are known only from very short series, but in every case of this kind there is reason at least to suspect that a distinguishable entity exists. The authors are, moreover, careful to specify that their naming of these forms is tentative, the aim being to avoid confusion of poorly known but possibly distinct forms, such as has so often caused trouble in the past. The higher classification adopted, and the associated evolutionary inter- pretation, are, however, likely to prove more controversial. Since this book is certain, because of its importance for students of speciation and zoogeo- graphy, to attract attention far beyond the comparatively limited circle of those interested in the butterfly fauna of central Asia, I feel that a brief dis- cussion of these more general aspects will not be out of place here, 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 17 The authors, with considerable justification, adopt as the basic units of their classification the smallest recognizable populations. These populations, each considered to be separated from all others by geographic, altitudinal, or reproductive barriers, are named, and are treated as subspecies. The higher classification is achieved by grouping the unit subspecies in four ranks of successively more inclusive categories. In some cases the second, in other cases the third, of these ranks is taken as being equivalent to the species, but the authors make it clear that they regard the species as a purely nomenclatorial concept, which has, in this group at least, no real counter- part in nature. Before this general conclusion can be examined, we must consider the subspecies grouping in greater detail. The highest category of Avinoff and Sweadner’s scheme, the “fifth category” or “division”, provides a convenient basis for such a consideration. Avinoff and Sweadner recognize five divi- sions. Each is morphologically characterized; each occupies a definite part of the Pamir mountain-system; the range of each definitely overlaps that of one or more other divisions, and in such zones of overlap the members of the sym- patric divisions are always clearly distinct. Within the divisions, on the other hand, the relationships of the subspecies are complex and often ob- scure. For this reason, an individual discussion of each division is desirable. At this point I must mention certain deficiencies of presentation that make critical analysis of the taxonomic arrangement difficult. One of these is the inadequacy of the maps provided to elucidate the ranges cited in the text. The most complete map is that given in Fig. 5, opposite page 47, in which the type localities of all the subspecies are indicated by number. The numbers refer to the sequence of the check list on pages 194 to 196. The check list numbers are also given, but often out of sequence, in the main descriptive text, pages 47 to 148. Mr. N. Shoumatoff has pointed out to me that the discrepancies in sequence mainly result from the attempt to give the oldest name in any one group first in the text arrangement, whereas a purely systematic sequence is given in the check list. There are also, however, four errors in the numbering of the forms in the main text, as follows: Number Given in Text Should Read 69 68 70 69 67 70 68 67 Although the map is complete as to type localities, it omits a large propor- tion of the other localities cited in the text. These are frequently obscure; good maps of the region are not easy to obtain, and in consequence many of the localities must, even for the careful reader, remain meaningless. Maps pur- porting to give the ranges of the various subspecies are given in the section “Categories of Higher Order’, pages 167 to 188, but the ranges are in fact indicated only by crudely drawn outlines, which are of little value for detailed analysis, and are in some cases misleading, e.g., in the probably erroneous range attributed to the form fancrez in Fig. 16 and, by implication, in Fig. 13. In none of the maps is there any attempt to indicate relief, although the configuration of the mountain systems must have been well known to the authors and is of the greatest importance in the taxonomic situation. 18 MUNROE: Review of Kuranasa Monograph Vol.7, no.1 The remaining weaknesses lie principally in the presentation of quan- titative aspects of the data on which the study is based. The number of specimens examined is specified for only about two-thirds of the named forms; there is often no clear differentiation in the enumeration of specimens available for study at the time of writing and those examined earlier at the British Museum or those that were in Dr. Avinoff’s collection prior to the Russian Revolution. Considerable weight is given to variation in genitalic and androconial characters among the various populations, but there is no indication of how many genitalic preparations were made, or of how the samples of androconia were taken or from how many specimens. There is no mention of the size of samples or of the statistical procedures used in deriving the average dimensions of the androconia and in assigning the an- droconia of the various populations to the six arbitrary categories that are used to characterize them. Beyond the statement that “the scales from any individual specimen vary very little and those from any individual population vary only slightly more” (p. 42), there is no effort to assess the extent of variation in androconial measurements within populations or to demonstrate the significance of such variation among populations. A similar vagueness is found in the descriptions of subspecies. Although this is partly offset by the numerous and excellent illustrations, it makes it hard in most cases to assess the variability of whole population-samples or to judge the reality of the discon- tinuities in variation between certain supposedly distinct populations. It is true that subjective assessments of variation and of discontinuity in variation are Customary in taxonomic descriptions of Lepidoptera, but one would cer- tainly have expected to see stronger and more explicit supporting data for such subtle and perhaps disputable distinctions as are proposed in, for instance the josephi-wilkinsi-intermedia complex. > It is very probable that these faults, which are largely of omission rather than of commission, would to a considerable extent have been corrected by the authors had they been able to complete their work at greater leisure and under happier circumstances. I mention them simply to show how room is given for some of the skepticism that I shall express in following para- graphs, room that might have been greatly lessened by a more explicit presentation. Turning now to the detailed consideration of the subspecies aggregations, we may consider first the pamzra, or “specialized unbranded”, division. Here we have a comparatively simple pattern of six subspecies, arranged in a north-south cline-like series, with a single short offshoot to the east in the central Pamir region. The authors treat this division as a simple polytypic species. No other interpretation seems possible. Next in order of complexity is the bolorica, or “primitive branded”, division. Here again we have a simple series of replacement-races, but the division occupies a larger territory and forms a more complex geographic and taxonomic pattern than does the pamira division. Avinoff and Sweadner recognize three species: voigti from the western Hindu Kush, bolorica from the central and eastern Hindu Kush, and decolorata extending from south- west Pamir along the northern slope of the Amu Darya basin. There ap- pears to be a fairly definite taxonomic break between the decolorata and the holorica groups. The forms of the bolorica group are smaller, duller, and sharper-winged than those of the decolorata group. They have more slender 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 19 androconia and stouter processes of the gnathos, and their valves lack ter- minal tubercles. These distinctions do not, however, appear to be absolute. The southern populations of the decolorata group show modifications in the direction of the slender androconium, the thorn-like gnathos, and the aborted terminal tubercle. Moreover, specimens referred on the basis of external ap- pearance to bolorica, but apparently not structurally investigated, have been taken at Alitchur, in south Pamir, north of the Amu Darya Valley, which appears to form the main frontier between the decolorata-like and the bolorica-like forms. It seems at least possible that the genetic leakage which is apparently taking place here is across a geographical and not a biological barrier. The southerly vozgtt complex (known from one female of the “subspecies” votgtt and one pair of the “subspecies” migrocellata) is decolorata-like in facies, and has, according to the description, a well-developed terminal tu- bercle; on the other hand the androconia are like those of bolorica and the gnathos may be taken as an extreme development of the bolorica type. | My inclination would be to include all the forms of the bolorica di- - vision in a single polytypic species, an arrangement not ruled out by Avinoff and Sweadner, although they did not adopt it. All the named forms are fully allopatric, and there is no conclusive, or even very strong presumptive, evidence of important sterility barriers within the division. That bolorica in this sense is specifically distinct from the southern members of the josephi division appears to be shown by the reported co-existence of the very distinct forms grwm and darwasica at Visharvi Pass. A more difficult problem is presented by the members of the huwebneri, or “specialized branded”, division. This division has an arcuate range to the south of the main crests of the Hindu Kush and Karakoram ranges. On the basis of maculation, the subspecies can be divided into two principal groups: one characterized by a dark ground and bright, contrasting pattern, the other by a paler ground and pallid, ill-defined light pattern. The first group occupies the whole length of the Hindu Kush, and reappears in a narrow territory extending from the Deosai Plains along the southwest slopes of the Western Himalaya as far as northern Kangra in the Punjab. An iso- lated population of similar type occurs at Baltoro Mt. in the Karakoram. The second group extends from Astor and the northeast slopes of the Western Himalaya northeastward through the Zanskar and Ladak ranges to the Kara- koram; the members of this group become progressively darker from east to west, so that the westernmost populations do not differ radically from the easternmost populations of the first group, which inhabit the opposite slopes of the Western Himalaya. An apparent exception results from the incursion of a tongue of the range of the pale northeastern subspecies balti between the ranges of the darker astorica and expressa; this is mentioned in the text, but is not shown in the distribution map on page 185. Thus a British Museum series referred to the pale alti is labelled as coming from the type locality - Deosai Plains - of the dark modesta of the western group. Avinoff and Sweadner conclude that the western and eastern groups of subspecies are specifically distinct. They state: “In any one locality (the members of the dark western group) are fairly easily separated from their lighter neigh- bours”. Examination of the localities listed shows, however, that the only ones in which specimens of both groups have been taken are the Deosai 20 MUNROE: Review of Karanasa Monograph Vol.7, no. Plains and Rohtang Pass, at the north and south ends, respectively, of the crest of the Western Himalaya. The situation at Rohtang Pass is poorly under- stood, owing to the possible mislabelling of some of the specimens. No direct evidence is given that the two forms from the Deosai Plains actually fly to- gether; I do not have enough geographical information on the locality to judge whether or not the two series may have come from separate colonies, from eastern or western slopes, or from different altitudes. There is indeed, characteristically, no indication of how large the two Deosai Plain series are, or of how sharp and how constant are the differences between them. To provide supporting evidence for the differences between western and eastern groups the authors state, without elaboration, that the variation of the pooled populations is distributed bimodally. This condition may well be the con- sequence of physical separation by the barrier of the Western Himalaya, and not the result of physiological separation by a partial or complete repro- ductive isolation. At the southern end of the Western Himalaya, in the Rohtang Pass, an additional form lacking androconia has been taken. This is supposed to co-exist with dark and with light androconia-bearing forms. The situation is complicated by the possible mislabelling of some of the material. It may be, as Avinoff and Sweadner suppose, that the form without androconia (rohtanga) is a good species, but I think it more likely that it is an extreme variant, perhaps representing a semi-isolated population on the west side of the pass. I think it very unlikely that the two androconia-bearing forms are specifically distinct. When it is remembered that the whole of the ma- terial from Rohtang Pass consists of fourteen specimens, of which two are considered to be definitely and four to be possibly mislabelled, the difficulty of assessing the true situation becomes obvious. A second form with androconia occurs in the general vicinity of Astor, to the north of the Punjab Himalaya. This form differs also in wing shape and in four apparently independent characters of maculation from the sym- patric androconia-bearing forms. Although it is not the only tenable hypo- thesis, I think it at least fairly likely that this form (cadesia) is a distinct species. The remaining forms of the Awebneri division I should be inclined to consider as subspecies or variants of a single species, although certain doubtful points remain to be cleared up before this view can be accepted with absolute confidence. A somewhat similar but perhaps less difficult problem is presented by the regeli, or “fuscous-and-ivory”, division. This has the most northerly range of the divisions of the genus, extending from the Alai Mts. north to the Alexander Mts. and eastward into the Tian Shan and Boro Khoro ranges. Avinoff and Sweadner would recognize three species in this division. They separate these on characters which appear to me, on the basis of the figures and illustrations given, to be completely intangible. There are three supposed areas of overlap of the “species”. In the general region of the Alexander Mts. four subspecies are shown on the distributional maps (pp. 178-181) as oc- curring. Of these, tancret and latifasciata are stated in the text to be of doubtful provenance; kirgizorum is not only of doubtful origin but is referred in the text to another division. This leaves a single subspecies, kasakstana, an undisputed inhabitant of the region. Farther to the south, occidentalis, listed as a subspecies of Jlatifasciata, occurs at Naryn, to the west of the 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 21 range of typical latifasciata and in the range of typical abramovi. Occidentalis, however, is based on a single specimen, a dwarfed and suffused individual that looks to my eye much more different from /atifasciata than that form does from abramovi. It is my opinion that occidentalis probably represents an in- dividual variant or a high-altitude from of abramovi, and that it has no especially close relationship to Jatifasciata. The third supposed zone of overlap is in the southern part of the range of the division, in the neighborhood of the Tchatyr-Kul. Here four forms are listed as occurring, of which one is re- ferred to the “species” abramovi and three to regula. An examination of the figures given, however, particularly Figs. 15 to 19 and Fig. 28 of Plate 10, suggests strongly that only a single variable population exists in this district. The report by Erschoff, cited on p. 109, of two forms (presumably regels comradtt and abramovi abramovt) flying together without intermediates is so vague that it is probably fair to minimize its significance. Apart from these extremely doubtful instances of overlapping, the various members of the fuscous-and-ivory division form a very neat group of replace- ment-races. If the illustrations of the various subspecies are examined in geographical sequence with this interpretation in mind, they seem to form a smoothly graded series, and I accordingly believe that they would best be treated as components of a single species. The last major group recognized by Avinoff and Sweadner is the josephz, or “russet unbranded”, division. This ranges from the Alexander Mts. south to the northern side of the Amu Darya Valley in the west and to the northern Karakoram in the east. It is thus at least partly sympatric with each of the four other divisions. From the pamira and huebneri divisions it is distinguished by clear morphological characters. From the regelz division it has no major structural differences, but differs very widely in maculation in localities where the two fly together, as is well shown in Plate 8. The figures on this plate, by the way, represent a taxonomic and not a geographical “ring”: the super- ficially most similar forms of the two divisions live farthest apart, instead of in adjacent territories as might be inferred from the arrangement; in order to show the geographic relationship, the figures in the left-hand column should proceed upward and not downward from Fig. 1. Finally, from the bolorica division the josephi division differs in that its members lack an- droconia. It is true that the androconia are weak in the subspecies robo- rowskyt of the bolorica division and that the genitalic differences between the contiguous populations of the two divisions are by no means striking. However, as I have mentioned, the two divisions appear to co-exist, without mingling, at Visharvi Pass. Avinoff and Sweadner consider that the josep/i division is composed of “an irreducible minimum of three” species. I regret that after careful ex- amination of the figures and descriptions I find it very hard to accept this conclusion. It seems to me most unlikely that in the second column of Plate 8, representing the so-called “ring” already mentioned, Figs. 8, 10, and 12 are of one species, Figs. 9, 11, and 13 are of a second, and Fig. 14 is of a third. Avinoff and Sweadner adopt their interpretation chiefly because of the occurrence of three supposedly distinct forms in certain regions of the Alai and Transalai ranges, notably at Taldyk Pass, although it is freely admitted that the same forms intergrade at other places. Space does not allow me to review the various populations in detail, but an account of the general dis- 22 MUNROE: Review of Karanasa Monograph Vol.7, no.1 tribution pattern seems desirable. In the south, from the northern Karakoram to the Transalai, is found a series of small, dull, pallid forms in the high- altitude passes. On the lower ground to the west, and less markedly at moderate altitudes in the east, these forms intergrade with or are replaced by larger, more brilliant, fulvous-marked forms. These, together with certain indi- viduals of the second type from the Transalai and Alai, are grouped by Avinoff and Sweadner as the “species” leechz, A second group of fulvous forms in the northwestern Pamir and the Transalai and Alai is grouped with a number of subspecies from the ranges north of the Syr Darya under the name josephi. | am unable to appreciate the ditferences between the josephz and the leechi forms in the western Alai and Transalai, and I believe that they in fact constitute a single interbreeding population or geographical group of populations. In the eastern Alai and Transalai the paler forms walkimsi and robusta are found. I think that these are pale subspecies replacing the darker western complex and that the supposed zone of overlap at Taldyk Pass is simply a blend zone of the eastern and western races. Avinoff and Sweadner, how- ever, also include in the “species” wélkimsz three subspecies from mountain ranges well to the north across the very wide basin of the Syr Daria. In my opinion these races have been artificially torn out of the series of northern races that Avinoff and Sweadner refer to josephi, of which they seem to me to form an integral part. To recapitulate, I believe that the members of the josephi division can best be treated as subspecies of a single species: a series of small alpine subspecies (¢.g., Jeechi) in the south, intergrading on the west to a second series of bright, large subspecies (e.g., darvasica, intermedia), which extends northward through the western Alai and across the Syr Daria to the northwest Tian Shan, giving off a lateral series of pale populations (wilkinsi, robusta) in the eastern Alai and Transalai. In short, I think there are excellent reasons for reducing Avinoff and Sweadner’s “minimum” number of twenty species given in the check list to seven and possibly to five. When this is done, what happens? The baffling problems of evident gene-interchange across species lines disappear; they existed only because the lines did not demarcate species in the biological sense. On the other hand, there is little if any evidence of gene-interchange between divisions, and in general the divisions appear to me to represent the natural species of this group. | Avinoff and Sweadner would undoubtedly have argued that this is a superficial view, that there are discontinuities and overlaps within the divi- sions too great to be accommodated within the limits of a single species. I believe, however, that many of the apparent discontinuities are the result of faulty sampling - obviously hardly to be avoided when the nature and limited quantity of the material are considered; other discontinuities, believed by Avinoff and Sweadner to be determined by reproductive behaviour, are in iy Opinion probably the result of simple geographic, environmental, or gene- tic factors. The struggle to characterize the elusive and inconstant differences of “wilkinsi”, “leech”, “intermedia”, and “josephi” seem to me to be typical of the sort of difficulty one often encounters in the initial stages of investi- gation Of a species problem, when one is grappling with what eventually prove to be imaginary, or at least intraspecific, differences. | have dwelt at length on the apparent weaknesses of the taxonomic ireatment because, although this treatment is fundamental to those aspects of 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 23 the paper which will interest the general student, it will not be readily ac- cessible to criticism by the non-lepidopterist. The recognition of these weak- nesses should not, however, be permitted to obscure appreciation of the many admirable features of the book, of which I have tried to give some indication in the first part of this review. Taking the over-all view, I do not hesitate to say that this is a most valuable work, magnificently produced, and representing an intensive, conscientious, and in most respects very accurate study of a group of great intrinsic interest. It is a book that I am glad to have on my shelf, one written by distinguished entomologists whom I am proud to have numbered among my friends. Acknowledgement I wish to thank Mr. Nicholas Shoumatoff, New York, for carefully read- ing a preliminary manuscript of this review, and for making a number of constructive suggestions. I do not wish to imply, however, that Mr. Shoumatoff necessarily subscribes to the statements or criticisms made herein; for these I take full responsibility. This is Contribution No. 2971, Div. of Entomology, Science Service, Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada. The author is Agricultural Research Officer. Division of Entomology, Ottawa, CANADA PERSONALIA The death of Dr. ROBERT LOELIGER was recently reported here (Lepid. News 6: p. 78). The continuation of the Circulaire of the Centre d Observation pour les Mig- vations de Papillons, which he founded and maintained, has been undertaken by two members of the Groupe. These new editors are EUGENE PLEISCH, Regensberstr. 30, Zurich 50, and HANS SIDLER, Goldregenweg 21, Zurich 50, Switzerland, Dr. LOELIGER’S final Czrculaire was No. 38. No. 39/40, by Mm. PLEISCH and SIDLER, is dated August 1952. In it are reported 1952 migrations through North Africa and Europe of Vanesssa cardui, Celerio livornica, and other Lepidoptera. An interesting observation by ANTHONY VALLETTA, of Malta, concerns two Danaus chrysippus which had apparently arrived frem Africa with the V. cardui; D. chrysippus had not been seen on Malta since 1943. CyRIL F. Dos Passos has been appointed a Research Associate in the Section of Insects and Spiders of the Carnegie Museum, in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. For many years Mr. Dos PAssos has been a Research Associate of the American Museum of Natural History, in New York. The Carnegie Museum has a long -tradition of developing notable collections of Lepidoptera (see Sweadner, Lepid. News 2: p. 80; 1948). Harry K. CLENCH is now the lepidopterist on the Museum staff. The editorship of The Entomologist, the well-known British monthly periodical, has passed from Mr. N. D. RILEY to Mr. D. LESTON. Mr. RILEY, Keeper of the De- partment of Entomology in the British Museum of Natural History, is responsible for the largest and both taxonomically and geographically most complete research collec- tions of insects in the world. At present he is President of the Royal Entomological Society of London. In addition to these and other positions of responsibility, as well as his notable researches on the Lepidoptera, Mr. RILEY has been for many years a most effective Editor of The Entomologist. He remains as an assistant editor. 24 Vol.7, no.1 OBITUARIES GEORGE TALBOT (1882-1952) On 13 April 1952, GEORGE TALBOT died in England after several months of illness) He was born in October 1882. N. D. RILEY (Ento- mologist, vol. 85: pp. 191-192) reports that TALBOT was employed in curatorial capacities successively by HERBERT ADAMS, a wealthy amateur Rhopalocera collector, the well known dealer, W. F. H. ROSENBERG, and J. J. JOICEY, a famous and wealthy amateur lepidopterist with whom TALBOT collaborated in publishing several papers. During the first World War TALBOT worked. with ARTHUR BACOT at the Lister Institute on the transmission of trench fever and typhus by lice. After working at the British Museum and Oxford following JOICEY’s death TALBOT finally took a position during the second World War with the British Pest Infestation division. Captain RILEY notes: “Talbot suffered many vicissitudes. Handi- capped, too, by a defect in the sight of one eye, and with none of the initial advantages given to most entomologists, he yet won for himself a posi- tion of eminence and respect in his own sphere i TALBOT published about 150 papers, nearly all on Rhopalocera and several of them very substantial generic revisions. Some of his best known works were in JOICEY’s Bulletin of the Hill Museum. His Monograph of Delias is a major work, and he also revised several smaller genera of Pieridae and certain other families. Long specializing on the pierids, it was natural that TALBOT should write the three Pieridae parts of the Lepidopterorum Catalogus, published by W. Junk in the early 1930's. His largest publication was the revision in two volumes of the Butterflies in the series on the Fauna of British India. C. L. REMINGTON, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., U.S. A. CORNELIS DOETS (1894 - 1952) On 15 June 1952, died CORNELIS DOETs, 58, the eminent Dutch mic- rolepidopterist, in Hilversum, Holland. DOETS was a musician by profession, and studied Lepidoptera in his spare time. Notwithstanding, due to his ex- traordinary energy and enthusiasm, in a few years he became an authority on the Dutch “micros”, brought together an excellent collection, reared thou- sands of specimens, and recorded many new species for the Dutch fauna. Although Doets did not publish much, through lack of spare time, he cherished great plans for the future: he prepared the compilation of a new hand book on Dutch Microlepidoptera, that would have been illustrated with photographs, and with drawings of the genitalia of every species. Alas, he was not enabled to carry out this most needed work. His decease is a great loss to the Nederlandsche Entomolgische Vereeniging, and to his numerous triends. ‘Plans are being made to divide DogrrTs’ important collection between the Zoological Museum of Amsterdam, where the Macrolepidoptera will be deposited, and the Museum of Leiden, that will receive the Microlepidoptera. A. DIAKONOFP, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, NETHERLANDS 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 25 REVIEWS RUTTERFLIES OF RHODESIA. By E. C. G. Phinhey. Published by the Rhodesia Scientific Association and printed at the Herald Office, Salisbury. IV + 208 pp., 13 text-figures, and 21 plates, 13 colored. April, 1949. Through the courtesy of Captain R. H. R. STEVENSON of Selukwe, South Rhodesia, the reviewer received a copy of this attractive and informative book. In a foreword, Sir JOHN KENNEDY, K.B.E., C.B., Governor of South Rhodesia, lists some of the previous works on the African Butterflies and outlines some features of the present work. The introductory chapter deals briefly with elementary matters regarding butterflies’ external structures, something on senses, plan of the life cycle, Variation, protective coloration and migration. This is followed by directions for col- lecting and preserving butterflies, how to make wing-scale transfers to paper, breed- ing, and a final section on “Man and the Insect World.” This latter might have been appended to suggest that a study of butterflies could have a relationship to insects of economic interest. A third chapter deals with information on butterfly taxonomy with special re- ference to the Rhodesian species treated in the book. The first sentence deplores the fact that the majority of species considered are not well-known by common names, but this deficiency is remedied in the text where we find the English touch in desig- nations like the Pied Zulu, Woolly Legs, Red Playboy, Erikson’s Highflyer, Bush Scarlet, Black Heart, White Pie, Grass Jewel, Two Pip Policeman, Garden Inspector, Air Commodore, Pirate, and the Common Joker, to name a few. A key to families includes characteristics of adults, larvae, and pupae. The major portion of the book, 117 pages, is devoted to a systematic treatement of the species, each of which is discussed as to description of adult, pupa, and habits and distribution. One of the most useful charts included is entitled “Time Table for the Species Described” which lists the Latin name of each species, common name, food of larva, seasonal occurrence (early or late Spring, Summer, Autumn and Winter), and locality and abundance. It might be noted that in South Rhodesia, Spring is from September to November, Summer is from December to February, Autumn extends from March to May, and Winter is from June to August. Seven and a half pages are devoted to foodplants of caterpillars with Latin and common names, plant family, and larvae which feed upon these. This is followed by a checklist of the more than 400 species of butterflies in the region. Glossary, Author’s Names, References, a short list of dealers in entomological supplies, and Index to Butterflies completes the book. The color plates are for the most part beautifully executed and are made from paintings by the author. Altogether, about one-third of the known butterflies of the area are illustrated either in color or in gravure. Many people who still regard the Dark Continent as swarming with wild beasts, and who shudder at the supposed hair-raising adventures of artillery-equipped exped- itions will be quite astonished to discover through this book that the butterflies of Rhodesia are better known than they are over large parts of North America. The book is highly recommended to anyone interested in the butterflies of Africa. RALPH W. Macy, Department of Biology, Reed College, Portland, Oregon, U.S. A. 26 Reviews 3 Vol.7, no.1 DIE SCHMETTERLINGE MITTELEUROPAS. By Walter Forster & Theodor A. Wohlfahrt. [In German.] [Second instalments], vol. 1: pp. 33-64, figs. 19-36; vol. 2: pp. 33-64, pls. 5-8, figs. 14-22. Stuttgart, 1952.. Publisher: Franckh’sche Verlags- handlung, W. Keller & Co., Stuttgart, Germany. Price DM. 10. The first instalments of this work were reviewed in the Lepid. NEWS (vol. 6: nos. 4-5, pp. 79-80; 1952). The second part of vol. 1 of this useful work discusses the preparation of the pupae and the imagoes, the arrangement and conservation of a collection as to label- ing, determination, preservation, shipment, exchange and purchase, and the keeping of a diary. Also commences. a discussion of the structure of butterflies, the study of their development, and the principal features of bodily structures, all of which are carefully explained and well-illustrated in the eighteen figures. The second part of vol. 2 concludes Erebia, and then treats of the following © genera: Agapetes, Oeneis, Hipparchia, Arethusana, Brintesia, Chazara, Satyrus, Mznozis, Aphantopus, Pararge, Dira, Lopinga, Maniola, Hyponephele, Pyronia, Coenonympha, thus concluding the Satyridae, and commences the Nymphalidae with the following genera: Apatura, Limenitis, Neptis, Vanessa, Aglais, Inachis, Nymphalis, Polygonia, Araschnia, Euphydryas and part of Melitaea. Again the beautiful plates lag behind the text, completing as they do the Pieridae and running through the Satyridae to almost the end of Erebia. The second instalments of Die Schmetterlinge Mitteleuropas are fully the equal of the first, and will have a wide appeal to those desirous of determining their Evropean butterflies. From the American point of view the genera appear to have been considerably split, but, in the reviewer's opinion that is preferable to too much lumping. Also, it is customary in Europe. This work, when completed, will supersede largely other similar works now in use, such as Lang’s Rhopalocera Europae Descripta et Delineata (1884), and Spuler’s Die Schmetterlinge Europas [1901]-1910, and will make an interesting and up to date complement to Verity's Le Farfalle Diurne d'Italia (1940- ve C. F. pos PAssos, Washington Corners, Mendham, New Jersey, U.S. A. A NEW SPECIES OF STRYMON HUEBNER FROM GEORGIA (LEPIDOPTERA, LYCAENIDAE). By Alexander B. Klots & Harry K. Clench. American Museum Nov- itates, nO. 1600: 19 pp., 3 figs. 11 Dec. 1952. Available from: American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N.Y., U.S.A., $0.25. Occasionally a small paper seems to us so singularly fine that we must give it special attention for readers of the Lepid. News. This new one by Klots and Clench is a model of perfection as the description of a new species. Strymon kingi is not a commonplace new species, but one of those especially interesting “sibling species” which have been discovered recently (e. g., Colias australis in Belgium, Mitoura hesseli in New Jersey, and Strymon caryaevorus in Canada). S. kingi is a close relative of S. liparops, and the two species were taken together at Savannah, Georgia, the type locality of S. kingi. In view of the special significance of foodplant differences with other sibling species of Lepidoptera, the discovery of the foodplant of S. kimgi will be of great inter- est. Perhaps one of the careful collectors of the new species will soon find the favored plant. Technically the authors have produced a masterly characterization, with elaborate descriptions of the details of structure, pattern, and color of the type specimens and their and 9 genitalia. Careful comparisons are made with the related species of Sirymon, But | predict that the descriptive words will be by-passed by most later workers, since the paper includes beautiful side-by-side drawings of the ¢ and @ gen- italia of S, kingi, S. liparops, and S. falacer, as well as fine photographs of the wing patterns of all three species. C.L. REMINGTON, Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News | FIELD AND TECHNIQUE NOTES SPARROWS FEEDING ON CONGREGATING PAPILIO During the last week of June, 1952, Papilio glaucus canadensis R. & J. (the Tiger Swallowtail) was the most conspicuous and apparently the commonest species of butterflies in the vicinity of Fairbanks, Alaska. The species was seen assembling in very large numbers at damp spots on bare ground, both on the banks of streams and on cleared land. All specimens taken during this period proved to be males; females, if present at all, apparently did not join the “mud puddle clubs”. On two occasions (at Ester, a few miles west of Fairbanks, and on the Steese Highway in the Chatanika Valley) sparrows were observed hopping about among these aggregations and pecking at individual swallowtails. Unless actually attacked, the insects appeared to pay no attention to the birds. The latter were not actually seen to eat the butterflies, though on several occasions swallowtails were caught and escaped. It is quite possible that the sparrows were disturbed by our presence, or perhaps they wete satiated by the easy pickings; evidence of actual predation was easily seen in the large numbers of detached wings scattered around the assembling places. The pre- dator was, in one case, a White Crowned Sparrow (Zonotrichia leucophrys), but it is quite likely that other species such as the Tree Sparrow (Spizella arborea) and Slate-colored Junco (Junco hiemalis), both of which were common in the neighbor- hood, have similar habits. We think this observation worthy of record, since no similar case of predation has come to our attention in connection with the well-known assemblages of Papilic marcellus, Colias, Phoebis, Eurema, Limenitis arthemis, etc., in the United States. Nor have we seen any published record of this sort. Any further observations of a similar nature will be of great interest. ; G.W. RAWSON, CIBA, Summit, New Jersey, U.S. A., and P. F. BELLINGER, University College of West Indes, Mona, St. Andrew, JAMAICA A NEW METHOD FOR STORING PAPERED LEPIDOPTERA The problem of relaxing papered Lepidoptera has been one of concern to the author for some yeats. In those cases where material is collected in large quantities at a time, there has seemed no alternative but to paper and dry the majority of the specimens and to hope to relax them in the winter slack season. However, it has been my experience that there is a considerable loss due to staining or fading during relaxing and to breakage when the relaxed specimens are being mounted. The Lycaenidae and Pieridae have been particularly difficult to deal with in these respects. It would now appear, however, that there is a method infinitely superior to papering dry for preserving those specimens which cannot be mounted at once but are ultimately to be a part of the collector's own series. This method is freezing. Those collectors who have access to a deep freeze or who can steal a bit of space in the freezing compartment of the family refrigerator will find that frozen specimens keep perfectly for months and need only be thawed out to be ready for mounting. To prepare specimens for freezing it is only necessary to put them into papers or envelopes (marked with the place and date of capture, etc.), seal the envelopes into water-proof boxes or packets, and place them in the freezing unit. At sub- zero temperatures they will last indefinitely. It should be emphasized that the speci- mens must be kept in moisture-proof containers. This precaution not only prevents damage when the wife defrosts the refrigerator, but it also prevents the specimens from drying out. They will dry out even while frozen as anyone who has stored im- properly wrapped meat in a freezer knows. At first glance it would appear that the system might be useful only for those specimens intended for the collector’s own cabinets, but experience has shown that frozen specimens in tight tin boxes may be shipped over the whole country by air- mail and arrive in mountable condition; thawed of course, but still pliable. A drop of dilute carbolic acid or other mold-preventative on a bit of cotton in the box will discourage the development of mold during the period in the mails. In view of the present rapid air service to the continent of Europe and to England it should also be possible to ship valued specimens abroad by this method. JOHN P. KNUDSEN, Oglethorpe University, Georgia, U.S. A. 28 Field and Technique Notes Vol.7, no. SAMPLING MICHIGAN LEPIDOPTERA BY THE FIXED LIGHT TRAP The Edwin S. George Reserve is a tract of about 1600 acres in Livingston County, Michigan, donated to the University of Michigan by the late EDWIN S. GEORGE. It is what would be described as sub-marginal farm land, consisting of open fields, marsh, ponds, coppice, and hills, forested with the oak-elm-maple complex. A few junipers are the only conifers. It is used as a biological study area by faculty, students, and other research workers. One of the research projects is a study of the insect fauna. Under the care of a resident curator, two or three light traps are operated during the season. These consist of a cyanide jar, an electric light, and an electric fan, which blows the at- tracted insects into the cyanide jar. In the morning, the catch is sorted into various groups and these are ultimately delivered to those studying the various groups. During the past few years it has been the privilege of the writer to examine the microlepidoptera thus collected, and the results give a very good indication of the advantages and disadvantages of this method of collecting. As a means of studying the distribution of species it appears to be better than any one other method. Of the one thousand-odd micros recorded from Michigan, nearly 600 have been taken in Livingston County. There are species more usually expected from the south, the west, northwest, east and north; a number have previously been known only from the type material. It is useful in determining the relative abundance, although some come to the light only sparingly and some not at all. There are of course only negative indications of food plants. Five specimens of Omphalicera cariosa Led., te- corded as feeding in fruits of pawpaw, were taken, although the curator informs me that that plant does not occur on the Reserve. Tortrix packardiana Fern., feeding on fir, Zenodochium citricolella Cham., feeding in mummied oranges, and Choristoneura fumiferana Clem., the Spruce Budworm, were far from appreciable quantities of their recorded foodplants. One of the most serious disadvantages of this method of collecting is the damage to specimens by the rapidly revolving fan and by larger Coleoptera. Less than half are of acceptable museum quality. Many can be determined only by wing and geni- talic dissection. If any one is interested mainly in distribution rather than in making a sightly collection, these disadvantages are not such a major problem. Supplemented by the usual field work and such rearing as may be practicable, a few years should give an excellent approximation of the limits of the insect fauna. RALPH BEEBE, 4169 Tenth St., Ecorse, Mich., U.S.A. MIGRATION OF THE MONARCH BUTTERFLY THROUGH CHICAGO On September 16, 1952, there was evidence of a migration of Monarch Butterflies (Danaus plextppus L.) through the city of Chicago. The weather was clear, with a moderate northwest wind and the maximum temperature reaching 80° F. During about 2 hours before sunset, 169 individuals were counted from the windows of an apart- ment. The location was about 2 miles west of “The Loop,” well within the city, proper. [he insects were flying westward at a leisurely rate; none were seen to alight. The migration was intermittent, several butterflies passing within a few seconds, then none being seen for 2 or 3 minutes. Only rarely did a butterfly pass in the opposite (eastward) direction, and such as did were seen to turn shortly and fly west with the others. With the monarchs was a smaller number of Colias eurytheme Bdv. As the sun sank in the west the butterflies flew higher in the air along the street. About half an hour before sunset it was discovered that many were migrating over the roof- tops of the 3 and 4 story buildings that line the block. These were travelling in a southwesterly direction rather than west along the street like the earlier specimens. This may have been a response to light, as the street itself was by this time rather in the shade. Occasional stragglers were seen passing as late as the time of sunset. This apparent migration followed several days during which Monarchs were more numerous than usual, but not present in such numbers as were observed on this evening. A few were seen the following morning, but not again in such numbers. MACDONALD FULTON, Loyola University School of Medicine, Chicago, Ill., U.S. A. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 29 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA Under this heading are listed each month papers on Lepidoptera from all the scientific journals which are accessible to us and our cooperating abstractors. It is hoped that eventually our coverage of the world’s literature will be virtually complete. It is in- tended that every paper and book published after 1946 will be included. Abstracts give all new subspecies and higher categories, with type localities and generotypes. Papers of only local interest are merely listed. Papers devoted entirely to economic aspects will be omitted. Reprints are solicited from all publishing members. Initials of cooperating abstractors are as follows: [P.B.] - P. F. BELLINGER; [A.D.] - A. DIAKON- OFF; [Y.O.] - Y. OKADA; [C.R.] - C.L. REMINGTON; [J.R.] - J.E. REMINGTON; [T.S.]-T. SHIROZU. A complete set of these pages for clipping and filing may be obtained for Vols. 4, 5, 6, and 7 for $0.50 per volume. E. DISTRIBUTION AND PHENOLOGY Box, Harold E., “The geographical and ecological distribution of some neotropical species of Diatraea Guild. (Lep., Pyral.) and certain of their parasites.” Proc. VIII Int. Congr., pp. 351-357. 1950. Discusses food plants and distribution of 9 spp. and some dipterous parasites. Evidence that both hosts and parasites differentiate into biological races in different parts of their ranges. [P.B.] Hellman, E. A., “Observations on the lepidopterous fauna of Paltamo Parish (Kn) in the summer of 1949” [in Finnish, English summary]. Ann. Ent. Fennici, vol. 15: pp. 121-123. 5 Dec. 1949. 39 new records. Discussioin of causes of scarcity of Lepidoptera; notes on the biology of Pieris napi. [P.B.] Hoffman, Emil, “Sammelergebnis aus Warscheneckgebiet im Totengebirge aus dem Jahre 1944” [in German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 57: pp. 38-42. 30 June 1947. Annotated list (Macrolepidoptera). Komarek, Oldfich, “La contribution a la connaissance de la faune lépidopterologique de la Bohéme du nord-est, avec les diagnoses de deux formes nouvelles’ [in Czech, French summary]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cechosloveniae, vol. 47: pp. 41-45, 1 fig. 1 Feb. 1950. New records for the area and new localities. . Names 2 aber- rations. [P.B] de Lesse, H., “Observations sur l’époque d’apparition et le comportement des Leépi- doptéres du Groénland occidental et remarques sur leur homochromie” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 163-169, 1 pl. “Nov.-Dec. 1949” [26 Apr. 1950]: Phenological information on the spp. observed on the French expedition to west Greenland in 1949. Figures 15 spp. to illustrate their dull coloration, which blends with the rocks. [P.B.] Picard, J., “Nouvelles notes sur Pyrgus (Pyrgus) malvae Lin.” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 241-245. “Mar.-Apr.” [25 Sept.] 1950. Notes on genitalia, biology, distribution [P.B.] de Puységur, K., “L’existence de Libythea celtis Fuessly dans les Alpes-Maritimes est connue depuis plus 75 ans” [in French]. Rev. Frang. Lépid., vol. 12: pp.81-83. “Mar.-Apr. [4 Oct.]1949.” Warnecke, Georg, “Weitere Ausbreitung des Landkartchens (Araschnia levana L.)” [in German]. Mitt. Faun. Arbeitsgem. Schleswig-Holst., n.s., vol. 3: pp. 14-15. 1950. F. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Box, Harold E., “The more important insect pests of sugar cane in northern Venezuela.” Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., vol. 14: pp. 41-51, 2 maps. Mar. 1950. Distribution and biology of Castnia licoides and 4 spp. of Diatraea. [P.B.] Diakonoff, A., “Viviparie bij Lepidoptera” [In Dutch: Viviparity in L.] Verslag 83e Wintervergadering Nederl. Entom. Vereeniging: pp. XXIX- XXXIII. 1 Feb. 1952. A preliminary report of studies on viviparity in Momopis (Tineidae). [A.D.] Gronvall, J.S., “Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Verbreitung und Biologie von Cossus terebra” [in German]. Proc. VIII Int. Ent. Congr.: pp. 781-784, 5 figs,1 map. 1950. Distribution; notes on morphology and larval habits. [P.B.] Patotka, Jan, “La chrysalide de la géometride Therapis evonymaria Schift. (Lep.)” [in Czech, French summary]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cechosloveniae, vol. 47: pp. 59-60, 2 figs. 1 Feb. 1950. Describes and figures pupa. [P.B.] 30 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.7. no.1 Planes, Silverio, ‘“Influencia de la temperatura en el desarrollo del Earias insulana” fin Spanish]. Bol. Patol. Veg. Ent. Agric., vol. 16: pp. 23-30. 1949. Analysis of relation between temperature and duration of early stages. [P.B.] Rougeot, Pierre-Claude, “Description des stades post-embryonnaires de quelques sa- turnioides gabonis lin French]. Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol. 18: pp. 208-217, 3 figs. Dec. 1949. Describes all stages of Holocera angulata, Pseudantheraea cere. pans (food plants Poga olessa, Terminalia); Bunaeopsis macrophthalmus; Bunaea alcinoe alcinoe; Nudarelia dione: N. anthina; Imbrasia epimethea epimethea; I. e. obscura; Drepanoptera ploetzi; incomplete information on Lobobunaea goodi, L. phaedusa, Pseudobunaea sp., P. alinda sjéstedti, Nudarelia alopia rhodophila, Dre- panoptera vacuna. Most food plants are identified only by the native names. [P.B.] Ruiz Castro, Aurelio, “La polilla del olivo en Espana, Prays oleellus (F.)” [in Spanish]. Bol. Patol. Veg. Ent. Agric., vol. 16: pp. 165-202, 19 figs. 1949. Taxonomic history, distribution, morphology and biology of this gelechiid. Lists numerous primary and higher parasites. [P.B.] Sarlet, L., “Iconographie des oeufs de Lépidoptéres [in French]. Lambillonea, vol. 49: pp. 51-54, 62-67, 97-100; vol. 50: pp. 29-33. 25 June, 25 Aug., 25 Oct. 1949: 25 Apr. 1950. Outline of a universal system for describing eggs; notes on morhology and oviposition; glossary of descriptive terms. [P.B.] Sevastopulo, D.G., “Comments on “Obervations on the life histories of certain butter- flies of Freetown, Sierra Leone’. Ent. Rec., vol. 62: pp. 33-34. Mar. 1950. Suire, Jean, ‘Les premiers états d’Epidola stigma Stgr. (Lep. Gelechiidae)”’ [in French]. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 53: pp. 146-150, 14 figs. 28 Jan. 1949. Describes and figures all stages and discusses habits. A general feeder. [P.B.] Tiensuu, L., “Ein Massenauftreten von Insekten in lagerndem Mais” [in Finnish, German summary]. Ann. Ent. Fennici, vol. 13: pp. 153-170, 3 figs. “31 Dec. 1947” [1948]. Account of an infestation involving Stotroga, Plodia, and Ephestia cautella. [P.B.] van Zwaluwenburg, R.H., “Notes on parasites of Agonoxena argaula Meyrick.” Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., vol. 13: pp. 477-448. Mar. 1949. 4 parasites recorded. [P.B.] G. PHYSIOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR Cazal, P., “Anatomie comparée des glandes rétrocérébrales et du sympathique cephalique des insects - son utilité pour la systérmatique”’ [in French]. Proc. VII Int. Ent. Congr.: pp. 116-123, 16 figs. 1950. Describes and figures morphology of retrocerebral glands, stomogastric nervous system and associated structures in 16 orders, and gives a phylogenetic chart of the insects based on this information. [P.B.] Cazal, P., “Conception histophysiologique des glandes rétrocérébrales des insects” [in French]. Proc. VIII Int. Ent. Congr., pp. 214-217, 8 figs. 1950. Description of paracardiac bodies, corpora allata, and neurosecretory cells of brain in some insects, including “Hyloicus’. [P.B.] Del'man, H.M., “Nekotorye zakonomernosti sutochnogo ritma dykhaniia nacekomyk (some regularities in the diurnal respiratory rhythm of insects)” [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn. vol. 29: pp. 427-434, 8 figs. 1950. Larchenko, K.I., “Zakonomernosti razvitiia i razmnozheniia ozimi sovki (Agrotis segetum Schiff.)” [in Russian; the principles of development and reproduction in A, segetum|. Isvest. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Ser. Biol., 1949: pp. 470-494. Stephen, W.P. & R.D. Bird, “The effect of barometric pressure upon oviposition of the Imported Cabbageworm, Pieris rapae (L.).”’ Canad. Ent., vol. 81: p. 132. May 1949. Number of eggs laid per 9 higher at lower pressures. [P.B.] Wilson, Kent H., “Swarming of Eurema nicippe (Cramer) (Lepidoptera: Pieridae).” Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 44: p. 20. Feb. 1949. Swarm in Texas, in fall; specimens suffused with red beneath. [P.B.] H. MIGRATION Darlow, H.M., “Insects taken at sea in 1949.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 36-39. Feb. 1951. Includes records of 23 SPP. of Lepidoptera [P.B. J Urquhart, F.A., “Marked Monarchs.” Nat. Hist., vol. 61: pp. 226-229, 6 figs: May 1952. Describes method of marking migrating Monarch butterflies used by Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology, Toronto: tiny label folded in half and glued through hole punched in wing. Also gives life history and general migrating habits. [J.R.] 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 3] NOTICES Lepidopterists’ Society members may use this page free of charge to advertise their offerings and needs in Lepidoptera. The Editors reserve the right to rewrite notices for clarity or reject unsuitable notices. Notices will continue to appear until forced out by newer ones. We cannot guarantee any notices but expect all to be bona fide. Please notify us of any abuse of this service. Needed for research purposes: North American Lithocolletis. Central European Lepid- optera of all groups offered in exchange. Dr. Dalibor Povolny, 83 Havlickova, Brno, CZECHOSLOVAKIA. Wish ‘to 0 obtain complete t run “of Notes on m Moths a ana Butterflies ‘(formerly The Howell Mountain Butterfly Club), edited by Mrs. Evelyn Gilstrap Williams. C. F. dos Passos, Washington Corners, Mendham, N. J, U. has Wanted: Specimens of all varieties of EUCLEA for. genitalic study: "imperfect speci- mens with abdomens accepted if determinable. Ralph Beebe, 4169 Tenth St., Ecorse 29, Mich., U. S: A, Wish to exchange Rhopalocera and Saturniidae ree collectors of the “United States and foreign countries. Have eastern U.S. material for exchange, and possibly some extra pee diana this summer, as well as Eacles imperialis, and Citheronia regalis. Charles V. Covell, Jr., Box 569, Southern Pines, N. (ce “Check-list of the Butterflies of Hartman, ieolorado. pera nae “Years” (mimeo) for sale at $0.25. J. M. Unseld, Sr. Gravel Switch, Ky., U.S. A. Anticotrosive steel insect pins in ‘all standard: sizes and lengths (25 mm. and 37 mm.): black $1.20/1000; white $1.75/1000. Minuten nadeln: black $0.60/1000; white $0. 95/1000. Price list available on request. Dr. H. Wilcke, Késsen/Tyrol, AUSTRIA. For : sale: Indian and a few Sumatran Lepid. in papers with data, Prices reasonably low, material in good condition. Edward C. Welling, 700 E. 240th St., Euclid 23, Ohio, U.S.A. For sale: Rhopalocera from Mauritius, unset, with full data. Ralph Nevile, The Rectory (Top Flat), Leite, near Rugby, ENGLAND. Many butterflies Offered ‘ia exchange for other specimens from all over the world. Bernie Weber, 359 E. Angeleno Ave., Burbank, Calif., U.S.A. California moths and butterflies for sale, papered, pinned to suit. Many pupae avail- able. Inquiry invited. F. P. Sala, 1912 Hilton Drive, Burbank, Calif., U.S.A. Desire contact with collector wishing to exchange or sell Hesperiidae from all parts of the world. Determined material preferred, but others welcome. Arthur H. Moeck, 301 E. Armour Ave., Milwaukee 7, Wis., U.S.A. LIVING MATERIAL Wanted: cocoons of Saturniidae; pupae of Papilio, Sphingidae, Arctidae; fertile ova. Exchange or buy. Eugene Dluhy, 3912 No. Hamilton Ave., Chicago 18, Ill, U.S.A. For sale, 50 living cocoons of Actias selene at reasonable prices. Edward C. Welling, FOE. 240th.St., Euclid 23, Ohio, U.S.A. Available shortly, eggs of hybrid Papilio asterias Q x P. machaon 6; larvae teed on fennel and Spices other plants. Wanted in exchange, pupae of “intermediates” such as P. bairdii, P. zelicaon, P. indra, and P. brevicauda. Dr. C. A. Clarke, High Close, Thorsway, Caldy, Cheshire, ENGLAND. Vol.7, no.1 Uo bdo ADDITIONS TO THE MEMBERSHIP LIST *Albright, Ray, Dayton, Ore., U.S.A. ANHILGER, CARL, 5938 W. Chicago Ave., Chicago 51, Ill., U.S.A. Cady, Michael E., 21 Border St., Dedham, Mass., U.S. A. Chandik, Ted, 1236 119th St., Whiting, Ind., U.S.A. Flint, Oliver S., Jr., 57 Farview Way, Amherst, Mass., U.S. A. Gehrhardt, Edgar E., 456 18th St., Richmond 5, Calif., U.S. A. Hagey, Robert H., 2400 Greenwood Ave., Wilmette, Ill., U.S.A. Harvey; W.B., Box 52, Wall, S°Ds-UsS:-7° Jamison, J.R., Jr., 12 Thomson Ave., Canton, N.C., U.S.A. LANGSTON, ROBERT L., 3008 Claremont Ave., Berkeley 5, Calif., U.S. A. Malcolm, John A., Jr., 1590 Williamsburg Rd., Mt. Lebanon, Pittsburgh 16, Pa., U.S. A. Neumann, D., Jr., 3066 Georgia St., Oakland 2, Calif., U.S.A. PRESTON, JUNE D. (Mrs.), 526 Linden Rd., State College, Pa., U.S.A. Richter, Max L., Butterfly Farm, East Durham, N.Y., U.S.A. RITTERBUSH, PHILIP C., 20 Lafayette St., Laconia, N.H., U.S.A. Stoner, Emerson A., 285 East “L” St., Benicia, Calif., U.S. A. Syme, Paul D., 262 Bessborough Drive, Toronto 17, Ont., CANADA. Todd, E.L. (Dr.), 1510 N. Joplin’ Se, Pictsbure, Kan? oes Ae Unseld, James, Jr., Gravel Switch, Ky., U.S.A. BACK VOLUMES NEEDED Volumes 1 and 2 of The Lepidopterists News are needed to complete sets of the News for permanent libraries in universities and museums. THE TREASURER WILL PAY $2.50, EACH, (MORE THAN ORIGINAL SALE PRICE) FOR UN- DAMAGED COMPLETE COPIES OF THESE TWO VOLUMES. ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE Meetings of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature will be held in Copenhagen, Denmark, during the meeting of the Fourteenth International Congress of Zoology from 5-12 August 1953. FRANCES HEMMING, Secretary of the Commission, has announced the holding of a “Colloquium on Zoological Nomencla- ture’ from 29 July to 4 August, immediately prior to the opening of the Congress. The proposed agenda of the Colloquium includes preliminary consideration (1) of the draft of the revised International Code, recently completed by jurists, and (2) of questions relating to amendments to the Code submitted since the revision in 1948, Attendance at the Colloquium will be by invitation, with as thorough represen- tation as possible from different parts of the world and from specialists in all possible parts of the Animal Kingdom. The draft text of the International Code will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature before the Colloquium opens. Lepidopterists interested in attending these sessions should communicate immediately with Secretary HEMMING (28 Park Village East, Regent’s Park, London, N. W. 1, ENGLAND.) C. L. REMINGTON THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ NEWS Volume 7 1954 Number 2 NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF INCISALIA AUGUSTINUS AND A NEW HOST PLANT RECORD (LYCAENIDAE) by J. B. ZIEGLER The host plants of Incisalia augustinus Westwood have been stated to be Vaccinium vacillans Solander and Kalmia angustifolia L. by DAVENPORT & DETHIER (1938) and KLots (1951). These records appear to be based upon papers by JOHN H. Cook (1904, 1906, 1907a), part of an excellent series on the biology and taxonomy of the genus Imncisalia Scudder which appeared just after the turn of the century and which clarified many points of confusion which had existed with regard to this group of butterflies. Vaccinium spp. ate well established as host plants of I. augustinus in the vic- inity of Albany, New York, on the basis of COOK’s work, since he was ap- parently able to observe the female ovipositing on them in nature (1906), definitely found larvae in advanced stages feeding on them in nature (1904), and was entirely successful in rearing the insect through all of its transform- ations on them in the laboratory (1906). However, the status of K. angusti- folia as a host plant seems much less certain. Although COOK was not en- tirely clear on this point, it is likely that his description (1906) of the site of oviposition on Kalmia was based on laboratory observations alone. More conclusively, he states definitely that he was never able to discover the Jarva on this plant in nature, and further, that he found it impossible to rear the insect on Kalmia in the laboratory (1906). Significantly, he also stated (1906) that larvae which had been feeding on Vaccinium refused to eat Kalmaia. In addition, he himself pointed out (1906) that the larvae, normally green in color, would be rendered quite conspicuous while feeding on the rosy Kalmia flowers, the most likely site of attack. These considerations make it seem most unlikely that Kalmza is an actual host plant of I. augustinus in nature, and it should probably be removed from the host plant list of this butterfly, at least until such time as more conclusive evidence can be brought forward. However, it now appears that this gap can be filled by the inclusion of a third plant. In collaboration with Dr. G. W. RAWSON, the author has been attempting to work out in detail the life history of Incisalia polios Cook & Watson, which is only very imperfectly known. As part of this project, a number of eggs were taken by the author in the spring of 1951 at Lakehurst, New Jersey, on Bearberry, Arctostaphylos uva-ursi Spreng., the known (Cook, 1907c) host plant of I. polios. The first was found on April 28 and a few others on May 5. Of these, the one taken on April 28 and one of those taken on May 5 were brought through on Bearberry to the adult stage, which emerged from the pupae at about the same time in the spring of 1952. In the confident expectation that both would prove to be I. polios, the two had been placed together and were in the same breeding cage at the we i | oye) 34 ZIEGLER: Incisalia augustinus Biology Vol.7, no.2 time of emergence. It was a great surprise to observe, therefore, that while one was indeed I. polios, the other was an undoubted specimen of I. augus- tinus! This observation, therefore, constitutes excellent evidence that A. wva- ursi is a natural host plant of I. augustinus in southern New Jersey. Although a detailed set of notes was kept for each of the larvae, the unfortunate circumstance that segregation of the two was not maintained makes it impossible to refer either set of notes to the appropriate species with any degree of certainty. However, the major differences observed will be noted briefly, with the thought that they may be of interest to others who might rear either of these species. The first instar larva which emerged from the egg on May 7 possessed a rather large, dark brown spot on the dorsum in the anal region. This spot was not seen on the first instar larva which emerged on April 30. It may be noted that this spot was not mentioned by Cook (1907a) in his description of the first instar larva of I. awgustinus. Late in the first instar, the April 30 larva had a dull, lemon-yellow ground color and was marked with a dorsal pair of closely set, dull reddish stripes and similar pairs of lateral stripes. Late in the first instar, the May 7 larva had similar ground color and stripes, except that the latter were of a bright rose color. The space between the lateral rows of stripes was partly oc- cupied by indistinct, rosy shadings. Thus, the May 7 larva had, at this point, a considerably redder appearance. The dorsal, anal spot previously mentioned was still in evidence but was much reduced in size. The rosy markings of the May 7 larva persisted throughout the second instar and, on the posterior part of the body, throughout the third instar. This larva did not become completely green until the fourth instar. On the other hand, the corresponding (but originally dull reddish) markings of the April 30 larva had become a dull, olive green in color by the middle of the second instar. In this connection it is of interest to note that COOK (1907b) com- ments in a footnote to a paper on I. henrict that “The dorsum is red in I. polios during the second larval instar, —”. The pupa derived from the April 30 larva was somewhat larger than that from the May 7 larva, was lighter brown in color and had shorter hairs. Cook (1904) described the pupa of I. avgustinus as being “sparsely clothed with short hairs”. The comparative notes given above, although admittedly very sketchy, engender the suspicion that the April 30 larva was I. awgustinus and that the May 7 larva was I. polios, This supposition would be supported by the earlier flight period of I. augustinus in the New Jersey pine barrens. In addition to these differences between the two individuals studied, certain similarities were noted. These similarities will be discussed in com- parison with earlier observations made by COOK, in connection with I. aa- OUSLINUS. First, the number of larval molts may be mentioned. CooK (1906) was able to detect only two in the case of two individuals after painstaking observation, although he states that this was quite unexpected since I. aus, I, henrici, and I, niphon molt three times. The total times in the lar- val stage for the two individuals studied by COOK were twenty-nine and twenty-three days. Although the observations upon which the present paper are based were perhaps not as detailed in this regard as were COOK’S, yet 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 35 definite evidence was obtained in both instances for the usual number of three molts. In the case of the egg hatching on April 30, the duration of each of the first three larval instars was four days, that of the fourth was ten days, and the total time in the larval stage was twenty-two days. In the case of the egg hatching on May 7, the duration of the first three instars was 4-6 days, that of the fourth instar was twelve days, and the total time in the larval stage was twenty-seven days. The feeding habits of the larvae were quite similar to those of the I. augustinus larvae on Vaccinium as described by COOK (1906). The new- born larva crawled up the flower pedicel and entered the blossom either directly through the opening or by eating a small hole near the base. It then fed upon the inner part of the flower until late in the second or early in the third instar. During the first instar, the larva remained entirely concealed within the blossom; later, it lay along the pedicel or along the outside of the flower with the anterior extremity well within the blossom or, alternatively, was entirely within the flower but with the posterior extremity visible at the lip of the blossom. In this latter position, the pinkish color of the pos- terior tip of the larva matched very closely the color of the lip of the blossom. In this position, the larva cast the pellets of excreta outside of the flower. When the larva lay along the flower pedicel with the anterior extremity within the blossom, the interesting observation was made that it sometimes raised the pellets of excreta deliberately over its back and deposited them on a ball of similar pellets held between two flower pedicels by a silken net or alternatively, flipped them some distance away by means of the anal comb. From the third instar on, it ate the developing berries which were sometimes devoured completely and sometimes hollowed out, leaving only the skin intact. Cook (1906) mentions that his larvae did not form “cocoons” prior to pupation. The earlier larva reared during the course of this study was given no opportunity to do so. The later of the two did form a rude shelter by binding together three or four leaves of the Bearberry with a few strands of silk on the floor of the breeding cage. It is, of course, not known whether this was I. augustinus or I. polios, although the considerations men- tioned above lead to the suspicion that it may have been the latter. References Cook, J. H., 1906. Studies in the genus Imcisalia. \1.-Incisalia augustus. Can. Ent., vol. 38: pp. 214-217. Cook, J. H., 1907a. Studies in the genus Incisalia. Incisalia augustus (cont.) Can. Ent., vol. 39: pp. 145-149. Cook, J. H., 1907b. Studies in the genus Imcisalia. W.-Incisalia benrici. Can. Ent., vol. 39: pp. 229-234. Cook, J.H., 1907c. Studies in the genus Incisalia. Can. Ent., vol. 39: pp. 405-409. Cook, J. H., & H. Cook, 1904. Notes on Incisalia augustinus. Can. Ent., vol 36: p. 136. Davenport, D. & V.G. Dethier, 1938. Bibliography of the described life histories of the Rhopalocera of America north of Mexico, 1889-1937. Ent. Amer., vol. 7 meGnew ser.)is p. 170. Klots, A. B., 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies of North America, East of the Great Plains, p. 146. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. 18 Baltusrol Place, Summit, New Jersey, U.S.A. 3€ Vol.7, no.2 CHROMOSOME NUMBERS OF SOME JAPANESE RHOPALOCERA by Kopo MAEKI and SAJIRO MAKINO The order Lepidoptera has long furnished favorite material for cytological study, and extensive studies of the chromosomes have been carried out, mainly from the cyto-taxonomic standpoint. With reference to the list of the chromo- some numbers in animals, published by MAKINO (1951), it is evident that the list of the known chromosomes in the Heterocera, or moths, including about 170 species, is larger than for the Rhopalocera, of which about 150 species are known. So far as the authors are aware, the comparative studies of the chromo- somes have been published by BELIAJEFF (1930), FEDERLEY (1938), LORKO- vic (1941), and some others, mainly with European butterflies. Our knowledge of the chromosomes of Japanese butterflies, however, is very meager. In view of this the present authors have undertaken the chromosome study of Japanese species of butterflies since 1951, to contribute something in this unexplored field, and made clear the chromosome numbers of 52 species of butterflies which were mostly obtained in the vicinity of Sapporo, Hokkaido. This report seems to furnish the first comparative study which deals with butterfly chromosomes in Japan. All the butterflies used as material for the present study were collected dur- ing 1951 and 1952. They belong to seven families. They include 52 species of the Rhopalocera, namely: 1 species of Libytheidae, 7 species of Lycaenidae, 21 species of Nymphalidae, 5 species of Papilionidae, 7 species of Pieridae, 8 species of Satyridae, and 3 species of Hesperiidae. In most cases, the testes obtained from mature adults were used in this study. For the fixatives, Allen’s P. F. A.-3 solution, Allen-Bouin’s mixture, Allen’s B-3 solution, and Benda’s fluid were employed. The sections were made according to the paraffin method and stained with Heidenhain’s iron-haematoxylin with a counter-stain of light green. In all species studied here, the spermatogonial chromosomes were not ob- served. The haploid chromosomes in both primary and secondary spermatocytes came under study. It is notable that the chromosome number of Pieris melete shows a variation ranging from 27 to 31. The basic number was determined as 27. The cause of the numerical variation lies in the presence of supernumerary chromosomes. The supernumeraries vary from 1 to 4, each represented by a minute element. The species coming under study and the chromosome numbers established are listed in the table. The species having numbers around 30 (n) are most numerous, being 73% in frequency. The chromosome number of the species studied ranges from 14 to 36; between these extremes the following numbers; 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31 are represented. The species having 31 chromosomes (n) are most frequent, being 35%. Those with 30 chromosomes rank second. The numerical condition found in the present study is quite similar to that in moths. Among the species concerned here, there is no evidence for the presence of polyploidy. The authors wish to acknowledge their gratitude to Dr. C. L. REMINGTON, of Yale University, who kindly recommended that we publish this short note in [he Lepidopterists’ News, while the senior author (S, M.) visited his laboratory. T9535 The Lepidopterists’ News CHROMOSOME NUMBERS OF JAPANESE BUTTERFLIES STUDIED BY THE AUTHORS Species HESPERIIDAE Daimio tethys Mén. Halpe varia Murray Parnara guttata Brem. & Gray PAPILIONIDAE Papilio xuthus Linné Papilio machaon hippocrates Feld. & Feld. Papilio maackiti Mén. Papilio protenor demetrius Cram. Papilio bianor Cram. ’ PIERIDAE Aporia crataegi Linné Anthocaris scolymus Butler Colias hyale Linné Eurema hecabe Linné Pieris rapae Linné Pieris napi Linneé Pieris melete Meén. SATYRIDAE Coenonympha oedippus Fab. Lethe diana Butler Lethe sicelis Hew. Mycalesis francisca perdiccas Hew. Mycalesis gotama Moore Neope goschkevitschit Mén. Satyrus dryas Scop. Yythima argus Butler LIBYTHEIDAE Libythea celtis Fuessl. LYCAENIDAE Celastrina argiolus Linné Neozephyrus taxila Bremer Curetis acuta paracuta Nicé. Lycaena phlaeas Linneé Zizeeria maha argia Men. Everes argiades Pallas Arhopala japonica Murray NYMPHALIDAE Argynnis charlotta Argynnis laodice Pallas Argynnis ruslana Motsch. Argynnis paphia Linné Argynnis anadyomene Felder Aglais urticae Linné Apatura ilia Schiff. Araschnia burejana Brem. Araschnia levana Linné Brenthis ino Rott. Hestina japonica Feld. & Feld. n (haploid number) PIs Data IO; 501) = Shri) 16 (I) 30 (1) 51 (1) 30 (1) 30 (1) 30 (1) 22) (1) 31 (1) 31 (1) ot CE) 20. Cin) en) ZA ey) 301s aTF) 29: CY) 2OOCE) 29° CE) ~~) er a — —_— — ~~ NmMNMhdt od Dd Dr _— — * (I) denotes the first spermatocyte and (II) the second spermatocyte. 38 MAEKI & MAKINO: Chromcsome Numbers Vol.7, no.2 Kaniska canace Linné lent) Limenitis camilla Schiff. 30: 2 an) Limenitis glorifica Fruhst. 310) GL) Neptis aceris Lep. 30 7G aie Nymphalis to Linné ober elln el 0()) Nymphalis xanthomelas Esper Sb UL) Polygonia c-album Linné Zi Gp) Polygonta c-aureum Linné 31 Sasakia charonda Hew. 29:1, ID) Vanessa indica Herbst 31 2G a References Beliajeff, N. I, 1930. Die Chromosomenkomplexe und ihre Beziehung zur Phylogenie bei den Lepidopteren. Zestschr. indukt. Abst. Vererb. 54: 369-399. Federley, H., 1938. Chromosomenzahlen finnlandisher Lepidopteren. I. Rhopalocera. Hereditas 24: 397-464. Lorkovi¢, Z., 1941. Die Chromosomenzahlen in der Spermatogenese der Tagfalter. Chro- mosoma 2: 155-191. Makino, S., 1951. An atlas of the chromosome numbers in anmals, 2nd ed. lowa State College Press, Ames. 290 pp. Zoological Institute, Faculty of Science, Hokkaido University, Sapporo, JAPAN THE EXCELSIOR COMPLEX by NICHOLAS SHOUMATOFF In view of the variety of interesting hypotheses offered recently to explain the phenomenon of acrophilia in butterflies — their habit of some- times lingering on hilltops—it may be helpful to recapitulate, and at the same time offer a simpler classification of alternatives, as follows: Specific Cause General Type Reference Search for foodplant Biological Merritt, Lepid. News 6:101 Emergence on hilltop is Arnhold, Lepid. News 6:99 Search for females »” Wind Involuntary Merritt, Lepid. News 6:101 Tropism Element of Play ; fe rs ‘ Gregariousnness Liking hilltops Social ambition Competition Rawson, Lepid. News 5:70 Male battleground ip i ‘ ‘ ” ” ” ” ” ” ” In analyzing this problem, I believe it is important to distinguish be- tween the influences of macro- and microtopology. The former involves the well known phenomena of isolation of Lepidoptera on mountain tops due to vertical temperature gradient or geological history. I assume it is only the question of small, local hilltops that is at issue here. 1958) The Lepidopterists’ News 39 A few pertinent observations of my own, which might be added to those already discussed, are: (1) Anthocharis genutia F. on a hilltop above Numeral Rock at Kent, Conn.; (2) Pieris rapae L. near the top of RCA Building in New York; (3) Vanessa virginiensis Drury flying back and forth across the top of the Cathedral of Learning in Pittsburgh; (4) Papzlio thersites Fabr. (males only) circling for hours in a tight circle or ellipse on certain hilltops in Jamaica, B. W.I., and attacking all other Lepidoptera that came in sight. Extended, close range moving pictures of P. thersites engaged in this activity were shown at the first annual meeting of the Lepidopterists’ Society at New York in 1950. (5) Hilltops were reported as localities for quite a number of Jamaican species by Avinoff and Shouma- toff, Annals Carnegie Museum, 30:263-295; 1946. It is my personal opinion that the fondness of certain butterflies for hilltops may be explained as a compromise between their natural urge to exercise their power to defy the laws of gravity, and their fear of rising too high above the earth, exposing themselves to natural enemies, the birds. At the psychological level, I have observed that this involves the elements of both play and competition, and I further believe it involves the same type of exaltation at the achievement of a summit which impels men to risk their lives for this purpose. To deny that there exists an element of pure sport in the behavior of butterflies is in my opinion not in keeping with the spirit of open-minded scientific investigation. It may be of interest to quote an excerpt from a ten-year-old unpublish- ed manuscript in which I tried to record some of my very pleasant experiences while collecting butterflies with the late Dr. ANDREY AVINOFF in Jamaica (in this the distinction between macro- and microtopology was not made): “In addition to being a continuation of these past mountain climbing experiences, our stay on Blue Mountain Peak was also to be the supreme test of a theory about butterfly collecting that was developed by Miss LILLY PERKINS. On the previous occasion when Uncle and I visited the Peak for a few hours, we had not had time to make a thorough investigation. “Miss PERKINS is a charming and talented lady who was born and raised in Jamaica. She had spent a considerable part of her life in catching butterflies, with the aid of her father, who was a civil engineer. Together, they had discovered more new species of butterflies from Jamaica than any other group of collectors. Nearly all of these had been caught in her own back yard at Baron Hill, which was an old estate in the Trelawney Moun- tains of western Jamaica. “It was at Baron Hill that Miss PERKINS discovered the strange phenom- enon of many rare butterflies congregating in one small spot, which happened to be the highest point of the surrounding country. There these normally energetic and elusive insects would linger lazily, sometimes sailing around in a tiny circle for hours at a time. This pastime was the particular favorite of one species, the belligerent Papilio thersites, a rare yellow swallowtail, who always established himself at the dead center of maximum elevation, and forced all others, large and small alike, to stay out of his own little vicious circle. On this one small knoll at Baron Hill, Miss PERKINS had found, in 40 SHOUMATOFF: Excelsior Complex Vol.7, no.2 the course of years, nearly all the different butterflies that are now known from Jamaica. As a result, her name had become known to entomologists all over the world. “When we visited Baron Hill on our second trip to the island, Miss PERKINS took us to her back yard, where we saw all these- wonderful things with our own eyes, and even recorded them with moving pictures. But this discovery was to cost us a vast number of foot-pounds of unnecessary work. After leaving Baron Hill, we felt duty bound to climb every hill in sight to investigate what we called the Excelsior Complex of butterflies. “In Jamaica, this was practically an unlimited task. Ever since COLUMBUS made his classical demonstration for Queen ISABELLA, the island’s mountain- ous character has been notorious. After his return from that fateful voyage when he was marooned in Jamaica for a year, the Queen asked him to describe what this new possession of hers looked like. Instead of using words, he constructed a model of the island. With an eloquent gesture, he crumpled a piece of paper and tossed it on the table. “We realized of course that not every hill was a Baron Hill. But we took the long, hard way in learning just how rare the phenomenon actually was. It was Uncle who grasped the point first. My own obsession with the Excelsior Complex got so bad that Uncle had to shield my eyes to keep me from noticing some hill we hadn’t climbed. Of the many ascents we did make, the great majority were absolutely fruitless. At the top of one ex- hausting hill near Mile Gully, called Bunker Hill, alias Mocho Mountain, we found nothing but the grave of a sea captain who was buried there forty years before, in accordance with his last will and testament. A path had been cut through the virgin bush to get him there, and now it was almost com- pletely erased by the resurgent jungle. Undoubtedly we were the first ones to have looked on that grave since many years ago, and our climb became part of the local legend. “Actually we had never yet found another high spot quite as good for butterflies as Miss PERKINS’ back yard. But we still had a lot of faith in the Excelsior Complex. Here on Blue Mountain Peak, at the highest spot of the whole island, it would have its ultimate test, if only the sun would come out for a few minutes... After lunch, the sun stayed shining for the rest of the day. But this was destined to be its last appearance during our sojourn on the summit. We took advantage of it to catch all the butterflies that we could. This energetic afternoon was climaxed by the capture of a Red Ad- miral|Vanessa atalanta L.|. This fast insect, though fairly common in the temperate zones all over the world, was previously unknown from Jamaica. It was a prized catch that fully vindicated the theory of the Excelsior Complex.” Bedford, No Ys o. as 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 41 CONGREGATION OF BUTTERFLIES AT HILLTOPS by GEOFFREY BEALL Observations by MERRITT (1952), and by RAWSON (1951), establish fairly clearly that at times butterflies (particularly Anthocaris midea Hbn.) may tend to appear with some frequency—let us say congregate—at hilltops; this is not invariably so, as is shown by the observations of MATHER (1952). Since there is no obvious explanation in terms of food plants or other simple attractions, there is thus raised the very interesting question of why they should so congregate. The particular question here raised seems, to the writer, to be involved in the broad question of whether lepidopterists may not seriously and unfortunately ignore certain aspects of the mechanism of insect movement. What is already known about such movement, particularly in the case of the Monarch Butterfly, Danaus plexippus L. and of the locust, Schistocerca gregaria Forsk., may be sufficient to explain the congregation of butterflies. The writer suggests that butterflies, at times, may tend to drift with con- siderable unanimity up a hillside and then congregate in some measure when such movement is somehow barred at the top of the hill. It is only necessary to suppose that a butterfly engages, to some extent, in what WILLIAMS (1930) calls unidirectional flight and that this movement is somewhere interrupted to cause congregation. It is true that WILLIAMS is interested in unidirectional flight principally from the view-point of migration, ze., flight long continued predominantly in a single direction and which results in the translocation of whole populations of butterflies. Fairly consistent flight in one direction may, however, occur for short times but be succeeded by other movements so that as a net effect there is no appreciable migration. Unidirectional movement has been noticed by the writer (probably many people have noticed it) in the case of Cabbage Whites which on days of light wind tend to move across country into the wind. He also believes he has noticed it in the case of the Mourning Cloak and various swallow-tails. If such movement ceases when the butterfly meets slightly stiffer wind (as at a hilltop) congregation may occur. The situation ts reminiscent of the well-known congregations of Monarch Butterflies and less widely known congregations of Odonata and Muscid flies that frequently occur on the shores of the Great Lakes. Perhaps a closer analogy is the tendency for monarchs, when in the general regions mentioned, to fetch up in the lee of a hillock or clump of trees. The mechanics of the type of movement just indicated has been discussed at some length by KENNEDY (1951) for the Desert Locust, S. gregaria, His observations and deductions were similar to those of the writer (BEALL, 1941) in connection with the Monarch Butterfly. Various things may be conceived as happening at a hilltop. An insect may tend to move fairly close to the ground against a moderate wind which is coming fairly directly over a ridge. On obtain- ing the top, the insect may respond to the problem of increased wind velocity by rising. Such response may be necessary to the insect for a kind of psychologi- cal reason, discussed at some length by KENNEDY. The response, of course, only increases its tendency to lose ground against the wind so that at its increased height it tends to be forced backward. The tendency subsequently is for the insect to drop so that it is again some distance down the hill and close to the 42 BEALL: Butterflies at Hilltops Vol.7, ene2 ground and is able to fly against the wind; it presumably then starts another cycle. There is thus set up a sort of vertical eddy of insects which tends to hold them at the hilltop. KENNEDY has described also a case where the wind came across a ridge not directly but at an angle. The movement (of locusts ) was then principally up the slope to the crest and then along the ridge just below the crest in a body. Of course, for locusts the situation is complicated by the conta- gious effect of their necessity to move parallel to one another, but this effect would probably not be important in the case of butterflies. They might meet a wind at an angle by drifting along and down the ridge for a time and sub- sequently move in the opposite direction along the ridge and then up it. Such behavior would create the kind of horizontal eddies observed by MERRITT. MERRITT describes a point where three ridges converge in a small plateau and where there were frequently A. midea. This would be a very likely spot for congregation because any wind would almost always be across some one of the three ridges. A most serious objection to the present explanations is MERRITT’S observation that he has seen butterflies on ridges during windless days. The ob- servation would bear checking; perhaps on these days there was a very light wind, that was still sufficient successively to orient and to stop the flight of A, midea. MERRITT and RAWSON stress the curious fact that congregations at hilltops are principally of males. May we not easily suppose that any tendency towards WILLIAMS’ unidirectional flight or any tendency to discover barriers of changed stimulus differ for the sexes? Obviously the general character of flight does so differ; trus during the summer female Monarchs tend to fly among the herbage but males above it. We may note that the tendency for unidirectional flight probably varies according to species and, again, the stimuli necessary to cause or terminate such flight must be specific. We do not know how various is the tendency to move upwind. We might look for it particularly among the Pieridae and Papilionidae that MERRITT says have a tendency to congregate at hilltops. Quite obviously the question of what wind is moderate and capable of directing flight—rather than stopping it—must vary with species. We may expect the Papilios to deal with relatively high winds; MERRITT says they generally fly at more than eight feet from the ground. We may expect A. midea, which he says seldom rises above four feet, to move into a very light wind and be stopped by a compara- tively small increase in wind velocity. It is neither possible nor necessary to explain fully the dynamics of butter- fly flight. All that is pleaded is that insects are known to move steadily in some one direction for considerable distances without any reasonable objective but merely in response to some steady stimulus like wind, and that such movement may be terminated by a quantitative change in the stimulus, such as may occur at a hilltop. There the response may easily result in a movement at the crest rath- er than a continuation of flight over it. Perhaps MERRITT and others might consider the general hypothesis suggested here and test it against the actual facts in the field, Let them note cases where such congregation of butterflies occurs and see whether it may probably be explained by such wind barriers as are sug- gested, The circumstances under which they should anticipate congregation can- not be given; the secret probably lies in observing the character of flight at 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 43 hilltops under various conditions of wind. The matter might perhaps be best studied with the Papilios for which the movement might be bold and clear. References Beall, G., 1941. The monarch butterfly, Danaus archippus Fab. I. General observations in southern Ontario. Can. Field Nat., vol. 40: pp. 123-129. Kennedy, J. S., 1951. The migration of the desert locust (Schistocerca gregaria Forsk.) I. The behavior of swarms. IJ. A theory of long range migrations. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., vol. 235: pp. 163-290. Mather B., 1952. Anthocaris in Mississippi. Lepid. News, vol. 6: p. 42. Merritt, J.R., 1952. Butterflies and hilltops. Lepid. News, vol. 6: pp. 101-102. Rawson, G. W., 1951. Hilltops and Anthocaris. Lepid. News, vol. 5: p. 70. Williams, C. ae 1930. The migration of butterflies. xi + 473 pp. Oliver & Boyd, London. Statistical Lab., University of Connecticut, Storrs, Conn, U. S. A. PAPILIO’ ZELIGAON. AND HILL TORS by RICHARD GUPPY In the southeast parts of Vancouver Island, Papilio zelicaon Lucas is very noticeably commoner on the summits of mountains than in the adjacent valleys. I have regarded this merely as proof that the species prefers the high altitude, but the recent discussion in the Lepzd. News on butterflies and hilltops, has prompted me to give this theory a more careful scrutiny. First, does P. zelicaon really prefer a high altitude, or for that matter is there really such a thing as an alpine butterfly, in the strict sense of the word? I have an idea that it is a matter of climate, rather than altitude. On V. I. there are only two species, Plebeius aquilo Bdv. and Lycaena mariposa Reak. that cannot be taken at or near sea levei. Probably both will be found at low altitude further north. P. zelicaon occurs in California; it does not appear to be a species strictly adapted to short summers. On Mt. Benson, altitude 3300 ft., the collector can depend on finding P. zelicaon flying at the extreme summit, though they are very seldom seen dur- ing the climb. Since they are nearly impossible to net, due to their wariness and the precipitous nature of the terrain, I have never been able to catch enough to decide whether any females are present. A host plant could be in the vicinity, but I have not located it. Wherever I have taken female P. zelicaon intent on ovi- position, I have always found nearby tall, conspicuous Umbelliferae such as Her- acleum lanatum Michx. There are certainly no such plants on Mt. Benson. Any Umbelliferae there must be small and easily overlooked. Had I collected only on Mt. Benson, I might be tempted to conclude that the butterflies congregate on the mountain top, while mating, and the females, always more difficult to find than the males, later disperse to the valleys to search for their host plants. But further observations do nothing to strengthen this theory. P. zelicaon is a common species above tree line on Mt. Arrowsmith. 44 Guppy: Papilio zelicaon and Hilltops Vol.7, now In order to reach any open country near sea level where host plants might be found, these butterflies would have to travel through or over at least five miles of dense coniferous forest. As on Mt. Benson, I have been unable to find any likely looking plants near the summit. The extreme summit of Mt. Arrowsmith, altitude about 6000 ft., is hardly a safe playground for net addicts. In fact, being always alone on these expedi- tions , | have never attempted to scale it. About 2 miles distant, a sort of pre- liminary peak, referred to by hikers as “the hump”, rises to 5400 ft. This is easily climbed and has a small flat area on top. I have never failed to find severat P, zelicaon resting on this peak. It is virtually impossible to catch them. They rise before one is in swinging range, circle out over the abyss, and return again just out of reach. While these butterflies are not confined to “the hump”, there is certainly no other spot, even if one allowed an area many times as large, where they could always be found. In the dense forest, which extends upwards to about 4800 ft., I have never seen P. zelicaon or any other butterflies. On my last visit to Mt. Arrowsmith, one fresh female P. zelzcaon was captured just at tree line on the upward climb. Later a number of specimens were seen at scattered points in the valley between the hump and Arrowsmith proper. Here two males were cap- tured, and one pair was seen flying zm coitw. Conditions on the hump were as usual, five or six P. zelicaon there, but I never came close to netting one. P, zelicaon is one of the very few butterfly species which thrive on the humid west and northeast coasts of V. I. Here I have found them always close to the sea. On the west coast I have caught occasional specimens hovering around clumps of Heracleum, on beaches exposed to the open ocean. At the north ot the island they seemed to like one particular spot, a marshy tidal flat at the head of a long inlet. Here again the food plant was not difficult to locate. It was not Heracleum; 1 do not know the species. Some years ago my brother, who has spent many summers on the west coast, mentioned in a letter that “swallow tails” always like to fly around rocks. Unfortunately I have not kept the missive, and I have forgotten his exact words. But this statement was definitely not coached; I had never at that time noticed any proclivity for rocks or hill tops on the part of P. zelicaon. In fact I had not yet managed to find their east coast haunts. | am aware that the above jumble of observations proves nothing. I can only hope that they will add something to the pattern, and eventually we will learn why Papilio zelicaon likes hilltops. R. R. 1, Marine Drive, Wellington, V. I., B. C.. CANADA 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 45 ABERRANT FEEDERS AMONG JAPANESE LYCAENID LARVAE by TARO IWASE In Japan, there are about 58 Lycaenidae. Almost all are known to be phytophagous and many are myrmecophilous at the same time. Among them two species of Maculinea, M. euphemus and M. arionides, are phyto-predaceous exactly like M. arion of Europe, and the third one, Niphanda fusca, is fed by a kind of ant with the excretion of aphids, a facsimile of the Ethiopian Lachnochnema bibulus (subfamily Lachnocneminae of HINTON, 1951). At the same time, the homopterophagous habit has been known for Taraka hamada, like the Nearctic Femiseca tarquinius, Indo-Australian Spalgis epius, and Ethiopian Spalgis lemolea (subfamily Gerydinae and/or Spalginae of vari- cus authors). Recently, a thecline larva, Thecla jonasi, was quite unex- pectedly and unprecedently found as aphidivorous. As a result, we know five aberrant feeders among Japanese lycaenid larvae at present. The sixth, if any, and probably the last, aberrant feeder of our lycaenids may be Spindasis takanonis, of which the younger stages have been only partially studied. 1. Maculinea euphemus Hibner [Group IL of BALDUF (1938) or also group II of HINTON (1951) ]. The phyto-predaceous habit of this European form was observed by Dr. T. A. CHAPMAN in 1919. This habit has been confirmed in Japan on two local races: kazamoto Druce (in central Honshu) and shiiyensis Matsumura (in northern Honshu). The larva feeds at first on flowers of burnet (Sanguwisorba) and then on ant-grubs of Myrmaca. 2. Maculinea arionides Staudinger. This nearest ally to M. arion was sup- posed at first by Dr. CHAPMAN to be phyto-predaceous and cited as such by CLARK (1926). Recently, the habit was confirmed by a junior high school stu- dent by the name of SOTA HIRAGA, on subsp. takamukui Matsumura. The larva feeds at first on flowers of Plectranthus exisus Maxim. (Labiatae) and then on ant-grubs of (probably) Myrmica. 3. Niphanda fusca shijima Frubstorfer {a new corollary to group VI of BALDUF, or group IV of HINTON]. The remarkable ant-friend habit of this larva was first observed by F. NAGAYAMA in the course of 1948-9 (Lep. News 6: p. 43). This species is excretophagous-glanduliferous and quite similar in habit to the African Lachocnema bibulus as studied by CRIPPS AND JACKSON (1940). The larvae are fed orally by the host-ants Camponotus herculeanus japonicus Myr. by the latter's disgorging of liquid foods, in and after the third instar in ant-runs, where they hibernate and pupate. Niphanda larvae feed directly on the excretion of dwarf-oak aphids, Greenidea kuwanai Pergande, in their first two instars. The difference between Niphanda and Lachnocnema lies only in that the former is related with Eriosomatidae (Homoptera), while the latter is so with Membracidae (also Homoptera). Fine photographs on the symbiosis were taken by S. TAMURA, with the aid of T. IsHIZAWA who had also assisted Mr. NAGAYAMA in latter's original research. They are published in TAMURA’S “Closeups of Insects” (1951). 4. Taraka hamada Druce [amyrmecophilous-homopterophagous: group III-A of BALDUF or group III-A-1 of HINTON]. The aphidivorous habit of this larva was published by T. TSUCHIDA as early as 1898 in Dodbustugaku Zasshi (the Zoological Magazine 10:358-), but has not been referred to in 46 IWASE: Aberrant Larvae of Japan Vol.7, no.2 any literature written in European languages. SEITZ, in Gross-Schmetter- linge der Erde 1. (1909), suspected this genus to be placed near Spalgis or Gerydus, but he remarked “Wohin sie tatsachlich gehort, wird erst die Ent- wicklungsgeschichte aufkliren” (S. 323). In short its habit resembles very much to that of Feniseca tarquinius and only differs in that the Taraka larvae prey upon the bamboo-aphid, Oregma japonica Takahashi, while Femsseca larvae feed on alder-aphids etc. The pupae as well as larvae are also not unlike those of Feniseca. There is a less-known episode concerning these two distantly located aphidivores. Mr. TSUCHIDA got some hints from Dr. ALBERT KOEBELE, the famous American expert on biological control of insect pests, who en route to Australia visited Japan in 1894-5 and told Mr. TSUCHIDA the fascinating story about the discovery of Feniseca’s habit in 1886. 5. Thecla (Shirézua) jonasi Janson [the feeding habit of this larva can be placed under group III-B of BALDUF or group IIJ-A-2 of HINTON, but the taxonomic position is quite remote from the hitherto known members of these groups such as Gerydus spp., and quite unique among the broad genus Thecla (old Zephyrus), the members of which are all phytophagous in the strict sense, so far as I know]. The aphidivorous habit was first discovered in 1951 by MASASUKE INOUE, who took an excellent photograph of the scene and displayed it in Shin Konchu, vol. 5 (1952). The larva I examined has specialized mouthparts and highly developed claws on the prothoracic legs. It has neither a slit-like honey gland nor a pair of retractile tubercles. It, however, has rows of stout club-like bristles on the back of the prothorax and 7th and 8th abdominal segments, and a pair of long tufted hairs on the front edge of the prothorax. Fringes around the body also have long haits. Eggs are laid among the aphids on dwarf-oaks, and pupae are found in ant-runs. All the above species are single brooded, except Taraka which has several broods in a year. They hibernate in the larval stage with the ex- ception of Thecla, which winters as the egg. References Balduf, W. V., 1938. The Rise of Entomophagy among Lepidoptera. Amer. Naturalist 72: 358-379. Clark, A. H., 1926. Carnivorous Butterflies. Smith. Inst. Rpt. 1925 : 439-508. Cripps, C., & Jackson, T.H.E., 1940. The life-history of Lachnocnema bibulus (Fab.) | in Kenya. Trans. R. Ent. Soc. London 90 : 449-453. ; Hinton, H. E., 1951. Myrmecophilous Lycaenidae and Other Lepidoptera-A Summary. Proc. So. Lond. Ent. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1949-50 : 111-175. Appendix. Entomophagous Moths in Japan Epipomponia nawai Dyar: on Tanna japonensis Distant, Oncotympana maculaticollis aren Graptopsaltria nigrofuscata Motsch., and Meimura opalifera Walker (all Cicadidae). Epiricania hagoromo Kato: on Ricania japonica Melichar (Ricaniidae), Euricania ocellus fascialis Walker (Ricaniidae), Dictyophara patruellis Stal ( Dictyopharidae ) , and Oliarus subnubilis Uhler (Cixidae). Ocedematopoda igniptica Butler: on Oregma japonica Takahashi (Eriosomatidae) on bamboo and allied plants. Ocedematopoda semirubra Meyrick: on bamboo woolly aphids. Pyralis regalis Schiff. & Denis: on Vespa mandarina Smith (Vespidae). Hypsopygia regina Butler: on Polistes japonicus Saussure ( Vespidae). Hypsopygia mauritalis Bdy.: on Polistes japonicus fadwigae Dalla Torre. 343 Komachi Kamakura, Kanagawa-Ken, JAPAN 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 47 CORRELATIONS BETWEEN “PUPAL VOLUME” AND WING-RADIUS AND WEIGHT IN BUTTERFLIES by P. H. H. Gray In a previous article the author (1951) described an experiment made to test the effects of different relative humidities on the pupae and imagines of Papilio polyxenes Fab., reared together from eggs laid in 1950 by one female. It is well known that females generally have larger wings or are of larger “build” than males. It was noted, however, that the wild males caught in 1950 were larger than the females of that year. It is also known that the future sex of the butterfly, or moth, can, in some species, be de- tected structurally in the pupal stage. During the incubation of the pupae in the experiment mentioned above, 28 of the pupae were measured for length and for breadth to the nearest millimeter. The product of those two measurements has been called the “pupal volume index” for use in the analyses reported below. It was observed that these values had a very wide range, and it seemed possible that they might be of some use in predicting the sex of the future butterfly, on the assumption that the larger pupae would yield females. The emerged insects, consisting of 15 males and 13 females, were mount- ed in the usual manner; when dry, the right fore wing was measured from the base to the farthest extent of the apex, also to the nearest millimeter; this value was doubled for use in the analyses. Each butterfly was then weighed, to the nearest milligram, on a beam balance; the weight of the pin, derived from weighing 100 pins of the same gauge, was subtracted to obtain the weight of each butterfly. The range and average values for each of the variates were as follows: RANGE AVERAGE em ievoniime index. 2. i 2... 182-288 226 Bi temer Alans 10S Peis aes. es bs 68-80 76 OPORTO gee ct wus ens sins ss = +s 76-160 109 A series of analyses was made to ascertain if there was a correlation between any two of the variates. It is useful, before proceeding with a mathematical analysis, to prepare a “correlation diagram” on graph or co-ordinate paper, on which one variate, e.g. weight, is plotted against another, assumed to be in some way related to or even controlling or being controlled by it; e. g., volume or wing-area. Fisher (1941) explains the purpose of this prelim- inary operation thus: “ When this is done as a dot diagram, a number of dots are obtained each representing a ... pair of observations, and it is usually clear from such a diagram whether or not any close connexion exists between the variables”. Since in the present case there appeared to be a close connexion between the variates in each pair, an analysis was made to determine the correlation coefficient, r, for each of the three paired variates. The follow- ing results were obtained: 48 GRAY: Measurement Correlations Vol.7, no.2 CHARACTERS COMPARED * VALUE Pupal volume index vs. weight ........ 0.988 Significant Pupal volume index vs. radius ........ 0.995 Significant Weight vs. wing-tadius 22.000. vai 0.982 Significant As each of the three paired variates showed positive correlations of a high order of significance, and as in each correlation diagram the dots represent- ing the values for the females occupied an array distinctly removed from those for the males, in that the values for the former were higher, further analyses were made to ascertain if the mean values for the two sexes were significantly different in each set. The values obtained for the statistic ¢ (see Fisher, 1941 ) for the three characters are given below: MALES FEMALES L Pupal volume index ...... 204 230 3.314 Wing-radius, mm. ........ 73 80 6.825 Weight, mem.4 2...< 5 cee 93 131 5.767 The ¢ values indicate that the mean values are significantly different. It would be of interest to ascertain, by means of a much larger number of observations, if the measurement “pupal volume index” could be used to determine the sex of the future butterfly, either in this species or in others. The same measurements and analyses have been made of pupae and imagines reared from eggs of Pieris rapae L. in 1951. The larvae were reared on Barbarea vulgaris L. (Winter Cress) or on a species of Arabis. The pupae were measured for length and breadth to the nearest 0.025 inch, and the product converted to the millimeter values. The butterflies were not spread before being dried. Since weighing such light objects on a beam balance is tedious work, a “wire balance” was devised, suitable for weighing objects up to about 60 milligrams; the device has been described in a separate article. The ranges and average values are given below for each of the variates in two populations, consisting of 28 specimens reared from eggs collected at random and 34 reared from eggs laid by one 2 (averages in parentheses) : POPULATION PUPAL VOLUME WING-RADIUS WEIGHT INDEX (MM.) (MGM.) 28 random 58-109 (80.4) 36-52 (46) 8.4-27.5 (19.8) 34 ex single 9 63-94 (79.3) 44-50 (46) 15.0-26.3. (20:5) It will be seen that the specimens from the random set are much more variable than those of the one ?. The following correlations were found: CHARACTERS COMPARED RANDOM 28 SINGLE 34 Pupal volume vs. weight .......... 0.094 0. 50.455 wlan 0.981 Pupal volume vs. radius .J........+- 0° 0 bs RMR Sh 0.994 Weight vs. radius . [eee ce OOO cry os, ane 0.966 The r values are all of a high order of significance. It was not possible, however, to distinguish between the sexes in any one of the variates. References Fisher, R. A., 1941. Statistical Methods for Research Workers, 8th ed. Edinburgh. Gray, P.H.H., 1951. Results of humidity tests with Papilio pupae. Lepid. News, vol. 5: p. 67. Box 236, Macdonald College, Quebec, CANADA 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 49 BUTTERFLY COLLECTING IN WYOMING, 1952 by VLADIMIR NABOKOV A visit to Wyoming by car in July-August 1952 was devoted to col- lecting in the following places: Southeastern Wyoming: eastern Medicine Bow National Forest, in the Snowy Range, up to approximately 10,500 ft. alt. (using paved road 130 between Laramie and Saratoga); sage brush country, approximately 7,000 ft. alt., between Saratoga and Encampment, east of paved highway 230; marshes at about the same elevation between eastern Medicine Bow National Forest and Northgate, northern Colorado, within 15 miles from the Wyoming State Line, mainly south of the unpaved road 127; and W. Medicine Bow National Forest, in the Sierra Madre, using abominable local road from En- campment to the Continental Divide (approximately 9,500 ft. alt.). Western Wyoming: sage brush, approximately 6,500 ft. alt. immediately east of Dubois along the (well-named) Wind River; western Shoshone and Teton National Forests, following admirable paved road 26, from Dubois towards Moran over Togwotee Pass (9,500 ft. alt.); near Moran, on Buffalo River, approximately 7,000 ft. alt; travelling through the construction hell of the city of Jackson, and bearing south-east along paved 187 to The Rim (7,900 ft. alt.); and, finally, spending most of August in collecting around the altogether enchanting little town of Afton (on paved 89, along the Idaho border), approximately 7,000 ft. alt., mainly in canyons east of the town, and in various spots of Bridger National Forest, south-western part, along trails up to 9,000 ft. alt. Most of the material collected has gone to the Cornell University Museum; the rest to the American Museum of Natural History and the Museum of Comparative Zoology. The best hunting grounds proved to be: the Sierra Madre at about 8,000 ft. alt where on some forest trails I found among other things a curious form (not S. secreta dos Passos & Grey) of Speyeria egleis Behr flying in numbers with S. atlantis hesperis Edw. and S. hydaspe purpurascens H. Edw., a very eastern locality for the latter; still better were the forests, meadows and marshes about Togwotee Pass in the third week of July, where the generally early emergences of the season were exemplified by great quan- tities of Erebia theona ethela Edw. and E. callias callias Edw. already on the wing; and also very good were some of the canyons near Afton. Here are a few notes on what interested me most in the field: Bolorta, Colias, certain Blues, and migratory or at least “mobile” species. Of Boloria I got seven species, of the eight (or possibly ten) that occur within the region. Plunging into the forest south of route 130 on the western slopes of the Snowy Range, I found B. selene tollandensis B& McD. not uncommon on a small richly flowered marsh at about 8,000 fet. alt.; also on marshes north of Northgate and on Togwotee Pass. On July 8, I spent three hours collecting a dozen fresh specimens of B. ewnomia alticola B. & McD., both sexes, on a tiny very wet marsh along the eastern lip of the last lake before reaching Snowy Range Pass from the west, possibly the same spot 50 NABOKOV: Collecting in Wyoming Vol.7, no.2 where KLots had taken it in 1935 (Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 45: p. 326; 1937). I met with the same form on a marsh near Peacock Lake, Longs Peak, Col- orado, in 1947. Forms of B. titania Esp. (mostly near ssp. helena Edw.) were abundant everywhere above 7,500 ft. alt. By the end of July B. fresja Thunb. was in tatters near Togwotee Pass (it had been on the wane in June 1947 on marshes near Columbine Lodge, Estes Park; and on Hoback River, Tetons, in early July 1949). Of the beautiful B. frigga sagata B. & Benj. I took two 6 é (fresh but frayed) near Togwotee Pass. Of B. todd Holland ssp. I took a very fresh 4 in early July in the Snowy Range at 8,000 ft. alt. and a couple of days later, acting upon a hunch, I visited a remarkably repulsive-looking willowbog, full of cowmerds and barbed wire, off route 127, and found there a largish form of B. toddi very abundant — in fact, I have never seen it as common anywhere in the west; unfortunately, the specimens, of which I kept a score or so, were mostly faded—and very difficult to capture, their idea of sport being to sail to and fro over the fairly tall sallows that encompassed the many small circular areas (inhabited only by Plebezus saepiolus Boisd. and Polites utahensis Skin.), into which the bog was divided by the shrubs. Another species I had never seen to be so common was B. kriemhild Strecker which I found in all the willow-bogs near Togwotee Pass. In regard to Colzas I could not discover what I wanted — which was some geographical intergradation between C. scudderi Reakirt, which I suggest should be classified as C. palaeno scudderi (Reakirt) (common everywhere in the Medicine Bow National Forest), and C. pelidne skinneri Barnes (local- ly common near Togwotee Pass and above Afton). I was struck, however, by the identical ovipositing manners of C. scadderi and C. skimnert 2 2 which were common in the densest woods of their respective habitats, laying on Vaccinium. \ found C. meadi Edw. very common on Snowy Range Pass. It was also present at timberline near Togwotee Pass and east of it, below timberline, down to 8,000 ft. alt. in willow-bogs, where it was accompanied by another usually “Hudsonian” species, Lycaena snowi Edw., the later repre- sented by undersized individuals. (In early July 1951, near Telluride, Colo- rado, I found a colony of healthy Colias meadi and one of very sluggish Pyrgus centaureae freija Warren in aspen groves along a canyon at only 8,500 fe. alt.) On a slope near Togwotee Pass at timberline I had the pleasure of discover- ing a strain of C. meadi with albinic @ 9. The species was anything but common there, but of the dozen @ @ or so seen or caught, as many as three were albinic. Of these my wife and I took two, hers a dull white similar to C. hecla “pallida”, mine slightly tinged with peach (the only other time | saw a white C. meadi was at the base of Longs Peak, 1947, where the species was extremely abundant). In 1949 and 1951, when collecting Lycaeides in the Tetons, all over Jack- son Hole, and in the Yellowstone, I had found that to the north and east L. argyrognomon (idas) longinus Nab. turns into L. argyrognomon scudderi Edw. but I had not solved the problem of the L. melissa strain so prominent in some colonies of L. argyrognomon longinus (1. e., Black Tail Butte near Jackson). I had conjectured that hybridization occurs or had occurred with wandering low elevation L. melissa (the rather richly marked “Artemisian” L. melissa— probably in need of some name) that follows alfalfa along roads as Plebeius saepiolus does clover. In result of my 1952 quest the situa- 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 51 tion appears as follows. The most northern point where typical L. longinus occurs is the vicinity of Moran, seldom below 7,000 ft. alt. and up to 11,000 at least. It spreads south at those altitudes for more than a thousand miles to the southern tip of Bridger National Forest but not much further (I have not found it, for instance, around Kemmerer). I have managed to find one L. melissa, a fresh ¢, in August 1952 in a dry field near Afton, _ less than a mile from the canyon into which both sexes of L. argyrognomon longimus descended from the woods above. At eastern points of the Bridger and Shoshone Forests, L. longinus stops definitely at The Rim, west of Bondurant, and at Brooks Lake (about 7,500 ft. alt.) some twenty miles west of Dubois. Very small colonies (seldom more than half-a-dozen specimens were taken in any one place) of L. melissa were found around Dubois at 6,500 fet. alt. or so (agricultural areas and the hot dry hills). A colony of typical (alpine) L. melissa melissa as described by Edwards, was found just above timberline in the Sierra Madre. The search for L. melissa in various windy and barren localities in the sage brush zone in mid-July led to the finding of a rather unexpected Blue. This was Plebeiws (Icaricia) shasta Edw., com- mon in the parched plain at less than 7,000 ft. alt. between Saratoga and En- campment flying on sandy ground with Phyciodes mylitta barnesi Skinner, Satyrium fuliginosa Edw., and Neominois ridingsi Edw. It was also abundant all over the hot hills at 6,500 ft. alt. around Dubois where nothing much else occurred. I have not yet been able to compare my specimens with certain series in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, but I suggest that this low-altitude P. shasta is the true P. minnehaha Scudder while the alpine form which I found in enormous numbers above timberline in Estes Park (especially, on Twin Sisters) and which collectors, following Holland’s mis- lead, call “mznnehaha”, is really an undescribed race. MIGRATORY SPECIES OBSERVED IN WYOMING, 1952 I distinguish two groups: (1) latitudinal migrants — moving within their zones of habitat mainly in a west-east (North America) or east-west (Europe) direction and capable of surviving a Canadian Zone winter in this or that stage. Mobile, individually wandering species of Plebeiws and Colias belong to this group as well as our four erratically swarming Nymphalis species which hibernate in the imaginal stage. In early August the trails in Bridger National Forest were covered at every damp spot with millions of N. californica Boisd. in tippling groups of four hundred and more, and countless individuals were drifting in a steady stream along every canyon. It was interesting to find a few specimens of the beautiful dark western form of N. j-album Boisd. & Lec. among the N. californica near Afton. (2) longitudinal migrants — moving early in the season from subtropical homes to summer breeding places in the Nearctic region but not hibernating there in any stage. Vanessa cardut L. is a typical example. Its movements in the New World are considerably less known than in the Old World (in eastern Europe, for imstance, ac- cording to my own observations, migratory flights from beyond the Black Sea hit the south of the Crimea in April, and females, bleached and tattered reach the Leningrad region early in June). In the first week of July 1952, this species (offspring mainly) was observed in colossal numbers above tim- berline in the Snowy Range over which the first spring flock had passed on May 28. according to an intelligent ranger. A few specimens of Euptoreta 52 NABOKOV: Collecting in Wyoming Vol.7, no.2 claudia Cramer were in clover fields around Afton, western Wyoming, in August. Of Leptotes marina Reakirt, one 6 was near Afton in August, with Apodemia mormo Felder and “Hemiargus” (Echinargus) isola Reakirt. Both A. mormo and E. isola plant very isolated small summer colonies on hot hillsides. The H. isola specimens, which I took also in Medicine Bow National Forest, are all tiny ones, an obvious result of seasonal environment, not subspecia- tion. H. isola [incidentally, this is not a Latin adjective, but a fancy name — an Italian noun originally — and cannot be turned into “ssolus” to comply with the gender of the generic name, as done by some writers] belongs to a neotropical group (my Echimargus) with two other species: E. martha Dognin, from the Andes, and a new species, described by me but not named, from Trinidad and Venezuela [see Psyche, 52: 3-4]. Other representatives of neo- tropical groups (Graphium marcellus Cramer, “Strymon” melinus Hubner, Pyrgus communis Grote, Epargyreus clarus Cramer —to name the most ob- vious ones) have established themselves in the Nearctic more securely than H. isola. Among the migratory Pierids, the following were observed: single specimens of Nathalis ole Boisd. all over Wyoming; one worn 6 of Phoebis eubule L. in the Sierra Madre (Battle Lake), July 9; one worn 6 of Eurema mexicana Boisd., between Cheyenne and Laramie (and a worn 2 near Ogallala, Neb.), first week of July. : Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y., U.S.A. COLLECTION OF SOUTH AMERICAN LEPIDOPTERA The city museums of Villa Mirabello, in Varese, Italy, announce that a collection of almost 4,000 Lepidoptera has just been studied and classified by the engineer MARIO SIMONDETTI. The collection was given, fifty years ago, to the famous Italian tenor FRANCESCO TAMAGNO, during his stay in South America (he died in Varese in 1905). Only the family Geometridae and the few microlepidoptera are still to be studied. Visits by American specialists, as well as letters, would be very welcome. Write to: Direzione dei Civici Musei di Villa Mirabello, Varese, Italy. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 53 FIELD AND TECHNIQUE NOTES MIGRATION OF VANESSA CARYE Driving westward over the Santa Rosa Mountains in southern California on March 29, 1952, the number of Vanessa carye Hbn. (the Western Lady) crossing in a northerly direction was quite striking. However, when we reached an altitude of about 3500 feet, it became obvious that we had encountered a true migratory move- ment of these butterflies. Any moment ten to twenty could be seen crossing the highway. At the highest point, just below 5000 feet, one hundred could be counted in less than three minutes flying over a narrow clearing. The butterflies flew low, fast, and unhesitatingly in a northerly direction. It was an unusual sight to see them cross patches of snow that were still deep in the depressions between the trees on the northern slopes. HARRY SICHER, Loyola University, School of Dentistry, Chicago 12, Ill., U.S.A. A HYBRID LIMENITIS Of all the genera of North American butterfllies, the members of the genus Limeni- tis seem to be the most prone to hybridize in nature. Interspecific hybrids are known for many of the species, but, to the knowledge of the writer, the only published records of probable hybrids L. archippus Cramer and L. astyanax Fabr. (=L. arthemis astyanax) are those discussed by Scudder long ago (Butterflies of the Eastern United States and Canada, vol. 1: p. 283; 1889). The writer has recently obtained a specimen that is undoubtedly the result of such a cross. The specimen was collected in September, 1948 (exact date unknown), at the Falls of the Ohio, Louisville, Jefferson County, Kentucky, by ROBERT STEILBERG and JERRY SMITH, two naturalists in the Louisville area. The region in question is probably the best in the Louisville area for L. archippus. Large numbers are found there in the fall of the year around willows along the river bank. L. astyanax is also common there as well as elsewhere throughout the state. The particular individual was collected in a somewhat battered condition with the margins of both front and hind wings somewhat frayed. Examination at the time of collecting was made by the present writer, but the specimen was placed in the collection of Smith & Steilberg. Last month I acquired the specimen in still a further battered con- dition due to the ravages of dermestids, but still in good enough condition to verify the identification. Its description is as follows: The ground color above is a dark brownish-orange, rather intermediate in color between the two species. There is an orange sub-marginal band corresponding to the orange submarginal area in L. archippus; the margins of the wings are as in L. astyanax; the veins above are slightly darkened, and the median dark band of L. archippus is faint but evident. The under side is very much like the upper, the sub-marginal orange band and dark veins present, except for the addition of the reddish spots of L. astyanax; these spots are represented by the ground color becoming orange from the dark brownish-orange ground color in the corresponding location of the spots of L. astyanax. The specimen has been studied by JAMES R. MERRITT, of the University of Louis- ville, who agrees with the identification of the specimen as Limenitis archippus X astyanax. BURT L. MONROE, JR., Ridge Road, Anchorage, Ky., U.S.A. 54 Field Notes Vol.7, no.2 LYCAEIDES ARGYROGNOMON IN WISCONSIN A series of Lycaeides was taken near Waubee Lake, in Oconto and Marinette Cos., Wisconsin, on July 1-15, 1952. Specimens were submitted to Professor VLADIMIR NABOKOV. His comments seem to be worth recording, and are given as follows. “When I realized that the Blue you wanted identified came from Wisconsin, I foresaw it could be either of two species, the closest locality to Wisconsin being in one case S. Michigan and in the other Minnesota. “S. Michigan specimens that I have studied belonged to the curiously isolated (type loc.: Albany, N.Y.) Great Lakes representative of melissa Edw. which I named melissa samuelis (Psyche, 1943, and Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, 1949) (as you know, it used to be called “scudderi” in former days). “The Minnesota thing, which I described and figured, but did not name, because of scantiness of material (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1949, p. 505, Pl. 5, fig. 54, male, Pequot, Minn.) is a subspecies of argyrognomon (Bergstrasser, Tutt), which I now think is sufficiently distinct from the Canadian (north of 50°) argyrognomon scudderi (type loc.: The Pas, west of Winnipeg L., Manit.) to warrant a new subspecific name for it. “It is this form that your specimens belong to, and you should be congratu- lated on establishing the interesting Wisconsin range of argyrognomon. It comes very near to a point where it should fly together with melissa samuelis Nab. “Your beautiful series will be deposited at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College, where I have accumulated the most representative series of American Lycaeides in the world. I have nowadays hardly any time at all for working on Lep- idoptera, and you may use any information in this letter for your report on your find to a scientific magazine.” LOUIS GRIEWISCH, 114 Gray Street, Green Bay, Wis., WS cA: BUTTERFLIES AND CRAB SPIDERS Recently I happened to notice in the Bwll. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. for 1921 (vol. 16: p. 97) E. L. BELL’s observation of a specimen of Epargyreus tityrus (now = E. clarus) apparently perched unnaturally on a red clover flower, where it was subsequently found to be dead and in the grasp of a crab spider. There may well be other records in the literature of captures of butterflies by non-webspinning spiders, and I would add this note on three species found in such situations. My only specimen, as it happens, of Ancyloxipha numitor Fab. taken during nine seasons of collecting in Emmet County, Michigan, was found on July 8, 1946, along the gravelly shore of the Straits of Mackinac west of Mackinaw City, where it was first observed in a natural enough position on the common Ox-eye Daisy (Chrysan- themum leucanthemum var. pinnatifidum). Closer examination showed it to be dead and still clutched by a small crab spider. On August 26, 1952, collecting at Carlisle, Cumberland Co., Pennsylvania, I took two dead butterflies from spiders on Goldenrod (Solidago sp.). These were Libytheana bachmanii Kirt. and a Q Polites mystic Scud. All three of these butterflies were in good fresh condition (could it be that they had recently emerged before capture?). In all three cases the spider appeared to human eyes to be well camouflaged — white on the white ray flowers (‘petals’) of the daisy and yellow on the Goldenrod. What might investigation into the ultraviolet vision of butterflies and ‘camouflage’ effectiveness of these spiders indicate? As we raise these questions, we may repeat with further emphasis the amazement expressed in BELL'S note that such strong-flying butterflies should be the victims of capture. EDWARD G. Voss, Department of Botany, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., U.S. A. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 55 THE FALL WEBWORM (HYPHANTRIA CUNEA) IN EUROPE Hyphantria cunea from southern Slovakia. Above, spring generation 4; below, summer generation?. (Photo D. Weiss.) About ten years ago a species of Lepidoptera new in the European fauna—Hyphantria cunea Drury (Arctiidae)—was discovered in the immediate vicinity of Budapest. Having no enemies in the new environment the Fall Webworm soon became a feared pest threatening especially fruit-growing and sericulture. It is spreading rapidly throughout the whole of Central Europe; it has been found not only in Hungary but also in Czecho- slovakia, . Austria, Yugoslavia, Rumania, and is penetrating with considerable rapidity farther to the southeast and southwest. In a northern direction it has reached the fron- tiers of Poland. Recently this species was introduced also into Japan. In recent years several dozens of studies and reports have been published in the European literature on this new species in Central Europe. JOSEF MOUCHA, Institute of Zoology, Charles IV. University, Praha, CZECHOSLOVAKIA PREDATORS OF VANESSA CARDUI Vanessa cardui wings: Painted Lady Butterfly wings frequently are broken off and left when small birds and lizards eat the bodies of this common migratory insect. Such wings frequently were found in summer and fall in Beet Leafhopper, Crrculifer tenellus (Baker), breeding areas in Tooele and less frequently in Box Elder County, Utah, between 1928 and 1936. On several occasions the writer jotted down notes on the frequency with which he encountered sets of wings only of Vanessa cardui L. Such snipped-off wings were found most commonly near Dolomite and Timpie, in upper Skull Valley, and from Timpie west to Low, in Tooele County. On one occasion south of Timpie a Sagebrush Swift (lizard), Sceloporus graciosus graciosus (B.-G.), was observed to capture a winged Painted Lady Butterfly. The lizard beat its prey briskly against the ground, breaking off the wings, after which the body of the butterfly was swallowed. In this case the wings were conspicuously damaged. On another occasion a Song Sparrow (Melospiza melodia L.) was observed to capture a V. cardui and eat the body, after neatly breaking off its wings near their bases. These wings remained in rather good condition. Many wings found were lying on or near rocks, or were on other roosts. Usually these wings were much less damaged than the ones broken off by the feeding lizard. Most of the wings thus found were believed to have been left by feeding birds. G. F. KNOWLTON, State Agricultural College, Logan, Utah, U.S.A. 56 Technique Notes Vol.7, no.2 REARING SPEYERIA IN CAPTIVITY During the summer of 1951 I was able to secure plenty of worn females of Speyeria hydaspe Bdy., and a few of S. zerene Bdv. S. hydaspe females did not oviposit very readily in captivity, but I had so many that eventually I secured a fair lot of ova. The S. zerene were more accomodating. Neither species showed any particular preference in set- tling on a spot for oviposition, not even the presence or absence of the food plant seemed to make any difference. Ova were placed on leaves of violets sometimes, as often on the leaves of other plants, much more frequently on the glass walls of cages, or in moss and debris at the bottom. The hatching times of the two species are quite different. S. hydaspe ova hatched two or three weeks after being deposited. S. zerene larvae did not come out until Febru- ary, from eggs laid in September and late August. I kept my S. hydaspe larvae outdoors. None survived the winter, I think most were dead a few weeks after hatching. None of them did any feeding. Dessication may be the trouble, but it seems that they would be very difficult to keep through the winter. The first three S. zerene larvae, which hatched early in February, -I moved at once to a small plastic vial on a shelf in my kitchen. The small amount of trouble I expended on these caterpillars, can be judged by the fact that no other member of the household ever knew what was in the vial. The larvae fed vigorously from the start, being supplied with one leaf at a time from cultivated viola plants in my garden. When they became too large for the vial, they were moved to a larger container in a sunny window. About this point two of them died. The third pupated, and a slightly undersized female butterfly emerged early in May. The normal flight period for the species is August. The remaining larvae I moved indoors soon after the first three, but due to their number, I could not keep them in so warm a place. Also as the violas were getting somewhat heavily pruned, I switched them to pansies. I would guess that the temperature in which these larvae were kept was higher, especially at night, than would be normal outside in May and June. Still they fed little, and grew very slowly. By the end of May they seemed about fully grown. As I then had to leave them for a month, and preferred to have the butterflies emerge while I was around, I moved them away from artificial heat. I sleeved them on a large root of pansies, expecting they would soon pupate. On my return I was informed that they had eaten the pansy to the ground before pupating. All the pupae died without transforming. The result of my experiment at least indicates that S. zerene can be easily forced with artificial heat, probably with better chance of success than if left to develop natur- ally. My failure can be attributed to two factors: a poor rearing cage, and in the case of the later lot, removal from the artificial heat, at a stage when the larvae should have been experiencing steadily increasing temperature. No doubt the failure of the food supply did them no good, but in such cases, some sort of undersized imagines usually result, RICHARD Guppy, R. R. 1, Marine Drive, Wellington, V. I., B. C., CANADA ERRATUM On page 99, Vol. 4 [1951], the hesperiid recorded as Atrytone “arogos” has been submitted to Dr. T. N. FREEMAN for confirmation and found to be Adopoea lineola. Mr. BAILEY finds this introduced European species extremely abundant near St. Cath- erines, Ontario. 1953 The Lepidopterists News 57 THE SIBLING SPECIES OF BUDWORM MOTHS IN CANADA The entire April, 1953, issue of The Canadian Entomologist is devoted to papers on the Spruce and Jack Pine Budworms. These six contributions constitute together a superb exposition of the biological details of the dif- ferences and similarities of these extremely closely related species. In the first paper Dr. FREEMAN describes and names the Jack Pine species as Choristoneura pinus sp.n. and discusses the existence of several other possible “cryptic species” of Choristoneura feeding on conifers in Canada and the northern and western U.S.A. Eighteen specimens of C. pimus and its sib- ling, C. fwmzferana, are beautifully figured in color. There are identification differences of ground-color, wing-pattern, size, and ¢ genitalia; for each there is probably some overlap. Miss Cox analyzes genitalic and larval dif- ferences in terms of frequency distribution in the third article. In the second paper Miss MACKAY shows, with fine figures, the larval differences between the two species. These seem to be more absolutely char- acteristic than the adult differences. Mr. CAMPBELL shows color differences in the pupa (with color photo- graphs) and in the egg-clusters. C. pimus lays an average of 37 eggs per cluster; the average for C. fuwmiferana is 19. The most remarkable discoveries by this Canadian group are analyzed by Dr. SMITH. The distinctness of the two Choristoneura is maintained, in the many areas where the ranges meet, by inherited reproductive isolation. C. fumiferana larvae feed on Balsam Fir, Black and White Spruce, and Larch; C. pinus feeds almost solely on Jack Pine. The eclosion periods (28 June - 13 July and 11 July - 28 July) of the two species hardly overlap, and C. fumiferana copulates slightly earlier in the day, so that temporal isolation is nearly complete. Mate-choice tests in cages show that each species strongly prefers to mate with its own species. No notable sterility appeared in the hybrid eggs, but eggs laid by hybrid @ 2 showed as much as 25% sterility, due presumably to chromosomal differences. Dr. SMITH makes an apparently unwarranted statement that hybrid inviability does not operate “in prevent- ing the flow of genes between these two species of Choristoneura.” Even with full fertility and fecundity, if the foodplant suitability is as exclusive as is stated, the hybrid larvae would be expected to have some combinations of nutrition genes giving reduced survival. One aspect of this cooperative study of Choristoneura siblings about which one would like particularly to know more is the matter of comparative nutritional physiology. Dr. SMITH’s footnote 6 suggests that tolerance of either species and their hybrids to Jack Pine has not been tested in the laboratory. It seems possible that 1) Fy and backcross sterility due to the chromosomal differences and 2) nutritional inviability of hybrids are the most important factors causing separation of these two Choristoneura populations as species and that these arose during former geographic isolation. It may be that mate-choice, oviposition-plant selection, and temporal isolation arose after the populations again became sympatric and were then strongly favored by natural selection. There seems to be no evidence against such a neo-Darwinian interpretation. 58 REMINGTON: Review on Choristoneura Siblings Vol.7, 110.2 The final paper, by Dr. WALLEY, lists the 13 parasitic Hymenoptera known to have C. pimus as a host, 9 of which were also known from C. fumiferana. These papers place the two Choristonewra in the literature beside Mut- oura hesseli and gryneus, Colias australis and hyale, Strymon caryaevorus and falacer, Hyalophora angulifera and promethea, and other foodplant-based com- plexes of sibling species of Lepidoptera which provide important infor- mation on the origin of species. The papers on Choristoneura under review are as follows: 1. Freeman, T. N., “The Spruce Budworm, Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem.) and an allied new species on pine.” Can. Ent. 85: 121-127, 22 figs. 2. MacKay, Margaret R., “The larvae of Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem.) and C. pinus Free.” Can. Ent. 85: 128-133, 14 figs. Campbell, I. M., “Morphological differences between the pupae and egg clusters of Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem.) and C. pinus Free.” Can. Ent. 85: 134-135, 6 figs. 4. Cox, Constance E., “Analysis of frequency distribution of adults and larvae of Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem.) and C. pinus Free.” Can. Ent. 85: 136-141, 4 figs. 5. Smith, Stanley G., “Reproductive isolation and the integrity of two sympatric species of Choristoneura.” Can. Ent. 85: 141-151, 1 fig. 6. Walley, G. Stuart, “Hymenopterous parasites of Choristoneura pinus Free. in Canada.” Can. Ent. 85+ .152. We C. L. REMINGTON, Osborn Zoological Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A. The Entomologists’ Gazette commenced publication in 1950 (Vol. 1). The emphasis is on British Lepidoptera, but other orders of insects are regularly rep- resented in its pages. The Gazette is a quarterly, published in January, April, July, and October. The Editor is the entomological bookseller and publisher, E. W. CLASSEY, and the Assistant Editor is H.S. ROBINSON. The annual subscription rate is one pound, The address is 91 Belfont Lane, Feltham, Middlesex, England. CRs 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 59 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA Under this heading are listed each month papers on Lepidoptera from all the scientific journals which are accessible to us and our cooperating abstractors. It is hoped that eventually our coverage of the world’s literature will be virtually complete. It is in- tended that every paper and book published after 1946 will be included. Abstracts give all new subspecies and higher categories, with type localities and generotypes. Papers of only local interest are merely listed. Papers devoted entirely to economic aspects will be omitted. Reprints are solicited from all publishing members. Initials of cooperating abstractors are as follows: [P.B.] - P. F. BELLINGER; [A.D.] - A. DIAKON- OFF; [Y.O.] - Y. OKADA; [C.R.].- C.L. REMINGTON; [J.R.]- J.E. REMINGTON; [T.S.]-T. SHIROZU. A complete set of these pages for clipping and filing may be obtained for Vols. 4, 5, 6, and 7 for $0.50 per volume. B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE Burnett, Douglass, “Can you identify fabric pests? Part one-the clothes moth.” Pests and Their Control, vol. 18, no. 11: pp. 9-11, 18, 5 figs. Nov. 1950. Appearance and habits of 3 spp. described. [P.B.] Gregor, Franti8ek, & Dalibor Povolny, “Sur quelques lépidopteres intéressants de la Tchecoslovaquie” [in Czech, French summary]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cechosloveniae, vol. 47: pp. 166-168, 3 figs. 1 Oct. 1950. Records 22 spp. Figures ¢ genitalia of Pygolopha lugubrana, Topeutis barbella, and T. criella. {P.B] Henriot, R., ‘“Quelques observations sur trois espéces francaises du groupe de Cryphia (Bryophila) algae F.’ [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lepid., vol. 12: pp. 99-101. “May-June” [7 Dec.] 1949. Vari, L., “Nederlandse Lepidoptera 5° faunistische mededeling’ [in Dutch]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 13: pp. 180-184, 193-198, 18 figs. 1 Dec. 1950, 1 Jan. 1951. Discusses 18 spp. of Microlepidoptera- 12 are mew for the Dutch fauna; gives figures of genitalia and of mine-galleries; adds synonymy of 18 spp. [A.D.] E. DISTRIBUTION AND PHENOLOGY Blackie, J.E.H., “The range and distribution of Agapetes galathea L.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 132-135. June 1951. More local in England than would be expected. Raises questions as to possible bearing of larval dimorphism, mite parasites of adult, and oviposition habits on this distribution. [P.B] Bourgogne, Jean, “Pieris manni existe-t-il dans la région parisienne?” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 19-20. “Jan.-Feb.” [31 Mar.] 1951. Burgeff, H., “Die Meeralpengrenze der Zygaenen (Lep.), eine mit Hilfe der Popu- lationsanalyse der Arten der Gattung Zygaena (Lepidoptera) durchgefihrte Unter- suchung Uber die Lokalisation und die Bedeutung geographischer Rassen in ihrem Zusammenhang mit der Eiszeit’” [in German]. Bvo/. Zb/l., vol. 70: pp. 1-23, 14 figs. 1951. The range of some species of Zygaena is bounded on either the East or the West by the region where the southern Alps meet the Mediterranean. The author explains this distribution, and the geographic variation in species not so limited, in terms of the glacial history of the area. [P.B.] Freeman, T.N., “Northern Canada and some northern butterflies.” Lep. News, vol. epoca, 1 fic. 31951. Harris, Lucien, Jr., “Notes and range extensions of butterflies in Georgia.” Lep. News, vol. 4: pp. 43-44. “1950” [Jan. 1951]. Judd, W.W., “Acentropus niveus (Oliv.) (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) on the north shore of Lake Erie with a consideration of its distribution in North America.” Canad. Ent., vol. 82: pp. 250-252, 2 maps. Dec. 1950. Species occurs in lower Great Lakes and St. Lawrence River region; probably native. Food plant Ceratophyllum. P.B. ee hed S., “Une belle capture” [in French]. Rev. Frang. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 232-233. ‘“Mar.-Apr.” [25 Sept.] 1950. Notes on the giant micro Atremaea lon- choptera. [P.B.] Munro, J.A.. & Wayne J. Colberg, “European Corn Borer occurrences in North Dakota.” 80th Ann. Rep. Ent. Soc. Ontario: pp. 20-21. 1950. Pyrausta nubilalis. 60 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.7, no.2 Munroe, Eugene, “The occurrence of a butterfly in the Pribilof Islands.” Lep. News, yo... 4: p. 44. “1950” [Jan. 1951% Norman, T., “Where do butterflies go?” Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 49: pp. 566-568. Dec. 1950. Comments on the causes of variation in seasonal abun- dance of tropica! butterflies. [P.B.] Picard, J., ““Repartition de Heteropterus morpheus Pallas en Europe” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 149-152, 1 map. “Sept.-Oct. 1949” [25 Jan. 1950]. Figures present scattered occurrence and speculates on causes of this distribution. [P.B.] Reid, W., “Records of moth trap in Sheffield, 1950.” Entomologist, vol. 48: pp. 78-82. Apr. 1951. Records of atmospheric conditions and captures over a 3 month period. [P.B.] Suranyi, Paul, “Ein neuer Schadling in Europa (Hyphantria cunea Drury)” [in German]. Proc. VIII Int. Ent. Congr., pp. 687-692, 4 figs. 1950. Biology of this North American sp., recently established in Hungary. [P.B.] Toxopeus, L. J., “Java in Sumatra (Lepidoptera) [in Dutch]. Idea, vol. 8: pp. 102-103. 31 Jan. 1951. Discusses great convergence of Rhopalocera of Kalianda region in S. Sumatra with fauna of Java. [A.D.] Urbahn, Ernst, ““Beobachtungen auf Riigen 1943-45 (Eine Erganzung zur “Pommern- fauna’)”” [in German]. Zezts. Lepidopt., vol. 1: pp. 11-21, 1 pl., 2 maps. 1 May 1950. Discusses various ecological divisions of the area and their fauna. [P.B.] F. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Benoit, P.L.G., “Contribution a |’étude de la faune parasitaire de Sylepta derogata Fabricius (Lepid. Pyral.) au Congo Belge’ [in French]. Bwll. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., vol. 86: pp. 87-103. 6 May 1950. Describes the biology of 2 Apanteles spp. [P.B.] Bergold, G.H., “The polyhedral disease of the Spruce Budworm, Choristoneura fumt- ferana (Clem.) (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae)” Canad. Journ. Zool., vol. 29: pp. 17-23, 3 pls. Feb. 1951. Blunck, H., “Zur Kenntnis der Hyperparasiten von Preris brassicae L. 3. Beitrag: Hermitels simillimus Taschb. nov. var. sulcatus. Kennzeichen und Verhalten der Vollkerfe” [in German]. Zeits. Angew. Ent., vol. 32: pp. 335-405, 15 figs. May 1951. Bovey, Paul, “Le carpocapse des pommes Enarmonia pomonella (L.), ravageur im- portant des abricots en Valais (Suisses)” [in French]. Proc. VIII Int. Ent, Congr., pp. 601-608, 6 figs. 1950. Biology and control. [P.B.] . Breakey, E. P., “Natural control of the Orange Tortrix in western Washington.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 44: p. 424. Jume 1951. Parasites of Argyrotaenia citrana. [P.B.] Candura, G. S., “Reperti su la Sitotroga cerealella Oliv. nell’ Italia settentrionale e su altre tignole dei viveri”’ [in Italian]. Boll. Zool. Agr. Bachic., vol. 16: pp. 99-146, © figs. 1950. Describes and figures all stages and discusses biology. [P.B.] Chace, Lynwood M., “A Cecropia moth emerges.” Natural History, vol. 59: pp. 446-449, 9 figs. Dec. 1950. All pictures, which are excellent. [P.B.] Chiaromonte, A., “L' Achaea catella Guen. nella Somalia Italiana” [in Italian, English summary]. Proc. Vill Int. Ent. Congr., pp. 616-631, 3 figs. 1950. Discusses biology of this sp., destructive to castor plants, and of some relatives. [P.B.] Cleu, H., “La vie larvaire de Derthisa scoriacea Esp.” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 319-320. “Sept.-Oct.” [10 Dec.] 1950. Food plants Anthericum and Narcissus. [P.B.] Couturier, A., “La teigne de la betterave en France (Phthorimaea ocellatella Boyd. Lepid. Gelechiidae)” [in French]. Proc. VIII Int. Ent. Congr., pp. 632-636. 1950. Biology, parasites, control. [P.B.] Diakonoff, A., “Varensporangien als biotoop voor Microlepidoptera’” [in Dutch: Spo- singe ferns as a biotope for Microlepidoptera]. Idea, vol. 8: pp. 99-100. 31 an. ° Doc ters van Leeuwen, W.M., ‘Zoocecidia van het eiland Terschelling, 2° mededeling” lin Dutch]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 13: pp. 168-173. 1 Nov. 1950. Records 3 galls caused by Lepidoptera. [A.D.] Docters van Leeuwen, W.M., “Kweek van Macrothylacia’ [In Dutch: Rearing of M.]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 13: pp. 30-317 1 Deo 19s Dowden, Philip B., & V.M. Carolin, “Natural control factors affecting the Spruce Budworm in the Adirondacks during 1946-1948.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 43: pp. “4-785. Dec. 1950. Parasites of Archips fumiferana. [P.B.] 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 61 Dresner, Edgar, “The toxic effect of Beauveria bassiana (Bals.) Vuill. on insects.” Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 58: pp. 269-278. 19 Feb. 1951. Experiments on Phthorimaea operculella etc. [P.B.] El Zoheiry, M.S., “Heliothis nubigera H.-S. (Lepidoptera- Noctuidae), a new pest of watermelons in Egypt.” Proc. VIII Int. Ent. Congr., pp. 732-736, 4 figs. 1950. Biology and control. [P.B.] Flock, R.A., “Damage to household goods by Fan Palm Caterpillar.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 44: pp. 260-261. Apr. 1951. Litoprosopus coachellaz; larvae feed on Washingtonia spp.; damage carpets etc. in collecting material for cocoon. [P.B.] Foltin, Hans, “Biologische Beobachtungen aus Oberosterreich’”” [in German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 62: pp. 12-16. 15 Apr. 195i. Biological notes on Lycaena cyllarus, Lophopteryx camelina, Hypena obesalis, Zygaena filipendulae, Miana ophiogramma, Hadena scolopacina. [P.B.] Foltin, Hans, “Etwas iiber die Biologie von Lasiocampa quercus L.” [in German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 62: pp. 52-54. 30 June 1951. Fraser, A.G.L., “A butterfly (Catopsilia crocale) with a defect in right hind wing.” Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 49: pp. 797-799. Apr. 1951. Fungus growing on living wing. [P.B.] Fullaway, D.T., “Description of a Brachymeria parasitic on Agonoxena argaula Meyr. in Samoa.” Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., vol. 14: pp. 63-64. Mar. 1950. Gaillard, R., “Complément a l'étude de H. Beuret sur les Plebeius argus de Nimes” [in French]. Rev. France. Lépid., vol. 12: p. 281. “May-June” [11 Dec.] 1950. Food plants: P. argus, Lotus tenuis, Onobrychis supina; Lysandra escheri splendens, Astragalus monspessulanus. [P.B.] Gaines, J.C., and H.J. Reinhard, “A sweet clover borer in Texas.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 44: pp. 623-624, 1 fig. Aug. 1951. Walshia amorphella; also on Melilotus alba. [P.B.] Gémez Clemente, Federico, “Estudios de lucha natural contra Earias insulana”’ [in Spanish]. Bo/. Patol. Veg. Ent. Agric., vol. 17: pp. 83-95, 7 figs. 1950. Biology rt HS braconid parasite Rhogas aligarhensis, with notes on some other parasites. EB: Haggett, G., “Further observations on Zewzera pyrina L.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 31-33. Feb. 1951. Habits, variation, distribution. [P.B.] Haggett, G., “Expithecia tntricata Zett. f. arceuthata Frr. (Lep., Geometridae).” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 58-60. March 1951. Habits, distribution, descripton of larva; food plants Cupressus and Chamaecyparis. [P.B.] Hamstead, Eywood O., “Codling moth oGcyte studies.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 43: pp. 724-727. Oct. 1950. Counts of oocytes in trapped and reared 22 of Carpocapsa pomonella; moths evidently lay more freely in nature than in capivity. [P.B] Hardy, G.A., “Notes on the life-history of the Garry Oak Looper, Lambdina fiscel- laria somniaria Ulst.” Proc. Ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia, vol. 46: pp. 13-14. 15 May 1950. Describes early stages and habits. Food plant Quercus garryana. [P.B.] Herbulot, C., “Troisitme note sur Saint-Tropez’” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 50: pp. 48-52. 25 June 1950. Records of 33 spp., with biological notes on some. [P.B.] Hering, Erich Martin, “Die Oligophagie phytophager Insekten als Hinweis auf eine Verwandschaft der Rosaceae mit den Familien der Amentiferae” [in German]. Proc. VIII Int. Ent. Congr., pp. 74-79. 1950. Gives a classification of phytophagous in- sects according to the number and variety of their foodplants. Lists a large number of oligophagous species (those feeding on a few plants which are not closely re- lated) which are restricted to representatives of the Rosaceae and Amentiferae, as evidence for serological similarity and possible relationship between these groups. [P.B.] Howden, Henry F, & Anne T., & Paul O. Richter, “Insects feeding on Poison Oak (Rhus toxicodendron L.).” Coleop. Bull., vol. 5: pp. 17-19. Apr. 1951. Lists Paectes oculatrix, Epipaschia zelleri, Episimus argutanus, Cacoecia argyrospila, Litho- colletis guttifinitella, Gracilaria rhoifoliella. [P.B.] Howe, W.L., “Biology and host relationships of the Squash Vine Borer.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 43: pp. 480-483. Aug. 1950. Melittia cucurbitae. Iwase, Taro, “Lessons from here and there (1)” [in Japanese]. Butt. and Moths (Trans. Lep. Soc. Japan), vol. 2: p. 15. 1951. Notes on larva and pupa of Zeryn- thia [Y.O.] 62 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.7, no.2 Laird, Marshall, ‘““Lepidopterous eggs and larvae from the exterior of aircraft fuselages.” Nature, vol. 166: p. 1081. 23 Dec. 1950. Noctuid found in New Zealand on plane from Fiji. [P.B.] Latif, Abdul, & Ch. Muhammed Yunus, ‘“Food-plants of Citrus Leaf-Miner (Phyllocnistis citrella Stn.) in the Punjab.” Bwll. Ent. Res., vol. 42: pp. 311-316. Aug. 1951. Recorded from Citrus spp. and Aegle marmelos. [P.B.] de Lucca, C., “Notes on the biology of Cnephasia gueneana Duponchel (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae).” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 205-207. Sept. 1951. Describes larva; lists 8 food plants. [P.B.] Lutersek, Dragutin, “Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Biologie des Calosoma sycophanta L. und Calosoma inquisitor L. als Feinde des Schwammspinners (L. dispar L.)” [in Jugoslav, German summary]. Buwll. Coll. Forestry Univ. Belgrad, vol. 1: pp. 353- 365. 1950. Munroe, Eugene, “Field notes on the butterflies of Knob Lake, Northern Quebec.” Lep. News, vol. 5: pp. 7-9. [June] 1951. Pastrana, Jose & Hugo Gahan, “Cria en masa de Macrocentrus ancylivorus Roh., parasito natural del ’gusano del duraznero’ en la Republica Argentina” [in Spanish]. Pub. Inst. Sanidad Veg. Argentina, series B, no. 19: 22 pp., 12 figs. 1950. Describes the technique used in mass-rearing of this parasite on Gnorimoschema operculella. [P.B.] Patotka, Jan, “Quelques notices sur l’écologie d’un tortricide Epiblema proximana H. S. (Lep. Tortric.)”’ [in Czech, French summary]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cechosloveniae, vol. 45: pp. 89-94, 19 figs. 1 May 1948. Describes early stages; food plant fir. [P.B.] G. PHYSIOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR Agrell, Ivar, “Pupal diapause caused by vitamin deficiency.” Nature, vol. 167: pp. 283-284, 1 fig. 17 Feb. 1951. Injection of aneurin and pantothenic acid faises the respiratory quotient of Endromis versicolora pupae, indicating that temporary deficiency of these substances may produce lowered metabolism and diapause. [P.B. ] Allegret, Paul, “Influence de la rétention expérimentale de la soie sur la metamorphose de Bombyx mort (L.)” [in French]. C.R. Acad. Scz., vol. 232: pp. 268-270) 15 Jan. 1951. Preventing the larva from emptying the silk glands causes death in the larval or pupal stage. [P.B.] Allegret, Paul, “Retard de la nymphose chez Galleria mellonella L. aprés la sécrétion du cocon. Influence de l’alimentation” [in French]. C. R. Acad. Sci., vol. 233: pp. 441-443. 30 July 1951. Delayed pupation results from abundance in food which must be excreted as silk. [P.B.] Gotz, Bruno, “Uber die tageseitliche Konstanz beim Ausschlupfen von Lepidopteren” [in German]. Zool. Jahrb. allg. Zool., vol. 62: pp. 355-365, 5 figs. 5 Apr. 1951. Experiments on Ephestia, Bombyx and several tortricids show that these spp. eclose most frequently at certain hours, and that light and internal factors both determine this regularity. [P.B.] Hiestand, W.A., “The resistance to nitrogen narcosis of insects, spiders, and pha- langids.” Anat. Rec., vol. 108: p. 614. Nov. 1950. Abstract only. H. MIGRATION Eliot, N., ‘“Flighting Satyridae.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 70-71. Mar. 1951. Local movement of three spp. in Cyprus. [P.B.] Lempke, B.J., ‘Trekvlinders in 1950 (elfde jaarverslag)’’ [in Dutch: Migratory Lepi- doptera in 1950, 11th annual survey]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 13: pp. 341-348. 1 Oct. 1951. Nordstrom, Frithiof, “Pieris brassicae pa vandring” [in Swedish, German summary]. Ent. Tidskr., vol. 72: pp. 79-80. 15 Apr. 1951. Migration. Ploeger, P.L., “Trek van Pieris brassicae op Texel” [in Dutch: Migration of P. 5, in Texel Island]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 13: p. 254. 1 Apr. 1951. Temple, Vere, “Immigration of Pieris brassicae.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 214-215. sept LOS1. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 63 NOTICES Lepidopterists’ Society members may use this page free of charge to advertise their offerings and needs in Lepidoptera. The Editors reserve the right to rewrite notices for clarity or reject unsuitable notices. Notices will continue to appear until forced out by newer ones. We cannot guarantee any notices but expect all to be bona fide. Please notify us of any abuse of this service. Wish to purchase Noctuidae from all parts of the world, or will give in exchange butterflies from Italy. Dr. E. Berio, Museo di Storia Naturale, Via Brigata Liguria 9, Genova, ITALY. A new exchange system to help collectors get common material from out-of-the-way places is being established, with lots of 100 papered specimens with full data to be sent to this collector.. Prompt return of exchange made. Nymphalidae esp. desirable. Write for arrangements: Raymond J. Jablonski, 1018 E. Ogden Ave., Milwaukee 2, Sete SoA. Wish to exchange California butterflies with collectors all over the world. Will offer Euphydryas editha bayensis in large quantity. Especially desire contacts with Africa, China, Australia and Indonesia. Will take other California species in exchange for the E. editha bayensis. Donald L. Baber, 1511 Drake Ave., Burlingame, Calif., U.S. A. BOOKS FOR SALE (all new): Butterflies of Southern Africa - Where, When and How They Fly by D. A. Swanepoel, 1953, De Luxe Edition $14.70, Regular Edition $10.50; Butterflies of Rhodesia by E.C.G. Phinhey, 1949, $3.25; Butterflies of California by J. A. Comstock, $9.00. D. Neumann Jr., 3066 Georgia St., Oakland 2, CaliiUoS. Ae Butterflies and beetles, foreign only, largest stock in country, wholesale and retail at lowest prices. Contact with tropical collectors also desired. G.F. Schirmer, 2912 No. 45th St., Milwaukee 10, Wis., U.S.A. Needed for research purposes: North American Lithocolletis. Central European Lepid- optera of all groups offered in exchange. Dr. Dalibor Povolny, 83 Havlickova, Brno, CZECHOSLOVAKIA. Wish to obtain complete run of Notes on Moths and Butterflies (formerly The Howell Mountain Butterfly Club), edited by Mrs. Evelyn Gilstrap Williams. C.F. dos Passos, Washington Corners, Mendham, N.J., U.S. A. Wanted: Specimens of all varieties of EUCLEA for genitalic study: imperfect speci- mens with abdomens accepted if determinable. Ralph Beebe, 4169 Tenth St., Ecorse 29, Miche WS. A. Wish to exchange Rhopalocera and Saturniidae with collectors of the United States and foreign countries. Have eastern U.S. material for exchange, and possibly some extra Speyeria diana this summer, as well as Eacles imperialis, and Citheronia regalis. Charles V. Covell, Jr., Box 569, Southern Pines, N.C., U.S.A. “Check-list of the Butterflies of Hatuman,- Colorado, Caught in Two Years” (mimeo) for sale at $0.25. J.M. Unseld, Jr., Gravel Switch, Ky., U.S. A. LIVING MATERIAL Wanted urgently: pupae of Papilio bairdi, P. indra, P. brevicauda, and P. nitra. Good prices paid or will exchange for British species. Dr. C. A. Clarke, High Close, Thorsway, Caldy, Cheshire, ENGLAND. Wanted: cocoons of Saturniidae; pupae of Papilio, Sphingidae, Arctidae; fertile ova. Exchange or buy. Eugene Dluhy, 3912 No. Hamilton Ave., Chicago 18, Ill, U.S.A. 64 Vol.7, ‘npr The Lepidopterists’ Society has recently suffered the loss of two of its most notable members. One of the five Honorary Life Members, G. D. HALE CARPENTER, Hope Professor of Entomology Emeritus of Oxford University, died after a long illness on 30 January at the age of 70 years. He was the leading authority on mimicry and on the systematics of several groups of butterflies, particularly of Africa. W. PRESCOTT ROGERS, of Fall River, Massachusetts, died on 6 May, also following a period of illness. Mr. ROGERS concentrated his interest on the butterflies of New England. Biographical accounts of these lamented friends of the Society will appear in the News. ADDITIONS TO THE MEMBERSHIP LIST Collins, Victor C., 255 West 84th St., New York City, N. Y., U.S.A. Dixon, Bruce, 119 Cherry Valley Rd., Pittsburgh 21, Pa., U.S.A. Marston, Norman L., Hartman, Colo., U.S. A. Murtaugh, Paul A., Tuxedo Park, N. Y., U.S. A. Nakayama, Masaki, 1-398 Fujihonmachi, Wakamatsu-city, Fukuoka-prefecture, Kyushu, JAPAN. Oemick, Donald, 11022 Vernon Ave., Chicago 20, Ill., U.S.A. Parodi, Guiseppe, via Sebenico 13, Milano, ITALY. PATTERSON, DONALD, 170 Glenwood Ave., Atherton, Calif., U.S.A. Pirone, Dominick J., 108 No. Columbus Ave., Mt. Vernon, N.Y., U.S.A. Polusny, John, 185 Magnus Ave., Winnipeg, Man., CANADA. Powell, Jerry A., 4170 Bedford Drive, San Diego 16, Calif., U.S.A. Rees, William A., 934 So. McDonnell Ave., Los Angeles 22, Calif., U.S.A. Wright, William J., Box 86, Cottonwood, Arizona, U. S.A. The authors have sent to the Lepid. News office a supply of two valuable papers on early stages of Lycaenidae. A copy will be forwarded to each Society member request- ing one or both and enclosing 5¢ in postage stamps (members outside of the U.S.A. do not need to send the stamps). The papers ate: Rawson & Hessel, ‘The life history of Strymon cecrops Fabricius.” Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 46: pp. 79-84, 5 figs. 1951. Rawson, Ziegler, & Hessel, “The immature stages of Mitoura hesseli Rawson & Ziegler.” Bull, Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 46: pp. 123-130, 3 figs. 1951. THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ NEWS Volume 7 1953 Numbers 3-4 MARKED LEPIDOPTERA RECOVERED Information is urgently needed from all individuals who have been matking Lepidoptera and releasing them in North America during the past five years. Two moths, apparently deliberately marked by distinctive perforations in the wing, have been taken in 1953 and reported to the News editor. No response was ever received from the releaser of a clearly marked specimen of Anaea andria (the Goatweed Butterfly) which was recovered in Kansas in 1948 and is now at Yale University. Any reader of the News who recovers a definitely or probably marked moth or butterfly, or who marks and releases specimens, is urged to keep the News editor fully informed and preferably to send him sample specimens. CHECK-LIST OF LEPIDOPTERA OF FLORIDA C. P. KIMBALL is assembling material for a new check-list of the Lepid- optera of Florida. He reports a fine response to his questionnaire on Florida Lepidoptera and is most appreciative of the generous offers of assistance in supplying information. The questionnaires were sent out only to those mem- bers of the Society whose interests as stated in the annual membership list indicated that there might be Florida material in the collections. If anyone who has such material did not receive the questionnaire, it would be apprec- iated, if he or she would communicate that fact to Mr. KIMBALL, whose ad- dress is: Rt. 4, Box 942, Sarasota, Fla., U.S. A. DYSSTROMA BEING REVISED DOUGLAS C. FERGUSON requests, for revisional study, North American Geometridae of the genus Dysstroma, especially of the D. truncata - walkerata complex. He will work up and return material sent on goan, or will offer good exchange for desirable duplicates. His address is: Nova Scotia Museum of Science, Halifax, N.S., CANADA. C. L. REMINGTON, Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A. 65 66 Vol.7, nos.3-4 THE FIELD SEASON SUMMARY OF NORTH AMERICAN LEPIDOPTERA FOR 1952 No pronounced pattern is obvious in the reports of Lepidoptera abun- dance for 1952. In general, collecting seems to have been good, but there were summer droughts and attendant scarcity of butterflies in several regions. The principal migrant in a year of large migrations appears to have been, Vanessa cardui in both east and west, though there are comparatively restricted reports for a few areas. This was clearly a big year for V. cardw, the first since 1949. Records of 1952 migrations of V. carye, Nymphalis californica, Celerio lineata, and Ascia monuste appeared in The Lepidopterists’ News, WoL? fs os. 1.52. PROCEDURES IN SUMMARIZING The usual practices of the preceding Summaries have been followed, to ensure clarity and uniformity. Subspecific names are in general omitted ex- cept where they may be of distributional significance, or where several sub- species may occur in a limited area. Authors’ names are omitted after species names. The nomenclature in general follows Klots’ A Freld Guide to the Butterflies (1951) for the eastern butterflies, with names of western butter- flies harmonized so far as reasonably possible. The nomenclature of the moths follows the arrangement of the Canadian National Collection, which is based on McDunnough’s Check List of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America (1938-39), with revisions indicated by more recent work. \MA The zones into which the Summary is divided may be seen on the above map. EUGENE G. MUNROE Associate Editor for the Season Summary 1953 The Lepidopierists’ News 67 1. SOUTHWEST — CALIFORNIA, ARIZONA, NEVADA by LLtoyp M. MARTIN In spite of the large number of collectors in this area only a few found it possible to contribute this year. For this reason it seems best to let the individual reports speak for themselves. A widespread migration of Vanessa cardui seems to have been the most conspicuous event in the area. CALIFORNIA F. T. THORNE reports as follows from the SAN DIEGO REGION: Weather: The first half of 1952 was characterized by exceptionally heavy rainfall with over 4 inches in January, almost 5 inches in March yet February would have been rainless if there had not been 29 days this year. During the first six months rainfall was 50% above normal, but during the last six months only slightly so. Temperatures generally averaged above normal, during February, May and September, exceptionally so. Sunshine, due to so much rainy weather, averaged below normal for the year. Rainfall late in 1951 was good, but for the whole year was woefully deficient, so that the drought condition preceded 1952. The whole season was delayed by wet weather, and while poor weather reduced the opportunities to collect, the opinion is that population levels failed to respond immediately following a prolonged drought cycle. Desert collecting was poor before the end of March. Coastal flights peaked about May 11; mountain spring flights in May were below normal. Collecting during the year throughout the county was disappointing. There was little evidence that parasites or predators were responsible for the lack of large numbers of many species. Larvae were generally hard to find, but this is considered a product of low populations rather than bio- logical controls. Two exceptional migrations were recorded during 1952. On February 10, at El Cajon a strong north-northeast flight of Vanessa cardui was first observed. Sample counts gave an estimate of 750 per minute per mile front. Specimens were faded but not frayed, and dissection showed 60% females and 40% males. There appeared to be a fresh non-migration resi- dent population of this species of about 5%. Air temperature between 1 and 2 p.m. was 61°F. This same flight was reported from Fallbrook 48 miles northwest on February 14. In Canebrake Canyon in the desert due east of the Laguna Mountains the flight was heavy on February 12 and was in a west by northwesterly direction. Past one favorable thirty foot strip, a rate of 1000 per hour was clocked; activity began about 9 a.m. but by mid-afternoon migration stopped, and the butterflies fed or rested. A dissected sample showed 57% males and 43% females. They were faded and worn but only a few tattered. On February 24 at El Cajon a rate of 690 per hour was clocked past a 40 foot strip—the direction the same as 68 MARTIN: 1952 Southwest Season Vol.7, nos.3-4 on February 10, north-northeast. By March 3 the flight was practically over. Flight was not continuous during the period due to rainy or cool weather. The mountain country seemed to be avoided in the main, because of adverse temperatures. On June 4, near Julian, a strong flight of fresh Nymphalis californica was seen around 9 a.m. going in an easterly direction. This same flight occurred elsewhere throughout the county including Borrego Valley. Time did not permit a study of rates, etc. On June 8, the first opportunity to collect, the flight had dropped to a very low level. Larvae never did appear to any extent on Ceanothus following this flight. Danaus plexippus was not ob- served in any marked migratory movement during the year. Malacosoma americana became epidemic during May and caused defoliation of Scrub Oak, Live Oak, and other natives in the foothill and mountain areas. Celerio lineata larvae in response to lush desert vegetation, reached serious proportions in April on the desert and were destructive to native vegetation and grapes. A month later they were a nuisance in San Diego and other coastal areas. SPECIFIC NOTES: Anthocaris cethura, ordinarily local and rare, was common in the foothill areas throughout March. \.days) July 12-26 (3 days) “Flying from early July to mid-September with no definite gaps were Everes comyntas, Lycena hypophleas, Phyciodes tharos, Eurema lisa, Papilio glaucus. This was the heaviest year in four for N. antiopa, with a succession of broods and some defoliation (mainly of Celtis) by larve. Erynnis baptisie larvee were numerous, but this may not be unusual. It was the poorest year in four for Asterocampa celtis. Ctenucha virginica was unusually common in late June and early July. Czsseps fulvicollis was extremely abundant all sum- mer. Larve, but not adults, of Feniseca tarquinius were found, but the great numbers of 1950 were not approached. Datana integerrima defoliated many Juglans, but less than in 1951. Cingilia catenaria had almost disappeared, follow- ing the tremendous numbers of 1951. Several Hesperia leonardus were taken September 5. “Regular records were kept of common moths at light in North Haven after the middle of June. Present in great numbers were: Itame pustularta June 23-end of July Eugonobapta nivosaria June 23 - July 20 Nematocampa filamentarta June 23 - July 13 Euchlena serrata June 30- July 13 Lagoa crispata June 30- July 6 Limacodes biguttata June 22 - July 15 Erannis tiliaria October 16 - November 18 Alsophila pometaria November 16- December 6 Also in pest numbers were Psewdaletia unipuncta; Malacosoma americana; Halisidota tesselaris; Isia isabella.” Washington (C. L. REMINGTON, S. A. HESSEL): Some notable moth records June 25 were: Calledapteryx dryopterata & and? ; Pheosia rimosa @; Apantesis virguncula 9; Zeuzera pyrina (num.); Oreta rosea (num.). 114 HESSEL: 1952 Northeast Season Vol.7, nos.3-4 Having moved from Long Island to this locality in late July with the attending demand on my daylight hours, almost no diurnal collecting was afforded. Using a “CX” 250 watt bulb together with a 15 watt BL fluorescent tube at the house over 220 species of moths, exclusive of micros, were taken from July 23 to the end of the season. Of these about 35 were hitherto un- recorded in the Connecticut list. The actual number of individuals was, how- ever, surprisingly small. Almost all new records were singles or pairs, as were half or more of the general list. Only Evanmzs tiliaria and Cimgilia catenaria appeared in numbers over fifty in a single evening, about 150 in these cases. Comparisons with other years cannot be made, but the most impressive group were the Papaipema, including maritima, impecuniosa, nebris and f. “nitela’, cerina, inquesita and f. “wyatti’, furcata, arctivorens, astuta, rigida, humulu, sciata, cerussata, baptisice, cataphracta, pterisu, and lysimachie. Also well rep- resented was Graptolitha with the following at hand: Jaticinerea, unimoda, bethunet, baileyi, querquera, antennata, fagina, and petulca. Greenwich (KLotTs): Spring brood L. pseudargiolus as usual, April 16 -May 16; Pieris virginiensis, as usual, May 2-9; Erynnis icelus and E. juvenalis May 2-16; one very worn Vanessa cardui (hibernator?) by 1G: one worn JV. atalanta (hibernator?) May 9. MASSACHUSETTS Barnstable (C. P. KIMBALL): The spring was normal through June. During July no rain fell and the temperatures were well above average. August was very rainy and from then on the weather was more or less normal. “Up to the first of August collecting was somewhat better than in recent years as far as numbers of specimens, the nightly catch of moths several times going over 2000, but the number of species was distinctly less. After August Ist, with the advent of the continuously wet weather, collecting became poor in all respects. “Certain species were present in above average numbers: Limenitis astyanax, Hyalophora cecropia, Automeris io, Phlegethontius sextus, Sphinx drupiferarum, Paonias myops, Darapsa pholus, Halisidota tessellaris, Catocala sumilis, Mocis texana, many notodontids (especially the females, which was also true to a lesser extent with the Sphingids). Lambdina pellucidaria was in excessive abundance; also found were Meiasiopsis ossularia, Nomophila noc- tuella (abundant), Mineola vaccinii, Dioryctria auranticella, Zonaria tter- ruptolineana, Argyrotentia velutinana and A. pinatubana, both abundant. “In general, Noctuids were scarce, particularly Feltia ssp. Also notice- ably scarce were Crambus spp. Pieridae were seen on only a few occasions, not more than two or three examples of each of the three common species being observed. “Strays were infrequent. Only one specimen of Anticarsia gemmatilis was seen, Two unusual species turned up, Xylophanes tersa and Amyna octo. One specimen of Smerinthus jamaicensis f. norm. “geminatus” looked more like the southern than the northern form, and may have been a stray. Two other sphingids were present, Herse cingulata and Celerio lineata, but there £955 The Lepidopterists’ News 115 is some question in my mind as to whether they may not have become es- tablished in this relatively mild climate, and this is said in spite of the rather severe preceding winter. C. /imeata is regularly taken in fair numbers during both June and September, and in fresh condition invariably. H. cimgulata has been taken on three occasions with June and October dates, also in fresh condition, and it has come to my attention that a sweet potato patch has been under cultivation about 10 miles from my house for some years. “Perhaps the most outstanding feature of the season was the appearance of many Notodontid and Sphingid females, particularly the former. I took females of practically every Notodontid which is recorded for Barnstable, many of which I had never before taken in some 17 years of collecting, in any locality.” General (Mrs. COTTRELL): Monarch observations and marking notes involving Massachusetts, New York, and New Hampshire localities are sub- mitted. No mass movements were in evidence and no marked specimens are mentioned as recovered. Earliest date recorded was July 14, latest date October 9. VERMONT Vic. Mt. Equinox (KLots, HEssEL, C. L. REMINGTON): May 23-24 Pieris napi was common as usual, with Boloria toddi. Season 10 days early. (KLOTs ). On June 6 Amblyscirtes vialis males numerous and fresh. Also fresh and in fair numbers were Boloria toddi, Hesperia sassacus, Poanes hobomok, Papil- io glaucus, Lycena hypophleas. Rather worn male P. napi were taken. A few Ematurga amitaria (day flying geometer) were at hand. NEW HAMPSHIRE White Mountains (LENNOX): “The collecting was poor, generally speaking. The weather was very dry up here, the worst drought in years. Pieris napt was plentiful in May but Speyerias noticeably scarce as the summer progressed. Colonies of Nymphalis milberti were found and reared to matur- ity, being practically free of parasitism. Reared Cinezs jutta came through in fine style, producing full sized specimens. A trip was made to the high lands of the mountains for GEvezs semidea in July. They were normally com- mon. Another interesting catch that day was my first Apantesis quenseli, Moth collecting was productive in my local bog, where I took a good series of Parasemia parthenos. Collecting also proved to be exciting near tree-line in Jefferson Notch, where with DOUGLAS FERGUSON we took a good series of Anomogyna sincera.” MAINE Vic. Lincoln (GREY): Spring, as in 1951, was very wet but by mid- summer a drought of serious proportions was at hand. The most serious threat is the long-range one that the water table is dropping rapidly. It was dramatically demonstrated this summer when the bogs, wetter than in many 116 HESSEL: 1952 Northeast Season Vol.7, nos.3-4 years, dried out by mid-summer, showing that the surface moisture has nothing much underneath to maintain it. A new locality where Incisalia lanoraseensss can be collected “dry shod” is reported. Although Incisalias were reported in good quantity, “the year had the dubious distinction of being the poorest season in the east for Speyerta ever known within the memory of living collectors”. The most unusually abundant diurnal was the skipper Poanes hobomok. Augusta (A. E. BROWER): The snow went off early, but then most of May and June was cold and cloudy and very few butterflies were to be seen. This was followed by very dry weather until the latter part of August when showers came; however few butterflies were to be seen. Papilio polyxenes was the first seen at Augusta on May 17, while P. glaucus was first seen on the preceding day and again on May 24 and at Upton on May 30. May 16 was the date for the first two Colsas philodice seen at Augusta. On May 9 the first Przeris rape were seen at Augusta and several the next day; one or two each for Richmond and Brunswick on May 10; at Upton on May 30 and Wilson Mills on May 31. Pzeris napi was seen at Upton on May 30. Danaus plexippus was observed at Norridgewock July 13. Speyeria cybele was seen in Augusta on July 11. Polygonia faunus was seen at Upton on May 30, and at Wilson Mills on May 31. The first fresh P. faunus and P. progne of the 1952 season were seen at Augusta on July 15, these were both males. The first of the new brood of Nymphalis j-album were seen at Belgrade July 11 and at Augusta July 15; the species was taken on Mt. Bigelow on August 2 and 3. N. mélberti was taken on Mt. Bigelow August 2 and 3. At Augusta on March 22 a N. antiopa was seen flying close at hand and watched. The sun was warm, but there was deep snow on the ground. Three specimens were seen at Bar Harbor on May 20. The first of the new brood were seen at Belgrade on July 12. The first Vanessa atalanta was seen at Upton May 30 and at Wilson Mills May 31. Vanessa cardui or V. virginiensis was seen flying at Bar Harbor May 20. On Mt. Bigelow on August 2 and 3, V. virginiensis was present in fair numbers, and V. cardw was abundant. The first Limenitis archippus was seen at Augusta on June 13, and both male and female at Jefferson on June 15. Dates for Strymon acadica are Jefferson July 4, Augusta July 11, Belgrade July 12 (a female on Cone Flower). S. falacer was seen at Belgrade on July 11, S. éparops at Augusta July 26. At Bar Harbor on May 20 the first two or three Incisalia augustinus were seen and one was caught; at Grafton Notch it was flying in numbers on May 50 and in small numbers at Wilson Mills on May 31. Lycanopsis pseudargiolus was seen at Dryden the last days of April; at Brunswick on May 10; at Bar Harbor May 20, three specimens; at Grafton Notch on May 30 and Wilson Mills May 31. Dates for Erynnis icelus are Grafton May 30 and Wilson Mills May 31. The first record of Erynnis juvenalis for Mt. Desert Island was made with both male and female taken at Bar Harbor on May 20. Ancyloxypha numitor was first seen at Augusta on June 23, another on June 27, and it was common at Berwick in August. The first Hesperia ‘assacus Of the season was seen at Augusta on June 7. Polites themistocles first seen at North Belgrade on June Ze, peckius at Benton June 28. Poanes hobomok was first seen at Augusta on June 5 and Oakland June 6. At Benton the first Amblyscirtes vialis was seen on June 6. Hemaris diffinis 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 117 was seen at Upton on May 30 and 8 specimens of H. thysbe at Benton on June 6. Data on Amphion nessus are: Augusta June 5, Benton June 6, Augusta June 16 feeding at Rocket plant 6.50 P.M. in a sunny spot. Lyco- morpha pholus was seen at Blue Hill on September 2. A number of Ctenucha virginica wete seen at Belgrade on July 11. Clemensia albata was taken at Ashland on July 27. Several Cycnia tenera were taken at Jefferson July 4 and 5. Anarta cordigera was seen at Grafton May 30 and Wilson Mills May 31. Graptolitha fagina was taken at Augusta September 26. The first Septis fenitima was seen at Augusta June 16, and again seen June 20. Hyppa xylinoides was taken at Gardiner June 7. Sidney Bog outside Augusta, the first 5 Lithacodia bellicula were seen; at Augusta July 15 L. muscosula was taken; at Benton June 28 L. synnochitis was first seen. Capis curvata was cap- tured in a bog at Alfred August 9. Three Autographa vaccini were taken at golden rod flowers on Mt. Bigelow 4150 ft. elevation August 2. Data on Catocala as follows: C. antinympha at light at Otter Creek Camp Ground, Bar Harbor 3 A.M. on August 17; C. meskez was taken at Wilton July 14, the first Maine record; C. concumbens, at light on side of house at East Orland August 17; C. sordida at light Dennysville July 25; C. preclara at light Otter Creek Camp Ground, Bar Harbor August 16. The first Euclidina cuspidea was taken at Jefferson on June 14. Canurgina crasstuscula was taken at Upton May 30, at Wilson Mills on May 31. The first Zale aerwginos was taken at Augusta June 7. Epizeuxis rotundalis was taken Augusta July 15. The first Nerice bidentata of the season was taken at Augusta June 21. At Augusta the first Porthetria dispar was seen July 3 and several July 6. May 16 at Belgrade the first Mesothea imcertata was seen. Dysstroma truncata was taken on Mt. Katahdin August 24. Xanthorhoe emendata was taken at Lincoln July 23; X. ferrugata was first seen on May 28 at Augusta. Entephria aurata was taken sitting on a golden rod head on Mt. Bigelow August 2. The first Euphyia intermediata was taken at Augusta on June 3. Pertzoma basaliata were flying in fair numbers on Mt. Bigelow at an elevation of 3500 to 4100 ft. August 2 and 3. Bapta vestaliata was first seen at Belgrade May 16. Euxgonobapta nivosaria was taken July 17. July 16 Euchlena serrata was taken at Winthrop. Aithalura anticaria was first seen at North Belgrade May 17. Spodolepis sub- striataria was taken at Wilson Mills on May 31, this was a worn female which laid some eggs. Sabulodes cachexiata (lorata) was seen at Jefferson June 15, at Augusta June 18. Abbottana clemataria was seen at Augusta May 25. Data on Nomophila noctuella are: the first at Belgrade May 16, at Bar Harbor May 22, several at Bar Harbor September 30. Pyrausta fumalis was taken at Alfred August 9; P. fwmoferalis was first seen at Jefferson June 15, at Kellyland August 31; P. fanebris was taken at Jefferson May 25. Nymphula isstusalis was taken at Ashland July 18 and July 26, at Augusta July 24. Pyralis constiferalis was taken at Augusta July 15. At Ashland Herculia olinalis was taken. Mineola tricolorella was taken at Ashland July 29. At Augusta Salebria basilaris was taken July 15. The first Thiodia radiatana was taken at Jefferson June 15. Epinotia apriliana? was taken on a window screen at Augusta March 29. E. nanana was common at Augusta, the first on June 19. At Jefferson the first Ancylis comptana floridana was taken on May 25. The usual form of Sparganothis xanthotdes was taken at Kellyland on July 29. Argyrotenia pinatubana was taken at Jefferson May 25. Aristotelia rubi- 118 HESSEL: 1952 Northeast Season Vol.7, nos.3-4 della was taken at Kellyland July 25. At Augusta the first Plutella porrectella was seen June 16. QUEBEC P. H. H. Gray had a successful season at Baie d’Urfé, and submitted detailed collecting data for about 250 species. His list is on file with the Society. Contributors (those reporting directly only): OTTO ACKERMANN; A. E. BROWER; ANNETTE B. COTTRELL; GEORGE EHLE; P. H. H. GRAY; L. P. Grey;_S. A. HESSEL; J. A. KEji; C. P. KIMBATE; ASB eens: Roy LATHAM; D.J. LENNOX; F.T. NAUMANN; JUNE D. and F. W. PRESTON; C.L., JEANNE E., E.E., and P.S. REMINGTON; ROBERT ROZMAN; MICHAEL SHULGIN. Nettleton Hollow, Washington, Conn., U.S.A. 8. FAR NORTH by T. N. FREEMAN The collections of Lepidoptera made in the Far North during 1952 were so few, and so far removed from previously investigated localities, that com- parisons with other years cannot be made. However, to complete the sequence of this report, as it has appeared for other years, the Northern Insect Survey localities will be mentioned, and a few notes on the type and richness of fauna, will be included. In 1952, parties were established at the following places: Naknek, Alaska; Holman, Victoria Island, Northwest Territories; Mould Bay, Prince Patrick Island, Northwest Territories; Coral Harbour, Southampton Island, Bde ae Territories; Ogoki River, northern Ontario; and Sonde Stromfiord, Greenland. Lepidoptera, particularly butterflies, were scarce at Naknek, those cap- tured were essentially boreal forest species. The Holman collection was fairly rich for an Arctic locality with the usual arctic species being represented. Mould Bay is situated so far north that Lepidoptera are represented only by a few individuals of a few arctic species. Coral Harbour is another arctic local- ity, that supports a fairly rich lepidopterous fauna. Ogoki River approximates Sit Francis Walker's type locality, Albany River. This region lies well within the boreal forest and supports a rich fauna of boreal Lepidoptera. Sonde Stromfiord, on the west coast of Greenland, at approximately Lat. 68° con- tained a very limited representation of essentially palaearctic, boreal Lepidop- tera, The absence of trees in southern Greenland, and the presence of boreal types of insects, differs remarkably from the situation in northern Canada. Division of Entomology, Science Service, Ottawa, CANADA 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 119 OBSERVATIONS ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF CALEPHEHS BOREALIS. PART 1. by WorRTH S. RANDLE The author began his studies of the life history of Calephelis borealis in 1938, despite the fact that eminent authorities insisted then as now (Klots, 1951) that the Calephelis indigenous to southwestern Ohio must be C. muti- cum MCALPINE, not C. borealis GROTE & ROBINSON. Since the life histories have been described for C. borealis by DOS PAssos (1936) and for C. muticum by McALPINE (1938), there remains no reason for doubt of the presence of C. borealis in this area. Subsequent to the author’s first experiences with C. borealis, STEPHEN B. SMALLEY, science teacher in Cincinnati’s Mt. Washington School and well- known lepidopterist in the area, undertook some studies of his own, and in 1950 both he and the author set out to collect more data on this interesting species. Gravid females were captured and induced to oviposit. Upon hatching, two sets of larvae were raised under separate conditions. Meanwhile the author made a series of observations on the life history of C. borealis in its natural habitat. The purpose of this paper is to present our observations in detail and to discuss comparisons of larval development in three different environments as a preliminary to future detailed studies of phases in the life- history of this insect. DEVELOPMENT IN NATURAL CONDITIONS In the literature on Calephelis borealis there is a paucity of information from the field. Mr. Dos PAssos mentions the discovery of “six larvae found on plants as late as September 26th . . . quite small, rather dormant and apparently preparing to hibernate. However, only three of these could be found the following spring and they were dead.” On September 18, 1950, a fair day with a temperature of 80° F., the author found nine larvae of C. borealis on the underside of leaves of Senecio obovatus Mubhl., and on the 26th four additional larvae were located. These larvae were in several positions on the leaves, but usually were found nearer the base of the spatulate part of the leaves, close to and parallel with the main vein. Two of the larvae had just molted and were eating exuviae, one had just finished eating most of its exuviae and was resting, and a fourth was very dark and almost ready to molt. A fifth larva was very white, in the first stage of molting. Their lengths were from 4 to 5.5 mm. which are the same measurements both DOs PAssoOs and the author record for the fourth or fifth instars of artificially- raised specimens. All larval positions were marked and mapped, and a total of twenty-three visits were made to this marked area to study the development of C. borealis. Growth of the larvae was very slow. On September 23 they measured 5 to 6.1 mm., and on this date one was found dead with minute beetles feeding on the. remains. On September 26 with a high temperature of 68° four of the larvae could not be found. Two larvae were 7 mm. in length. On Septem- ber 30 it was again a fair 80° day, and all larvae were back in their places. 120 RANDLE: Calephelis borealis Biology Vol.7, nos.3-4 The two larvae which measured 7 mm. on the 26th were reduced to 6.5 mm. and were very white. On October 4th these two had just molted, and one had already eaten the exuviae. Thus, four days elapsed from the time the larvae had voided preparatory to the molt and the completion of ecdysis. Eight larvae were missing on October 4 when the temperature registered a drop to a 41° low with a 56° high reading, and on the 5th with the same tempera- tures all but one were gone. This larva was observed as it moved to a point ten inches from its foodplant. It then disappeared while the author’s back was turned, probably into some crevice in the earth, as it could not be located by overturning dead leaves. On the 11th the temperature was up again to 78°, but only one of the missing had reappeared in its place. Two of the larvae measured 7mm. x 2mm. and 8.5mm., x 2mm., the maximum dimen- sions recorded preceding hibernation. On this same date one larva was in the shrunken, very dark condition just previous to molting; and on the 14th it had molted and moved to another leaf of the same plant. On October 18 this larva, designated No. 13 in the records, had grown and was still up on the plant leaf. On the 21st No. 13 was still up on the plant, but in a brownish, shrunken, and inactive state. No. 10 was also back on its foodplant on this date and was also in a shrunken, dark, but still responsive condition. (By tre- sponsive is meant the raising of both posterior and anterior extremities at a slight touch, the usual reaction of C. borealis.) On October 30 No. 10 was found on the underside of a fallen leaf eight inches from its foodplant, and No. 13 was under a dead leaf three inches from its foodplant. Both of these larvae were removed to a place near the base of a tree where they would easily be found and where they would be shielded from the high winds of early spring which might otherwise scatter them. On January 1, 1951, these two larvae were in the same positions as they were on October 30, with the same size and color. By this date they had been subjected to two weeks of temperature below 20° and two weeks under a two-inch blanket of snow. The winter months which followed were the second most severe in the history of Cincinnati. There was snow on the ground most of that season, at one time over a foot deep. On the following April 8, a fair day with a high temperature of 50°, one of the larvae was found on a dead leaf four inches from where it was on January 1. On April 21, the first really warm spring day, with a tempera- ture of 73° and a high wind, both No. 10 and No. 13 were found on the same leaf four inches from where the one was found on April 8. One measured ).5mm. and the other 4mm.; they were brownish in color and responded slightly when touched by a grass stem. The larvae were on different leaves not far removed from each other on April 26. They were unchanged and in the same location on May 1 after six days of fair weather with high tempera- tures of 78° to 88°; there was no indication that they had been up on grow- ing leaves, but they may possibly have nibbled at the bases of the petioles of Senecio leaves. Any feeding that they might have done up to this time would have been very meager because their size and color remained unchanged. Des- pite a drop in temperature to 53° on May 4, by May 5 the two larvae had become active. They had eaten to the upper cuticular membrane of new leaf-shoots, had molted once, and were now light in color and 6mm. in length. When found, however, both were down on ground leaves near their place of hiber- nation, On May 8 the two larvae measured 10mm. and 12mm. and had eaten bo — 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 1 large chunks of the mature leaves, cutting from the margins almost in to the midrib. They were more amber in color than the hand-raised ones which matured in the fall and were found near the base of their foodplant under a dead leaf. Three additional larvae were located on May 8. One was found in the same place where No. 8 had been before it had disappeared the previous fall, and one was in the place marked for No. 11. The third was 4 feet from where No. 3 had last been seen. No. 8 was in the first or white stage of molt. It was brought home on its leaf for observation and remained motion- less for two days. On the 11th it molted and ate most of its exuviae. This larva descended only once to a dead leaf on the ground beneath its food- plant, but on another occasion it went to a basal, yellowish leaf of Senecio. On May 12 both Neo. 10 and No. 13 were very white. Both measured 10 mm. One was under a dead leaf and the other under a basal leaf of the plant it had been feeding on. No. 3 measured 9 mm. and was found under a dead leaf. No. 11, also 9 mm., was three inches away from the plant on which it had been feeding when seen on May 8 and was under a dead leaf. When examined on May 15, No. 10 had just molted and had eaten part of the exuviae; it was under the same dead leaf as on the 12th and measured 12mm. No. 13 was up on a plant leaf, and its exuviae were found intact on the basal leaf where this larva had been on the 12th; it was 10 mm. long. No. 3 still measured 9mm.; it had molted, had eaten some of the exuviae, and had moved up to a leaf near the bottom of the foodplant. No. 11 was now 15 mm. in length and was on a Senecio leaf. Another larva, presumably No. 12, was found very near to No. 11 on a leaf of its plant and measured imi. A search of the marked area on May 24 disclosed only two larvae. There was no sign of the others anywhere near their foodplants. Nos. 3 and 12 were near their foodplants on undersides of dead leaves; they were shrunken and vety white as if ready to pupate. On May 30, No. 12 was located on the underside of a very stout, dead leaf held up well above the earth by other dead leaves beneath it. The leaf was coated with silk, and a strand of silk was fastened around the shrunken and white larval body. After inspection this leaf was put back in place, although the exact plane of the leaf had not been noticed before it was moved. No. 3 had moved from its position of May 24 and could not be located nearby. When the author visited the study area again on June 3, he could not find No. 12. It had left its position of May 30 after being disturbed, just as had No. 3 also, even though it had been in advanced stage of transformation into the pupa. After a period of search a larva almost ready to pupate was found two feet away from where No. 3 was when examined on the 24th of May. It gave every appearance of being larva No. 3. It was placed in a jar and brought home and had transformed into a chrysalis by 9:30 P.M. The imago emerged on June 16 after a period of thirteen days in the pupal stage. The habitat of the study area was a somewhat rocky, steep, north-south slope facing east. It consisted of very brushy pastureland, covered with Haw- thorne, Pawpaw, various other saplings, briar, Honeysuckle, and Poison Ivy. It was located along the margin of a mature mixed-mesophytic woodland and 122 RANDLE: Calephelis borealis Biology Vol.7, nos.3-4 was about 250 feet distant from and about 35 feet above a permanent stream. In this location C. borealis was first discovered in 1937. Subsequently this butter- fly was found by SMALLEY and the author in a few other widely separated places in the same type of habitat. Records from the study area showed that the flying period for this lati- tude was from somewhat after the middle of June to somewhat after the middle of July. In 1950 and 1951 C. borealis was seen in numbers on June 27, and a few worn specimens were taken on July 28. Thus the total period in which imagoes were flying must have been a month and a half. Generally speaking, adults are inactive butterflies, sitting on leaves of weeds and shrubs for long periods of time basking in the sun with wings outstretched. The males are the more active, sometimes flying up in the air to dispute the intrusion of another male or some other winged insect. On two occasions the author watched individuals crawl around to the undersides of leaves when hard pressed and at other times they dropped low into the cover of vines on the ground or into tall grass. SMALLEY has observed imagoes on the under- side of foliage on at least twelve occasions. Upon alighting they usually spread out their wings horizontally. Careful observation of this area during all seasons indicated that C. borealis hibernated in the larval stage, probably in the sixth instar. Never was this insect seen flying before mid-June nor after the first week of August. No larvae of anywhere near pupating size were found in the fall. (to be continued) University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio, U.S. A. ACTION ON NOMENCLATURE AT COPENHAGEN The Colloquium on Zoological Nomenclature at Copenhagen, Denmark, which was arranged by the Secretary of the International Commission on Zoological Nomen- clature (see Lep. News 7: p.32) was able to deal with the entire agenda of seventy items when it met in August just prior to the start of the Fourteenth International Congress of Zoology. THE OFFICIAL REPORT OF THE COLLOQUIUM IS BEING PUBLISHED IN BOOK FORM AND WILL BE AVAILABLE IN NOVEMBER. SUBSIDIZED IN ORDER TO PUT IT WITHIN REACH OF EVERY TAXONO- MIST, THE PRICE WILL BE ONLY 75¢ (5 SHILLINGS). ORDERS WITH RE- MITTANCE MAY BE SENT IMMEDIATELY TO THE INTERNATIONAL TRUST FOR ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE, 41 QUEEN’S GATE, LONDON, S.W. 7, ENGLAND. Every taxonomist should have this important reference booklet. The Copenhagen Congress, in unanimously adopting the Report, advised authors to apply the decisions to their work as soon as the Report is published, although these decisions will not formally come into force until they have been embodied in the revised International Code for which publication will necessarily require considerable time. Lepidopterists interested in nomenclature, and disturbed over the violent con- troversy which followed the 1948 Paris Congress, will be pleased to learn that the draft of the revised Code will be published in order to allow nomenclature specialists everywhere to review it very carefully before the final issuance of the revision. C. L. REMINGTON 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 12 We MORE BUTTERFLIES FROM ALASKA AND THE HIGHWAY by MARION E. SMITH The article by P.S. REMINGTON on butterfly collecting along the Alaska Highway (Lepid. News 6: 103-106) appeared in print just as I was compil- ing this list of the species collected during the summer of 1952 in the same area. Since we were able to collect in several areas (notabiv in Mt. McKinley National Park) not visited by Mr. REMINGTON, we obtained many additional species and further records of others. Our party of five (with Dr. C. P. ALEXANDER, DAviD L. CARSON, and myself doing the entomological collecting) left Edmonton, Alberta, in two cars on June 21, covered most of Alaska’s highways, and returned through Dawson Creek, B. C., by August 11. We travelled slowly, camping en route, and collecting (when the weather permitted) at every likely spot. Although we did considerable general collecting, we were concentrating on Diptera, and the butterflies did not receive as much attention as did, for instance, the craneflies and mosquitoes, of which there was no dearth. Hence the records are spotty, with many gaps due to lack of collecting and observation and not necessarily to the absence of the species. The best collecting, resulting in nine species (Parnassius, Oeneis, Erebia, Boloria, and Pieris), was near Sable Pass, in Mt. McKinley National Park, Alaska. This was typical tundra country, at an altitude of between 3000 and 4000 feet. Here a small stream, a foot or two wide, and a foot deep in occasional pools, drained a boggy hillside (and yielded one Arctic Grayling per pool). The banks of the stream, and the low, wet places which it drained, were vivid with a mass of flowers in bloom—Forget-me-not, Shooting Star, saxifrages, legumes, and many others, with occasional thickets of shrubby willows. Only a small number of the butterflies seen in this area were taken, although representatives were probably secured of most or all of the species. It is surprising, however, according to a note from Dr. A. B. K1otTs, that Boloria pales D. & S. was not taken here. Liard Hot Springs, B.C., at mile 496.5 of the Alaska Highway, yielded only three species, but butterflies and Odonata were very abundant over the great stretches of shallow open swamp, and intensive collecting should give good results for the boreal forest species. Very conspicuous were scores of the little Geometrid, Ewlype hastata L., which was active along the paths and at the edges of the woods. Here in this isolated area of Hot Springs and the accompanying lush and tropical-like vegetation, which is in such marked contrast to the surrounding spruce forests, occur species of plants which are some hundreds of miles north of their normal range. Indications are that imsect species may likewise be isolated here, far north of their known habitats. Boloria toddi Holl., which occurs in the United States and in southern Canada, is a case in point. So is the small damselfly, Ischnura damula Calvert, which was taken in numbers at the Springs; Dr. E. M. WALKER writes that the species is known in Canada only from Manitoba and Saskatchewan, and that its presence in northern British Columbia is of great interest, presenting somewhat of a problem in distribution. Dr. C. P. ALEXANDER suggests that such species as these may be relicts of a one-time northward extension of a more tropical climate, much as Oenets melissa 124 SMITH: More Alaskan Butterflies Vol.7, nos.3-4 semidea (Say) and other mountain Arctics are thought to be relicts of a former southern extension of the cold climate of the last Ice Age. Further collecting at these Hot Springs is certainly indicated. On the trip southward in August, Swede Johnson Creek, at mile 1119, Yukon Territory, yielded good results (8 species, mostly Blues and Yellows). This was a gravel bank area, with typical late summer flowers such as Fireweed, Yarrow, and Wild Carrot. Dr. KLots, who kindly identified most of the specimens and arranged for the identification of the others, and to whom we are greatly indebted, writes: “Some of the specimens show, even with the few specimens caught, the transition from one subspecies to another that I have been suspecting all along . . . In going up the Alaska Highway you went from one sub- specific area to another, and, of course, got material ‘from intermediate loca- tions. This simply means something of a clinal nature, but we have not yet seen enough material to be sure of these clines; in some cases there may be different species involved. We will have to wait for revisionary work.” In the following list, abbreviations are used as follows: AH—Alaska Highway; BC—British Columbia; Cr.—creek; DLC—DaAvip L. CARSON; H—highway; L—Lake; McK. Park—Mt. Mckinley National Park, Alaska; MES—the author; Spr.—springs,; YT—Yukon Territory; numbers such as AH 1363 refer to mile-posts along the highway. SATYRIDAE—(det. C.F. pos PAssos, except Erebza, det. P.R. EHRLICH) 1. Coenonympha mixturata Alph—AH 1143 YT, July 7 (MES). Cercyonts oetus Edw.—Blueberry, AH 102 BC, Aug. 10 (MES). Oenets chryxus chryxus D. & H—Whirlpool Canyon, AH 538.5 BC, June 28 (MES); Marshall Creek, AH 1006 YT, July 4 (MES). 4. O0cneis jutta alaskensis Holl—tLiard Hot Springs, AH 496.5 BC, June 28 (DLC)—2; Miles Canyon, Whitehorse, AH 915 YT, July 4 (DLC). \. Oc0cneis brucet yukonensis Gib.—Sable Pass, McK.Park, July 20 (MES). 6. O0cneis mckinleyensis dos Passos—same—9. Erebia theano alaskensis Holl.—same—3. 8. Erebia youngi rileyi dos Passos—same—2. 9. Erebia rossu gabrieli dos Passos—Polychrome Pass, McK. Park, July 16 (MES)—male topotype; Kantishna, near McK. Park, July 17, (DLC). 10. Erebia disa near mancina Westw.—Loblolly Swamp, AH 848.5 YT, July 3 (DLC)—2; AH 1146 YT, July 7 (MES). ll. Erebia epipsodea remingtoni Ehrlich—Bear Cr., AH 1363, Alaska, July 9 (DLC). Wr bo NYMPHALIDAE— (det. A.B. KLotTs) Boloria eunomia denali Klots—Sable Pass, Mck. Park, July 20 (MES)—3. . Bolorta chariclea “butleri’” Edw.—same—%5. 1. Bolorta fretja Thunb.—same; Haines H 70 BC, July 5 (MES). >. Boloria frigea gibsoni B. & B.—Loblolly Swamp, AH 848.5 YT, July 1953 16. Ly: 18. Lo) 20. zie ae ZO 24. 2D: 26. ilk 28. 29. 30. one a2: 33: 34. DD: The Lepidopterists’ News 125 Boloria toddi Holl—tLiard Hot Spr., AH 496.5 BC, June 28 (MES)— (“a very far northern record’—-ABK). Boloria titania grandis B. & McD.—Swede Johnson Cr., AH 1119 YT, Aug. 4 (DLC)—3. Phyciodes campestris—same— (DLC,MES)—4. Phyciodes campestris sub- sp.,-—Tagish L (Carcross road) YT, July 3 (MES); AH 1357 Alaska, July 9 (MES)—3; Bear Cr., AH 1363 Alaska, July 9 (DLC). Phyciodes tharos subsp.—Liard Hot Spr., AH 496.5 BC, June 28 (MES) —2. Nymphalis j-album watsoni Hall—same (DLC)—2. Polygonia gracilis G. & R.—Marshall Cr., AH 1006 YT, July 4 (MES). Limenitis arthemis rubrofasciata B. & McD—AH 263 BC, June 26 WOL@) Bear Cr, AH 1363 Alaska; July ‘9 (DLC). LYCAENIDAE— (det. A.B. KLoTs) Lycaena helloides dorcas Kby.—Swede Johnson Cr., AH 1119 YT, Aug. 4 (MES). Plebewus aquilo bryant: Leuss.—same. Lycaeides melissa scudderu Edw.—same; Gulkana R., Richardson H., Alaska, Aug. 2 (MES)—(det. verified by V. NABOKOV). Plebeius saepiolus Bdy—AH 195 BC, June 25 (DLC); AH 340 BC, fmaee2o. (OLC): AH 932 YT, July 4 (DLC); Haines H 93 BC, uly) (CMIES)):: Dezadeash L., Haines H 123 YT, July 5 (MES); Tagish L. (Carcross road) YT, July 3 (MES)—2; Bear Cr., AH 1363 Maske. july 9: (DLC). PIERIDAE— (det. A.B. KLOTs) Euchloe ausonides subsp—Kukshu Cr., Haines H. 118 YT, July 5 (MES)=3. Colias hecla subsp. ?—same (DLC); Swede Johnson Cr., AH 1119 YT, Aug. 4 (MES). Colias philodice vitabunda Hov.—Swede Johnson Cr., AH 1119 YT, Aug. 4 (DLC)—2 (including a white female); Bear Cr., AH 1363 Alaska, July 9 (DLC); Haines H. 93 BC, July 5 (DLC); Gulkana R., Richardson H., Alaska, Aug. 2 (MES); Kantishna, nr. McK. Park, wue: 17. (DLC). Colias christina subsp.2—Swede Johnson Cr, AH 1119 YT, Aug. 4 (DLC & MES)—3. Colias palaeno chippewa Kby—AH 1346 Alaska, July 9 (DLC). Colias nastes alaskae B.-H—Toklat R., McK. Park, July 20 (MES). Colias booth Curt.—same. Pieris napi hulda Edw.—Haines H. 93 BC, July 5 (MES); Eagle Sum- mit, Steese H 107 Alaska, July 12 (DLC)—4; Sable Pass, McK. Park, July 20 (MES); Kantishna, nr. McK. Park, July 17 (MES)— 2; Anchor R., Sterling H., Alaska, July 25 (MES)—4. Pieris bryoniae pseudobryoniae Verity ?—Kern Cr., Seward-Anchorage H., Alaska, July 23 (MES). 126 SMITH: More Alaskan Butterflies Vol.7, nos.3-4 PAPILIONIDAE— (det. A.B. KLorTs) 36. Papilio glaucus canadensis R. & J—AH 253 BC, June 25 (MES); AH 588 BC, June 28 (DLC)—many: 20 in one sweep. 37. Papilio machaon aliaska Scad—Kukshu Cr., Haines H 118 YT, July 5 (MES); Polychrome Pass, McK. Park, July 20 (MES). 38. Parnassius eversmanni thor Hy. Edw.—Sable Pass, McK. Park, July 20 (MES )—3; a few others seen here, but not abundant. HESPERITIDAE—(det. A.B. KLOTs) 39. Erynnis persius avinoffi Holl—Bear Cr., AH 1363 Alaska, July 9 (DLC). In conclusion, we are all anxious to return for further collecting in this region. True, the roads leave much to be desired, and the continual cloudy weather or drizzle (“most unusual”, according to some; “quite typical”, ac- cording to others!) proved most aggravating. But the scenery, the plant and animal life, and the long daylight hours make this a wonderful va- cation country—particularly for the bug-collecting entomologist! This is a contribution from the Department of Entomology, University of Massachusetts. Fernald Hall, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass., U.S.A. NOMINATIONS FOR SOCIETY OFFICERS FOR 1954 The Nominating Committee reports the following slate of nominees for officers of The Lepidopterists’ Society for 1954: President—A. DIAKONOFFP, Leiden Ist Vice President—FRANK M. JONES, Wilmington Vice President—N. D. RiLEy, London Vice President—ANNETTE F. BRAUN, Cincinnati Executive Council (terms expire Dec. 1956)— JEAN BOURGOGNE, Paris DON B. STALLINGS, Caldwell, Kansas. The terms of the Secretary, Treasurer, and four Councillors do not expire this year. The Nominating Committee is composed of ERNEST L. BELL, AUSTIN H. CLARK, and GEORGE W. RAWSON (Chairman). Ballots will be mailed to all Society members in November. FREDERICK H. RINDGE, Secretary 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 127 AIDS TO DISTINGUISH BETWEEN FEMALES OF THE “WINTER-MOTHS”, ALSOPHILA POMETARIA AND OPEROPHTERA BRUCEATA (GEOMETRIDEZ ) by P. H. H. Gray The following notes may help the beginner to distinguish between the wingless females of these two species, both of which emerge from the chrysalis in the ground at the base of trees at the same time in the fall. Some of the information provided by FORBES (1948) is helpful, some confusing. The quotations below are from that author’s Memoir. 1. Imago wingless, covered with bronze and white scales, white predominating; hind tibia shorter than tarsus, with a paired spur at the end of the thickened distal third; eyes brown; head with frontal concavity.. Alsophila pometarta Harris 2. Imago with short wing-pads; scaling bronze and white, bronze predominating; hind tibia longer than tarsus, with two paired spurs in line, distal third not thickened; eyes black, with blue-green iridescence; front of head convex (0 ot See as ae eee Operophtera bruceata Hulst According to FORBES (p. 158) the female of O. bruceata is “luteous, with head and most of the body covered with vague fuscous blotches.”; that, however, does not agree with the color character given in the key on p. 13, where the moth is to be identified as “brown”. “Luteous” means golden- yellow. A. pometaria is stated (p. 15) to be “gray, unmarked”. The general appearance is gray, but all specimens caught here are visibly brown behind the thorax; this is due to less heavy white scaling on the first abdominal segment. The scales lie close to the cuticle, and give the moth a smooth appearance. In O. bruceata the general appearance is brown but not distinctly so; the scales are attached at various angles, giving the moth a rough and wrinkled appearance. The antennae of the male A. pometaria are stated to be “heavily serrate and fasciculate”; the female antennae are not described. The antennae of O. bruceata ate “heavily ciliate”, but it is not stated if that applies only to the male or to both sexes. “Female with head characters as in the male” might lead a beginner to assume that the antennae are the same in both sexes. In this locality the antennae of the females of both species appear under a low- power hand lens to be filiform, but under a higher power those of O. bruceata are distinctly serrate. The female of Paleacrita vernata Peck has often been confused with the above two species. It may emerge before winter. “Fall emergences are rare, but [captures of this species and their misidentification] are partly to blame for the general confusion with the fall canker-worm.” (Forbes, p. 68). The facies of the males of these three species are distinct enough, and the anten- nae of ¢ P. vernata could not be confused with those of the other two species. It would seem that the only good distinctive character is the possession by P. vernata of bristles overlying the scales of the body. Out of about 250 specimens of females taken last fall from Ash, Elm, and Maple in my garden and nearby, only 5 are O. bruceata, one of them in cop. One has its wing-pads spread out. About ten males of the two species were taken. One female of A. pometaria has the left antenna of the 128 GRAY: Females of Operophtera and Alsophila Vol.7, nos.3-4 male sex, the right female. Another has two male antennae, and the right hind tibia with two pairs of spurs in line, as in O. bruceata. Several otherwise normal females of A. pometaria have a third, generally short, spur on one or both hind tibiae. Reference Forbes, W.T.M. 1948. Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring States, Part II. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Memoir 274: 263 pp., 255 figs. Box 236, Macdonald College, P.Q., CANADA REVIEW MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA. Results of the Third Archbold Expedition (American-Netherlands Indian Expedition 1938-1939). Part I. By A. Diakonoff. Verhan- delingen der Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afd. Natuurkunde, Tweede Reeks, Deel XLIX, No. 1: pp. (1)—167, 1 pl., 1 map, 208 figs. Amsterdam, 1952. The present work is the first part of a voluminous report on Microlepidoptera collected by the above-mentioned expedition in the mountainous region of Central New Guinea, the fauna and flora of which have been hitherto very little known. The completed work promises to bring a revision of all lepidopterous families usually known under the collective name Microlepidoptera with the exception of the superfamily Pyraloidea of which latter the report includes only the family Alucitidz. Extensive materials on Microlepidoptera collected by the expedition comprised about 1400 specimens belonging to 582 species and subspecies of 30 families of which 1 family, 67 genera, 516 species and 10 subspecies were new. In the published part of the report the families Alucitida (11 spp.), Phaloniidz (2 spp.), and a part of Tortricidz (100 spp.) are treated; 6 genera, 94 species, and one variety are described as new. Of some species already known in one sex the other sex is described. Besides the new descriptions, the keys to the Papuan genera and species are given; in these keys not only the presently revised species but also those already known from New Guinea are included. In this way the report is of greatest importance for all students of the Papuan fauna and taxonomists. The illustrations are very accurate and numerous. The text figures represent wing neuration, heads, and genitalia of all new species and of many little known ones. A map tepresents the area visited by the expedition; another map gives the distribution of the wenus Zacorisca Meyr. Plate 1 represents Chionothremma placida, gen. & spec. nov., photographed on the sand in nature. The family Tortricide, very rich in species in New Guinea, is considered by the author sensu lato, 1. e., with the inclusion of Eucosminz as a subfamily on an equal level with Tortricine. This may be noted as a new systematical view of the author who in his former publications was a strong adherent of the separation of Eucosmidz as an inde- pendent family. ‘The relation of these two tortricoid groups,’ the author writes now about Tortricine and Eucosminz, “is indeed very close and there are no ‘absolute’ char- acters available for their separation’, and further: “for a more natural classification the two groups have to be united as one family.” For an exact explanation of the systematical views of the author it might be added that the family Tortricidae did not include (as the author explained) Ceracida, Schoenotenida, and Melanalophida, none of which was reviewed in the publication under consideration. As for the remaining parts of the work, we shall have an opportunity to abstract them as soon as they are published. NICHOLAS S. OBRAZTSOV, 11 Cromwell Pl., Sea Cliff, Long Is., N. Y., U.S. A. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 129 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE d’ Almeida, R.F., ““Algunas consideracoes sodbre os géneros Mechanitis Fabr. e Melinea Huebn. (Lep. Ithomiide)”’ [in Portuguese]. Bo/. Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro, no.100: 27 pp., 5 pls. 31 Jan. 1951. Describes as new Mechanitis egaénsis obumbrata (Alto Rio Jurua, Territorio do Acre), M. travassosi (Territorio do Acre), M. otticicai (Obidos, Para), M. fallax pothetoides (Rio Verde, Matto Grosso), M. foxi (Alto Rio Jurua, Territorio do Acre); Melin@a mayi, M. acreana, M. hicetas eryx (all Alto Rio Jurua, Territorio do Acre), M. madeira equatoriensis (Ecuador). Also describes a variety of Meline@a menius. Figures adults. Notes on related species and subspecies. Checklist of species and list of specimens examined. [P.B.| Brower, A.E., “Comments on the editorial ‘The components of an adequate paper describing a new species.” Lep. News, vol.6: pp.37-40. 8 Aug. 1952. Brower, A.E., “Three new species of Microlepidoptera (Olethreutide, Glyphiptery- gide and Yponomeutide.” Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol.46: pp.95-98, 1 fig. Mar. 1953. Describes as new Aphania paludicolana (Southwest Harbor, Me.); Hiélaro- grapha jonest (Martha's Vineyard, Mass.); Argyresthia aureoargentella (Mariaville, Me., bred from Thuja occidentalis). Figures adults. [P.B.| Boursin, Ch., “Description de nouveaux Leucania d'Afrique tropicale et races marocaines de ceux-ci. (Lep. Phalenide(Agrotide) Hadenine)” [in French]. Ann. & Mag. Nae izst., ser.12, vol.5: pp.393-399, 3 pls. Apr. 1952. Describes as new: L. joanmist (Gambia); L. 7. arbia (Sidi Oueddar, Morocco); L. panethiopica (Tananarive, Madagascar); L. p. palearctica (Salé, Morocco); L. decaryi (Tananarive, Madagascar). Figures adults and ¢ genitalia of these and some related spp. [P.B.} Bradley, J.D., “Adoxophyes orana (Fischer von Roesslerstamm, 1834) (Lepidoptera, Tortricide).’”’ Entomologist, vol.85: pp.1-4, 1 pl. Jan. 1952. Redescribes sp., figur- ing adult, venation, and genitalia; recent introduction in Britain. [P.B.} Capps, Hahn W., “A new genus and species associated with orchids from Mexico (Lepidoptera: Chrysaugide).” Ball. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol.51: pp.1-3, 1 pl. 30 Apr. 1952. Describes as new POTOSA rufofascialis (Maiz, San Luiz Potosi). [Paes] Clarke, J. F. Gates, “Host relationships of moths of the genera Depressaria and Agonop- teryx, with descriptions of new species.” Smithson. Misc. Coll., vol.117, no.7: 20 pp., 6 pls. 23 Apr. 1952. Describes as new D. angelicivora (McDonald Pass, Montana); D. pteryxiphaga (Ten Sleep, Wyoming); D. armata (Slate Peak, Whatcom Co., Washington); figures genitalia. Lists food plants of these spp. and 9 others from the western U.S., and discusses host specificity in the genera. [P.B.| Collenette, C.L., “Notes on the genus Lacipa Walker (Heterocera, Lymantriide).” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser.12, vol.5: pp.383-390, 11 figs. Apr. 1952. Describes as new: L. pulverea ephala (Dar-es-Salaam, Tanganyika); L. sexpunctata leuca (Marungu Plateau, Tanganyika); L. megalocera (Ft. Crampel, French Congo); L. neavei (Mt. Mlanje, Nyasaland); L. e/gonensis (Mt. Elgon, Uganda); L. compta (Mansya R., N. E. Rhodesia); L. exetastes (Zomba, Nyasaland). Figures ¢ genetalia of these and several others. Key to most of the known spp., and notes on che remaining five. [P.B.] Field, William D., “Moths of the genus Paramulona Hampson.” Proc. U.S. Nat. Mzs., vol.101: pp.489-496, 2 figs. 1951. Describes as new: P. baracoa (Baracoa, Oriente, Cuba); P. schwarzt (Cayamas, Sta. Clara, Cuba). Figures genitalia of all four spp. of this endemic genus, and gives a key to them. [P.B.| Kuhn, Oskar, “Ein vermutlicher Schmetterling, Gersfeldiella benkerti n.g. n.sp. aus dem Liase: Nordfrankens” [in German]. Nexes Jahrb. f. Geol. u. Paldont., Jahrg. 1951: pp. 58-61, 2 figs. 1951. New genus and species named from one fossil wing taken from the Lias near Geisfeld, Germany. Photo not clear; drawing partly imag- inative. Specimen probably not Lepidoptera. (C.R.| F. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Evans, William H., “Notes on Anthocaris sara and reakirti.” Lep. News, vol.6: p.106. 19 Feb. 1953. Raffy, Anne, ‘“L’auto-stérilization chez les chrysalides de Bombyx mori L.” [in French]. C. R. Acad. Sct., vol. 231: pp. 1345-1346. 6 Dec. 1950. Intestinal bacteria of larvae disappear shortly after pupation; cause unknown, but no antibiotic sub- stance was found. [P.B.] 130 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.7, nos.3-4 del Rivero, J.M., “Contribucion al conocimiento de los medios de lucha contra la “Piral” de la vid (Sparganothis pilleriana Schiff.)” [in Spanish]. Bol. Patol. Veg. Ent. Agric., vol. 17: pp. 261-290, 11 figs. 1950. Biology and control; all stages figured. [P.B.] . Rosier, J. P., “Metamorphosis of some Javanese butterflies.” Idea, vol. 9: p. 26. 31 Dec. 1951. Notes on life history of Poritia erycimoides Feld. (Riodinidz). [A.D.] Ruiz Castro, Aurelio, ‘La lucha contra las plagas del vinedo en Espana” [in Spanish]. Bol. Patol. Veg. Ent. Agric., vol. 17: pp. 111-162., 23 figs. 1950. Lists 17 Lepid- optera attacking grapes; biology and control of Celerio lineata, Sparganothis pil- leriana, Polychrosis botrana and Clysia ambiguella. [P.B.] Sala, Frank P., “Field notes on diurnal moths of the genus Anmnaphila.” Lep. News, vol. 4: p. 71 “1950” [Mar.1951]. Schultz, Victor G.M., “Neue Beitrage zur Schmetterlingskunde. Nr. 10. Uber Ho- maeosoma pseudonimbellum Bentinck (erste Stande und Generationsfolge) (Lep. Pyralidz)” [in German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 62: pp. 55-59, 1 fig. 30 June 1951. Schwartz, Rudolph, “Sur la polyphagie de Coleophora onopordiella Z..” [in Czech, French summary]. Ann. Soc. Ent. Cechoslovenie, vol. 47: pp. 177-186, 2 pls. 1 Oct 1950. Records the species from 7 spp. of plants besides Onopordon. [P.B.] Sevastopulo, D.G., ‘Field notes from East Africa (11). Entomologist, vol. 83: pp. 209-211. Sept. 1950. Sevastopulo, D.G., “Food plant of Delias eucharis Drury.” Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 49: p. 571. Dec. 1950. Normaliy Loranthus sp.; recorded from Citrus. [P.B.] Sevastopulo, D.G., “Field Notes from East Africa (5). Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 67-68. Mar. 1951. Notes on 19 spp. of Lymantriide. [P.B.| Showler, A.J., “Oviposition of Argynnis euphrosyne.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 140-141. June 1951. Oviposition random on objects near food plant. [P.B.] Skala, Hugo, “Minen aus Steiermark, gesammelt von Fritz Hoffman” [in German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 62: pp. 119-126. 1 Aug. 1951. List of mines of Lepi- doptera etc., by host plant. [P.B.] Smith, Kenneth M., & Raiph W.G. Wyckoff, “Structure within polyhedra associated with insect virus diseases.” Nature, vol. 166: pp. 861-862, 5 figs. 18 Nov. 1950. Diseases studied in various caterpillars. [P.B.] Stallwood, B. R., “Observations on the oviposition of Fabriciana cydippe.” Entomologist, vol. 84: p. 29. Feb. 1951. On twigs near food plant. [P.B.] Swezey, Otto H., “Notes on the occurrence and biology of the Honeysuckle Leaf Miner, Swezeyula lonicerez, in Hawaii.” Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., vol. 14: pp. 197-200, 5 figs. Mar. 1950. Describes and figures early stages; records 3 parasites. [P.B.] Thompson, Clarence B., “A granulosis of the Imported Cabbageworm.” Journ. Econ. Eni., vol. 44: p. 255. Apr. 1951. Preris rape. Tressens, F., “Notes biologiques et captures” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 12: p. 215. “Jan.-Feb.” [12 July] 1950. Butterflies, Tarn-et-Garonne. Valkeila, Erkki, “Notes on the Lepidoptera of Hameelinna and its neighborhood (EH)” [in Finnish, English summary]. Ann. Ent. Fennici, vol. 15: pp. 157-160, 2 maps. 14 Jan. 1950. Notes on biology and distribution of Nonagria maritima, Ae obsoleta and Toxocampa vicie; some other records, mostly Noctuide. P.B. Various authors, ‘Notes and exhibitions.” Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., vol. 13: pp. 199-222, 319-341; vol. 14: pp. 1-20, 203-227. Apr. 1948, Mar. 1949, Mar. 1950, Mar. 1951. Notes on occurrence and biology of Hawaiian insects, including many Lepidoptera. [P.B.] Williams, J.R., “The bionomics and morphology of Brenthia leptocosma Meyrick Lep. Glyphipterygidz).” Bull. Ent. Res., vol. 41: pp. 629-635, 13 figs. Feb. 1951. Habits and morphology of all stages are described. 9 parasites are listed. Food plant Cordya spp. Moth confined to Mauritius. [P.B.] Woodroffe, G.E., “A life-history study of the Brown House Moth, Hoffmannophila pseudospretella (Staint.) (Lep., C&cophorida).” Ball. Ent. Res., vol. 41: pp. 529-555, 3 pls. 5 figs. Feb. 1951. Morphology and biology of all stages are described in detail, with special reference to diapause, effects of temperature and humidity, and @ longevity and fecundity. 3 predators and 4 parasites are recorded. Moth is omnivorous. [P.B.] W938) The Lepidopterists News 131 NOTICES Lepidopterists’ Society members may use this page free of charge to advertise their offerings and needs in Lepidoptera. The Editors reserve the right to rewrite notices for clarity or reject unsuitable notices. Notices will continue to appear until forced out by newer ones. We cannot guarantee any notices but expect all to be bona fide. Please notify us of any abuse of this service. Wish to exchange Rhopalocera with collectors of United States and foreign countries. Have central U.S. material for exchange. Patrick J. Conway, R.R. 3, Box 127, Aledo, Ilimots, U.S. A. Wish to exchange North American Rhopalocera with other collectors. Of special interest is Gineis melissa semidea recently collected atop Mt. Washington. Specimens in good condition are also for sale. Philip C. Ritterbush, 20 Lafayette St., Laconia, New Hampshire, U.S.A. Wish to exchange Rhopalocera from all over the world. Wanted esp. Papilionidze (Parnassius, Papilio, Graphium), Pieridae and Nymphalidae. Masaki Nakayama, 1-398 Fujikonmachi, Wakamatsu-City, Fukuoka-Pref., Kyushu, JAPAN. Lepidoptera offered in exchange for beetles of the family Staphylinidz, esp. subfamily Omaliinz. Prefer to trade off whole families, or large generic units (such as Speyeria). David H. Kistner, 5031 N. Kolmar Ave., Chicago 30, Ill., U.S.A. Wish to purchase Noctuidae from all parts of the world, or will give in exchange butterflies from Italy. Dr. E. Berio, Museo di Storia Naturale, Via Brigata Liguria 9, Genova, ITALY. A new exchange system to help collectors get common material from out-of-the-way places is being established, with lots of 100 papered specimens with fw// data to be sent to this collector. Prompt return of exchange made. Nymphalide esp. desirable. Write for arrangements: Raymond J. Jablonski, 1018 E. Ogden Ave., Milwaukee 2, Wise Ur S: A. Wish to exchange California butterflies with collectors all over the world. Will offer Euphydryas editha bayensis in large quantity. Especially desire contacts with Africa, China, Australia and Indonesia. Will take other California species in exchange for the E. editha bayensis. Donald L. Baber, 1511 Drake Ave., Burlingame, Calif., U.S.A. BOOKS FOR SALE (all new): Butterflies of Southern Africa - Where, When and How They Fly by D. A. Swanepoel, 1953, De Luxe Edition $14.70, Regular Edition $10.50; Butterflies of Rhodesia by E.C.G. Phinhey, 1949, $3.25; Butterflies of California by J. A. Comstock, $9.00. D. Neumann Jr., 3066 Georgia St., Oakland 2, Galipes Ur S.A. LIVING MATERIAL Would like to buy living cocoons, pup, ova, etc. of N. American Rhopalocera (especially Papilios), Saturniida, and Sphingida. Stephen Hilliard, 25 Beech St., Fram- ingham, Mass., U.S. A. Wanted urgently: pupze of Papilio bairdii, P. indra, P. brevicauda, and P. nitra. Good prices paid or will exchange for British species. Dr. C. A. Clarke, High Close, Thorsway, Caldy, Cheshire, ENGLAND. Wanted: cocoons of Saturniidae; pupxe of Papilio, Sphingida, Arctiidae; fertile ova. Exchange or buy. Eugene Dluhy, 3912 No. Hamilton Ave., Chicago 18, Ill., U.S.A. 132 Vol.7, nos.3-4 ADDITIONS TO THE MEMBERSHIP LIST Anderson, Richard A., 411 Summit Drive, Pittsburgh 34, Pa., U.S.A. Cannon, Marvin S., 236 Islington St., Toledo 10, Ohio, U.S. A. Kopp, Larry J., R.D., Klingerstown, Pa., U.S. A. Randle, Worth S., Box 63, Cincinnati 20, Ohio, U.S.A. Smith, Richard Stanton, 83 Shore Drive, Laconia, N.H., U.S.A. Steffen, Michael K., 124 N. Foley Ave., Freeport, Ill, U.S.A. SUSON, F.M., 121 Bonifacio St., Cebu City, PHILIPPINES. Wagner, Warren H., Jr. (Dr.), Department of Botany, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., U.S. A. Wilcox, William J., 400 Villanova Rd., Oak Ridge, Tenn., U.S. A. THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY REPORT OF THE TREASURER FOR THE PERIOD DECEMBER 4, 1951, TO DECEMBER 31, 1952 RECEIPTS Cash’. on hand ‘ftom ‘1951 operations’... eos. 1 eee $ 261-28 Receipts from 1952 operations Regular and student memberships, libtaty ‘subsctiptions) =s.- cere eee eee $1106.29 Sustaining mentbershiips * 52.0. ev wise eee 383.91 Lite memberships iio. ee. oo eee 50.00 Sale of back issues of Lep. News and reprints of Lep, ‘News: atticles: ic: s?.cic ce eee TAS Contributions to Jllustrations Fund .......... 72.00 Registration fees, 1951 Annual Meeting ...... 10.00 Miscellancous.'.. s,s Jae ise an eee eee eee 2.60 BOPAE oie tritisic wo ete ere eee $1696.55 $1696.55 GRAND TOTAL Mi ona nee $1957.76 $1957.76 DISBURSEMENTS Expenses incurred in issuing the Lepidopterists’ News, re- mitted directly. to creditors: -ehcaiis aie, aetna $ 927.30 Expenses incurred by the Editor’s Office, remitted to the BICOL: 5 5.0 ix'aa'o's is n,n'9cd ales Wile Siva BE ig ee 250.00 Additional expenses of Special Meeting held in conjunction with the [Xth International Entomological Congress at Amstetdam, August: 21, 9)9540 7 38s tiseeieeee eres 40.15 Expenses of Treasurer's Office Printing of dues statements ................ $16.75 Postage and mailing costs) ii 3... a cea 10.93 TOTAL Jivicwic tp cir ee tae eee $27.68 27.68 Banking Costs. iicscied «ciate eee eee 9.19 DEISCEMIAMNCOUS a v.n cuie arya a nn elalireanete ale eee eer eee 4.00 GRAND | TOTAL). ois case he aeeae ae $1258:33 — alizoeros BALANCE, CASH ‘ON HARD 3, ).2.20:4.5 50 $ 699.43 (Signed) J. BENJAMIN ZIEGLER, Treasurer THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ NEWS avoinime 7 1953 SS ere a OBSERVATIONS ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF Gere ES apOREADIS: Mb AR by WorTH S. RANDLE DEVELOPMENT IN CAPITIVITY Larvae raised indoors were observed under different conditions. Those raised by SMALLEY were placed in small, individual bottles or one-half ounce vials with tight caps or corks, and fresh leaves of the foodplants were added at the least sign of wilt. In this environment all but one of the 178 larvae which SMALLY has raised over a period of several years have emerged as imagoes in the fall, from late August to early November, of their larval year. The one exception acted as if it were going to hibernate but died in early November. The first brood raised indoors by the author in large bottles with cloth covers emerged in November of the larval year. Therefore, it was de- cided that some should be raised under conditions which would approximate the humidity and temperature variations experienced by larvae in their natural environment. The larvae were placed on leaves of Senecio obovatus plants growing in glass bowls in their original soil and mulch. The bowls were en- closed in a screen cage and left on a north-west windowsill where the win- dow was left open continuously. When the larvae went down to dead leaves in the fall and remained there to hibernate, the cage and enclosed bowls were moved to a completely enclosed woodshed and left there until April. Four of the larvae successfully raised in this way hibernated in the larval stage, but two of them suddenly began to increase in rate of growth after the first week of September, pupated on October 3 and 4 and both emerged on October 30. The larval stages and measurements for the caged larvae were much the same as those outlined by DOS PAssos. The larvae which were raised in bottles grew very much faster. The size of imagoes, however, was smaller for SMALLEY’s “bottle’-raised larvae, which never attained the dimensions of those in nature. The larvae which hibernated did so in the sixth instar. In spring they molted twice before pupating. There were a number of interesting observations concerning the larvae which were confined in cages. On one occasion a Neuropterous larva was discovered in the act of devouring a C. borealis larva. The Neuropteran must have been imported from the woodland with the Senecio plants. It was de- 133 134 RANDLE: Calephelis borealis Biology Vol.7 nos.5-6 stroyed by the author before it could prove how avid was its appetite. The larvae passed the first four molts rather consistently, but the sixth and seventh were variable both with the larvae which hibernated and those which did not hibernate. Usually the larvae raised in captivity did not wander far when they began to descend to positions under dead leaves. Twice they were observed crawling around the edge of the bowl and twice they were seen moving across several leaves before settling on one. Once, however, on No- vember 2 a larva crawled over the edge of the bowl which had been tempor- arily set on a window sill outside its cage, proceeded halfway across the sill a distance of eighteen inches, and assumed a resting position on the vertical edge of the sill where it was sheltered from the direct wind coming in the open window. When it was replaced in the bowl it crawled to the underside of a Seneci leaf which was nearly touching the ground. On October 22 the first larva went down to earth and crawled into a curled, dead leaf beneath a Senecio plant, where it remained for over a week. Then it moved a short distance to another leaf, but the following day moved back to its first posi- tion again. The other three larvae also began wandering by the first of November. After descending to the ground, two of them ascended to plant leaves again for only a few hours, and then one crawled to a dead leaf on the ground and the other to a plant leaf touching the ground. There was no visible sign that any had eaten of the food plant since the first of No- vember, and the one had not eaten since the 22nd of October. On November 5 the last one went down to hibernate, apparently into a crevice beneath the plant or between earth and side of bowl. During ecdysis C. borealis larvae in captivity usually passed through an inactive period of two stages exemplified externally by a very white color phase evidently caused by evacuating the alimentary tract and by a dark color phase just preceding the molt. The duration of time spent in these stages was variable both with the larvae in nature and in captivity. For the complete process of ecdysis usually three days were required, roughly two in the white stage and one in the dark. However, with the indoor larvae there were records of a total of only two days and on one occasion only one day, and once the white stage was not even noted. From the chance records of the larvae im situ and the complete records of larvae in captivity, it appears that the exuviae are usually only partially eaten or left intact in the first two molts and the last two, while the exuviae are usually eaten completely in the intervening molts. There are records of larvae eating exuviae in the second molt, however; and in the molt before the pupal molt the larvae ate most of the exuviae. In the third molt none of the larvae consumed their exuviae although two “nibbled’ at them, and none of the larvae ate their exuviae at the time of their first post-hibernation molt. A most remarkable observation resulted from an acccident. On April 8 the captive larvae were removed from the shed where they had been kept during hibernation. Examination revealed that three larvae had survived the winter months; a lifeless one was found intact. They were placed on a roof- less porch in the sunshine. On the 9th and 10th there was a torrential rain, ind during the absence of the author the larvae had been forgotten. Great the disappointment, therefore, when the mistake was discovered on the a and the bowl which contained the larvae was found to be flooded. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 135 After a search two of the larvae were found under submerged leaves; they were limp and apparently lifeless. The bowl was drained and the “lifeless” larvae placed on top of dead leaves and replaced in the shelter. It was most fortunate that the larvae were not discarded immediately, because on the afternoon of April 26 the bowl and its contents were again examined, and three larvae were up on one of the plants, one on a stem and the other two on leaves. Of the two on leaves, one was on the underside halfway between midvein and the margin and the other on top of the leaf. The two “dead” larvae had survived the flood, and the lost third one had re- appeared. The larvae had eaten three spots about 2 mm. in diameter on the underside of a fresh Senecio leaf; they were slightly changed in color and measured 6 mm. At the time of pupation both the natural and captive larvae displayed great sensitivity to any disturbance. One of the captive larvae had voided in preparation for the molt on September 27 and had taken up a position on a mat of silk on the lid of the cage when the lid was opened for peri- odic examination. At this intrusion the larva moved to the other end of the box lid and assumed a position similar to the first position. On the next day the cage lid was lifted very carefully for inspection, but the larva immediately moved to the other end of the box lid and assumed a position similar to the first position. On the next day the cage lid was lifted very carefully for inspection, but the larva immediately moved to a third place on the cage lid. Again the lid was lifted carefully several times as a test. On the 29th this larva then moved off the lid, went back to a leaf of Senecio and took up a position between the midvein and margin. Since the time when it had taken the third position on the lid it was much shrunken. It pupated on October 3 in the early morning. The behavior of this larva corresponds with that of the two natural larvae disturbed after voidance prior to pupation, as described above. The period of time required by this larva to consummate pupation was seven days. A second larva voided and began to seek a location in which to pupate on the 29th; it pupated on October 2 in the afternoon, a lapse of only four days. These intervals corres- pond closely with the records of the two larvae in natural environment, one of which required six days and the other nine days to effect pupation. A record was kept of the coloring of the pupa of one of the C. borealis larvae which hibernated. The larva transformed into a pupa at 11:00 AM. By 1:00 PM the dorsal chrysalid spots were barely discernible under the still soft, greenish-white pupal case. At 3:00 PM the spots were fairly clear and the chrysalis noticeably harder. By 6:00 PM dorsal and lateral spots were clear. Close observation of the pupa just prior to transformation into the imago disclosed the following sequence of color changes: the eye cases became rich brown and the tail region darkened slightly; next the dark brown spread to the wing cases and shortly thereafter to the whole head and in a band to the posterior extremity; and finally the actual color of the wings showed through the pupal case preceding emergence of the imago. In the first group of pupae the author observed, this color sequence required three or four days, a day for each stage. Only two days were required by other broods. The duration of time spent in the pupal stage varied from 12 days for the larvae which hibernated to 27 and 28 days for the two which devel- oped comletely without hibernating. The one brought home from the natural 136 RANDLE: Calephelis borealis Biology Vol.7 nos.5-6 habitat after hibernating spent 13 days in the pupal state. The first brood the author raised in 1938 passed 16 to 24 days in the pupal stage. While the egg has been described, the color changes of the developing egg have not received attention in the papers cited. During the course of development the egg changed from a pale lavender, to purple, then to a claret, and finally to a deeper shade of red. A day to two days before hatch- ing the eggs became a waxy white. SMALLEY also noted that immediately on hatching the larvae have a claret tinge which becomes a greenish-gray as soon as they begin to eat. The maximum length attained by a captive larva raised by the author was 17mm. x 4mm.; the others were 10 to 13mm. at maximum. The largest natural larva measured 15 mm. before it disappeared to pupate. The sizes of both groups of larvae at the time of hibernation were the same for both maximum and average. The color of the natural larvae, however, was more amber in later instars than that of the captives. Generally the development of the author’s captive larvae closely para- ileled that of the natural larvae. The fact that three of the indoor larvae had not assumed hibernating positions until five to six days later than the natural ones might have been because the indoor larvae were in a more sheltered environment despite one open window. In still other ways than have already been mentioned SMALLEY’S “bottle”- raised larvae differed from the other two groups. One year when a close record of observations was kept it was found that thirteen larvae pupated in the seventh instar after six molts, but four extended into the eighth instar after seven molts. One other larva molted a sixth time and then three days later molted again. With twenty larvae the average was six days for each of the first three instars; the average for the fourth was eight days; for the fifth instar nine and one-half days; for the sixth ten and one-half days if it pupated in that instar but only seven days if it didn’t. The seventh averaged fifteen days for the four which extended into that instar. SMALLEY never observed larvae eating exuviae. He took the skins for study after a day passed, and by that time his larvae were eating leaves. However, six exuviae could not be found for larvae which should have molted; these had probably been eaten. SMALLEY noted that after the larvae were large enough to eat the whole leaf their feces were forcibly expelled as minute, hard pellets which travelled several inches through the air. He found that moist excreta were voided only in preparation for pupation and then in only a few instances. In the last instar the larvae spit forth a greenish liquid when disturbed besides the usual raising of the extremities. In these specimens the pupa measured 3 to 4 mm. wide and 9 mm. to ‘Imm. long. The larvae averaged sixteen to seventeen days in the pupal stage. The time from the coloration of the eyes of pupae until emergence of the imago was invariably six days in his experience. Of 18 which emerged one year, 11 were males and 7 females; but in other years the sexes were more evenly balanced. His males and females emerged intermittently through- out the season whereas in the field males precede females by at least a week. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 137 In no instance were the larvae of C. borealis found to be gregarious. Several times both in captivity and in the natural state two larvae were seen on one leaf, but soon thereafter one moved to a different leaf. DISCUSSION The greatest enigma encountered in the study of Calephelis borealis was the complete development without hibernation of two of the larvae raised in cages under conditions which closely approximated those experienced by the insect in its natural state, especially since the larvae which did hibernate behaved so nearly like the larvae observed in their natural environment. Previously, the author and SMALLEY had believed that “bottle’-grown larvae matured without hibernation because they were provided with fresh and suc- culent leaves and/or constant conditions of temperature and humidity, but the behavior of the above two larvae erased any easy explanation of causes for their sudden increase in rate of growth and maturation while others raised along with them developed normally. The determining threshold must be very narrow. The factors which cause the local distribution of C. borealis and limit its abundance are also a matter for conjecture. The species seems to be prolific in that a number of gravid females are seen each year, and SMALLEY has obtained as many as 90 eggs from one female. The females oviposit readily when subjected to direct hot rays of the sun or heat lamps. The larvae appear to be very tough, especially tolerant of moisture, relatively free of enemies. Although in captivity a lacewing larva devoured a C. borealis no evidence of any predation was observed in nature. It’s foodplant is widely distributed and hardy. The severity of the winter did not seem to affect the larvae under observation in their natural habitat, and the winter was exceedingly harsh for this comparatively mild area. Perhaps one factor might be a narrowed tolerance for alternate freezing and thawing to which it would be exposed in more normal winters in this latitude. SUMMARY 1. The activity of larvae of C. borealis appeared to be affected largely by temperature since their descent to the mulch and ascent to the foodplants generally correlated with rise and fall of temperature, although two individuals remained up on foodplants ten days longer than the others. Captive larvae hibernated five to six days later than natural larvae; and kept in an unheated but sheltered place, became active in spring about nine days earlier. 2. For temporary shelter and for hibernation C. borealis larvae descended to the underside of dead leavés on the ground from 4 inches to perhaps 3 feet, but definitely to as much as 24 inches, distant from its individual food plant. On occasion they may enter crevices in the earth to hibernate. They remained in place until early April when they began to move abour, but evidence indicated that they did not become active enough to eat until May 5. The larvae were not gregarious. 3. In nature the larvae pupated on the underside of dead leaves laying down a mat of silk into which was fastened a cremaster and girdle of silk to hold them in place. 138 RANDLE: Calephelis borealis Biology Vol.7 nos.5-6 4. Careful inspection of their habitat gave every indication that larvae in nature invariably hibernate in the larval stage, probably in the sixth instar, never in the pupal nor adult stages. 5. Larvae raised in closed bottles or vials where temperature and hu- midity conditions remain almost constant usually developed into imagoes without hibernation. There was only one exception out of a total of 178 larvae which matured. Larvae raised in this manner developed much more rapidly, emerging the latter part of August and early September, whereas larvae raised in containers with open tops emerged the last of October and early November. Records also indicated that larvae raised in closed containers usually molted only six times prior to pupation (passed through only seven mar? while the others molted seven times (had eight instars). 6. The behavior of C. borealis throughout its life history was character- ized by inactivity. Larvae responded to disturbance by elevating anterior and posterior extremities, a motion which was usually not violent enough to throw them off the surface on which they were resting; actually this response was relatively slow. Imagoes usually alighted and spread their wings on the upper surface of a roosting spot where they remained for long periods of time. However, at least fourteen instances were noted when imagoes were found on the underside of foliage. Females moved slowly and paused for long intervals when ovipositing in nature. 7. The habitat of C. borealis was rough hillside grown over with sap- lings and especially poison ivy and honeysuckle at a distance of 15 to 40 feet above the level of streams. 8. Captive larvae which hibernated closely approximated natural larvae throughout their life history. 9. Two larvae which were subjected to two days’ torrential rain and which were under a submerged leaf, limp and apparently lifeless when found, revived and completed their development, demonstrating a high moisture toleration. References Klots, Alexander B., 1951. A field guide to the butterflies of North America, east of the Great Plains. 349 pp., 40 pls: Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. McAlpine, Wilbur S., 1938. Life History of Calephelis muticum (McAlpine). Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. vol. 33: pp.111-120, 1 pl. dos Passos, Cyril F., 1936. The Life History of Calephelis borealis. Canadian Entomol- ogist, vol.O8: pp.167-170, 1 pl. University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio U. S. A. 1953 The Leptdopterists’ News 139 TWO NEW GENES, “WHITISH” AND “BLONDE”, PRODUCING PALE MALES AND FEMALES OF .COLIAS PHILODICE by CHARLES L. REMINGTON 1. INTRODUCTION Approximately sixty species of Colias are recognized, one or more in every major land-mass of the non-Antarctic world except Australia and the East Indies. It is probable that nearly all of these species have populations dimorphic for ground-color of the female, although the “alba” form may be very rare (Remington, 1954). This dimorphism is controlled by a pair of genes; the allele which produces the white form is dominant over the allele for the male-like yellow or orange form (Gerould, 1911, 1923). Col- lectors in North America are familiar with the abundant “alba” females of Colas philodice and C. eurytheme, as are European collectors with the white form of C. crocews, Japanese lepidopterists with the “alba” female of C. erate poliographus, and South Americans with C. lesbza. Hopkins (1894) named the yellow pigment of Colzas and other Pier- ididz “Lepidotic acid” and identified the white pierid pigment as true uric acid. However, Wieland & Schopf (1925, 1926) succeeded in crystallizing both of these substances and found that the white pigment (which they named “Leukopterin”) differs from uric acid; they named the yellow pig- ment “Xanthopterin”. It has been shown that leucopterin is merely oxygen- ated xanthopterin. Species characteristically white, such as various Pverts, were used in the earlier studies on leucopterin. It remained for Ford (1947) to show that the white pigment of female Colzas ts also leucopterin, as expected. In the six species of Colias in which the heredity of this female dimor- phism is known, the allele for white color is dominant over that for non- white. It seems likely that this will prove to be true for the other species and that these genes are homologous not only among the species of Colzas, but in Eurema, Phcebis, and some other Pieridide. There are, however, extremely rare males* of Colas which are more or less white. I have found references to rare white males of C. awrorina heldreichi Stgr. (Reichel, 1950), C. crocews Fourcroy (Warrier, 1951), C. erate poliographus Motsch. (Komai & Aé, 1953), C. eurytheme Bdv. ( Hovanitz, 1944), C. h. hyale Linné (Metschl, 1922), C. phicomone Esper (Verity, 1911), and C. philodice Godart (Edwards, 1892; Gerould, 1911). Probably there are others. All of the cases listed above have been reviewed and discussed elsewhere (Remington, 1954). *Herrera (1952) has recently found for Colias flaveola Blanchard, of the Chilean Andes, that the males are nearly as white as the females. Previous investigators had mistaken males for females! Genetic and chemical studies of this unusual situation have not yet been reported. 140 REMINGTON: Genes of Colias Vol.7, nos.5-6 2. WHITE MALE FROM CONNECTICUT It was of great interest to discover in August 1950 a very pale male among the F, of a wild yellow female C. philodice (Stock 58) taken in Woodbridge, Connecticut. This male proved to represent a distinctive hereditary form hereafter called “whitish”. The wild female, her twenty-four sons and thirty- four daughters and her five F, granddaughters and ten F2 grandsons (other than the lone “whitish” male) were all pure philodice-yellow. This line was one of more than one hundred reared in the course of a long investigation of the relationships of C. philodice to C. eurytheme and of the genetics of each species. We immediately set out to pair the “whitish” male with one of his sisters, and on 7 August we confined him in a standard copulation cage in the sun for five hours, with no success. The next day the “whitish” male was placed in the sun with four sisters, three brothers, and four yellow females from other lines. To our delight, the “whitish” male paired after less than 25 minutes with one of the non-sib females and remained zm copulo for over an hour. The following day the male was confined in the sun with two sisters, three brothers, and three non-sib females. In 8 minutes he had again paired, this time with a sister, and the copulation lasted nearly two hours. On 10 August the male was back in the copulation cage, with four females and two brothers, but no further mating took place. The male died shortly afterward. Three matings were obtained in this cage during the four days, and the only one in which the “whitish” male did not participate commenced after his removal i copulo on 8 August. There can be no doubt of the high repro- ductive viability of this individual, in contrast to that of some other white males recorded by earlier authors (e.g., Komai & Aé, 1953; Hovanitz, 1944). The first mating had been with a female F, of a wild “alba” female of C. philodice (Stock 62) from Woodbridge. The F, female having been yellow, she must of course have lacked entirely the “alba” allele of the mother; she had eight yellow sisters and eight white sisters. The mate of the “whitish” male laid many ova on potted Trifolium repens (White Clover), and from these we reared nine females and fourteen males, all with philodice-yellow ground-color. Since none of the twenty-three F, of the aberrant male showed the “whitish” character, it could be assumed with some confidence that the character was recessive to the normal type or that it was non-hereditary; lethality would not be expected, in view of the vigor of the known male. These twenty-three F, emerged in September, a season when we had come to expect poor mating frequencies in our cages. On three successive days three to five males and five to eight females were placed in the mating cage in the sun for a total of over twelve hours, but no copulations were obtained. Following a full week of unsuitable weather, on 23 September we again tried five males and eight females, and this time no less than four pairs were found m copulo within an hour. Although each of the four fe- males laid some ova, only nine Fy of the “whitish” male were reared to emet- gence from the pupal shell, two males and one female from each of three females. One of these F, males was partly yellow but had portions of both pairs of wings whitish, with the white areas on the right and left wings symmetrical. His eight sibs were pure philodice-yellow. During parts of three days four males and one female F. of the “whitish” male were confined in 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 141 the mating cage; none copulated. Later (26 November) one of these males paired with a female of C. philodice from another Woodbridge line (Stock 70); from this mating one female and six males were reared, all normal philodice-yellow. One of these males copulated twice, with his lone sister on 21 January 1951 and earlier, on 13 January, with an “alba” female from still another Woodbridge line (Stock 75). This 75A female was remarkable in being the sister of a new type of pale male (see below for record of progeny). The 21 January mating produced nine “alba” females, 13 yellow females, and sixteen yellow males, none with the “whitish” character. The eight F. of this mating included two “alba” females, two yellow females, and four yellow males; again none were “whitish”. None of these Fy mated. wild 2 58 wild 2 yellow x unknown (Wh wh) (Wh Wh) 256 EH sib ¢ 22 YS) 25-010 yellow x yellow ys (Wh—) (Wh wh) (Wh wh) on9 9 6466 “whitish” ¢ 2'62-€ yellow yellow (wh wh) x yellow (Wh—) (Wh —) (Wh Wh) Se ae 3 6.0 Deeley 10 6 ¢ sib ¢ 2 103 yellow xX yellow yellow yellow yellow xX yellow (Wh—) (Wh—) (Wh —) (Wh —) (Wh wh) (WA wh) 22°29 A og a 14 “whitish” 4 yellow ¢ yellow 9 yellow yellow (wh wh) (Wh —) (Wh —) (Wh —) (Wh—) Fig. 1. GENEALOGY OF “WHITISH” LINE OF COLIAS PHILODICE Distinctive characters of the two “whitish” males are contrasted as fol- lows with the characters of two wild-type males selected as average; the color terminology is that of RIDGWAY’S standard system (1912): 142 REMINGTON: Genes of Colias Vol.7, nos.5-6 dark scales: hindwing discal spot on upperside Pinkish Buff; hindwing discal on underside silvery, ringed with pale Prouts Brown; head with long, slender, erect hairscales of vertex mostly white; antennal shaft with scales faintly rosy, seales of club white: most wing-fringe scales lost. The PARTLY “WHITISH” MALE F: of the above male did not expand well after eclosion, and part of the left hindwing was destroyed. The extensive pale areas stand out strongly from the adjacent yellow areas and on the upperside are as falc: left and right forewing whitish from slightly anterad of vein M; to vein 2A, at basal one-half of second cubital cell; left and right hindwing white from vein Cu, to anal margin (in wild-type the scales of the anal and second cubital cells are = eee whitish). These “whitish” areas are also visible on the underside. The i scales are mostly rosy, but there is a sprinkling of white scales not seen on wild-type C. pbilodice. The erect hair-scales of the vertex and anterior nomm are white, differing from the more or less bright rosy color of these scales in wild-type individuals. YELLOW MALES: Ground-color of upperside Light Greenish Yellow to Pale Greenish Yellow; underside with hindwing and tp of forewing Wax Yellow, with sprinkling of dark scales; hindwing discal spot on upperside Capuan Yellow in center, hindwing discal spot on underside ringed with Ferrmginous; head scales of vertex and antenna Spinel Pink; wing-fringes Spinel Pink. i If the partly white male is considered genetically the same as the fully “whitish” male, the probability is highest that the “whitish” condition is controlled by the recessive allele of a single gene. Somewhat less likely is the possibility that there are two pairs of genes, with double recessives in both necessary to produce “whitish” wings. The genealogy of this line is shown in Figure 1. The genetic notation wh is used for the recessive allele for “whitish”. > 3. SECOND PALE FORM FROM CONNECTICUT A wild yellow C. pilodice female (No. 75) from Woodbridge produced tive daughters and one son. The male and one female are pale creamy yellow with the hindwing cell spot whitish. This is a new type, to which I will hereafter refer as “blonde”, with the genic notation 5/ for the mutant allele. Three other sib females appear to show the usual “alba” allele for whiteness, and the remaining female is philodice-yellow. The “blonde” female and male did not mate. One of their “alba” sibs copulated with a male from the earlier “whitish” male stock (see above). From this female sixty-one F, were reared: fourteen “alba” females; twenty yellow females; and twenty-seven yellow males; none with an indication of “blonde”. Fifteen brother-sister matings were obtained in early March, and offspring of nine females (two “alba”) were reared to maturity, with the following totals recorded: one “blonde” female; eleven “alba” females; thirty-three yellow females; and forty-nine yellow males. The single “blonde” female was one of three offspring reared from one mother, the other two sibs (a male and a female) being philodice- yellow. Since neither parent showed the “blonde” character, it is reasonable to assume that the allele for “blondeness” is recessive to the wild-type and that the parents were heterozygous. The pedigree, with suspected genotypes, is shown in Figure 2. The first “blonde” female and male may be distinguished readily from alba” female by 3 following characters (the last “blonde” female has been | lost, so a detailed description is no longer possible, but close hz ywwn her co be practically identical to the earlier “blonde” female): 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 143 “BLONDE” FEMALE: Ground-color of upperside Pale Chalcedony Yellow; un- derside with ground-color of hindwing and tip of forewing Cream-Buff, remainder of forewing nearly white; hindwing discal spot on upperside Pale Chalcedony Yellow: hindwing discal spot on underside silvery, ringed with Chatenay Pink; hindwing fringe on underside whitish Pale Vinaceous Lilac; torewing fringe darker; head with long, slender, erect hair-scales of vertex white; antennal shaft and tip with scales very faintly rosy. “BLONDE” MALE: Ground-color of upperside Light Chalcedony Yellow; un- derside with ground-color of hindwing and tip of forewing pale Honey Yellow, re- mainder of forewing Light Chalcedony Yellow; hindwing discal spot on upperside white, standing out in contrast to ground-color; hindwing discal spot on underside silvery, tinged with Jasper Pink; hindwing fringe on underside Chatenay Pink: forewing fringe on underside Chatenay Pink; head with long, slender, erect hair-scales of vertex white; antennal shaft and tip with scales only slightly rosy. “ALBA” FEMALE (selected as average): Ground-color of upperside white; under- : side with ground-color of hindwing and tip of forewing Cream Color or Naples Yellow, remainder of forewing white; hindwing discal spot on upperside Light Cadmium: hindwing discal spot on underside silvery, ringed with Ferruginous; hindwing fringe on underside Deep Vinaceous; forewing fringe on underside slightly darker; head with long, slender, erect hair-scales of vertex rosy; antennal shaft and tip with rosy scales. wild 2 75 wild 3 yellow XK yellow (BI bl) (B/ bl) “blonde” 6 “blonde” Q yellow 2 2 “alba” 29 “alba” 2 75 A yellow 4 | (bl bl) (41 bl) (Bl —) (Bl —) (Bl 51) Xx F, of 2 7OBA (Bi Bl) 9 75 A-A sib 3 12 “alba”, 13 yellow 2 9, yellow X_ yellow 19 yellow 3 4 8 sib X sib (B/ 61) (B/ 5)) (Bl 6] and B/ B/) matings (7 4 24) “blonde” 2 yellow @2 yellow 2 no “blonde” offspring (41 bl) (B] —) (Bl —) (11 “alba”, 32 yellow 22, 48 24 Fic. 2. GENEALOGY OF “BLONDE” LINE OF COLIAS PHILODICE If, as is likely, 9 75A was heterozygous for “blonde” and her mate homozygous for wild-type, one in four of the mated pairs of their offspring would be expected to have both the male and female heterozygous. Further, 25% of the expected yield of each such cross would be “blonde”, or one in sixteen of all the F. of 2 75A. Actually, only one in ninety-four was reared. Nothing is known regarding the effects of the “alba” gene in making the 144 REMINGTON: Genes of Colzas Vol.7, nos.5-6 “blonde” gene when an individual Colias has both, but it seems likely that “blonde” (as well as “whitish”) is expressed in females only in the absence of “alba”. If this is true, the eleven “alba” sibs of the “blonde” female are to be ignored in calculating the incidence of “blonde” in the brood of ninety- four, and the observed ratio becomes 1 : 82. The chi-squared test shows that such a deviation from a 1 : 15 ratio is to be expected in just over 5% of trials, and for the present the inheritance of the “blonde” gene can be con- sidered unifactorial. An attempt was made to find a relationship between scale morphology and ground-color. It was hoped that this might lead to a recognition of specimens heterozygous for the “blonde” gene (B/ bl) and perhaps permit separation of a female both “alba” and “blonde” (A — O/ bl) in phenotype from one solely “alba” (A — bl —). The scales were classified according to the number of apical teeth; most specimens have scales with two, three, and four teeth. For uniformity the sample counts were made in the pale spots in the black margin of the forewing of females; four spots were sampled in each specimen: 1) between veins R; and Mj; 2) between M, and Ms; 3) between Mz and Cu;; 4) between Cu; and Cup. The great observed variability of proportions of the scale types does not seem to be correlated in any simple fashion with ground-color, but a much larger series might reveal some kind of regularity. It was found that the scale-type ratio did not vary significantly among the four spots on each wing; nor was the difference between left and right wings significant. The totals are shown in the following summary, with the notation for each specimen giving scales with two, three, and four points in sequence (e.g., the “blonde” female showed 158 scales with two points, 487 with three points, 2 with four points): “alba” (C. philodice) — 592-195-0; 286-206-0; 124-505-1; 89-293-226 “alba” (C. eurytheme) — 903-8-0; 443-386-0; 248-273-6 “blonde” (C. philodice) — 158-487-2 yellow (C. philodice) — 469-15-0; 364-51-0; 55-562-23; 79-808-92; 8-487-444 orange (C. eurytheme) —- 385-162-1; 185-298-17. 4. SUMMARY a. The common Colas form with white ground-color is controlled by a dominant sex-limited gene (z¢., carried by both sexes but expressed only in females). This “alba” female form is present in most species of Colias and in members of certain related genera. The pigment producing the “alba” color- ation is leucopterin; other pterins are present in males and in non-“alba” temales. b. White or very pale ground-color occurs in males of Colias, but gener- ally the white males are extremely rare in natural populations. This male dimorphism has been recorded for seven species of Colias. Two new cases in C. philodice are reported here for the first time. Both appeared in labora- tory stocks reared from a single small population in Connecticut. c. One white male was obtained by inbreeding the offspring of a wild fertile female. This male was outcrossed and its F, then inbred. The Fs included a male with extensive white areas on the wings. This pale form is presumed to be under the control of a single recessive allele. The form is called “whitish” (wh wh). There is no reason to consider it a male sex- ‘imited gene, although “whitish” females have not yet been found. 145 d. A second pale male was among the six F, of another wild female C. philodice. In this instance one of the female sibs was of the same pale shade, Light or Pale Chalcedony Yellow. The hindwing discal spot lacked completely the reddish or orange pigmentation of wild-type C. philodice. The form is called “blonde” (b/ bl). One of the non-“blonde” sibs of the “blonde” male and female was outcrossed, and among the sixty-one F, was one “blonde” female. “Blonde” is probably inherited as a single recessive factor quite dis- tinct from the gene for “whitish”. It is not sex-limited. Phenotypically, the “blonde” form differs from the “whitish” form in having deeper, more yellow ground-color and no orange or red pigment in the hindwing discal spot. e. No correlation was found between scale shape and the ground-color of “blonde”, “alba”, yellow, or orange females of C. philodice and C. eurytheme. ROGER W. PEASE, JR., assisted significantly in the difficult and time- consuming task of rearing the broods and obtaining the crucial pairings. It is a pleasure to express appreciation for his aid. References Edwards, W.H., 1892. Miscellaneous notes on butterflies, larvae, etc. Canad. Ent. 24: 49-56. Ford, E.B., 1947. A murexide test for the recognition of pterins in intact insects. Proc. Royal Ent. Soc. London (A) 22: 72-76. Gerould, J.H., 1911. The inheritance of polymorphism and sex in Colias philodice. Amer. Naturalist 45: 257-283. Gerould, J.H., 1923. Inheritance of white wing color, a sex-limited (sex-controlled ) variation in yellow pierid butterflies. Genetics 8: 495-551. Herrera G., J., 1952. Ausencia de dimorfismo sexual en Colzas flaveola Blanchard 1952. Revista Chilena Entomologia 2: 173-177, 4 figs. Hopkins, F.G., 1895. The pigments of the Pieridae: a contribution to the study of excretory substances which function in ornament. Phil. Trans. Royal Soc. London (B) 186: 661-682. Hovanitz, W., 1944. Genetic data on the two races of Colias chrysotheme in North America and on a white form occurring in each. Genetics 29: 1-30. Komai, T., & A.S. Aé, 1953. Genetic studies of the pierid butterfly Colias hyale polio- graphus. Genetics 38: 65-72. Metschl, C., 1922. Colias hyale L., Col. edusa F. und Col. myrmidone Esp., ihr Formen- kreis und einige neue Aberrationen aus dem Faunengebiete Regensburg. AM(/ft. Minchn. Ent. Ges. 12: 5-15. Reichel, J., 1950. Collecting on the Peloponnesus of Greece. Lepid. News 4: 74. Remington, C.L., 1954. The genetics of Colias (Lepidoptera). Advances in Genetics 6: in press. Ridgway, R., 1912. Color standards and color nomenclature. 44 pp., 53 pls. Publ. by author, Washington. Schopf, C., & H. Wieland, 1926. Uber das Leukopterin, das weisse Fligelpigment der Kohlweisslinge (Pieris brassicae und napi). Ber. Deutsch. Chem. Ges. (B) 59: 2067-2072. Verity, R., 1911. Rhopalocera palearctica. 3068 pp. Florence, Italy. Warrier, R.E., 1951. On breeding Colas croceus Fourcroy. Ent. Rec. Journ. Var. Gorn 9e=199. Wieland, H., & C. Schépf, 1925. Uber den gelben Fligelfarbstoff des Citronenfalters (Gonepteryx rhamni). Ber. Deutsch. Chem. Ges. (B) 58: 2178-2183. Osborn Zoological Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A 146 Vol.7, nos.5-6 BUTTERFLIES AT WATER HOLES IN CENTRAL ARIZONA by DAvip L. BAUER The habit of many species of butterflies to frequent water holes and moist ground has been observed and commented upon many times, and of a truth it is nothing out of the ordinary for it is wide spread and common. But one day while collecting at a water hole about two miles above the almost ghost town of Jerome, Arizona, I was amazed at the great numbers and wide variety of butter- flies slaking their thirst at the water hole and flying about it. As a result on June 28 and 29, 1951, I sat by the hole for several hours and jotted down the species as they came, netting those that needed closer observa- tion for determination. At the end of my observations on the second day the list had reached the unusual number of forty distinct species that had come to get a drink. Below is a list of those that came during my three or four hours’ observation on these two successive days last June. Papilio philenor L. multicaudata Kirby Colias eurytheme Bdv. Eurema nicippe Cramer Danaus plexippus L. berenice Cramer Neonympha dorothea Nab. Megisto rubricata Edw. Melitaea fulvia Edw. theona Mén. Phyciodes mylitta Edw. Chlosyne lacinia Geyer californica Wright Polygonia satyrus Edw. Nymphalis antiopa L. Vanessa atalanta L. carye Hbn. cardui L. Limenitis wiedemeyerii Edw. astyanax Fabr. Asterocampa celtis Bdv. & Lec. Libytheana bachmanii Kitt. Apodemia nais Edw. Atlides halesus Cramer Strymon melinus Hbn. autolycus Edw. Leptotes marina Reak. Hemzuargus isola Reak. Plebeius acmon West. & Hew. Philotes enoptes Bdv. Lycaenopsis pseudargiolus Bdv. & Lec. Epargyreus clarus Cramer Pyrgus communis Grote Heliopetes ericetorum Bdv. Pholisora mejicanus Reak. Erynnis afranius Lint. by: horatius Scud. & Burg. Copaeodes aurantiaca Hew. Atrytone ruricola Bdv. Atrytonopsis vierecki Skin. Having observed that many species in two days I decided to go through my data book on spring collecting and see how many additional species visited the water hole that spring. Fourteen more species were there in the spring up to June 27th: Incisalia troides Bdv. Plebeius melissa Edw. Zestusa dorus Edw. Thorybes pylades Scud. Erynnis juvenalis Fabr. burgesst Skin. Megathymus yuccae Bdv. & Lec. Papilio bairdii Edw. Anthocaris sara Badv. Euchloe creusa Dbldy. & Hew. Pieris sisymbri Bdv. protodice Byd. & Lec. Agraulis vanillae L. Velitaea gabbii Behr eck 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 14 Then during the rest of the season I jotted down the additional species that were observed there from June 28 and 29 to the end of October, and another fifteen species were recorded: Eurema mexicana Bvd. Adelpha bredowti Geyer Nathalis tole Bdv. Apodemia mormo F. & F. Minois meadii Edw. Hypaurotis chrysalus Edw. Gyrocheilus patrobas Hew. Brephidium exilis Bdv. Euptoieta claudia Cramer Hemiargus gyas Edw. Melitaea dymas Edw. Hesperia woodgatei Wms. Nymphalis californica Bvd. Megathymus neumcegent Edw. Vanessa virginmiensis Druty This made a total of sixty-nine species of butterflies recorded from one series of water holes. This series of water holes is in the canyon above Jerome at about 5,300 ft. elevation and runs for about a mile parallel to the Highway 89 alternate. The best place to park the car for collecting there is at the water tanks, that can be seen from the road and where there is plenty of room for parking. I give this information because there might be some col- lector driving through that would like to stop. The summer of 1951 was unusual in that the holes did not dry up during the entire summer; usually there is a time in the early summer, before the sum- mer tains, when they are dry, and then there are practically no butterflies to be found. Another observation made was that on hot days with low humidity such as was the case when the June observations were made there were many more butterflies at the holes. In the spring and fall months there were damp cool days when very few butterflies were found. There is another water hole on the western side of the mountain, which is also along the Highway, where conditions are about the same as to elevation and great variety of species visiting the watering hole. At this hole additional species were taken as follows: Mitoura spinetorum Hew. Erora quaderna Hew. * siva Edw. No exact records were kept on this water hole on the western side, but from ap- pearances there were considerably fewer species visiting it; however, some species were more abundant. 1103 Ballew Ave., Everett, Washington, U.S. A. SEASON SUMMARY FOR 1953 Individual reports for the 1953 Lepidoptera season in North America should be sent to the Area Summarizers now. Advice for the preparation of these reports may be found in The Lepidopterists’ News, vol.6: pp.89-91. The latest Season Summary, for 1952, was published in the last issue of the News (5 Nov. 1953). This shoula be used to develop comparisons for 1953 and for the names and addresses of the eight Area Summarizers. C. L. REMINGTON 148 Vol.7, nos.5-6 A STANDARDIZED LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR USING THE SPEEDLIGHT IN PHOTOGRAPHY OF INSECTS ANS OTHER” SMALL ‘OBJEC@isS- by LELAND R. BROWN Since a colored photograph offers a unique and rapid means of communi- cation, many entomologists desire to use photographs of insects and insect damage in teaching, extension work and in publication. However, many of these entomologists are deterred from making such photographic records be- cause of certain difficulties, such as the proficiency required, the time required and possibly the cost. One objective of this paper is to indicate how these items can be minimized. A living and moving larva of Schizura concinna (J.E. Smith) on Apple leaf. Photographed at 0.88 magnification on the original 35 mm. Kodachrome. Black-and-white reproduction cannot do justice to this beautifully marked insect. A number of entomology departments or agricultural colleges employ a professional photographer, which is quite satisfactory on the whole and especial- 'y so if the photographic budget is large enough to allow such an expenditure. However, some departments cannot afford such an item in their budget and, more important, many entomologists, including the writer, want to have com- plete control over what appears on the film, and at the time needed, which can be suddenly and frequently. If such is the case, then the entomologist must obviously familiarize himself with the few facts and techniques necessary for pecial funds were provided by the author's institution to help defray the costs of ion of this paper. OF yg 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 149 this type of photography. The logic for this is the same as for any other technique of recording he may employ, such as the use of the pencil, typewriter, camera lucida, micro projector, and sound recorder. If the entomologist decides that photographic records are needed in his field, then it is helpful and sometimes necessary that he standardize his photographic technique so that these duties do not interfere unduly with his other responsibilities. Standardization not only enables the entomologist to make high quality photographic records quickly and at the time needed, but can also reduce costs of the photographic effort by saving time and film in making every exposure effective. There is considerable literature on photomicrography, 7.¢., photography with the compound microscope by transmitted light. Likewise the literature is quite extensive on conventional photography, ze., reflected light photography of objects at a distance from the camera of 2 feet to infinity. Also there is much fine equipment available for making photographs in these two categories. But relatively speaking there are very few authoritative articles on reflected and transmitted light photography between the two types, that is, in the range of low power photomicrography, or an arbitrary range of 0.1 to 20 linear mag- nifications. Likewise there are very few pieces of equipment with camera and lights as an integral unit for photography in this range of magnifications (see last section). The main purpose of this paper is to summarize briefly from the great body of photographic literature those few facts, formula and techniques found useful to the writer in his insect photography and to describe an integrated photographic device, utilizing speedlights, as constructed and used by the writer. Not the least of the purposes of this paper is to stimulate manufacturers of photographic equipment to produce a simple but effective and integrated ap- paratus for the use of persons like the writer, who are not engineers or pro- fessional photographers, but who would like to obtain accurate photographic records quickly. Such a device need not be expensive or complicated, and this writer feels it would have a considerable market. It seems logical to discuss first the component parts of this device and their calibration, and then the device as a whole and its operation. THE CAMERA AND ITS ACCESSORIES For low power photomicrography, a camera with a ground glass for focus- ing and composing is very desirable — indeed, it is a necessity at the higher magnifications of this range. For recording living and active insect specimens, a synchronized and automatic (in the sense of coupled film advance and shutter wind) ground glass camera of single lens reflex design is much superior to others. Because of the low cost of 35 mm. Kodachrome film (relative to larger sizes of color film) and other factors (see below), the writer chose the 35 mm. Exakta, (Exakta Camera Co., Distributors, 705 Bronx River Rd., Bronxville 8, N. Y.), a 35 mm. single lens reflex camera. This German-made camera has given excellent service. One feature of the 35 mm. Exakta that is disconcerting, until recognized and allowed for, is the fact that, in low power photomicro- graphy (from approximately 2.0 X magnifications upward), about one-fifth of the ground glass image along the top edge is cut off. Possibly this is a result of the mirror being shortened to keep the camera compact. The writer does not know whether or not other cameras of this design have this fault. There are 150 BROWN: Speedlight for Photography Vol.7, nos.5-6 other 35 mm. single lens reflex cameras available today, some less and some more expensive than the Exakta. These include: the Exa, Practica, Practiflex, Pentacon (or Contax S), (all made in Germany), Alpa (made in Switzerland), and Rectaflex (made in Italy). Brief descriptions, prices and photographs of these cameras can be found in the May 1953 issue of Photography magazine. The writer has had experience only with the Exakta, so is not competent to evaluate these other apparently fine precision cameras. In order to use speedlight, of course, the camera shutter must be synchro- nized for that type of flash, z.e., no-delay or “O” or “X” setting (“E” contacts in the Exakta V). All currently produced models of the cameras mentioned above are synchronized for speedlight, and all have interchangeable lenses. With lenses of shorter focal length than normal, it is desirable to have a clear spot and cross in the center of the ground glass. For a large number of photographs, the Penta Prism viewing device for the Exakta is a definite advantage. FIG; .2: A living, moving mature larva of the geometrid, Sabulodes caberata Guenée, on a leaf of variegated ivy. Photographed at 0.59 magnification on the original 35 mm. Kodachrome with one speedlight lamp. In order to obtain a larger image on the film one must either (1) use a lens of focal length longer than the normal lens, and keep the camera in the same position, or (2) extend the normal lens (or shorter focal length lens) from the | iim, and move the camera closer to the subject. The former case is needed in- frequently in the laboratory (the formule stated in this paper apply in this case however). The latter case is more commonly used in low power photo- ilso. micrography. Extending the lens is accomplished by means of extension tubes or bellows ston attachments, Extension tubes have the advantages of being relatively xpensive, sturdy, and, when combined properly, a given magnification can ‘uplicated with little difficulty. They have the disadvantage of taking some lange to another magnification. A bellows extension is useful in that Adjustments for a standardized low power photomicrographic technique.” 6. Extension tubes (length in om.) . . . Aveo aA AA an Go oo ww et il ell cell eel eel A . - 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News Table 1. 1. oe a. 4, a, Size of Magnifi- Lens (focal |Marked} Portra subject (cm.) cation length in cm.) | f/no. lens 7G. #x 50.8 0.05X 5(4’) 8 63.5 x 42 0.06X SMG ls je) 8 Ore x 99.8 0.07X 36255") 8 Ay XD 1.7 0.08X 502,69) 8 38 x 25.4 0.10X 5 (24’’) 8 34.5 x 23.1 0.104X | 5(20”) 8 Ai pee 2104 Oy |), 51630’) Aiea ep 122 202) xil9.6 0.12X Sil2 a) a +2 De aa a 0.14X 5 (6’) Lit +2 23.6 x 15.8 Gulpse 2 5.(4.5') iOrlaama are a DG (x 14.5 GUE 50505") ine ont OST ese wl 2577 0.19X (2250) 11 +2 LG x 109 0.22X 5 ( 20” ) 11 +2 Wats .8/3 0.29X 5 ial Oe 6 0.40X | 5 iis el, Gane) 4.1 0.59X 5) stil NG Sa 0.88X 5 16 BiG ok 2A 1.00X 5 16 +2 2) Se Vea 1.18X 5 16 DS 4nx 1.69 1.42X diC20)") 16 +2 20 54% LG I 7P.S BD 8 Gane ll BMPS 35 8 lv xe Oure 3.09X Sp) 8 0.9 x 0.6 4.03X a 8 Ooirsx® 30:47: 5.08X 4.5 8 0.61 x 0.41 5.92X 3.5 8 0.51 x 0.34 Wnild,« Wes 5.6 0.46 x 0.31 7.9X Map) 5.6 Oe ee O26 9.1X ile) 5.6 0.36 x 0.24 10.1X has: 5.6 Oe sa Or L Wie ew 5.6 OPS xn Ore 12.0X 165) 5.6 O27 x OLS ie e,< hes] 5.6 0.25 x 0.17 1A os 1S 5.6 0.21 x 0.14 16.9X 1.5 5.6 40 40 +0 40 4010 104040 | 1010104101040 | 1010101010100 | . he Lamp-to- subject distance (cm.) R63 R62.5 R62 ROL.5 RGO.5 R6O R44.1 R44 R43.9 R43.8 R43.7 *Utilizing the following: 35 mm. daylight Kodachrome. Kine Exakta camera, model V, a 50 mm. f/3.5 Zeiss Tessar lens with focusing scale in feet (all settings at infinity un- less otherwise specified); 35 mm. f/3.5 Fairchild type V lens; 15 mm. f/2.7 Zeiss Tessar lens; Kodak +2 Portra lens. Thriftlite speedlight, model AC-40, with an exten- sion light, model EL-40, and an intensifier, model AD-15, on the powerpack. Each lamp at 45° from optical axis of camera, except at 25° for the range of magnifications of 0.05X to 0.104X (“R” indicates use of regular reflector). Male (4) and female ( 2 ) symbols refer to male and female adaptors for the extension tubes (¢ + 9° ie.) CM.) a) Sp Wh cs 152 BROWN: Speedlight for Photography Vol.7, nos.5-6 f changes of magnification can be made quite rapidly, but it has the disadvantages of higher cost and the possibility of slippage of the lens panel, unless one of highest quality is obtained. The bellows extension does not seem to be as sturdy as extension tubes. Also the bellows extension has a maximum and minimum limit to which it can be extended or retracted, whereas extension tubes can be added or deleted to the limit of practicality. However, with the proper lenses, the range of low power photomicrography can be covered with either method of extension. A disadvantage of some of the cheaper extension tubes is their less precise machining and the absence of sharp-edged baffle rings on their inner surface. In some cases thin rings of flat-black paper can be glued in these tubes to reduce light flare spots on the film. The bellows extension is free of this fault. Because of the initial cost the writer chose extension tubes. According to authorities on lens construction (Greenleaf, 1950; Kingslake, 1939, 1951), lenses of decidedly asymmetrical construction (embraces many of the very fast lenses) should be avoided for low power photomicrography. Sym- metrical or near symmetrical lenses are preferred, such as the Tessar types, the dialyte types (Dogmar, Unifocal, etc.), and the double anastigmats (Dagor, Protar, etc.). For the higher magnifications of this range, lenses of shorter focal length than the normal lens are useful in order to keep the lens extension within practical limits. Lenses designed for low power photomicrography are certainly to be preferred, good examples being the Micro Tessars of Bausch and Lomb, the Micro Luminars of Zeiss and the Micro Summars of Leitz. To date the writer has not been able to afford any of these lenses, so has had to be content with a 35 mm. and a 15 mm. focal length lenses, (see Table 1, column 3) from con- ventional movie cameras. Both of these lenses are mounted backwards in their mounts to improve resolution (see Figs. 6 and 7), z.e., the normal film side of the lens toward the subject. On the whole, these used movie camera lenses are satis- factory, but lenses designed for the purpose would probably be better. It will be noted in Table 1, column 5, that a 2-diopter positive supple- mentary lens is needed with the 35 mm. Exakta to bridge the gap between 0.1 and 0.3 magnifications and also in three other cases to obtain useful magnifications. The “2 in 1” Exakta adaptor extension ring can be used in place of the plus 2 diopter supplementary lens to cover the range of 0.1 X to 0.2 X magnifications. In order to be certain of obtaining a given magnification it is most con- venient to leave the lens-to-film distance fixed and focus by moving the camera and lens as a unit. Such an arrangement is a necessity for the higher magnifi- cations of low power photomicrography. This usually involves some sort of rack and pinion arrangement for accurately controlled focussing. The writer has used a rack and pinion from a war-surplus microscope, which works very well (see Fig. 9). (It is well to note that by removing the optical parts of a dissecting microscope and replacing with the camera and extension tubes, a very fine, small, precision copying stand can be had.) There is a German rack and pinion now marketed for this purpose by Exakta under the trade name of “Novoflex” (code word CASTEL). One reason was mentioned above for using the 35 mm. camera. Another reason should be discussed. An ever-present problem to contend with in low power photomicrography is the very shallow depth of field. Kingslake (1951) tates: “For the same magnification on the film (not the same subject distance) ind the same f/no., lenses of all focal lengths have the same depth of field.” 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 15 We This statement can be interpreted further. To fill the film area of 2 35 mm. film obviously requires less magnification than to fill the film area of a larger size film. Or it can be said that less depth of field will be obtained with larger film sizes, if the full film area is utilized, and at the same relative apertures as com- pared to 35 mm. film. This is an obvious advantage of using this small film size. Occasionally when extension tubes or bellows are purchased, a table of magnifications is also included. Such a table may not cover the complete range of magnifications desired, as when two or three sets of tubes are needed, or when shorter-than-normal focal length lenses are used. In this case a magnification is easily determined by observing on the long dimension of the ground glass the number of millimeters seen, on a meter stick focused upon, and dividing this number into the exact length (in millimeters) of the ground glass. With a ground glass camera this seems more simple than, and as accurate as, trying to determine the difficult-to-measure lens-to-film distance and using a more com- plicated formula to calculate magnification. Before determining the magnifica- tions it is helpful to list all possible combinations of extension tubes and lenses. After determining the magnifications with these various combinations, the most useful magnifications can be arranged as in columns 2 and 6 of Table 1. At the same time the magnifications are determined, it is convenient to note the length and width of the field covered at a given magnification, as this will save time in the daily routine of photographic recording (see Table 1, column 1). FIG. 3. A living and moving larva of the Tussock Moth, Hemerocampa vetusta (Bdv.), on a leaf of Coast Live Oak. Photographed at 1.00 magnification on the original 35 mm. Kodachrome. It was necessary to compromise on a given marked f/number, or relative aperture, for each magnification to make the photographic effort more rapid. The objective was to obtain as much depth of field as possible without having a noticeable loss of resolution in the plane focused upon from the effects of diffraction (scattering of light around the edges of the iris blades). Ata given magnification (and at all magnifications listed in column 2, Table 1) the proper aperture was determined by stopping down a given lens to the f/no, at which 154 BROWN: Speedlight for Photography Vol.7, nos.5-6 the image just began to show a very slight unsharpness. This was simple to do by observing, on the clear spot of the ground glass, the image of a brightly illuminated object, such as a white celluloid ruler with much fine detail. These marked apertures are indicated in Table 1, column 4. These correspond to effective apertures of f/8.4 to f/100.4. Effective f/no. equals the magnification plus one, multiplied by the marked f/no., as for example at 1.18 X with a marked f/no. of 16, effective f/no. == (1.18 + 1) (16) = 34.9. It is inter- esting to note that the effective aperture is not changed when a Portra lens is used (Kingslake, 1951). It will be noted in the range of magnifications from 0.05 X to 0.59 X (see column 4 of Table 1) that these apertures are not as small as indicated in the foregoing. In these cases it was necessary to open the lens aperture somewhat so the speedlight lamps could be placed further from the subject to achieve more even illumination (see the next section). Even at the indicated distances, only two lamps are not ideally suited for even illumination at the lower magnifica- tions (0.05 X to 0.1 X). Raising the lamps to 25° from the optical axis helps somewhat. LIGHTING EQUIPMENT Proper illumination in low power photomicrography is just as important in making the photograph as the camera itself, but this is the phase most often neglected in papers on this branch of photography. This section is concerned with a new type of lighting and its adjustment for low power photomicrography, especially reflected light (as contrasted to transmitted light). The invention and development of the speedlight has been traced in sev- eral publications, one of the most appropriate being that of Van Riper, et al (1952). Most of the currently made speedlights are listed by Lipton (1953), who also gives an excellent account of this type of lighting. Photography for May 1953 lists most of the speedlights available in the United States and has photo- graphs of many of them. The speedlight is also known as high-speed flash, electronic flash, and strobelight. The light produced by one of these units is characterized by being a cool, very brilliant flash of very brief duration, and having a color range somewhat comparable to average daylight. As compared to usual sources of illumination, the advantages of the speed- light for use in low power photomicrography, particularly of insects, can be listed as: (a) elimination of the effects of whatever vibration may be present in the photographic set-up; (b) elimination of the effects of movement of the living specimen; (c) elimination of prolonged exposures; (d) when desirable, elimination of killing, deep anesthesia or cooling of the specimen; and (e) elimination of hot sources of illumination. In regard to point (d) it should be mentioned that if the specimen is so active that it will not remain in the photographic field, slight anesthesia with carbon dioxide or chloroform is necessa;ry. With conventional sources of artificial illumination (incandescent or com- bustible sources such as photoflood or flash bulbs), the photographer has three variables he can control readily: lamp-to-subject distance, f/no., and shutter speed. However, with a speedlight the effective exposure time is so brief 61500 to 1/50,000 of a second for most units) that shutter speed has no effect on the exposure. This leaves the photographer with only two variables he can 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 155 control: lamp-to-subject distance and f/no. With the 35 mm. Exakta camera used by the writer (model V), the shutter speed is set at 1/50 of a second and left there when using the speedlight; at this shutter speed the complete film area is said to be open for 6 milliseconds by the focal plane shutter (Berkowitz, 1951). At faster shutter speeds with this camera the film area is never completely open, so the speedlight cannot be used with these faster shutter speeds. This is generally true of all 35 mm. cameras with focal plane shutters. The Kelvin rating of most speedlights is listed as 6000° to 7500° or even 8000°, depending upon the unit. The lower Kelvin rating of certain speed- lights, such as the “Thriftlite” (Pho-Tak Corporation, 15-21 N. Loomis Street, Chicago 7, Illinois) allows daylight Kodachrome to be used without filters. Higher Kelvin ratings of some speedlights require slight compensating filters, either on the camera lens or on the lights. The principal disadvantage of the speedlight is its relatively high initial cost. For low power photomicrography, however, low power speedlights, and consequently lower cost units, are sufficient. It should be noted also that low power speedlight units are produced currently that are less expensive than several conventional microscope illuminators. The manufacturer usually supplies a “guide number” for various types of artificial photographic illumination, including the speedlight, of course. A guide number is a very simple but extremely useful application of the inverse square law of illumination to allow the photographer to obtain a correctly ex- posed film. With a given film and shutter setting, the photographer divides the guide number by the lamp-to-subject distance to obtain the correct lens aperture (f/no.). Or, if a given f/no. is decided upon, the guide number is divided by the f/no. to obtain the correct lamp-to-subject distance. In low power photomicrography the formula should be modified to: lamp-to-subject distance equals the guide number (for centimeters) divided by the effective f/no. For conventional photography it is sometimes necessary to check the guide number of the speedlight as stated by the manufacturer. In low power photo- micrography the guide number should certainly be checked or determined, as the speedlight may frequently be used in a manner different than as originally purchased. The guide number supplied by the manufacturer is usually sup- plied for use in feet. For low power photomicrography this should be changed for use in centimeters. For example, suppose the manufacturer's guide num- ber is 35 for use with feet (this is the manufacturer's guide number of the “Thriftlite” model AC-40 with Intensifier, with a single lamp and reflector and for Kodachrome daylight film; when converted for use in centimeters, it is es- sentially the same as the writer’s determination of 1070; the guide number of the single lamp, with the intensifier and without the reflector, was determined to be 305 for use in centimeters). Multiply 35 by 30.48 (ze., the number of centimeters per foot) to obtain a guide number approximately 1067. The reason for this is that in low power photomicrography the speedlight lamp may be as close as 2 or 3 centimeters from the subject, and it is simpler to measure these distances in the metric system than in fractions of a foot or an inch. To determine a guide number the writer has found it convenient to photo- graph a gray scale at various marked f/no.’s and keep the following factors 156 BROWN: Speedlight for Photography Vol.7, nos.5-6 constant: film, magnification, shutter speed, and lamp-to-gray-scale distance. When the film is returned from the processor, the various exposures are pro- jected to the original dimensions of the gray scale, and the gray scale is com- pared, side by side, with its image. Then the guide number is determined practically by inspection. FIG. 4, Photographic recording stand set up for 0.05X magnification; see Table. For clarity this is best illustrated by an example (see Fig. 8). The prob- lem was to determine the guide number of the Thriftlite, model AC-40 (with the intensifier on the power pack) and an extension light, model EL-40 (ze., the use of two lamps), with type A Kodachrome, with the type A filter for daylight. The camera was a Kine Exakta, model V, with the shutter set at 1/50 second and the synchronizer cord in the contacts for speedlight (7.e., “E’). The camera lens was located at 20 inches (4¢., magnification of 0.104X) from the center of the gray scale with the long dimension of the gray scale and the camera set parallel to the speedlight lamps. Each lamp, in its regular reflector, was located 60 cm. from the center of the gray scale and on each side of the camera at 45 degrees from the optical axis of the camera lens. Six exposures were made under these conditions at the following relative apertures (f/no.’s): 1 5.6, 8, 11. 16 and 22. When the film was returned from the processing laboratory, each trans- parency was projected on a white matte surfaced screen to the original dimen- 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 157 sions of the gray scale, that is, about 10 times magnification of the transparency. By holding the gray scale next to its projected image, and in a clear portion of the projected beam of light, it was obvious that the exposure at f/4 was overexposed and those at f/16 and f/22 were progessively underexposed. By closely inspecting the white end and first stage of gray of the f/5.6 exposure, both steps appeared white so the transparency was said to be overexposed. Likewise with the f/11 exposure the black end and first step of dark gray were indistinguishable, that is, both black, so this transparency was said to be under- exposed. The image of the exposure at f/8 was almost identical with the gray scale, that is, all steps of the gray scale were distinct. The effective aperture at 0.104 magnification and a marked aperture of f/8 is equal to 8.83. Thus the guide number for these conditions is (8.83) (60 cm.) or approximately 530. In Table 1, 530 is divided by each effective aperture in the range of 0.05 to 0.22 magnifications, inclusive, to obtain the lamp-to-subject distances in column 7. “R” indicates the use of the reflectors on the lamps. Similarly and as shown in Fig. 9, a guide number of the bare lamps (without reflectors) was determined to be about 244. In Table 1, 244 is divided by each effective aperture in the range of 0.29 to 16.9 magnifications, inclusive, to obtain the lamp-to-subject distance in column 7. As can be seen in Fig. 6, there is one-half of a frozen juice can over each lamp. The inside of each half-can is lined with shiny-surfaced aluminum foil, The use of this small reflector gives no increase in guide number over the bare lamps, contrary to what one would expect; that is, the guide number of the two lamps with the juice can reflectors is 244. The principle function of the cans then is to protect the lamps from falling objects. There is a factor which must be recognized when working with some speed- lights at very close subject distances, and that is the guide number becomes less as the subject is approached by the lamp in the reflector as supplied by the manufacturer. Quite possibly this is because the reflector is not designed for work at such close distances. If the speedlight is one in which the reflector can be detached, such as the “Thriftlite” and certain others, then the apparent radiating source more closely approaches that of a point source of illumination, upon which the inverse square law of illumination is based. If a guide num- ber is determined for the lamp without the reflector, that guide number can be used accurately (on or near the optical axis of the camera) whether the lamp is 1 inch or 50 inches from the subject. However, in order to obtain more even illumination of larger subjects, it is practical to use the lamp with the reflector up to about 0.3 magnification, and from that to about 17 magnifi- Cations, using the bare lamp (or in its juice can protector). This phenomenon of decreasing guide number, as the lamp in its regular reflector is brought nearer the subject, has been demonstrated several times by the writer with the Thriftlite, and he is satisfied that it is not due to varia- tion in film processing or other variable. The reader should not construe this to mean that the speedlight with a non-detachable reflector cannot be used for low power photomicography. It is probable that any speedlight can be used in this type of photography, particularly at the lower magnifications. But with those speedlights having fixed reflectors, a guide number should be determined for each magnification contemplated, which amounts to the same thing as trial ~ BROWN: Speedlight for Photography Vol.7, nos.5-6 —" Wa A exposures. With a bare lamp this is not necessary. Unless one has a relatively powerful speedlight, it is not possible, at the higher magnifications, to get the lamp in its regular reflector close enough to the subject because of inter- ference of the camera and extension tubes with the reflector. Since by its nature the speedlight is not a continuous source of illumina- tion (as compared to photoflood, for example), some means must be provided for light for focusing and composing the picture. For this a conventional microscope illuminator (Spencer No. 353 in Figs. 5 and 9) can be used, and this is left on during the preliminary and taking phases of the picture. The relatively dull light of this microscope illuminator (compared to the brilliant speedlight flash) offers sufficient light for focusing and composing but only 1/10 to 1/20 the amount of light (even at its brightest) necessary for record- ing the image on the film. With color film this gives no practical exposure whatever, and one need not fear ghost images appearing on the film. THE PHOTOGRAPHIC STAND The photographic stand is shown in Figs. 4 through 9, with the camera, speedlight, and lamps attached. The stand itself is like many other photo- graphic copying stands noted in the literature, but has a few refinements to adapt it more conveniently to a standardized technique. FIG. 5. Photographic recording stand set up for 0.11% magnification with leaf subject on plate glass; see Table. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 159 A piece of war-surplus equipment was found which had a cast-iron base with two hollow vertical steel pillars attached. The pillars are 4 feet long. A piece of %4-inch thick 5-ply plyboard, 32 inches square, was fitted over the cast-iron base and attached to it, utilizing various pieces of wood and bolts. This arrangement left a space at the front approximately 20 by 30 inches, which is the maximum size this device can record. The 10 by 30 inch space behind is used for holding the speedlight powerpack and coiled cables. A rubber-tired caster is attached to each corner so the apparatus can be moved about. RIG. Ge Photographic recording stand set up for 5.92 magnification; see Table. Note use of juice-can projectors on lamps. The pillars are joined together at the top with a piece of strap iron. Ex- tending down to the rear from the tops of the pillars are two pieces of angle iron which fasten through the plyboard and cast-iron base. Thus the pillars are very rigid and there is little or no angular movement possible between the pillars and baseboard. On each pillar there is a pair of close-fitting iron sleeves, which have set screws. The top sleeves are joined together by welding two pieces of cold rolled steel on the front and back. A piece of cold rolled steel is welded to this and extends out over the center of the baseboard to hold the camera and its accessory rack and pinion. This top member is for the rough and fine positioning of the camera. 160 BROWN: Speedlight for Photography Vol.7, nos.5-6 The bottom sleeves are joined together in a similar manner. Welded to this bottom member is a semi-circular steel plate with the curved portion down; the curved portion is graduated in 5° increments. A bolt is located in the center of the semi-circle to act as a pivot for two steel bars, which are of rectangular cross section, and are approximately 3 feet long. Each bar ex- tends slightly beyond the edge of the semi-circle with an arrangement for quickly clamping each bar at any angle from the optical axis of the camera. After the necessary guide number tests were made it was realized that, with a standardized apparatus, this complete adjustability of the angle of lighting is unnecessary. The most useful setting is with each lamp at 45° from the optical axis. Each lamp at 25° gives better illumination at the lower magnifi- cations. FIG. 7. Photographic recording stand set up for 16.9 magnification; see Table. Note bare lamps. Each bar is graduated in millimeters for 15 millimeters from the center of the pivot bole and in 5-millimeter increments thereafter to the end of the bar. To each bar a closely fitted sliding member is attached, with a set screw for positioning at any distance from the pivot bolt. The reason for using a bar of rectangular Cross section is that no rotation of the sliding member is possible, ¢., motion is possible only along the bar. Each sliding member is constructed of pieces of flat and square steel stock, the latter of the same thickness as the bar, welded at the edges. To each sliding member a piece of angle iron is welded to extend out over the base board for holding a lamp of the speedlight. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 161 The center of each lamp is located in the same plane as the optical axis of the camera lens. At each corner of the 20 by 30 inch front space a vertical pipe 2 feet long is bolted to the wooden frame. At appropriate intervals along each pipe short sections of small angle iron are welded. The equal height of each angle iron on each pipe can be assured by laying the four pipes together on the welding bench and laying a piece of angle iron perpendicularly across the tops of the pipes and spot welding each pipe to the angle iron. The angle iron is then cut between the pipes to obtain the four pipes with equal spaces. These angle iron spacers are for the purpose of holding a 20 by 30 inch piece of plate glass with ground and polished edges, and a piece of *4-inch 5-ply plyboard of similar dimensions. The plate glass is used for supporting the specimen at the higher magnifications while the background is supported on the movable ply- board beneath. Fic. 8. Set-up for photographing gray scale and color patches for guide number determination of speedlight with regular reflectors on lamps; see text. It was learned to the dismay of the writer that any machine work or grinding necessary should be done after the pieces are welded together, as the welding process tends to deform the metal somewhat. This applies to the sliding sleeves on the vertical pillars and the sliding members on the steel bars. If these parts are a close fit before welding, they are almost certain to 162 BROWN: Speedlight for Photography Vol.7, nos.5-6 bind after welding, necessitating some laborious grinding to obtain freedom of movement. A variety of backgrounds may be used. The specimen can be placed direct- ly on black paper or cloth and this is often very pleasing. The specimen can be placed on the plate glass with a “physicist’s black body” beneath for an absolutely black background (Pence, 1947). The black body in this case is a box, painted flat black, both inside and out, and with a hole in one side slightly larger than the area to be recorded. This amounts to photographing with a shadow for a background, that is, an absence of light in the background. In this case care must be exercised to keep the plate glass clean, as a particle of dust or the scale of a moth wing can be quite distracting. Also shiny sur- faces on the camera front should be painted a flat black, as light can strike these surfaces, reflect to the plate glass and back into the camera, causing an out-of-focus light spot on the black background. Also the writer remembers FIG. 9. Set-up for photographing gray scale and color patches for guide number determination of speedlight with bare lamps; see text. one disconcerting series of pictures with the black body in which a dim image of a red-checked shirt he was wearing appeared as a reflection in the back- ‘round, Oftentimes these disadvantages can be overcome by dispensing with e plate glass and suspending the subject over the hole of the black body clamp Or Some such device. LOSS The Lepidopterists’ News 163 Light backgrounds are desirable for many subjects. These are possible by placing the subject on the plate glass and white or colored blotters on the plyboard substage. Shadows of the subject can be cast outside of the picture area by lowering the background to the proper level. This level could be indicated in another column in the photographic chart (ze., in Table 1). It will be noted in Figs. 5 and 6 that the long dimension of the camera is placed parallel to the speedlight lamp. With this arrangement the shadows are cast out of the background with the background nearer the subject than when the long dimension of the camera (and picture area for 35 mm. film) is perpendic- ular to the lamp. This results in a brighter background. Note the use of the Penta Prism viewfinder in Figs. 5 and 6. In this position this viewfinder is much more convenient than the regular hooded finder. Of course there are other means for obtaining a light, shadowless back- ground, but other methods make the apparatus more complex. However, many entomologists would consider this additional control desirable. In such cases a single speedlight capable of operating possibly four lamps, two for illuminat- ing the subject and two for the background, would be desirable. The back- ground could be an opaque matte surface illuminated from above or a ground or opal glass illuminated from below. Many times the whole picture area includes a leaf or portion of a leaf or twig. In these cases the leaf can be pinned or taped flat to a pinning block, and the choice of a background is not a problem. MAKING THE PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORD It saves time to make a rapid measurement of the length and width of the specimen or area to be included in the photograph. An estimate often suffices. Such a measurement gives the clue to all other operations to be performed to obtain the photograph (see column 1 of Table 1). With a standardized tech- nique all that need be recorded on the record file cards or notes regarding the photographic technique is the magnification used. The type of background is decided upon and adjusted. The specimen, or the area where the specimen will be, is placed temporarily near the back of the stage, and the center of the pivot bolt of the speedlight arms is brought to the same level. The lights are adjusted to the proper distance, as measured on the calibrated arms, and the reflectors are left on or removed as required. These directions from the photographic chart having been followed, the lighting equipment is now adjusted to give proper illumination at the desired magni- fication. The focusing light is turned on, and the speedlight is allowed to develop a full charge with the synchronizer cord attached to the camera. The proper extension tubes and lenses are attached to the camera, shutter speed is set at 1/50 second, and with the lens at full aperture the subject is brought into rough focus by moving the member supporting the camera. The subject is composed on the ground glass and fine focus attained with the rack and pinion. The lens is adjusted to the proper f/no., and the picture is taken with the cable release. So adjusted, picture after picture of the subject can be taken, and they will all be of the same high quality as long as enough time is allowed for the condensers of the speedlight powerpack to develop a full charge (10 seconds between flashes with the “Thriftlite’’). 164 BROWN: Speedlight for Photography Vol.7, nos.5-6 Such is the case with immobile or fairly placid insect subjects. With actively moving subjects slightly different techniques may be necessary, some of which involve a high degree of patience and manual dexterity. All adjust- ments can be made before the subject is placed under the lens, even to stopping down the lens. An adult insect that may fly can be placed on a supplementary piece of glass and beneath an inverted half of a petri dish. When the subject appears in suitable position by adjusting the piece of glass, the petri dish is carefully removed, slight adjustment made in the rack and pinion focusing, and the cable release pressed. With certain larvee, such as tortricid larva, it is sometimes expedient to dissect the rolled leaf “nest” beneath the camera lens with all in readiness to photograph the larva when exposed. Another possibility, such as with certain tree-hoppers or leaf-hoppers that like to scurry to the lower surface, is to have the lens prefocused on the same horizontal plane as the pivot bolt of the speedlight arms. The plate glass stage is removed 2 or 3 inches below to act as a hand rest, and the host plant with the moving in- sect subject is manipulated into the field with one hand and the cable release operated with the other hand. Fic. 10. Lett, a living, resting adult of the Fruit Tree Leafroller, Archips argyrospila Walker; reared from Coast Live Oak. Photographed at 1.18X magnification on the original 55 mm. Kodachrome. Illustrates the difficulty of keeping the plate glass stage clean when using the “black body” for a background. Right, a living and moving adult of the Hornet Moth, Alcathe apiformis (Clerck); reared from Willow. Photo- eraphed at 2.88 magnification on the original 35 mm. Kodachrome. As mentioned previously, it is sometimes necessary to inactivate the very active insects with carbon dioxide gas or chloroform if they cannot be induced to remain in the photographic field. Chloroform acts very quickly, but the writer prefers carbon dioxide, since it does not have the apparent ill effects on the insect specimen. It seems best to wait a few moments after removal from the carbon dioxide atmosphere so the insect can assume its most alert attitude prior to scurrying off again. As would * expected such a standardized photographic device would have uses in addition to photographing insects. One use the writer has made of this device is the rapid microfilming of literature not always readily avail- ch as copying abstracts from various journals, entomological keys, etc. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 165 In teaching, wall charts are useful but for newer fields these are not always available. In such cases drawings from various entomological texts often suf- fice. The writer had occasion to make 250 transparencies of textbook draw- ings on this photographic device to use as visual aids for his class. The writer has made not less than 1000 Kodachrome transparencies on this photographic device by the technique outlined. The percentage of those improperly exposed was very low. In those cases of improper exposure the trouble was not with the device but almost exclusively with the writer, as for example: forgetting to set the f/no., failing to adjust the lamp-to-subject distance, failing to let the powerpack develop a full charge, etc. Thus it can be said, almost categorically, that by following rigidly such a technique of “cookbook photography” one can expect properly exposed low power photo- micrographs every time the shutter is released. INTEGRATED PHOTOGRAPHIC UNITS AVAILABLE COMMERCIALLY Earlier it was mentioned that very few integrated photographic units were available for use in low power photomicrography. The writer knows of only two such units utilizing the speedlight. Apparently neither of these is particularly well adapted to making photographic records at magnifications greater than about 1.0 X. However it should be mentioned, at least in the writers work, that a large percentage of photographs have been taken at 1.0 X magnification or less; that is, either of these units might be quite suitable for many entomologists. The writer has handled only one of these units, the “Photronic”, and has seen only a brochure of the other. Both units appear well designed for clinical photography in hospitals. Both have built-in focus- ing lights, and both utilize 110 volt alternating current. Either unit can be attached to a tripod and aimed in any direction, such a feature being very desirable and a considerable advantage over the device described by the writer. The “Photronic” (Photronic, Inc., 5662 S. E. 122nd Ave., Portland 66, Oregon) utilizes a speedlight with a circular flash tube fixed around the front of the lens of the 35 mm. Exakta or other 35 mm. single lens reflex camera. As one focuses on the ground glass a dial indicates automatically the proper f/no. The lens aperture is set by hand and the picture taken. Such an arrange- ment of the speedlight lamp gives a flat type of lighting, with little or no shadow around the edges of the subject, which is very effective on Kodachrome. This unit is well adapted for photographing into cavities. The “Quick-clix” (Walden Industries, Inc., 350 W. 50th Street, New York 19, N. Y.) model A-300, utilizes what appear to be two conventional speedlight lamps and reflectors, fixed approximately 5 inches on each side of the camera lens. The camera can be, apparently, any 35 mm. single lens reflex camera or other type of camera. The “Quick-clix” does not have the auto- matic feature of the “Photronic” in which the light-to-subject distance is related to relative aperture. However, the “Quick-clix” does have an arrangement for pre-setting of the lens aperture whereby focusing is done on the ground glass with the lens at maximum aperture. As the shutter release is actuated, the aperture automatically stops down to the pre-set aperture. 166 BROWN: Speedlight for Photography Vol.7, nos.5-6 A unit in which the good features of the “Photronic” and “Quick-clix” were combined would be a truly automatic recording device for the magnifi- cations for which these units are designed. Useful Literature Anonymous. 1951. Kodak Master Photoguide. Eastman Kodak Co., Rochester. Anonymous. 1952. Photography through the microscope. Eastman Kodak Co., Rochester. Berkowitz, George J. 1951. A complete guide to the Exakta V. Exakta Camera Co., New York. Berkowitz, George J. 1952. Hyperclose-up photography with the Exakta. Exakta Camera Co., New York. Gibson, H. L. 1951. Give insects a buzz, too. The Camera Magazine 74:88-97, 111-112. Greenleaf, A. R. 1950. Photographic optics. Macmillan Company, New York. Kingslake, Rudolph. 1939. The optics of photographic lenses. Chapter 2 in Handbook of photography edited by Keith Henney and Beverly Dudley. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. Riepdeke, Ecos 1951. Lenses im photography. Garden City Books, Garden ity, NEY: Lipton, Norman C. 1953. Electronic flash today. Photography 32:46-55, 78-88. Moore, H. W. 1950. Ultra close-up photography. The Camera Magazine 73:92-118. Pence, Roy J. 1947. A simple device to increase background contrast in photomicro- graphy. Science 105:503. Van Riper, Walker, Robt. J. Niedrach, & A. M. Bailey. 1952. Nature photography with the high-speed flash. Mwasewm Pictorial Series (Denver Museum of Natural History) 5. Dept. of Entomology, University of California, Los Angeles 24, Calif., U.S. A. PERSONALIA The death of Society member S. LEMARCHAND, of Paris, in November 1953, at the age of 77 years, has been reported by P. E. L. VIETTE. M. LEMARCHAND was a disciple of JOANNIS (see Lepid. News 3: p. 77) and specialized on the Microlepid- optera of the French fauna. He described several new species of Lithocolletis, Scythris, and Stigmella (= Nepticula) and took a large part in the Lhomme Catalogue des Lépi- dopteres de France et de Belgique. The collection was given by his family to the Paris Museum; it contains large series of French Microlepidoptera, with 13 LeMarchand types and 1 Meyrick type. On 7 February 1953, MASAMI WATARI, a lifelong amateur lepidopterist, and a member of The Lepidopterists’ Society, died in Tokyo, Japan. He was born there on 5 September 1597. Having finished the law course at the Tokyo Imperial University, he was commissioned to various government posts. Everywhere he was stationed he collected butterflies enthusiastically and named many forms, mostly aberrations. At least one Hairstreak, from Formosa, was named after him: Strymonidia watarii LATSUMURA ) 1927. TARO IWAse, 345 Komachi Kamakura, Kanagawa-Ken, JAPAN 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 167 MUSING IN EUROPEAN MUSEUMS by BERNARD HEINEMAN Our six weeks sojourn in Europe was so filled with rare lepidopteran ex- periences that Mrs. HEINEMAN and I thought a resumé might be apropos. April 12th saw us alight in Paris. The first rainy day took us to the Natural History Museum where Monsieur J. BOURGOGNE, who spoke English well, aided us in our search for types of butterflies from Jamaica, British West Indies. We got off to a good start finding five described by LATREILLE, BOISDUVAL, GODART, and Lucas. The fine collection was well arranged and pleasant to handle, but damp cold made it uncomfortable for New Yorkers accustomed to steam heat. Delightful Copenhagen was our next stop. But there, too, the Museum’s dark halls and sombre corridors cooled our ardor. The enthusiasm shown by its Director, Dr. S. L. TUXEN, quickly made us forget slight inconveniences. The Zoological Museum had no Jamaican specimens, but we experienced the first of our many strokes of fortune. FABRICIUS’ renowned collection was here on loan from Kiel. We were privileged to examine priceless gems collected 150 to 200 years ago. Mrs. SIMPSON was studying them, and her findings should make a valuable contribution to lepidoptery. We discovered many types with data in FABRICIUS’ handwriting. Others were inscribed by—but that is Mrs. SIMPSON’S story, not mine. Before leaving Copenhagen, we saw the beautiful collection of Mr. VIL- HELM LAURITZEN. He was immersed in two projects—designing the Danish Embassy in Washington and a work on subspeciation of Papilio machaon. Our arrival April 24th at Amsterdam was timed for Holland's floral dis- play which surpassed our greatest expectations, but the Museum was disap- pointing in that Dr. G. KRUSEMAN could show us ao insects from Jamaica. We visited with Mr. CURT EISNER at The Hague, glancing at his famous Parnassius collection. Regrettably Dr. A. DIAKONOFF of Leiden was off for the week-end so we missed meeting him. London was bubbling over with friendly bustle and breathless preparation for the Coronation. The British Museum at South Kensington is comparable to The Amer- ican Museum of Natural History in content and appearance. Its youthful visitors seem to appreciate its wonders, absorbing with propriety the countless exhibits. Mr. NORMAN D. RILEY, Keeper of the Entomological Dept., was an affable man of many intellectual interests (fig. 1). He showed us through the floors housing the Museum’s massive collection of millions of specimens. In buildings that had been struck 49 times by German missiles, we were taken un- erringly to each of the insects for which we inquired, and here we found most of the types for which we searched. 168 HEINEMAN: European Museums Vol.7, nos.5-6 Brigadier W. H. EvANs aided with “skippers.” He is now 77, and though suffering patiently from a wounded leg, works ceaselessly on his “American Hesperidae.” Riley's admonition to him was: “Take it easy, Brigadier, but I order you not to die until you complete Part III.” Fig. 1s Mire ND RILEY On one of our frequent visits to the Museum, we were pleasantly sur- prised to run into Dr. EUGENE MUNROE from Ottawa, Canada, working, of course, on Pyralididae. He looked as if he had been up all night, and so he had. His two children had contracted measles. Now we come to another high spot. Mr. W. H. T. TAMs, who is criti- cized only for overworking, had recently been made Zoological Director of the Linnean Society at Burlington House. He escorted us thereto and, with trem- bling hands, showed us CARL LINNE&’s acquisitions of the 18th Century and told us in hushed tones that we were the first in years to have handled these precious insects. Our flash photographs show a box containing Danaus plexip- pus about whose nomenclature there storms such discussion. It is a male lab- celled “Archippus Fab44A9 Marsham.” The handwriting, according to TAMS, is that of Sir JAMES EDWARD SMITH Kt., former President of the Linnzean society, There is a small bull’s eye label bound in red similar to those used to indicate “type.” Underneath are four females with broad white bands towards the tip of the primaries. They are marked “plexippus” in Linnzus’ handwrit- ing, and each label is marked “East Indies.” (Fig. 2.) £254 The Lepidopterists’ News 169 At a later date we visited Mr. FRANCIS HEMMING, Secretary of The International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature. It is around him and his committee that most of the Danaus plexippus hubbub centers. We had hoped to see a photograph that HEMMING was reported to have taken of the type of Hypolumnas misippus L., but it was not to be found, so our next itin- erary will include a trip to the Linnaan collection at Uppsala, Sweden, where the insect is reputed to be. Fig. 2. Specimens in LINNE Collection An afternoon with Mr. W. J. KAYE at his charming home at Guildford was most rewarding. He is now a hearty 78. KAYE it was who, in 1926, wrote the first all inclusive paper on Jamaican butterflies. He collected there for years, assisted by Miss LiLy PERKINS. His works and those of AVINOFF and SHOUMATOFF are important contributions to Jamaican lepidoptery. In his immaculately kept collection, we found all the types he had described except Thecla Bourkei which he claimed was in the Hope collection at Oxford Uni- versity. We searched there, unsuccessfully. Mr. KAYE forwarded to us the following letter: “Professor VARLEY has handed your letter regarding the type of Thecla Bourket over to me. “I very much regret to say that a further exhaustive search of all possible places has failed to reveal this type. Mr. HEINEMAN himself went over the drawers while he was here and could find no trace of the specimen. The Bourke collection is virtually intact, but in one of the drawers containing Trinidad Lycenide is a strip of paper (obviously indicating that specimens have been removed) which reads A/B/C/D/E/F/ but that is the only clue, and it seems clear that the butterflies were not replaced. 170 HEINEMAN: European Museums Vol.7, nos.5-6 “I do not think there is anything more we can really do. It is very dis- tressing to find this very rare specimen is missing. Yours faithfully, ERNEST TAYLOR, Chief Assistant.” Needless to say, any information leading to the location of the Thecla bourkei type will be very valuable. We did not come away from Oxford fruit- lessly, however, for a short glance through JONES’ Icones left us with an in- satiable desire to review that unique and sensational book. Next we went to the Tring Museum, a modern edifice superbly located in delightful surroundings. Its rooms are light, clean, and airy with high ceilings and wide aisles between its long rows of spacious cabinets. The fabulous Dr. KARL JORDAN, its curator, is now 92. His daughter told us that he works 6 days a week from 10 mornings to 7 evenings. He interrupted his application to fleas to help us find Papilio thoas melonius and Papilio polydamus jamaicensis, Both of which he and Lord ROTHSCHILD had described. We had been unable to locate the types, but he proceeded directly to the drawer containing P. thoas melonius extracting therefrom an insect, on the pin of which was attached an envelope containing its genitalia. This, Dr. JORDAN said, was the type—and it has now been so labelled. He insisted that the type of P. polydamus jamai- censts was with the series that had been presented to the British Museum, and when subsequently those insects were reexamined, one was found with an envelope containing genitalia, and this has now been added to the type col- lection. A dinner date in London caused us, regretfully, to rush off so that we did not even get a photograph of Dr. JORDAN. Mr. C. BERNARD LEWIS, Curator of the Jamaica Institute at Kingston writes that he has seen, but not captured, some pierids that may be new to Jamaica. We go there in Feb. 1954 with the hope of obtaining some of these butterflies. Our 1955 plans are to return to Europe to continue our interesting studies in foreign museums. 247 Church Street. New York 13, N.Y., U.S.A. SALMON'S FLUID, A NEW MOUNTING MEDIUM FOR SLIDES OF SMALL LARVAE AND LARVAL PELTS OF LEPIDOPTERA by PETER F. BELLINGER The study of very small larvae of the Lepidoptera and other groups of insects is a matter of some difficulty. Many minute characters such as the head and body setae are almost impossible to make out with direct illumin- ation and the magnifications available on most dissecting microscopes. Speci- mens can of course be cleared and mounted in balsam or clarite, but this involves extensive and tiresome handling. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 171 Several years ago Dr. JOHN T. SALMON of the Dominion Museum in Wellington, New Zealand, described a technique which has proved very satis- factory for small arthropods of all sorts. This mounting medium contains lactic acid, phenol, and polyvinyl alcohol; a number of variations are pos- sible, depending on the qualities desired. Since the description was published in a rather little-known journal and the method does not seem to be well known in America, it seems worth while to call it to the attention of Society members. The advantages of this technique are as follows: 1. specimens may be mounted directly from water or alcohol of any strength; 2. clearing takes place very rapidly and thoroughtly in the medium itself; 3. the refractive index of the hardened medium is very low, and the definition is far superior to that in balsam (in which fine structures may become transparent to the point of invisibility); 4. mounts, unlike those made with other water-soluble media, appear to be permanent (although the technique has not been in use long enough to make this certain). DIRECTIONS FOR THE PREPARATION AND USE OF SALMON’S FLUID 1. Prepare lactophenol solution by dissolving 45 g. phenol crystals in 45 cc. lactic acid (heat). 2. Dissolve 2.5 g. polyvinyl alcohol in 10 cc. distilled water. 3. Add 25 cc. lactophenol solution and clear in water bath. 5 Steps 2 and 3 may be combined. Clearing may take several hours. The viscosity and other characteristics of the resulting medium will vary somewhat according to the type of polyvinyl alcohol used. Specimens may be mounted directly from water or alcohol. Slides should be dried on a slide warmer for a day or more; if the medium has a low vis- cosity it may be necessary to add small amounts of medium at the edge of the cover slip. Specimens may be cleared immediately by warming the slide over an alcohol lamp; this permits immediate examination of the slide, and also removes any air bubbles trapped under the cover slip. If the specimen con- tains any considerable amount of air it may be desirable to remove this before mounting; this may be done by attaching a closed vessel containing the speci- men to the side of a laboratory water faucet. Salmon’s Fluid will darken if exposed to light; however, this will not affect the visibility of the specimen except perhaps in very thick mounts. This technique is applicable chiefly to animals which can be reduced essentially to two dimensions. With larger specimens it may be necessary to remove the body contents or to macerate with potassium hydroxide; the latter procedure will also render very heavily pigmented specimens more transparent. Reference Salmon, J.T., 1947. New methods of microscopy for the study of small insects and arthropods. Proc. New Zealand Science Congress, 1947: pp. 250-253. University College of the West Indies, Mona, St. Andrew, Jamaica, B. W. I. 172 Vol.7, nos.5-6 FIELD AND TECHNIQUE NOTES FAGITANA LITTERA REARED FROM LARVA A green larva feeding on the Marsh-fern, Aspidium thelypteris (L.)Sw., in a cran- berry bog near Riverhead, Long Island, N. Y., was taken on June 25, 1953. The larva refused other plants as food but continued to eat fresh offerings of this fern for eight days. It finally wove together a loose cluster of fronds and pupated therein. Green larvae are so usual in marshes that slight consideration was given to this specimen. On the morning of July 26 a female Fagitana littera W\k. emerged. In my series of 20 light-caught specimens of this species collected during 25 years in Orient, 30 miles east of Riverhead, only one female is represented, an indication that the females do not fly as freely as the males. Not more than two have been taken in a season, usually one or none. Since the annual burning of the local marshes for mosquito control 12 years ago, no F. /ittera has been observed in Orient. This could mean that the egg is the over-wintering stage and that fires have eradicated this species locally, as fires have various species of Papaipema in this region. The food plant, in the above case, is one of the most common and generally dis- tributed species in the East, while F. /ittera is apparently a scarce species throughout its range. The light captures in Orient are all between June 4 and July 12. There are pub- lished records to late September. The data secured on the reared example prove it to have been a robust, smooth, slow-acting larva, approximately 114 inches in length, in color a light green with a faint pinkish cast laterally. It pupated in a loose cluster of fronds near the top of the fern, the clustered foliage so open that detection would be scarcely noticeable to casual observation in the field. There appears to be no record of the early stages of F. /ittera in the literature nor knowledge of them through correspondence from lepidopterists. Roy LATHAM, Orient, Long Island, N.Y., U.S.A. THE APPARENT INFLUENCE OF ISOLATION IN SOME SPECIES OF GEOMETRIDA If I may be allowed to say so, Mr. PRONIN’S remarks in the opening paragraph of his paper of the above title (Lepidopterists’ News, vol. 6: p. 93; 1952) betray a lack of research amongst current literature on Industrial Melanism. | do not think that it was ever denied that melanics in industrial areas obeyed the ordinary rules of genetics, although Mr. PRONIN in his remarks on his brood of black A. betularia rather implies that it was. The experiments of HARRISON with Geometrid larvae fed on food-plants im- pregnated with the salts of lead and manganese were said to produce a form of melanism that behaved as a recessive. MCKENNY HUGHES repeated the experiments but did not obtain confirmatory results, and it has been suggested that, although HARRISON'S original material came from areas where melanism was unknown, a moth carrying a melanic gene was, somehow or other, introduced. IMMS (Recent Advances in Entomology (2nd edit.), pp. 198-9; 1937) summarizes the situation. | think the more generally accepted view amongst entomologists in Great Britain, where the phenomenon of industrial melanism is most evident, is that the soiling of the usual resting places of moths—rocks, tree-trunks, etc.—by soot in industrial areas has made it easier for any melanic mutant to survive and produce olfspring, as it is far less noticeable than it would be on rocks or tree-trunks that were unsoiled. If, as seems often to be the case, these melanics are dominants, the spread of the black through the normal coloured population is very rapid, and this would be even more pronounced in small isolated colonies. D.G. SEVASTOPULO, P.O. Box 401, Kampala, UGANDA 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 475 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA A. GENERAL WORKS Pavil’shchikov, N.N., Descriptive list of insects. A short descriptive list of the most common insects occurring in the European part of the USSR {in Russian!. 2d edition. 543 pp.; illustrated. Moscow, i950. [Not seen}. Phinhey, E. C. G., Butterflies of Rhodesia. iv + 208 pp., 21 pls. 13 figs. Rhodesia Scientific Association. Apr. 1949. See review in Lep. News, vol. 7: p. 25. Schvanvich, B. N., “On the interrelation of orders of the higher insects in connection with the origin of flight. IJ. Division of Pterygota into a series of orders according to the degree of specialization” [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., vol. 27: pp.137-148. 1948. [Not seen]. Swain, R. B., The insect guide: orders and major families of North American Insects. 261 pp. Garden City, N. Y.: Doubleday. 1948. Wolcott, George N., “The insects of Puerto Rico. Lepidoptera.’ Journ. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico, vol.42: pp. 537-748, figs. “July 1948” [May 1951]. Lists all species recorded from the island, referring to original records; gives biological in- formation when available. Many ssp. figured. [P. B.| B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE Agenjo, R., “Nuevo Agdistis beticomaroqui (Lep. Pterophoride)” [in Spanish]. Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent., vol.l: pp.121-124, 2 figs. March 1953. Describes as new ao n. sp., from Iebel-Tual (Morocco) and Cadiz (Spain); figures genitalia. A, Alayo, Pastor, “Notas sobre las especies cubanas de Eurema del grupo elathea-palmira (Lepidoptera: Pieridz)” [in Spanish]. Bo/. Hist. Nat. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. ‘Felipe Poey”, vol.2: pp.7-8. March 1951. Regards palmira and cubana as summer forms of ebriola and elathea respectively. [P. B.] Altena, C. O. van Regteren, “Biogéographie du genre Nyctalemon Dalman (Lepidop- tera, Uraniide)” [in French]. Trans. 9th Int. Ent. Congr., vol.1: pp.562-567, 1 fig. March 1953. Divides the genus into three polytypic species, using coloring and markings (genitalia being of small taxonomic value). Gives distribution of the subspecies and discusses their history and origin. (Preliminary paper.) [A.D.] Bentinck, G. A., “Some special details about very rare or little known Lepidoptera species, including the demonstration of these.” Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent., vol.1: pp.79-82. March 1953. 1. Gives a review of the history and the nomenclature of Chrysophanus dispar L. (Lycenidz), using quaternaire names. 2. Discusses 13 species of extremely rare Lepidoptera occurring in Holland. [A.D.] Betrem, J.G., “The genotypes of the Indo-Australian Psychide (Lepidoptera).” Tijdschr. voor Ent., vol.95: pp.331-340. 20 Dec. 1952. Gives a list of genera with types and authors of designations. Discusses synonymy of some _ genera. Suggests CHALIELLA nom. nov. for Chalia Moore, 1877 (not Walker, 1868), and PAGO- =a nom. nov. for Pagodia Docteurs van Leeuwen, 1909 (not Walcott, 1905). A.D.] Bonnet, P., “Proposition d’une réglementation pour la formation des termes scientifi- ques composées (choix de la voyelle de liaison)’ [in French]. Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent., vol.1: pp.189-193. March 1953. Proposes reglementation of the correct form- ation of composed scientific names or terms. [A.D.| Braun, Annette F., “The scu/us-feeding species of Exartema with description of a new species (Lepidoptera, Eucosmidz).” Ohio Journ. Sci., vol.S1: pp.353-357, 10 figs, Nov. 1951. Describes as new E. appalachianum (Carter City, Ky.); notes on 4 other spp. [P.B.] . Brown, F. Martin, ‘Statistics and taxonomy again.” Lep. News, vol.6: p.67. 1952. Carpenter, G. D. Hale, “Colotis fausta somalica Hale Carpenter and Jackson, 1950.” Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B), vol.20: p.106. 15 Oct. 1951. C. f. mijurteina new name for C. f. somalica, nec Storace 1949. [P.B.]} Comstock, William P., & F. Martin Brown, “Geographical variation and subspeciation in Heliconius charitonius Linnzeus (Lepidoptera, Nymphalide).’” Amer. Mus. Novit., no.1467: 21 pp., 3 figs. 16 Oct. 1950. Describes as new H. c. ramsdeni (Matan- 174 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.7, nos.5-6 zas, Cuba) H. c. churchi (Port-au-Prince, Haiti); H. c. tuckeri (Winter Park, Fla.); H. c. vazquezae (Campeche, Mex.); H. c. bassleri (La Providencia, Carretera al Mar, Cauca, Colombia, 1300 m.). Analysis of wing length and markings of 8 of the 9 recognized sspp. Figures adults of 7 sspp. and holotype of H. c. charitonius. [P.B.] Diakonoff, A., “Records and descriptions of Microlepidoptera (4).”’ Treubia, vol.21: pp.133-182, 33 figs. 25 Apr. 1951. Describes as new Epagoge mellosa, ASTROSA leucosema, Teniarchis argyroiota, Spatalistis hilarochroma, Schaenotenes bathyglypha (Tortricidae); Agriothera cristata (Amphitheride) (all from Java). Reviews fam. Adelidz, gives a key to Malaysian spp., and describes as new: Nemophora divina, kalshoveni, chalcobasa, rhodochrysa, micrometalla, chrysodonta, lieftincki, hemidesma, heteroxantha, bifasciella irrorata (subsp.) (all Java), chalcodactyla (Moluccas), plutodotis (Celebes), and /iongz (Borneo); figures genitalia. [A.D.] Field, William D., “Moths of the genera Mulona Walker and Lomuna, a new and closely related genus (Arctiidae: Lithosiine).” Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., vol.102: pp. 221-230, 2 pls. 1952. Describes as new LOMUNA (type Mualona nigripuncta Hamps.); Mualona schausi (Matanzas, Cuba); M. manni (Mangrove cay, Andros Is., Bahamas); M. barnes: (Santiago de Cuba, Oriente, Cuba). Genitalia of the known spp. figured. Keys to separate genera and to spp. of Mualona. Genera confined to Bahamas and greater Antilles. [P.B.] Fleming, Henry, “A new genus and species of Lithosiine (moths) from Rancho Grande, North-central Venezuela.” Zoologica, N. Y., vol.36: pp.183-184, 1 fig. 20 Oct. 1951. Describes as new PSEUDOMACROPTILA argentea; figures venation. [P.B.] Fletcher, D.S., “Four new species of Geometridae (moths) from Rancho Grande, North-central Venezuela.” Zoologica, N.Y., vol.37: pp.101-104, 1 pl., 7 figs. 19 Sept. 1952. Describes as new Racheospila beebei, Oospila zamaradaria, Melanoptilon collinsit, Nelo glaucata. Figures adults and genitalia. [P.B.] dos Passos, Cyril Franklin, “The distribution of Ginezs taygete Geyer in North America with descriptions of new subspecies (Lepidoptera, Satyridz).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no.1399: 21 pp., 16 figs. 26 Jan. 1949. Describes as new O. ¢. gaspeensis (Mt. Albert, Quebec); O. ¢t. fordi (Kuskokwim R., Alaska); O. t. edwardsi (San Juan Mts., Hinsdale Co., Colo.). Redescribes O. ¢. taygete. Figures adults. Does not consider hanburyi a subspecies of taygete. [P.B.] Roepke, W., “Het genus Trabala (Lep. Lasiocampida)’’ [in Dutch]. Verslag 82. Win- tervergadering Nederl. Ent. Veren: pp. iii-v. 15 Apr. 1951. A preliminary report on the following paper. [A.D.] Roepke, W., “The genus Trabala Wlk. in the Far East (Lep. Het., fam. Lasiocampidz) .” Meded. Landbouwhogeschool Wageningen, vol.50: pp.105-133, 14 pls., 2 figs. 18 June 1951. Describes as new: from the Malay Archipelago: T. krishna, f. 9 hom- ichlora, T. brahma, ganesha, arjuna, shiva, gautama, garuda, hantu, indra; from the Philippines: T. mahatma, subadra, sudara, rama, durga, mahadeva. T. vishnu Mr. is confined to continental Asia, all insular records of this species are erroneous; the common Javanese species is 7. pallida Wik. Gives figures of genitalia, photo- graphs and colored plate of the species. [A.D.] Stemptter, H., “La réserve naturelle intégrale du Mt. Nimba. IX. Lépidopteres Lycex- nida” [in French]. Mém. Inst. Frang. Afr. Noire, no.19: pp.145-149, 2 figs. 1952. Describes as new Pseudaletis richardi (Mt. Nimba, Fr. West Africa); figures adult and ¢ genitalia. Records 17 other spp., listing ranges. [P. B.] Tilden, J. W., “Concerning the identity of Mitowra nelsoni muiri.” Lep. News, vol.6: pp.95-96, 1 fig. 19 Feb. 1953. Wohlfahre, Th. A., Uber den wert wenig bebachteter Merkmale fiir die Klassification der Schmetterlinge’” [in German, English summary]. Lep. News, vol.6: pp.13-27, 9 figs. 8 Aug. 1952. Zagulyaev, A. K., “The Eastern Furry Moth (Lepidoptera, Tineida)—a new species of moth from the Primorsk region” [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., vol. 31: pp.284- “87. 1952. Describes as new Tinea eurinella. (Not seen). C. MORPHOLOGY AND CYTOLOGY Henke, Karl, & Heinz-Joachim Pohley, ‘Differentielle Zellteilung und Polyploidie bei der Schuppenbildung der Mehlmotte Ephestia kihniella Z.” |in German]. Zeitschr. Naturforsch. vol.7b: pp.65-79, 9 figs. Feb. 1952. Study of cell lineage and cell division in developing hind wing, in relation to polyploidy of scale-forming cells. PB 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 175 Hinton, H.E., “The structure and function of the endocrine glands of the Lepidoptera.” Proc. S. London Ent. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1950-51: pp.124-160, 19 figs. Dec. 1951. Review article, summarizing recent work on retrocerebral system, brain, and prothor- acic glands, and hormonal control of metamorphosis. [P. B.] Krumins, Rolfs, “Die Borstenentwicklung bei der Wachsmotte Galleria mellonella UL.” [in German]. Biol. Zentralbl., vol.71: pp.183-210, 13 figs. 1952. Histology of setal formation in all stages. [P.B.] de Lesse, Hubert, “Formules chromosomiques nouvelles du genre FErebia (Lépid. Rhopal.) et séparation d’une espéce méconnue” [in French]. C. R. Acad. Sci., vol.236: pp.630-632, 1 fig. 1953. Records haploid numbers for 8 forms of Erebia; separates ‘form’ rondoui (n=24) from E. tyndarus (n=8) and makes it a subspecies (?) of E. hispania (n not given). [P.B.] Lustig, K., Uber Hormonorgane bei Insekten. Die Histologie der Corpora allata und Prothoraxdriisen beim grossen Kohlweissling” [in German]. Mzskrokosmos, Vol.41: pp.85-89, 4 figs. Jan 1952. Histology of endocrine glands in larva of Preris bras- sice. [P.B.] Mercer, E. H., & M. F. Day, “The fine structure of the peritrophic membranes of certain insects.” Bol. Bull, vol. 103: pp.384-394, 8 figs. Dec. 1952. Electron microscope studies, including Galleria mellonella and Pieris rape. {P. B.| Pryor, M.G.M., “On the abdominal appendages of larve of Trichoptera, Neuroptera, and Lepidoptera, and the origins of jointed limbs.” Quwart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol.92: pp.351-376, 30 figs. Dec. 1951. Describes morphology of anal prolegs in these orders, with particular reference to musculature; concludes that these structures in Lepidop- tera are not necessarily homologous with those in other orders. [P. B.]} Riabov, M. A., “Basic morphological characteristics of cutworms (Lepidoptera, Agro- tide)” [in Russian]. Ent. Obozr., vol.31: pp.474-484. 1951. [Not seen.] Ryszka, Hans, “Uber Gynandromorphe (Gynander) von Lasiocampa trifolii Esp. und Colias croceus Fourer” [in German]. Zestschr. Wiener Ent., Ges., vol.33: pp.82-84. 1 Nov. 1948. Describes two bilateral gynandromorphs. [P. B.] Schvanvich, B.N., “Findings on the localization of the wing pattern in Lepidoptera” [in Russian]. Ent. Obozr., vol.31: pp.485-494. 1951. [Not seen.] Short, J.R.T., “Some aspects of the morphology of the insect head as seen in the Lepidoptera.” Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. Lond. (A), vol.26: pp.77-88, 18 figs. 15 Sept. 1951. Morphology of head of larval and adult Délina tilie, and a discussion of the terminology of Hinton and Snodgrass and their views on morphology of the head in Lepidoptera. [P. B.] D. VARIATION AND GENETICS Burmann, Karl, “Eine neue Form von Parnassius appollo L. var. claudius Bell f. g. bhrynius Fruhst.” [in German]. Zeztschr. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.34: pp.43-44, 1 pl. 15 Mar. 1949. Burmann, Karl, “Zwei neue Formen von Antsotenia ulmana Hb. aus Nordtirol. (Lepi- doptera, Tortricidz)” [in German]. Zestschr. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.34: pp.43-44, 1 pl. “15 Mar. 1949. ; Cockayne, E. A., “Aberrations of British Macrolepidoptera.” Entomologist, vol.84: pp. ea 1 pl. Nov. 1951. Proposes 25 new names (Lymantriidz and Lasiocampidz). Pak, Collier, A.E., “A new aberration of Agapetes galathea (Lep. Satyridz).’’ Entomologist, voaronsp.); 1 pl. Jan.. 1952. Dowdeswell, W.H., & E. B. Ford, “The distribution of spot-numbers as an index of geographical variation in the butterfly Manzola jurtina L. (Lepidoptera: Satyridz).” Heredity, Vol.6: pp.99-109, 6 figs. Apr. 1952. Analysis of local variation in numbers of spots on the underside of the hind wing; variation occurs in 2 only. No simple correlation with locality was found. Populations studied were on the mainland and some coastal islands. [P. B.] Ford, E.B., “The genetics of polymorphism in the Lepidoptera.” Advances in Genetics, vol.5: pp.43-87. 1953. Review of knowledge of “transient polymorphism” (Indus- trial Melanism) and balanced polymorphism (including mimicry). [C. L. R.| Galvagni, Egon, “Eine interessante Form der Hybernia aurantiaria Esp.: f. n. venosaria” [in German]. Zeitschr. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.32: pp.103-104. 30 June 1948. Kikkawa, Hideo, “Biochemical genetics of Bombyx mori (Silkworm). Advances in Genetics, vol. 5: pp.107-140,.11 figs. 1953. Combined studies of genetics and chemistry of B. mori reviewed, particularly emphasizing pigment formation. [C.L.R.] 176 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.7, nos.5-6 Loritz, Jean, “Supplementary remarks on Erebia in the French Hautes Alpes and Alpes Maritimes.” Entomologist, vol.84: pp.230-231. Oct. 1951. Notes on 4 spp., names one aberration. [P. B.] Owen, D. F., “A new aberration of Erebia aethiops (Esper) (Lep. Satyridz).” Entomolo- gist, vol.85: p.92. Apr. 1952. Sevastopulo, D.G., “Genetics of East African Lepidoptera: III.” Entomologist, vol.85: pp.88-89. Apr. 1952. Describes a sex-controlled color mutant in Dasychira georgiana, expressed in larva only. [P. B.] Sheppard, P.M., “A quantitative study of two populations of the moth Panaxia domin- ula (L.).” Heredity, vol.5: pp.349-378, 5 figs. Dec. 1951. Study of phenology, population size, and frequency of mutant varieties in the populations. Describes a new genetic variety. Reports change in the selective advantage of a pattern mutant, without VISIBLE corresponding change in environment. [P.B.] Sheppard, P.M., “A note on non-random mating in the moth Panaxia dominula.” Heredity, vol.6: pp.239-241. Aug. 1952. Experimental evidence for selective pairing between moths of dissimilar, rather than similar, genotype with respect to pattern characters. [P. B.] Simonoyv, N.S., “Technical question on the nature of new races of the Mulberry Silk- worm” [in Russian]. Dokl. Vses. Akad. Sel’skokoz. Nauk im V. I. Lenina, vol.15, part 12: p.42. 1950 [Not seen]. Smith, P. Siviter, “Segment, marking, and other abnormalities in lepidopterous larvz.” Entomologist, vol.84: pp.273-275, 2 pls. Dec. 1951. Malformations in 3 unidenti- fied larve. [P. B.] Tanaka, Yoshimaro, “Genetics of the Silkworm, Bombyx mort.” Advances in Genetics, vol.5: pp.239-317, 27 figs. 1953. Detailed and well illustrated review of the knowl- edge of genetics of the Silkworm, especially that discovered since 1930. An import- ant summary, particularly because much original literature is in the Japanese lan- guage. [C.L.R.] Wolfram, Rosemarie, “Die Ommochrom-Menge in den Malpighischen Gefassen bestim- mende Allele der Mehlmotte Ephestia kiihniella’ [in German]. Zeitschr. Naturforsch., vol.3b: pp.291-293, 2 figs. 1948. Genetic control of amount of ommochrome pigment in Malpighian tubules. [P. B.] E. DISTRIBUTION AND PHENOLOGY Adamczewski, Stanislaw, “The moths of Warsaw-City’” [in Polish, English summary]. Fragm. Faun. Mus. Zool. Polonici, vol. 6: pp. 111-128. 12 Feb. 1951. Lists 155 spp. taken at light in the ruins, and groups them according to their status in the fauna. [P.B.] Arnhold, F. R., “Notes on collecting Anthocaris midea and Euchloe olympia.” Lep. News, vol.6: pp.99-100. 19 Feb. 1953. Bentinck, G. A., “Nieuwe en zeldzame Lepidoptera” [in Dutch: New and rare Lepi- doptera]. Verslag 82° Wéintervergadering Ned. Ent. Veren: pp. xiv-xv. 15 Apr. 1951. 6 spp. new for the Dutch fauna. [A.D.] Bentinck, G.A., “Faunistiche aantekeningen betreffende Nederlandse Lepidoptera” [in Dutch: Faunistic notes on Netherland Lepidoptera]. Tijdschr. Ent., vol.94: pp.307- 937. 22 Aug. 1951. Gives an annotated list of species discovered in Holland since 1938. [A.D.] Bernardi, G., & H. Stempffer, ‘Notes sur quelques Rhopalocéres (Lep.) recueilles par P. de Mire au Tibesti et au Mortcha” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 56: pp. 47-48. 1951. Notes on 6 spp. of Pieridae and 2 Lycaenidae from the Sahara. [P.B.] Betts, F.N., “On a collection of butterflies from the Balipara Frontier Tract and the Subansiri Area (Northern Assam).” Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 49: pp. 188-502, 1 map. Dec. 1950. Annotated list. [P.B.] Betz, J.-T., “Une nouvelle station francaise de Boloria aquilonaris et d'A. aphirape Abn.” Lin ‘Bale Rev, Frang. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 130-134. “Sept.-Oct.” 1949 [25 an. 1950]. Betz, J.-T., “Deuxieme note sur Boloria aquilonaris Stch. et Argynnis aphirape Ubn. dans les Ardennes frangaises” [in French]. Rev. Frang. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 335-337. Nov.-Dec, 1950” [8 May 1951]. Beuret, Harni, “A propos de Plebejus argus L. (Lep. Lycaenidae) de la région de Nimes (Gard)” [in French]. Rev, Frang. Lépid., vol. 12: pp. 225-232. ‘“Mar.-Apr.” [25 Sept.]| 1950. Phenological notes on P. a. pseudohyochiona. [P.B.] 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 177 Birkett, Neville L., “Some notes from South Westmoreland, 1950.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 34-35. Feb. 1951. Lepidoptera. Blackie, J.E.H., “The range and distribution of Strymonidia pruni (L.) (Lep. Lycen- idz).” Entomologist, vol. 83: pp. 246-248. Nov. 1950. Blair, K.G., “Eupithecia arceuthata Freyer in the Isle of Wight.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 158-159. July 1951. Brown, R.C., H. J. MacAloney, & P.B. Dowden, “The Spruce Budworm.” U.S. Dept. Agric. Yearb. 1949: pp.423-427, 1 map. Distribution, biology, control. Burgeff, H., “Verbreitungsstudien an der Gattung Zygena Fab. (Lepidoptera) (Mit besonderer Beriichsichtigung des Problems der zwischen- und nacheiszeitlichen Besied- lung der Alpen). I.” [in German]. Portug. Acta Biol. (A), vol. R. B. Goldschmidt, pp.663-725, 6 figs, 21 maps. 1951. Origin and distribution of the European fauna of Zygaena, with special reference to the Mediterranean-Alpine area. [P. B.} Burmann, Karl, “Ein kleiner Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Verbreitung von Exapate dura- tella Heyd. (Microlepidoptera, Tortricidz)” [in German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 62: pp. 9-11. 15 Apr. 1951. Cary, Margaret M., “Collecting hawkmoths in Jamaica.” Frontiers, Vol.13: pp.44-45. Dec. 1948. Cary, Margaret M., “Cloud forest adventures.” Frontiers, vol.14: pp.34-38, 61, 4 figs. Dec. 1949. Collecting Sphingidz in Venezuela. [P. B.] Chugunin, IA, “The focal cyclic rotation in the mass outbreak of the Gypsy Moth” lin Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., vol.28: pp.431-438. 1949. [Not seen.| Doets, C., “Lepidopterologische mededeelingen over 1950-1951” [in Dutch]. Ent. Ber., vol.14: pp.177-181, 196-200, figs. 1 Dec. 1952, 1 Jan. 1953. Gives notes on systematics and biology of rare species of Microlepidoptera. Records Mompha nod- tcolella Fuchs (Momphidz) as new for the Dutch fauna. [A. D.| Emme, A. M., “Variability and hereditability of the sensitivity to cold of the pupa of the mulberry silkworm when it is in diapause.” [in Russian]. Dok/. Akad. Nauk SsoK.. Vol./5: pp.119-122. 1950. Ferguson, D.C., “The Lepidoptera of Nova Scotia. Part I. Macrolepidoptera.” Proc. Nova Scotia Inst. Sct., vol.23: pp.110-111. March 1953. Abstract only. Franz, Elli, “Sphingidze de El Salvador’ [in Spanish]. Comun. Inst. Trop. Invest. Cient. El Salvador, noA pp.14-17. Oct. 1952. Annotated list of 33 spp. Frazer, J. F.D., “Notes on a colony of Colas crocea Fourcroy.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 25-29. Feb. 1951. French, R.A., “Lepidoptera at light in a Hertfordshire wood in July, 1949.” Ento- mologist, vol. 84: pp. 49-55. Mar. 1951. Records of 187 spp. [P.B.] Gorter, A.J., “Uitbreiding van het vlieggebied van verschillende Macrolepidoptera” [in Dutch: Extension of flying area of various M.]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 13: pp. 321-323. 1 Sept. 1951. Deduces from faunistic notes that several rare res seem to disperse over Holland in western and northern directions. [A.D Grabe, Albert, ‘“Faunistische Beobachtungen aus Westfalen” [in German]. Zeits. Lepidopt., vol. 1: pp. 56-57. 1 May 1950. Notes on distribution and biology of 8 moths. [P.B.] Gremminger, Alois, “Lepidopterologisches tiber den Kaiserstuhl” [in German]. Zefts. Lepidopt., vol. 1: pp. 49-52. 1 May 1950. Annotated list. Hackman, Walter, ee iakttagelser i Utsjoki socken 1949” [in Swedish]. Notule Ent., vol. 30: pp.18-22, 1 fig. 1950. Annotated list. Hackman, Walter, “On the insect fauna of Cyprus. Results of the expedition of 1939 by Harald, Hakan and P.H. Lindberg. IX. Lepidoptera.” Comment. Biol. Soc. Sci. Fennica, vol.13, no.8: 9 pp., 1 fig. 17 Mar. 1952. Anotated list of some 100 spp. in 23 families. Harper, G.W., “Exupithecia arceuthata (Lep. Geometride) in West Sussex.” Ento- mologist, vol. 84: pp. 162-163. July 1951. Harrison, J. W. Heslop, “Lepidoptera in the Outer Hebrides in 1950.” Entomologist, vol. 83: pp. 241-245. Nov. 1950. Hessel, Sidney A., “A new altitudinal high for Erora lata.” Lep. News, vol.6: p.34. 8 Aug. 1952. Jones, J. R. J. Llewellyn, “An annotated check list of the Macrolepidoptera of British Columbia.” Occas. Pap. Ent. Soc. Brit. Columbia, no. 1; 148 pp. 14 June 1951. See review in Lep. News, vol.6: p.79. Jost, Hans, “Pristophora florella Mann in der Pfalz (Lep., Pyralide)” [in German]. Zetts. Lepidopt., vol. 1: pp. 45-48, 1 pl., 1 map. 1 May 1950. Describes and figures this southern species, and discusses its distribution. [P.B.] 178 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.7, nos.5-6 Knowlton, George F., “Observations of Celerio lineata, the White-Lined Sphinx, in Utah.” Lep. News, ‘vol.7: pp.l1-123 20cApr. 1953: Loberbauer, Rudolf, “RhAyacia subrosea Steph. v. kieferi Rbl. in Osterreich, ein bemer- kenswerter Neufund’” [in German]. Z. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 62: pp. 81-83. 1 Aug. 1951. van der Neulen, G.S.A., “Zeldzame en bijzondere Macrolepidoptera” [in Dutch: Rare and peculiar Lepidoptera]. Verslag 82° Wéintervergadering Nederl. Ent. Veren: p. xiv, 15. Ape. 1951 Olivier, Robert, “Gortyna leucostigma Wubner (Noctuidae) en Basse-Normandie” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid.. vol. 12: pp. 170-172, 1 map. “Nov.-Dec. 1949” [26 Apr. 1950]. Owen, D. F.’ “The Butterflies of Darent Wood.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 172-174. Aug. 1951. Owen, J.E., “The Rhopalocera of the Darent valley between Shoreham and Eyns- fort, Kent.” Ent. Rec. Journ. Var., vol. 62: pp. 73-75. Sept. 1950: Remont, M., “Les Lycwna dispar carueli Le Moult de Belgique” [in French]. Lam- billionea, vol. 50: pp. 38-41, 1 pl. 25 Apr. 1950. Figures series of L. d. carueli and of L. hippothoe. [P.B.] Valletta, Anthony, “Moths taken in Malta at light, 1948-1949.” Ent. Mon. Mag., vol. 86: pp. 306-308. Oct. 1950. Valletta, Anthony, “Recent additions to the known Lepidoptera of the Maltese Islands (Heterocera).”” Entomologist, vol. 83: pp. 252-254. Nov. 1950. 18 new records [P.B.] Warnecke, Georg., “Zur Verbreitung von Sedina bittneri Hering’ [in German]. Zeits. Lepidopt., vol. 1: p. 29. 1 May 1950. Warnecke, Georg, “Sommeerfugle fra Island’”’ [in Danish]. Flora og Fauna, vol. 57: pp. 41-44. 1951. Annotated list of 8 Noctuidze and 9 Geometridae, and list of 13 micros, from Iceland. [P.B.] N Winters, J., “Overzicht der vangsten van Macrolepidoptera in Vollenhove’” [in Dutch: Capture of Macrolepidoptera in Vollenhove, Holland]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 13: pp. 309-312. 1 Aug. 1951, van Wisselingh, T.H., “Belangrijke vangsten van Lepidoptera in 1949” [in Dutch: van Wisselingh, T.H., “Waarnemingen omtrent Macrolepidoptera in 1950” [in Dutch: Observations on M. in 1950]. Verslag 83e Wauntervergadering Nederl. Entom. Vereeniging: pp. XXXVI-XXXVIII. 1 Feb. 1952. Important captures of Lepidoptera in 1949]. Verslag 82° Wéintervergadering Nederl. Ent. Veren: pp. ii-1ii. 15 Apr. 1951. de Worms, C.G.M., “A collecting trip to Abisko, Swedish Lapland, in June, 1950.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 121-127, 1 pl. June 1951. Describes area; notes on 16 butterflies; list of 11 moths. [P.B. de Worms, C.G.M., “British Lepidoptera collecting, 1950.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 145-153. July 1951. F. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Tazima, Y., “Separation of male and female silkworms in egg stage now becomes pos- sible.” Silk Digest (Tokyo), vol.61: pp.1-3. 1951. (Paper not seen.) Yaremenko, I. I., “Changes in the structure of the cocoon of the Chinese Oak Silk- worm” [in Russian]. Dokl. Vses. Akad. Sel’sk Nauk im. Lenina, vol.16, part 1: p.46. 1951. [Not seen.] Zalesskii, 1. M., “New data on the flight of butterflies” [in Russian]. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR., vol.84: pp.181-184, 4 figs. [O52 Zhukovskii, A. V., & S. N. Selivanova, ‘Biological characters of the Stem Moth, the pest of winter-corn cultivation and cereal fodder grasses” [in Russian]. Do&l. Vses. Akad. Sel'sk. Nauk im. Lenina, vol.16: pp.32-34. 1951. [Not seen.] Zweifel, Richard G., “Comparison of food habits of Ensatina eschscholtziti and Aneides lugubris.” Copeia, 1949: pp.285-287, 1 fig. 15 Dec. 1949. Noctuid larve are important as food to these salamanders. [P. B.| Zhelnin, V., “Resistance to cold of the wintering cocoon of the Chinese Oak Silkworm (Antherawa pernyi Guer.)” [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., vol.31: pp.778-779. Sept./ _ Oct. 1952. [Not seen.] Zhukovskii, A. V., & TN. Petrova, “New data on the biology of the Columnar Moth mg nid Sp. lin Russian]. Zool, Zhurn., vol.31; pp.669-672. Sept./Oct. J5 2 iJ lot seen. | 1953 The Lepidopterists' News 179 G. PHYSIOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR Bergold, G. H., “On the nomenclature and classification of insect viruses.” Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., vol.56: pp.495-516, 4 figs. 31 Mar. 1953. Revises group; re- describes species, with hosts and symptoms. [P. B.| Butenandt, Adolf, Peter Karlson, & Wolfram Zillig, “Uber Dioxo-piperazine aus Puppen des Seidenspinners (Bombyx mori L.)” [in German]. Hoppe-Zeylers Zeitschr. Physiol. Chem., vol.288: pp.279-283. Nov. 1951 Identification of four substances extracted from pupa. [P.B.] Danilevskii, S.iA., N. V. Vasil’eva, & A.S. Konokova, “Study of. protein metabolism in the Tussah Silkworm (Antherewa pernyi G.) with the aid of radioactive methionine” [in Russian]. Biokhimiia, vol.17: pp.529-534. Sept./Oct. 1952. [Not seen.] Emme, A. M., “Hydrochloric acid activation of Mulberry Silkworm gut during the diapause” [in Russian]. Dok/. Akad. Nauk SSSR., vol.88: pp.381-384, 11 Jan. 1953. Lobashev, M. E., “In regard to the behavior of the Oak Silkworm (Antherea pernyi) in the process of cocoon winding” [in Russian]. Zhurn. Obshch. Biol., vol.13: pp.406-420. Nov./Dec. 1952. [Not seen.] Olifan, V.I., “Two types of periodicity in post-embryonal development of insects, detected in the study of their growth patterns” [in Russian]. Do&/. Akad. Nauk SSSR., vol.85: pp.1407-1410, 1 fig. Aug. 1952. Including Bombyx mori. Scharrer, Berta, “Comparative physiology of invertebrate endocrines.” Annu. Rev. Physiol., vol.15: pp.457-472. 1953. Review article, including recent work on insect hormones. [P. B.]| Schneidermann, Howard A., Ned Feder, & Carroll M. Williams, “The respiration of the Cecropia silkworm in the presence of high pressures of carbon monoxide.” Anat. Rec., vol. 108: p. 557. Nov. 1950. Abstract only. Thorpe, W.H., “Plastron respiration in aquatic insects.” Byo/. Rev., vol. 25: pp. 344- 390, 15 figs. July 1950. Some insects, including Acentropus niveus, respire under water by means of a very thin surface film of air retained by hydrofuge hairs and renewable by diffusion from the water; this mechanism permits indefinite sub- mergence. Other mechanisms in aquatic insects, including several Lepidoptera, are discussed. [P.B.] H. MIGRATION Beall, Geoffrey, “Migration of the Monarch Butterfly during the winter.” Lep. News, vol.6: pp.69-70. 1952. Lack, David, & Elizabeth Lack, “Migration of insects and birds through a Pyrenean pass.” Journ. Anim. Ecol., vol. 20: pp. 63-67. May 1951. Report of a migration including 4 spp. of butterflies, with comments on insect migration in general. [P.B.] Lempke, B.J., “Tien jaar trekvlinderonderzoek in Nederland” [in Dutch: 10 years of investigations on migratory Lepidoptera]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 13: pp. 227-232. 1 Mar. 1951. Survey of results obtained in Holland in 1940-1949; with 2 tables. FAsD«il Lempke, B. J., ‘““Trekvlinders in 1950 (lle jaarverslag, slot)” [in Dutch]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 13: pp. 355-362, fig. 3. 1 Nov. 1951. Discusses 14 spp. of migrating Lepi- doptera observed in Holland in 1950; gives a graph of flights of Plusia gamma. [A.D.] I. TECHNIQUE Lorkovié, Z., “L’accouplement artificiel chez le Lépidopteéres et son application dans les recherches sur la fonction de l'appareil genital des imsectes” [in French]. Trams. Oth Int. Congr. Ent., vol.1: pp.223-224. March 1953. Artificial copulation was suc- cessful in Papilionidz, Pierida, many Nymphalidz, Satyride, and Hesperiidae; with Heterocera, only in Geometride. The copulation is accomplished by using an im- mobilized female and a severed abdomen of the male, or a comatose male (after compression of the thorax). After the copulation the liberated female deposits fer- tilized eggs. This method is important for obtaining eggs of species which do not copulate in captivity, and also for crossings. European Pveris, several Euhloé, Erebia, and Hesperia species have been crossed in this way. Also the role of genital parts during copulation could be studied. The old key and lock theory could not be con- firmed. (Summary of the paper read at the Congress). [A. D.| Sitko, P.O., “The efficacy of inseminating the Oak Silkworm with mixed semen” [in Russian]. Dokl. Akad. Sel'sk. Nauk im. Lenina, vol.15, no.10: pp.39-41. 1950, [Not seen]. 180 Vol.7, nos.5-6 NOTICES (Eneis stanislaus, Gyrocheilus tritonia, Speyeria myrtle, Speyeria clemencei offered in exchange for North American species needed for my collection. Please send offerta lists. T.W. Davies, 791 Elsie Ave., San Leandro, California, U.S.A. Morpho hecuba, M. eutropius, and many other Brazilian butterflies for sale. 1953 catch, papered carefully with full data, mostly named. Lots of 80-100 mixed specimens (in- cluding at least 5 different species of Morpho) on request. Art work butterflies and wings. Jorge Kesselring, Caixa Postal 6, Joao Pessoa (Paraiba), BRAZIL. Anyone interested in joining a field trip to Central America please write for details. Also offer to sell a part of my expected catch, in large quantities, to help defray ex- penses; arrangements should be made beforehand. E.C. Welling, 700 E. 240th St., Euclid 23, Ohio, U.S.A. Anticorrosive steel insect pins in all lengths, black or white, each 1,000, $1.20 or $1.75; minutens each 1,000, $0.45 or $0.75. Price list of other entomological supplies on request. Dr. H. Wilcke, Kosssen, Tyrol, AUSTRIA. Wish to exchange Rhopalocera from all over the world. Wanted esp. Papilionidze (esp. Parnassius, Papilio, Graphium), Pieridae and Nymphalidae. Have many butterflies from Japan for exchange. Masaki Nakayama, 1-398, Fujihonmachi, Wakamatsu-city, Fukuoka-pref., Kyushu, JAPAN. Exchange papered named Morphos, Agrias, Caligos, etc., for North American butterflies, moths, cocoons, pup, chrysalids. Michael A. Zappalorti, 123 Androvette St., Charleston 13, Staten Island, New York, U.S.A. Formosan butterflies for sale and exchange. Large quantities available in first class condition, for art work, collections, and research. Common and rare species at lowest prices. Exchange also, in small quantities. Check list and prices on request. Marcus Ling Shiao, No.20, S8Sth Lane, Wenchow St., Section 4, Roosevelt Road, Taipei, FORMOSA. Seitz Macrolepidoptera Volume 9, Indo-Australian Rhopalocera, $90.00. Text partially bound; plates complete, unbound. Write for particulars. Thomas W. Davies, 791 Elsie Ave., San Leandro, California, U.S.A. Wanted: pupx (in diapause) of any of the North American subspecies of Pieris napi, P. bryonie, P. virginiensis. Available: pup of European Pieris subspecies and of certain hybrids. Sydney R. Bowden, 33 South View, Letchworth, Herts., ENGLAND. For sale: collection of 2000 European Noctuidz, containing many rarities, all best quality and with full data $170. Collection of 1000 Geometridz, especially of the High Alps, many rarities, all best quality and with full data $60. Dr. H. Wilcke, Kossen/ Tyrol, AUSTRIA. LIVING MATERIAL Breeder of U.S. Saturniide cocoons for scientific purposes. Please order now for 1954-55 season. Will buy or exchange parasite-free chrysalids of Papilio from U-S.A., Mexico, and Canada. Eugene Dluhy, 3912 No. Hamilton Ave., Chicago 18, Illinois, U.S.A. Calitornia moths and butterflies for sale, papered, pinned to suit. Many pupz available. Inquiry invited. F.P. Sala, 1912 Hilton Drive, Burbank, California, U.S.A. Hyal phora | Platysamia ) cecropia cocoons offered in exchange for living pup of Papilio spp. and Western Saturniide. Lincoin P. Brower, Osborn Zoological Laboratory, Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 181 The Lepidopterists’ Society LIST OF MEMBERS December 1953 The list is arranged alphabetically by nations within each continental area, and by states or provinces in the U.S.A. and Canada. State, province, and nation names are here omitted in the address of each member. The address is followed by the lepidoptero- logical interests. Where only “RHOP.”, “MACRO.”, or “MICRO.” appears, the interest is general within the respective group. “LEPID.” is used where interests include all three of the above groups. Following the interests among taxonomic groups are the other aspects of lepidopterology in which the member is interested. The member's name preceded by an asterisk (*) indicates Charter Membership; his name in capital letters indicates Sustaining Membership. The word ‘“Nearctic’ here means America north of Mexico. For uniformity “Noctuide’ is used for all cases, even though the equivalent name ‘“Phalznidz’ had been placed on the membership card by some members. Sim- ilarly, Speyerta, Boloria, etc. are used for the Nearctic species formerly placed in Ar- gynnis, Brenthis, etc. The following abbreviations are used: LEPID. — All Lepidoptera esp. — especially RHOP. — Rhopalocera (butterflies ) Coll. — Collection MACRO. — Macroheterocera | Ex. — Exchange ‘ (moths) MICRO. —Microlepidoptera | HONORARY LIFE MEMBERS “Individuals, not exceeding ten in number, who have made important contributions to the science of lepidopterology, may be elected Honorary Members of the Society.” (Constitution, Art.III, Sec.7.) Brig. W.H. EvANS, Department of Entomology, British Museum (Natural History), London S.W. 7, England, U.K. (Hesperiide ) *Prof. WM. T.M. FORBES, Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A. (Lepidoptera: Classification; Biogeography ) *Dr. KARL JORDAN, Zoological Museum, Tring, Herts., England, U.K. (Pa- pilonida, Sphingidz, Saturniidz) *Dr. JAMES H. MCDUNNOUGH, Nova Scotia Museum of Science, Halifax, N.S., Canada. (Nearctic Lepidoptera) AFRICA BELGIAN CONGO Seydel, Charles, B.P. 712, Elisabethville. LEPID: esp. African. Coll. Sell. GOLD COAST Johnson, F.L., United Africa Co., Ltd., P.O. Box 22, Akim-Oda. RHOP: of world, esp. Papilionidze (esp. Troides [=Ornithoptera]) and Charaxes (African). SOUTH AFRICA Duke, Arthur, 17 St. Bede’s Rd., Three Anchor Bay, Cape Town. Wagner, Hans J., P.O. Box 2787, Johannesburg. UGANDA Sevastopulo, D.G., Box 401, Kampala. RHOP. MACRO. Life History, Genetics. Coll. Ex. 182 Vol.7, nos.5-6 ASIA AND INDOAUSTRALIA AUSTRALIA Common, Jan F.B., Div. of Entomology, C.S.I.R., P.O. Box 109, City, Canberra, A.C.T. MACRO: Australian Noctuide. MICRO: Australian Torticide. Life His- tory, Behavior, Migration. Coll. Harman, Ian, c/o Mrs. Bisdee, Appletree Cottage, Dorset Rd., Croydon, Victoria. LEPID: esp. of Victoria. Coll. Ex. Sell. Holmes, David R., “Holmden”, Red Hill, Victoria. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Smith, Vick T.H., 20 Southway, Yallourn, Victoria. RHOP. Coll. Ex. FORMOSA Ling Shiao, Marcus, No. 20, 88th Lane, Wenchow St., Section 4, Roosevelt Rd., Taipei. INDIA Shull, Ernest M., Ahwa, via Billimora, Dangs District, B.P. INDONESIA Straatman, Raymond, Gedong Biara est., p/o Kwala Simpang, Atjeh Timur, N.E. Sumatra. RHOP. and MACRO. Life History, foodplants, literature on Indonesian LEPID. Wegner, A.M.R., Museum Zoologicum Bogoriense, Bogor. JAPAN Azuma, Masao (Prof.), 27/0 Kamiyoshihara-machi, Nishinomiya, Hyogo Pref. MACRO: esp. Geometridae. MICRO: esp. Pyralididz. Life History, Distribution. Coll. Ex. Fujioka, Tomoo, Ho-13, 10 Nishikata-machi, Bunkyo-ku, Tokyo. Hayano, Ikuo, 337 Shinohara-cho, Kohoku, Yokohama. Inoue, Hiroshi, Eiko Gakuen, Jesuit High School, Funakoshi-Machi, Yokosuka. MACRO: esp. Geometridae, Cymatophoride, Drepanidez. Life History. Coll. Ex. Ishiguro, Tadahisa, 1866 Horiuchi Hayama, Kanagawa-ken. Iwase, Taro, 4 Shinhana-cho, Hongo, Tokyo. RHOP. Life History, Migration, Jacoulet, Paul, Karuizawa, 1371, Nagano Ken, Shinshu. Kuwayama, Satoru (Dr.), Hokkaido Agricultural Experiment Station, Kotoni, Sapporo. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Noctuida. Life History. Economic studies. Coll. Kuzuya, Takeshi, Minami-Sonomachi 1-3, Nakaku, Nagoya. Momoi, Shigeyuki, 282 Sannotani, Hommoku, Yokohama. Nakayama, Masaki, 1-398 Fujihonmachi, Wakamatsu-city, Fukuoka Pref., Kyushu. RHOP: esp. Papilionida, Pierida, Parnassius, Anthocaris, etc. Life History, Dis- tribution. Coll. Ex. Ogata, Masami (Dr.), Ogata Hospital, No.18, 3-chome, Imabashi, Higashi-ku, Osaka. RHOP: esp. Hesperiidae. MACRO: Agaristida, Arctiida. Genitalic studies. Coll. Ex. Shirozu, Takashi (Prof.), Biol. Lab., General Education Dept., Kyushu University, Fukuoka. RHOP. Life History, Food Plants, Distribution. Coll. Takahashi, A., 70, 1-chome Shoeicho, Mizuho-ku Nagoya. Tsuruta, Ts. (Dr.), c/o Mr. Takahashi, 467 Minami Oizumi Machi, Nerima Ku, Tokyo. LEPID. Life History. Coll. Ex. Yano, Fumihiko, 1178-2 2cho Uenoshiba-Mukogaokacho, Sakai City near Osaka. NEW ZEALAND Salmon, John D. (Dr.), Entomologist, Dominion Museum, Wellington. PHILIPPINES Lao, Johnny L.B., P.O. Box 2342, Manila. SUSON, F.M., 121 Bonifacio St., Cebu City. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Uichanco, Leopoldo B. (Dr.), Dean of College, Laguna. RHOP. Distribution. Coll. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 183 EUROPE AUSTRIA Klimesch, Joseph, Linz a.d. Donau, Donatusgasse 4. LEPID: esp. Nepticula, Coleophora, and other leaf miners. Life History, Genetics. Coll. Ex. Sell. Wilcke, Hermann (Dr.), Kossen/Tyrol Nr. 199. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Noctuide, Geometridz. Coll. Sell. BELGIUM Berger, Lucien, 2 Vallée des Artistes, Linkebeek-lez-Bruxelles. LEPID. *Kiriakoff, S.G., Zoological Labs., Ghent University, 14 Universiteitsstraat, Ghent. RHOP: esp. Belgian Congo. MACRO: esp. Noctuoidea, Thyretide. MICRO: esp. Pyralidide. Phylogeny, Classification. Ex. Overlaet, Frans G., 9 Chaussée de Louvain, Kortenberg (Brabant). LEPID. Life History, Mimicry. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. CZECHOSLOVAKIA Cejp, Karel (Prof.Dr.), Botanical Institut, Charles University, Benaska 2, Praha II. LEPID. Entomophytous fungi. Coll. Ex. Losenicky, Zdenék, Chvalenicka 38, Plzen I. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Moucha, Josef, Dusni 6, Praha 1. Pola¢ek, V.B., ul. Komenského, 601/I., Brandys nad Labem. RHOP. Povolny, Dalibor (Dr.), Instit. of Applied Entomology, Brno, Zemédélska 1. LEPID. of central Europe: esp. Zyg@na. Lithocolletis. Coll. Ex. Smelhaus, Jifi, Bélského 4, Praha 7. DENMARK Andersen, Axel, Odensegade 7, ©, Copenhagen. Biology, Distributional Factors. Coll. Ex. Sell. *Christensen, Georg, Parmagade 24, III, Copenhagen S$. RHOP: esp. Argynnis, Phy- ciodes, Erebia. Genetics. Coll. Ex. Langer, T.W. (Cand. Mag.), Horsholmsvej 77, Rungsted Kyst. FINLAND Hackman, Walter (Dr.), Parkgatan 5, MHelsingfors. RHOP. and MACRO. of Scandinavia. MICRO of Holarctic region, esp. Coleophoride, Gelechiide (Phthor- imea). Systematics, Distribution. Coll. Hellman, E.A. (Mr. and Mrs.), Annank. 2F, Helsinki. RHOP: esp. Preris, Argynnis, Brenthis. MACRO: esp. Acronycta. MICRO. Coll. Ex. Sell. Kaisila, Jouko, Zoological Institute of University, P. Rautatiek. 13, Helsinki. Krogerus, Harry (Dr.), Mannerheimvagen 25A, Helsingfors. LEPID: esp. Tortricida, and Canadian fauna. Coll. Ex. Suomalainen, Esko (Prof.Dr.), Institute of Genetics, The University, P. Rautatiek. 13, Helsinki. LEPID. of Scandinavia. Genetics. Cytology. FRANCE Berjot, Etienne E., Villa “Pax’’, St. Martin de Crau, (Bouches du Rhone). RHOP. MACRO. Life History. Coll. Ex. Bourgogne, Jean, Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, 45 bis rue de Buffon, Paris 5°. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Psychide (Palewarctic and African). Life History, Morphology, Biology. Coll. Ex. Dujardin, F., 25 rue Guiglia, Nice (Alpes-Maritimes). Gaillard, Francois, 5 Cité du Midi, Paris 18°. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Herbulot, Claude, 31 Ave. d’Eylau, Paris 16°. MACRO: esp. Geometridae. Coll. Ex. Buy. LeCharles, Louis, 22 Avenue des Gobelins, Paris V. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Zygenide MICRO: Crambide esp. Crambus. Biology. Coll. Ex. deLesse, Hubert, Laboratoire d’Entomologie, 45 bis rue de Buffon, Paris 5°. RHOP: esp. Nymphalidz, Satyrida (Erebia). Coll. Ex. 184 List of Members — 1953 Vol.7, nos.5-6 Lichy, René (Prof.), 18 rue Voltaire, St. Leu- La Foret (S. et O.). RHOP: Venezuelan only, esp. Eurema. MACRO: esp. Sphingide of the world. Zoogeography, Ecology. Coll. Ex. Buy. Muspratt, Vera Molesworth (Mme.), Aicé Choko St. Jean-de-Luz, Basses Pyrénées. RHOP. MACRO. Life History, Migration. Coll. Ex. *Stempffer, Henri, 4 rue Saint Antoine, Paris 4°. RHOP: esp. Lycanide (Holarctic and African). Coll. Ex. Varin, Gilbert, 4 Ave. de Joinville, Joinville-le-Pont (Seine). RHOP: Nymphalide, Satyrida. Subspeciation, Distribution. Coll. Ex. Viette, Pierre E.L., Muséum Nat. d’Histoire Naturelle, 45 bis rue de Buffon, Paris 5°. MICRO: esp. Homoneura (Micropterygida, Eriocraniida, Hepialide). ¢ genitalia. Coll. Ex. GERMANY Amsel, H.G. (Dr.), (17b) Buchenberg bei Peterzell/Baden. Busch, Theo (Herr), (22b) Niederadenau, uber Adenau/Eifel. RHOP: esp. Melitea. Life History. Coll. Ex. Cretschmar, Max (Dr.), Casselstr. 21, (20) Celle Hann. Forster, Walter (Dr.), Menzingerstrasse 67, Munchen 38, (American Zone). RHOP: esp. Lycenide. MACRO. Zoogeography. Coli. Ex. Hering, Erich M. (Prof.Dr.), Berlin N.4, Invalidenstr. 43, Zoologisches Museum. MACRO: Pericopide, Zyganidez, Dioptidae, etc. MICRO: leaf-miners of all orders. Coll. Ex. Hesselbarth, Gerhard, (23) Diepholz (Hann.), Hindenburgstr. 13. Palazearctic RHOP. and MACRO: esp. Papilionidz, Pierida, Bombyces, Arctiida. Life History, Zoo- geography. Coll. Ex. Jackh, Eberhard, Haydn Platz 11, Bremen. LEPID: esp. Micros. Life History. Coll. Ex. Kampf, Ari W., Franz Jurgens Strasse 12, Dusseldorf 10. RHOP. and MACRO: African, esp. Cymothoe and Charaxes. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. de Lattin, Gustaf J. (Dr.), Geilweilerhof, Post Siebeldingen (22a) tiber Landau/Pfalz, Forschungsinstitut f. Rebenziichtung. RHOP: Holarctic, esp. Satyride. MACRO: Holarctic, esp. Acronictinz and Bryophilina. MICRO: esp. Palearctic. Distribu- tion, Evolution, Genetics. Coll. Ex. Reichel, Johannes, Baumholder/Pfalz, Amerik. Personalbtro. RHOP: esp. Papilionide. MACRO: esp. Sphingida, Saturniida, Arctiidae. MICRO. Life History, Hybridiza- tion. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Speyer, W., (Direktor Dr.), Heikendorf ttber Kiel 24B, Teichtor 22. Warnecke, Georg (Landgerichtsdirektor), Hohenzollernring 32, Hamburg-Altona. Pal- awarctic RHOP. and MACRO: esp. Geometridae. Migration, Zoogeography. Coll. HUNGARY Gozmany, Lancelot A. (Dr.), Széll Kalman tér. 13, Budapest XII. MICRO. Helo- phil Moths. Coll. Ex. Sell. Kovacs, L. (Dr.), Budapest XII. Kléh Istvan u 3/a. III. 1. Lengyel, Julius F. (Dr.), Budapest XII. Budakeszi ut 38. RHOP: of Europe, esp. Melitwa. MACRO: Noctuidae, esp. Cucullia. Distribution, Zoogeography. Coll. Ex. ITALY Berio, E. (Dr.), Museo di Storia Naturale, Via Brigata Liguria 9, Genova. MACRO: esp. Noctuida. Coll. Ex. Buy. Hartig, Fred (Pr. Count), Sovrint. Istituto Nazionale di Entomologia, Via Catone 34, Rome. Parodi, Guiseppe, Via Sebenico 13, Milano. Verity, Roger R. (Dr.), Caldine (Firenze). RHOP: esp. Palearctic. Coll. Ex. Buy. MALTA Valletta, Anthony, 257 Msida St. B, B’Kara. RHOP: esp. Satyrida and Nymphalide. MACRO. MICRO. Coll. Ex. NETHERLANDS Diakonoff, A. (Dr.), Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden. MICRO: all except Pyralidoidea. Leaf-miners, Biology, Morphology. Coll. Ex. Buy. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 185 Eisner, Curt, Violenweg 7, ’s-Gravenhage (The Hague). Lempke, B.J., Oude Yselstraat 12', Amsterdam Z-2. RHOP. and MACRO. of Netherlands. Life History. Roepke, W. (Prof.Dr.), Lab. voor Entomologie, Berg 37, Wageningen. RHOP. and MACRO: esp. Palearctic and Indomalayan. Life History, Ecology, Genetics, Mor- phology, Histology, Zoogeography, Systematics. PORTUGAL da Silva Cruz, Maria A., Quinta de S. Joao, Candal, Vila Nova de Gaia. RHOP: esp. Melitea. MACRO: esp. Geometridae. Migration. Coll. Ex. SPAIN Agenjo, Ramon, Instituto Espanol de Entomologia, Palacio del Hipddromo, Madrid. HEPED? of, Spain., Coll. Flores Casas, Hilario, Plaza de Lesseps 17, Barcelona. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Torres Sala, Juan, 1 Calle Dr. Romagosa, Valencia. Palearctic RHOP. World Papil- ionide, Nymphalide, Morphidz. Palearctic MACRO. World Saturniida, Urani- idz, Castniide. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. SWEDEN Bryk, Felix, Riksmuseum, Stockholm 50. RHOP. Nervature, Morphology. MACRO. Nordstrom, Frithiof (Dr.), Kungsholmstorg 1, Stockholm. MACRO: esp. Agrotide, Eupithecia. Life History. Coll. SWITZERLAND Lithi, Adrian J., Inneres Sommerhaus, Burgdorf. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingide. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Ruetimeyer, Ernest, 38 Rue Fédérale, Berne. RHOP. and MACRO: esp. Papilionide, Pierida, Danaidze, Satyride, Noctuide. Coll. Ex. UNITED KINGDOM ENGLAND Bowden, S.R., 33 South View, Letchworth, Herts. RHOP.: esp. Preris genetics. Coll. Ex. Chandless, Richard C., Sherrington Manor, nr. Polegate, Sussex. RHOP. MACRO. Life History. Sell. Clarke, C.A. (Dr.), “High Close’, Thorsway, Caldy, Cheshire. Fager, Edward W. (Dr.), Bureau of Animal Population, Botanic Garden, High Street, Oxford. RHOP: esp. Theclinz. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Ford, E.B. (Dr.), University Museum, Oxford. LEPID. Genetics. Coll. Hards, Charles H., 40 Riverdale Road, Plumstead, London, S.E. 18. English and American RHOP. and MACRO: esp. Catocala, Saturniide. Life History, Migration, Distribution, Variation. Coll. Ex. Heley, Robert G., “Lygoes’, Burcott, Wing, Leighton Buzzard, Beds. RHOP: of world, esp. Pierida, Nymphalidae, Papilionida. MACRO: esp. Saturniide. Dis- tribution, Mimicry. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Hemming, Francis, 28 Park Village East, Regent's Park, London N.W. 1. RHOP: esp. Palzarctic and Nearctic. Coll. Ex. Buy. Hinton, H.E., (Dr.), Dept. of Zoology, University of Bristol, Bristol. Phylogeny, Physiology. Coll. (larvz). Lisney, A.A. (Dr.), ‘Dune Gate’, Clarence Road, Dorchester, Dorset. LEPID. Ecol- ogy. Coll. Nevile, H. Ralph, The Rectory (Top Flat), Leire, near Rugby, Warwicks. *Riley, Norman D., 7 McKay Road, London S.W. 20. RHOP. Rivers, C.F., Agricultural Research Council, Plant Virus Research Unit, Molteno Institute, Cambridge. Smith, P. Siviter, 21 Melville Hall, Holly Road, Edgbaston, Birmingham 16. RHOP: esp. Lycena. Coll. Ex. Buy. 186 List of Members — 1953 Vol.7, nos.5-6 Tams, W.H.T., Dept. of Entomology, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), Cromwell Road, London, S.W. 7. MACRO: esp. Lasiocampide, Agrotide. MICRO: esp. Pyra- lididz, Tinzidz. Life History. Warren, Brisbane C.S., 3 Augusta Mansions, Folkestone, Kent. RHOP: esp. Satyridz, Nymphalide. Life History, Distribution. Coll. Williams, C.B. (Dr.), Rothamsted Experimental Station, Harpenden, Herts. Migration, Populations, Ecology. Coll. Ex. SCOTLAND Rockingham, N.W. (Lt.Comm.), Lower Seton, North Berwick, East Lothian. RHOP. MACRO. Migration. Coll. Ex. YUGOSLAVIA Lorkovic, Z. (Prof.Dr.), Medical Faculty, Zagrebian University, Zagreb. LATIN AMERICA ARGENTINA Bourquin, Fernando F., Calle Conde 1639, Buenos Aires. LEPID: Life History only. Coll. Breyer, Alberto, Maipu 267, Buenos Aires. RHOP. and MACRO: Argentine only. Coll. Hayward, Kenneth J. (Prof.), Miguel Lillo 205, Tucuman. RHOP: Neotropical (esp. Argentine) and Hesperiide. Orfila, Ricardo N. (Dr.), Casilla Correo 2.-Suc.28, Buenos Aires. Neotropical LEPID: esp. Noctuoidea, Tortricoidea. Coll. Ex. Pastrana, José A., Solis 370, Buenos Aires. MICRO: esp. Pyralidoidea, Tortricoidea. Coll. Ex. Yiboff, Leén, Amoretti 184, Ciudadela, Buenos Aires. BRAZIL d’ Almeida, Remualdo F. (Dr.), Rua Viana Junier, 25, Encantado, Rio de Janeiro, D.F. RHOP: esp. Ithomiina, Pieridz, Papilionide. MACRO: esp. Syntomida, Arcti- ida, Sphingidz, Saturnioidea. Biology. Coll. Ex. Buy. "Araujo, R.L. (Dr.), Instituto Biolégico, Caixa Postal 7.119, Sao Paulo, S.P. MACRO: esp. Castniidaz, Dalcerida. Coll. Buy. Cardoso, Aldo (Dr.), Avenida Teresa Cristina 65, Maceid, Alagoas. LEPID. of the world, esp. Saturnioidea. Ex. Ebert, Heinz (Dr.), Avenida Pasteur 404, Commissao National da Producao Mineral, Rio de Janeiro. RHOP: Theclinz and Riodinida of world; neotropical Limen- itina, Charaxine, Apaturine, Satyrida. Fauna of Brazil. Ex. Buy. Iserhard F"., Carlos D., Caixa Postal 266, Porto Alegre, Rio Grande do Sul. Kesselring, Jorge, Caixa Postal 6, Joao, Pessoa, (Paraiba). RHOP. MACRO. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Oiticica F"’., José (Dr.), Rua Alfredo Chaves 59, Rio de Janeiro. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingida, Saturniida. Morphology. Coll. Ex. Buy. PEARSON, HENRY R., Caixa Postal 5151, Rio de Janeiro. RHOP: esp. Nearctic Papilionide. MACRO: esp. Saturniida, Sphingida, Mimallonida. Life History, Food Plants, etc. Coll. Ex. Buy. Travassos, Lauro (Prof.), Instituto Oswaldo Cruz, Laboratério de Helmintologia, Caixa Postal 926, Rio de Janeiro, D.F. MACRO: esp. Arctiidae, Adelocephalida. Coll. Ex. Travassos F’., Lauro (Dr.), Dept. of Zoologia, Secr. da Agricultura, Caixa Postal 7172, — Aaa MACRO: esp. Ctenuchida, Pericopide, Castniida. Life History. Olli. EX. BRITISH WEST INDIES Bellinger, Peter F. (Dr.), University College of the West Indies, Mona, St. Andrew, Jamaica, LEPID. Coloration, Genetics. Coll. Ex. Lewis, ©. Bernard, Science Museum, Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica. RHOP: esp. of Jamaica and Cayman Islands. Coll. Poon yey a Sunnybank, Claremont, St. Ann, Jamaica. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingida. Sell. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 187 CHILE Herrera Gonzalez, José (Prof.), Lo Ovalle 0195, Santiago. RHOP: esp. Pieride, Nymphalidz, Satyridaz. Genitalia, Genetics. Coll. Ex. CUBA de la Torre y Callejas, S.L. (Dr.), Universidad de Oriente, Santiago de Cuba, Oriente. RHOP: esp. Eurema. Coll. Ex. MEXICO Escalante, Tarsicio (Dr.), Av. Cuitlahuac 63, Mexico 17, D.F. NORTH AMERICA CANADA ALBERTA BOWMAN, KENNETH, 10240 Wadhurst Rd., Edmonton. Wyatt, Colin W., c/o General Delivery, Banff. RHOP: Palearctic and Nearctic, esp. Alpine and Arctic spp. Local Races. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. BRITISH COLUMBIA *Fitch, Richard J., 2235 Pandora St., Vancouver. Arctic LEPID. Sell. *Guppy, Richard, R.R. 1, Marine Drive, Wellington. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Sell. MANITOBA Bird, Charles, 1930 Rosser Ave., Brandon. RHOP: esp. Hesperiidz, Pieridz. Coll. Polusny, John, 641 Martin Ave., Winnipeg. pOuelci Gis. Transcona. LEPID: esp. Central and S. American. RHOP. Coll. Ex. NOVA SCOTIA *Ferguson, Douglas C., Nova Scotia Museum of Science, Halifax. RHOP: Nearctic. MACRO: Nearctic, esp. Geometridz. Life History, Distribution. Coll. Ex. ONTARIO Bailey, Earl G., 34 Tecumseh St., St. Catharines. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Sell. Beirne, Bryan P. (Dr.), Division of Entomology, Science Service Bldg., Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa. MACRO. MICRO. Ecology, Distribution Coll. Ex. *Bruggemann, Paul F., 335 Science Service Bldg., Ottawa. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Geometridz, Hepialide. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Freeman, Thomas N. (Dr.), Div. of Entomology, Science Service Bldg., Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa. RHOP: esp. of Arctic. MACRO. MICRO. Coll. Ex. *Hardwick, David F., Div. of Entomology, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa. MACRO: esp. Noctuidz. Coll. Ex. Harrington, Peter T., 88 Heddington Ave., Toronto. RHOP: Papilionoidea of N. Amer.; Papilionidae, Danaidz and Heliconiide of world. Coll. Ex. Buy. Lambert, Robert (Dr.), Dept. of Agriculture, Systematic Entomology, Science Service, Ottawa. MICRO: esp. Tortricidz. Forest Lepidoptera, Biology. Coll. McKay, Margaret (Miss), Div. of Entomology, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa. LEPID. larvee. *Munroe, E.G. (Dr.), Div. of Entomology, Science Service Bldg-, Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa. RHOP. MACRO. MICRO: esp. Pyralididz and related families. Coll. Ex. Buy. ROGERSON, JOHN L., 30 First Ave., Coniston. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Syme, Paul D., 262 Bessborough Drive, Toronto 17. Coll. *Vogel, Harold A., R.R. #5, London. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Wigmore, R.H., Room 107, Science Service Bldg., Carling Ave., Ottawa. MACRO: esp. Noctuida. Coll. Ex. QUEBEC *Adelphe, (Rev. Brother), Ecole Supérieure Richard, 200 Rue Galt, Verdun. RHOP: esp. of eastern Canada. MACRO: esp. Noctuidae of east. Canada. Coll. ‘*Gray, P.H.H. (Dr.), Box 236, Macdonald College.. RHOP. MACRO. Biology. Coll. *Sheppard, Arthur C., 5554 Coolbrook Ave., Montreal 29. LEPID: of Quebec only. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. SASKATCHEWAN SHAW, J.P., Box 1056, Weyburn. 188 List of Members — 1953 Vol.7, nos.5-6 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA ALABAMA *Chermock, Ralph L. (Dr.), Box 2047, University of Alabama, University. RHOP: esp. Satyride. Phylogeny. Coll. Ex. Buy. Epstein, Hans J., 3 Hazel Hedge Lane, Montgomery 6. RHOP: esp. Papilionide, Pieridae, Nymphalidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. ARIZONA Wright, William J., Box 86, Cottonwood. Coll. Ex. CALIFORNIA Baber, Donald L., 1511 Drake Ave., Burlingame. RHOP: esp. Neotropical Papilion- idz. Variation of Agrias. Migration. Coll. Ex. Baker, Nelson W., 279 Sherwood Drive, Santa Barbara. *BAUER, WILLIAM R., 235 Liberty St., Petaluma. MACRO. Life History, Col- lecting Methods. Coll. Ex. Buy. Blackman, Thomas M., P.O. Box 125, Perris. Burdick, W.N., 1108 S. Harvard Blvd., Los Angeles 6. RHOP. of Rocky Mts. and West only. Coll. Ex. *Comstock, John A. (Dr.), P.O. Box 158, Del Mar. LEPID. Life History. Coll. Coy, L.P. (Dr.), 30 South El Camino Place, San Mateo. RHOP: esp. Speyeria, Euchloe. Coll. Ex. *CRICKMER, NOEL, Borrego Valley, Borrego Springs. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Damin, Verna A. (Mrs.), 318 Poplar Ave., Modesto. *Davies, Thomas W., 791 Elsie Ave., San Leandro. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Downey, John C., Zoology Dept., University of Calif., Davis. RHOP: esp. Lycanidz. Coll. Ex. Essig, E.O. (Prof.), 112 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4. LEPID: esp. of western North America. Coll. *Evans, William H., 8711 La Tuna Canyon Road, Sun Valley. LEPID: esp. Annaphila, Heliothiine, Geometridae. Life History, Photography. Coll. Sell. *Ford, Robert J., 3266 Ardmore Ave., South Gate. RHOP. MACRO. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Gehrhardt, Edgar E., 456 18th St., Richmond 5. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingide. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Guedet, Edward F. (Rev.), 1818 Eddy St., San Franciscol5. MACRO: esp. Geometridz. Coll. Ex. Buy. “Hammer, William A., 1923 Evergreen Ave., San Leandro. RHOP: esp. Speyeria, Colias, CEneis. MACRO: Coll Ex. Buy. Harlick, Robert M., 2159 33rd Ave., San Francisco 22. Hill, Charles, 1350 San Luis Rey Drive, Glendale 8. MACRO: esp. Noctuide of western Nearctic region. Coll. Ex. Buy. “Hovanitz, William (Prof.), Dept. of Biology, University of San Francisco, San Fran- cisco 17. RHOP. Genetics. ee Lowell H., 622 N. Bright Ave., Whittier. RHOP: esp. Lycaznida, Hesperi- ida. Coll. Ex. Karp, Ben, 3148 Foothill Blvd., La Crescenta. MICRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. "KIRKWOOD, CARL W., Box 47, Summerland. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. LANGSTON, ROBERT L., 3008 Claremont Ave., Berkeley 5. RHOP. and MACRO. of western Nearctic. MICRO: esp. Zygznoidea. Coll. Ex. Laspe, Charles G., 1 Middleridge Lane, Rolling Hills. RHOP: esp. Papilionidz. Coll. Linsdale, Donald D., Hastings Reservation, Jamesburg Route, Carmel Valley. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Macheboeuf, Charles, Kelseyville. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. "McHENRY, PADDY, 1032 E. Santa Anita, Burbank. Original Descriptions of Nearctic Rhop. Coll. ser a ©. Don, Dept. of Entomology, 112 Agriculture Hall, University of California, CrKCICy 4. “MARTIN, LLOYD M., Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles RHOP: esp. Speyeria, Euphydryas, Hesperiidae. Life History. Coll. Ex. Minahan, Roger P., 8372 E. Westminster Ave., Westminster. LEPID: esp. moths. Ecology, Genetics, Life History, Parasitology. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 189 Monroe, Burt L., Jr., (Ens.), USNR 517599, U.S.S. Bandoeng Strait, (CVE-116), c/o Fleet Postmaster, San Francisco. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Neumann, D., Jr., 3066 Georgia St., Oakland 2. Opler, Paul A., 415 Beatrice Road, Concord. RHOP: esp. Speyeria, Papilio. MACRO. Life History of Papilio. Coll. Ex. PATTERSON, DONALD, 170 Glenwood Ave., Atherton. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. POWELL, JERRY A., 4170 Bedford Drive, San Diego 16. RHOP: esp. Pieridz. Coll. Ex. Sell. Rees, William A., 934 So. McDonnell Ave., Los Angeles 22. MACRO. MICRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Reichart, George B., 5929 Wood Drive, Oakland 11. *Reid, Robert H., 4442 Franklin Ave., Los Angeles 27. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. *Roberds, Joseph, 2022 Huntington Lane, Redondo Beach. RHOP: esp. Papilio, Spey- erta, Colias. Coll. Ex. Rubbert, Allen, 1915 Terrace Way, Bakersfield. Sala, Frank P., 1912 Hilton Drive, Burbank. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Saturniidz, Cato- cala, Noctuidae. MICRO: esp. Ageriidz, Cossidz. Life History. Coll. Ex. Sell. Samuelson, G. Allan, 3824 Walnut Ave., Concord. Schmela, Dora E. (Mrs.), 2883 Grove St., Ventura. RHOP. Coll. Smith, Arthur C., P.O. Box 411, Berkeley. RHOP. and MACRO. of Mexico and Southwestern U.S.A. Ecology, Distribution. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Smoker, Samuel R., 105 Topeka Ave., San Jose, Calif. *SPERRY, JOHN L., 3260 Redwood Drive, Riverside. RHOP. of world. MACRO: esp. Geometridz of world. Coll. Ex. Buy. Stoner, Emerson A., 285 East “L’’ St., Benicia. *Thorne, Fred T., 1360 Merritt Drive, El Cajon. RHOP: esp. Theclinez. Life History. Coll. Ex. *TILDEN, J.W. (Dr.), 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose 27. RHOP: esp. Hesperiide. MICRO. Food Relationships, Behavior. Coll. Ex. *Weber, Bernie H., 359 E. Angeleno Ave., Burbank. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Wittman, R.N., Box A, Borrego Springs. Coll. COLORADO *Brown, F. Martin, Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs. RHOP: esp. Pieridz and Satyride of neotropics. Distribution. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Eff, J. Donald, 820 Grant St., Boulder. RHOP: esp. Melitewa, Euphydryas, and Arctic species. Coll. Ex. Sell. MAY, J.F., Lytle Star Route, Colorado Springs. Large insects of the world. Coll. Ex. Buy. Marston, Norman L., Hartman. LEPID: esp. Arctiide, Acronycta, Erynnis. Genitalia. Coll. Ex. Minor, W.C., P.O. Box 62, Fruita. RHOP: esp. Rocky Mt. fauna. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Renk, John J. (Brother), Regis College, W. 50th and Lowell Blvd., Denver 11. RHOP: esp. Catagramma. Coloration. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rotger, Bernard (Rev.), Pagosa Springs. RHOP: esp. of Colorado. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Schryver, C.D., 4561 Wolff St., Denver 12. RHOP. Coll. Ex. CONNECTICUT Bakeless, John (Dr.), Great Hill, R.D. 2, Seymour. RHOP: Nymphalide. Migration. Coll. Ex. Beall, Geoffrey (Dr.), Dept. of Mathematics, University of Connecticut, Storrs. Migration. Brower, Lincoln P. & Jane VZ., Osborn Zoological Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11. Biol. of Lepid. Mimicry. Coll. Carleton, Bukk G., 3rd, Parade Hill Lane, New Canaan. Hartman, W.D. (Dr.), Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University, New Haven 11. RHOP. *HESSEL, SIDNEY A., Nettleton Hollow Rd., Washington. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Coll. Pease, Roger W., Jr., 6 Trumbull St., New Britain. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. *Remington, Charles L. (Prof.), Osborn Zoological Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11. LEPID: Genetics, Population Biology, Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. 190 List of Members — 1953 Vol.7, nos.5-6 *Remington, Jeanne E. (Mrs.), Osborn Zoological Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11. *Schroeter, Otto H. (Col.), P.O. Box 391, Quaker Hill. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Wilhelm, Herman P., Buckingham Rd., Willimantic. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. DELAWARE Jones, Frank Morton (Dr.), 2000 Riverview Ave., Wilmington. LEPID: esp. Psychidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA *CLARK, AUSTIN H., Smithsonian Institution, Washington 25. RHOP. *Field, William D., Division of Insects, U.S. National Museum, Washington 25. RHOP: esp. Lycanidz. FLORIDA Davidson, W.M., 1504 Bodell St., Orlando. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. *Fuller, Stanley V., Cassadaga P.O., Volusia County. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingidz and Catocalinz. Life History. Coll. *Grimshawe, Florence M. (Mrs.), 766 N.W. 13th Ave., Miami 35. RHOP. and MACRO. of S. Florida and Keys, esp. Papilio ponceana. Coll. Sell. KILMAN, LEROY N., 2314 59th St. South, St. Petersburg 7. *KIMBALL, CHARLES P., Route 4, Box 942, Sarasota. LEPID. Chemical Baits. Coll. Ex. Buy. *King, H.L., Box 1171, Sarasota. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Stein, George L., 262 Capri Ave., “Silver Shores”, Lauderdale-by-the-sea. RHOP. MACRO. Life History, Distribution. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. | Sweetman, Harry E., Box 518, DeBary. RHOP. and MACRO: esp. of central north- west U.S.A. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. GEORGIA *Harris, Lucien, Jr., P.O. Box 167, Avondale Estates. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Catocala, Sphinx. Coll. Ex. Harris, Lucien, II], 2284 Pembrook Place, Atlanta. Knudsen, John P., Oglethorpe University, Oglethorpe University. Sams, Robert, Jr., 172 Huntington Rd., N.W., Atlanta. *TOWERS, ABNER A., 2421 Sagamore Drive N.W., Atlanta. RHOP. and MACRO: Nearctic only. Coll. Ex. HAWAII "Calkins, Virgil F., P.O. Box 461, U.S. Immigration-Naturalization Service, Honolulu 9, Oahu. RHOP: Nearctic. MACRO: esp. Saturniida, Sphingidz, Ceratocampide, Catocala. Coll. Buy. Sell. SETTE, OSCAR E., 4490 Aukai Ave., Honolulu, Hawaii, T.H. IDAHO Manning, James H., 1515 N. 26th, Boise. RHOP: Nearctic. MACRO: esp. Catocala, Sphingida. Coll. Ex. "WILSON, KENT H.,* 823 East ‘“B” St., Moscow. RHOP: esp. Papilionida. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Jugate. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. ILLINOIS Allyn, Arthur C., Jr., 100 West Monroe St., Chicago. ANHILGER, CARL, 5938 W. Chicago Ave., Chicago 51. RHOP: esp. Papilio, Troides (= Ornithoptera), etc. Ex. Buy. Banks, Leslie, 900 Gunnison St., Chicago 40. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Geometridae, Heliothiina, Notodontide. Coll. Ex. Buy. “BRISTOL, MAURICE L., 511 May St. Elgin. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Apantesis, Catocala, Noctuide. Coll. Ex. Buy. Conway, Patrick J., R.R. #3, Box 127, Aledo. Lite Member. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 191 Dalkoff, Leonard, 1726 2914 St., Rock Island. Dluhy, Eugene, 3912 N. Hamilton Ave., Chicago 18. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Fryxell, Thomas, 1331 42nd Ave., Rock Island. FULTON, MACDONALD (Dr.),” Dept. of Bacteriology, Loyola School of Medicine, 706 S. Wolcott Ave., Chicago 12. RHOP. Coll. *Gerhard, W.J., Curator of Insects, Chicago Natural History Museum, Chicago 5. RHOP. MACRO. *Glenn, Murray O., 1019 Normal St., Henry. MACRO. MICRO: esp. Gelechioidea. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Hagey, Robert H., 2400 Greenwood Ave., Wilmette. LEPID. Coll. Hayes, Joseph B., 7522 Forest Preserve Drive, Chicago 34. RHOP: esp. Papilionide. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Hessler, Robert, 6510 N. Campbell, Chicago 45. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Irwin, Roderick R., 411 N. Bloomington St., Streator. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Jelinek, Anton, 3900 Diversey Ave., Chicago 47. RHOP: of tropics, esp. Morpho, Papilio. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. KISTNER, DAVID H., Dept. of Zoology, University of Chicago, Chicago 37. RHOP: esp. Speyeria. MACRO: esp. Noctuidae. Distribution. Coll. Ex. *Lauck, Albert G., 2716 Grandview Ave., Alton. RHOP: esp. Cineis, Erebia, Boloria, Lycenidz. Coll. Ex. LEUSCHNER, RONALD, 1172 S. Wenonah Ave., Oak Park. RHOP: esp. Speyeria, Boloria, Meliteaa. MACRO. Coll. Ex. *McElhose, Arthur L., 816 N. Belmont Ave., Arlington Heights. RHOP. MICRO. Coll. Ex. MERRIAM, ELSEY E. (Miss), 4520 Clarendon Ave., Chicago 40. Oemick, Donald, 11022 Vernon Ave., Chicago 28. RHOP: esp. Papilio. MACRO. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Panske, Leonard G., 2215 W. Eire St., Chicago. RHOP. MACRO. Life History. Coll. Buy. Phillips, Leonard S., 1928 South Trumbuli Avenue, Chicago 23. RHOP. MACRO: esp- Catocala. Coll. Ex. Busy. Sell. Rutkowski, Frank E., 5723 McVicker Ave., Chicago 30. MACRO. Life History. Coll. Sasko, V.G. (Prof.), 1937 W. Chicago Ave., Chicago 22. RHOP: esp. Papilionide, Nymphalide, Morpho of Western Hemisphere. MACRO: esp. Sphinx, Saturniide, Lasiocampidze and smaller moths, Catocala. Life History. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Schoenherr, William H., 225 Cedar Ave., Danville. RHOP: esp. Pieridz, Papilio. MACRO: esp. Sphingidz. Distribution, Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. SICHER, HARRY (Dr.), Loyola University School of Dentistry, 1757 W. Harrison St., Chicago 12. Steffen, Michael K., 124 N. Foley Ave., Freeport. RHOP: esp. Nymphalidz, Papilio, Hesperiidae. MACRO. Aberrations. Coll. Ex. Buy. Turner, Blair H., 1575 Ashland Ave., Evanston. Nymphalide. MICRO. Coll. Ex. Saree HAROLD E., 6115 Newport Ave,. Chicago 34. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Wyatt, Alex K., 5842 N. Kirby Ave., Chicago 30. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Exbaphe, Heliothiine. Life History. Coll. Ex. INDIANA Ae, Albert S., Dept. of Biology, University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame. RHOP: Genetics. Badger, F.S., 209 Forest Drive, Kokomo. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Chandik, Ted, 1236 119th St., Whiting. MACRO: esp. Sphingida, Catocala, Saturni- idz. Coll. Shields, James, 503 West Sixth St., Marion. RHOP: esp. Papilionidea. Coll. Ex. Buy. Wren, George R., 700 Pierce St., Gary. RHOP: esp. Satyrida. Mimicry. Coll. *Young, Frank N. (Prof.), Dept. of Zoology, Indiana University, Bloomington. Ex- tinction of Rhop. by human agencies. IOWA Booth, Oliver E., 907 Clinton Ave., Des Moines 13. KANSAS Bancroft, Larry, 1023 S. Main, Ottawa. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Ehrlich, Paul R., Dept. of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence. RHOP: Nearctic. MACRO. MICRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. 192 List of Members — 1953 Vol.7, nos.5-6 Howe, William, 822 E. Eleventh St., Ottawa. RHOP: esp. Papilio, Troides, Morpho. MACRO: esp. Sphingida, Saturniidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. *STALLINGS, DON B., Caldwell. RHOP: esp. Strymon, Euphydryas, Hesperia, Mega- thymus. Racial Distribution, Seasonal Forms. Coll. Ex. Buy. KENTUCKY *Bishop, John A. (Dr.), Jeffersontown. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Cook, Carl, Crailhope. RHOP: esp. Papilionida of the world. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. MERRITT, JAMES R. (Prof.), School of Law, University of Louisville, Louisville 8. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Unseld, James, Jr., Gravel Switch. RHOP: esp. Papilio, Morpho. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. LOUISIANA Berg, George H., Room 319, Custom House, New Orleans 16. RHOP: esp. Papilion- idz of world. Coll. Ex. Buy. MAINE *BROWER, A.E. (Dr.), 5 Hospital St., Augusta. RHOP: esp. of eastern U.S.A. MACRO: esp. Catocala. MICRO: esp. Aigeriide. Life History, Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *GREY, L. PAUL, R.F.D., Lincoln. RHOP: Argynninz only. Coll. Ex) Buyisells MARYLAND Cross, Frank C., 9413 Second Ave., Silver Spring. RHOP. Fales, John H., 1917 Elkhart St., Silver Spring. RHOP. MACRO. Life History, Distribution. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Ghika, George, 3900 Hamilton St., F 101, Hyattsville. Melanism. MacLeod, Ellis G., Dayton. RHOP: Colzas of eastern U.S.A.: Taxonomy, Distribution, Biology; Interspecific Hybridization. *Robinson, Paul F., 425 Barnes St., Bel Air. RHOP. Life History, Physiology. Coll. Buy. Simmons, Robert S. (Dr.), 1305 Light St., Baltimore 30. MASSACHUSETTS *Alexander, Charles P. (Prof-), Fernald Hall, University of Massachusetts, Ambherst. Classification, Distribution. Belcher, Harry C., Jr., 133 Hawthorne St., East Weymouth. Cady, Michael E., 21 Border St., Dedham. RHOP. MICRO. Coli. Ex. Buy. "Carpenter, A.J., 236 Huntington Ave., Boston. RHOP. Coll. Buy. *Coher, Edward I., 12 Harvard Terrace, Allston 34. Coll. Sell. Cottrell, G.W. (Mrs.), 70 Lake View Ave., Cambridge 38. Edwards, Robert L. (Dr.), 46 Lincoln St., Waltham 54. Ecology. Flint, Oliver S. Jr., 57 Farview Way, Amherst. LEPID: Life History. Hilliard, Stephen S., 25 Beech St., Framingham. ‘Johnston, William M., 383 South St., Jamaica Plain. RHOP: of New England. Coll. Kamp, George W., 44 Holmes Rd., Dedham. Coll. Ex. Buy. Knowlton, Carroll B., Jr., 14 Stuart St., Everett 49. Catocala. Coll. Lane, Harold E., 41 Ellicott St., Needham. Coll. Buy. “Learned, Elmer T. (Dr.), 542 Maple St., Fall River. RHOP. MACRO. Genetics. McCabe, David T., 15 Fiske Rd., Wellesley Hills 82. RHOP: esp. Colias. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Coll. Scott, Arthur H., 20 Bishop Pky., Pittsfield. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Shappirio, David G., Biological Laboratories, Harvard University, Cambridge 38. LEPID. Chemistry of Insect Pigments. Coll. “Smith, Marion E. (Dr.), Fernald Hall, University of Massachusetts, Amherst. MACRO: esp. Arctiida. Life History. Univ. Coll. WALCOTT, CHARLES, 81 Sparks St., Cambridge 38. MACRO: Saturniidz. Life History, Photography, Sex Attractants in Moths. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Williams, Carroll M. (Prof.), Biological Labs., Harvard University, Cambridge 38. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Saturniida. Physiology of metamorphosis. Coll. Buy. — MICHIGAN "Beebe, Ralph, 4169 Tenth St., Ecorse 29. MICRO. Distribution and Food Plants in Michigan. Coll. Crampton, Charlene E. (Miss), Rt. #1, White Pigeon. 1953 The Lepidopterists’ News 193 *Dreisbach, Robert R., 301 Helen St., Midland. LEPID. of Michigan. Coll. Ex. Hodges, Ronald, 1123 Theodore St., Lansing 15. *Hynes, Vonta P. (Mrs.), 152 Meachem Ave., Battle Creek. LEPID. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Lems, Kees, 1319 Hill St., Ann Arbor. RHOP. MACRO. Migration. Coll. Ex. *McALPINE, WILBUR S., 636 S. Woodward Ave., Birmingham. RHOP: esp. Riodinidz. MACRO: local. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Newman, John H., 9821 Peer Road, R.F.D. #1, South Lyon. LEPID: of Michigan. Coll. Ex. *Nielsen, M.C., 1816 Coleman St., Lansing 10. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingide, Saturniidz, Noctuidz. Coll. Ex. Perkins, Owen A., 1605 Crooks Rd., Royal Oak. LEPID: esp. of Michigan. Classifi- cation, Distribution. Coll. Ex. Buy. *VOSS, EDWARD G., Dept. of Botany, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. LEPID. of northern Michigan. Hesperiidz of world, esp. Classification and Phylogeny. Coll. Ex. Wagner, Warren H., Jr. (Dr.), 721 Mt. Pleasant Ave., Ann Arbor. RHOP: esp. Hes- periide and Lycaenidae. MACRO. Life History. Coll. Wilson, Bruce V., 815 N. Chipman St., Owosso. MINNESOTA COX, SAM M., 127 N. 10th Ave., East, Duluth 5. MISSISSIPPI Jones, Jack R., Jr., 304 Robinhood Road, Jackson. MACRO: Sphingide, Saturni- ide, Citherontidz, Catocala. *MATHER, BRYANT, P.O. Drawer 2131, Jackson. RHOP. Coll. MISSOURI Heitzman, John R., 3112 Harris Ave., Independence. *MEINERS, EDWIN P. (Dr.), 6651 Enright Ave., St. Louis 5. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Arctiidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Pickel, Benjamin H., 3619 Gordon Ave., Overland 21. RHOP: esp. Thecline. Mi- gration. Ex. Buy. Sell. *REMINGTON, P. SHELDON, 5570 Etzel Ave., St. Louis 12. RHOP: Hespertide, esp. Megathymus, Hesperia, Lycenide, CEneis, Erebia. MACRO: esp. Sphingide, Saturniide, Catocala. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Thomas, George W., 106 Whitten Hall, Dept. of Entomology, University of Missouri, Columbia. MACRO: esp. Noctuidze (Plusiinz). Parasites. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. NEBRASKA FROEMEL, E.A., Columbus. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Coll. Ex. Buy. Johnston, David W., Box 377, Broken Bow. NEVADA Dickinson, Krestine M., Box 435, Reno. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. E NEW HAMPSHIRE *Gerould, John H. (Prof.), 36 Occom Ridge, Hanover. RHOP: Pieridae, esp. Colas. MACRO: esp. Bombyx. Genetics, ecology of Colias. Anatomy and circulation of Bombyx. Mimicry. Coll. *Lennox, Donald J., R-F.D. #1, Whitefield. RHOP. MACRO. Life History. Coll. Ex. RITTERBUSH, PHILIP C., 20 Lafayette St., Laconia. RHOP. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Smith, Richard Stanton, 83 Shore Drive, Laconia. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. NEW JERSEY BOONE, PETER, R.F.D. 3, Box 172, Princeton. MACRO: esp. Sphingidz, Cera- tocampide. *BUCHHOLZ, OTTO, 493 Markthaler Place, Roselle Park. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. CADBURY, JOHN W., Ill, Spung Hollow, R.D. #1, Pemberton. MACRO: esp. Noctuidz, Notodontida, Sphingidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. 194 List of Members — 1953 Vol.7, nos.5-6 Comstock, W-P., 117 Lincoln Ave., Newark 4. *DOS PASSOS, CYRIL F., Washington Corners, Mendham. RHOP: Satyridz, esp. (Eneis, Erebia. Coll. Buy. Fleming, Henry, Box 84, Coytesville. Garthe, William, Hanover Road, Hanover. RHOP. MACRO. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. MacGregor, C. Russell (Mr. and Mrs.), Corey Lane, Mendham, Coll. Ex. MULLER, JOSEPH, R.D. 1, Lebanon. LEPID. of New Jersey only. Life History. Coll. *RAWSON, GEORGE W. (Dr.), c/o Ciba Pharmaceutical Products, Inc., Summit. RHOP. MACRO. Ecology, Distribution, Biochemistry. Coll. Ex. Sheldrick, Peter, Mt. Kemble Ave., Morristown. Small, Gordon B., Jr., 100 Oxford St., Glen Ridge. RHOP: esp. Lycanide. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Treat, Asher E., 51 Colonial Parkway, Dumont. MACRO: esp. Nemoria, Dichorda. MICRO: esp. Eucleida. Life History. Zepf, William Wright, 2 Mechanic St., Haddonfield. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Ziegler, J. Benjamin (Dr.), 64 Canoe Brook Parkway, Summit. RHOP: Lycenide (esp. Theclina), Riodinide. Genetics, Ecology, Distribution. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. NEW MEXICO Eyer, John R. (Dr.), New Mexico Agricultural Experiment Station, State College. MICRO: esp. Lyonetiide, Hepialida, Micropterygide. Morphology, Life History. Coll. Ex. Standard, O.D., 322 East Coronado Ave., Belen. RHOP: esp. Papilionidz of world. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. NEW YORK Beebe, William (Dr.), Zoological Park, New York 60. RHOP. MACRO. Ecology Life History. Coll. "Bell, Ernest L., 150-17 Roosevelt Ave., Flushing. RHOP: esp. Hesperiidz. Bowe, John J. (Dr.), 1303 York Ave., New York City. Buxbaum, Paul, 360 Central Park West, New York 25. RHOP: esp. Papilionidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. "Casselberry, R.C., 55 Edgemont Rd., Scarsdale. RHOP: esp. Papilio. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Collins, Victor C., 255 West 84th St., New York 24. RHOP: esp. of South America and Indo-Pacific. Coll. Ex. Buy. Duane, John P., 33 Grandview Circle, Manhasset. Farquhar, Donald W. (Dr.), 185 Claremont Ave., New York 27. RHOP. MACRO. Food Plants, Distribution, Life History, etc. Coll. Ex. *FRANCLEMONT, JOHN G., Dept. of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca. MACRO: esp. Noctuide, Notodontida, Lymantriida. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Bes arate ce ace C., 6 Matilda St., Albany 2. RHOP: esp. Lycanidz, Hesper- 1010€a. JOLI. EX. Gertsch, W.J. (Dr.), American Museum of Natural History, New York 24. Nearctic RHOP., esp. Lycanidz. Gillham, Nicholas W., No.4 Washington Square North, New York. RHOP: esp- Lycaenidae, Melitwa, Euphydryas, Hesperiide. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Glanz, A., 291 E. 98th St., Brooklyn 12. Caen aaah J., 369 Alabama Avenue, Brooklyn 7. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. uy. Sell. “HEINEMAN, BERNARD, 247 Church St., New York 13. RHOP: of Jamaica. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Coll. Hellman, Geoffrey T., 228 E. 61st St., New York 21. Hopf, Alice Lightner (Mrs.), 136 West 16th St., New York 11. Migration. Coll. "Keji, Joseph A., Biggs Hospital, Ithaca. MACRO. Life History. Coll. “Kellner, John J., 41-03 171st St., Flushing, L.l. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. “Klots, Alexander B. (Prof.), City College of New York, 17 Lexington Ave., New _ York 10. RHOP: esp. Boloria, Colias. MICRO: esp. Crambinz. Ex. Buy. Kolyer, John M., 104 Renison Drive, Westbury. RHOP: esp. Papilionida. MACRO. Latham, Roy, Orient, Long Island. MACRO. MICRO. Parasites. Coll. Marks, Louis S. (Dr.), Biological Lab., Fordham University, New York. RHOP: esp. Papilio ( oll 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 195 Miller, Howard C. (Dr.), 222 N. Collingwood Ave., Syracuse 6. RHOP: esp. tropical Pieridz, Nymphalidae. MACRO. Coll. Buy. Morris, John W., 2704 W. Genesee St., Syracuse 9. RHOP: esp. Papilionidz. MACRO: esp. Sphingidz. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Murtaugh, Paul A., Tuxedo Park. *Nabokov, Vladimir (Prof.), Goldwin Smith Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca. RHOP: Holarctic; Lycenidez. MACRO: Palearctic. NAUMANN, FRED T., 307 E. 44th St., New York 17. Life History. Obraztsov, Nicholas S. (Dr.), 11 Cromwell Place, Sea Cliff, Long Island. LEPID: esp. Amatidze, Torticide. Morphology of Genitalia. Pirone, Dominick J., 108 No. Columbus Ave., Mt. Vernon. Coll. Richter, Max L., Butterfly Farm, East Durham. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Riley, Thomas J., Box 6, Brandywine Station, Schenectady 4. *Rindge, Frederick H. (Dr.), American Museum of Natural History, New York 24. MACRO: esp. Geometride. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Rupert, Laurence R., Sardinia. MACRO: Geometride esp. Ennominz. Life His- tory. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sanford, Leonard J., 210 E. 69th St., New York 21. RHOP. of East Indies and New Guinea, esp. Pieridz. Ex. *SHOUMATOFF, NICHOLAS, Box 333, Bedford. LEPID: of eastern U.S.A. and West Indies. Distribution, Morphology. Coll. Ex. Shulgin, Michael, 3324 Perry Ave., Bronx. RHOP. and MACRO. of world. Coll. Ex. *SPELLMAN, M., 2781 Grand Concourse, New York 58. RHOP.- Ex. Buy. Sell. Thunelius, Robert E., 90-13 168th St., Jamaica 32. RHOP. esp. Papilio, Nymphalidz. Rearing. Coll. Ex. Buy. Wilcox, LeRoy, Speonk, Long [sland. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Wilson, Douglas H. (Prof.), School of Art, Syracuse University, Syracuse. Coll. Buy. *Zappalorti, Michael, 123 Androvette St., Charleston 13, Staten Island. RHOP. and MACRO: local and exotic. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. NORTH CAROLINA Butler, Robert, Box 1057, Southern Pines. RHOP: of world; esp. Papilionidz, Nymphalidz, Pieride. MACRO: Saturniide. Eaton, Theodore H. Jr., East Carolina College, Greenville. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Gottschalk, Carl W. (Dr.), 68 Maxwell Road, Glen Lennox, Chapel Hill. RHOP: esp. of Arctic. Pigment Metabolism. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Jamison, J.R. Jr., 12 Thomson Ave., Canton. *McELVARE, ROWLAND R., Southern Pines. MACRO: esp. Heliothiinz. NORTH DAKOTA Oberfoell, Jim, Buffalo Springs. OHIO *BAKER, CLEMENT W., P.O. Box 455, Waynesburg. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Buy. Bock, Theodore, 70 Ehrman Ave., Cincinnati 20. RHOP: esp. Papilio, Agrias, Morpho. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Braun, Annette (Dr.), 5956 Salem Road, Mt. Washington, Cincinnati 30. MICRO: esp. Tineoidea. Life History. Coll. Cannon, Marvin S., 236 Islington St., Toledo 10. MICRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Chase, Hazel (Mrs.), 272 Union St., Galion. Cobb, Robert B., 1109 Asbury Rd., Cincinnati 30. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Sell. *Ferguson, Elias A., 1213 Bellflower Ave. S.W., Canton 10. RHOP: esp. Papilio. MACRO: esp. Catocala. MICRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Romine, Ray, Route 2, Caledonia. RHOP. MICRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Randle, Worth S., Box 63, Cincinnati 20. Life History. *Smalley, Stephen B., 6129 Glade Ave., Cincinnati 30. RHOP. Life History Photo- graphy. Coll. Ex. Buy. Taylor, Herbert S., 1369 Fair Ave., Columbus. Thomas, Edward S., Ohio State Museum, Columbus 10. RHOP: esp. Hesperioidea, Hair-streaks. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Life History, Distribution. Thrasher, William, R.D. Route 2, Garrettsville. RHOP. and MACRO. of world, esp- Papilionidz and Saturniide. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Welling, Edward C., 700 East 240th St., Euclid 23. LEPID: esp. Speyeria, Melitea, Papilionide, etc. Sugar-baiting. Coll. Ex. 196 List of Members — 1953 Vol.7, nos.5-6 OREGON * Albright, Ray, Dayton. RHOP. Coll. Ex. *Baker, James H., Baker. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Jewett, Stanley G., 7742 S.E. 27th Ave., Portland 2. Macy, Ralph W. (Prof.), Reed College, Portland 2. RHOP. MACRO. Biology, Taxonomy. Coll. Ex. Buy. Scott, Leonard M., 6537 S.E. 83rd Ave., Portland 66. PENNSYLVANIA *ACKERMANN, OTTO, 639 Walnut St., Irwin. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Sell. (plas- tic mounts). *Adams, J.W., 32 Pleasant St., Philadelphia 19. RHOP: esp. Nearctic Hesperiide. Taxonomy; Distribution in Relation to Food Plants. Coll. Ex. Anderson, Richard A., 411 Summit Drive, Pittsburgh 34. RHOP. MACRO. “CARY, MARGARET M. (Mrs.), Ellet Lane and Wissahickon Ave., Mt. Airy, Phila- delphia 19. MACRO: esp. Sphingidz. Life History. Coll. Buy. *Clench, Harry K., Section of Insects and Spiders, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh 13. RHOP: Lycenidaz, esp. Theclinz. Evolution, Phylogeny, Systematics. Coll. Ex. Dixon, Bruce W., 119 Cherry Valley Road, Pittsburgh 21. RHOP: esp. Nymphalidz. Coll. Ex. EHLE, GEORGE, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster. RHOP. Coll. Sell. ‘Jay, William, 6358 McCallumn St., Germantown, Philadelphia. RHOP. MICRO. Buy. Kopp, Larry J., R.D., Klingerstown. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Malcolm, John A. Jr., 1590 Williamsburg Road, Mt. Lebanon, Pittsburgh 16. RHOP: esp. Pierine. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Mergott, Winston B., 549 Oxford Blvd., Pittsburgh 16. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. *MERKER, C.G., 1520 Cooper St., N.S., Pittsburgh 12. LEPID. Coll} ExaeBayesscie *Moyer, Howard C., Box 238, R.D. 2, Sinking Spring. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Sell. Murchie, William R., Box 203, Sharon. RHOP. Coll. Ex. *Napier, Arthur H., 503 E. Willow Grove Ave., Chestnut Hill, Philadelphia 18. Nearctic RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingida, Arctiidae, Catocala. MICRO: of Penn- sylvania. Coll. “Peters, George, Adamstown. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. PRESTON, FLOYD W., 526 Linden Rd., State Coliege. RHOP: esp. Pieridz. Coll. Ex. PRESTON, JUNE D. (Mrs.), 526 Linden Road, State College. RHOP: esp. Lycenidz. Coll. Ex. Rupprecht, Jerome (Rev.), St. Vincent Archabby, Latrobe. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Staftord, Charles W., 1125 Tennessee Ave., Pittsburgh 16. "Tietz, Harrison M. (Prof.), Dept. of Zoology, Pennsylvania State College, State College. MACRO: esp. Noctuidae. Life History. Coll. Ex. RHODE ISLAND Dane, Benjamin, Indian Ave., Middletown. MACRO: Saturniida, esp. Life History Photographs and Sexual Attraction. Coll. Ex. Buy. French, Ellery W., 247 Washington Ave., Providence 5. RHOP. MACRO. SOUTH DAKOTA Harvey, W.B., Box 52, Wall. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. TENNESSEE Roever, Kilian, R.F.D. #2, Jackson. Webster, Clarence G., 1500 Ridley Blvd., Nashville 4. Wilcox, William J., 400 Villanova Road, Oak Ridge. RHOP. TEXAS ANDERSON, C.A., 3209 Centenary, Dallas 5. RHOP: esp. Danaus plexippus. Life History, Migration, Daly, Howell V., 2418 Gladstone Drive, Dallas 8. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. “FREEMAN, HUGH A., 1335 Overhill Drive, Garland. RHOP: esp. Hesperioidea, Theclinw. Taxonomy, Ecology. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. £955 The Leptdopterists’ News 197 *Glick, P.A., P.O. Box 1290, Brownsville. RHOP: esp. Papilionide. MACRO: esp. Catocala, Saturniida. Aerial Insect Dissemination and Migration, Cotton Insects. Coll. Buy. Kinch, Everard M., 4223 Jerry Lane, Fort Worth. RHOP. Coll. Ex. *Orchard, C.D., Grayson St. Station, P.O. Box 242, San Antonio. Coll. Reinthal, Walfried J. (Dr.), Terrell State Hospital, Terrell. RHOP: Nearctic and Palzarctic. Coll. Ex. Sell. Ryan, Charlton (Miss), 1822 Huff St., Wichita Falls) RHOP. Coll. Ex. Sell. *STRUCK, B., P.O. Drawer 271, Brownsville. RHOP. UTAH Dennis, Arthur E., 758 N. 4 E., Provo. RHOP. Life History. Coll. Ex. Phillips, G. Lyle, 2746 Adams St., Salt Lake City 15. PHILLIPS, W. LEVI,’ 985 S. Third East, Salt Lake City 4. MACRO: esp. Pseudohazis. VERMONT Werner, Floyd G. (Dr.), Dept. of Zoology, University of Vermont, Burlington. VIRGINIA Blevins, T.B. (Dr.), 3513-A So. Stafford St., Arlington. RHOP: Papilionoidea, esp. Nymphalidz. Covell, Charles V. Jr., Episcopal High School, Alexandria. *NICOLAY, STANLEY S. (Lt. Col.), Qrts. R-5, Marine Corps School, Quantico. RHOP.: esp. Lycaenidz, Hesperiidz. Coll. Ex. Rozman, Robert, 726 N. Buchanan St., Arlington. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Todd, E.L. (Dr.), 1102 Wayne Road, Falls Church. RHOP: Lycaenide. MACRO: Noctuidz, Notodontidz, Geometridae, Lymantriidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. WASHINGTON *Anderson, Andrew, P.O. Box 192, Pateros. RHOP. Coll. Ex. *Bauer, David L., 1103 Ballew Ave., Everett. RHOP.: esp. Melite@a of world; U.S. Papilio machaon group, Anthocaris, and Glaucopsyche races. MACRO. Bionomics, Distribution. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Carman, J.D. (Mrs.), Route 2, Sunnyside. *COOK, WILLIAM C. (Dr.), 219 Newell St., Walla Walla. MACRO: esp. Noctuide. Ecology, Distribution. Coll. Ex. *Frechin, Donald P., Route 5, Box 838, Bremerton. RHOP: esp. Exphydryas, Mitoura. MACRO: esp. Washington diurnals. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Hopfinger, John C., Brewster. RHOP: esp. Satyridze, Lycanide. MACRO: esp. Saturniida. Migration. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Pearson, James C., 5441 Windemere Rd., Seattle 5. *Whittaker, Robert H. (Dr.), Aquatic Biology Unit, Radiological Science Dept., General Electric Co., Richland. RHOP. Ecology, Distribution. Coll. WISCONSIN Adler, Julius, 167 Prospect Ave., Madison 5. Nearctic RHOP. Coll. Ex. *ARNHOLD, F.R., Route 3, Chippewa Falls. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Bower, H.M., 601 McIndoe St., Wausau. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Ebner, James A., 2023A No. 24th St., Milwaukee 5. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Ely, Frank (Mrs.), Endeavor. Euting, Neil A., P.O. Box 154, Okauchee. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. *GRIEWISCH, LOUIS W., 1181 Reed St., Green Bay. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Jablonski, Raymond, 1018 N. Marshall St., Milwaukee 2. RHOP: esp. Papilio, Theela. Life History, Migration. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Moeck, Arthur H., 301 E. Armour Ave., Milwaukee 7. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Schirmer, George F., 2912 N. 45th St., Milwaukee 10. RHOP: esp. Papilionide, Pieridae, Nymphalidz, Morphidz, Brassolide. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Sieker, William E., 119 Monona Ave., Madison 3. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingide, Saturniide, Citheroniidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Stauffacher, E.W. (Mrs.), 2208 12th St., Monroe. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Saturniide. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. TLife Member. 198 List of Members — 1953 Vol.7, nos.5-6 Throne, Alvin L., 3916 N. Maryland Ave., Milwaukee 11. MACRO. Coll. Urban, James, 401 Porlier St., Green Bay. Was, Howard E., 4118 W. Fairmount Ave., Milwaukee 9. *ZIEMER, S.E., 715 Dorelle St., Kewaunee. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. WYOMING DeFoliart, Gene R. (Dr.), 1117 Lewis St., Laramie. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Downey, Duke, 725 West Works St., P.O. Box 558, Sheridan. RHOP. MACRO. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. SUMMARY Honorary Members. ©...) 3). 36.5.¢ nee eee eee ee 4 Life «Members ...).55. 000s cea eee eee ee ee 2 Sustaining Membets %:04..5.cc. nce Le 71 Regular Members. «00.05 33. sees Jen oa ee oe eee 443 Institutional Subsctibets® 22... ste ae ee eee 44 Exchanges and. Library (Gilts)-. 22 eee ee 24 Total receiving Lepidopterists’ News ............0. 588 Nations _-tepresented)'".<.).s.. darsnee ae eae eee 38 ERRATA IN VOLUMES 5 to 7 Vol. 5: p. 111, right column - delete “, except that students less ... per annum” (in- cluded in error). Vol. 6: p. 13, 12th line from bottom - “Es zuzugeben,’ should be “Es ist zuzugeben,”’. Vol. 6: p. 15, 4th line from bottom - “(M, m, V, v)’’ should be “(M, m, o, v)”. Vol. 6: p. 17, 9th line from bottom - “‘Steilheitendes” should be “Steilheit des”. Vol. 6: p. 18, caption for Abb. 5 - ‘Tab. II” should be ‘Tab. I’. 20, top line in Tabelle I - “einbriitig’”’ should be “gen. aest.”. Vol. 6: p. 21, right column, middle - “27 30 0.2” should be “21 40megieen ) Vol. 6: p. 22, lines 14-15 - “Schwanzlange (Abb. 8) zeigt” should be “Schwanzlange. Abb. 8 zeigt’. Vol. 6: p. 22, transpose 6th and 7th lines from bottom, to read “Die oberbayerischen .... alpinen und den frankischen ...”. Vol. 6: p. 27, Oth line from bottom - “gebrachte bedankengut” should be “gebrachte Gedankengut”’. Vol. 7: p. 37 - “Pieris melete Mén. 27, 28, 39, 30, 31” should be “Pieris melete Men. Ely £0) 29> GU oe Vol. 7: p. 45, under 3. - “Eriosomatidae” should be ‘Aphididae’; “ “Closeups of Insects should be "Closeups on Insects’’. Vol : p. 60, 7th line from bottom - “168-173” should be ‘'330-331”. Vol. 7: p, 125 - "25. Lycaeides melissa scudderii” should be “25. Lycaeides argyrogno- WiOn St udde vit". INDEX TO AUTHORS IN VOLUME 7 eee cca eee ree Wee et Chi Rok Be ee te hake Une dak oem de® 146-147 Bede Geolitey ........... re gee Si ae eRe Blas MY He et gic 83 eta ae ale 41-43 ted GL/SIR «6 GS IE URI Selec Soi 6 Par ee are i ee Pmate aee S Cr rr 28 be eet lige ]2e iy a aie i ae Se ae ae eee ek tea ok US wi | Creme etiam yn Cl) ee he Be ge se De! oe cs ale a eee bere a 148-166 (ESSELTE. Rane) iy TOR Sg Re OS Mn ee | CR ee A Pe 102-106 Se eaRsGan PL CPR raw Gn ete eS i to eS awe bees 24 Co US oune hale A 2 eoRk As a ese ee ee ee 86-89 nemecmeiccnnerhn M.. G James H. Baker’)... 02... 8s... 02. c ccs ee lee eee eee 15 620025. OB 2k au 6 Cees ee Fee ee ae 90-93 area Soe Ne er eS Re ek See Se ae vale ewe des 118 SueeeRMEICOID nt cree ee ke ee ee. ee cal ee ds hg Boo me ids woe bes 28 Gait. JE. JBL TRL U2 ee aa Al Oc 5-6, 47-48, 127-128 (pl awistp. lLewige (2 2. oy a ORS Cee AON Set care ee ue a ee es ge 54 Seiiy. Aicineta: 4 3, SUS een ge ee ee ee 43-44, 56 oat SE PTET RM Soe ta is cova 6K NS A OOS hel hes loha Bese Baca So owee gees 167-170 SOESSE.. SLGURSY AL PE A Sai ie ioc che are an ee ee a 106-118 FLSEEL SEE 7. Cle AMR oT ee on eee ce ees a 80-86 CEOERE. LEED 2s cccy SCRE ee rg en pe ne Ve 45-46, 166 2522. (RE, 25 6 She OLS Be ene cae ae ge oa a or 3-4 SVL APE “SEORRS TET TOA es ea eee a er Ge nec a it-t2° 55 SOS SESE, OS fi 1. ces Te Fig Se Spe eeee ees caret eens s Sn ea 27 DESERT. Sy ha 5 he IS Ba 2a 72 Rane angen On CPI ON iS 2 Fo Ry, es Share ani oa Suelo apa Saw ee ee 25 Racer terme Saiifo: Makino, {fo ci.. occ does cae Sack tcc aw eve cctvacee 36-38 Se RMS ROC IGAZUO SAitOg . o.:< o sca ico u Sede coal elee ce ceed edad veee wea 7-8 dE, Sa TMG Sw per OG RRSP Eo ee 67-80 ELDER EE. EVADE. 2 AAU een ge ee nt 13-14 POS ESSe. LUA 1L.. Ei eae ne ene re ae 53 PPLE, GRE 5 a 55g LS USE 8 cetera te ae rec 5 REDE, CELE Sere (Ge et jak REI R e rc 16-23, 66 eee eel ey Onin CPT EN artes ey Sk ea AEs Pcs oF ocokin Seca ns ae bes vee Ee 49-52 SPREE. NYT ES? SRE Re cee 128 SOs Faesos, (COIL RRO SN RR Re ae eras eee er ae 26 ee SELB SO gee a) es So Pee) ok de we we baie bee ieawielees 119-122, 133-138 i aOnMGe acer. FDInet oe.» ohisk acc eek dws waa ee ecb ee we thee eeeee 27 FecmmimearomeG@matlese i. ). ok sec. oes cl senses ee ees 24-202 92515 1-36.00 122. 139-145 oe eee ROR WeME ES le 10ers SP Po aan ter he a hs wea Ee ba Oca ee oben seed ujes 93-102 Log Ss. Peeagincls ca) pee ee 2 Se one es oe ee 1-2, 126 SPOLenp els, TO GR SS SR TOS Cie Arana io ie i a a eg ena am 172 Spersraresic. IN’ PRES SR SR: SND Rs eee 38-40 ame eM EC OS RON ye Bote. tea Gis 3. gin's Sood 4 vielare we cae cise eu Ge Wawa s de 53 Pee TLIC eC west be ee ae Ses Oe wees ewe be eek 123-126 eet en ee re Re he Sit Seok sua e Oda aw ee es ca oe awe ud ekcwees 166 ons. Ectegine (GS AE SS Seba, SRG 4 eke at ae Ors an a 34 RCT ST LORETO Et feet 2 Re ce haan ale « Ua Was voy K he Pewee Seba eek Lb awd 9-10 cbf, jl, [Bk “Sia ORAS A EIA MSR Aen een cee ane Uc 53-59, 152 199 INDEX TO SUBJECTS IN VOLUME 7 Alaskan’ butterflies... 0... 66.0 6 oi vm e oa '4 chews w cere coy Bienes ee eee 123-126 Alsophila pometaria and Operophtera bruceata females .....................- 127-128 Calepbbelis borealis, life’ histoty: ..... 6.205... case eee eee 119-122, 133-138 Celerso Ismeata outbreaks in Utah .......5.000.52 0008+) a oe os ee 11-12 Chromosome numbers of Japanese Rhopaloceta .....:.............-5 eee 36-38 Colsas new genes, ‘“Whitish” and “Blonde” ..............:-.-..- eee 139-145 Entomologists’ Gazette 6. vice cu ee van os bs vetueios ode 58 a) i nr Te I EGA at amch toa coos... 56, 198 Fagitana Isttera reated .. 2. cic cwsin cues cane 0 tas wale see nis cles ee ot) 166 Field and technique motes) ©.)scca4 nooner ee eee 27-28; 53-96, /2 Florida checklist. 0... icc ccc 0 oie nw'n sone ol ose aie See ne eee 65 Gonadectomy and transplantation in sex races of Lymantria dispar ............ 7-8 Hilltops’. and. ‘butterflies 3.5.2.0. 32 both 0 oe ae 38-40, 41-43, 43-44 Hyphaniria cunea in Europe ... se .+ mje. 2 eo eee as oe aoe 2 ee 33) Incisalia augustinus life history and host plant ............:...5..93eeee 33-35 Isolation, influence in Geometride ............0- 54005025: 0) 00 oe er 2 Lepidopterists’ Society Membership. list iand. additions «. +.;:.).425.5.00 te ee 32, 64, 132, 181-198 Minutes of thitd annual meeting .........:...+..+-...) sss 1-2 Nominations for Society officets ........:2..25..0:-s955 0.30 126 Presidential address at annual meeting .............-...+.+seeee 3-4 Treasnrer’s teport’ for 1952 <...02 5.) oe Per ss. - 132 Lycw@ides argyrognomon in Wisconsin ..............-..++-+- ss) 54 Lyceenid larve, aberrant feeders .......... 025000 00ee sess eee oul eee 45-46 Lamenitis bybtid +... 2 occas 0 ee an bie 0 che mnie » te lle -ayes oC nuree nets ee 53 Marked Lepidoptera recovered .........0...000000ss +e sds 65 Michigan Lepidoptera sampled by trap .....:.....0..0..20e..504 000 28 Migration of Asctd MOnuste . oo oc cicasnccusessacas es nd snie nee 13-14 Migration of Danaus plextppys ... 066. ccc eco ones cnveuose st sen 28 Migration of Nymphalis caltfornicd 2.01. .cccc cnn seven ncr+ces nude 9-10, 15 Migration of Vamessa CAPye .occc ew ccc ccctenecp ence sedech 15 ee 53 Miscellaneous 6 .\0...:. !o0s.6s yg eee eee 32, 52, 58; (G4aioanaliay, Museum visits in Europe: . ..5 4.600% 0000 0h foe lis tne «400 oe 167-170 Nomenclature in zoology 4» oss sices a snes wists Bare ee epee 8 eee Byes Meee, Notices. by miembers ....0i0065 05. ie eee 31, 63, Goyalemaeiod Obituaries (Loeliger, Talbot, Doets, Carpenter, Rogers, Watari, LeMarchand ) 5 6. vice o aisie oh neh ee ee 23, 24, (GaeelOG Persomalia o.oo ccc nc ssies ous o/b econ oialbletn ete ce Tel ete ke 23, 166 Photography apparatus described ....) silico dae tewcne'e neces boys saa 148-166 Predators of butterflies ... 2.0.51. 20 bste ee ee 27, S453 aos Publications Reviewed Avinoff & Sweadner, The Karanasa Butterflies ...............0eceecerees 16-23 Phinhey, Butterflies of Rhodesia’ 10 plus 10 — Nun Moth (Lymantria monacha L.) — Lymantriida — with needles and cone of Scotch Pine (Pinus sylvestris L.). 20 plus 10 — Mourning Cloak or Camberwell Beauty (Nymphalis antiopa L.) — Nymphalidae — with leaves of Birch (Betula species, probably B. pendula). Mozambique in 1953 issued a set of twenty stamps showing butterflies and moths, the most extensive single set of insect stamps yet issued. In- cluded are nine butterflies and eleven moths of Western Africa, shown in fairly accurate natural colors, each bearing the scientific name of the insect. They are: 10c — Papilio demodocus Esp. — Papilionide 5c —Amphicallia thelwalli Dre. —- Arctiide 20c — Euxanthe wakefieldi Ward — Nymphalide 30c — Axiocerces harpax F.—- Lycenide 40 c —Teracolus omphale Godt. — Pieride 50c — Papilio dardanus tibullus Kby. — Papilionide 80c —Nuadaurelia hersilia dido M. & W.— Saturniide $ 1.00 — Argema mimose Bdvy. — Saturniide $ 1.50 — Papilio antheus evombaroides Eim. — Papilionidz $ 2.00 — Arhletes (labelled as ethra Westw., an evident misspelling for ethica Westw., but more closely resembling Seitz’s description of semtalba Sonth.) $ 2.30 — Danaus chrysippus L.— Danaide $ 2.50 — Papilio phorcas ansorge: Rtsch. — Papilionide $ 3.00 — Arniocera ericata Btlr. — Zygenide $ 4.00 — Pseudamphelia appollinaris Bdv. — Saturniide $ 4.50 — Egybolis vaillantina Stoll. — Phalenide $ 5.00 — Metarctia lateritia H.S. — Syntomide $ 6.00 — Xanthospilopteryx mozambica Mab. — Agaristide $ 7.50 — Nyctemera leuconoe Hpffr. — Arctiide $10.00 — Charaxes azota Hew. — Nymphalide $20.00 — Aigocera fervida Wik. — Agaristide The Swallowtail and Birdwing butterflies of the family Papilionide have, naturally, appeared frequently on stamps. The first was Sarawak’s 1950 stamp (7¢180) showing Brooke's Birdwing (Troides brookeana Wallace), which was named by the great naturalist-explorer in honor of Captain Brooke, brother of the White Rajah of Sarawak. The black-and-white reproduction scarcely does justice to this huge strikingly-colored green and velvety-black insect. In 1953, the Republic of Maluku Selatan, in the Moluccas, heart of the Birdwing empire, issued six stamps in gaudy (but not too accurate) natural colors, featuring butterflies of this family. Although the names of the insects have not been officially announced, a check with Seitz’s Macro- lepidoptera identifies them tentatively as four Birdwings: Troides (or 16 SMITH: Philatelic Lepidoptera Vol.8: nos.1-2 “Ornithoptera”) brookeana Wall. T. priamus probably poseidon Dbl. T. hypolitus Cram., and T. priamus croesus Wall. or T. p. lydius Fidr.; and two Swallowtails: Papilio memnon venusia Seitz and P. ulysses telegonus Fldr. The 1953 Mozambique set discussed above includes four of the more than one hundred swallowtails known from Africa, and late in 1935 Spanish Guinea issued two stamps showing another well-known African swallowtail, Papilio antimachus Dru., one of the largest of all known butterflies. The Morpho butterflies of the New World are represented on only one stamp, issued in 1953 by British Honduras. Called only a “Blue Butterfly’, it is perhaps Morpho peleides hyacinthus Btlr., which occurs there. In 1948, Chile issued a set of twenty-five stamps in each of three values, commemorating the 100th anniversary of the appearance of Claude Gay's monumental work on the “Historia fisica y politica de Chile”. Among the animals and plants depicted are a Praying Mantis (Mantis gayi), a stag beetle (Chiosagnathus grantit), and a moth (Castnia eudesmia Gray) of the family Castniide. This is a day-flying, flower-feeding moth, most active in brightest sunshine. It is said to be difficult to catch, and when caught, struggles violently, scratching severely with strong tibial spurs. Rather surprisingly, the only stamp known to me which shows a butterfly which cannot be identified is a semi-postal of The Netherlands (B223, 1950) which shows a child gazing at a flying butterfly. It is to be assumed, of course, that the child is an embryo lepidopterist. For less than ten dollars, the collector can assemble a colorful collection of all the Lepidoptera of the world — that is, all species that have been por- trayed on stamps. Most of them can be obtained from any stamp dealer, particularly one who specialized in topical stamps. This is a contribution from the Department of Entomology, University of Massachusetts. Fernald Hall, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass., U.S. A. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 17 MIGRATIONS OF VANESSA CARDUI, THE PAINTED LADY BUTTERFLY, THROUGH UTAH by GEORGE F. KNOWLTON For almost as long as the writer can remember anything about Utah insects, he recalls Vanessa cardui (Linné). He took its spring flights for granted. He, like so many others in Utah, saw migratory flights northward in spring, watched the adults “blow along” the highways and fields, and assumed that anything about this insect was very common knowledge. Rarely were notes of movements made by him until entomologists wrote for in- formation concerning the movements after they occasionally were reported to the “Insect Pest Survey.” Recently he wrote Mr. KELVIN DORWARD, In Charge, Economic Insect Detection and Reporting Section, U.S. Bureau of Ent- omology and Plant Quarantine, who promptly sent the report sheets dealing with this insect which had been submitted over the years. The following annotations are from the writer’s notes, plus a few others where so indicated: 1931: V. cardui was in outbreak numbers in Cache County, South of Logan, during 1931. Larvae moved “like an army” from a pasture heavily infested with thistles which had been largely eaten off before the larvae moved to damage nearby fields of beets, alfalfa and other crops. Flights of adults had been noted through northern Utah during the Spring. 1932: Adult collected at Sandy, June 28. 1933: The first adult was observed near Brigham City on April 18. 1935: This was a year of large spring migrations through Utah. E.W. DAVIS, with no indication of locality on the note, stated that “On May 1 a migration of the painted lady, Vanessa cardui (Linn.), occurred. These butterflies were all flying in a northerly direction. At one place the car was stopped and 100 feet were stepped off and the number of butterflies crossing the road was counted. It was found that 200 crossed the road in 5 minutes in 100 feet of road. This occurred at 9:30 a.m.; air temperature 68°; soil temperature 98°. Specimens were sent to Washington for identification.” On May 3, 1935, the following appeared in The Salt Lake Tribune: “Eureka was treated to a rare and freakish phenomenon on Wednesday, when a windstorm of butterflies, literally millions of them, flew through this city, using Main street as a passageway. The insects started their journey through Eureka about 10 a.m., coming from the west and traveling eastward toward Utah county. The flight was not steady, but at intervals of about every 15 minutes the air was filled with butterflies, the effect resembling an autumn day when the wind is whirling the leaves about in great confusion. The migration continued until about noon, when the atmosphere began to clear. Where the butterflies came from and where they were going is a matter of conjecture, which the people of this district would like to have made clear.” On May 6, the same paper recorded the following: “A migration of millions of butterflies, believed to have been the same myriads seen flying through Eureka a few days ago, passed through Provo Sunday afternoon. Captain James C. Snow, veteran member of the Provo city police department who was one of the first to notice the rare phenomenon, recalled that he had once before witnessed such a wind- storm of butterflies approximately 40 years ago. At that time, the butterflies swarmed through the city traveling in the same direction, north-easterly, but were of a larger and much different variety, he said. The butterflies seen Sunday seemed to be of a dark brown variety.” These movements extended on north through Box Elder and Cache Counties, and into Idaho. 18 KNOWLTON: Vanessa cardui Migrations Vol.8: nos.1-2 On May 16, 1935, a letter was received from a county agent, S. R. BOSWELL of Provo, who reported the following: “The last ten days we have had a continuous stream of butterflies and moths through this valley (Utah Valley) going northward and they continue to go. I have heard recently that they have been in the western part of the state as well as the eastern. I am wondering if you could explain what these are.” On the same day another letter was received at my office from S. W. WINTER of Ogden with the following statement: ‘Last week an extensive flight of reddish-colored butterflies was reported traveling north. While I did not see them personally to get you any specimens, I wonder if you know what these were and if they are an in- jurious species.” Migrations of V. cardui were repeatedly observed in northern and central Utah upon numerous occasions, and reported from southern Utah during the first three weeks of May, and even earlier. Inquiries concerning the flight and reports of the movements were received at my office from Provo, Ogden, Richfield, St. George, and Garland. Northward and westward movements of large numbers of the adults were repeatedly observed in various parts of Box Elder, Weber, Davis, Tooele and Salt Lake Counties. On June 11, 1935, V. cardui caterpillars collected at Kaysville were damaging sugar beets. These damaged hollyhock and defoliated round-leaf mallow. They also were reported to be abundant and causing soff#e damage at Salina. On June 17, V. cardui larvae were reported by several county agents to be abundant upon round-leaved mallow, burdock, and other weeds over much of Utah. When these weeds were destroyed or consumed, the larvae often damaged nearby crops. 1937: On May 18, a V. cardui flew into the writer's car at Richmond in northern Utah. This was the first specimen he had observed that spring. Later the same day another specimen was collected at Nibley in Cache County. 1940: Four Painted Lady butterflies were in flight, crossing the highway north of Lynndyl, towards the northeast on April 26. A few others were observed later that day. On April 29, from 30 to 50 V. cardi flew past F. C. HARMSTON, traveling north- east with the breeze, at a place 15 miles east of Robinson Ranch. This locality is in Utah, but is northeast of Baker, Nevada. On May 3, the butterflies were feeding at black currant blossoms at Utah Hot Springs. On May 17, approximately 15 V. cardui were observed flying northward, through an area west of Johnston. This occurred through a sagebrush, shadscale, semi-desert range area. 1941: On April 24, a light migration of V. cardui was encountered flying across the semi-desert between St. George and Hurricane. The flight was in a north to northeasterly direction, and the butterflies were observed in flight every little way while driving across a 15 to 20 mile strip, between 2 and 3 p.m. This butterfly also was migrating north through the Cedar City area on April 26. On May 29, a fairly heavy migration of V. cardui was encountered between Vernal and Duchesne. Forty-five flying specimens were counted as the car traveled 1 mile at 45 miles per hour, the flight being in a northeasterly direction. On April 30, V. cardui was ob- served in migration at Vernal and in the Ouray Valley of the Uintah Basin. Also, a large migration was encountered, being present from west of Salt Lake City to Grantsville. This flight was heavy in spots and seldom with skips of more than a few rocs, over most of the 35 miles traveled between 1 and 4:10 p.m. Flight was in a north by north-easterly direction, except in one spot where a change in wind upset the flight in a small area. Migration also was noted at Verdure, Tooele, Erda, and Lincoln in Tooele County, and at Salt Lake City and at the Airport west of Salt Lake City. Apparently this was the same movement which had been reported from south- ern Utah several days earlier. On May 1, V. cardui was migrating throughout the day through Utah County, headed north. They were observed during the day at Alpine, Provo, Orem, the flats north of American Fork and Lehi, from Lehi to Saratoga, and in movement across the various highways. On May 2 forenoon, a few migrating butterflies were observed ut Logan. The flight increased to large numbers flying north across the town and foot- 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 19 hills of Logan and vicinity by late afternoon. The migration also was heavy through Cove and Richmond in Cache County. On May 3, the migration continued through Cove, Lewiston, Richmond, and Smithfield in Cache County, being heaviest at Smith- field. Smaller numbers were present in North Logan and Logan. On May 4, butterflies migrated northward through Ogden and Riverdale in Weber County, and a few wete observed at Logan between showers. On May 5, a heavy migration was noted from Soldier Summit to Price, Carbon County, being conspicuous in some high canyon areas. Flight as usual was toward the north. Migration was also found, but of a smaller flight, at Logan in Cache County, at Perry, Willard, and in larger numbers at Brigham, in Box Elder County, also in progress at Hooper, Ogden, North Ogden, and Pleasant View in Weber County. On May 6, the butterfly was observed feeding on the nectar of alfilaria (Erodium cicutarium) at Lookout Pass, 6 miles west of Vernon, Tooele County. There was an average of approximately three adults per squate yatd feeding on these blossoms over an area of about 4 acres. A few butter- flies also were observed migrating north. On May 7, migration of V. cardui still was in progress through Logan, Mendon and Wellsville in Cache County. Painted Lady migration continued in northern Utah on May 8. Most of the flight was north by , northeast, the flight being heaviest near Corinne, Brigham, Perry, and Willard in Box Elder County, and through Riverdale in Weber County. Numerous adults in flight also were seen near Logan, Benson, Cache Junction, Beaver Dam, Fielding, Collinston, Garland, Tremonton, Bear River City, Harrisville, Farr West, Ogden, Pleasant Grove, Lehi, and Provo. Migration was less active on May 10 than during the two preceding days in Utah, Salt Lake, Davis, and Weber Counties The Thistle Butterfly was. very abundant at Wales, Chester, Manti and Moroni in Sanpete County on May 20. No conspicuous migrations had been observed for sev- eral days. On May 21, butterflies were quite abundant in Sanpete, Juab, Wasatch, and Summit Counties. At higher altitudes and through some mountain passes, small numbers still were migrating toward the north. However most of them seemed to be settled where they were found. Inquiries concerning the large migration of these butterflies had been received almost daily throughout the period of movement. A large migration was observed through Provo to Pleasant Grove on May 26, coming largely from the west. A heavy migration also was observed from the Duchesne area to Price on May 28, flight being most numerous through the range and desert areas. Movement usually was in a north-easterly direction, On May 29, a heavy migration was in progress from Price to Castle Dale. Large numbers were observed to be congregating around puddles on the roadside. On June 3, one-half grown Thistle Butterfly larvae had moved from thistle to attack peas in a field at Springdale. Caterpillars also were very abundant on thistle, and some on round-leaf mallow and sunflowers at North Ogden and Clearfield on June 11. Here again, some larvae had moved to feed on peas. Larvae had heavily attacked round-leaf mallow and cockle burr growing in some pea fields at Corinne, Provo, Springville, and Pleasant Grove, by June 14. Some larvae left weeds and moved to peas. On June 13, larvae were very abundant on Canada thistle in one pasture at Heber. Butterflies were abundant in many northern Utah localities at this time. On June 14, the butterflies were numerous in many northern Utah localities and in Washington County in the south-western part of the state. Thistle Butterfly larvae were feeding on hollyhock foliage at Logan and Salt Lake City on July 16, causing some damage. These wete found to be riddling hollyhock foliage in a garden at Vernal and at Myton on July 18. Painted Lady butterflies were abundant at Deweyville in Box Elder County on August 12. 1942: A light migration of the Painted Lady Butterfly was encountered moving north through Vernon Creek Canyon across Boulder Pass and south nearly to Tintic Junction, mostly in Tooele County, during June. 1944: Small numbers were noted in migration north at Logan, May 10 and 11, and at Fillmore on May 12. Nearly full-grown larvae were found on thistle at 20 KNOWLTON: Vanessa cardui Migrations Vol.8: nos.1-2 Minersville, May 15, indicating that the butterflies had reached there earlier. During June, V. cardui larvae were found in moderate abundance in a few areas on weeds, and on hollyhock. The adult migration was light and apparently spotted during 1944, so far as the writer was able to observe. 1945: The butterflies were noted moving in considerable numbers in parts of Box Elder County on April 22 and were also observed in Cache County on April 23, in moderate numbers. Most were in flight northward in both areas, but some were feeding on dandelion blossoms in Cache County. 1946: On April 11, a migration was seen in the area between Salt Lake City and Farmington. This migration, while not so Jarge as some noted during the pre- vious season, was very definite. The butterflies were moving from the southwest toward the northeast. 1949: On April 28, butterflies were observed migrating northward in the gen- eral areas of Brigham City, Willard, Provo, Ephraim, Richfield, McCornick, Lynndyl, north of Lynndyl about 15 miles, Pleasant Grove, American Fork, “Point of the Moun- tain’ in Salt Lake County, and Draper. This movement had been observed on warm days for approximately ten days. They still were numerous along the highway, bands migrating northward being observed repeatedly between Lewiston and Murray on May 1. An unusally numerous and extended migration was in progress that spring. The migration still was occurring on May 3 and still was quite conspicuous to many people. Larvae of this species were becoming rather numerous by this time in many localities. Adults were still present, and some still in northward flight from May 9 to ll at Farmington, Logan, Lehi, Springville, Spanish Fork Canyon, Moab, Indian Creek, Greenriver, Monticello, Blanding, Price and Provo. By June 1 many crops were being damaged throughout Davis County by Painted Lady Butterfly larvae which moved from pastures and roadsides in great numbers into beets, potatoes, etc. Much worry occurred on the part of farmers due to this situation which followed the very extensive Painted Lady Butterfly movement throughout most of Utah. By July 11, larvae of these butterflies had moved from thistle and mallow to damage large num- bers of home gardens in other localities. These larvae were more numerous and dam- aging than they had been for a number of years, home owners reported. 1952: The Thistle Butterflies were numerous on dandelion blossoms at Logan by April 22 to 24. By May 11 there appeared to be a substantial northward migration, particularly apparent on two warm days during the week of May 4. By May 14, the northward migration had become very large. Many laymen noted these butterflies and asked about them, referring to their flight and great numbers. A very heavy flight which went through Richfield on May 23 was reported to me by a number of citizens. The movement had been going on to a lesser extent for several weeks. The very large migration still was in progress on May 26, throughout northern Utah, and reports that the migration was still occurring in central and southern Utah were received almost daily at my office. I received five phone calls at my home at Logan on May 25, inquiring what the butterfly was “which was migrating north through Cache Valley by the thousands.” This certainly was a year of extremely heavy and long-sustained migration and population build-up of this species. The population and movement in Cache County seemed to be the highest to date for the season in late May. Again a very heavy flight of moths moving northward was repeatedly encount- ered as | drove from Logan to Delta on May 27. Heaviest flight was observed through Utah County, where three newspaper reporters got in touch with me immediately when | stopped at the county agricultural agent's office. Information on the flight was wiven and pictures were taken. Central Utah people reported an extremely heavy move- ment through Utah County on the 26th, even heavier than the one they were ex- periencing on the 2/th, several indicatea. A very heavy flight also was noted in Juab County, particularly concentrated at Eureka, Silver City, and Mammoth, on May 27, and this again was reported to have been much heavier on the 26th. This certainly was one of the largest flights of this butterfly which had come through Utah in many year 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 21 A heavy migration through Tooele and Benmore, Tooele County, was in pro- gress May 28 to June 2. This movement still was in progress northward through Cache and Box Elder Counties and into Idaho on June 2. By June 5, larvae in several localities had moved from thistle to gardens, alfalfa, and clover. Some damage was done to gardens at Cove in northern Utah, but no damage was noted to the legumes. On June 28, thistles were heavily attacked by these larvae in several parts of Juab County. By July 8 larvae had been found on thistle and mallow throughout the state. However, less economic damage from this larva occurred than had been anticipated from the unusually large population which migrated through Utah for more than a month during the spring of 1952. Jn a number of instances larvae were noted attacking hollyhock during July at Logan, Garden City, Provo, Layton, and in other localities. SUPPLEMENT Upon inquiring further of Mr. DORWARD for any 1945 Arizona records which I might have sent in, I received the following records for V. cardui movements in various western states other than Utah: ARIZONA: Reported by V. L. WILDERMUTH on June 16, 1924—QJIn the June first number of the Insect Pest Survey Bulletin, 4: p. 3, “I notice with considerable interest Mr. E. A. McGregor’s description of migration of the painted lady butterfly (Vanessa cardui L.). It will be of interest to place upon record the fact that the flight of this butter- fly also occurred through southern Arizona in approximately the same numbers as estimated by Mr. McGregor. For a period of five days following April 8, the air was full of this painted lady at all times. The general direction of flight being northwest. Observations were made at Tempe, Tucson and Yuma, Arizona, and at all three of these places the numbers seemed to be about the same. I was interested in knowing that Mr. McGregor thought that possibly the source of this migration was either the foothills of the Sierras or the Sierras proper. We have been suspicious that the source was somewhere in central Old Mexico. It would, indeed, be interesting to know the exact source of this unusual flight.” Reported by K.B. MCKINNEY, April 1935—“On April 26, on the desert west of Casa Grande several species of unknown desert plants had been destroyed by the larvae of a butterfly believed to be “The Painted Lady’. The adults were emerging in large numbers and the countryside could be spoken of as ‘swarming’ with them.” Reported by C. D. LEBERT, May 15, 1941—‘‘Heavy migrations of caterpillars of the painted lady, Vanessa cardui Linn., from Malva and other weeds into yards in the Phoenix area. Severe defoliation to some ornamentals resulted in many instances, chrysanthemums, Lantana, and petunias suffering most. Larvae crawling into and all over houses are very annoying.” Reported by G. F. KNOWLTON, May 8, 1945—"A few thistle butterflies are flying north between Ashford, Seligna, Hyde Park, and farther west in Arizona.” Flight of this butterfly was noted in various parts of Arizona that week, from Flag- staff to south of the Gila River, as I visited and inspected various army posts. CALIFORNIA: Reported by E.A. MCGREGOR, May 1924—'"Continuing from April 11 to 13, inclusive, there was a remarkable migration of the buttertly. All through the day there was a continual flight of these insects. Roughly it was estimated that there was an average of about 300 butterflies per acre at a given moment. The flight direction appeared to be from the southeast to the northwest, and it would seem that the sources of the migration were either the foothills of the Sierras or the Sierras proper. In travelling the flight was not characteristic of butterflies in general, but was of a more steady and purposeful nature. During calm intervals the flight took place on an KNOWLTON: Vanessa cardui Migrations Vol.8: nos.1-2 i) ie) average of perhaps 10 or 20 feet altitude, but during periods of windiness the but- terflies flew very close to the ground. There appeared to be no attempt toward pair- ing and the individuals flew well separated—possibly 10 feet apart on an average. It was very noticeable that they all pursued their flight in the same direction. It was rare that individuals were seen to alight on vegetation, but this they did at times. “The above flight occurred during the warmest period yet experienced this season, temperature maximums ranging from 80 to 88°. The temperature suddenly dropped late on the afternoon of the 13th, accompanied by a chilly wind, and the flight as suddenly terminated. On the 15th the temperature rose again but a gusty wind occurred so that only a very few individuals could be seen migrating. An at- tempt to estimate the number of individuals comprising this 3-day migration is here presented. The flight was established to be equally dense at Sundland, Porter- ville, Strathmore, Lindsay, Exeter, Visalia, Woodlake and Lemon Cove. This shows the flight to have been at least 40 miles in width (It no doubt was much wider). The daily duration of the migration was at least 12 hours, or a total for the 3 days of 36 flight hours for any given point. “Now the rate of travel was estimated at about 12 miles per hour, which would give to the flight a total dispersion length of 432 miles for the 3 days. Within such a zone (40 miles wide by 432 miles long) is contained about 17,280 square miles or 11,051,200 acres. With an estimated occurrence of about 300 butterflies per acre, it is readily computed that at least 3,300,000,000 had passed in the 40-mile-wide zone between Sundland and Lemon Cove. If more data were available regarding the width of the flight, it undoubtedly could be shown that the population of this in- teresting migratory flight much exceeded the above estimate.” COLORADO: Reported by G.M. List, May 23, 1935—“On May 10 the painted lady butterfly appeared in large numbers in a number of localities in the state. Many reports came in of them being numerous on fruit blossoms. Rainy weather during the past week has reduced their activities but whenever the sun appeared they were out in numbers.” Reported by F.C. HARMSTON, May 23, 1947—“Migration of the thistle butter- fly was observed over an area approximately 6 miles wide, May 22, 1947, 6 miles east of Las Animas. Insects migrating northward.” IDAHO: Reported by C. R. WAKELAND, May 31, 1935 — _ ‘“‘Five specimens of a butterfly which has been reported to be quite numerous in Teton County, Idaho, are enclosed. Farmers say that they were so thick that it was difficult to see the hand extended in front of the face. They are only fairly numerous now and I have noted them in tlight as far north as Dubois, Idaho. I think this is the same species that defoliated some of the native shrubs in the vicinity of Sandpoint, Idaho, last year, by the larva, which later showed nearly 100% parasites. I shall make observations on the rest of this trip and send you a record of distribution.” Reported by C.R. WAKELAND, June 22, 1935—‘The butterfly about which you wrote me in May has been observed to be state-wide in distribution, but in small numbers, excepting the instance in Teton County, already reported.” WYOMING: Reported by C. L. CORKINS:, July 9, 1935—"‘The flight of V. cardui is now very heavy, they being more abundant than I have ever seen. Some of the flights over the state are like swarms of bees. The preceeding worms did considerable damage, es- pecially to gardens and in Fremont County it was necessary to spray beets on account of them.” Utah State Agricultural College, Logan, Utah, U.S. A. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News bdo We ACENTROPUS NIVEUS IN MASSACHUSETTS, REMOTE FROM WATER by ASHER E. TREAT The schoenobiine moth, Acentropus niveus (Olivier), long known and intensively studied in Europe, was first reported in North America by FORBES in 1938. JUDD (1950) has summarized the North American records and has mapped the eight localities in which this species has now been taken. He concludes, with MUNROE (1947), that the insect is probably native and widely distributed. First described as a phryganeid, in 1791, the moth has often been the object of special interest because of its aquatic habits and because of the dimorphism of the females, some of which possess only vestigial wings and are water-dwelling throughout life, while others have wings appreciably longer than those of the males. BERG (1941) and others have made careful biological and ecological studies indicating that there is a single brood per season, adults being in evidence (in Denmark) from late June until early September. Copulation occurs at the water surface. Eggs are laid on the submerged leaves of the food plants, which include Elodea, Ceratophyllum, and Potamogeton. THORPE (1950) regards the flight- less female as perhaps the only insect among either the Lepidoptera or the Trichoptera exhibiting true “plastron respiration”, in which a thin film of air, renewable by diffusion from the water is maintained in contact with Open spiracles by a system of hydrofuge hairs. The proboscis is vestigial in both sexes, although BERG believes that the males, as least, may use it for the ingestion of water. While occasional specimens have been taken at light, the moths as a rule have been found only in, on, or very near water. The eight localities previously recorded for this species in North America are all in the St. Lawrence drainage basin between the northern shore of Lake Erie and the eastern portion of Quebec, with two records from central New York. The present record is believed to be the first outside that area. During the summers of 1952 and 1953, moths were collected almost nightly on the southeastern slope of a cobble.a half mile southeastward from the village of Tyringham, in southern Berkshire County, Massachusetts, at an elevation of about 1050 feet. During this period, two collections of Acentropus niveus were made, one on 25 August, the other on | September, 1953. On both occasions the moths appeared in numbers of 100 or more in short grass at the foot of a sheet lighted by a 100-watt “daylight” bulb. The nearest pond, stream, or marsh was approximately half a mile away and accessible to the collecting station only indirectly and by way of rough, strongly sloping, and sparsely wooded land. Both collecting dates came near the end of a prolonged local drought which dried up most of the usually dependable springs in the neighborhood. The night of the first collection was hazy and windless; the temperature was 23° C. and the humidity 48%. The second night was clear and windless with a temperature of 26° C. and humidity of 33%. 24 TREAT: Acentropus niveus Vol.8: nos.1-2 The arrival of the moths at the lighted sheet was not observed. It occurred early in the evening, between 9 and 10 P.M. On each occasion, when first seen the insects were either buzzing about in the grass or at rest upon the apron of the sheet, close to the ground. They were never seen in the air nor outside the immediate vicinity of the light, although the area was carefully and repeatedly searched. Active specimens released in midair fell straight to the ground and continued to buzz about as before. Many were collected with forceps; a spoon would have done almost as well. Several vigorously active specimens were placed in a dry, open petri dish; none escaped, although the dish was left uncovered for more than half an hour. In dry dishes the moths would gather in close clusters, clinging together and climbing over each other in an incessant scramble. It was at first supposed that copulation was occurring in these clusters, but close in- spection showed no specimens in copula. Each cluster was found to contain one or more ovipositing females, laying their yellowish eggs either singly or in short strings on the only surfaces available other than that of the dish itself — namely the wings, legs, and bodies of other moths. Because it was not realized until later that these were aquatic or semi-aquatic insects, the eggs were not placed in water. They soon became dry and shriveled, so that it was impossible to tell whether or not they had been fertile. Moths left overnight in the laboratory were dead the next morning. About forty specimens were taken, of which 5 were spread while fresh, the others being papered, put into alcohol, or dissected. Dr. A. B. KLOTs, who kindly identified the pinned specimens, later reported that the papered insects had proved virtually impossible to spread. A pair of the pinned specimens was sent to HAHN W. Capps of the U. S. National Museum. The others are in the American Museum of Natural History. Males and females were represented in about equal numbers, all being of the “sharp- winged” form referred to by FORBES and by BERG. VON KENNEL and EGGERS (1933) figure the tympanic organ of the male, which is well developed, and state that in the flightless females this organ is smaller. In the winged females here reported the “Tympanalkessel” did not differ ap- preciably in size from that of the males, its longest dimension measuring about 400 microns in both sexes. The occurrence of these insects during dry weather, so far from in- habitable water presents something of a puzzle, especially since none of the moths appeared to be capable of flight at the time of capture. The most likely explanation, in view of the relative inaccessibility of the collecting station and its remoteness from water, would seem to be that the insects were attracted by the light while in flight at a considerable elevation and that by the time of their arrival they had been weakened by fatigue or by desiccation, The thanks of the author are extended to Dr. KLots for identifying the specimens, to Dr. BRYAN P. BEIRNE and to Mr. CApps for references to some of the earlier records. 1954 Tbe Lepidopterists’ News 25 References Berg. K., 1941. Contributions to the biology of the aquatic moth Acentropus niveus (Oliv.) Vidensk. Medd. naturh. Foren. Kbh. 105: 59-139. Forbes, W. T. M., 1938. Acentropus in America (Lepidoptera, Pyralidide). Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 46: 338. Judd, W. W., 1950. Acentropus niveus (Pyralid.) on the north shore of Lake Erie with a consideration of its distribution in North America. Canad. Ent. 82: 250-32: von Kennel, J., & F. Eggers, 1933. Die abdominalen Tympanelorgane der Lepidop- teren. Zool. Jahrb. Anat. 57: 72, and Pl. 4, Fig. 57. Munroe, E. G., 1947. Further North American records of Acentropus niveus (Lepidoptera, Pyralide). Canad. Ent. 79: 120. Thorpe, W. H., 1950. Plastron respiration im aquatic insects. Biol. Revs. 25: 344-390, esp. p. 387. Dept. of Biology, The City College of New York, New York 31, N. Y., U.S.A. NEW RECORDS OF RHOPALOCERA FROM SOUTHEASTERN ARIZONA by OTTILIE D. CHERMOCK In the course of several years’ collecting in and around Tucson, Arizona, the writer and her parents, Mr. and Mrs. C. D. CHENEY, were fortunate in securing several species of butterflies heretofore unrecorded for Arizona. All specimens listed are in the collection of RALPH L. CHERMOCK. Phoebts agarithe agarithe (Bois.). Single males were taken at Tucson, on August 20, 1943, September 19, 1943, and August 10, 1946. Of two females, one was collected at Sonoita, Santa Cruz County, Arizona, on August 10, 1943, the other at Tucson on September 3, 1943. As all the specimens were in good condition, a small population of this species is very probably established in this region. Danaus eresimus montezuma (Talbot). One male was taken at Tucson on November 7, 1944. Euptoteta hegesia hoffmanni (Comstock). One female was collected at Tucson on August 2, 1944. Eunica monima (Cramer). One male was collected at Tucson on July 28, 1941, Chiomara asychis (Cramer). One male was taken on the Mount Lemmon Road, Santa Catalina Mts., Pima County, Arizona, on September 29, 1947, at an altitude of 3750 feet. Another male was collected in Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Santa Cruz County, Arizona, on September 20, 1950, at an altitude of 5800 feet. A female was taken in Tucson, Arizona, on November 11, 1943. Since all specimens were in good condition, the writer feels that this species is probably native, although rare. Dept. of Biology, University of Alabama, University, Ala., U.S.A. 26 Vol.8: nos.1-2 FIELD AND TECHNIQUE NOTES TRAP NETS FOR RHOPALOCERA The use of trap nets seems to be a method of collecting butterflies peculiar to Africa, and is. in fact, the only way in which certain species can be obtained in any numbers. The nets are usually some two feet in diameter and about three feet in length, and are kept expanded by rings of wire. The top end of the net is closed by a flat piece of net, not bunched up to a point, and is provided with a loop of chord to attach it to a branch of a shrub or other support. The bottom end is open and fitted with strings to anchor it. The method of employment is to suspend the net in a sunny spot—a sun-lit path through a shady forest is ideal—so that the mouth of the net is a couple of inches above the ground level. The anchor strings are attached to stones, etc. to keep the net from swaying with the wind, and the bait is placed on a large leaf in the centre. The nets are simply suspended and left, being visited from time to time to take out any wanted specimens. Butterflies will crawl under the edge of the net to get at the bait, but do not seem to crawl out again, any attempts at escape being made by flying upwards. The bait used depends on the species sought for, and may consist of fermenting fruit—bananas, pineapples, etc—or the dung of some carnivorous animal. Leopard and lion dung are ideal, so is civet cat, and the dung may be mixed with a little decomposing liver. Bad fish is also attractive to some species. Much seems to depend on the state of fermentation or decomposition, the bait has to be at just the right point to be attractive. It will be found that only male butterflies are attracted to dung and carrion, fermenting fruit attracts both sexes. In Africa the Nymphalidz and Acrawidae are the two families most attracted, and trap nets are probably the only way by which reasonable series of many species of Charaxina and Nymphalinze can be obtained; the former through their swift flight, and the latter through their skulking habits, are very difficult to catch in the ordinary way with a net. The same type of net can be used as an “assembling” trap for Heterocera, the bait being replaced by a virgin female in a muslin covered box. In countries where “sugar” is attractive (it does not seem to be so in Africa), these nets could also be used with “sugar” as bait, but I would suggest putting it into a muslin covered jar sufficiently deep to prevent the moths attracted reaching it with their proboscides. D.G. SEVASTOPULO, P.O. Box 401, Kampala, UGANDA A NEW NORTH AMERICAN RECORD AND A SECOND RARITY In re-checking some undetermined genitalic slides, one was found which is un- doubtedly Endothenia gentianana Hibner, the type species of rhe genus and apparently the first to be taken in North America. It was taken in Wayne County, Michigan, Sept. 11, 1949. Two other slides, one from Wayne County, June 1, 1951, and Livingston County, May 5, 1951, first thought to be an unknown species of Excosma were recognised as Grapholithia libertana Heinrich, which Mr. HEINRICH described from two specimens from British Columbia which KEARFOTT had erroneously included with material of another species RALPH BEEBE, 4169 Tenth St., Ecorse 29, Mich., U.S. A. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 75 | FIRST DANAUS PLEXIPPUS CAUGHT IN JAPAN One ¢ Danaus plexippus plexippus L. was caught by NORIO HOSHIZAKI, then a senior high school student, on a mountain ridge at the north-west corner of Tokyo- Prefecture (alt. ca. 1,670 m.), on 19 August 1950. The butterfly is in fairly good condition with the scales a little rubbed off evenly, as shown on the accompanying photograph. This is the first and only re- liable record of the North American Monarch captured in Japan. The specimen is in HOSHIZAKI’S collection. (Wing-expanse: 88mm.) TARO IWASE, 345 Komachi Kamakura, Kanagawa-Ken, JAPAN THE FOODPLANT OF LEGNA PERDITALIS What is known about the immature stages of Legna perditalis W\k.? Cephalanthus as a food plant for the genus, as given in one reference, appears doubtful for L. perditalis in the light of data collected for this species on Long Island, New York. In March, 1949, two small pupz were found in the base of the culms of the Woolgrass, Scirpus cyperinus (L.) Kunth in a swamp at Greenport. On June 23 a male Legna perditalis emerged from each pupa, the same date that the first of this species appeared at light that year. In August, 1949, a study was made of the clumps of Woolgrass in the swamp, and larve were found feeding in the stems. These larve pupated in the tunnels in September. The following June Legna perditalis imagoes again emerged from these pupz, which gave clear proof that this species is a borer in sedges and winters in the pupal: stage on Long Island. The work of Legna in the Woolgrass resembles that of Oligia diversicolor Morr. which feeds in the same sedge but matures and emerges in late summer and early fall of the same year and never winters over in the pupal stage on Long Island. Generally speaking, except in certain boggy areas where both Cephalanthus and Woolgrass are abundant, L. perditalis is not a common species on Long Island. Roy LATHAM, Orient, N.Y., U.S.A. 28 Field and Technique Notes Vol.8: nos.1-2 ON BUTTERFLIES AND CRAB SPIDERS | I was very much interested in E.G. Voss’s article, “Butterflies and Crab Spiders”, which appeared in the last issue of The Lepidopterists’ News, on page 54. I would like to state a few of my own observations on this subject. On June 12, 1953, I observed a crab spider capture and kill a specimen of Papilio glaucus Linné &. The spider which I observed was very well concealed among the blossoms of a lilac bush, and very much resembled the faded flowers, as it was a grayish-white in color. The P. glaucus was feeding on the flowers and happened to alight on the particular one in which the spider was concealed. It was immediately seized and paralyzed so quickly that it had no chance to escape. The spider then re- mained motionless for a few minutes, either resting or watching me, as I had drawn quite close in order to observe it better. It then proceeded to retreat back among the blossoms again, dragging the butterfly with it. I believe the above stated observation dispels, in part, Mr. VOSS’S theory that perhaps the insects emerge nearby and, as I think he meant, climl the plant on which the spiders were, with fatal results. ) Also, I have observed many crab spiders feeding on butterflies in the past few years, and I do not believe that it occurs infrequently. In several cases I also have found the remains of one or two other specimens beneath the plant on which the spider was situated. These were apparently fed upon by the spider and discarded. To me it seems that these spiders must depend upon some other means other than the flower itself to attract their prey. Consider, for instance, the hundreds of thousands of blossoms that are found in a field of Clover, or the dense stands of Goldenrod, and it seems very probable that this is true, as the chances are one in a thousand of an insect ever alighting on that particular plant. I think that per- haps they have some sort of an odor that is attractive to butterflies. An investigation of these interesting little spiders might well present some interesting discoveries. PATRICK J. CONWAY, R:R. 3, Box 127, Aledo; Ties eat COLLECTING AMERICA’S MOST BEAUTIFUL HAIRSTREAK Paging through the plates of Holland’s Butterfly Book you come across the striking form of Hypaurotis chrysalus Edwards (Plate XXIX, Fig. 11). It is listed as the “Colorado Hair Streak” and has a range westward from Colorado to southern California. Its early stages are neglected, and therefore one seeking to obtain this species in the field may find it quite difficult to do so if he is not aware of some of the habits of this butterfly. On a collecting trip in July, 1952, I was confronted with the fact that my presence in Colorado did not assure me of acquiring this species. I was on the alert but could not find its presence around Denver. Through conversation with Brother J. RENK of Regis College, I found that only in the locality of Tiny Town could this Hairstreak be caught. I therefore made it a point to visit Tiny Town, located in Turkey Creek Canyon. Collecting methods there will require a large deal of arduous climbing. The one way to be sure of getting H. chrysalus is to stir up the scrub oak, which certainly seems to be its food plant and grows in batches along the canyon. Scrub oak becomes more common around and about Colorado Springs. The flat terrain there enables collectors to obtain specimens with the least exertion. The disturbing of the outer edges of the scrub oak results in scaring up the Hairstreak. Its flight is rapid. It will descend upon some other scrub oak bush, where with cunning pursuit you may snare it. The over-head or drop method will tend to save your net trom tearing. The aid of broken branches or stones may also rout the butterfly from the center of the bush. July seerns to be the best month to collect this species. R. J. JABLONSKI, 1018 East Ogden Ave., Milwaukee 2, Wisc., U.S.A. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 29 THE REACTION OF LEPIDOPTERA AND THEIR LARV TO HOT WEATHER It is a fact that Lepidoptera and especially larva are not killed or even much bother- ed by the cold. This seems not to be the case with relation to heat. I used to keep many different species of Catocala alive for three to four weeks for the purpose of egg laying. Most of my specimens I catch in bait traps. All the traps are hanging in shady places in the woods. I inspect the traps once and often twice a day. Last season we had a very long, hot, and dry spell, without any change for many weeks. It was at this time that I found all the captured Catocala dead in the trap and sometimes lying on their back with only some of their feet moving. Insects caught in traps die surprisingly fast, but they never died in time of eight to ten hours before. The moths were not killed or eaten by other insects or mice, as is usually the case for those dying in the traps. All were in good condition. With all the exper- ience I have, I only can blame the heat for their death. Also at this time I raised many hundreds of larve as: Cecropia, Cynthia, sphinxes, Imperialis, Regalis, and many others. All larve were raised up to the pupa stage out- side on the trees, bushes or whatever their foodplant may be. The foodplants I en- closed with bags of different sizes. I reared them all successfully, except two species which were the largest larve feeding, Eacles imperialis and Citheronia regalis. \n time of about three days I lost fifty per cent of both species. All were full grown about one day before pupation. I found the larve on the bottom of the bags either dead or almost dead. This happened at the hottest time of the season. The foodplant was never crowded with too many larvze, which will sometimes cause diseases or death. The dead larve were all in perfect condition. They had no marks of any insect bites or stings, they were not discolored, nor showed any marks of any kind. They just died slowly. Many dead larve were successfully inflated for preservation, which is almost impossible with any other diseased or dead larve. I have raised many larve before, but these things never happened. We also never had a heat wave like this one before. JOSEPH MULLER, R.D. 1, Lebanon, N. J., U.S.A. CONCERNING HEMILEUCA MAIA IN WISCONSIN Hemileuca maia (Drury) larve were first noticed crossing well-travelled Highway 23 in Marquette Co., Wisconsin, on June 25. Some were in the second and third instars; others were in last stage. The strip of road they were crossing was about one- eighth mile wide, and it ran through a marsh. One side had a heavy growth of Cattails and marsh grass; the other was filled with Alder, Willow, and Tamarack trees. As we were leaving for a collecting trip to Colorado that week, I did not try to col- lect any of the larva, though I had little hopes of finding any when I returned. On July 16 when I returned, my son and I went there and found them still crossing in large numbers. Many were crushed on the road. Most were in last stage. We took one hundred and ten. In being reared at home they fed on Black Oak. The first larva pupated on July 25. From then on they pupated continually. On September 18 the first H. mara adult hatched. The following weekend on September 26 my son and a friend went to the marsh and took twenty. On the 27th we took seventeen. The next weekend, Mr. WILLIAM E. SIEKER of Madison came up; we then netted a total of eight. All these days were very warm, sunny, and dry. About ten of our pupe have not hatched, by the end of November. These notes may be of interest to other collectors; several have said they believed H. maia was very rare, if it could be found at all in Wisconsin. RACHEL ELyY, Endeavor, Wisc., U.S.A. 30 Vol.8: nos.1-2 OBITUARY NOTES The deaths of the following members of The Lepidopterists’ Society must be sadly reported at this time: Dr. CARL J. B. BORNER, Naumburg/Saale, Germany, on 14 June 1953, at the age of 73 years. He was founder and late Director of the Institute fur Phytophathologie of the Deutschen Akademie der Landwirtschaftswissenschaften, Berlin. A distinguished entomologist, he was a leading authority on many groups, including systematics of aphids, Lepidoptera, and Collembola, and at the turn of the Century a pioneer in the study of insect phylogeny. He was author of the recently published Lepidoptera section of Brohmer’s Fawna von Deutschland and of an im- portant paper, “Die Grundlagen meines Lepidopterensystems” (Verhandl. VII. int. Kongr. Ent., Berlin 2: 1372-1424; 1939). RAYMOND C. CASSELBERRY, Scarsdale, New York, on 19 April 1954, at the age of 54 years. A prominent amateur lepidopterist and Charter Member of the Society, he recently retired as assistant conttoller of the General Aniline and Film Corporation, of New York. PERRY WILBUR FATTIG, Atlanta, Georgia, on 7 December 1953, at the age of 72 years. He was a Charter Member of the Society. He was Curator from 1926 of the Emory University Museum in Atlanta and one of the most. successful field entomologists in the United States, specializing almost exclusively in the Georgia fauna. He published eleven important Bw/letins on Georgia insects, none on Lepi- doptera. Before joining the Emory staff, he had been on the faculties of the University of Florida at Gainesville, the State Teachers College at Farmville, Virginia, and the State Teachers College at Valley City, North Dakota. A native of Lancaster, Ohio, he had received the degrees of B. S. and M. S. at Ohio State University. His friend Mr. LUCIEN HARRIS, JR., of Atlanta, provided these notes. LEROY N. KILMAN, Gulfport, Florida, on 3 April 1954, at the age of about 8O years. An ardent amateur lepidopterist, he retired in 1933 from the U.S. Nat- uralization Service in Buffalo, New York. ARTHUR L. McELHOSE, a Charter Member of the Society, on 4 March 1954 at Arlington Heights, near Chicago,, Illinois, at the age of 67. He had been ill for over a year. He was born in Arlington Heights and, except for two years in Chicago, lived there all his life. His collection of Lepidoptera, gathered during 58 years, has been bequeathed to the Chicago Natural History Museum. His wife, PAULINE G. R. MCELHOSE, a son, and two daughters survive him. JOHN L. SPERRY, Riverside, California, on 21 January 1954, at the age of 60. He was born in Oaklawn, Rhode Island, and graduated as a civil engineer from Brown University. After 1925 he and his naturalist wife, the late GRACE HERRESOFF SPERRY, lived in Riverside. SPERRY had recently remarried. He was a Charter and Sustaining Member of The Lepidopterists’ Society and was serving on the Executive Council of the Society. One of the leading field lepidopterists in America, he was also an outstanding authority on taxonomy of the Geometridae of various parts of the world, notably North America. His superb collections of Lepidoptera have been placed in the American Museum of Natural History in New York. C, L, REMINGTON 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 31 GEOFFREY DOUGLAS HALE CARPENTER On 30 January 1953, Professor G. D. HALE CARPENTER died at the Radcliffe Infirmary, Oxford, England, at the age of 70, after several months of illness. He was one of the five Honorary Members of The Lepidopterists’ Society. For many years he had been the leading authority on insect mimicry. He was a follower and close friend of EDWARD BAGNALL POULTON and succeeded him as Hope Professor of Zoology (Entomology) at Oxford Uni- versity when Sir EDWARD retired in 1933. At that time CARPENTER was Ue i) GEOFFREY DOUGLAS HALE CARPENTER Vol.8: nos.1-2 elected Fellow of Jesus College, Oxford. He held the Hope chair until he reached the age limit in 1948, when he was appointed Emeritus Professor. His early career was in the field of medicine, in which he specialized in insect-borne diseases. During many years of investigation of Tse-tse fly sleeping sickness in Africa he found time to work steadily on his favorite problems of mimicry and systematics of African butterflies. During the last twenty years of his life he concentrated professionally on Lepidoptera. At the time of his death the Zoological Society of London had in proof his great monograph of the geography and systematics of the Danaine butterflies of the genus Ewplcea of the islands of the southwestern and central Pacific region. The manuscript had been completed in May 1951. His friends, Dr. B.M. Hossy and N.D. RILEY, saw it to press after his passing. CARPENTER was born in Eton College on 26 October 1882. His father, P. HERBERT CARPENTER, D.Sc., F.R.S., was then an assistant master at Eton. His grandfather was the distinguished British physiologist, WILLIAM BEN- JAMIN CARPENTER, D.Sc., F.R.S. CARPENTER was first educated at the Dragon School and Bradfield College. He attended Oxford University as a member of St. Catherine’s and received his B.A. in 1904. He had a very early interest in natural history, and it is reported that while an undergraduate he read his first paper on the Mother-of-pearl Moth (Sylepta ruralis Scop.) and its parasites, before the Ashmolean Natural History Society of Oxfordshire. After graduating from Oxford, HALE CARPENTER entered a medical career, studying at St. George’s Hospital, London, from which he received the degrees of B.M. and B.Ch. in 1908. He took the D.M. in 1913, pre- senting results of his study of the Tse-tse fly as his dissertation. With his special interest in entomology, it was natural that he was attracted to the study of insect-borne diseases. In 1910, when studying Tropical Medicine at the London School, he was asked to undertake a study of the biology of the Tse-tse fly (Glossina palpalis) which is the carrier of African Sleeping Sickness (Trypanosomiasis) in Uganda. He entered the Colonial Medical Service and left England in June 1910 to take up work on the north shore of Lake Victoria Nyanja, at the source of the Nile. He soon moved to the islands in the northwest corner of the Lake, to study the Tse-tse on depopulated islands, principally at Damba, Bugalla in the Sesse Islands, and Kome. For nearly three years he remained there, investigating not only the Tse-tse but also the other forms of animals and plants. He had known POULTON at Oxford and had remained in correspondence with him in Africa. This undoubtedly stimulated CARPENTER’S early in- terest in the adaptive significance of animal coloration, particularly mimicry in butterflies and some other insects. During his residence in the islands he made some of his now classic studies of those most wonderful mimicking complexes: Pseudacrawa eurytus Linné, which strikingly resembles various species of the inedible danaid genus Bematistes (=Planema); and Papilio dardanus Brown, which mimics danaids of several genera. His experiences 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 33 on the islands form the substance of his first book, A Naturalist on Lake Victoria, published in 1920. With the outbreak of the First World War, CARPENTER was called to medical duty, in August 1914, with the British troops on the Uganda German East Africa frontier. In December of 1914, after four months of preparation, CARPENTER was appointed Medical Officer of a fort at Kakindu, on the southern border of Uganda. Here he spent about a year, with plenty of time for the pursuit of Lepidoptera. In the book on his wartime field studies, A Natwralist in East Africa (1925), he wrote (p. 23): “The wet weather, when the afternoons were sunny and hot, produced vast numbers of butterflies, and as my military duties were done by about eleven in the morning I made the most of exceptionally favourable cir- cumstances, and as soon as the morning quinine and sick parades (not to mention the ‘Jigger’ parade) and the daily round of sanitary inspection were over, | went off to the forest and collected there through the middle of the day, getting back in time for a meal about four, and the evening sick parade. This was for me an extraordinarily exciting time, for I had never collected in a large forest before, and every day yielded something of fresh interest. For in the island forests of Lake Victoria, although individuals had been fairly abundant, species were not num- erous, while at Kakindu the hosts of butterflies passed beyond anything I had ever seen; some days are quite unforgettable.” For three months early in 1916 CARPENTER was stationed in the south- west corner of Uganda, but from May 1916 to January 1918 he was located at various camps in central Tanganyika Territory, about 200 miles south or southeast of Lake Victoria. In this region Lepidoptera and other insects were collected steadily, but it was here, at Itigi, that the famous experiments were carried out to test the edibility to young insectivorous monkeys of conspicuously versus cryptically colored insects. The results were striking, probably the best body of data in print on the correlation between “warning coloration” and distastefulness. He wrote in the 1925 book (p. 148) of an amusing event during the course of these tests: “On one occasion I had in my hand a beetle of a group regarded by the monkey as extremely distasteful. I offered my closed fist to the monkey, who came running up to see what was there; when I opened my hand and he saw the nature of the beetle he broke into a broad grin and walked away, evidently treating the matter as a joke!” During January to November of 1918, CARPENTER was _ principally at Dar es Salaam, near Zanzibar, and at Mozambique, when the end of his military service finally came, just before the Armistice. He wrote: “To my intense joy I was told that the importunities of the Uganda government had at last had an effect, and I was released by the military authorities to return to my work on the Tse-tse fly on which I had been employed when the 34 GEOFFREY DOUGLAS HALE CARPENTER Vol.8: nos.1-2 war broke out.” For his service during the war CARPENTER was appointed Member of the Order of the British Empire (M.B.E.). CARPENTER returned to the Colonial Medical Service as a sleeping sick- ness control officer in Uganda after the war. He retired from the Service in 1930, but on special request he carried out a study of Glossina in Ngamiland in 1930-31. During these dozen years he was a prolific writer; in addition to the two books on natural history, he published a steady stream of papers on butterfly geography, mimicry in several insect groups, and his Tse-tse fly research. In 1919 he married AMy FRANCES THOMAS-PETER, from Cornwall, England. Mrs. CARPENTER survives him. They had no children. On his retirement from the Medical Service, HALE CARPENTER fe- turned to Oxford and POULTON. There he began almost daily visits, to work with the unique collections in the Hope Department. He built a house close to Oxford, at Cumnor Hill, where he lived for the rest of his life and pursued his hobby of gardening for recreation. At Oxford, with the congenial comradeship of POULTON, CARPENTER plunged harder than ever into his preferred problems of adaptive coloration. Among others, he paid special attention to the role of birds as predators of butterflies and therefore shapers of mimicry. Some years earlier, POULTON and the mimicry theory had been violently attacked in a series of papers by the American entomologist and ornithologist, W. L. MCATEE. MCATEE and others maintained that birds do not feed on butterflies often enough to be significant factors in mimicry. CARPENTER, and in part POULTON, gradually recorded a convincing body of data proving that in many parts of the world birds and other visual hunters do prey heavily on edible species of butterflies other than mimics of such distastful forms as the Danaidz and the Aristolochia-feeding Swallowtails. Soon after his return to England, he published the superb little volume, Mémicry (1933), for which E. B. ForD prepared a section on the genetics of mimicry. Professor POULTON carried on a very voluminous correspondence with naturalists in all parts of the world. This, added to the administrative re- sponsibilities of the Hope chair and of important offices in several leading scientific societies, hindered his progress in writing a long-planned magnum opus on adaptive coloration in animals. POULTON retired from the Hope chair in 1933 with the intention, never brought to fruition, of concentrating on the book. It was logical that HALE CARPENTER should have been elected his successor in the Hope Professorship. When his knowledge of concealment, Africa, and tropical medicine was needed during the Second World War, CARPENTER helped to prepare sol- diers in training near Oxford, and he also wrote guide books for use by the military forces in Africa. Ss) Wi 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News CARPENTER was an effective organization officer and served several so- cieties as a leader. He was President of the Royal Entomological Society in 1945-46. He took an important part in the affairs of the Pacific Science Congresses and became known personally in North America while attending these meetings. In England he was also active in meetings of the Royal Society, the Linnean Society, and the Zoological Society of London, and he was an elected Fellow of the latter two. I am indebted to Mrs. AUDREY SMITH and to the present Hope Pro- fessor, Dr. GEORGE C. VARLEY, for the two photographs. The first was taken a number of years ago; the snapshot was taken 31 July 1948, the day CARPENTER retired from the Professorship. Mrs. SMITH also very kindly prepared a major portion of the following bibliography. I have drawn freely on the biographical information given in Dr. B.M. Hossy’s fine obituary of Professor CARPENTER (Brit. Med. Journ. 1: 406; 1953). CHARLES L. REMINGTON, Osborn Zoological Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A. 36 GEOFFREY DOUGLAS HALE CARPENTER Vol.8: nos.1-2 LIST OF PUBLISHED WORKS BY PROFESSOR G. D. HALE CARPENTER 1912. Progress report on investigations into the bionomics of Glossina palpalis, July 27, 1910, to August 5, 1911. Rep. Sleeping Sickness Commn. Roy. Soc. No. P22 779-114: Second report on the bionomics of Glossina fuscipes (palpalis) of Uganda. Rep. Sleeping Sickness Commn. Roy. Soc. No. 14: 1-37, 17 pls. 1913. Notes on the struggle for existence in tropical Africa. Bedrock 2: 358-376. . Synaposematic resemblance between Acraine larve. Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1912» ‘(02-705 The life history of Pseudacrea eurytus hobleyi, Neave. Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1912: 706-716. Rep. Brit. Ass. Birmingham 1913, Sect. D.: [516]. Pseudacr@aa and their Acreine models on Bugalla island, Sesse, Lake Victoria. Rep. Brit. Ass. Birmingham 1913, Sect. D: [517]. . Synepigonic series of Papilio dardanus, from parent form planemoides. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 1913: ltii-lvi. .. The importance of preserving insects found in coitu. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 1913: Ixxxvili-xciv. Various insects mostly from Africa. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 1913: xciv-ci. Pseudacrea eurytus hobleyi, Neave, its forms and its models on Bugalla Island, Lake Victoria, with other members of the same combination. Tvans. Ent. Soc. London 1913: 606-645, 3 pls. , Pseudacrea boisduvali, Doubl., and its models, with especial reference to Bugalla Island. Trans, Ent. Soc. London 1913: 646-655, pls. 37, 38. The inheritance of small variations in the pattern of Papilio dardanus, Brown. Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1913: 656-666, pls. 39, 40. .. An interesting polymorphic butterfly. Journ. East. Afr. Uganda Nat. Hist. Soc. 4: 131-134. 1915. Observations on the islands in the N.W. of the Victoria Nyanza. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 1914: li-ly. 1917. Notes on south-west Uganda and on late German East Africa west of the Victoria Nyanza. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 1916: cx-cxxx. 1918. Observations on fossors in East Africa. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 1917: xli-xliv. Insects and disease. A lecture delivered in the Arthur Smith Hall of the Technical College, on Saturday, May 18th, 1918. 1919. Further notes on ex-German East Africa, almost exclusively East of Lake Tanganyika. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 1918: \xxxviii-cxlix. [Previous notes pub- lished by E. B. Poulton in 1916.] Discursive notes on the fossorial Hymenoptera. Jour. East Afr. Uganda Nat. Hist. Soc. No. 15: 440-461, D pls. Third, fourth and fifth reports on the bionomics of Glossina palpalis on Lake Victoria. Rep. Sleeping Sickness Commn. Roy. Soc. No. 17: 1-101. 1920. Mantis pia, Serv., and a Nematode; a complicated instinct. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 1919: Iviii-lx. . A naturalist on Lake Victoria with an account of Sleeping Sickness and the Tse-tse Fly. 333 pp., 2 col. pls., 87 figs. T. Fisher Unwin Ltd., London. Birds and butterflies. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 1920: xxxiv-xxxv. Pseudacrwa eurytus hobleyi, its forms and its models on the islands of L. Victoria, and the bearing of the facts on the explanation of mimicry by natural selecuon. Trans, Ent. Soc. London 1920: 84-98, pls. 1, 2. ‘921. Experiments on the relative edibility of insects, with special reference to their coloration. Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1921: 1-105. 1925. Notes on Uganda insects. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 1923: xlviii. _ Report on a test of a method of attacking Glossina by artificial breeding places. Buil. Ent. Res. 13: 443-445 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 37 1924. Butterflies from the Semliki Valley, Western Uganda. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 1923: Ixii-lxvii. ... Pseudacrea eurytus and its models in Eastern Uganda. Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1923: 469-491, 2 pls. . Report on an investigation into the epidemiology of Sleeping Sickness in cen- tral Kavirondo, Kenya Colony. Bwll. Ent. Res. 15: 187-208. 1925. The biology of Sleeping Sickness. Kenya Med. Journ. 2: 35-41, 65-74, 96-103. ie A naturalist in East Africa. 187 pp., 8 pls., 34 figs. Oxford Univ. Press. The geographical distribution of animals. Journ. East Afr. Uganda Nat. Hist. Soc. No. 22: 56-87. .. Two types of Tsetse Fly. Protection of man and cattle. The Times [Letters to the Editor]. On Pseudacrea eurytus L., and its models in Eastern Uganda. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 1925: xiii-xiv. 1926. Various observations on insects in Uganda. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 1925: liii-lviiit, 1 fig. .. Mimicry in relation to geographical distribution in the Ethiopian Nymphaline butterfly Pseudacrwa eurytus. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci. 1926: 363. , Lecture on some of the problems connected with Sleeping Sickness. Rep. Brit, Ass. Adv. Sci. 1926: 365-366. .. Two remarkab'e African butterflies, and the study of geographical distribution of animals. Journ. Afr. Soc. 26: 27-39. Speke’s Tragelaph on the Sesse Isles of Lake Victoria. Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1925: 1423-1430. 1927. Observation on the epigamic use of its anal brushes by the male Danaida chrysippus, L., in E. Madi, Uganda. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 1927: 4A. A case of Blackwater Fever in an African native. Trans. Roy. Soc. Trop. Med. Pee 25 7-258. The prevention of Sleeping Sickness. Entebbe, November 1927. 1928. The wit and wisdom of “The Water Babies’. Lecture, delivered to the Literary and Scientific Society at Entebbe, on June 21st, 1928. The Uganda News. Further observations on insects in Uganda. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 3: 5-9. 4 Two collections of butterflies from the S.E. corner of the Sudan. Trans. Ent. Soc. London 76: 25-54, 3 pls., 2 figs. 1929. Further notes on the fauna of Nkosi Island, Lake Victoria, Uganda, Africa. Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1929: 129-132. . The larva and cocoon of the Elaterid beetle Tetralobus flabellicornis L. from Uganda. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 3: 73-74. Mimicry. Nature 123: 661-663; 124: 183. Sleeping Sickness. A lecture delivered to the Uganda Branch of the British Medical Association, on 7th June, 1929. Kenya and East Afr. Med. Journ. 6: 131-148. 1930. Pompilids and Sphegids: different methods adopted when filling up burrows. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 5: 1-2. Attacks of birds upon butterflies. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 5: $92. A new form of Pseudacrea eurytus. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 35: Birds attacking butterflies. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 5: 62. Psammocharidze (Pomilide) and Sphecida. Collected records of their dif- ferent methods of filling in the stocked burrow. Trans. Ent. Soc. London 78: 283-308. 1931. Observations on insects in Ngamiland. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 6: 49-51. ; The forms of Acrawa althoffi, Dew. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 6: 62-65. 52-55; ,1 Bk. 1932. Remarkable aberration of Charaxes numenes, Hew. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 6: 65-66. Variety of Hypolimnas salmacis. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 6: 66. A new form of Acrwa kraka, Auriv. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 6: 76-77. A mimetic association of a Syrphid with a Xylocopid and a Scoliid. Proc. Ent. msec. London 6: 77. GEOFFREY DOUGLAS HALE CARPENTER Vol.8: nos.1-2 Mimicry, natural selection and Acrea johnstoni. Journ. East Afr. Uganda Nat. Hist. Soc. 40-41: 78-90. Eurytela dryope attacked by a bird in Africa. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 7: 18-19. Resemblance of moths to bird-droppings. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 7: 22-23. Lycenid (Liptenine) mimetic butterflies from L. Victoria, Uganda. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 7: 26-27. . Synaposematic association of Ichneumonide#, Psammocharide and Syntomide. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 7: 44. The methods adopted by Hymenoptera when filling up burrows. Proc. Ent. Soc. London 7: 44-45. Mimicry. Sci. Progress 26 (no.104): 609-625. The characters of Acrwa stenobea, Wallgr., and A. lygus, Druce (Lep. Nym- ‘phalide). Stylops 1: 196-197, 1 fig. The forms of Acrea johnstoni, Godm. (Lep. Nymphalidz), and their dis- tribution. Trans. Ent. Soc. London 80: 251-268, pls. 13-14. 1933. Resemblance of a Geometrid moth (Semiothisa subcretata, Warr., Boarmiine ) to a Hesperid butterfly (Tagiades flesus, F.). Proc. Ent. Soc. London 7: 59-60. Resemblance between species of A/etis and Euphaedra. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 8: 104-106. A synaposematic Acraine association from the Budongo forest, Uganda. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 8: 109. Planema epea, Cr., from the Sudan-Uganda border, compared with other forms. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 8: 109-110. Acrwa doubledayi rileyi, Eltr., from the Southern Sudan. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 8: 110. Gregarious resting habits of aposematic butterflies. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 8: 110-111. Winged ants as food for gulls. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 8: 111. Callimorpha dominula, ab. bimacula Cockayne. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London G2. Lit. A reputed British specimen of Argynnis (Brenthis) dia, L. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 8: 111. Resemblance between a Geometrid (Semizothisa subcretata, Warr., Boarmiinz) , a Hesperid (Sarangesa subalbicans, B.-B.) and a Lycenid (Liptena ilma simplex, Auriv.). Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 8: 126-127. An apparently undescribed species of Lycaenidae mimicking Vanessula milca, Hew. (Nymphaline). Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 8: 127. An undescribed species of Syntomide resembling a Scoliid wasp. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 8: 127. Mimicry, (With a section on its genetic aspect by E. B. FoRD.) Methuen and Co., London. 134 pp., 2 pls. [With C. L. Collenette] New species, and descriptions of larve, of Lymantriidz from Uganda. Ent. Mon. Mag. 69: 258-270. Attacks of birds on butterflies. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 81: 21-26, pl.1. 34. Argynnis (Brenthis) dia, L., recorded from Britain. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 8: 142. Two species of Hemiptera imported on bananas. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 8: 142. Hibernating Susca autumnalis, De G., and Pollenia rudis, F. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 8: 142-143. Beak marks on butterflies’ wings. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 8: 143-144, l fig. New or rare African butterflies. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 9: 12-14; 64. Evidence of attacks of birds upon butterflies. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London tre aeh 5, An apparent gynandromorph of Kallima inachus Bdv. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 9: 46, Attacks of birds and other enemies on butterflies. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London be 1 / 1S, Atrican Hesperida and attacks by birds. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 9: 52-53. Acrewa rahira Boisd, from Uganda. Proc, Roy. Ent. Soc. London 9: 64. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 39 .... Attacks of birds upon butterflies in the Solomon Isles. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 9: 79. ... An association of black and white butterflies from Mt. Mlanje, Nyasaland. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 9: 79-80. : Insects as material for study. Two inaugural lectures delivered on 17 and 24 November 1933. 38 pp., 1 pl. Oxford. Mimicry. School Sci. Rev. 16: 228-235. Mimicry in insects. Nature 133: 761. .. [Review] Charles Darwin’s Diary of the Voyage of H.M.S. Beagle Edited from the MS by Nora Barlow. Oxford Mag. May 10th: 681-[683]. Some notes on the northern islands of Lake Victoria. Journ. Animal Ecol. a: 91-104, 2 pls. 1935. Mimics and parasites of the honey bee in Africa. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 9: 87-89. Interesting butterflies from the Sudan-Congo border. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 9: 89-90. ... Further examples of attacks of birds upon butterflies. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 9: 90-91. A Mantis preying on a Sphingid. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 9: 103. A migrating Hesperid. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 9: 103. ... A suggested explanation of variation in cryptic Lepidoptera. Ent. Mon. Mag. 71: 234-236. .. Attacks of birds upon butterflies. Nature 135: 194-196. Courtship and allied problems in insects. Trans. Soc. Brit. Ent. 2: 115-135. [Obituary notice] Dr. F. A. Dixey, F.R.S. Nature 135: 213. Mimikry. Ent. Rundsch. 52: 20-24, 37-39, 50-53. Mimicry. Trans. Oxford Univ. Jun. Sci. Cl. (5) No. 7: 195-197. [Review] The Arachnida. By T. H. Savory. Oxford Mag., 28th Nov.: 233. .. Selective attacks of birds on butterflies: a new set of observations. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 147 [1934-35]: 51. : Three documents relating to the early history of the Society. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 10: 2-3. A new form of Acrea althoffi, Dew. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 10: 22-23. A rare form of Belenois thysa Hopff. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 10: 31-32. All-female families of Hypolimnas bolina L. bred by Mr. H. W. Simmonds in Fiji. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 10: 32-33. ... A living specimen of the Dynastine beetle Strategus titanicus F. imported in bananas. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 10: 57. ... A new Bematistes-Pseudacrea combination from Uganda. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 10: 57-59, 1 pl. Observations by Mr. T. W. Chorley, F.R.E.S., on dragonflies attacking the tsetse fly Glossina palpalis R.D. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 10: 78-79. A new African Machzrotid (Homoptera) inhabiting a calcareous tube. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 10: 81-82. . The Rhopalocera of Abyssinia. A faunistic study. [With notes by W. H. Evans, F. Hemming,, G. Talbot, E. J. Wayland.] Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 83: 313-447, pls. 8-13. 1936. Evidence of preferential feeding by birds in Egypt. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soe. London 10: 88-89. Charles Darwin and Entomology (Presidential address). Trans. S.E. Union Nee sors. Ab: 1-23. .. A note on the behaviour of New Zealand birds towards the Cinnabar moth (Tyria jacobee L.). Ent. Mon. Mag. 72: 162-163. Birds do attack butterflies. Sci. Progress 30: 628-634. Entomology and natural selection. Journ. Brit. Assoc. Blackpool 1936: 38. The facts of mimicry still require natural selection for their explanation. Proc. Roy. Soc. London (B) 121: 65-67. Notes by Commander C. M. Dammers on the life-histories of two species of American Hesperiide (Lepidoptera). Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 11: 2. Pseudacrea eurytus (L.) and its models in the Budongo Forest, Bunyoro, western Uganda (Lepidoptera). Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 11: 22-28. Eccoptoptera cupricollis Chd., and another coleopterous mutilloid. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 11: 49-50. 40 GEOFFREY DOUGLAS HALE CARPENTER Vol.8: nos.1-2 The aposematic larva of Brithys pancrati Cyr. distasteful to Guinea-Fowl, and odoriferous white moths refused by a Galago. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc.. London (A) LES SF. A note on the courtship of termites. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 11: 93-94. The description of Acrwa kalinzu sp.n. (Lepidoptera). Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B) 5: 162-164, pl.1, 1 fig. The Rhopalocera of Abyssinia: corrections and comments by Monsieur H. Ungemach. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B) 5: 196-200. [With G. van Son] Description of a new race of Charaxes xiphares (Cr.) ‘from Southern Rhodesia (Lepid.). Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B) 5: 201-207. Three unpublished letters of Charles Darwin. Nature 137: 400. Insect coloration. Nature 138: 242. Insect coloration and natural selection. Nature 138: 686-687. Natural Selection. Nature 138: 1017. Notes on larve and pupe of Polygonia c-album Linn. (Lep.). Journ. Soc. Brit. Ent. 1: 146. The butterflies of Abyssinia. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 148 [1935-36]: 96-97. 1937. A flight of a butterfly that appeared to be Catopsilia florella Fab. in the Straits of Messina. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 12: 9. Lizards as enemies of butterflies. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 12: 157-161, pls. 1, 2. Observations by Mr. R. E. Moreau on a nesting African Shrike capturing butterflies. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 12: 161-162. . Description of Charaxes jahlusa ganalensis subsp. n. from Abyssinia (Lep. Rhopalocera). Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B) 6: 64. Charaxes eudoxus Drury (Lep.). A _ revision, with description of a new subspecies. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 86: 85-99, pls. 1-5, 6 figs. A note on some parasites of Zygena (Lep.). Journ. Soc. Brit. Ent. 1: 176-178. (1) An unpublished letter from Sir Joseph Hooker, dated 9 Aug. 1847. (2) An autograph note by Linnzus on a prescription, written for him, dated 31 Jan. 1764. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 149: 26-28. [Obituary] Robin John Tillyard. Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond. 149: 212-218. Attitude and concealing coloration. Nature 140: 684. Wild birds and butterflies. Nature 140: 974-975. Mimicry as viewed by Professor Shull. Science 85: 356-359. The needs of the mimetic theory. Science 86: 157. Birds as enemies of butterflies. S.-E. Nat. and Antiquary 42: 93-95, 1 pl. Further evidence that birds do attack and eat butterflies. Proc. Zool. Soc. London (A) 107: 223-247, pls.-1,.2. Notes on insects collected in north-west Greenland by the Oxford University Ellesmere Land Expedition 1934-35. (With description of a new species of Rhamphomyia (Dipt.) by J. E. Collin.) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser.10, vol.20: 401-409, 2 figs. Notes on a collection of insects made by the Oxford University Arctic Expedi- tion in West Spitsbergen, 1933. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 10, vol. 20: 411-415. {With B. M. Hobby] On some European yellow forms of Pieris napi (L.) (Lep., Rhopalocera): A review of the literature. Entomologist 70: 181-185, 204-210, 232-238. [Review] A catalogue of the African Hesperide indicating the classification and nomenclature adopted in the British Museum, by W.H. Evans. Entomologist bi ea ee Be Protective colouration in its concealing and other aspects. Journ. Oxford Univ. For 20c.. (2). No. 182:5:3} Arctia plantaginis Linn. (Lep.) eaten by Swifts. Journ. Soc. Brit. Ent. 1: 213-214, Tits feeding upon butterflies. Journ. Soc. Brit. Ent. 1: 214. Audible emission of defensive froth by insects. (With an appendix on the anatomical structures concerned in a moth, by H. Eltringham.) Proc. Zool. Soc. London (A) 108: 243-252. els, Lice. Birds seen to attack the Nymphaline butterfly Ana@a verticordia luciana Hall. Ent. Mon. Mag. 74: 108-109. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 4\ .. Two remarkable cases of beak-marks on butterflies. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 13: 101-102. Detached wings of the Saturniid Nudaurelia tyrrbea Cr. (Lepidoptera). Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 13: 102. .. Some interesting Rhopalocera from the Southern Sudan. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 87: 217-232, pl.1. Notes on insects collected in West Greenland by the Oxford University Green- land Expedition, 1936. (With descriptions of a new species Angitia (Hymen- optera, Ichneumonide) by A. Roman, and of Fannia (Diptera, Anthomyidz ) by J. E. Collin.) Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 11, vol. 1: 529°553. Pacific entomological survey. Nature 141: 196. .. Mimicry in relation to other forms of protective coloration (Presidential ad- dress). Proc. Bournemouth Nat. Sci. Soc. 30: 42-45. The attacks of birds on butterflies. Proc. 8th Int. Orn. Congr. Oxford 1934: 265-276, 1 pl. Do birds eat butterflies? Uganda Journ. 5: 253-254. 1939. A further note on Pseudacrwa eurytus (L.) (Lepid. Nymphaline) and_ its models in eastern Uganda. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 14: 18. .. A letter from A. R. Wallace to F. P. Pascoe, written from Ternate, 20 December 1860. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 14: 77-78. Resemblance of a Geometrid moth Amnemopsyche (Agirpa) wardi E. M. Sharpe to the butterfly Acrwa acerata tenella Rog. in the Congo. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 14: 87. ; Birds as enemies of butterflies, with special reference to mimicry. Verh. VII Int. Kngr. Ent. 2: 1061-1074, 1 pl. [With A Holm] Insecta and Aranez collected in the Kangerdlugsuak region of East Greenland by the British Expedition, 1935-36. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., serils vol. 3: 60-79,-4 figs. The Pacific Entomological Survey. Science 90: 252-253. 1939-1951. [21 reviews of books and monographs in Entomologists’ Monthly Maga- zine, vols. 75, 76, 78-84, 86, 87.] 1940. Destruction of Cabbage White butterflies by birds. Nature 145: 900. [Obituary] Dr. R. Hanitsch. Nature 146: 360. .. Preliminary account of an investigation of the Euplceine butterflies of Melanesia. Proc. 6th Pacific Sci. Congr. 4: 305-309. .. Some interesting cases of attacks by birds on butterflies. Ent. Mon. Mag. 76: 186. .. An interesting specimen of Polygonia c-album (L.) (Lep., Nymphalide). Ent. Mon. Mag. 76: 212-213, pl. 3. .. Extensive destruction of Pzeris brassice (L.) (Lep.) by birds. Ent. Mon. Mag. 76: 224-229. 1941. Descriptions of Explea jennessi, a new species, and of a new form, valde- maculata, of E. guérinti C. and R. Felder (Lepidoptera). Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B) 10: 215-216. . A new race of Acrwa rogersi Hew. (Lep. Rhopalocera) from eastern Uganda. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B) 10: 216-217. Warning coloration. Entomologist 74: 62. .. [Obituary] Commander James John Walker. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 151: 260-262. [With T. G. B. Osborn] [Obituary] Robert Theodore Gunther. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 152: 366-368. ... An interesting sidelight on the causes of coloration in butterflies. Nature 147: 356-357. Physiology and ecology of cuticle colour in insects. Nature 148: 693-094. Island fauna research. Nature 148: 789-790. 1942. [With E. A. Cockayne] A gynandromorphous Precis sophia F. (Lep., Nymphalide). Ent. Mon. Mag. 78: 227-231, 11 figs. Flight reflex of Hilara monedula (Dipt., Empidide). Ent. Mon. Mag. A study of faunal distribution. Science 95: 325-320. Q - 5? 4? GEOFFREY DOUGLAS HALE CARPENTER Vol.8: nos.1-2 Note on the bionomics of the Sphegid wasp Dasyproctus bipunctatus Lepeletier (Hym.). Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 17: 48. Notes by E. Burtt, B.Sc., F.R.E.S., on a species of Palophus (probably episcopalis Kirby): a giant Phasmid (Orthoptera) from Tanganyika Territory. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 17: 75-76. Resemblance between an Agaristid and a Xyloryctid (Lep. Heterocera). Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 17: 76. An Revisional notes on Melanesian Evplaca (Lep.) with descriptions of new sub- species and forms. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B) 11: 127-140. [Obituary] Dr. H. Eltringham, F.R.S. Nature 149: 72-73. [Obituary] Harry Eltringham, M.A., (Cantab.), D.Sc. (Oxon.). Mus. Journ. 41: 263-264. Migration of Lepidoptera. Nature 150: 526-528. [Obituary] Harry Eltringham 1873-1941. Ob7t. Not. Fellows Roy. Soc. 4: 113-128, portrait. Observations and experiments in Africa by the late C.F.M. Swynnerton on wild birds eating butterflies and the preference shown. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 154: 10-46. .. The relative frequency of beak-marks on butterflies of different edibility to birds. Proc. Zool. Soc. London (A) 111: 223-231. 1943. [With C.B. Lewis] A _ collection of Lepidoptera (Rhopalocera) from the Cayman Islands. Ann. Carnegie Mus. 29: 371-396, 9 figs. Beak-marked butterflies. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 18: 25-26, pl.1. [With E. Burtt] The defensive attitude of the Mantid Idolum diabolicum Sauss. (Orthoptera). Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 18: 57. New records of insects and woodlice from Lundy Island. Ent. Mon. Mag. 79: 121-1275. .. Birds as enemies of the larve of Zygaena filipendule L. (Lep.) Ent. Mon. Mag. 79: 157-159. 1944. Evidence of extensive destruction of Danaus chrysippus L. (Lepidoptera) in S.W. Abyssinia. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 19: 27-29, 1 fig. [Obituary] Sir Edward Poulton, F.R.S. Nature 153: 15-17. Natural selection in the Six-spot Burnet Moth. Nature 154: 239-240. Birds and butterflies. Nature 154: 304-305. .. [Obituary] Edward Bagnall Poulton, 1856-1943. Oxford Mag. Jan. 20: 115-117; Obit. Not. Fellows Roy. Soc. 4: 655-680. [Obituary] Edward Bagnall Poulton. Ent. Mon. Mag. 80: 24. The coloration of butterflies and moths. Endeavour 3: 20-25, pls. 1-4. 1945. |With B.M. Hobby] On Limenitis bredowti Geyer (Lep., Nymphalide) with description of a new subspecies and revival of another. A study in geographi- cal distribution and speciation. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 94: 311-346, 4 pls., 2 figs. Bionomic notes on a colony of Zygaena filipendule L. (Lep.). Journ. Soc. Brit. Ent. 2: 280-284. Notes by E. Burtt, B.Sc., F.R.E.S., on the habits of a species of Oxypilus (Mantida), and the flight of the male of a species of Palophus (Phasmidz). Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 20: 82-83. . Notes on Charaxes (Lep., Nymphalide) in the Hope Department of Ento- mology, University of Oxford. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B) 14: 81-88. (Corrigendum. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B) 15: 6; 1946.) The problem of “anting” in birds. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (C) 10: 13-14. Courting butterfly attacked by bird. Ent. Mon. Mag. 81: 100. Observations on the courtship of the tipulid fly Thrypticomyia apicalis Wied. Ent. Mon. Mag. 81: 100. [Obituary] Edgar James Clark. Ent. Mon. Mag. 81: 143. [Obituary] Edward Bagnall Poulton, 1856-1943. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 156: 219-223. 1946, Capture of butterflies in great numbers by the grass Setaria verticillata (L.) Beauv. in East Africa. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 21: 49-50. Mimetic polymorphism. Nature 158: 277-282. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 43 The relative edibility and behaviour of some aposematic grasshoppers. Ent. Mon. Mag. 82: 5-10. . Characters of aposematic species in connection with attacks of birds on Vanessini (Lep.). Ent. Mon. Mag. 82: 65. Feeding habits of Papilionide (Lep.). Ent. Mon. Mag. 82: 276-277. 1947. A hundred years of entomology at Oxford. Tijdschr. Ent. 88: 108-121. [Review] Butterfly Lives. By S. Beaufoy. Nature 160: 278-279. ‘“Mimicry’ in Fishes. Nature 160: 508-509. The different kinds of protective coloration in insects and their interpretation. S.E. Nat. and Antiquary 52: 34-41. a A Bee Sepectcs of Papilio dardanus Brown. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B) Oe D-) 6. .. The writings of J. Portschinsky on warning colours and eyespots. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 22: 103-113. .. The geographical distribution of the forms of the African Nymphaline butter- flies Charaxes etesipe Godart and Ch. penricei Rothschild. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 98: 91-104; pls. 1, 2; 7 figs. The President's Address. Some remarks on mimicry, with especial reference to the African Nymphaline butterfly Pseudacr@a eurytus L. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (C) 11: 59-75. 1948. Mimicry and ecogenotypical variation. Amer. Nat. 82: 234-240. False representation of defensive foam by a species of Acrotylus Fieber (Orthoptera, Acrididz). Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A) 23: 32. Notes on the males of Papilio dardanus Brown (Lep.), with the definition of a new transitional race and a redescription of P. dardanus ochracea Poulton. Proc. Roywba, Soc. London (B) 17: 11-17; pl.1; 9 figs. Three interesting Psewdacrea (Lep., Nymphalide). Ent. Mon. Mag. 84: 1-2, pls. Danaus chrysippus L. (Lep.). in Uganda. Ent. Mon. Mag. 83: 296. 1949. Homochromie et moyens de défense chez les insectes. C. R. 13th Congr. Int. Zool, 1948: 466-467. Pseudacrea eurytus (L.) (Lep. Nymphalidez): A study of a polymorphic mimic in various degrees of speciation. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London 100: 71-133, Smplss, 28 tigs: 1950. Taxonomy and geographical distribution. Lectures on the practice of botanical and zoological classification delivered in the rooms of the Linnean Society during the session 1949-50: 49-56. The labelling of specimens. Bw//. Amateur Ent. Soc. 109: 2-3. [Obituary] Filippo Silvestri. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 162: 110-113. [With T.H.E. Jackson] New butterflies from East Africa and the Ituri Forest. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B) 19: 97-108, pl.1. Some insects (excluding Lepidoptera) from the Shetland Isles. Ent. Mon. Mag. 86: 268-269. 1951. [Obituary] Mr. A. H. Hamm. Nature 167: 220. 1953. The genus Explaea (Lep. Danaide) in Micronesia, Melanesia, Polynesia and Australia. A zoo-geographical study. Trans. Zool. Soc. London 28: 1-184, piss LO. i4 Vol.8: nos.1-2 WILLIAM PRESCOTT ROGERS WILLIAM PRESCOTT ROGERS, a charter member of The Lepidopterists Society and a life-long enthusiast in the study of the Lepidoptera, died May 6, 1953, after an illness of many months. PRESCOTT ROGERS was born October 12, 1887, at Brookline, Massachusetts, the son of the late EowIN ALBERT and HARRIET (PRESCOTT) ROGERS. He was educated in the public schools of Brookline and Newton, and at Harvard College, where he graduated with the class of 1911. He then went into the cotton brokerage business with the firm of E. A. Shaw & Co. of Boston, and in 1914, as manager of their Fall River branch, he settled in that city where ived for the rest of his life. He was very successful in business, and that judgement and influence were highly regarded by others was attested by presence on the boards of directors of several institutions both business charitable. The portrait was taken in about 1945. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 45 He first became interested in butterflies as a boy around Brookline and Newton, forming a small collection before he was in High School. This interest always remained, and after settling in Fall River he entered with enthusiasm into collecting as his favorite avocation. ROGERS specialized in the butterflies of New England and built up an excellent collection of the species of this region, mostly by his own efforts, also by exchange. Most of his collecting was done in and about Fall River and in its environs, especially Westport where he had a summer home. He made many collecting trips, however, to other parts of New England, from the cranberry bogs of Cape Cod to the slopes of Mt. Katahdin in Maine, and he always had his net along on occasional trips to the South and South- west. His collection, which is in Denton glass mounts, is deposited in the Fall River Public Library, where it may be seen by request. He also brought together a notable collection of books on butterflies, his interest therein being that of a bibliophile as well as of an entomologist, so that his library included many of the rarer classical publications as well as those of immediate practical use. PRESCOTT ROGERS had a wide acquaintance among lepidopterists, both personal and by correspondence. Besides the Lepidoptera, his avocations were golf, in which he was an outstanding player, and ornithology, which had given him a thorough know- ledge of the birds of his region. ROGERS is survived by his widow, GRETCHEN (HARWOOD) ROGERS, three sons, two daughters, and ten grandchildren. Optimistic in outlook, sincere, genial, and unbounded in enthusiasm for whatever work was in hand, his company in any project was an inspiration and encouragement, and to his friends a privilege of great value. ELMER T. LEARNED, 542 Maple Street, Fall River, Mass., U.S. A. Dr. EUGENE G. MUNROE has found it necessary to resign as Associate Editor tor the annual Season Summary. He has, however, agreed to remain on the Editorial Board of the News as an advisor and literature reviewer. 46 Vol.8: nos.1-2 SMITH AND HULST COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY The Department of Insects and Spiders of the American Museum of Natural History proudly announces the accession of the JOHN B. SMITH and GEORGE D. HULST col- lections of Lepidoptera. This valuable accession was made possible through the co- operation of Dr. WILLIAM H. MARTIN, Dean of the College of Agriculture, and Pro- fessors BAILEY B. PEPPER and JOHN B. SCHMITT, Department of Entomology, Rutgers University. This is one of the most valuable collections of North American Lepidoptera in existence, as it consists of 32,022 specimens representing almost 6,000 species. It contains over 2200 type specimens including approximately 1200 holotypes. The majority of these type specimens are those of SMITH and HULST, who were the out- standing authorities on the North American Phalewnidae (Noctuide), Geometridz, and Pyralida of their generation. There is a small amount cf type material of other authors. JOHN B. SMITH (1858-1912) came to Rutgers in 1889, after spending the preceding three years at the United States National Museum, and remained there until his death. He was the State Entomologist of New Jersey from 1894 until 1912. SMITH built up the North American Phaleznid collection at Rutgers until it was one of the best collections in this family in existence. As he was the leading authority on this family, he also received material for identification from different collectors, and thus more interesting specimens came to hand. SMITH described a very large number of new species, and he published a great number of papers. These include not only papers with the original descriptions of new species, but a number of generic revisions and check lists. The collection at Rutgers formed the basis for the majority of these, and hence its great value. GEORGE D. HULST (1846-1900), while describing a number of Phalznids, is better known for his work on the Geometride2 and Pyralidez. The HULST col- lection is one of both butterflies and moths, but is richest in his specialties. He published almost one hundred papers, mostly on descriptions of early stages and of new species of Lepidoptera. Included in this list of publications were revisions of the North American Epipaschiinz, Phycitida, and Geometridz, which still stand as the basic works in these groups. These papers were based mainly on his col- lection, which was given to Rutgers and contains many types. Every specimen in these collections is labeled with the original J. B. SMITH or G. D. HULST collection labels, or is being so labeled before being incorporated into the Lepidoptera collection of the American Museum of Natural History. In this way, future workers can recognize the specimens from these collections. The primary types are being segregated into the type collection at the American Museum, and a list of all type material is being prepared. An identified collection of Lepidoptera is being deposited in the Department of Entomology of Rutgers University. FREDERICK H. RINDGE, Associate Curator, Dept. of Insects and Spiders, American Museum of Natural History, New York 24, N.Y., U.S.A. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 47 FRANK MORTON JONES COLLECTION PRESENTED TO YALE UNIVERSITY It is a great pleasure to announce the generous gift by Dr. FRANK MORTON JONES of the major portion of his Lepidoptera collection to Yale University. The cabinets were transferred from Dr. JONES’S home in Wilmington, Delaware, to the Peabody Museum of Natural History during the fall of 1953. They contain approx- imately 2700 Rhopalocera and 6500 Heterocera, the latter incivding over 800 de- termined “micros” representing a substantial part of the northeastern species, which Dr. JONES had prepared expressly to help to overcome the lack of a reference collection of “micros” at Yale. The JONES collection is of a modest size; however, there are Many specimens in it of special value for the kind of studies the Yale group is pur- suing. Limenitis is represented by a remarkable series. The Erynnis set is large and includes reared specimens. There are Mitoura hesseli from North Carolina and a number of Ewmcaus atala from Florida. There are specimens from some of Dr. JONES’S famous experiments to test edibility of various Lepidoptera. No primary types are represented, but there are several cotypes of Callosamia carolina Jones and some Hesperiidz paratypes. Geographically, the specimens were collected largely in New England, North Carolina, Florida, California, and of course the Wilmington area. Dr. JONES included in his gift to Yale his entire collection of insects reared from imsectivorous plants (notably from Sarracenia spp. and Darlingtonia). Among the imsects are large and beautifully prepared series of Exyra spp. and Papaipema appasionata, and with these are many vials of larve and pupz preserved in alcohol. Dr. JONES is the foremost authority on biology of Pitcher-plant insects as well as the taxonomy of the North American Psychidz. It is Dr. JONES’S intention that his unique collection and library on Psychide shall join the BARNES material at the U.S. National Museum, along with certain Hesperiide and most of the Microlepidoptera taken in his faunal study of Marthas Vineyard Island (Massachusetts ). A further generous gift from Dr. JONES to the Peabody Museum at Yale is a large share of his entomological library. It contains complete sets of several American entomological periodicals and hundreds of important books and monographic pub- lications. These are forming the nucleus of the working reference library to be shelved permanently with the insect collections and to be known from this time as “The Jones Entomological Library”. Most of this, of course, was represented in the large entomological holdings in the central Sterling Library of Yale University. The JONES Lepidoptera will be integrated gradually into the Museum's collection, with the lone exception of the material from inmsectivorous plants. All of the latter will be held as a segregated collection, which we expect to enlarge from time to time. CHARLES L. REMINGTON, Research Associate in Entomology, Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A. 48 Vol.8: nos.1-2 PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO THE CONSTITUTION OF ‘THE, LEPIDOPTEEIS Is SOG U4 The following amendments to the Constitution of the Lepidopterists’ Society have been proposed by five members, as provided in Art. XII, Sec. 1, and transmitted by the Secretary for publication in the News. These amendments will be submitted to the members for action, with the annual ballot, toward the end of 1954. These are concerned principally with complet:ng the arrangements for transacting Society busi- ness by mail, rather than at the Annual Meeting. It is also proposed that the minimum term for election of Secretary and Treasurer be increased from two to three years. Soon after final action on these proposals it is expected that the revised Constitution and By-laws will be published in full in the News. Art. III, Sec. 4: delete last sentence. Insert in first sentence between ‘for’ and “mem- bership in’: “Active, Sustaining, and Life’. Add new final sentence: “The annual dues shall be fixed by the By-Laws.” Art. III, Sec. 5: delete entirely. Change the numbering of Sections 6, 7, 8, and 9 to 5, 6, 7, and 8, respectively. Art. III], new Sec. 6, delete: ", not exceeding ten in number,’. Add new final sentence: “There shall not be more than ten living Honorary Members.” Art. IV, Sec. 2, delete: “of thirteen members.” Art. IV, Sec. 5: delete entirely. Art. V, Sec. 1, delete: “before the annual meeting’ and substitute “ballots are mailed by the Secretary’. Art. V, Sec. 2, delete: “at the annual meeting”. Change “for the term of two years’ to “for the term of three years’. Delete “, except that at the first election... . . two for three years’. Delete “Members not attending . ... by mail ballot.” Art. V, Sec. 3, delete: “at an annual meeting’ and substitute: “in The Lepidopterists’ News”. Delete: “at any subsequent annual meeting’ and substitute: “in any one calendar year’. Art. VI, add new Sec. 9: “The Society shall not and may not make any dividend, gift, division, or bonus in money to any of its members. Art. VI, Sec. 4, delete: “for the annual meetings’. Art. IX, Sec. 3, delete: “a report at each annual meeting” and substitute: “an annual report’. Art. X, Sec. 1, delete: “Thirty days before an annual meeting’. Delete “the meet- ing’ and substitute “the Secretary before December 31st.” Art. XI, Sec. 3: delete entirely. Art. XII, Sec. 1: delete “at any annual meeting” and “present, or represented by proxy, or’. Delete “holding of the annual meeting” and substitute “annual bal- lot is mailed in November”. C. L. REMINGTON ELECTION OF SOCIETY OFFICERS FOR 1954 A total of 236 members cast mail ballots for 1954 officers, with each candidate of the Nominating Committee receiving about 99% of the ballots cast. The new officers are listed in the back cover of this issue. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 49 REVIEWS BRITISH PYRALID AND PLUME MOTHS. By Bryan P. Beirne. 208 pp. 16 col. pls., 189 figs. London, 15 Sept. 1952. Publisher: Frederick Warne & Co., Ltd., London, and 79 Madison Ave., New York, N.Y. Price $5.00. The British Pyralidoidea include 174 species of Pyralididae, 35 Pterophoridae, and 1 Orneodidae (no longer considered a pyralidoid by contemporary workers). Dr. Beirne has given keys to the families, subfamilies, genera, and species. For many species there are further comments on color in the text. The habits and habitats, British distribution, and seasonal characteristics are described in some detail. It is remarkable that something is known of the life-history of all 36 of the plume-moths and of 143 of the 161 regularly occurring British pyralids. Where possible, descriptions of all stages are included, with foodplant notes. The identifying characters used in the keys are clearly illustrated with line draw- ings and defined in the glossary. Genitalia are not usually figured, because these have been recently illustrated for both sexes (Pierce & Metcalf, The genitalia of the pyrales. deltoids, and plumes; 1938); similarly the larvae are not figured, since colored figures of most larvae were given by Buckler (Larvae of British butterflies and moths; 1899). The colored plates of the Beirne book show nearly every established British species, but most of them leave much to be desired in the reproduction. This new addition to Warne’s fine “Wayside and Woodland Series’ should be an essential reference volume for any European lepidopterist interested in the pyra- lidoids and of special value for the non-European fauna for comparisons. C. L. REMINGTON, Osborn Zoological Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A. BUTTERFLY FARMER. By L. Hugh Newman. 208 pp., 67 plates and frontspiece. Publisher: Phoenix House Ltd., London, England. 1953. A butterfly farmer must be a rather rare individual, but a second generation butterfly farmer must be almost unique. More than fifty years ago, L. W. NEWMAN, then a tobacco brokers apprentice, gave his employer a case of butterflies he had bred. These attracted the attention of a wealthy collector who was so impressed that he urged NEWMAN to make a career of raising butterflies. Relying on the collector's guarantee to purchase £100 worth of butterflies a year for five years, NEWMAN forsook his apprenticeship and embarked upon raising butterflies as a full time occupation. The business prospered and now his son writes a history of the Butterfly Farm at Bexley, Kent. There are also chapters on other butterfly topics such as migration, introduction of new species, origins of popular names, butterfly auctions, and several chapters relating anecdotes of collectors and collecting. Although the book is written for the general reader, it is filled with all sorts of practical hints for anyone interested in collecting or raising butterflies. Even the seasoned lepidopterist must lend an ear to the secrets of a commercial breeder. For example, there are observations on the care of hibernating caterpillars and notes on how to raise ant-eating lycanids. Such fascinating suggestions are casually dropped as the forced feeding of valuable hawk moths kept for brood stock. There are re- flections on such diverse topics as breeding aberrations, flower preferences, forcing early emergence from pupation, and the length of time pairs remain coupled. Between World Wars the popularity of butterfly collecting in England was such that the facilities of a small resort town, Royston in Hertfordshire, were filled with collectors awaiting the emergence of the Chalk-hill Blue. There are accounts of as many as a score of collectors on a single acre, some of them in frock coat and striped trousers. Americans may well speculate on the reason for the greater popu- larity of collecting in England. Did any American collector ever have difficulty with reservations because of the seasonal influx of other collectors into some favored spot? Mr. NEWMAN, who has had much experience in the auction room (he first acted as a commissioned bidder while a school boy) relates that auction sales of butterflies have been regularly held for more than a hundred years. During World 50 Reviews Vol.8: nos.1-2 War II the butterfly auction rooms received a direct hit, but there was such a demand for sales that other premises had to be found. Some individual butterflies, usually striking aberrations, have extended histories at auction. For example, an entirely white Marbled White was caught in 1843 sold the next year for £20, in 1925 for £35, in 1943 for £49, and in 1946 was paired with a melanic specimen and both insects sold as a single item for £110. Sir WINSTON CHURCHILL is revealed as interested in butterflies to the extent of building a summer house in which to watch the emergence of chrysalides supplied by Mr. NEWMAN and in commissioning the stocking of his estate at Chartwell with butterflies. Besides schools and other educational institutions the Butterfly Farm supplies living specimens for the insect houses of the London and Bristol Zoos. Once the farm filled an order from the New Zealand government for 60,000 pupz of a moth to be used in weed control. Perhaps the most fascinating story of the book is the account of the efforts to establish a Dutch race of the Large Copper in lieu of the native British race which had been exterminated by over-collecting and reclamation. A reserve was endowed by the Hon. CHARLES ROTHSCHILD; the area was planted with the food plant; wardens were posted; and the stock secured. After twenty years the colony survives. JAMES R. MERRITT, School of Law, University of Louisville, Louisville 8, Ky., U.S. A. MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF NEW GUINEA. Results of the Third Archbold Expedi- tion (American-Netherlands Indian Expedition 1938-1939). Part II. By A. Diakonoff. Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afd. Na- tuurkunde, 2nd ser., vol. 49, No. 3: pp. (1) — 166, figs. 209-372. Amsterdam, 1953. The present paper is the second part of the distinguished work on the Microlepid- optera of New Guinea of which Part I was recently reviewed in The Lepidopterists’ News: (wok. 7: pr lZ31953)). This paper brings descriptions and records of Tortricidae, subfamilies Tortricinae (conclusion) and Eucosmine. Thirteen genera and 106 species are described as new. This high number of new species is the more remarkable in view of the fact that the records of the Archbold Expedition reported in the second part of the work include in all only seven of the already known species. As in Part I, keys to Papuan species are given us. The preliminary key to the Tortricine genera is replaced by a definitive one. The illustrations (164 figures) are very accurate. The paper concludes with addenda and corrigenda to its preceding part; seventeen New Guinean species and two genera described by the author in the Pro- ceedings of the Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, ser. C, vol. 55, 1952, are listed. The most amazing of the new genera are undoubtedly Arctephora (Generotype: A. iubata spec. nova) and Nikolaia (Generotype: N. melanopsygma spec. nova) both monobasic and ranked by the author in the subfamily Tortricina. These genera having a haired cubitus of the hind wing, a feature very unusual among the Tortricina, can provide a basis for radical changes in modern views on the classification of the family Tortricidae in general. It would therefore be advisable for the author to publish enlarged photographs or drawings of species, generotypes of both the new genera, and a detailed morphological comparison of their haired cubitus with the cubital pecten of Sparganothinz and Olethreutinze (=-Eucosmine in the paper under review). As tor the new taxonomic views of the author, a consideration of the genus Cryptophlebia W/\sm. being a synonym for Pseudogalleria Rag. is especially interesting. The referring of the new species myodes to the Nearctic genus Sereda Heinr. is in the mind of the reviewer very problematic because the genitalia of the new species were not studied by the author. (The abdomen of the unique male type was missing. ) In a letter to the reviewer, the author wrote about that publication of Part III of his work is expected this year, and that Part IV had been submitted to the editor for printing. It is hoped that the author may soon complete the whole work, whose iccessive parts will be reviewed as they appear. NICHOLAS S. OBRAZTOV, 11 Cromwell Place, Sea Cliff, Long Island, N.Y., U.S.A. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 51 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA Under this heading are listed each month papers on Lepidoptera from all the scientific journals which are accessible to us and our cooperating abstractors. It is hoped that eventually our coverage of the world’s literature will be virtually complete. It is in- tended that every paper and book published after 1946 will be included. Abstracts give all new subspecies and higher categories, with type localities and generotypes. Papers of only local interest are merely listed. Papers devoted entirely to economic aspects will be omitted. Reprints are solicited from all publishing members. Initials of cooperating abstractors are as follows: [P.B.]-P. F. BELLINGER; [A.D.] - A. DIAKON- OFF; [C.R.] - C.L. REMINGTON. B. SYSTEMATICS AND NCMENCLATURE Boursin, Ch., “Ueber zwei Autophila-Arten aus den Brandt’schen Ausbeuten in Sud- und Ost-Iran” Jin German]. Zeztschr. Weiner Ent. Ges., vol.32: pp.142-148, 3 pls. 30 July 1948. Describes as new A. libanotica perornata (Tahte-Malek, Baluchistan). Redescribes A. subfusca. Discusses related forms, figuring adults and ¢ genitalia of some. [P.B.| Boursin, Ch., “Neue palaearktische Agrotis-Arten aus dem Naturhistorischen Museum in Wien nebst Synonymie-Notizen” [in German]. Zeztschr. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 33: pp.97-136, 14 pls. 1 Dec. 1948. Describes as new: Euxoa zugmayeri (West Tibet); Agrotzs xylographa (Poddaban, Transbaikal, Siberia); Ochropleura (Dichagyris) eremopsis (Korla, Chinese Turkestan); (Ogygia) perturbans (Akso, Chinese Turkestan); O. (O.) subturbans (Ft. Naryn, Semiretschje, Turkestan); O. geochroides (Richtofen Range, Liang-Tschou, West China); Hemiexarnis nivea (Ft. Naryn, Turkestan); Eugraphe exusta sinica (Ta-Tsien-Lu, Szechuan); E. disgnosta (Mt. Daisen, Hohki, Japan); E. longipennis (Japan); E. megaptera (Siao-Lou, Szechuan); Diarsia moltrechti (Mt. Morrison, Formosa); D. beckeri (Kinfushan, Szechuan); D. formosana (Mt. Mor- tison, Formosa); Pachnobia xena (Noworotnaja, Transbaikal); Amathes pseudaccipiter (Ta-Tsien-Lu, Szechuan); A. sturnecki (Szechuan); A. draesekez (Sunpanting, Szechuan); A, triphenoides (Ta-Tsien-Lu, Szechuan); A. amydra (Ta-Tsien-Lu, Szechuan); Cerastis orientalis (Nikolsk-Ussurijsk, E. Siberia); also one “form”. Figures adults, and genitalia of these and some related spp. Synonymizes some 45 spp. and sspp. [P. B.| Clements, A.N., “A revision of Diparopsis Hmps. (Agrotide, Lepidoptera).” Buw/l. Ent. Res., vol.42: pp.491-497, 12 figs. Nov. 1951. Describes as new D. perditor (Meisso, Ethiopia); D. gossypioides (north of Lindi, Tanganyika). Figures frontal processes and é genitalia of the four known spp. [P.B.] Dammerman, K. W., “Proposals concerning the nomenclature of family names and of names of economically important insects to be submitted to the [Xth International Congress of Entomology at Amsterdam.” Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent., vol.1: pp.203- 204. March 1953. Proposes appointing of a special international committee for fixation of family names and of names of economically important insects, viz. a certain number of each per year. [A.D.| Ferriére, Ch., ‘Le fardeau des vieilles espéces inconnues” [in French]. Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent., vol.l: pp.194-196. March 1953. Makes proposals for reglementation of old, unknown, not identified names: their liquidation, or redescription of the species concerned. [A. D.| Forbes, William T.M., “A draft key to Taygetis (Satyrine).” Lep. News, vol-6: pp.97- 98. 19 Feb. 1953. ; Gerasimov, A.M., “Description of the pyralid Chilo tadzhikiellus Gerasimov and of the noctuid Sesamia cretica striata Stgr.; injurious to sugar-cane in Tadzhikistan” [in Russian]. Trad. Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol.8: pp.700-713, 9 figs. 1949. C. tadzhikiellus described as new. |Not seen. | Hackman, Walter, “On the Choreuthis myllerana group (Lepid., Choreuthide).”” Notule Ent., vol.26: pp.71-75, 12 figs. 15 Feb. 1947. Describes as new C. montelli (Geta, Finland); C. sibirica (V. Sujetuk, Siberia). Redescribes 3 other spp. Figures fore wing and genitalia of all. [P.B.| Hackman, Walter, “Zwei neue Kleinschmetterling aus Finland” [in German]. Notu/e Ent., vol.30: pp.23-25, 6 figs. 1950. Describes as new Stomopteryx karvoneni (Kou- vola); Tortrix fuliginosana (Vouksenniska); figures adults and genitalia. {P.B.| 52 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.8: nos.1-2 Hemming, Francis,“Zoological nomenclature.” Nature, vol.170: p. 938. 29 Nov. 1952. Science, vol.116: p.546. 14 Nov. 1952. Notice of impending action by the Inter- national Commission on questions involving Sphinx, Phalena, Bombyx, Noctua, Geometra, Tortrix, Pyralis, Tinea, Alucita, Attacus, Episema, Diloba, and cydippe L., adippe L., and adippe D. & S. [P.B.] Jackson, T. H.E., “Notes on some new or rare Rhopalocera from eastern Africa. Parts I and II.” Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B), vol.20: pp. 91-96, 97-105, 1 pl. 15 Aug., 15 Oct. 1951. Describes as new: Psewdacreea dolomena elgonensis (W. Elgon, Uganda); P. d. congoensis (Mt. Walikali, Congo); Neptis metella flavimacula (W. Elgon, Uganda); N. incongrua kikuyuensis (Aberdare Mts., Kenya); Monotrichitis sophrosyne brunnea (Kalinzu Forest, Uganda); SMALL (WYHLVT-S['J uo ‘dds 97) ‘” 42 ‘SHITIT ‘SATLSIHL ‘(21994 ) sooaund “4sq (pyvs1ds viqgovssourkd 5144717) LOOUAMV NS (winutsrody) ANVEDOd ‘(s#so4 -9qM1 vv) NIVLNV Td NVICNI ‘(79/7 q‘v14019U14 visudrg )OOIGNI CATIA (Sisuappuvs vIuosutjOD) LOOYANOLS WTVd-dSY¥OH (odqr] umniuI4y )YQIOAUNG ‘(dds wissiy)ITLSIHL (psourds vippip ) GND SATNOYAH (PIuaIPssPS ]I{P) SLNVId UYWHHOLId LNV1Id GQOOd eyessniad ‘gq BUIIaD “gd _eyemnydyns, J 29 vIDvVIYdEILD “g PHRUDRY, "J 29 BURIII0q ‘g (auwres aq Avr SUBINJULNIATD ) wisndeq ‘q (waIo0j aq Avw PuUOdsA) eInise ‘J SUDIOATIIIE ‘d wryese ‘d eleuorssedde ‘g SadlDdds$ 59 The Lepidopterists’ News 1954 L'2?O -[adag CL ?O -()P adasg Cz 3dasg “S'sny 07 3deg “pc sny OPO -[3dag CVO -7[ adasg $1VO -QT 3d ag 8cCVO -Q¢ das 07 VO -C[3das CT sny “07 Apne -CT ony IOOY JOOI JO Wo}s JO oseg LESS Hes daap ERA Quejd wos; uS Tel. [OS aseq yw MOIING 1007 ul MOJING JOOY MOTING OOJ O} ( Ajrv9) WIaIS | J0OJ 0} W9}s JOAMO'T UMOID 1001 0} Wi9IS JeaT poom jiv9u Ul Jaqey ‘uMoIs MOU UI ASST 100] 01 (AyTIe— ) ways jo diy, }00J 0} WIS 100] 01 (AjIeO) Ways JO JeaT JOOJ 0} (A]J¥9 ) WIIG JOO O} (A]Jva ) WI9IS ssvij aduvso ‘Aijua Je ajoy ‘ways AIP 02 UMOIG ‘MOTIIA yiow Joy sulusado IasIVvT UNWUP] "Y Ul ways SsuIdoOIp /mnajIvIa LY UI Jeay parIM Jo MOTIAA YyYIMOIs Japjo UI MOTING JaIe] 0} 3JOY UveID “OOYs Jo dn pauexpefq Jo youeiq AIg pausxovyq sABM]E W}S MOTIOY ‘sUIPUaq JO paMOj]][eA Wes sjurjd pajiemp Apysiys SSEJj SOWTIOWICS “SUTATT Tas Ayyensn wos suruvoT poaroq Jeo] ptap JO MoOyT{ah fauOU JO 9]IINT SSPIJ ITY SOUWITIDWIOS ‘wa3s AIP JO SaAvay pari pA puvs UO sseJf YSTIIYM UaIZO ‘wa}S UT SsuTUadO [PIDAIG (Stjiqisuas vajg0ugcd) NUaA AALLISNAS (2/DULULNIND uniua jar] ) QAAM “AZAANS ‘(Pirjjaqun “y ‘sm1IIUNgG APISY)YALSV (unppur, “py ‘vasndandosp yjasuy) YOITAD © -NV ( UHULIXP UL una ]I PAO) dINSUVd MOD (DASIU “J ‘PUDILAAUULY "4 ‘SHIIUPA -jksuuad SnuUIxXP4) HSV MOVId 8% “ALIHM “CIa (WNqJOVAL WUHAJINIYY T) dnd MOAGVAW ‘(vaI~gsAY XDILUG ) UIGAGVT S.aoovl (tanadngind UWn140jvqny ) GdaM-AAd-AOL (unijojrg9Nk “y ‘unoaiwonby wnisursg ) LOOWAAVNS NOLLONA ( S1SUAPPUDI pimosurjoy) LOO -ANOLS ‘WIVd-dSu¥OH (7717940191 vaquvs1s “¢ ‘Suastasagusas osvpyos) GOUNTAIOO ALVI 8% AGISVAS FeVAM J 29 vuswenbur “g vsorunsadut “g isigsey eIwIINj “qd epIsisy “d sowdnsd “dq usuAJa “dg eieo[dnp ‘gd (S839 7 sAey Ajyensn ) vIvAONp ‘d I __E—_< i — st! | (viqvjZ auojaq)) | (149500UL= ) pe TPO ST-O1'3nV 1S ue1s SSEdy oO CGVAHATLUNL | eusaidajeydeu “q fe} a (vyolUuiIy] v1x20qG PNY ) 2 ST-T3deg O¢ 4mm TOS ees or-FOrese ey 1S YWIMOTIINOD TIVL BNpes “d ° > (susosaqny | pyv2P)) NIVINV1d | (PIDGIN Ios Jo aseq 3e [es NVICNI ‘(S#s09140a1p | -4aGuli— ) 07-63495 O¢-C sny MOIING JOOY JOOJ 0} WIS JO JUIWaTIE[US aeVsUOTT SnqG1UPTAL ) AYAMOTANDS | euIdosau “dq (WN14I4LP ) | ‘3dag wooaund ‘(77of | OL AON -prur [tos Ways |-1s1uajww PISOAguey QAM | _Ppauu J -¢3dag -O] sny Jo MOJINgG Wia}s JOMOT |UT saToy ‘sT[Vs JO ssulTJaMg | -QyyY ‘dsa ‘Japaaz [eJauay | 29 slIqau “gd (unyoyjad unpjtqdopod) | ¢DO ¢3dag INVYUAGNVYW -/-1dag -O[ sny IOS ooy | sseij yONU puv jeoy MOTTO IIdd¥ AVW BIYIIIOW “dg ajoy Jesu ({jes ednd ‘mosing jo do} i (Susoj fia] “HH O07 VO 7 1das UT) ¥] "IS yes | uayorq aq Aevw wos ‘sul ‘SHaquvsis Sng Iurt{azy) “Gadas “ST sny JO 2st jo aseq | -]Joms ayT[-]]es pur ssery | SYAMOTANAS LNVID eu “q | saie]jaquin Jayi0 9TPO daap 7-1 1001 ‘(aapns Unis) dINSUVd “ony ¢adas- uejd wo7y 0 punoss | aouemua jo uIOd Iw YURI MALVA ‘(2jnsvu vyn9 (spstq=) Ayreq Ajn{ aie] wOC-uV THOS wos ,¢ | Jo ‘doy uajey Jo Surpueg | --D) NOOTWAH UALVA = suaprursszew “dq C1 3dag daap uC-uA (SPAESOSSOS “] jis 28) ~sny Quefd wor 100OI 0} Ajarel ‘prjofiaprub ; -[ dag Ajieq wS L7ul [IOS (AjJe9) wag | Was AIP JO UMOIg ‘MOTIAAR = -PrgaPuIsS a6; Kusnezov, N. J., 1915. Faune de Russie. Lepidoptera. Vol. 1: pp. CX-CLXXXIV. St. Petersburg. Petersen, W., 1904. Die Morphologie der Generationsorgane der Schmetterlinge und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Artbildung. Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg, ser. vol. 16: pp. 1-84. Peytoureau, A., 1895. Contribution a l'étude de la morphologie de l’armure génitale des insectes. These. pp. 1-248. Bordeaux. Pierce, F. N., 1909. The genitalia of the group Noctuidae of the Lepidoptera of the British Islands. 88 pp., 22 plates. Liverpool. pitas coe 1914. The genitalia of the group Geometridae of the Lepidoptera of the British Islands. 88 pp., 48 plates. Liverpool. Rambur, M. P., 1842. Faune entomologique de Il’Andalousie. (Published by A. Bertraud, Paris. Reprint with pp. 213-336 of that date in the Library of the Société entomologique de France, Paris). Roepke, W., 1938. Rhopalocera javanica, vol. 3: p. 246. (Published by the “L. E. B. Fonds’, no. 22, Wageningen, Holland). Schroder, Ch., 1900. Die Untersuchung der mannlichen Genitalanhange als Kriterium fur die Artberechtigung im Genus Empithecia (Lepidoptera, Geometridae). Ill, Ztschr. Entom. 5: p. 305. Scudder, S., 1889. The butterflies of the eastern United States and Canada, with special rejerence to New England. 1948 pp. Cambridge. Viette, P., 1948. Morphologie des génitalia males des Lépidoptéres. Rev. frang. Ent. ior D, Roe Ls Zander, k., 1903, Beitrage zur Morphologie der minnlichen Geschlechtsanhange der Lepidopteren. Ztschr. Wissensch. Zool. 74: p. 557. Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, NETHERLANDS 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 75 A NEW NAME FOR THE COLORADO RACE OF PIERIS NAPI by CHARLES L. REMINGTON In 1916 Pieris napt pseudonapi Barnes & McDunnough was described and figured (p.58; pl.VI: figs.1-3) from specimens from Silverton (10,000 ft.), Colorado, taken “in the last week of July”. At the time, it was believed to be single-brooded, but Dr. MCDUNNOUGH listed “gen. gst. pallidissima’ under P. n. pseudonapt in his Check-list (1938). The name pallidissima had been proposed in the 1916 paper (p.59) for the P. wapi race at Provo, Utah, particularly for the “second generation (July, August).” The series of Pieris napt at Yale from Colorado, Utah, Nevada, and Wyoming indicates that all do, in fact, represent a single race. This race is easily distinguished from the P. napt populations found from California to Alaska but is superficially similar to P. mapi from New England and parts of Europe. It is useful to maintain a subspecific name for it. However, the name pseudonapt had earlier been used by VERITY (1911: p.330) for the Hokkaido race of Pzerts melete Menétries, and the Barnes & McDunnough name is a stillborn homonym. I hereby rename the Colorado race Preris napt macdun- noughit nom. nov. in honor of my distinguished friend with his kind permission. Ovipositing females have been reported (Remington, 1952) at Eldora, Colorado (9000 ft.), on 5 July and 28 July, and fresh males and females have since been taken in the same locality 17-26 August 1953. At Yale we have recently reared P. napi from Vermont from egg to egg in 33 days, so three annual generations at Eldora, even at 9,000 ft, would be expected. While the first generation is often somewhat darker than the second in Colorado, both broods are highly variable in this respect. My series from the Teton Mountains of Wyoming shows very dark and very pale individuals taken flying together. Even should one in principle wish to recognize distinct seasonal forms as formally named entities, the broods of P. napz in the Rocky Mountains do not require such names, and the name pallidissima should be dropped. The synonymy for the race of the Rocky Mountains and associated ranges, in the U.S.A., is as follows: Pieris napit macdunnoughi Remington = pseudonapt Barnes & McDunnough (mec Verity) = pallidissima Barnes & McDunnough. References Barnes, William, & J. H. McDunnough, 1916. Notes on North American diurnal Lepidoptera. Contrib. Nat. Hist. Lepid. N. Amer. 3: 53-156, pls.4-11. McDunnough, J. H., 1938. Check list of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America. Part 1 Macrolepidoptera. Mem. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. is 27-2, pp: Remington, Charles L., 1952. The biology of Nearctic Lepidoptera. 1. Foodplants and life-histories of Colorado Papilionoidea. Psyche 59: 61-70. Verity, Roger, 1905-11. Rhopalocera Palearctica. Florence, publ. by author. 368 PD: (2. pls. Osborn Zoological Laboratory, Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S. A. 76 Vol.8: nos.3-4 A NEW PALE MALE OF COLIAS PHILODICE by CHARLES L. REMINGTON The occurrences of “white males” in seven species of Colas have been recently summarized (Remington, 1954b: pp. 438-441), and two different hereditary forms in C. philodice Godart have been described in detail (Remington, 1954a). In corresponding for the 1954 Season Summary of North American Lepidoptera, my father, P. S. REMINGTON, learned of a new “white male” of C. philodice taken at Milwaukee, Wisconsin, in August, 1953, by G. F. SCHIRMER. Mr. SCHIRMER very kindly sent me the specimen on loan for comparison with the Connecticut males. It proves to be of special interest, although nothing is known of the heredity of this individual. The Wisconsin male is distinctly whiter than the Connecticut “blonde” and “whitish” forms. Unlike all other Colzas males and females I have seen, there is no yellow, red, orange, or pink scale on the wings, body, or appen- dages of the new male; this gives the upperside, and especially the underside, a chalky white appearance. The upperside scales, particularly of the forewings, have a faint creamy tinge. However, this specimen has the black scales unmodified, as in the usual wild-type C. philodice. The factor causing the blanching seems to have acted only on the presumed pterin-pigmented scales, since it did not affect the cuticular color of the antennae and other structures nor the black scales. The eyes also appear to have been normally pigmented. The hindwing discal spot is colorless, as in the “blonde” form, but the scales are white above and beneath, whereas the “blonde” individuals have the up- perside Pale Chalcedony Yellow and the underside of the hindwing Cream- Buff. If the new male represents a genetic form, it is likely that a third gene controls it. Dr. E. A. COCKAYNE has kindly called my attention to the apparent implication in my recent paper (1954a) that WARRIER’S (1951) “albino” form of Colias croceus Fourcroy had the ground-color whitish. WARRIER’S form is a hereditary one in which the usual black marginal markings have been blanched in both sexes, but the ground-color is orange except in females having the “alba” gene. References Remington, C. L., 1954a. Two new genes, ‘whitish’ and “blonde”, producing pale males and females of Colias philodice. Lepid. News 7: 139-145. gree ., 1954b. The genetics of Colias (Lepidoptera). Advances in Genetics 6: 403-450, 6 figs. Warner, R. E., 1951. On breeding Colias croceus Fourcroy. Ent. Rec. Journ. Var. 63: 198-199. Osborn Zoological Laboratory, Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S. A. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 77 NOTES ON MEGATHY MUS NEUMCGGENI, WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES (MEGATHYMID£) by DON B. STALLINGS and J. R. TURNER During the winter of 1951 D. L. BAUER sent us a number of specimens of Megathymus that he had collected in central Arizona. Among them were three individuals of a species new to us. The three specimens were collected in the fall during the last part of September and the first part of October of 1951 on the eastern slope of Mingus Mountain at an elevation of 6500 feet. This location is just above the town of Jerome, Arizona, and is about 30 miles northeast of Prescott, Arizona. The most startling character in this species was that the spots and bands on the upper surfaces were orange-red, similar to FREEMAN’S newly described Megathymus chisosensis. All other species of the Agave feeders that we had seen from Arizona had the spots yellow-brown to orange-brown. At about the same time that we received these specimens we also received from WILLIAM D. FIELD of the U.S. National Museum photographs of the three specimens before EDWARDS when he described M. newmceegent. It was immediately evident that BAUER’S specimens were true M. neuwmcegent. It was also evident that the three specimens before EDWARDS consisted of two males and one female and not one male and two females as he reported. This one male which was (and is) marked a female evidently is the thing that has caused all the confusion since M. newmoegeni was described— for it appears that since EDWARDS’ description the name has been consistently applied to another species in which the female does have a marked resemblance to the male of M, neumeegeni. As a result the literature concerning M. newmoegeni and its related species is full of errors. Probably the best way to bring the situation into proper focus is to make a chronological listing of the most important events as follows: 1. 1882 — EpWArRpDs described M. newmcegeni - Papilio 2: p. 27. 2. 1905 — Dyar described M. aryxna - Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 13: p. 141. 3. 1911 — SKINNER described M. drucei - Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Zapp: 207. 4. 1912 — BARNES and MCDUNNOUGH published DyAr’s §restric- tion to the application of the name aryxna - Contrib. Nat. Hist. Lepid. N. Amer. 1, No. 3: p. 23. 5. 1924 — SKINNER and WILLIAMS designated the type of M. aryxna - Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. 50: p. 205. 6. 1950 — FREEMAN described M. evansi - Field & Lab. 18: p. 144. 78 STALLINGS & TURNER: Megathymus Vol.8: nos.3-4 EDWARDS, in his description of M. newmaegent, refers to a fourth “female” caught, but it is evident that this specimen was not before him when he made his description, and it is our opinion that this fourth specimen should not be considered a part of the type series. We understand that this fourth specimen is in the Strecker Collection at Chicago. EDWARDs’ three specimens were caught near Prescott, Arizona. DyAR described M. aryxna from ten specimens before him and referred to Figs. 3 & 4, Plate 69, Biologia Cent. - Am. Lep. Het., Vol. Il. The two figures (3 & 4) are hand drawings of actual specimens still in the British Museum. DyAR had before him six specimens of one species and four speci- mens of another species. As a matter of convenience we shall refer to the species represented by the six specimens before him as Species No. 1 and the other four as Species No. 2. All ten specimens were males, as are the two in the British Museum. The genitalia of all twelve specimens have been examined, and none are M. neumcegent. In 1911 SKINNER took the position that Fig. 3 in the Bzologia was a different species than Fig. 4 and gave it the name of M. drucez. Brig. W. H. EVANS of the British Museum has examined the genitalia of both specimens (Figs. 3 & 4) and states that they are both “M. newmageni” - meaning Species No. 1, for this is a fairly common species and has been called M. newmcegeni by nearly everyone - and is to this day. Practically all publications and plates prior to the present date refer to Species No. 1 as M. newmaegent. Sometime after DyAR described his M. aryxna, BARNES and McCDUN- NOUGH suggested to him that Species No. 1 was M. newmcegeni and that he should restrict his name to Species No. 2. This he did in 1910 to the extent of making a label as follows and attaching it to one specimen of Species No. 2:- Megathymus aryxna Cotype Dyar (Sensu Restr) (1910) He never published this restriction. In 1912 BARNES and MCDUNNOUGH did. We are satisfied that Fig. 4 in the Biologia is the same thing as Species No. 1. The spots in the specimen shown in Fig. 3 are somewhat reduced; while this is not an unusual situation for individuals of Species No. 1, the fact is that there is a species in Mexico that is distinct from Species No. 1 , but does resemble Fig. 3. At this time we do not know that Fig. 3 rep- resents this Mexican species, but point out that there is a species that has a resemblance to Fig. 3. In 1924 SKINNER and WILLIAMS challenged the restriction and desig- nated Fig. 4 of the Biologia as the type of M. aryxna. They, along with most subsequent authorities, took the position that DyAR described Species No. |. Frankly, we are unable to determine which of the two species he was describing. His description merely separates his M. aryxna from M. neumcegem by saying that “It differs from newmaegeni in having the fulvous 1954 The Lep:dopterists’ News 79 markings considerably reduced, the outer band being broken into spots.” This is true of both species before him. The first sentence in his description does refer to Fig. 3 & 4 in the Bzologia. This sentence is probably what has caused sO many to assume that he was describing Species No. 1. Actually, if we stop to think about it, we realize that he was describing the entire lot as one species and probably was treating the 4 specimens of Species No. 2 as females; nearly all authorities at that time were confusing the sex in Megathymus. In 1950 FREEMAN, following the general view that the name M. aryxna had to be applied to Species No. 1, described Species No. 2 as M. evansi. We have found three distinct schools of thought as to what comprised the type series of M. aryxna. Some said they were the two specimens in the Biologia others said they were the ten specimens before DyAr, and still others said they were all twelve specimens. We find that there is a great difference of opinion as to the validity of DYAR’S restriction. In view of the action of the International Commission last August at the Copenhagen Congress with reference to the Principle of the First Reviser it would appear that the synonymy should be as follows: A. Megathymus neumoegeni Edwards B. Megathymus aryxna Dyar syn. evanst Freeman C. Megathymus drucei Skinner syn. nmeumaegent auctt. This arrangement is based on the assumption that both Figs. 3 & 4 of the Biologia are Species No. 1. If the name M. drucez is found to apply to a species other than Species No. 1, then Species No. 1 will have to be described as a mew species. We come to the foregoing conclusion rather reluctantly as it would seem more practical to apply the name M. aryxna to Species No. 1 and the name M. evansi to Species No. 2, leaving the name M. drucei to apply to the Mexican species should it be found to so apply. We designate the male specimen in EDWARDS’ type series (now in the National Museum at Washington, D.C.), which is labeled a female, as the LECTOTYPE of Megathymus neumcegeni. The female in the type series is a normal specimen and not aberrant as some would believe. The type locality is Prescott, Arizona. The life history follows the usual pattern of the Agave feeders. The food plant is Agave cowesit Engelmann. The label on the specimen pictured at Fig. 4 in the Bvo/ogia indicates that it was caught in Mexico. The type of M. drucez was caught by MORRISON and is labeled N. Sonora, Mexico. Among the specimens that BAUER sent us were a series of what we first considered to be a subspecies of M. drucei. It was not until August of 1953, after considerable study and many dissections, that we came to the conclusion that in fact this was a separate species. Its description follows. 80 STALLINGS & TURNER: Megathymus Vol.8: nos.3-4 Megathymus baueri new species MALE. Upper surface of primaries: Deep black, with the base of wing orange- fulvous, extending outward along inner margin of the wing to a point just to the edge of the lowest spot in the discal band. There is an elongated spot-like suffusion of orange-fulvous scales extending from near the base to almost half way to the discal band. Spot 1 (Cell spot) is orange-fulvous, more linear that round and rather small. Spots 2. 3, and 4 (subapical spots) are of the same color and slightly linear. Spots 5 & 6 (submarginal spots) out of line from the subapical and discal spots and small. These two spots are the same color as those above. The discal band is com- posed ot spots 7, 8, and 9. These three spots are rather small and separated from each other by more than the width of the veins. These three spots form a straight line, the top one of which is toothed inward, the middle one round and the bottom one broader at its bottom than at the top. All three spots are deep orange-fulvous. Fringes alternately checkered black and light orange. Upper surface of secondaries: Deep black, basal half covered with orange hairs. Spots 10, 11, 12, and 13 (basic spots of the discal band) are in a straight line. There is one spot above spot 10, and outside of spot 13 there is an elongated spot which curves downward toward the anal angle. All spots are deep orange-fulvous. Fringes alternately checkered black and light orange. Under surface of primaries: Dull black over all but the area from the discal spots to the apex, which is sparsely overscaled with gray. All spots reappear and are lighter in color. The cell, subapical, and submarginal spots are reduced in size. Under surface of secondaries: Black, heavily overscaled with orange-gray. The discal band above appears on this surface only as a somewhat lighter gray area. There are one to two small white spots below the costal area. Abdomen: Orange-fulvous at the cephalic end shading off into gray posteriorly above, beneath light grey. Thorax: Dark orange-fulvous above, gray beneath. Palpi: Gray. Antenna: The base of the club gray; the remaining portion of the antenne is black above, lighter beneath, showing faint rings. Expanse of forewing from 26 to 28 mm.; average 27.5 mm, Wing measure- ments of the HOLOTYPE: Forewing, apex to base 27.5 mm., apex to outer angle 15 mm., outer angle to base 20 mm.; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu;, 19 mm, FEMALE, Upper surface of primaries: Deep black with the same general overscaling as in the males except that it is a little lighter in coloration and some- what more extensive. All spots are present and only slightly lighter in coloration. Spot 7 (top spot of discal band) is elongated inwardly and terminates just below and slightly beyond the outer edge of the cell spot. Spot 9 (bottom one) is more narrow and toothed on the inner side in about the center. On the outer edge of these three spots a near straight line is formed, curving slightly outward at the top and bottom. Fringes alternately checkered black and light orange. Upper surface of secondaries: Deep black, heavily overscaled with fulvous hairs especially over the basal half of the wing. The spots appear in the same manner as in the males except they are about twice as large. Fringes alternately checkered black and light orange. Under surfaces of primaries: Same as in the males except the spots are wider. Under surfaces of secondaries: Dark grayish-black, heavily overscaled with orange gray. There are three white spots present, two small circular ones below the costal area and another circular one near the upper part of the discal area. The discal band of spots above shows through as a well defined grayish area and in some instances can be recognized as spots. Abdomen: Fulvous at the cephalic end above, becoming grayish-black posteriorly, while on the lower side it is dark grayish-black. Thorax: Fulvous above, grayish beneath, Palpi: Gray. Antenna: Same as in the males. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 8i Expanse of forewing varies from 28 to 30 mm.; average 29 mm. Wing measurements of the ALLOTYPE: forewing, apex to base 29 mm., apex to outer angle 17 mm., outer angle to base, 20 mm.; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu, 21 mm. Described from 78 specimens (55 males and 23 females) collected near Verde Hot Springs, Yavapai County, Arizona, and other localities in Yavapai County during October 1950, 1952, and 1953 by DaAvipD BAUER, DON B. & VIOLA N. STALLINGS, and Dr. & Mrs. R. C. TURNER. HOLOTYPE, Male, Oct. 25, 1952, Verde Hot Springs, Arizona, elevation 4,000 ft. (STALLINGS); ALLOTYPE, female, Oct. 4, 1953, Verde Hot Springs, Arizona, elevation 4,000 ft. (TURNER), are in the collection of the authors. There are 19 male and 6 female paratypes in the collection of BAUER. One male and one female paratype is being deposited in each of the following collections, with others to be determined later: U.S. National Museum, American Museum of Natural History, and H. A. FREEMAN. We take pleasure in naming this new species for Mr. D. L. BAUER who has done some very fine collecting and life-history work in Arizona. Superficially M. bauert is closer to M. drucez than to any of the other described species of Megathymus. However there are several ways by which the two can be readily separated: 1) the fringes of M. baweri are light orange and black instead of white and black like M. drucei; 2) the ground color is of a darker shade of black and the spots are smaller than in M. drucei; 3) the discal spots are located a little farther basad than the same spots in M. drucei; 4) the discal band on the upper surface of the secondaries forms a straighter line in M. bauer than it does in M. drucez; 5) the white spots on the lower surface of the secondaries are much smaller in M. baueri; 6) the overscaling on the under surfaces is orange-gray rather than white-gray. The food plant is Agave parryz Engelm., the dominant species of the area at low (4,000 ft.) elevations. The life history follows the general pattern of the Agave feeders. The larva burrow only a short distance in one leaf. In view of this fact we sus- pect that this species and others of the Agave feeders feed on the fluid of the plant. The pulp removed by the burrowing larva is not in our opinion sufficient to support an insect of this size. In nearly all of the Agave feeders the opening to the burrow is placed low on the leaf, sometimes on the upper side, sometimes on the lower side, just at or above the area where the next leaf comes in contact with the leaf that has the burrow. Thus most openings are in the green area of the leaf. M. bauweri differs from the others in this respect in that the opening is even lower, being adjacent to the white area of the leaf on the under side. The white area is caused by the next leaf fitting around the leaf above it so that the base does not receive sunlight and therefore remains white. When the adult emerges it must have a tight squeeze to get out of its hole and up between the close fitting leaves, for we never were able to pry the leaves apart sufficiently to locate the hole; we literally had to tear the plant apart to locate the pupe. The opening in the leaf to the burrow is covered by a “trap-door”. M. baueri always places the opening on the under side of the leaf. 82 STALLINGS & TURNER: Megathymus Vol.8: nos.3-4 The male genitalia are more similar to those of M. newmoegent than to those of M. drucei or M. aryxna. In M. bauert and M. neumeegeni the lower clasp of the prong on the uncus is evenly curved. In M. drucei it curves abruptly, and in M. aryxna it is straight. The clasper is nearly as broad as in M. aryxna, and the chitinous fold, posteriorly situated from the prong, is fairly thick, while in M. drwcez it is not as thick. The zdeagus is somewhat different. The female genitalia show the specific difference perhaps better than in the male, for the general shape of the vaginal plate varies with the species. In M. newmcegeni and M. aryxna the upper flanges are not as sharply pointed as in M. bawert and M. drucei, and the chitinous fold that extends from the outer edge posteriorly bulges heavily near the bottom, while in M. drucez the bulge is not present and the fold tapers nearly to a point at the posterior end. M. baueri has the upper shape of M. drucez and the lower shape of M. neumaegeni and M. aryxna. The photographs here presented, of the adults of the various species involved, along with the photographs of the genitalia, should aid in the separation of M. newmoegent, M. aryxna, M. drucei, and M. baueri. It should be pointed out that there is considerable variation in the male genitalia, and the photographs that we present represent average speci- mens. The photographs of M. drucez represent our present concept of this species. We are deeply indebted to WM. D. FIELD of the U.S. National Museum for his assistance and information furnished from the material available in the Museum, to H. A. FREEMAN for his assistance in the dissections and study of the specific characters of the species involved, to Brig. W. H. EVANS of the British Museum for photographs of types and drawings of genitalia of the types, and to Dr. A. B. KLots for photographs of types made on his recent visit to Europe. Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A. MEGATHYMUS PEATE .1 Top row: M. drucet &, Chiricahua Mts., Ariz., 9 Oct. 1951 (Specimen No. 111, Sarcck. “Coll.). M. drucei 2, Chiricahua Mts., Ariz., 15 Oct. 1951 (No.112, S. & T. Coll.). 2nd row: 3rd row: M. baueri HOLOTYPE 6, Verde Hot Spgs., Ariz., 25 Oct. 1952 (S. & T. Coll.). Lower row: M. baweri ALLOTYPE 92, Verde Hot Spgs., Ariz., 4 Oct. 1953 (S. & T. Coll.). [Uppersides at left; undersides at right] 83 MEGATHY MUS PLATE Top row: Al. neumaegent LECTOTYPE 4, Prescott, Ariz. (U.S.N.M.). 2nd row: M. neumaegeni, the only @ in EDWARDS’ type series, Prescott, Ariz. (U.S.N.M.). rd row: Mi. evansi HOLOTYPE. Lower row: VM. evanst ALLOTYPE. |Uppersides at left; undersides at right] 84 MEGATHY MUS PLATE = Ay Sg vs a. ‘ Swe ; wR = Sn in a eee SRR Top row: M. aryxna TYPE 64, as restricted by DYAR. 2nd row: M. drucei TYPE ¢. 3rd row: Photograph of specimen in Brit. Mus. pictured in Bvologia, P1.69: fig.4. Lower row: Drawing by Brig. EVANS of @ clasper of TYPE of AI. drucez. [Top rows with uppersides at left, undersides at right| 85 ~ 2) MEGATHYMUS PLATE 4 Op Tow M. drucei & genitalia, Paradise (Chiricahua Mts.), Ariz., 10 Sept. 1940 No.9, S. & T. Coll). 2nd row: M. baueri & genitalia, Verde Hot Spgs., \riz., 19 Oct. 1952 (No.105, S. & T. Coll.). Lower row, left: MM. baneri 9 enitalia, same locality, 10 Oct. 1950 (No.99, S. & T. Coll.). right: M. drucei enitalia, Chiricahua Mts., Ariz., 12 Oct. 1951 (No.93, S. & T. Coll.). 86 MEGATHY MUS PLATE 5 Top row: M. neumeegeni § genitalia, Jerome, Ariz., 25 Sept. 1949 (No.87, S. & T. Coll.). 2nd row: M. aryxna & genitalia, Ramsey Canyon, Ariz., 12 Sept. 1950 (No.94, S. & T. Coll.). Lower row, left: MM. aryxna Q genitalia, same locality, 1 Sept. 1950 (No. 96, S. & T. Coll.). right: M. neuwmageni genitalia, Jerome, Ariz., 2 Oct. 1952 (No.89, S, & T. Coll.). 97 8s Vol.8: nos.3-4 EFFECTS OF HUMIDITY DURING GROWTH OF PIERIS RAPA] LARVA by P. H. H. Gray The experiment reported here was similar to one described in a pre- vious article (Gray, 1951). A batch of eggs was obtained from one female Pieris rape L., which had laid them on leaves of Hesperis matronalis L. in a closed pint-sized ice-cream carton with Myosotis flowers as food. On June 2, 1953, 70 eggs were counted. On June 7 there were 67 new larve. On June 11 young larve were placed in groups of 8 on fresh food plant inside quart-sized preserving jars, known as sealers, in each of which there was a smaller jar (6 oz.) containing a KOH solution, or water, or soil. The KOH solutions were of such specific gravity as to develop relative humidities of 20%, 40%, or 80% (Buxton & Mellanby, 1934). The water and the soil each provided a saturated atmosphere. One group of larve was placed in a sealer the lid of which was kept loose, to provide a relative humidity of about 70%, that of the air in the basement in which all of the sealers were kept. Two other groups of larvae were placed in a closed but well-lighted and zrated under-porch, where the free circulation of air was expected to yield drier and more natural conditions than the basement; of these two groups, one was reared in a closed ice-cream carton, and the other was surrounded with wire gauze, having a lid of colorless cellophane. The small jars containing the fluids and the soil were capped with lids of cellulose sponge. The food-leaves were cut each with a short length of stem which served to heok the leaf, point downwards, onto the sponge, out of contact with the frass which fell onto the floor of the sealer. The stems of the food-leaves in the carton passed through a hole into the water below, as did those of the leaves in the wire cage. The larva fed until about June 19, when some began to prepare silk mats. They all pupated June 20-23. About half of the larve in the sealers pupated horizontally on the lids; one of the ten in the carton did so, The pupz remained in their original containers until June 26 and 27, when they were, if possible, cut free from their silk attachments and placed each in a small vial; the vials were placed in numbered large glass tubes, 8” x 1”, stoppered with cotton, to await emergence of the butterflies. A few larvae pupated below the shoulder of the sealer and could not be re- moved safely; the butterflies emerged from these pupa inside the sealers. 59 butterflies emerged June 28-July 3; 4 were crippled. Of the 55 whose characters have been used in these analyses, 24 were males and 31 were females. The following characters were measured: |. Pupal length and breadth, to the nearest 0.5 mm.; the product of these two measurements was divided by 6, to give a “pupal index”. 2. Weight of the dry pupal skin to the nearest 0.1 mgm.; the skins were weighed on a Mettler Gram-atic balance. 5. Weight of the butterfly shortly after emergence. 4. Weight of the butterfly after drying at room temperature, 76° F. ). Radius of the right fore wing to the nearest mm. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 89 The butterflies were weighed first on the author’s “wire balance”, and, after a week in a calcium chloride desiccator, on the Mettler balance. It was found, however, that after removal from the desiccator, the butterflies gained weight rapidly by the invasion of hygroscopic moisture which ren- dered these latter weighings unreliable. Comparison of weighings on the two balances, at room temperature, gave close agreement between the values; thus, the average weight of eleven butterflies on the wire balance was 23.1 mgm. and on the Mettler 23.0 mgm. The ranges and mean values were: No. Character Range Mean 49 Pupal index 10.7158 13.16+.225 49 Pupal skin, mgm. 1.0— 2.0 1.524.039 54 Imago, fresh, mem. 40.0—90.0 61.44+.421 55 Imago, dry, mgm. 14.4—29.7 21.63+.454 > Wing radius, mm. 20.0—26.0 23.50+.194 The values within each character were normally distributed about the mean, over two-thirds of them falling in the modal 50% range. The dis- tribution of paired values in scatter diagrams and statistical analysis for the correlation coefficient between any two of the characters showed that the probability for dependent association was high in all cases. The purpose of this article is to show that the two different “climates”, dry and moist, had some influence on the characters measured. The dry climates are considered to be those provided by the conditions outside, 2., in the wire cage and the carton, by the 20% and 40°%% relative humidities, and by the basement air, which had a relative humidity of about 70%. Evidence of one of the effects of the various conditions was found in the state of the frass: that from the 20% and 40% r.h. was smaller, lighter green and drier than the normal that from the 80°, the water, and the soil was black and very wet and packed into a paste; that in the basement air and outside was of normal size, color, and consistency. After grouping the measurements within each character above or below the mean value for that character, in respect of the different conditions of relative humidity, it was found that most of the specimens having values above the mean were from the dry conditions, and most of those with values below the mean were from the moist conditions. The values were submitted to statistical analysis to ascertain if the differences between the means of those from the two “climates” were significantly different from each other. Application of the ¢ test for unequal numbers of unpaired varieties (Goulden, 1952) showed that the differences were significant for each character. The results of these analyses are as follows: Character Mean, dry Mean, moist t value P value Pupal index 13.48 12.47 2127 05—.02 Pupal weight 1.685 ie 4.666 <.001 Weight fresh 64.91 55.26 10.945 <.001 Weight dry 22.64 boi 2.760 <.01 Wing radius 24.11 2255 3.874 <.001 90 GRAY: Humidity Effects Vol.8: nos.3-4 With the exception of that for pupal index, the ¢ values indicate the probability that these differences would occur by chance once in over one hundred trials (Fisher & Yates, 1938). The numbers of specimens of emerged butterflies and their mean dry weights (in milligrams) under the different conditions were as follows: No. Condition Mean wt. 6 Porch 22.20 10 Carton 24.12 7 20%, 21.70 7 AOU, (fie 22.68 6 Basement r.h. 21 Mean of 363002 cee 22.64 8 80%, r.h. 20.82 7 Water Ljcey, 4 Soil 19.70 Mean of 19)... (RADE (eee 19.71 One of the specimens from the cage under the porch weighed only 14.4 mgm.; if that be omitted from the set, as aberrant, the mean weight of the other five becomes 23.76 mgm. The temperature of the under-porch was often some degrees higher than that of the basement, reaching 82° F. during the day; the average of the 15 normal specimens in the cage and the carton was 24.00 mgm, and of the 20 in the 20°%, the 40°, and the basement relative humidities was 22.03 mgm.; the difference was not significant. The average dry weights of the butterflies, in sexes, were as follows; figures are milligrams and, in parentheses, the number of specimens: Males Females Dry condition 24.5 (17) 21.3 (19) Moist conditions 20.4 (7) 19.3 (12) The males were thus, on the average, about 13% heavier than the females. The distribution of fresh and dry weights corresponded almost exactly. Summary The effects of dry and moist atmospheres on the development of Pieris rape reared on Hesperis matronalis, have been compared. The drier con- ditions yielded larger pupa with heavier skins, and heavier adults with larger wing-spread. The characters measured were correlated one with another. References Buxton, R. A., & K. Mellanby, 1934. The measurement and control of humidity. Bull. Ent. Res. 25: 171-175. Fisher, R. A., & F. Yates, 1938. Statistical Tables for Biological, Agricultural and Medical Research. Edinburgh. Goulden, ©. H., 1952. Methods of Statistical Analysis. 2nd ed. New York. Gray, P. H. H., 1951. Results of humidity tests with Papilio pupx. Lepid. News 5: 67. 1953. Correlations between “pupal volume” and wing-radius and weight in butterflies. Lepid. News 7: 47-48. Box 236, Macdonald College Quebec, CANADA 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 91 OBSERVATIONS ON RECURVARIA MILLERI, THE LODGEPOLE NEEDLEMINER (GELECHIIDA) by G. ALLAN SAMUELSON The Lodgepole Pine Needleminer, Recurvaria muilleri Busck, has again developed a major outbreak in Yosemite National Park in the Sierra Nevada of California. Outbreaks of this small Gelechiid have occured every decade or so in Yosemite during recent times and this present epidemic seems to rank along with the largest infestations thus far known, including the major epidemic in 1919. This infestation is centered in the Tuolumne and Conness basins in the eastern part of Yosemite National Park. The region, for the most part, lies in the Canadian and Hudsonian Life-zones, with elevations ranging from 7,000 to 9,500 feet. The general elevations of the most concentrated in- festations occur between 8,000 and 9,000 feet. However, the attacks con- tinue to higher elevations, becoming less evident with the increase of altitude up to nearly 10,000 feet, just below the timberline in this area. Minor attacks have been noted down to 7,000 feet. The areas of Tuolumne Meadows and Conness Creek within the above mentioned basins and the Tenaya Lake area on the western border of the Tuolumne basin are the most severely attacked. Smaller infestations of less importance are scattered throughout these basins in a region approximating 125 square miles. The Lodgepole Pine, Pznus contorta murrayana, the host for R. mulleri, is the dominant species throughout the entire region. In the Tenaya Lake area, Mountain Hemlock has replaced many of the once dominant Lodgepole Pine due to the 1919 epidemic. Nevertheless, the remaining Lodgepoles in this area have been heavily attacked. In the Conness Creek and the Tuolumne Meadows areas, the forests are practically pure Lodgepole. These areas were attacked extremely hard, especially in the Conness Creek area, which involved almost 100% attack. The areas under serious epidemic conditions (85°% infestation) of the entire region, entail well over 45,000 acres. R. milleri shows no preference to the age of the host tree. In moderately infested areas, where there is a wide selection of the host tree, R. mzlleri is just as likely to attack a young tree as mature or Overmature trees. The attacked trees seem to be equally infested from top to bottom. The reason these infestations are serious is that the host tree is left in a weakened condition and becomes highly vulnerable to fatal barkbeetle at- tack (Scolytide). R. mulleri alone had never been known to kill its host tree, until we found four succumbed Lodgepoles in the Conness Creek area, deaths caused entirely by this needleminer. Another interesting factor in the Conness Creek area was that the barkbeetles had already started their usual post-needleminer outbreak in August. Ordinarily, these barkbeetles attack the season following the needleminer adult emergence. By the end of August 1953, 70°, of the entire Lodgepole population in the immediate Conness Creek area was dead. 92 SAMUELSON: Recurvaria milleri Vol.8: nos.3-4 The life cycle of R. maller: takes two years to complete, and the adults fly only in alternate years. In Yosemite and other regions in California, the adults fly in odd-numbered years while further north this species flies in even- numbered years. Adult emergence extends from the first of July to the last of August. The peak of emergence is usually in the last part of July. The eggs are deposited on and under the needle sheaths at the base of the needles and within the abandoned mines, with the average number of five or six eggs. The incubation period lasts, on the average, for two weeks. The larve during the course of their 24 month life cycle actually mine three separate needles before pupation occurs. I will go into a little detail on the larval life cycle, as several interesting observations were noted there. The young larvae attack the tender, current year’s needle growth upon hatching, with one individual per needle. By the end of October of the first season, the larva have the needle partially mined, and then they go into a state of torpor during the winter. Mining is resumed in May of the following spring, and the larvae have the first needle completely mined by Aucust. The larvae now make their first migration to a fresh needle of the current year’s growth and have that needle, again, partially mined before they cease feeding for the second winter period. The larvze resume activity the following May, and they completely finish the second needle by the first of June. The larvae now migrate in search of a needle of the same year's growth. The third and last needle is rapidly mined, and the larve are fully mature by the end of June. Pupation occurs within the third needle, and adult emergence follows about four weeks later. In 1953, however, owing to the late season in this area, the development of R. millert was retarded about three weeks. The second larval migration did not begin until the second week in July. At this stage, we noted several interesting observations. In the heavily infested areas the supply of green needles was quickly diminishing. Even the oldest needle growths were soon taken over by the migrating larva. During the third week in July there were no fresh needles left in the heavily infested areas, and yet many larve were still migrating, with, no doubt, a huge percentage of larval mortality reached in these areas. In one area, however, the migrating larve attacked a White Pine. It is not unusual for this needleminer to infest other species such as White Pine; nevertheless, R. milleri seemed to be quite de- voted to its principal host, as other White Pine stands in heavily infested areas were left untouched. After this migration, I found about six needles which contained two larvae instead of the usual single larva in each needle. All the larva appeared to be quite healthy. This is, apparently, very unusual, as these six needles were the only examples noted after close examination of over four thousand needles. This last observation is somewhat a puzzle: why would a very minute percentage of the nearly mature larve choose to share a needle and at least appear healthy, while millions of other larve chose to starve to death rather than share quarters? The first adults did not ippear until the last week in July, and the flight did not reach its peak until after the second week in August. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 93 Immature stages were collected from every major infestation for study- ing and rearing. We later found that a fair number of Chalcid wasps emerged from the rearing material. The percentage of Chalcids in this case, however, did not affect the total adult emergence to controllable standards. Perhaps under ordinary conditions these wasps, ecologically, keep a substan- tial check on R. mallert, Reference Patterson, J. E. 1921. Life History of Recurvaria milleri, the Lodgepole Pine Needle-Miner, in the Yosemite National Park, California. Journ. Agric. Res. leet 29-133. 3824 Walnut Ave., Concord, Calif., U.S. A. THE IDENTITY OF CRAMBIDIA ALLEGHENIENSIS (LITHOSIID) by HARRY K. CLENCH Half a century ago HOLLAND (Moth Book: 104, pl. 13, fig. 31; 1903) described Crambidia allegheniensis from a single male taken by him (cf. loc. cit.) in East Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The single type, a male, has remained unique in the Carnegie Museum collection, and the species has been listed with a query in lists ever since. A reexamination of this specimen is clearly overdue. The type is in very good condition save for the complete absence of antenne (replaced by two clumsily glued, non-lepidopterous, bristles: pos- sibly to make the specimen more photogenic for its portrait in the Moth Book). It bears two labels: (1) Moth Book/Plate XIII/Fig.31 [letterpress, with numbers penned in]; and (2) C. allegheniensis/Type.Holland/Ally Co., Penna. [penned in HOLLAND’s hand, possibly many years after publication of the name]. In addition the specimen has been assigned C. M. Ent. type series no. 232, and a label to that effect also affixed. A brief description of pertinent structures is as follows: palpi short, not reaching front (indeed, not reaching the base of the proboscis); proboscis fully developed; antennz (broken off); legs smoothly scaled, hind tibia with two pairs of spurs; forewing: R, from cell, anastomosing almost immediately with Sc and remaining with it; areole present, Ry from its anterior border; R3-Ry-R; stalked from its apex, R; branching off almost immediately; M, from areole just beyond cell; My absent; Ms and Cu, well stalked from lower angle of cell; Cu, from middle of cell; hindwing: Sc + R, from middle or 94 CLENCH: Crambidia allegheniensis Vol.8: nos.3-4 just before middle of cell; Rs and M, well stalked from upper angle of cell; M. absent; M; and Cu, well stalked from lower angle of cell; Cus from middle or just before middle of cell (opposite the origin of Sc + Rj). A few inaccuracies in HOLLAND’s description want correction: Frons, vertex and patagia (2.e. collar) are orange, not “pale yellow”; palpi yellow orange; thorax and tegule brownish tan, the former tinged with orange posteriorly; abdomen dorsally very pale yellowish with a touch of gray in middle; below pale gray, becoming yellowish posteriorly; terminal tuft yellow tinged with orange above; the legs are orange yellow, fore and middle legs with faint tinge of tan dorsally on tibia and tarsal segments; forewing below with a terminal yellow band on outer margin; costa with a long posteriorly- directed fringe of short scales below; hindwing very pale yellow, the costa narrowly grayish (especially below); remainder of description as in HOLLAND. The foregoing agrees perfectly with the European species, Ezlema com- plana Linn. (cf. Hampson, Cat. Lep. Phal. Br. Mus. 2: 164; 1900; and Seitz, in Seitz, Grossschmett. Erde 2: 68. pl. 12 ik (Lithosta c.); 1910), and ac- cordingly HOLLAND’s Crambidia alleghemensis must be synonymized to this species. Since HOLLAND captured the specimen himself, there is small possibility of mislabeling being the reason for its occurrence here. I rather suspect that a pupa was imported with some horticultural material, from which the moth emerged to fly into HOLLAND’S net and our lists. Section of Insects & Spiders, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh 13, Penna., U.S. A. NYMPHALIS CALIFORNICA: A NEW RECORD FOR PENNSYLVANIA Mr. and Mrs. C. G. MERKER, of Warrendale (Allegheny Co.), Pennsylvania, recently showed me a pair of Nymphalis californica Boisduval which they had taken near their home on sugar at about dusk, on 2 September 1945. One of these they have most generously given to the Carnegie Museum. A third specimen also was taken, but was released in the hope that it was a female who would show her gratitude by laying some eggs. The species, however, has never turned up since, despite active searching. It is interesting, and possibly significant, that Voss’ (Lepid. News 4: 46; 1950) unusual record of this species (one, on damp sand along the Straits of Mackinac, Emmet Co., Michigan) was taken the same year, in the same month, and almost on the same day: 6 September 1945! HARRY K. CLENCH, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh 13, Penna., U. S. A. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 95 SYNOPSIS OF THE KNOWN LIFE-HISTORIES OF JAPANESE BUTTERFLIES by TARO IWASE For the convenience of lepidopterists everywhere interested in food- plant questions, as well as for those in Palearctic Asia, the following checklist has been prepared. It includes the results of the very active post-war study of life-histories in Japan. All are drawn from published records, mostly in Japanese, and all seem to be reliably established. The foodplants and modes of hibernation in this list are only those discovered in Japan, and unstudied subspecies are omitted. Abbreviations: S. Single brooded. D. Double (or more) brooded. (M). Myrmecophilous. (F). Feeds on flowers or fruits. “Larva on” means ‘wild larva actually feeds on.” Egs hibernation Larval hibernation. Pupal hibernation. Adult hibernation. > Oe HESPERUD 1. Pyrgus maculatus Bremer & Grey larva on Potentilla (Rosacee). D. P. 2. Erynnis montanus Bremer larva on Quercus (Fagacee). S. L. 3. Daimio tethys tethys Ménétries and D. ¢. daisent Riley larva on Diéoscorea (Dioscoreacee). OD. L. 4. Choaspes benjaminii japonica Murray larva on Meliosma (Sabiacez). D. P./L. 5. Bibasis aquilina chryseglia Butler larva on Kalopanax (Araliacee). S. E. 6. Notocrypta curvifascia Felder & Felder larva on Alpinia (Zingiberacee). D. P. 7. Leptalina unicolor Bremer & Grey larva on Muscanthus, Imperata, Setaria KGieammmaec) ir Lu. 8. Carterocephalus palemon sataket Matsumura larva on Graminex. S. L. 9. Carterocephalus sylvicola tsshikii Matsumura ?larva on Graminee. S. L.? 10. Aromachus inachus Ménétries larva on Graminee. D. L.? 11. Isotetnon lamprospilus Felder & Felder larva on Miscanthus (Graminee). S. L. 12. Thymelicus leoninus Butler larva on Agropyron (Graminee). S. E.? 13. Thymelicus sylvaticus Bremer larva on Gramineew. 5S. E.? 14. Ochlodes venata herculea Butler larva on Miscanthus (Graminex). S. L. 15. Ochlodes ochracea rikuchina Butler larva on Oplismenus (Graminez). D. L. 16. Hesperia comma florinda Butler larva on Carex (Cyperacee). S. E. 17. Potanthus flava Murray larva on Setaria, Miscanthus, Oplismenus etc. (Gra- minez). D. L. 18. Thoressa varia varia Murray and T. obscura larva on Arundinaria, Pleioblastus, Sasa etc. (Gramineze). D. L. 19. Polytremis pellucida Murray larva on Arundinaria, Shibatwa, Pleioblastus, Oryza, Miscanthus, etc. (Graminee). D. L. 20. Pelopidas mathias oberthtiri Evans larva.on Oryza, Miscanthus, etc. (Graminez). 1D aah 21. Pelopidas jansonis Butler larva on Aliscanthus, etc. (Graminez). D. L. 22. Parnara guttata Bremer & Grey larva on Oryza, Imperata, Setaria, etc. (Graminee). Dick. 96 IwWASE: Synopsis of Life-histories Vol.8: nos.3-4 PAPILIONIDA Lihdorfia puziloi yessoensis Rothschild and L. inexpecta Sheljuzhko larva on Asiasarum (Aristolochiacee). S. P. Lihdorfia japonica Leech larva on Heterotropa, Japonasarum, Asiasarum (Atis- tolochiacee). S. P. Parnassius stubbendorfit hoenei Schweitzer larva on Corydalis (Papaveracee). S. E. Parnassius glacialis glacialis Butler and P. mikado Bryk & Eisner larva on Corydalis (Papaveracez). ~S. E: Parnassius eversmanni daisetsuzana Matsumura larva on (F) Dicentra (Papa- veracee). S. E. (1st winter) and P. (2nd winter). Menelaides alcinous Klug larva on Aristolochia, Hocquartia (Aristolochiacez). D:: 2: Graphium sarpedon nipponum Fruhstorfer larva on Cinnamonum, Machilus, Neolitsea (Lauraceez). D. P. Graphium doson albidum Wileman larva on Michelia, Magnolia (Magnoliacee). by Papilio machaon hippocrates Felder & Felder larva on Angelia, Cryptotenia, Daucus, Foeniculum, Glehnia, etc. (Umbelliferz); Phellodendron, etc. (Rutacez). BB. Papilio xuthus Linné. larva on Citrus, Fagara, Phellodendron, Poncris, Zan- thoxylum, etc. (Rutacee). D. P. Papilio macilentus Janson larva on Orixa, Fagara, Zanthoxylum, Poncris, etc. (Rutacee). D. P. Papilio protenor demetrius Cramer larva on Citrus, Poncris, Zanthoxylum, etc. (Rutacez). D. P. Papilio memnon thunbergit von Siebold larva on Citrus, Poncris, etc. (Rutacez). dD, B Papilio helenus nicconicolens Butler larva on Citrus, Fagara, etc. (Rutacee). D. P. Papilio bianor dehaanit Felder & Felder larva on Orixa, Phellodendron, Fagara, Zanthoxylum, Poncris, etc. (Rutacee). D. P. Papilio maackii tutanus Fenton and P. satakei Matsumura larva on Phellodendron, Orixa, etc. (Rutacee). D. P. PIERIDZ Leptidea amurensis Ménétriés larva on Vicia, Lotus, Lathyrus (Leguminose). Be: Leptidea morsei Fenton larva on Vicia (Leguminose). D. P. ? Eurema hecabe mandarina \'Orza larva on Lespedeza, Cesalpinia, Acacia, Albizzia, AEachynomene, etc. (Leguminose). D. A. Eurema leta bethesba Janson larva on Cassia (Leguminose). D. A. Gonepteryx rhamni maxima Butler larva on Rhamnus (Rhamnacee). S. A. Gonepteryx mahaguru niphonica Verity larva on Rhamnus (Rhamnacez). S. A. Colias erate poliographus Motschulsky larva on Glycine, Hedysarum, Indigofera, Lupinus, Lotus, Medicago, Pisum, Robinia, Trifolium, etc. (Leguminose). D. L. Colias palano aias Fruhstorfer larva on Vaccinium (Ericacee). S. L. Anthocaris cardamines isshikii Matsumura larva on (F) Arabis, Barbarea, etc. (Cruciferz). S. P. Anthocaris scolymus Butler larva on (F) Arabis, Brassica, Cardamine, Rorippa (Cruciferz) S. P. Hebomoia glaucippe liukiuensis Fruhstorfer larva on Crateva (Capparidacee ) . D. | Pieris rape crucivora Boisduval larva on Arabis, Brassica, Raphanus, Wasabia, et (Cruciferae); Cleome (Capparidacee); Reseda (Resedacex). D. P. Pieris napi pseudomelete Verity and P. n. japonica Shirozu larva on Arabis, Cardamine, etc. (Crucifere). D. P. Pieris melete melete Ménétries and P. m. pseudonapi Verity larva on Arabis, Raphanus, Brassica, Wasabia, etc. (Crucifere). D. P. 1954 36: The Lepidopterists’ News 97 Pieris canidia juba Fruhstorfer ?larva on Crucifere. D. P. ? Aporia hippia japonica Matsumura larva on Berberis (Berberidacew). S. L. Aporia crategi adherbal Fruhstorfer larva on Chaenomeles, Crategus, Malus, Pyrus, Prunus, etc. (Rosacee). S. L. LYCANIDA Curetis acuta paracuta de Nicéville larva on (F) Wastaria, Milletia, Pueraria, Sophora (Leguminose). D. A. Arhopala japonica Murray larva (M) on Cyclobalanopsis, Quercus (Fagacex). eA: Arhopala ganesa loomisi Pryer larva (M) on Cyclobalanopsis (Fagacee). S. A. Arhopala bazalus turbata Butler larva (M) on Lithocarpus, Kuromatea (Fagacez). A Artopoétes pryert Murray larva on Ligustrum (Oleacex). S. E. Coreana raphelis Oberthiir larva on Fraxinus (Oleacez). S. E. Coreana ibara Butler larva on Fraxinus (Oleacee). S. E. Japonica lutea Hewitson larva on Quercus (Fagacee). S. E. Japonica sapestriata Hewitson larva on Quercus, Castanea (Fagacee). S. E. Araragi entheum Janson larva on Juglans (Juglandacez). S. E. Antigins attilia Bremer larva on Quercus (Fagacee). S. E. Antigius butleri Fenton larva on Quercus (Fagacee). S. E. Wagimo signata signata Butler and W. quwercivora Staudinger larva on Qvwercus (Fagacee). S. E. Shirdzua jonasi Janson larva (carnivorous) on oak-aphids. S. E. Iratsume orsedice Butler larva on Hammamelis (Hammamelidacee). S. E. Favonius orientalis Murray larva on Quercus (Fagacee). S. E. Favonius yuasat Shirozu larva on Quercus (Fagacee). S. E. Favonius jezoensis Matsumura larva on Quercus (Fagacee). S. E. Favonius hayashii Shirdzu larva on Quercus (Fagacee). S. E. Favonius ultramarinus Fixsen larva on Quercus (Fagacee). S. E. Favonius saphirinus Staudinger larva on Quercus (Fagacee) S. E. Favonius fujisanus Matsumura larva on Fagus (Faqacexz). S. E. Neozephyrus taxila regina Butler, N. ¢. japonicus Murray,.and N. ¢t. monticola Shirozu larva on Alnus (Betulacee). S. E. Neozephyrus aurorinus Oberthir larva on Qwercus (Fagacee). S. E. Neozephyrus smaragdinyus Bremer larva on Prunus (Rosacee). S. E. Neozephyrus hisamatsusanus Nagami & Ishiga ?larva on Fagacew. S. E. ? Neozephyrus ataxus kirishimaensis Okajima larva on Cyclobalanopsis (Fagacee). Shak: Rapala arata Bremer larva (M) on (F) Wistaria (Leguminose); Deutzia (Saxi- fragacezw); Rosa (Rosacee); Vaccinium (Ericacee); Palura (Symplocacez) ; Rhamnus (Rhamnaceae). D. P. Strymonidia w-album fentoni Butler larva on Ulmus (Ulmacez); Prunus (Rosacee). Seach. Strymonidia merus Janson larva on Rhamnus (Rhamnacez). S. E. Strymonidia pruni jezoensis Matsumura larva on Prunus (Rosacee). S. E. Ablbergia ferrea Butler larva on (F) Viburnum (Caprifoliacee); Rhododendron (Ericacee); Malus (Rosacee). S. P. Spindasis takanonis Matsumura mature larva fed orally by host ants in their nests on Pinus, Prunus, Eleagnus. S. L. Lycena phleas daimio Seitz larva on Rumex (Polygonacee). D. L. Taraka hamada Druce larva (carnivorous) on bamboo woolly aphis, Oregma japonica (Eriosomatide). D. L. Niphanda fusca shijima Fruhstorfer larva in lst 2 instars feeds on the excretion of dwarf-oak aphis, Greenidea kuwanai and in later instars is fed orally by the host-ants, Camponotus herculeanus japonicus. S. L. IWASE: Synopsis of Life-histories Vol.8: nos.3-4 Lampides boeticus Linné larva (M) on (F) Dolichos, Phaseolus, Vicia, etc. (Leguminose). D. Migratory. Nacaduba kurava septentrionalis Shirdzu larva on Bladhia (Myrsinacez). D. ? Zizeeria maha argia Ménétriés larva (M) on Oxalis (Oxalidacee). D. L. Zizina otis alope Fenton larva (M) on Lotus, Indigofera, Lespedeza (Leguminosz). Bide Scolitantides orion jezoensis Matsumura larva (M) on Sedum (Crassulacez). S. P. Sinia divina barine Leech larva (M) on (F) Sophora (Leguminose). S. P. Glaucopsyche lycormas Butler larva (M) on Vicia (Leguminose). S. ? Maculinea euphemus shiriyensis Matsumura and M. e. kazamoto Druce larva (M) on (F) Sanguisorba (Rosacez) and later (carnivorous) on ant-grubs and eggs of Myrmica (Formicide). S. L. Maculinea arionides takamukui Matsumura larva (M) on (F) Isodon (abies) and later (carnivorous) on ant-grubs and eggs of Myrmica? (Formicide). S. L. Celastrina argiolus ladonides ’Orza larva (M) on (F) W. colombiensis (upper Rio Negro, Colombia), E. 4. brasiliensis (Melguina, 10 mi. S. of Diamantino, Mato Grosso), E. roseata (between La Gloria and Cardel, Vera Cruz, Mexico), E. thysanaba (Cayenne, Fr. Guiana), E. icterimus (Cayuga, Guate- mala); includes Autoceras (?) phelina Druce. Figures adults and genitalia. Key to spp. [P.B.| 108 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.8: nos.3-4 Fleming, Henry, “The Saturnioidea (moths) of Rancho Grande, northcentral Vene- zuela.” Zoologica, N. Y., vol. 37: pp. 203-207. 31 Dec. 1952. | Recotdsmss spp. (including 1 cercophanid, 3 oxytenids). Considers Automeris metzli a good species and distinguishes it from A. janus. [P.B.] Foltin, Hans, ‘Biston (Paecilopsis) isabelle Warr.” [in German]. Zestschr. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 39-42. 15 March 1949. Distinction from B. lapponaria; distribution in Austria. [P.B.] Forbes, Wm. T. M., “Comments on Dr. Paclt’s views.” Ent. News, vol. 62: p. 307. 1951. Agrees with Dr. Paclt as to the gender of Colzas; disagrees on Ochlodes. {J.T.] Fox, Richard M., “The taxonomic value of male genitalia in the Ithomiide (Lepi- doptera).”” Ent. News, vol. 64: pp. 141-143. 1953. States that in general genitalia are of great value in the family, though not always for species identification. Gives comparative figures and percentages. A valuable study. [P.B.] Freeman, H. A., “Two new species of Megathymus from Texas and Mexico (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera, Megathymidz).” Amer. Mas. Novit., no. 1593: 9 pp., 13 figs. 29 Oct. 1952. Describes as new M. chisosensis (Chisos Basin, Chisos Mts., Texas; in Agave chisosensis); M. hoffmanni (Valle de Mexico). Figures adults and genitalia. [P.B.] Gaj, Andrew J., “EUHYPONOMEUTOIDES albithoracellus gen. nov., spec. nov. (Lepidoptera, Hyponomeutidz).”’ Ent. Berichten, vol. 15: pp. 11-12, 5 figs. 1 Jan. 1954. Describes E. albithoracellus (type of n. genus) from 1 ¢ (Krynica, southern Poland); figures shape of wing, genitalia, adult. [A.D.] Gray, P. H. H., “Aids to distinguish between females of the ‘““Winter-moths”’, Alsophila pometaria and Operophtera bruceata (Geometride).”’ Lepid. News, vol. 7: pp. 127-128: “Se Nave. 1953: Hackman, Walter, “Clepsis nybomi nom. nov. fir Tortrix fuliginosana Hackm.” [in German]. Notul. ent., vol. 30: p. 128. Dec. 1950. A new name because of preoccupation (Clepsis costant f. fuliginosana Schille 1917). [W.H.] Hartig, Fred, “Stigmella babylonica n. sp. von Salix babylonica L.” |in German]. Zezts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 94-96, 1 pl. 15 July 1949. New sp. from Klobenstein am Ritten, Bozen; describes all stages, figures ¢ genitalia and leaf-mine. [P.B.| Hemming, Francis, “Zoological nomenclature.” Science, vol. 115: p. 684. 20 June 1952. Notice of forthcoming action of Internal Commission on certain works of Cramer, Schiffermiller, and Fabricius, relative to priority of names proposed in them. [P.B.| Herbulot, C., “Description de quatre Larentiina nouveaux du Kenya (Lep. Geomet- rid#)"’ [in French]. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 58: pp. 9-12. 1953. Description of tour new species of Geometridae from Kenya collected during the Omo mission: Eupithecia jeanneli, Eulype relicta, Lobidiopteryx elgonica, Asthenitricha strangulata. [P.V.] Herbulot. C., “Note synonymique” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 58: p. 48. 1953. Synonymy of two names of Geometride. Acidalia couloniata is a synonym of Sterrha levigata. Lectotype of A. coxloniata designated [P.V.] Hoffmann, Emil, “Parnassius styriacus Fruhst., eine eigene Art’ [in German]. Zevts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 37: pp. 138-148. 15 Dec. 1952. Evidence that P. styriacus is a good species rather than a race or form of P. pheebus. [P.B.] Hesselbarth, G., ‘“Bemerkungen zu _ Pieridenzuchtungen 1950-1951” [in German]. Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 172-176, 1 fig. March 1953. Breeding and crossing experiments show that P. wapi and P. bryonie are distinct species; P. napi hibernica is closer to P. bryonia than to P. napi; disposition to producing one of more generations a year is genetically fixed but is easily changed by en- vironmental conditions. [A.D.]| Holik, O., “Ueber die Gattung Satyrus L.” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 98-105. 15 July 1949. Describes as new S. stbyllina pygmea (Kansu, Peilingshan, Tauping R.); S. semele cypriensis (Cyprus); S. mniszechii baltistana (Skardo, Baltistan); also several “varieties” of these and other species of Satyrus. Comments on the previously described S. geyeri occidentalis |P.B.| Holik, O., “Zyg. goberti Le Charles und Zyg. anthyllidis Bsd.” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 2: p. 47. 15 June 1953. Abstract. Hovanitz, William, “Natural hybridization in Eurasiatic Colias hyale and Colias croceus.”” Anat. Rec., vol. 117: p. 647. Nov. 1953. Abstract only. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 109 Janmoulle, E., “Remarques sur la faune belge” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 52: p. 48. 25 Aug. 1952. Elachista festucicolella, new to Belgium; previous record a misidentification of E. nitidulellaz. Distinguishes between these two spp. [P.B.} Jarvis, F. V. L., “The relationship of Colias croceus (Fourcroy) and Colias electo (Linn.)” Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. Lond., vol. 104: pp. 521-542, 1 pl. 7 figs. 15 Dec. 1953. Concludes on basis of comparison of structure and behavior that the species are distinct. Figures all stages (in color), genitalia, and androconia of both. [P.B.] Kaisila, Jouko, “Uber die vermuteten Bastarden zwischen Colias hecla sulitelma Aur. und C. mnastes werdandi Zett. (Lep., Pieride)’ [in German}. Ann. Ent. Fennici, vol. 16: pp. 112-121, 2 figs. Nov. 1950. Gives facts in favour of the assumption that some Colias forms from northern Lapland are to be considered as hybrids between Colias hecla and nastes. [W.H.| Kauffmann, Guido, “Considérations au sujet de Pyrgus reverdini Oberthir” [in French]. Rev. Frang. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 284-286. “Oct./Nov./Dec. 1952”. [25 March 1953]. Concludes that B. reverdini is a variant or, at most, a subspecies of P. alveus. |P.B.| Kiriakoff, S. G., “Recherches sur les organes tympaniques des Lépidopteres en rapport avec la classification. V. Position systématique de quelques genres des Arctiida’’ lin French]. Lambillionea, vol. 50: pp. 62073, 4 figs. 25 Oct. 1950. Proposes RHODOGASTRINZ n. subfam., for Rhodogastria, Pelochyta, and perhaps other genera. Transfers Belemnia from Phegopterine to Ctenuchine. [P.B.| Kiriakoff, S. G., “A propos de l'article de M. Caruel ‘Les nouvelles régles de la nomenclature’”’ [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 51: pp. 61-62. 25 Oct. 1951. Comments on decision separating specific and infrasubspecific nomenclature; author objects to latter term except as applied to local populations. [P.B.| Kiriakoff, S. G., “Les organes tympaniques des Lépidopteres et utilisation en systematique’’ [in French]. Rev. France. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 173-178, 2 figs. “Jan./Feb.” [31 May] 1952. General discussion of structure of tympanic organs and their bearing on the classification of Phalaznoidea and Notodontoidea. [P.B.| Kiriakoff, S. G., “Thyretidz nouveaux du Congo Belge (Lepidoptera Notodontoidea)”’ [in French]. Rev. Zool. Bot. Afric.. vol. 46: pp. 396-406, 10 figs. 1952. Describes as new, from the Belgian Congo, genus BERGERIA (type B. haematochrysia nov.), B. tamsi, B. schoutedeni, B. bourgognet, Apisa dufranei, and A. vanoyet. This material belongs to the ‘“Syntomidz” auctt. [P.V.| Kiriakoff, S. G., “Arctiidze nouveaux du Musée Royal du Congo Belge” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 53: pp. 50-54. 1953. The material described in this paper belongs to the Syntomidze (family not accepted by the author). Describes as new Anayisa histrionica (Angola) and genus LEPTOCERYX [type L. pusilla (Belgian Congo, Tshuapa, Eala)]. [P.V.] Kiriakoff, S. G., “Recherches sur les organes tympaniques des Lépidoptéres en rapport avec la classification. X. Hybleide”’ [in French]. Bull. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 89: pp. 258-263, 1 fig. 1953. The author shows, by the study of the metathorax and the first abdominal segment, that the Hyblaidz are not a subfamily of the Phalenide (=Noctuide) or a family of the Pyraloidea, but a good family belonging to a new superfamily HYBLAEOIDEA and near the Phalenoidea (=Noc- tuoidea). [P.V.] Klimesch, Josef, “Neue Stigmella-Arten (Lep., Stigmellide)’ [in German]. Zestschr. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 31: pp. 160-172, 1 pl., 11 figs. 15 Mar. 1948. Describes as new: S. cerricolella (Ferrania, Italy; on Quercus cerris); S. caulescentella (Trient, Italy, on Potentilla caulescens); S. pallidiciliella (Trient, on Salix purpurea); S. phyllotomella (Ferrania, on Quercus cerris); S. gilvipenella (Ferrania, on Quercus cerris); S. liguricella (Bordighera, Italy, on Cistus albidus). Figures é& genitalia, mines, and some adults. [P.B.| Klimesch, Josef, “Acampsia scotosiella Hackman = A. (Xystophora) latipenella Rbl. (Lep., Gelechiide)” [in German]. Zetschr. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 33: pp. 23-24, 1 fig. 1 Oct. 1948. Synonymy based on ¢ genitalia. [P.B.]| Klimesch, J., “Phthorimea (Lita) saginella Z. (=coussonella Chrét.) (Lep. Gelechiide )” [in German]. Ent. Nachrbl., vol. 3: pp. 191-192, 1 pl. Dec. 1951. New synonymy. Describes and figures genitalia, adult, and gall. Foodplant Silene hayekiana. |P.B.| Koch, Manfred, “Ein meuer Weg der Farbbezeichnung in naturwissenschaftlichen Beschreibungen” [in German]. Ze/tschr. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 31: pp. 183-187. 15 Mar. 1948. Recommends use of a standard color table in preparing descriptions. [P.B.] 110 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera | Vol.8: nos.3-4 Kurentsov, A. I., “EOLIMENITIS (gen. nov.) eximia (Molt.) Kurenz. (Nymphalide, Lepidoptera) in the fauna of Ussuri territory” [in Russian]. Bwll. Moskov. Obshch. Isp. Prir. Otd. Biol. (n. s.), vol. 55: pp. 37-45. 1950. [Not seen]. Langston, Robert L., & Owen J. Smith, “Notes on the zygznid genus Harrisina Packard, with special reference to Harrisina metallica Stretch.” Ent. News, vol. 64: - pp. 253-255. 1953. Rearings indicate that H. metallica is a genetic variant of H. brillians. The authors suggest that the variations in H. brillians may very well cover the characters used to separate most of the south-western species. [J.T.] de Lattin, Gustaf, “Neue Acronicten IJ’ [in German]. Zezts. Wuener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 105-112, 3 figs. 15 July 1949. Describes as new Diphthera fulvicollis (Sutschanski-Rudnik, Ussuri); genus CRANIONYCTA (type C. oda n. sp-Sutschanski- Rudnik); also 2 “forms” in Acronicta. Figures ¢@ genitalia of n. spp. and of D. alpium murrhina. [P.B.] Le Charles, L., “Une zygéne nouvelle pour la faune francaise” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 13: p. 219. “March/April” [25 July] 1952. Preliminary des- cription of Z. goberti n. sp. (no locality given). Foodplant Peucedanum cervaria. [P.B.] 7 Le Marchand, S., “Le genre Gelechia (Gelechiide) doit étre divisé’” [in French]. Rev. Frang. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 185-190, 6 figs. “Jan./Feb.” [31 May] 1952. Dis- cusses Busck’s subdivisions of Gelechia and their bearing on the European species; figures ¢ genitalia of some species of Gelechia and related genera. [P.B.] Le Marchand, S., “Tineina - les Elachistide’’ [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 167-171. ‘Jan./Feb.” [31 May] 1952. Redescribes and discusses family and genera occurring in France, and gives a key to latter. [P.B.] Le Marchand, S., “Un peu de grammaire entomolgique et . . . étymologique” [in French]. Rev. Frang. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 247-248. ‘“May/June/Sept.” [15 Nov.] 1952. Points out that species names formed from foodplant name plus genitive ending -folie are incorrect, folimm being neuter. The practice should be discarded in future naming. [P.B.] de Lesse, H., “Note sur le genre Kanetisa (Satyride)” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 257-259, 1 pl., 4 figs. “May/June/Sept.” [15 Nov.] 1952. Describes and figures close similarity of ¢ genitalia in K. digna and K. stheno, which are very distinct in pattern; figures adults of these and of Satyrus parthenica, which closely resembles K. digna. [P.B.] de Lesse, H., “Révision des Neohipparchia d'Afrique du Nord (Lep. Satyridz)” [in French]. Byll. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc, vol. 32: pp. 91-105, 16) figs) 1952" [1953]. Revision of the two species of Neohipparchia in North Africa, N. statilinus and N. hansii, with study of every subspecies, ¢ genitalia, and andro- conial scales. [P.B.| McDunnough, James H., “Species of Euvxoa of eastern North America, with particular reference to genitalic characters (Lepidoptera, Phalenida).’ Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 95: pp. 355-408, 11 figs. 20 Dec. 1950. Describes as new E. servita novangliw (Franconia, N. H.). Redescribes all eastern races, with figures of geni- talia of both sexes. Discusses structural details and their taxonomic value. Gives a key to spp. based on 9 genitalia. [P.B.] McDunnough, James H., “On the identity of two eastern North American Hydriomena species (Lepidoptera, Geometridz).”” Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 1535: 13 pp., 5 figs. 8 Nov. 1951. The true H. frigidata is a rare northern species (Nova Scotia) closely allied to H. divisaria; the species commonly called H. frigidata should be known as H1, manitoba. Removes H. transfigurata from the synonymy of H. pluviata. Figures adults and genitalia of these spp. [P.B.] McDunnough, James H., “On the identity of Exxoa punctigera Walker (Lepidoptera, Phalanida).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 1550: 6 pp., 1 fig. 8 Apr. 1952. Describes and figures genitalia of both sexes. Confirms synonymy of E. pastoralis, and con- siders E, atrofusca as synonym or doubtful race; E. exculta is a distinct species. [P.B.| McDunnough, James H., “New species and subspecies in the genus Hydriomena, with notes (Lepidoptera, Geometride).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 1592: 17 pp., 24 figs. 29 Oct. 1952. Describes as new H. sperryi (Miami, Ariz.); H. septemberata (Julian, San Diego Co., Ariz.); H. perfracta centralis (Tesuque, N. Mex.); H. p. MONOENSIS (Rock Creek, Mono Co., Calif.); H. expurgata franclemonti (Deer Park, Placer Co., Calif.); H. mississippiensis (Agric. & Mech. College, Miss.); H. edenata indistincta (upper Santa Ana R., San Bernardino Co., Calif.). Figures adults and 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 111 genitalia. Places H. marmorata as subspecies of H. perfracta. Discusses identity of H. bistriolata and related species. [P.B.] Mazokhin-Porzhnyakov, G. A., “A new race of Satyrus semele L. (Lepidoptera) from the land along the lower Volga” [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., vol. 31: pp. 288-291. 1952. [Not seen.] Marion, H., “Ebauche d’une classification nouvelle des Pyraustide’’ [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 260-270, 5 figs. ‘“May/June/Sept.” 15 Nov. 1952. Recognizes the following subfamilies and tribes (new entities in capitals); Sche- nobiinz, Scopariine, Nymphulinz, Pyraustinze (with HAPALIINI, Pyraustini), EVERGESTINA (with EVERGESTINI, TITANII (szc/)). Places Cybalomia in Scopariine. Mesographe and Pionea are synonyms of Evergestis. Key to subfamilies, based on ¢ genitalia. Classification based on study of almost all European species; its extension to other faunas will require additional tribes, at least. [P.B.] Mather, Bryant, ‘““The names of certain butterflies of the eastern United States.” Lepud. News, vol. 6: pp. 74-76. 1952. Michel, Josef, “Lycena ismenias Meigen in Bohmen. Ein Beitrag zur Rassenfrage’’ [in German]. Zeztschr. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 32: pp. 91-103, 1 pl. 30 June 1948. Statistical analysis of captured and reared series in Bohemia. [P.B.| Neave, Sheffield Airley, ed., Nomenclator zoologicus. vol. 5. 308 pp. Zoological Society of London. 1950. Lists all generic names of animals published from 1936 to 1945 inclusive, and a few omitted from earlier volumes, with citations and phylum, class or order to which assigned. [P.B.] Obraztsov, Nicholas, “Thiodia Hb. as not a North American genus (Lepidoptera, Tortiricide).” Ent. News, vol. 63: pp. 145-149. 1952. States that Phaneta Stephens 1852 is the correct generic name for the North American insects usually placed in Thiodia. [J.T.] Obraztsov, Nikolas, “Neue palzarktische Eucosmini-Arten (Lepidoptera, Tortricide)” [in German]. Zezts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 37: pp. 122-129, 5 figs. 15 Nov. 1952. Describes as new Exucosma (E.) pfistert (Tauerbischoffsheim, Baden); Epibleme (E.) chrétieni (High Alps); EE. (Notocelia) mediterranea (Madonie, Silicia); Epinotia (E.) mesopotamica (Mesopotamia). Figures 4 genitalia of n. spp. and of E. (N.) incarnatana and roborana. [P.B.| Obraztsov, N., “Zwei neue Eriopsela-Arten aus dem Allgau (Lepidoptera, Tortricidz)”’ [in German]. Nachrbl. Mayer. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 93-96, 1 fig. 15 Dec. 1952. Describes as new E. roseni and E. bavarica; figures ¢ genitalia of 3 spp., key to Palaearctic spp. of the genus. [N.O.] Obraztsov, N., “Epzblema scutulana (Schiff.) (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae)” [in German]. Tiidschr. voor Ent., vol. 95: pp. 323-330, 4 figs. 20 Dec. 1952. Discusses taxonomy and synonymy. [A.D.| Orfila, Ricardo N., “Las especies argentinas de Prepona Boisd. (Lep. Nymph.)”’ [in Spanish]. Rev. Inst. Nac. Invest. Cien. Nat. B. Aires, Cien. Zool., vol. 1: pp. 273- 321, 1 pl, 16 figs, 6 maps. 1950. Describes as new P. chromus obsoleta (Tucuman). Redescribes genus and subgenera Archewoprepona and Prepona in great detail; redescribes Argentinian spp., figuring range and ¢ genitalia. [P.B.| Owen, D. F., “An unusual pairing.’ Entomologist, vol. 85: p. 96. Apr. 1952. Hepialus lupulinus 6 with H. fusconebulosus 92. [P.B.| Riley, N. D., “A polymorphic Charaxes, Charaxes etheocles Hewitson.” Nigerian Field, vol. 16: pp. 67-69, 10 figs. April 1951. The species or species group includes 7 named forms in West Africa (all figured); their status is uncertain. [P.B.| Rindge, Frederick H., “A revision of the geometrid genus Sericosema (Lepidoptera).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 1468: 30 pp., 7 figs. 18 Oct. 1950. Describes as new S. wilsonensis macdunnoughi (Seton Lake, Lillooet, B. C.). Places S. argentata as subspecies of S. tmmaculata, and S. meadowsaria as subspecies of S. wi/lsonensis. Redescribes genus and the 4 known species. Gives distribution map for each species. Gives keys, based on adults and on genitalia of each sex. [P.B.| Rindge, Frederick H., “Taxonomic and life history notes on North American Expithecia (Lepidoptera, Geometridz).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 1569: 27 pp., 8 figs. 6 June 1952. Proposes E. macdunnoughi n.n. for E. suspiciosata McD. (not Dietze). Re- describes E. suspiciosata. Synonymizes E. implicata under E. castigata, and E. geminata under E. coagulata; E. coagulata auctt. must be known as E. fumosa. Redescribes E. johnstont. Transfers E. emmedonia to Prorella. Suggests that P. mellissa and P. insipidata may be conspecific. Describes pupal structure of 25 spp., figuring posterior end and cremaster; records foodplants. {[P.B.| 112 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.8: nos.3-4 Rindge, Frederick H., “A revision of the geometrid genus Exelis (Lepidoptera) .” Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 1382: 17 pp., 7 figs. 1 Aug. 1952. Describes as new E, dicolus (Sulphur City, Washington Co., Ark.); E. ophiurus (Burnet Co., Tex.); restricts genus to these two spp. and the type, E. pyrolaria (other species belong in Tornos). Figures genitalia. Distribution maps and keys to species based on adults and on genitalia of each sex. [P.B.] Rindge, Frederick H., “A revision of the North American species of the genus Syrrhodia (Lepidoptera, Geometride).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 1469: 26 pp., 6 figs. 20 Oct. 1952. Synonymizes Catopyrrha under Syrrhodia. Genus includes the S. decrepitaria (with ssp. esperanza), S. viridirufaria, S. cruentaria, S. sphaeromacaria. Redescribes genus and spp.; figures genitalia and distribution of each species. Gives keys, based on adults and genitalia of each sex. [P.B.] Rindge, Frederick H., & Claude I. Smith, “A revision of the genus Annaphila Grote (Lepidoptera, Phalaenidae).” Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 98: pp. 187-256, 8 figs. 30 Jan. 1952. Describes as new: subgenus PROANNAPHILA (type A. danistica); A. (P.) hennei (Bob’s Gap, south of Llano, Los Angeles Co., Calif.); A. (P.) mera eremia (same locality); A. (A.) abdita (Pinnacles, San Benito Co., Calif.); A. (A.) baueri (Anderson Springs, Lake Co., Calif.); A. (A.) ida (Newcomb’s Ranch, north of Chilao, San Gabriel Mts., Los Angeles Co., Calif.); A. (A.) depicta morula (La Tuna Canyon, Los Angeles Co., Calif.); A. (A.) spila (Bridge- man, Madeira Co., Calif.); A. (A.) evanss (Mint Canyon, Los Angeles Co., Calif.). Redescribes all spp., figuring genitalia. [See review in Lepid. News, vol. 6: p. 111.] [P.B.] Roepke, W., “The katinka group of the genus Lapa (Lepidoptera Heterocera, Saturniide).” Ttjidschr. Ent. vol. 96: pp. 227-230, 1 pl., 2 figs. 21 Nov. 1953. Gives a survey of the south-Asiatic subspecies of this group (except for China and Formosa), with figures of six of them, and with figures of the male genitalia of L. javanica and L. megacore. [A.D.] Shoumatoff, Nicholas, ‘Some statistical concepts in taxonomy.” Lepid. News, vol. 6: pp. 64-66. 1952. van Someren, V. G. L., & T. H. E. Jackson, ‘The Charaxes etheocles-ethalion complex: a tentative reclassification of the group (Lepidoptera: Nymphalide).”’ Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, vol. 193: pp. 257-284. 15 Nov. 1952. Redescription of 9 spp. and numerous subspecies and “forms”. Describes as new C. pembanus usambare (Usambara); also several “forms”. Notes on life history, mimicry, and distribution. [P.B.]| de la Torre y Callejas, Salvador Luis, “Datos taxonomicos sobre lepidopteros, con notas sobre algunas especies cubanas. (Segunda Parte)” [in Spanish]. Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. “Felipe Poey’, vol. 21: pp. 61-70. 28 Apr. 1952. Taxonomic notes on 16 genera and spp. (Nymphalidz, Pieridz, Hesperiide). [P.B.] Tams, W. H. T., “A revision of the African species of Sesamia Guenée and related genera (Agrotide-Lepidoptera).” Bull. Ent. Res., vol. 43: pp. 645-678, 7 pls. Jan. 1953. Describes as new: SPEIA (type Phalena vuteria Stoll); SCIOMESA (type Conicofrontia mesoscia Hampson); PHONOMA (type Phragmatiphila serrata Hampson); P. similis (Ibadan, S. Nigeria); P. acantha (Dungu, Upper Uelle District, Cameroons); S. botanephaga (\lesha, S. Nigeria); S. jansei (Preoria; Natal, Durban); S. poephaga (Ketekrachi, N. Territories, Gold Coast); S. penniseti (Owabi, Ashanti, Gold Coast); S. poebora (Kawanda, Uganda); S. albivena sudanensis (Temboura, Sudan); S. 4. mocoénsis (Mt. Moco, Luimbale, Portuguese E. Africa); S. oriaula (Bwamba Pass, Ruwenzori Range, Uganda). Redescribes all African spp. of Sesamia (except 5 not seen or identified); lists foodplants, when known, and gives distribution. Figures genitalia and other structures of new spp. and some others. Corrects earlier confusion in application of some names. Keys to genera (those listed above, and Conicofrontia and Busseola) and their spp. [P.B.] Travassos, Lauro, ‘‘Contribugao ao conhecimento dos ‘Arctiidae’. XXV. Sdbre o genero ARCTIARPIA no. g.” [in Portuguese]. Rev. Brasil. Biol., vol. 11: pp. 249- ‘35, 10 figs. Sept. 1951. New genus erected for Idalus melanopasta Hampson; figures adults and genitalia of both sexes. [P.B.] lravassos, Lauro, “Contribucao ao conhecimento dos ‘‘Arctiide’’.. XXVI. Sobre o genero NANTHOARCTIA n. g.” [in Portuguese]. Rev. Brasil. Biol., vol. 11: pp. 95-398, 19 figs Dec. 1951. New genus erected for Automolis pseudameoides Rothschild; redescribes species, with numerous illustrations. [P.B.] 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 3 Viette, P., “Contribution a l'étude des Hepialide (17° note). Les genres et leur espéce type’ [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 50: pp. 73-80. 25 Oct. 1950. Errata, #bid. vol. 52: p. 30. 25 June 1952. Lists the 48 genera recognized as valid, with citations, synonyms, and type species; notes on some doubtful questions of synonymy. [P.B.] Viette, P., “Les microlépidoptéres de C. Dumont” [in French]. Rev. Frang. Lepid., vol. 13: pp. 56-59, 4 figs. “Mar-Apr.” [31 July] 1951. Describes as new PHOS- PHATICOLA, P. gemmatella (Metliaoui, Tunis) (Schrecksteiniide); from Dumont MS. Selects types for 20 spp. described by Dumont (Pyralidide, Tortricide, Gelechiidz, Ochsenheimeriidz); types in Paris Museum. from Dumont’s series. Lists allotypes, when possible, and localities of holotypes. [P.B.| Viette, Pierre E. L., “Contribution 4 l'étude des Cossidz (2° note). Les genres et leur espece type” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 51: pp. 37-43, 58-60, 68-72. 25 Aug., 25 Oct., 25 Dec. 1951. Proposes ALLOCRYPTOBIA'’ n.n. for Cryptobia (preoccupied). Lists the 97 genera recognized as valid, with citations, some synonyms, and type species. [P.B.]| Voss, Edward G., “On the classification of the Hesperiide.” Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.. vol. 45: pp. 246-258, 25 figs. June 1952. Revised classification, based on bleached and mounted wings, antennz, palpi, and legs of 54 spp., and more superficial study of others. Places all Skippers in one family, with following subfamilies and tribes: Euschemoninz, Coeliadine, Pyrginez, Pyrrhopygine, Megathymine, Trape- zitinze (Trapezitidi, Hesperillidi), Hesperiinz (Heteropteridi, Taractroceridi, Hes- periidi, Calpodidi). Gives a tentative phylogenetic chart. [P.B.} Warnecke, Georg, “Die Alpenrasse von Orodemnias quenselii Payk., ae subsp. al pi- volans Warn.” [in German]. Ze/ts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. pote VS Sept. 1949. Points out that typical race is northern, not alpine as cee e assumed, and names alpine race (type locality Grossglockner, Carinthia). [|P.B.| Warren, B. C. S., “Speciation in the genus Co/ias: with special reference to C. Ayale and C. australis” [in English, French summary]. Lambillionea, vol. 50:pp. 90-98, Bepisss2), Dec. 1950. Discusses difficulties in using ¢ genitalia to characterize spp. of Colias. Describes the valid but inconspicuous differences in genitalia between C. hyale, C. australis. and some other spp. Figures ¢ genitalia of C. croceus, C. paleeno europomene, C. phicomone. C. australis calida, and C. hyale. [P.B.] Warren, B. C. S., “On Pyrgus freija (Warren) (Lep. Hesperiide).” Entomologist, vol 84: pp. 217-220, 1 pl. Oct. 1951. Distinction from P. centauree. [P.B.| Zopp, J., “Pholus hornkeckiana Harris = Pholus vitis Linné (nec Drury)” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges.. vol. 37: pp. 129-130. 15 Nov. 1952. Points out that P. hornbeckiana is a synonym of the true P. vitis, and P. vitis Drury is a synonym of P. fasciatus; notes distinctive pattern features. [P.B.] C. MORPHOLOGY AND CYTOLOGY Dupuis, C., “Données sur la morphogénése des genitalia males des insectes. Leur importance pour une nomenclature rationelle de ces structures” [in French|. Trams. Oth Int. Congr. Ent., vol.l1: pp.151-154. March 1953. Reviews his previous study where he proposed to divide male genital organs, judging from their morphogeny, in euphallic and pseudophallic organs. The appendicular origin of these organs allows conclusions as to their being homologous in different groups, and thus enables to simplify and correct the existing multitude of genital terms (e. g., parameres for harpagones, claspers, valva, harpes etc.). |A.D.| Eassa, Y. E. E., “The development of imaginal buds in the head of Pverzs brassicee Linn. (Lepidoptera). Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, vol. 104: pp. 39-50, 1 pl. 3. figs. 15 Apr. 1953. Adult head appendages develop near larval ones, from first instar on, growing continuously (larval appendages grow only at molt). [P.B.| Federley, Harry, “Meiosis and intersexuality in reciprocal Drepana hybrids (Lep.)” Hereditas, vol. 35: pp. 49-66, 12 figs. 12 Jan. 1949. Reports incomplete pairing of chromosomes in F', and transformation of ovaries to testes as in Lymantria intersexes. [P.B.| Hausman, Sibyl A., “The scent-producing organ of the male Monarch Butterfly.” Amer. Nat. vol.85: pp.389-391, 1 fig. Nov.-Dec. 1951. Hinton, H. E., “The structure of the larval prolegs of the Lepidoptera and _ their value in the classification of the major groups.” Lepid. News, vol. 6: pp. 1-6, 4 MES”, “Greanue. 1952. 114 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.8: nos.3-4 D. VARIATION AND GENETICS Astaurov, B. L., “Triploid artificial parthenogenesis in Mulberry Silkworm” [in Russian]. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR., vol. 61: pp. 411-414. 11 July 1948. [Not seen.] Hovanitz, William, “Increased variability in populations following natural hybridi- zation.” In Jepsen, G. L., et al., Genetics, Paleontology, and Evolution, pp. 339-355, 1 pl., 5 maps. Princeton Univ. Press. 1949. Summary of information on pre- sumed cases of hybridization between North American species of Colas and Basilarchia. |P.B.] Kautz, Hans, “Die gelben Formen von Pieris napi L.” [in German]. Zests. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 35: pp. 42-50. 1 June 1950. Redescribes the named yellow forms of P. napi and discusses their distribution and nomenclature. [P.B.] Kautz, Hans, “Pieris napi L. und bryonie O., neue confluens-Formen” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 38: pp. 25-27. 1 March 1953. Names an aberration and records several other variants. [P.B.] Komai, Taku, “Composition of wild populations in the lycanid butterfly Neozephyrus taxila.” Amer. Nat., vol. 87: pp. 87-95, 2 figs. Mar./Apr. 1953. Analysis of frequency of the 4 pattern types of the polymorphic female in some wild populations, as evidence for the genetic basis of the polymorphism. [P.B.] Le Gare, Mary Jude (Sister) & William Hovanitz, “Genetic and ecological analyses of wild populations in Lepidoptera. II. Color pattern variation in Melitea chalcedona.” Wasmann Journ. Biol., vol. 9: pp. 257-310. 1951. Very extensive analysis of wing patterns. The authors conciude, among other things, that the changes in color are greatest where the climatic change is greatest. Papers of this type stimulate thought, but are quite sure to divide readers into two camps: adherents and detractors. [J.T.| Lever, R. J. A. W., “Faunal speciation in New Georgia, Solomon Islands.” Paczfic Sci., vol. 7: pp. 250-251, 1 fig. Apr. 1953. Includes note on pattern variation in Troides victorie rubianus. |P.B.] E. DISTRIBUTION AND PHENOLOGY Beebe, Ralph, ‘Sampling Michigan Lepidoptera by the fixed light trap.” Lepid. News, vol. 73 p: 28) 20 Ape 153: Bourgogne, J., “Melitwa athalia athalia Rott. et M. athalia helvetica Ruhl (pseudathalia Rey.) en France. Etude biogéographique (Lep. Nymphalida)” [in French]. Ayn. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 122: pp. 131-176, 35 figs. “1953” [1954]. Morphological, biometrical, and biogeographical study of the repartition in France of M. a4. athalia and M. a. helvetica. [P.V.| Brown, F. Martin, “CGinezs oslari Skinner, rediscovered (Lepid., Nymphalide [sic/]).” Ent. News, vol. 63: pp. 119-123. 1952. Includes a discussion of terrain and flight habits. [J.T.] Hovanitz, William, “The biology of the Colias butterflies. III. Variation of adult flight in the arctic and subartic.” Wasmann Journ. Biol., vol. 9: pp. 1-10. 1951. A study of the seasonal appearance of the various arctic and subarctic spp. of Colias. Indicates how phenology may be an isolating mechanism. [J.T.] Kiriakoff, S., & H. Stempffer, “Un difficile probleme de repartition géographique” lin French]. Rev. Frang. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 229-235. “May/June/Sept.” [15 Nov.| 1952. Explains disjunct distribution of the 4 spp. of Brephidiinae (2 Brephidium in the New World, 1 Brephidium and Oraidium barbere in South Atrica) on the basis of Wegener's theory of continental drift; other possible ex- planations are considered. [P.B.] Lambremont, Edward Nelson, “The butterflies and skippers of Louisiana (Abs.)” Tulane Univ. Abs, Diss. Theses, 1951: p. 84. de Lesse, H., & P. Viette, ““Quelques Lépidoptéres de Besse-en-Chandesse (P.-de-D.)” \in French|. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 78-83, 1 fig. “May/June” [10 Aug.] 1951. Annotated list of some 125 micros. Lewis, C. B., “Butterfly notes.’ [Title varies.| Nat. Hist. Notes Nat. Hist. Soc. Jamaica, no. 29/30: p. 91; no. 31: p. 111; no. 33: p. DUS7s eos: 35/500 0 204; no. p. 15; no. 49: p. 8. 1947-1951. Notes on some Jamaican rarities, including risa unon, P. homerus, Eurema gundlachia, Brephidium isophthalma, Hymenitis diaphane, etc. |P.B.| Lewis, C. B., “The unpredictable butterfly - Papilio sinon.”’ Nat. Hist. Notes Nat. Hist, Soc. Jamaica, vol. 6: p. 28. Sept./Nov. 1953. Flight period, 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 115 F. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Acree, Fred, Jr., “The isolation of gyptol, the sex attractant of the female Gypsy Moth.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 46: pp. 313-315. Apr. 1953. Chemical properties. Anonymous, “Two citrus orchard butterflies (Papilionidz).” Agric. Gaz. N. S. Wales, vol. 61: pp. 87-89, 5 figs. 1 Feb. 1950. Reprinted in vol. 63: pp. 190-192. 1 Apr. 1952. Life history of Papilio egeus and P. anetus; figures adults and early stages. [P.B.| Anonymous, “The Army Worm (Czrphis umipuncta).” Agric. Gaz. N. S. Wales, vol. 62: pp. 362-363, 3 figs. 2 July 1951. Biology and control. Beebe, William F., “A contribution to the life history of Colobura (Gyna@cia auct.) dirce dirce (Linnaeus). (Butterfly).” Zoologica, N. Y., vol. 37: pp. 199-202, 2 pls. 31 Dec. 1952. Describes and figures larva; on Cecropia peltata. Young larva constructs a column of excrement pellets and rests on it when not feeding. [P.B.| Beebe, William, “A contribution to the life history of the euchromid moth, Athria canicauda Butler.” Zoologica, N. Y., vol. 38: pp. 155-162, 2 pls. 25 Nov. 1953. Describes larva and pupation. Larva fixes long body hairs in whorls around twig and pupates between whorls in hammock made in part of short body hairs. Food- plant Scleria melaleuca. [P.B.| Diakonoff, A., “Viviparity in Lepidoptera.” Trans. 9th Int. Ent. Congr., vol. 1: pp. 91-96, 2 figs. March 1954. Supposes that there are different kinds of vivi- parity: incidental and natural. The latter kind is detected in Monopis spp. (Tineidz ) from the Papuan region. Study of dried material showed presence of a uterus: extremely dilated portion of oviduct, crammed with hatched larve. Surmises that these species are parthenogenetic and that eggs develop inside uterus even before emergence of the mother insect from the pupa. Figures anatomy of female re- productive system. [A.D.] Dickson, C. G. C., “The life history of Phasis zeuxo zeuxo (L.) (Lepidoptera: Lycex- midz).” Ivans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., vol. 33: pp. 447-456, 1 pl., 4 figs. Aug. 1952. Describes all stages and instars; foodplant Chrysanthemoides incana. Notes on dis- tribution. [P.B.| de Lesse, H., “Observations sur la ponte de quelques Erebza’” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 53: pp. 45-48. 1953. Notes on the egglaying of some Erebia: E. t. tyndarus, E, hispania rondoui, E. casstoides carmenta, E. p. pandrose, E. p. sthennyo, and E. scipio. [P.V.] Liebaldt, Ernst, “Beobachtungen an der Gespinstmotte Hyponomeuta evonymella L.” [in German]. Zezts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 89-94. 15 July 1949. In communal nests of this moth cn Pranus padus, a few larve are always found which do not pupate with the others but continue spinning and repairing the nest, and eventually die. The difference in behavior does not seem to be correlated with the marked difference in size and color observed in larve. [P.B.| Marten, Werner, “Weitere Bemerkungen tuber Graéllsia isabelle Gr.’ [in German|. Ent. Nachrbl., vol. 4: pp. 57-59. Apr./Dec. 1952. Flight period in early evening; flight strong. [P.B.] Massee, A. M., “Notes on some interesting insects observed in 1947.” Ann. Rept. E. Malling Res. Sta., 1947: pp. 135-140, 1 pl. Oct. 1948. Reports Mamestra trifolii feeding on apples; biological notes on some other pest species. [P.B.] Novicky, S., “Der amerikanische Webspinner (Hyphantria textor Harr.). Ein fir Europa neuer Grossschadling nunmehr auch in Oesterreich” [in German]. Ent. Nachrbi.. vol. 3: pp. 166-170. Oct./Nov. 1951. Biology, parasites, spread in Europe. Con- siders introduced species to be H. textor, not H. cunea as previously reported. [P.B.| Panton, E. S., “The life history of a butterfly - Aganisthos odius orion.” Nat. Hist. Notes Nat. Hist. Soc. Jamaica, vol. 5: pp. 190-191, 4 figs. Mar. 1953. Foodplant Cecropia peltata; describes all stages and habits. [P.B.| Roth, Louis M., & Edwin R. Willis, “Observations on the behavior of the Webbing Clothes Moth.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 45: pp. 20-25, 1 fig. Feb. 1952. Reports sex attractant secreted by 9 Timeola bisselliella. {P.B.| Sarlet, L., “Iconographie des oeufs de Lépidoptéres (Faune de la Belgique) (suite)’”’ [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 53: pp. 26-32. 1953. Eggs of Papilio podalirius and P. machaon, with some bibliographical references. [P.V.| Sarlet, L., “Iconographie des oeufs de Lépidoptéres (Faune de la Belgique)’ [in French}. Lambillionea, vol. 53: pp. 54-63. 1953. Bibliography on the eggs of the Pieridz of the Belgian fauna. It is a pity that the author treats a fauna of which the area is biologically so artificial. [P.B.| 116 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.8: nos.3-4 G. PHYSIOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR Chefurka, William, & Carroll M. Williams, “Biochemical changes accompanying the metamorphosis of the blood of the Cecropia Silkworm.” Anat. Rec., vol. 111: pp. 516-517. Nov. 1951. Abstract only. Chefurka, William, & Carroll M. Williams, “Flavoproteins in relation to diapause and development in the Cecropia Silkworm.” Anat. Rec., vol. 113: p. 562. Aug. 1952. Abstract only. Doull, K. M., “Phase coloration in lepidopterous larvae.” Nature, vol. 172: pp. 813- 814. 31 Oct. 1953. Reports dark coloration of larvze of Persectania ewimgi in mass outbreaks and when reared on an artificial food lacking pigments. [P.B.] Harvey, William R., & Carroll M. Williams, “Changes in the cyanide sensitivity of the heart-beat of the Cecropia Silkworm during the course of metamorphosis.” Anat. Rec., vol. 117: p. 544. Nov. 1953. Absttact only, Ketchel, Melvin, Ned Feder, & Howard A. Schneiderman, “The effects of temperature, oxygen pressure, and metabolic inhibitors on in vitro spermatogenesis in the Cecropia Silkworm.” Anat. Rec., vol. 111: p. 518. Nov. 1951. Abstract only: Ketchel, Melvin, & Carroll M. Williams, “Relationship between the hemagglutination factor and the growth and differentiation hormone in the Cecropia Silkworm.” Anat. Rec., vol. 113: p. 563. Aug. 1952. Abstract onty. Ketchel, Melvin., & Carroll M. Williams, “The prothoracic gland hormone as a sus- tained stimulus for the growth and differentiation of insect tissues.” Anat. Rec., vol. 117: p. 542. Nov: 1953: “Albstractvonilly: van der Kloot, William, & Carroll M. Williams, “Instinctive movement patterns in the cocoon-spinning of the Cecropia Silkworm.” Anat. Rec., vol. 111: p. 516. Nov. 1951. Abstract only. van der Kloot, William G., “Aberrations in the spinning behavior of the Cecropia Silkworm induced by surgical injuries to the brain.’ Amat. Rec., vol. 1VGS pb. 539-540. Nov. 1953. Abstract only. Pappenheimer, A. M., Jr., & Carroll M. Williams, “The effects of diphtheria toxin on the Cecropia Silkworm.” Journ. Gen. Physiol., vol. 35: pp. 727-740. 20 May 1952. Substance toxic only to stages and tissues with a typical cytochrome system, [P.B.| Pappenheimer, A. M. Jr., & C. M. Williams, “The effects of diphtheria toxin on the Cecropia Silkworm.” Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 338-340. March 1953. Describes toxic experiment with various stages of the insect which support the theory that diphtheria toxin blocks the synthesis of the cytochrome system. [A.D.]| Pappenheimer, A. M., Jr., & Carroll M. Williams, “The properties of cytochrome E in the Cecropia Silkworm.” Anat. Rec., vol. 117: p. 543. Nov. 1953. Abstract only, Passoneau, Janet Vivian, & Carroll M. Williams, “The molting fluid of the Cecropia Silkworm.” Journ. Exptl. Biol., vol. 30: pp. 545-560, 2 figs. Dec. 1953. De- scribes properties, activity, and fate of fluid. [P.B.] Robinson, H. S., “On the behavior of night-flying insects in the neighborhood of a bright source of light.” Prov. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A). vol. 27: pp. 13-21, 2 figs. 15 March 1952. Evidence suggests that light traps operate by a “dazzle” effect on moths coming within their range, and do not attract individuals except from the immediate area. The eyes of moths exposed to light become desensitized and these moths will not fly; a possible explanation for poor light-trap catches on moonlit nights. Moths seen to be repelled by light of weak intensity and to avoid bright lights if mot in their immediate area. [P.B.] Schaller, Friedrich, “Nachtfalter héren Ultraschall” [in German]. Natur und Volk, Sethigs PP. rae 3 figs. 30 June 1950. Perception of ultrasonic vibrations by MOtns. |P.B. chmidt, Edmond L., & Carroll M. Williams, “Physiology of insect diapause. V. Assay of the growth and differentiation hormone of Lepidoptera by the method of tissue culture.” Biol. Bull., vol. 105: pp. 174-187, 1 fig. Aug. 1953. Reports ‘iferentation of male germ cells in blood from pupa, but not larva. Hormone a protein or prosthetic group. Work done on Cecropia & Cynthia moths. [P.B.] hneiderman, Howard A., “The discontinuous release of carbon dioxide by diapausing pupal aa Anat. Rec,, vol. 117: p. 540. Nov. 1953. Hyalophora cecropia; abstract only chneiderman, Howard A., Ned Feder, & Melvin Ketchel, “The cytochrome system in relation to im vivo spermatogenesis in the Cecropia Silkworm.” Anat. Rec., vol, Til: p, 518. Nov. 1951. Abstract only. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 117 Schneiderman, Howard A., Melvin Ketchel, & Carroll M. Williams, “The physiology of insect diapause. VI. Effects of temperature, oxygen tension, and metabolic inhibitors on 7m vitro spermatogenesis in the Cecropia Silkworm.” Byvol. Bull., vol. 105: pp. 188-199, 7 figs. Aug. 1953. Schneiderman, Howard A., & Carroll M. Williams, “Metabolic effects of localized in- jury to the integument of the Cecropia Silkworm.” Anat. Rec., vol. 117: pp. 640- 641. Nov. 1953. Abstract only. Shappirio, David G., & Carroll M. Williams, “Spectroscopic studies of the cytochrome system of the Cecropia Silkworm at the temperature of liquid nitrogen.’ Anat. imeesevol. 113: p. 561. Aug. 1952. Abstract “only. Shappirio, David, & Carroll M. Williams, “Cytochrome E in individual tissues of the Cecropia Silkworm.” Anat. Rec., vol. 117: pp. 542-542. Nov. 1953. Abstract only. Telfer, William H., “Further studies on a sex-limited blood protein of saturniid silk- worms. Amat. Rec., vol. 117: p. 541. Nov. 1953. Abstract only. Telfer, William H., & Carroll M. Williams, “An immunological study of the blood proteins during the metamorphosis of the Cecropia Silkworm.” Awnat. Rec., vol. 111: p.- 517. Nov. 1951. Abstract only. Telfer, William H., & Carroll M. Williams, “The relation of the blood proteins to egg formation in the Cecropia Silkworm.” Amat. Rec., vol. 113: p. 563. Aug. 1952. Abstract only. Telfer, William H., & Carroll M. Williams, “Immunological studies of insect meta- morphosis. I. Qualitative and quantitative description of the blood antigens of the Cecropia Silkworm.” Journ. Gen. Physiol., vol. 36: pp. 389-413, 7 figs. 20 Jan. 1953. Concentrations of antigens and their changes in course of metamorphosis. [P.B.] Williams, Carroll M., “Biochemical mechanisms in insect growth and metamorphosis.” Fed. Proc. Amer. Soc. Exp. Biol., vol. 10: pp. 546-552. June 1951. Review of studies on the physiology of metamorphosis in the Cecropia Silkworm. [P.B.| Williams, Carroll M., “Endocrine control of the complete metamorphosis of insects.” Anat. Rec., vol. 111: pp. 441-442. Nov. 1951. Abstract only. Williams, Carroll M., “Physiology of insect diapause. IV. The brain and prothoracic glands as an endocrine system in the Cecropia Silkworm.” Bvol. Buall., vol. 103: pp. 120-138, 10 figs. Aug. 1952. Secretion of prothoracic gland, which induces larval growth and pupation (under different circumstances) when acting on larval tissue, and imaginal differentiation when acting on pupal tissue, is produced only under stimulus of hormone secreted by brain. Pupal diapause is caused by temporary interruption of secretory activity of brain. [P.B.] Wolff, Barbara, & Carroll M. Williams, “Coenzyme A in relation to pupal diapause and adult development in the Cecropia Silkworm.” Anat. Rec., vol. 117: p. 542. Nov. 1953. Abstract only. H. MIGRATION Warnecke, G., “Celerio lineata livornica Esp. 1946 in Mitteleuropa” [in German]. Zettschr. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 32: pp. 32-35. 15 Apr. 1948. Records of immigrants. [P.B.| Warnecke, Georg, “Zum Problem der Ortsgebundheit der Schmetterlinge” [in German]. Ent. Nachrbl., vol. 4: pp. 84-89. Apr./Dec. 1952. Discussion of the question of mobility; gives examples of wandering species, but thinks that individuals of most species are highly sedentary and do not fly far from their birthplace. [P.B.| Whittaker, R. H., “Notes on a migration of Nymphalis californica.” Lepid. News, vol ?: pp. 9-10: 20 Apr.;, 1953. Williams, C. B., “Butterfly migrations.’ New Biology, no. 9: pp. 58-75, 1 pl. 1950. Popular account, referring especially to Danaus plexippus and Vanessa cardui. |P.B.| Williams, C. B., “The migrations of libytheine butterflies in Africa.” Nigerian Field, vol. 16: pp. 152-159, 2 figs. Oct. 1951. Records of migration of L. /abdaca and L. laius; species and ranges figured; plea for further information. [P.B.| Williams, C. B., “Seasonal changes in flight direction of migrant butterflies in the British Isles.” Journ. Anim. Ecol., vol. 20: pp. 180-190, 9 figs. Nov. 1951. Numerous records indicate that for 4 spp. (Vanessa atalanta, V. urtice, Colias croceus, C. hyale) migratory flights tend to be northward in spring and southward in autumn. [P.B. Wolfsberger, J., “Wanderfalterbeobachtungen 1952 in Sudbayern” [in German]. Nachrbi. Bayer. Ent., vol. 2: pp. 25-29. 15 April 1953. Migration of 18 spp. [N.O.] 118 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.8: nos.3-4 I. TECHNIQUE Bourgogne, J., “Considérations théoriques et pratiques sur l’emploi de la lumiére pour la chasse aux insectes” [in French]. Rev. Frang. Lépid., vol. 14: pp. 60-62, 85-87. 1953-54. Theoretical and practical considerations on the use of light to collect insects. The author gives some theoretic notions about the light and the application to the collection of insects with an incandescent lamp, an acetylene lamp, an electric lamp, and an arc lamp. _ [P.V.] Bourgogne, J., “Les lampes 4 vapeur de mercure. Etude théorique et pratique destinée aux entomologistes” [in French]. Rev. Franc Lépid., vol. 14: pp. 87-99, 5 figs. 1954. The mercury vapor lamp. Theoretical and practical study for entomologists. The elements of these lamps are explained with considerations about the choice of such a lamp and its use. A short bibliography is given. [P.V.] Brown, Leland R., “A standardized laboratory apparatus for using the speedlight in photography of insects and other small objects.” Lepid News, vol. 7: pp. 148-166, 10 figs. 12 Feb. 1954. Chermock, Ralph L., “The use of bait to attract butterflies.’ Lepid. News, vol. 6: np. 32-55.. 8 Ave. 1952. Crane, Jocelyn, & Henry Fleming, ‘Construction and operation of butterfly insectaries in the tropics.” Zoologica, N. Y., vol. 38: pp. 161-171, 12 figs. 31 Dec. 1953. Describes flight cages used in Trinidad in studies of adult behavior. [P.B.] Holst Christensen, P., “The development in vivo of time-fixed eggs of Cochlidion limacodes Hufn. (fam. Cochlidiida, Lepidoptera).” Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 219-222. March 1953. Describes a method of studying the development of living lepidopterous eggs: they must be flat, transparent and deposited on glass or cellophane; describes development of the eggs of C. limacodes. [A.D.]} Meyer, J. H., “Die Bluttransfusion als Mittel zur Uberwindung letaler Keimcombina- tion bei Lepidopteren-Bastarden” [in German]. Zezts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 38: pp. 44-62, 3 pls. 1 April 1953. In many interspecific crosses in Lepidoptera male hybrids develop normally, but females dies in the pupal state. A technique for producing hybrid Q imagos, by blood transfusion from pupz of the ¢ hybrid of the parental species, is described here. The results of successful crossing experi- ments (Sphingide, Colias) are described, and some hybrid sphingids are figured. [P.B. | Smith, Owen J., & Robert L. Langston, “Continuous laboratory propagation of Western Grape Leaf Skeletonizer and parasites by prevention of diapause.” Journ. Econ. Ent. vol. 46: pp.. 477-484. June 1953. Harrisina brillians; diapause prevented by artifically increased day length. [P.B.] J. MISCELLANY Apolinar Maria, Hermano, “Vocabulario de terminos vulgares en historia natural co- lombiana (continuacion)” [in Spanish]. Rev. Acad. Columbiana Cien., vol.7: pp.443- 156, 1 pl. May 1950. Vocabulary of native names, “Co” to “Cu.” Color plate of Agrias amydon and A. @don (‘“Cuartillera’). [P. B.] Diakonoff, A., “Cornelis Doets (1894-1952).” Lepid. News, vol.7: p.24. 20 Apr. 1953. Jackson, R. A., “Moth traps and other matters.” Entomologist, vol. 85: pp. 14-16. Jan. 1952. Moral considerations in trapping large numbers of insects. [P.B.] Janmoulle, E., “Les tribulations de la collection Fologne’” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 52: pp. 20-23. 25 April 1952. Reports partial loss or destruction of this collection, including types of some micros; remnant in Institut Royale des Sciences Naturelles in Brussels. [P.B.} Johnson, C. G., “The dispersal of insects by wind.” New Biology, no. 9: pp. 76-89, > pls. 1950. Popular account of work on erial plankton, including larve of Gypsy Moth which may be carried for many miles. [P.B.] Judd, W.W., “A caterpillar (Lepidoptera: Phalanidaw) from the digestive tract of a human.’ Journ. Parasitol., vol.39: pp.250-251, 1 fig. June 1953. Swallowed accidentally. Kilman, L. N., “Butterflies, moths, and men.” Frontiers, vol. 17: pp. 131-134, 6 figs. June 1953. Klots, Alexander B., “Marguerite S. Forsyth.” Lepid. News, vol. 6: pp. 76-77. 1952. Leatherdale, Z., “Zoocecidia: the need for correlated study.” Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent, vol. |: pp. 514-517. March 1953. Proposes correlated study of galls by entomologists, botanists, and biochemists together. [A.D.] 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 119 NOTICES Lepidopterists’ Society members may use this page free of charge to advertise their offerings and needs in Lepidoptera. The Editors reserve the right to rewrite notices for clarity or to reject unsuitable notices. We cannot guarantee any notices but expect all to be bona fide. For exchange or sale: SERIES OF PARNASSIUS from each catching place, with precise data, including altitude and time caught. Write offers to Curt Eisner, 5 Kwekerijweg, The Hague, NETHERLANDS. For sale at prices well below usual dealers’ lists: Seitz, Rhopalocera vols. IX (Indo- Australia) and XIII (Africa); Leech, oriental butterflies, 3 vols.; de Niceville, Lycaenidae of India, etc.; Peile, butterflies of India; Kirby, catalogue, 1871; Bethune-Baker, Amb4/y- podia group, 1903; Hewitson, I//ustrations, Lycaenidae; Lang, Butterflies of Europe, part. Please write for details. E.L. Todd, Division of Insects, U.S. National Museum, Washington 25, D.C., U.S.A. Wish to sell lot of 200 Lepidoptera, mostly Rhopalocera, from France, Switzerland, and Spain, left by deceased friend. Priced at $10.00, cost to me. Alex K. Wyatt, 5842 N. Kirby Ave., Chicago 30, Ill., U.S. A. Will contract to collect insects, of all orders, in So. Calif. and Arizona. Charles Hill, 1350 San Luis Rey Drive, Glendale 8, Calif., U.S.A. Seitz Macrolepidoptera Volume 9, Indo-Australian Phopalocera, $90.00. Text partially bound; plates complete, unbound. Write for particulars. Thomas W. Davies, 791 Elsie Ave., San Leandro, California, U.S. A. CEneis stanislaus, Gyrocheilus tritonia, Speyeria myrtlee, Speyeria clemencei offered in exchange for North American species needed for my collection. Please send offerta lists. T.W. Davies, 791 Elsie Ave., San Leandro, California, U. 5. A. Wish to buy large quantities of colorful butterflies from all parts of re pete See aftistic displays. Gordon R. Steinhoff, 3916 Oak St., Burbank, Calif., U. S. A. Wanted: Troides (=Ornithoptera) of all kinds, Papilio antimachus, and her patshio from Africa, India, and Indoaustralia; please send list and prices. All kinds of Illinois butterflies for exchange. Karl E. Karalus, 10411 Diversey, Melrose Park, Ill., U.S. A. Anyone interested in joining a field trip to Central America please write for details. Also offer to sell a part of my expected catch, in large quantities, to help defray ex- penses; arrangements should be made beforehand. E.C. Welling, 700 E. 240 St. Euclid 23, Ohio, U.S.A. LIVING MATERIAL LIVING PUPAE OF PAPILIO RUTULUS, MULTICAUDATUS, EURYMEDON ur- gently needed for research purposes; will purchase or exchange. Lincoln P. Brower, Osborn Zoological Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A. California moths and butterflies for sale, Maha aay to suit. Many pupz available. Inquiry invited. F.P. Sala, 1912 Hilton Drive, Burbank, California, U.S.A. Wanted: pupae (in diapause) of any of the North ncdten piicoeoes of Pieris napi, P. bryonia, P. virginiensis. Available: pupz of European Pyeris subspecies and of certain hybrids. Sydney R. Bowden, 33 South View, Letchworth, Herts.. ENGLAND. 120 Vol.8: nos.3-4 NOMINATIONS FOR 1955 OFFICERS OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY The Nominating Committee (E. P. MEINERS, A. H. CLARK, and E. G. MUNROE, Chairman) has presented the following list of nominees for 1955 officers: President —- LAURO TRAVASSOS (Senior), BRASIL lst Vice President — JOHN A. COMSTOCK, U. S. A. Vice Presidents — A. BREYER, ARGENTINA, and P. E. L. VIETTE, FRANCE Secretary — JOHN G. FRANCLEMONT, U. S. A. Treasurer —- SIDNEY A. HESSEL, U.S. A. Executive Council (to complete term of J. L. SPERRY, deceased) — A. E. BROWER, U.S. A. > Executive Council (new 3 year terms) — E. B. ForpD, UNITED KINGDOM, and N. S. OBRAZTSOV, U. S. A. Ballots will be distributed by the Secretary to all Society members in good standing, in the fall. President DIAKONOFF has appointed Dr. BROWER to the Executive Council in Mr. SPERRY’S place for the remainder of 1954. The Executive Council has fixed the place for the 1954 annual meeting as Pittsburgh (Carnegie Museum) and the time as December. It has also reappointed Dr. REMINGTON Editor-in-Chief and Librarian, and it has approved the establishment of a western North American section of the Society for the purpose of holding annual meetings. ADDITIONS TO THE MEMBERSHIP LIST Coutsis, John G., Yale Station, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A. Dillon, Tom, 28 Centre St., Elmira, Ont., CANADA. DOYLE, L. F. BOKER, Duck Pond Road, Glen Cove, Long Island, N. Y., U.S.A. Gunn, George, Box 197, Channelview, Texas, U.S.A. Miller, Dale DeVern, 650 Almyra Ave., Youngstown 11, Ohio, U.S.A. Sollaart, A., Medang Ara Estate, Kwala Simpang, Sumatra Timur, INDONESIA. Steinhoff, Gordon R., 3916 Oak St., Burbank, Calif., U.S.A. The designs of Heliconius on the cover, Morpho pupa (p.66), and sphingid larva p.95) are by JOHN G. COUTSIS. THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ NEWS Volume 8 1954 Number 5 THE TURGORATOR, A NEW DEVICE FOR REARING INSECTS by GEORGE F. PRONIN The Turgorator is used to stimulate artificially turgor in any part of a plant separated from a growing plant. For an example, a branch cut from a tree, subjected to the Turgorator treatment and placed in water, will retain its life and natural moisture for several days, even if the temperature of the surrounding atmosphere is maintained constantly as high as 45° C. The instrument, as illustrated in the attached drawings, consists of a tank (A) capable of withstanding air pressure up to 4.5 atmospheres. The size and shape of the tank may vary. The tank is supplied with not less than three openings: Opening (B) contains a self closing air induction valve; Opening (C) is supplied with air pressure gauge, manometer; Opening (D), supplied with a threaded neck, is used for filling the tank with liquid, emptying the tank, and placing into the liquid in the tank a branch of a plant in the following manner. The stem of a branch cut from a growing plant is put through threaded nut (F) and through vertical hole of rubber cork (G or Gy). The branch is then placed in the tank through the threaded neck (D), the rubber cork is fitted in the opening, and the nut is screwed on the neck pressing the rubber cork down and around the stem until the tank is made air-tight. After that, air is pumped into the tank to establish the desired pressure (the “air cushion’) which is controlled by the manometer. The possibilities offered by the use of the Turgorator are innumerable; a few of them are as follows: RAISING SILK WORMS. The Turgorator makes it possible to use whole branches covered with live leaves for the purpose of feeding the silk worms instead of using the leaves alone, which quickly wilt, dry up, and must be frequently replaced. The leaves on the Turgorator-treated branches placed in the hatchery are devoured by the larve before the stimulated turgor is exhausted. Before removing the leafless branches, fresh branches are placed nearby, and the silk worms readily find their own way to the new supply of food by themselves. This method provides an abundant sup- ply of always fresh and naturally moist food, and eliminates the tedious work of transferring the worms from the dried leaves to the fresh ones as well as the waste in discarded dried leaves. The possibility of constantly maintain- 121 PRONIN: Turgorator for Rearing Insects Vol.8: nod 122 = \ \ \ \\ \ \\ \ \\ \\\\ \\ \ \\ \\\ \ \\ \\ ZZ p= \ SI tank; (B) — air induction valve; (C) air pressure gauge; (E) — plant; (F) — air locking threaded nut; (Gi) — vertical section of G; — bottom view of CRE nd: (A) valve with threaded neck; G rubber stopper with round self-closing rubber cork vertical opening; (alternative to G); (Gana) 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 123 ing in the hatchery a high atmospheric temperature safeguards the worms from intestinal infections. This abundance of always fresh, naturally moist food and the sanitary, even temperature in the hatchery result in raising healthier and more vig- orous worms with much stronger silk glands. This method of feeding further results in the larve arriving at the cocoon stage in approximately 18 days, instead of the period of approximately 36 days now required. The quality of the silk produced by the larve raised by this method is equal to or better than that of the silk produced by the larve raised by the methods now em- ployed. The output of the silk wadding substantially increases. HORTICULTURE. The uses of the turgorator in the various fields of horticulture are so numerous that at the moment it is possible to indicate only a very few: rooting of plants difficult to root; grafting of species difficult to graft; preserving of cut plants; nourishing of cut stems; inducting of salt and other solutions into stems; measuring the quantity of water consumed by a plant, etc. I have applied for a U.S. patent for the method of establishing artificial turgor in cut plants with the help of my turgorator. Any questions of com- mercial nature regarding this invention must be directed to my commercial agents, Paul Semion & Co. Inc. 1655 Polk Street, San Francisco 9, California. 516 Cole St., San Francisco, Calif., U.S.A. SEX DIFFERENCES OBSERVED IN LARVA! OF DANAUS BERENICE by ALICE L. HOPF In the first week of July, 1953, while vacationing at Daytona Beach, Florida, I was surprised to note several Danaus berenice Cramer flying in the neighborhood. I had supposed that this butterfly was confined to the southern part of Florida, around the Everglades. Since for the previous two years I had been breeding Danaus plexippus Linné for migration study, I thought it would be interesting to see how D. berenice compares to its northern cousin. Accordingly, I looked around for milkweed plants. We were stay- ing near the river and the beach, and where there was vegetation, the ground was thickly covered with a kind of low palmetto which gave scant room for flowering shrubs. It was not until shortly before our departure that I dis- covered a few milkweed plants at a distance along the road from our cabins. These were a different species from our northern milkweed, and it was only 124 HopF: Sex Differences in Danaus Larve Vok8* ior by breaking off a leaf from every plant in the vicinity, looking for the milky juice, that I finally found them. I was able to search the plants twice before leaving Daytona, and each time collected a half dozen eggs. The eggs looked exactly like those of D. plexippus, even under a magnifying glass, but it seemed likely to me that they were D. berenice, since D. plexippus must have long since gone north. On reaching home, I found seven little caterpillars, and they made no objection to eating our common northern species of milkweed (Asclepzas syriaca). Five of these were reared to the butterfly stage, but none could be induced to mate, although one female laid a number of infertile eggs. Of particular interest was the comparison with D. plexippus. As noted, the eggs appeared the same. The D. berenice caterpillar is smaller and much darker than the larva of D. plexippus. The background color is black, and there is a yellow stripe along each side and an oblong yellow spot on the top of each segment. This caterpillar has three sets of fleshy protuberances in- stead of the two sets on D. plexippus, the extra ones being on the fifth segment behind the head. When the caterpillars neared their maximum growth, I noted that their markings were not all alike. Two of them had uniform black and yellow markings as described above. But in three, the yellow markings on the tops of the 3rd, 4th, and Sth segments were greatly dulled and obscured. More- over, one caterpillar had red coloring on the base of all six protuberances. Each caterpillar was put in a separate jar, marked with a description of the individual, and when the butterflies emerged, two from caterpillars with the uniform bright yellow markings were males, whereas the three from larve with the yellow spots obscured were females. The caterpillar with the red on the protuberances was one of the males. This was the last one to come out and suffered an accident, falling down to the bottom of the jar and being unable to climb back up the stick that had been placed there. It is unlikely that this accident had any connection with the red markings. The D. berenice were in pupation for ten days, as opposed to the usual fourteen for D. plexippus (though D. plexippus has taken shorter and even longer periods here, depending on the temperature). When about to open, the D. berenice pupee first turned black and then a chocolate brown. This last color would indicate a diseased and dying pupa in D. plexippus, but is the ground color of the wings of D. berenice and is natural for them. No appreciable difference was seen in the color and markings of the green pupze of the two species, but D. berenice is somewhat smaller. Thanks to the cooperation of a fellow Society member in Florida, Mr. W. M. DAvipson, I have been able to rear a dozen more D. beremice this past summer. This time the difference in coloration in the mature larve was again noted, and as before, the brightly colored ones all produced males, the duller ones all females. It would be of very great interest to know whether any other species of Lepidoptera show the sex difference this clearly in the larval form. 136 West 16th St., New York 11, N.Y., U.S.A. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 125 THE HEREDITY OF SOME SPOT ABERRATIONS IN EVCZANA PHEAAS. AND iL.) HY POPHLAAS by LINCOLN P. BROWER and JANE VANZANDT BROWER In Europe and to some extent in North America several aberrant forms of the common Copper butterflies, Lycena phleas L. and L. hypophleas Bdy., have been reported. In this paper a few of the more important studies on spot aberrations and one significant investigation of another form will be reviewed and the results of one of our own rearing experiments will be presented. The forms herein discussed fall into three categories. The first concerns the copper-colored band on the outer margin of the hindwing. In occas- ional specimens this band is replaced by black, and such aberrations have been named “obsoleta”. From the data presented by HOLMES (1943) on L. phleas, it is clear that the presence of this copper band is controlled by an autosomal gene which is dominant to its “obsoleta” allele. The aberration in the second category has been termed “octomaculata”. As is characteristic of the two species (or subspecies) under discussion, there are two rows of black spots basal to the copper band on the upperside of the hindwing which are indefinite in number and often indistinct. In “octo- maculata” usually three to four black spots in each row are joined by more or less distinct blue scaling. In the same paper in which “obsoleta” was discussed, HOLMES also presented interesting data concerning “octomaculata”. In short, his findings indicate that at least one pair of autosomal genes is responsible for this effect. Moreover, the allele for blue spotting appears to show intermediate dominance to the allele for lack of blue spotting, since the offspring of a strongly blue-spotted female a normal male were “all with four dull blue spots on each hindwing.’ In the F, HOLMEs obtained 129 specimens arbitrarily arranged from strong (42) to weak (87) blue spotting, plus 16 normal specimens. Although the Chi-squared test applied to his results indicates that the blue spotting is more likely controlled by two pairs of autosomal genes than by one pair, neither interpretation can yet be definitely accepted. In both explanations, the greatest deviation from the expected ratio is in the number of normal forms obtained. This fact itself suggests that some uncontrolled selective agent may have been operating to alter the ratios in the conditions under which the experiment was carried out. That natural selection can operate on these forms was indicated in Jacoss’ (1920) observations of the proportion of blue-spotted to “normal” L. phle@as in two close but ecologically distinct areas. In a marshy area, he found that 80.7% (117 out of 145) of the specimens were blue-spotted, whereas in a dry meadow only 13.8% (54 out of 392) were blue-spotted. It is thus apparent that further investigation of “octomaculata” could produce some interesting results, especially if both European and American forms were to be considered. 126 L. & J. BROWER: Lyce@na Spot Aberrations Vol.8: no.5 The third and final category to be discussed in this paper includes several of the aberrations which affect the black spots on the wings of these two species (or subspecies) of butterflies. SMITH (1946) has con- veniently classified these aberrations into four groups. The first two in- volve (1) a reduction (ze. proportional reduction) and (2) an increase (7.e., proportional increase) in the size of the black spots. It is probable that these first two groups are influenced by environmental factors, espec- ially temperature. This is indicated in the work of LEECH (1893), MERRI- FIELD (1893a, 1893b), and WEISMANN (1895) on L. phle@as, which showed that spring specimens and adults reared from pupze kept at low temperatures have smaller black spots than those of the summer brood or those from pupe kept at high temperatures. SMITH’S third and fourth groups include those aberrations in which (3) the spots elongate inwards towards the base of the wing and (4) those in which the spots elongate outwards towards the outer margin of the wing. A typical example of inward elongation is the aberration “fasciata’”, described by STRECKER (1878). The extent of this inward elongation is extremely variable, a fact noted by SCUDDER (1899) and easily seen in looking over a good series of specimens. KLoTs (1951) and BROWER (1952) noted that this form is more common in some areas and in some years than others. This is substantiated by our own observations in New Jersey and Connecticut. An example of outward elongation is found in the aberration “fulvus”. SMITH pointed out that this outward elongation is much rarer than the in- ward elongation. The paucity of the former in collections supports SMITH’S statement. In addition to these four groups, a variable number of anterior and/or posterior elongations of the black spots occurs in some individuals, es- pecially on the underside of the wings, and we would therefore like to add this group to SMITH’S classification. Examples of these aberrations can be seen among the specimens of L. hypophleas in the collection of Mr. OTTO BUCHHOLZ of Roselle Park, New Jersey. SMITH emphasized “the lack of affinities’ among butterflies showing these elongated spot aberrations and illustrated the same in a good plate. By “lack of affinities’ he meant, for example, that elongation of the spots on the upperside of the forewing or hindwing may or may not be paralleled on the underside. Our own experience indicates that it is impossible to predict the condition of the spots on the underside of the wings by ob- serving those above and vice versa. SOUTH’S (1893) observation also im- plied this, as did that of SABINE (1893), and SCUDDER wrote that “. . . the suffusion shows no preference for the upper or under surface of the wings or for one pair of wings” (p. 1351). Finally, a sixth aberration which we feel should be added to SMITH’S classification (causally distinct from his first class) is “obliterata”. In this variety, the extra-mesial spots on the upper and under sides of the fore- wing are lost or greatly reduced, and in some cases the discal spots are also MONE, 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 127 It is our belief that these last four groups of aberrations — inward elon- gation, outward elongation, anterior and posterior elongation, and loss of spots — are primarily genetically produced, whereas the proportional increase and decrease in the size of the spots is largely environmentally controlled. The extreme variability in the extent of inward and outward and anterior and posterior elongation of the black spots and the noted lack of affinities suggest either modifying genes or environmental influence, or both. Evi- dence which we believe tends to support the hypothesis that “obliterata” and “fasciata”, at least, are genetically governed will now be considered. In 1899, SCUDDER mentioned a specimen of L. hypophlaeas which was more or less typically “obliterata” on the upperside but tended to be more like “fasciata” on the underside. This led SCUDDER to believe that these two forms were “closely connected’. The following observations may help to elucidate SCUDDER’S statement and suggest the possibility of genetic re- lationship between these two forms. On 8 September 1953, two “fasciata” males, one “fasciata” female, and one worn “obliterata” female were taken in a field bordering the Great Swamp in Green Village, New Jersey. The “obliterata” female was brought back to the laboratory and induced to oviposit on Rwmex acetosella L. (Sheep Sorrel). From the four eggs obtained, two individuals were reared to the pupal stage. Subsequently one male and one female emerged, neither of which was the normal form nor the maternal “obliterata” form. Both were the “fasciata” form. Our attempts to cross the F,; may or may not have proved successful, but the female laid no eggs, thus terminating the experi- ment, which had been carried out under uncontrolled conditions. A thorough genetic analysis of these findings is impossible without fur- ther data; however, the data obtained do suggest several possibilities, all of which could be tested by simple breeding experiments. For example, one interpretation is that “obliterata” and “fasciata” are controlled by two inde- pendent autosomal genes, each recessive to its allele for the normal color pattern. If this were the case, then the parent female would have been homozygous “obliterata” and heterozygous “fasciata”, while her unobserved mate could have been either heterozygous or homozygous “fasciata”, carrying one or two of the dominant wild-type alleles of “obliterata”. Another ex- planation is that “obliterata” is controlled by a recessive sex-linked gene and “fasciata” by a recessive autosomal gene as in the first example. However, one important but negative fact is evident. A comparison of these forms and normal individuals shows that the three types appear as three successive steps in extent of black spotting, with “obliterata” spotted to the least extent, “fasciata” spotted to the greatest extent, and the “nor- mal” condition appearing intermediate between the two extremes. In the absence of breeding evidence it could have been hypothesized that a single pair of genes controls the three forms, with (ff) being “fasciata”, (Ff) being “nor- mal’, and (FF) being “obliterata”. The prevalence of the hypothesized normal (Ff) genotype in nature could then be explained by heterosis for the hetero- zygote and sublethality for both homozygotes. This possibility is eliminated 128 L. & J. BROWER: Lycena Spot Aberrations Vol.8: no.5 by our small F, brood, since an (FF) female could not produce (ff) off- spring, regardless of the genotype of her unknown mate. DISCUSSION Very similar aberrations have been observed in other Coppers in ad- dition to L. phleaas and L. hypophleas. SMITH (1946) figures L. dispar rutilus var. “radiata”, which shows outward spot elongation. In the BUCHHOLZ collection a striking aberrant male L. epixanthe Bdv. & Lec. from the cran- berry bogs at Pakim Pond, New Jersey (23 June 1951), exhibits inward spot elongation on the underside of the forewings. In fact these aberrations are not limited to the Coppers but are also found in their near relatives, the Blues. According to SEITZ (1909), “As regards individual variability most species [#.e., of Blues] are liable to modifications in the ocelli of the under- side; these ocelli may be absent or reduced or enlarged, or their number may have increased; they may be ovate, elongate, or prolonged to form rays, or even confluent with one another. These modifications, which have all been found in nearly every species . . . certainly occur in all the species...” (p. 299). For other examples and illustrations of some of these forms, see also Geldart (1875), de Laussure (1914), Verity (1941), and Smith (1946). If the American Coppers are considered alone, it is seen that the “ob- literata”-like characteristics are usual in the males of several species, whereas the females of these same species normally tend towards the “fasciata” con- dition (e.g., Tharsalea arota Bdv., T. virginiensis Edw., Lycena gorgon Bdv., L. thoe Guér., etc.). It is therefore possible that the aberrations which we have considered genetic in nature were important factors in the evolution of the different species. The results of further breeding experiments to ascertain the genetic nature of the aberrations, hybridizing of the different species to Clarify further the nature of the spot inheritance, and the deter- mination of relative frequencies of aberrations in several populations of each of the species would be of much interest. SUMMARY 1. The present paper is concerned primarily with blue and black spot aberrations in Lycena phleas and L. hypophleas. 2. A hypothesis is set forth in which the black spot “aberrations” are classified into two groups: those environmentally produced and those geneti- cally controlled. 3. An analysis of a rearing experiment on L. hypophleaas suggests but does not prove the nature of the genetic control of “obliterata” (loss of black spots) and “fasciata” (inward elongation of black spots). However, balanced polymorphism involving these two forms and the normal form as controlled by a single pair of alleles is ruled out. . The occurrence of the black spot aberrations in Coppers and Blues in general is noted, and the importance of these aberrations in the evolu- tion of the species of American Coppers is suggested. The authors wish to thank Dr. C. L. REMINGTON for his helpful sug- gestions in the writing of this paper. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 129 References Brower, A. E., 1952. Comments on the editorial “The components of an adequate paper describing a new species”. Lepid. News 6: 37-40. Geldart, E. M., 1875. [on Lycena alexis with ocelli replaced by streaks.} Proc. Lit. Phil. Nat. Hist. Soc. Liverpool 29: 1. Holmes, J. W. O., 1943. A breeding experiment with Lycena phligus L. ab. “obsoleta”’. Entomologist 76: 204-205. Jacobs, Stanley N. A., 1920. Note on the blue-spotted form of Chrysophanus phleus. Entomologist 53: 233. Klots, Alexander B., 1951. A field guide to the butterflies of North America east of the Great Plains: pp. 151 ff.. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston. de Laussure, Raymond, 1914. De quelques aberrations. Bull. Soc. Lép. Genéve 3: 77-84. Leech, John Henry, 1893. Butterflies from China, Japan, and Corea: pp. 399-401. R. H. Porter, London. Merrifield, Frederic, 1893a. The effect of temperature in the pupal stage on the colouring of Pieris napi, Vanessa atalanta, Chrysophanus phleus, and Ephyra punctaria. Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1893: 62-65, pl. IV, figs. 1, la, 2, 2a. a) ee , 1893b. The colouring of Chrysophanus phleus as affected by tempera- ture. Entomologist 26: 333-337. Sabine, E., 1893. Varieties of Chrysophanus (Polyommatus) phleus. Entomologist 26: 295. Scudder, Samuel Hubbard, 1889. The butterflies of the eastern United States and Canada, Vol. Il: pp. 998-1009, 1351. Published by the author, Cambridge, Mass. Seitz, Adalbert, 1909. The Macrolepidoptera of the World, Vol. 1, The Palearctic butterflies (translated by K. Jordan): p. 299. Alfred Kernen, Stuttgart. Smith, P. Siviter, 1946. Reflections on “spot” aberrations in Lycenidz. Ent. Rec. Journ. Var. 58: 108-110, pl. XV. South, Richard, 1893. Variation of Chrysophanus phleus in Britain. Entomologist 26: 305-306. Strecker, Herman, 1878. Butterflies and moths of North America: p. 101. Published by the author, Reading, Pa. Verity, Ruggiero, 1943. Le farfalle diurne d'Italia, Vol. Il: pp. 50-58, pls.6,8. Casa Editrice Marzocco, S. A. Firenze. Weismann, August, 1895. Neue versuche zum Saison-Dimorphismus der Schmetter- linge. Zool. Jahrb., Systemat. Abt. 8: 614-627. Osborn Zoological Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S. A. AN APPARENT HYBRID LIMENITIS FROM ARIZONA by Davip L. BAUER The year 1952 was a very good one for the three species of Limenttis found in the Verde Valley of central Arizona. The three species occupy for the most part separate habitats. L. archippus obsoleta Edwards is found at the lowest elevations, 3,000 ft. and less, among the Cottonwoods and Willows along the Verde River, and is never found far from this habitat. L. astyanax arizonensis Edwards is also found along the Verde River, but its chief habitat 130 BAUER: Hybrid Limenitis Vol.8: no.5 is in the mountain canyons from 4000 to 5000 ft. and higher. L. wesdemeyeru angustifascia Barnes & McDunnough is the high altitude species, usually being found from 6000 to 7000 ft. and up to 9000 and 10,000 ft. This distribution in elevation seems to be quite constant, although there are always exceptions. 1952 was one of these exceptional years in which there was a great deal of overlapping, particularly between L. astyanax arizonensis and L. weidemeyeru angustifascta. Naturally I tried to lay in a good store of specimens. On August 18, 1952, while collecting L. astyanax arizonensis, | sighted a large black butterfly and did my best to catch it. After several attempts it was finally netted. Upon close examination it was apparent that in markings and color it was a mix- ture of L. astyanax arizonensis and L. weidemeyeru angustifascia. This is the only such specimen so far recorded, so a brief description follows. It is'a male. Upperside: predominantly rich blue-black with increasing bluish sheen on the secondaries. The submarginal row of white spots that are found in both species is present on all wings. The dark marginal and submarginal markings of L. astyanax ariz- onensis are present, but only barely perceptible against the blue-black ground. The white subapical spots of L. werdemeyerti angustifascia are present but reduced. The median row of white spots is entirely lacking, as is also the bright blue of the secondaries of typical L. astyanax arizonensts. Underside: this side shows more of the L. weitdemeyerii angustifascia characters. The marginal and submarginal markings of all wings are half way between the two species, as is also the general appearance and coloring. The white subapical spots of the primaries are the same as those of typical L. weidemeyerii angustifascia. The median row of white spots is present on the primaries between veins M» and Ms, and M: and Cui, and very faintly between Cui and Cu:. On the secondaries it is replaced by chestnut colored areas, which gradually diminish, become blackish, and disappear toward the anal angle. The marking of the basal half of all wings are as in L. weidemeyerit angustifascia, but the coloring of the spots is reddish orange as in L. astyanax. The ground color of the basal half of the secondaries is powdered with light whitish-blue. It is possible that this specimen is close to what EDWARDS named sime- fascia. However, I am not in a position to know. Another interesting discovery was made when a number of Lamenitis larvae were collected on a narrow-leaved willow (Salix) and reared. When the butterflies emerged from August 8-26, at least five were L. astyanax arizonensis. The other two were L. weidemeyeru angustifascia. These larve were collected in July and emerged in late August. Thus L. wesdemeyeru angustifascia is at least partially double brooded in some years. It was not realized at the time that the larvae of both species had been collected, so no comparisons were made. 1103 Ballew Ave., Everett, Wash., U.S.A. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 131 SIZE OF PAPILIO GLAUCUS IN MISSISSIPPI by BRYANT MATHER A consideration of a limited amount of information on Papilio glaucus L. in Mississippi suggests that the population represented there is generally simi- lar to that described from the District of Columbia (Clark, 1932) and from Vir- ginia (Clark & Clark, 1951). Specimens assignable to P. glawcus australis Maynard, reported from “the Southern States” (Holland, 1947) and from “Geor- gia through Florida and Gulf States” (Klots, 1951), have not been found. A series of four males and two females was examined by Mr. C. F. pos Passos and determined as Papilio glaucus glaucus. No yellow females (form “turnus’) are known to have been found in Mississippi; none were found in the col- lection at Mississippi State College when it was examined by the writer in March 1953. It is therefore assumed that the statement by HUTCHINS (1933): “Papilio glaucus L. Uncommon. Papilio glaucus turnus L. Very common,” must refer to the occurrence of yellow males and dark females. Mr. and Mrs. HANS EPSTEIN report (77 /ztt.) that no yellow females are known to them to have been found in Alabama. The very small spring individuals pre- viously reported from “as far south as the mountains of North Carolina” (Clark & Clark, 1951) and from Kansas (Field, 1938), occur at least as far south as central Mississippi. The series of twenty specimens in the writer's collection has been ex- amined (other Mississippi specimens known to exist but which were not examined include those in the collection at Mississippi State College, five in the collection of C. F. pos PAssos, and one in the collection of Dr. FRANK MoRTON JONES taken by him in Biloxi in the spring of 1910). Two di- mensions of each specimen were measured : wingspread and forewing length. The measurements were made using dividers, opened to the dimension being measured and then placed against a millimeter scale. Wazngspread is the dimension indicated by WOHLFAHRT (1952) as “Spannweite’. Forewing length, the dimension used by CLARK (1932) and CLARK & CLARK (1951), is the distance from the base to the apex of the forewing, and presumably is the dimension referred to by BROWN (1951) as the “greatest radius of the forewing.” These data are given in Table II, and some of their relations are indicated graphically in Fig. 1. For these twenty specimens, the ratio of wingspread to forewing length varies from 1.50 to 1.77; the average is 1.63. Both the specimen with the 1.50 ratio and that with the 1.77 ratio are females. Fig. 1 indicates that there appears to be no tendency for the ratio to change with change in forewing length, with season, or with sex. The tendency for size to increase from spring to fall, and the tendency for females to be larger than males, are clearly indicated. No correlation is indicated be- tween size and section of the state in which taken. Since the series includes only one specimen from the Gulf Coast, the possibility that a significantly different population, perhaps assignable to P. glaucus australis, occurs there remains to be investigated. 132 MATHER: Papilio glaucus Size Vol.8: no.5 Information on the size range of P. glaucus is given in Table I. In all references except Clark (1932) and Clark & Clark (1951) the dimension given is “expanse.” Reported values for expanse in inches have been converted to expanse in millimeters by multiplying by 25.4 and from expanse in mm. to forewing length in mm. by the formula: Forewing length = 0.5 (expanse — 4). '20 Wo a > ~~ So £ E Qa < Ww we 5sOo a 9 LEGEND z er a " 5S BP CO a Ig ae SPRING O—O 2 —~w~ FALL CRO t-7 &o RANGE : 3¢-¢68s bot ®) FOREWING LENGTH, mm. (x) Fig. 1. Measurement relations of 20 P. glaucus from Mississippi. The smallest length indicated by the references is 36 mm., the greatest 80 mm. (the greatest indicated in any reference other than Klots is 69 mm.); the extremes of the twenty Mississippi specimens are 36 and 68 mm. It is therefore suggested that the size range of P. glawcws in Mississippi is as great as is the size range of the species in the entire United States, except Florida. The CLARKS (1951) report Florida females with forewings up to 76 mm. in length; KLOTs (7 /itt.) refers to a yellow Florida female with a forewing length of 81 mm. as “not the largest I have seen.” Ir is extremely unlikely that the present series includes the extremes of size that occur in Mississippi, but it is believed also unlikely that specimens 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 133 materially smaller than the smallest included here will be found. Further col- lecting would provide confirmation of these assumptions. A larger, statisti- cally more significant, series would permit calculations of frequency distribu- tion by size, and, together with similar data from other areas, would permit comparisons between populations. TABLE I. Forewing length, mm. (reported or computed) Reference Range Min. Max. Min.-Max. Min.-Max. Males Females Macy & Shepard (1941,p.45) 25 36 61 Sve? oes Holland (1947,p.318) 25 36 61 36-49 42-61 Elrod (1906,p.21) 25 36 61 36-49 42-61 Wild (1939,p.18) 5 38 43 Gd, Saunders (1932,p.224) 6 49 55 Klots (1951,p.175) Rib 49 80 - ae ce Clark (1932,pp.184-5 ) 27 42 69 42-60 50-69 Clarks (1951,pp.135-6,140) 27 42 69 42-60 50-69 Haydon (1933,p.9) 25 36 61 36-52 42-61 20 Mississippi specimens 32 36 68 36-63 39-68 As was noted above, all the references to size except those by the CLARKS are to expanse. In none of them is a definition of expanse given. The following definition is given by FIELD (1938): “Expanse: the distance between the apices or other widest point of the wings when fully spread.” The term “fully spread”, as used in this definition, could have more than One interpretation. KLOTS (77 Itt.) states that the values given in the Freld Guide (1951) refer to “wing expanse, obtained by adding the width of the thorax to two times the forewing length.” This is an entirely clear definition and agrees with that indicated diagramatically for “Flugspanne” by WOHLFAHRT (1952). I fail, however, to see advantages to the use of expanse as the basic measure of butterfly size. The determination of expanse requires measure- ment and summation of two dimensions. Wingspread, involving measurement from the apex of one wing to that of the other, is not reliable, because it will vary depending on the spreading of the insect. Following length is a single, reliable, easily determined dimension and would seem to be the most useful. A number of authors state dimensions in the style “3.00 to 4.25 in.” It is doubted that the apparently indicated accuracy or precision to the nearest 0.01 in. is intended. If by “3.00” is meant “nearer 3 than 234 or 314” and if by “4.25” is meant “nearer 4144 than 4 or 414”; then it would be more accurate and distinctly preferable to write “3 to 444”. It is misleading to write “3.00” unless it is intended to imply that the true value is greater than 2.995 and less than 3.005 (Simpson & Roe, 1939: p. 25). It would, of course, be much better to obtain and report such data in millimeters. A series of as few as twenty specimens may provide the basis for tentative conclusions about certain significant characteristics and relations of the pop- ulation sampled, provided that the series is considered as a sample and the conclusions are restricted to those justified by the sample. Extreme variants in a sample of any size should neither be ignored as freaks nor regarded as great prizes. They have equal significance with more typical specimens in giving the complete picture of the population of which they are members. 134 MATHER: Papilio glaucus Size Vol.8: no.5 TABLE II. Data on Twenty P. glaucus from Mississippi Sec- Forewing W ingspread, Ratio, _tion* Locality Sex Date Length, mm. mm. W/FL C Clinton M 8 Mar 53 36 56 £55 N_ Iuka M 29 Mar 53 40 69 Loe C Clinton M 8 Mar 53 47 76 G2 N Glen M 29 Mar 53 49 78 L359 C Clinton M 7 Apr 52 49 v2 1.61 C Clinton M 2 Ape 52 50 78 1.56 C Clinton M 15> (Mar 53 52 7 152 C Clinton M 15 Mar 53- 54 87 1.61 Average (spring males) 47.1 pee 1.60 C Clinton M 10 Aug 52 57 93 1.63 C Clinton M 2a fal 52 Diy yi 1.67 C Vicksburg M LOehal St Sy 98 Lye S Moss Point M 3 Oct 53 62 103 1.66 C Clinton M 27 Sep: 52 63 103 1.63 C Vicksburg M lj, Aug 51 63 105 LGik Average (fall males) 59.8 99> 1.66 N_ Tishomingo F 28 Mar 53 oy 69 A N Iuka F 29 Mar 53 Dy 82 1.61 C Clinton F 9 Apr 535 61 100 1.64 Average (spring females) 50.3 Olea LGy C Clinton F 24 Aug 52 60 90 1.50 C Clinton F 22h 2 52 65 110 1.69 S Hattiesburg F 2a. Dep ol 68 111 1.63 Average (fall females ) 64.3 10327 Lol Grand Average (all twenty) 54.0 88.0 1.63 2: Range (all twenty) 36-68 56-111 LOL *“N=North, C=Central, S=Seuth [Moss Point (S) to Glen (N) = 300 miles] References Brown, F. Martin, 1951. Simple Statistics for the Taxonomist — I. Lepid. News 5: 4. Clark, Austin H., 1932. The butterflies of the District of Columbia and vicinity. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 157: 179-189. ae! & Leila F. Clark, 1951. The butterflies of Virginia. Smzthsonian Misc. Coll. 116,' no. 72; 124-144. Elrod, Morton J., 1906. The butterflies of Montana. Univ. Montana Bull. 30: 174 pp. Field, William D., 1938. A manual of the butterflies and skippers of Kansas. Bull. Univ. Kansas 39, no. 10: 210,291. Haydon, ial 1933. The Papilionidz of Maryland. Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Mary- and 2: 14 : Holland, W. J., 1947. The butterfly book. 424 pp. Doubleday & Co., Garden City, N.Y. Hutchins, Ross E., 1933. Annotated list of Mississippi Rhopalocera. Canad. Ent. 65: 210-213. Klots, Alexander B., 1951. A field guide to the butterflies: p. 175. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. Macy, Ralph W. & Harold H. Shepard, 1941. Butterflies. 247 pp. Univ. Minnesota Press, Minneapolis. Saunders, Aretas A., 1932. Butterflies of the Allegany State Park. N.Y. State Mus. Handb. Los 270. Be simpson, George Gaylord & Anne Roe, 1939. Quantitative zoology: p. 25. McGraw- Hill, New York. Wild, William, 1939. The butterflies of the Niagara Frontier Region. Bull. Buffalo soc, Nea. Sci. 19, no.’ 2/55 : Wohlfahrt, Th. A., 1952. On the value of little noticed characters for the classification of the Lepidoptera. Lepid. News 6: 13-27, 9 figs. P.O. Drawer 2131, Jackson, Miss., U. S. A. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 135 NOTES ON ERESSA CONFINIS AND ALLIED SPECIES WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF A NEW SPECIES AND A NEW SUBSPECIES (CTENUCHID£) by NICHOLAS S. OBRAZTSOV The Asiatic species known as Eressa confinis (Walker, 1854) has already been discussed in some notes and redescribed by HAMPSON in 1898. A synopsis of its variation was completed by the same author in his supple- mentary work of 1914. The materials of the U.S. National Museum containing a series of moths of this group, known previously as a single species, gave me an opportunity to revise them, to establish the taxonomic value of some synonyms, and to describe a new subspecies of E. comfimis from West China and a new species from Java. I am very obliged to Mr. J. F. GATES CLARKE of the National Museum for his kind assistance in giving me the materials for the completion of the present paper and to Dr. A. N. DIAKONOFF for sending the moths from the collection of the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands. Like the earlier authors, I had at my disposition chiefly male moths of the group in question. Eressa confimis Walker ssp. confienis Walker Gleucopis (Evessa) Waiker, 1854, List Spec. Lep. Ins. B.M., vol. 1: 149. Syntomis conjinis Walker, 1856, op. cit., vol. 7: 1592; Hampson, 1893, Moths ine yok.) (1892): 223. Eressa confinis (Wkr.) Moore, 1882, Lep. Ceyl., vol. 2: 36, t. 95 fig. 6; Swinhoe (& Cotes), 1887, Cat. Moths Ind.: 52; Kirby, 1892, Synon. Cat. Lep. Het., vol. 1: 104; Swinhoe, 1892, Cat. East. & Austral. Het., vol. 1: 40; —, 1895, Trans. Ent. Soc. London: 32; Hampson, 1898, Cat. Lep. Phal., vol. 1: 116, fig. 38; —, 00, j:) Bombay N. H. Soc. 13: 223, fig. Zerny, 1912, Wagner's Lep. Cat., pars 7: 32; Seitz, 1913, Gross-Schm. Erde, vol. 10: 83; Hampson, 1914, Cat. Lep. Phal., Suppl., vol. 1: 46; Fletcher, 1925, Cat. Ind. Ins., pars 8: 25; Wileman, 1928, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 76: 445. The above mentioned redescription of E. confimis by HAMPSON cor- responds to the nominotypical subspecies from India. The male genitalia (fig. 1) are as follows: Tegumen with two large, roundish, lateral appendages; uncus relatively shorter than in allied species described in this paper, with a broad, latero-basal enlargement and the tip curved downward. Valva with an elongate cucullus; sacculus much narrower than the upper part of the cucullus, with a tip directed upward. Eressa conjinis Walker ?ssp. musa Swinhoe Eressa musa Swinhoe, 1885, Proc. Zool. Soc. London: 290, t. 20 fig. 1; Swinhoe (& Cotes), 1887, Cat. Moths Ind.: 52; Kirby, 1892, Synon, Cat. Lep. Het., vol. 1: 104. Syntomis musa Hampson, 1893, Moths Ind., vol. 1 (1892): 222. Eressa confinis ab. musa Hampson, 1898, Cat. Lep. Phal., vol. 1: 116; Zerny, 1912, Wagner's Lep. Cat., pars 7: 32; Seitz, 1913, Gross-Schm. Erde, vol. 10: 83. Eressa confinis (part.) Fletcher, 1925, Cat. Ind. Ins., pars 8: 25; Waileman, 1928, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 76: 445. 136 OBRAZTSOV: New Eressa Vol.8: no.5 This form, established originally as an independent species from Bombay, is a variety of E. confinis. The problem of whether it might be a subspecies or a simple aberration (individual variety) of the latter species, could not be solved because only a single male specimen from Mhow, Indore, Central India (U.S. National Museum, preparation of genitalia No. 4533, W. D. F.), corresponding in the wing pattern to the original description and the figure of E. musa, was at my disposal. The genitalia of this moth are identical with those of ssp. confinis. The question of the identity of Syntomoides finitima Wileman, 1910, from Formosa (ranked by HAMPSON, in 1914, as a synonym for E. confinis), could not be solved because I had no specimen of this form at my disposition. MALE GENITALIA. Fig. 1: Eressa c. confinis Wik. Fig. 2: E. catoria Swinh. Fig. 3: E. javanica n. sp. Eressa confinis Walker ssp. szechueniensis, new subspecies MALE. Antenne white at tips. Head and body coloring and the structural characters as in ssp. confinis. Length of forewing: 11-13 mm. The wing spots as large as in ssp. confinis but the forewing interno-median spot (mi + ms) extends further towards the wing base and is enlarged there; the hindwing spots confluent in a large hyaline area occupying the whole middle cell and all interspaces of veins from costa to vein A» leaving a grayish black wing border as large as in ssp. comfinis. Described from male HOLOTYPE and eight male PARATYPES from south of Sui-fu, Szechuen, West China, D. C. GRAHAM leg., U. S. National Museum (preparation of genitalia of a paratype No. 4529, W. D. F.). A further male specimen in the same collection from Shin-Kai-Si, Mount Omei, Szechuen, 4400 ft., belongs also to this new subspecies. This last specimen has a little additional spot above the base of the forewing vein Rs like the three males of the type series and corresponds to f. musa. Eressa confinis Walker ssp. malaccensis Rothschild Eressa confinis malaccensis Rothschild, 1910, Nov. Zool. 17; 437; —, 1912, thid. 19: 376, t. 4 fig. 6; Zerny, 1912, Wagner's Lep. Cat., pars 7: 32; Settzeieues Gross-Schm. Erde, vol. 10: 83, t. 12 a, fig. 7; Camdéze, 1927, Enc. Ent., ser. B, Lepidopt., vol. 2: 75; Joannis, 1928, Ann. Soc. Ent. France 97: 246; Wilerman, 1928, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 76: 446. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 137 Eressa confinis (part.) Hampson, 1914, Cat. Lep. Phal., Suppl., vol. 1: 46; Fletcher, 1925, Cat. Ind. Ins., pars 8: 25. Eressa deliana Roepke, 1935, Miscell. Zool. Sumatr. 99: 2, fig. 1. Structural characters as in ssp. confinis. Antennz white at tips. Two yellowish orange patches on thorax, one anterior and one posterior. Patches on pectus and at the middle of the abdominal tergites and sternites yellowish orange; the upper patches at sides of the abdomen slightly reddish orange. Length of forewing: 9-11 mm. Wings brown, rather densely scaled, the hyaline spots arranged as in sub- species confimis but differently shaped. The middle cell spot (m:) of forewing short, the rest of the forewing spots smaller with the veins having a broader brown scaling; the extra spot between spots ms and m,; dot-like and in one specimen absent. Only the distal half of the hind wing middle cell hyaline; the spots of the hyaline area of hind wing separated one from another by dark brown veins; these hyaline spots smaller than in ssp. confinis; the spot below the hind wing middle cell divided by a brown longitudinal streak and the lower part of this spot sometimes poorly developed. The above description is based upon three male specimens from Bangkok, Siam, in the U. S. National Museum (preparation of genitalia No. 4530, W. D. F.) which correspond very well to the original diagnosis of ssp. malaccensis known now only from Penang (Waterfall Valley) and Tonkin. A single female specimen present in the collection, from Bangkok, is paler than the male specimens. Its vertex is yellow. The abdomen has yellow middle patches on 4th to 7th tergites, the postsegmental edges of these tergites diffusely yellowish scaled; in addition, the postsegmental edge of 7th tergite is covered with a whitish felt-like pile; the lateral patches are as in the male but broader; the yellow spots of the corresponding sternites are vety broad. The wing spots are larger than in the male but nevertheless smaller than in the male of ssp. comfinis, the hind wings are similar to those in the latter subspecies. Length of forewing: 11 mm. A fourth male specimen in the U. S. National Museum, labelled “Siam, Cockerell”, differs from the preceding series from Bangkok only by some- what larger hind wing hyaline area with veins crossing it not dark scaled. A male specimen from the province Bienhoa, Cochin China, is more similar to the series from Bangkok. From East Sumatra ROEPKE, in 1935, described Eressa deliana as a new species. The wing characters were described very insufficiently. ROEPKE wrote only about the forewing “with three distal and four proximal hyaline spots.” The male genitalia of E. deliana presented in a figure by this author are very similar to those of Eressa confinis, and E. deliana is undoubtedly conspecific with it. The broadness of the uncus base, a narrow sacculus with the tip directed upward and extended to the nearby exterior edge of the upper part of the valva, the mentioned pigmentation, and the pattern of the body confirm this point of view. In the collection of the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, there are one male and three female specimens from North Sumatra (“Medan S. O. K. v. d. Meer Mohr, 24-12-1931, 15-1-1932, 8-11-1932, Lampoe’”) which cannot be distinguished from E. confinis ssp. malaccensis, The female specimens have darker scaling of the forewings than the female from Bangkok, and the abdominal patches are not so diffusely traced, but there is no doubt OBRAZTSOV: New Eressa Vol.8: no.5 — Wo (oe) that these females and the male belong specifically together. The genitalia of the Sumatran male specimen (Rijksmuseum, preparation No. Ct. 1) does not differ from those of E. confanis. There is little probability that there are on Sumatra two different sub- species of E. confinis; therefore, the above series from North Sumatra is presumably the same as E. deliana. The correctness of this supposition finds its confirmation in Roepke’s statement that there are three distal forewing spots in E. deliana; in the ssp. malaccensts (males!) they are the spots m4, m;, and mg which are well developed while the extra spot between m4 and m- is dot-like or missing. In the male from Medan this spot is very small. A further male specimen from Hongkong (Rijksmuseum, preparation of genitalia No. Ct. 2) belongs to the ssp. malaccensis too. Eressa catorta Swinhoe Eressa confinis ab. 2 Hampson, 1898, Cat. Lep. Phal., vol. 1: 116. Eressa catoria Swinhoe, 1900, Ann. Mag. N. H., ser. 7, vol. 6: 305. Eressa confinis (part.) Zerny, 1912, Wagner's Lep. Cat., pars 7: 32; Hampson, 1914, Cat. Lep. Phal., Suppl., vol. 1: 46; Fletcher, 1925, Cat. Ind) Ins|)patsmoan2o: Wileman, 1928, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 76: 445. Eressa confinis catoria Seitz, 1913, Gross-Schm. Erde, vol. 10: 83. MALE. Antennz bipectinate, black, white tipped. Head entirely black. Patagia, tegula, and thorax black, the last with a large orange patch at the anterior edge and another one at the posterior edge; pectus with two orange patches on each side. Legs entirely brownish black. Abdomen black; 2nd to 7th tergites with a middle and two lateral orange patches each; the corresponding sternites yellow patched in the middle. Length of forewing: 12-13 mm. Wings rather diffusely smoky black scaled, with very sparsely haired, white hyaline spots. Forewing with an elongate spot (m» in the middle cell extending nearly from the base of vein Cuz to the smoky black scaling around the discal veins; a large spot below the middle cell, close to this latter and the neighboring veins; this spot extends to the middle of vein Cui; an elongate spot (m3), a third shorter than the preceding one, between veins Cu: and A», with the base at the same level as both preceding spots; a narrow elongate spot between vein A» and the dorsum; a little triangular spot between veins Ri and Rs, at the base of these veins; a slightly curved, wedge-shaped, elongate spot (mi) extending nearly to the base of vein M: between this vein and the radius; a shorter spot below the middle of the preceding one; an irregular ovoid spot (m;), larger than the spot above, at the base of veins M» and M3; and between them; a longer, subrectangular spot (ms) in the interspace below; all spots separated one from another by a narrow, black vein scaling, this latter a little broader along vein M.; both the upper exterior spots (mi and the extra spot below it) separated from the middle cell spot (mz) by the above mentioned black scaling around the discal veins. Hind wing with two middle large, ovoid spots between veins Ms, Cu:, and Cus; a slightly translucent black scaling (an underdeveloped spot) below vein Cus. (SWINHOE, in 1900, mentioned a tendency of the hind wing spots to reduction and wrote: “in many specimens both these small spots are indistinct.” HAMPSON, in 1898, mentioned a male specimen with entirely black hind wings.) Genitalia (fig. 2): tegumen with two large, roundish, lateral appendages; uncus very long, with a moderate, latero-basal enlargement and a rather direct tip. Valva with an elongate cucullus; sacculus a little narrower than the upper part of cucullus, with @ up not curved upwards and extending to the distal edge of valva. [his species was established as an independent one, but ZERNY and others ranked it as a synonym or at least considered it a variety of E. comfinis. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 139 The type locality was given Jaintia Hills (“Many examples, all males”); HAMPSON, in 1898 added Bhutan and Khasis. The present redescription of this independent species was made from a male specimen from Assam, collection W. SCHAUS, at present in the U. S. National Museum (preparation ot genitalia No. 4532, W. D. F.). This specimen in 1923 was compared by W. SCHAUS with the type of E. catorta in the British Museum of Natural History, London, and found identical with it. Eressa confimis imtensa Rothschild, 1910, has some resemblance to E. catoria, but I have not studied it. Eressa javanica, new species MALE. Antennz bipectinate, brown black, white tipped. Head brown black, vertex, cheeks and a little dot at the tongue base, yellow. Patagia and tegule brown black, the anterior edge of patagia and the lateral ones of tegulae slightly touched with yellow; thorax black brown with a large yellow patch at the anterior edge and another one at the posterior edge; pectus with yelow scaling at both sides. Legs smoky brown, slightly coppery glossed. Abdomen grayish black; Ist tergite diffusely yellowish scaled; 2nd tergite with lateral yellow patches and a middle postsegmental patch; 3rd to 6th tergites with a yellow middle patch and two lateral ones each; postsegmental edge of the 7th tergite broadly yellow; 8th tergite entirely black; 2nd to 6th sternites with a yellow, broad, middle patch each. Length of forewing: 10 mm. Wings rather diffusely smoky brown scaled, with very sparsely yellowish haired, white hyaline spots. Forewing with a short trapezoidal spot (m2) in the middle cell extending from the base of vein Cuz to a rather large, smoky brown scaling around the discal veins; an elongate oval spot below the above spot and equally long with it; an elongate spot (m: + ms) below the middle cell and vein Cuz; this spot begins half-way between the wing base and the middle cell spot (m») and extends to about one-half of the vein Cuz; a clear space below vein Az separated by it from the spot mi + ms; an elongate oval spot (m:) between veins Ri and Rs, remote from the base of these veins; a much shorter and narrower spot in the next lower vein interspace; two broader, slightly elongate spots (ms; and ms) in the interspaces between veins M» and Cui; the upper of these spots a little shorter than the lower; all exterior spots separated from the middle cell by the above mentioned large, smoky brown scaling around the discal veins. Hind wing with hyaline spots in the middle cell and in the neighboring interspaces between the dark scaled dorsum and vein M:; all these spots form a common hyaline area extending to about two-thirds of the wing length and divided by blackish veins. Genitalia (fig. 3): tegumen with two large, roundish, lateral appendages; uncus almost equally broad, with a moderate, latero-basal enlargement and a rather direct tip. Valva with a broad, rounded cucullus; sacculus rather broad, with a tip directed upwards and very remote from the distal edge of the upper part of cucullus. Described from the unique male TYPE from Mount Gede, Java, 9000 ft., BRYANT & PALMER leg., U. S. National Museum (preparation of genitalia No. 4531, W. D. F,). This species is very similar to E. comfinis but differs from it by a yellow collar, yellow edged patagia and tegulez, a distinct disposition and number of yellow abdominal patches, and especially in the genitalia. From E. lutulenta described by SNELLEN in 1879, the new species differs by not having an orange frons, by the abdomen not being banded but only patched with yellow, and by a common hyaline area of the hind wings, which last in E. /wtulenta is composed of separate spots. 11 Cromwell Place, Sea Cliff, L.I., N.Y., U.S.A. 140 Vol.8: no.5 NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCE OF ALSOPHILA POMETARIA (GEOMETRID£) AT BAIE D'URFE AND MACDONALD COLLEGE, QUEBEC, IN 1953 The first male Alsophila pometaria Harris was seen on Oct. 16, when 2 were captured. Females were sought on Ash, Eim, and Manitoba Maple on Oct. 9, 11, and 14, and were not found; 9 were taken on Oct. 16. Trees were examined by day as well as at and after 6 p.m., up to Dec. 2, except on nine dates. Observations and captures were made mainly on 12 trees in the home garden; some on 25 trees in the next neighbour’s garden, and some on 48 trees in a grove at Macdonald College, dis- tant about one-half mile. The majority of the specimens were taken on the trees in the home garden: relatively few were found at each search on the other groups of trees. A few of the specimens were found on Sugar Maple, Soft Maple, and Poplar. The weather was mainly fine and warm, with a light frost on Nov. 4/5; that was fol- lowed by a sleet storm on Nov. 7, during which several of the female moths were found frozen in the ice on the trees. Mild weather followed, and there was a heavy rain on Nov. 25. The temperature fell on Nov. 26, and snow and a ground-heaving frost occurred on Dec. 1. The captures and observations have been divided into two periods, as shown below, before the first frost and after it. Males Females F/M Ost) 16-— Nov 4 242 1062 Aa Nov. 5 — Dec. 4 3 707 236.0 The approximate ratios of females to males on selected dates were as shown below: Oct. 16 — 24 720 Oct 27 5.0 Oct. 25 4.5 Oct. 30 2.0 Oct: 26 3.0 Nov. 2 8.0 The greatest number of mating pairs was observed on Oct. 29, when the number of males was 38 and of females 125 on 12 trees. The last male was seen on Nov. 14, after which about 400 females were taken or observed. It was noted that most of the specimens of both sexes were found below the 6 ft. height on the boles; the proportion of females found at the 10— 14 feet height to those found up to 6 feet on the same (four) trees was ascertained on one occasion to be as 1 : 10 (14 to 143). Emergences appeared to be most numerous before 6 p.m. When all of the visible specimens were taken between 6 and 8 p.m. there were none or very few visible up to 6 feet on the 12 trees the next morning. Observations have not been made of insectivorous birds being responsible for any depletion. The observations show that in the fall of 1953 in this locality almost all of the males had emerged from the pupz a day or so before the first frost; about one-third of the females emerged after the first frost. P. H. H. GRAy, Box 236, Macdonald College, Que., CANADA The Fifth Annual Meeting of the Society will be held Tuesday, Wed- nesday, and Thursday, 28-30 December 1954. We will meet at the Carnegie Museum in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. A special feature will be the opportunity to see the great collection of Lepidoptera assembled by W. J. HOLLAND, WILLIAM HENRY EDWARDS, B. PRESTON CLARK, ANDREY AVINOFF, W. R. SWEADNER, and many others. The curator of the Lepidop- tera collection is HARRY K. CLENCH. Dr. G. E. WALLACE (Chairman), Mr. & Mrs. C. G. MERKER, and Mr. CLENCH comprise the Committee on Local Arrangements; Mr. CLENCH is Chairman of the Program Committee. A large attenlance seems assured, with very wide geographic representation. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 141 BUTTERFLIES AND HIELTOPS by JOHN P. KNUDSEN The recent discussion which has been carried on in the pages of this journal has surely served to show that there is a marked tendency for certain butterflies, particularly Anthocaris midea Hbn. (Arnhold, 1953) and several of the papilios, (Merritt, 1953: Guppy, 1953), to congregate on the tops of hills. On March 30, 1953, the author visited the top of Kennesaw Mountain near Marietta, Georgia, and observed there a remarkable assemblage con- sisting principally of Anthocaris midea and Papilio marcellus Cram. along with a smaller number of Papilio asterius Stoll. During the climb to the top of the peak isolated members of each of these species were observed flying steadily up the hill, following one of several more or less open routes to the summit. At the summit itself there were several hundred butterflies in an area of a few hundred square feet; the effect was much like a local snow flurry whirling about the peak. Although A. mudea is generally rare or un- common in this region, a dozen could be seen at a glance, all males and all fresh and active. The same was true of the more common P. marcellus. Dozens of fresh males and no females were seen. Two weeks after the first visit I returned to the Mountain and again found a large assemblage of but- terflies at the summit. A. mzdea was still there, all males as before and now pretty well battered. The Papilios were still in good supply, and in addition many males of Melitea ismeria Bdv. & Lec. in fresh condition were there. The above observations when taken with previously published material seem to indicate two things. First, the congregations observed to date have been largely or exclusively of male butterflies. Second, the phenomenon is more widespread than heretofore indicated and is not confined to any par- ticular group or family of butterflies. The explanation of these congre- gations has been the matter of considerable debate, and widely differing opin- ions have been offered. It seems fairly clear that since the groups are almost exclusively male, the underlying cause is not a search for food plant as sug- gested by MERRITT (1953). Indeed, on Kennesaw, at least, the food plants and females are found on the lower slopes or at the base of the mountain. For this reason ARNHOLD’S (1953) suggestion that the hill tops are the area in which the butterflies emerge either from hibernation or chrysalid seems un- likely. The wind has been suggested as the agent serving to concentrate the butterflies, and it seems that some such explanation may have merit although not precisely in the fashion that has been suggested. BEALL (1953) suggests that the explanation may lie in a process of uni- directional flight, the butterflies moving slowly against the wind until they reach the crest of a hill where they are lifted up and carried back to begin the cycle anew. Although this explanation is interesting it involves the as- sumption of a tendency toward unidirectional flight in all the species in the congregation, and fails entirely to account for assemblages on still days. 142 KNUDSEN: Butterflies and Hilltops Vol.8: no.5 A simpler explanation can be based on the normal thermal updrafts which are found on the sunny side of any slope, particularly an isolated one such as Kennesaw Mountain. During bright days, especially in the spring before the leaves are fully out, a slowly rising current of warm air will form and move up the sunny side of a hill as the result of heating the layer of air close to the ground. Such air movement is definite and measurable, but so subtle as to be overlooked in many cases. It seems reasonable that a butter- fly moving at random could be carried up in such a gentle movement with- out recognizing the fact that it is drifting slowly toward the summit of the hill. Once at the summit the insect may either remain there as one of a large number similarly assembled, or it may continue in the warm current of air which as it rises and cools eventually becomes a falling current carrying the insect back to the base of the mountain. Thus the process may be a cyclic one in which the assemblage at the top of the hill has a shifting population constantly gaining new members from the lower levels while at the same time some individuals are rising up away from the summit to begin the long journey back to the base. That such a shift of population actually takes place is indicated by the fact that although new arrivals appear continuously the total number of individuals at the summit remains nearly constant. Such an explanation of congregations would lead us to expect that the greatest num- bers would appear in the early afternoon hours of fairly warm and sunny days, when the thermal currents up the slopes are most highly developed. On windy days or in cloudy weather the effect would not be sufficiently strong to be observed. These ideas seem to be borne out by the author’s ob- servations on Kennesaw Mountain. In the mornings the population density at the summit was found to be little higher than that on lower slopes, while in the early afternoon the population density on the peak was much greater than that on the slopes below. On cloudy and/or windy days there was no marked tendency to congregate at the summit, even though plenty of butterflies were on the wing and the temperatures were in the high seventies. The predominance of males in these assemblages is probably due to the difference in the flight pattern of the males and females. In their competitive search for females, the males may fly higher and be more prone to wander than the females, whose principal concern is the location of food plants and OViIpositing. In recapitulation, it is the author’s suggestion that the congregation of butterflies on hill tops is due in large measure to the gentle mass flow of heated air up the sides of the hill together with the natural instinct to rove in search of females which is manifest in the males of certain species. References Arnhold, F. R., 1953. Notes on collecting Anthocaris midea and Euchloe olympia. Lepid. News 6: 99-100. Beall, G., 1953. Congregation of butterflies at hilltops. Lepid. News 7: 41-43. Guppy, R., 1953. Papilio zelicaon and hilltops. Lepid. News 7: 43-44. Merritt, J. R., 1953. Butterflies and hilltops. Lepid. News 6: 101-102. 120 South Boundary St., Chapel Hill, N.C., U.S.A. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 143 BUTTERFLIES ON HILLTOPS by VERA MOLESWORTH MUSPRATT It has been with interest that I have read in The Lepidopterists’ News the articles on butterflies congregated on hilltops in America. Here too in the surrounding country of St. Jean-de-Luz, Basses Pyrénées, some species do exactly the same thing, and I have for some years now specially noted their behaviour on three hilltops in this region. An undulating plain to the east of the Atlantic runs from Bayonne to the Spanish frontier in the south, and the depth is about 84% km. The Pyrenees start rising almost on the French coast at the frontier; running east they get higher as they get further inland but the first high hill, 900 meters, is only about 944 km. as the crow flies from St. Jean-de-Luz. Two of my hilltops are on low lateral spurs of the higher hills; one stands alone on the plain. A great deal of this plain is uncultivated and covered principally in gorse and bracken. However, farms are dotted all over the country with cultivated fields near them; small woods are here and there, principally oak, and the valleys have been cultivated for centuries. On the N.W. side of these hills there is a large stretch of uncultivated land swept by the western gales from the Atlantic; it is on the NE. or S. that the nearest farms are found below the hilltops. Only occasionally but- terflies are found on the higher hills, and I think this uncultivated land is unattractive to most of them. The species involved are Papilio podalirius L., Papilio machaon L., and Pararge megera L., and to a lesser extent Vanessa atalanta L. and Aglats urtice L. The first three are sedentary, the latter migrants. The two Papilio are scattered in the region but are not seen anywhere on the plain in numbers; only once have I seen P. podalirius in profusion in a valley, having evi- dently just emerged from a hedge in which was a quantity of their food plant. Both these species are not in great numbers on the hilltops—8, 10, or 12 at the appropriate times of the year. P. megera is common every- where but evidently also likes hilltops as they are to be found there in greater numbers than anywhere else. The food plants for the larve of these three species are all more or less near to the hilltops but are also all over the plain. V. atalanta overwinters with us in small numbers. They are also scat- tered all over the region and come out on sunny days in the winter and spring when the temperature is 10° C. in the shade. Very few are seen in late spring and summer. A. wrtice is curiously a very rare species in this region; since 1923 I have only seen ome specimen, apart from the few | have observed only on one hilltop. I have never found any larve of either of these species in spite of numerous Nettles everywhere, and I think that they must go farther north to lay. 144 MuspRATT: Butterflies on Hilltops Vol.8: no.5 The highest of the three hilltops is the Redoute Louis XIV and is 244 m. alt. On top there are a couple of rows of old oak trees banked at the back with earthworks, but there are gaps in the rows so that many bushes and bracken are in full sun like the trees. On sunny days at the appropriate season P. podalirius and P. machaon are found up there. They fly in a leisurely fashion (though not easy to catch), coming and going, and very often come back to the same twig, leaf, or frond to bask in the sun. If they go to the N.W. side of the hill they come back fairly quickly; sometimes they circle around in a more or less definite pattern. Both V. atalanta and A. urtice have a bolder quicker flight, but they also fly often in a pattern. Of course at certain times they probably go off for good to the north or south according to the season, but I have not actually seen this as I have seen V. atalanta in my garden in autumn. P. megera is about on the hilltops in places that are stony and bare, no pattern to their flight; as long as they are in full sun and out of a cool breeze they seem content. The second hilltop, 98 m. alt., is unnamed and is a slightly higher part of a ridge that runs above a valley which is just above sea level; quite close to the top eastwards the ground falls steeply to the river and is clothed in thickets. Here I have only seen P. podalurius, 2 or 3 together behaving in the same manner as on the Redoute; V. atalanta is there too, 2 or 3, also a few P. megera. But this hilltop has no trees to the west so it is less sheltered from the wind than the others. Ste. Barbe, the third hill, is about 200 m. alt., and stands quite alone above the plain. E.S.E of Bayonne it can be seen from a distance; also the view is extensive. Here I have seen greater numbers of butterflies than on the other two hills with the exception of A. wrtice. This hilltop is sheltered by trees to the north and west, and short grass covers the top. Great num- bers of P. megera are here, mostly on the ground or short grass, and the other three species fly around in the same fashion as they do on the Redoute. One year I found great numbers of Everes argiades Pallas, all in a very poor condition; egg laying and mating in their case seemed to me a thing of the past; E. argiades is sedentary. | once observed P. machaon trying to mate on the Redoute but I think that for all these species it is space, height, also perhaps on hot days the breeze may be some attraction, as it is for me! As to the sexes there are more ¢ ¢ than ? 9 but the latter are present, and for the Papalzo one to 5 or 6 ¢ ¢. Ido not think that food, mating or laying has anything to do with their presence on the hilltops as this further note seems to show. In the central Pyrenees there is one species, Synchloe callidice Esper, which haunts some of the very high summits in July. I have seen them more than once on mountain tops of 3000 m. alt. and over, and it is specially because of their behaviour in these high regions that I think it is height that the butterflies like when they go up to these summits and nothing else. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 145 About the 10th of July in 1936 or 1937 I climbed the Pic Long, 3194 m. alt.; there had been a lot of snow that year and this rocky peak was completely draped in snow from about 150 m. below the summit to 1700 m. beneath it, and in many places lower. While I was resting on a bit of uncovered rock half way up the northern glacier, a S. callidice perched itself on my knee; it was a lady, too friendly to catch of course, and anyhow the net was in the sack! We left our sacks alas! on rocks about 150 m. beneath the summit and as we had nearly climbed to the top S. callidice whizzed past us. We counted about 15 to 20 S. callidice flying around that summit at their usual terrific pace. They came up from below, flew round and down again, there and gone in a second, never rested and were quite impossible to catch. Even with a net I doubt if we would have captured more than one or two as on every side of this very pointed summit the rock is almost perpendicular for at least 150 m. so we had to move with care. Amongst these butterflies there were 3 or 4 2 2; no signs of mating, nothing for them to feed on, not even a sign of a rock plant let alone any flowers. Their behaviour was that of pure “joie de vivre”. These butterflies must have come from at least 1700 m. beneath the Pic Long and flown up over glacier and snow just to circle round the top; we were there two hours, and they were still at it when we left. Their be- haviour on other high peaks is always the same, but it must be a sunny day with no wind or very little. Aice Choko, St. Jean-de-Luz, Basses Pyrénées, FRANCE ARISTOTLE’'S DESCRIPTION OF THE LIFE HISTORY OF A BUTTERFLY (PSYCHE) THOSE (animals) called psyches develop from caterpillars which grow on green leaves, especially on those of rhaphanus, which some call cabbage; first they are less than grains of millet, then they grow into small grubs and in three (a few) days into little caterpillars; after this they grow more and then become quiescent and change their shape and are called chrysalides and have a hard shell; but they move if they are touched. They are attached (to a surface) by spider-silky filaments; they have no mouth or any other obvious organs; after no long passage of time the shell bursts open and out fly the winged creatures which we call psyches. From a transcript by Professor C. D. GORDON (McGill University) of the pas- sage in the Paris Edition (1887) of Aristotle's works. The words in the first and third parentheses have been interpolated for clarity; the other indicates that the Greek word trisin, three, may have been textually incorrect and should have been tisin, few. Sir D’ARcY W. THOMPSON, who has given us a translation of Aristotle's Historia Animalium, thinks that the butterfly referred to was Pieris brassice. P. H. H. GRAY, Box 236, Macdonald College, Que.,. CANADA 146 Vol.8: no.5 REVIEW STUDIES ON THE COMPOUND EYES OF LEPIDOPTERA. 1. ON THE COMPOUND EYES OF BUTTERFLIES, ESPECIALLY ON THE PSEUDOPUPIL AND ITS MEAN- ING TO THE PHYLOGENY OF SPECIES; 2. ON THE MORPHOLOGY SAND FUNCTION OF THE COMPOUND EYES OF HESPERIIDZ:. By Nobumasa Yagi. Journ. Faculty Textiles and Sericulture, Shinshu Univ. (Ueda, Japan), vol. 1: pp. 131- 173, 6 pls. (1951); no.3: pp. 29-41, 2 pls. (1953). The view of Prof. YAGI is that the structure of the compound eye gives valid evidence for relationships of the various groups of the Lepidoptera, evidence compar- able to that from the genitalia or wing-veins. He found that the “‘pseudopupil” visible in the eyes of living butterflies expresses the subsurface structure, but in the Hesperiide, Papilionida, and most Lycanide the pseudopupil is masked by pigment. The eye of Hesperiidz is reported to be very different from that of the true butter- flies and from that known for moths; it is said to be similar to the eye of diurnal Sphingidaz. Structurally, the hesperiid eye is found to be of the superposition type found in nocturnal insects, in which light entering one ommatidium eventually stim- ulates receptors in adjacent ommatidia. But functionally the Skipper eye is said to be of the apposition type; the crystalline cone is pointed proximally, so that light passing through it is concentrated on the end of the rhabdome and does not pass to other ommatidia. Because of these distinctive features, YAGI believes the Skippers must be clas- sified as a third suborder, “HETERHOPALOCERA”, standing apart from the Hetero- cera and Rhopalocera. He rejects KIRI(KOFF’S view of close affinity with the Thyridide. YAGI believes that “the origin of [a] group or species starts at first from the difference of [the] sense organ which perceive[s] the mate”. Since species-recognition during courtship in butterflies seems to come largely from visual symbols, he supposes that the origin of species in butterflies begins with changes in eye structure! C. L. REMINGTON, Osborn Zoological Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A. A PERMANENT METHOD OF LABELING SLIDES In the preparation of genitalic slides in the past I have found that one of the hazards that presents itself occasionally is the loss of the data on a slide label or the loss of the label itself because of defective glue or some other accident. Recently Professor ELSO S$. BARGHOORN of the Harvard University Herbarium has shown me a method by which the permanency of the labeling on a slide may be practically zuaranteed. First of all a thin solution of Damar or Balsam in Benzol is made. Since Damar and Balsam are very viscous a solution of the proper consistency will be one in which this viscosity has been greatly reduced so that the solution flows quite freely. A thin layer of this solution is then applied with a camel’s hair brush to the portion of the slide to be labeled. After the painted portion has been allowed to dry for several minutes it can be written on with India Ink. I find this surface far superior to that of most commercial brands of paper slide labels for writing, since the ink will not run, and individual letters stand out with remarkable clarity. The next part of the method is the one which insures the permanency of the label. It merely consists of painting the labeled portion of the slide with a varnish old under the trade name of Tufon #74. This varnish is prepared by the Brooklyn Varnish Company, and its virtues, together with those of related compounds, are fully liscussed in a paper by Professor BARGHOORN (Science; 106:299 1947). When the varnish had dried it forms a very hard coat that is impervious to the great majority ordinary laboratory reagents. The one precaution that must be observed in using this varnish is to soak instruments which have been immersed in it in Xylol before it hardens. Once the varnish has become hard it is no longer soluble in Xylol and is exceedingly difficult to remove. N.W. GILLHAM, Biological Labs., Harvard University, Cambridge 38, Mass., U.S.A. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 147 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE Alberti, Burchard, “Die Deutung der Rosel-schen Pyrgws-Figur von 1746 (Lep. Hesperiidae)” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 65-67. 15 Sept. 1952. Pyrgus cirsi Rbr. Alberti, Burchard, “Die Deutung der Urabbildungen von Pyrgws carthami Hubner (Lep. Hesperiidz)’”’ [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 2: pp. 37-40. 15 May 1953. In Hubner, Sammlung europdischer Schmetterlinge, Pap., t. 143 fig. 720 (726 ex err.) & 723, Pyrgus carthami Hb.; fig. 721 & 722, P. cimare@ Rbr. The type of the first species is probably from S. Russia; mdschleri HS. is its aberration. [N.O.| Boursin, Ch., “Eine neue Gattung der Unterfamilie Zenobiinz aus dem Syr-Darja- Gebiet” [in German]. Zezts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 158-160, 1 pl. 31 Dec. 1949. Describes as new MESOPLUS, (type Agrotis contrita); figures 4 genitalia, compared with those of Twricina. [P.B.| Boursin, Ch., “Prof. Dr. M. Draudt, ‘Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Agrotiden-Fauna Chinas. Aus dem Ausbeuten Dr. H. Hones. (Beitrag zur Fauna Sinica)’. M<7tt. d. Munchn. Ent. Ges., XL, 1950, pp. 1-174, Taf. I-X VIII” [in German]. Zests. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 37: pp. 134-136. 15 Nov. 1952. Discusses the paper by Draudt and synonymizes some species. Discusses position of some other species and proposes Blepharita draudti n.n. for Meganephria adusta Drdt. (nom. preoc.). [N.O.] Boursin, Ch., “Zwei neue Cryphia Hb. (Bryophila) - Artten aus dem vorderasiatisch- mediterranen Faunenkreis. (Beitrage zur Kenntnis der ‘Agrotide-Trifine’ LV)” [in German.] Zezts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 37: pp. 152-155, 1 pl. 15 Dec. 1952. Describes as new C. microphysa (Prodromos, Cyprus, 1200 m.); C. amseli (Jericho, Palestine); figures adults and 6 genitalia of these and related spp. [P.B.| Bruun, Henrik, & Max von Schantz, “Till kannedom om Brenthis improba Btl. ssp. improbula Bryk (Lepid.)”’ [in Swedish, English summary]. Notul. Ent., vol. 29: pp. 83-89, 1 pl., 3 figs, 1 map. March 1950. Demonstrates the differences in the genitalia between ssp. smprobula and the nominate ssp. New localities for ssp. improbula in Finnish Lapland are recorded. Probable food plant Salix herbacea. The eggs are laid singly in the lichen cover. [W.H.| Chiarelli de Gahan, Angelina, “El genero Ariathisa y su representante en la Argentina” [in Spanish]. Comwun. Inst. Nac. Cien. Nat. B. Aires, Cien. Zool., vol. 2: pp. 47-53, 1 pl. 10 figs. 1951. Transfers A. nigrifrons from Proxenus; redescribes sp., with figures of adults and structural details. [P.B.| Cleu, H., “Satyrus actea aigoualensis Foulquier dans les Cévennes médianes” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 171-172, 3 figs. “Jan/Feb.” [31 May] 1952. Redescribes and figures subspecies. Koch, Manfred, ‘Horisme Hb. (Phibalapteryx Stph.) corticata Tr. ssp. bretschneideri n. ssp.” [in German]. Zestschr. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 33: pp. 43-44. 1 Oct. 1948. Type locality Dresden. Kozhanchikov, I. V., Fauna SSSR. Novaya Seriia. 42. Lepidoptera. XIII. Orgyide. [in Russian]. 581 pp. Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Moscow, 1950. [Not seen.| de Laever, E., “Caenonympha iphis gallica Riitimeyer” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid.., vol. 13: p. 128, 1 pl. “Sept./Oct.” [28 Dec.] 1951. Redescribes this race and figures a series. [P.B.] Le Charles, L., “Contribution 4 l'étude des Zygénes gallica-mana-erebus” {in French]. Rev. Fran¢. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 287-297, 5 pls. “Oct./Nov./Dec. 1952” [25 March 1953]. Describes as new: H. s. bierica (Forét de Fontainebleau); H. s. aliosicola (Gironde); H. s. lemovica (Haute-Vienne); H. s. celtica (Causse Noir, Camprieu) : H. 5s. antipolitanus (Alpes-Maritimes); H. s. pseudalliona (Le Var); H. s. pradensis (Vernet-les-Bains). Type locality given only for H. s. celtica. Redescribes other races; figures series of several. [P.B.| Le Marchand, S., “Quel est le véritable nom de Neuwrothaumasia burdigalensis Le Mad. (Tineidz) avec description d’une nouvelle espéce de Tinea” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 14: pp. 41-45, 2 figs. 1953. N. burdigalensis is synonym of Tinea ankerella. A new species Tinea manni (without locality!) is described. [P.V.] 148 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.8: no.5 Lempke, B. J., “Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera XI’ [in Dutch, with English descriptions of new subspp. and forms, and notes]. Tzjdschr. Ent., vol. 95: pp. 197-319, 8 figs. 20 Dec. 1952. In this last part of the catalogue concludes Geometridae and describes as new Peribatodes secundaria occidentaria (pp. 233-234, fig. 53), Aspitates ochrearia parvularia (p. 265, fig. 55), and Perconia strigillaria fuscosignaria (p. 265, fig. 56), all from Holland; describes numerous new color forms; discusses history of the fauna of Netherland Lepidoptera (with English summary); gives addenda and errata to previous parts and an index to the whole work. Types of new forms not designated. [A.D.] Lempke, B. J., “Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera. (Eerste supplement) ” [in Dutch, with English discussions and descriptions]. Tzjdschr. Ent., vol. 96: pp. 239-305, 3 pls., figs. 30 Dec. 1953. Treats Hesperiide, Papilionidae, and some Pieridz. Describes as new Aporia crategi transiens (Holland); describes numerous new forms. [A.D.] de Lesse, H., “Contribution a l'étude du genre Erebia (7° note). E. sthennyo Grasl. est-il une bonne espeéce’” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 217-219, 1 map. “March/April” [25 July] 1952. Species doubtfully distinct from E. pandrose. [P.B.] Lingonblad, Birger, “Neue Schmetterlingsformen aus Lappland” [in German]. Notzal. Ent., vol. 26: pp. 69-71. Feb. 1947. Describes as new Clossiana selene hyperborea (northernmost Finnish Lapland), Hesperia centauree grisea (Finnish Lapland). Des- cribes and names (!) aberrations of Notodonta ziczac and Anomogyna gelida. |W.H.]| Lingonblad, Birger, “Neue Schmetterlingsformen” [in German]. Notwl. Ent., vol. 29: pp. 79-82, 1 pl. March 1950. Describes as new Erebia ligea petsamoénsis (Pet- samo in Russian Lapland), Canonympha tullia muonioénsis (Muonio area in Finnish Lapland). Describes and names aberrations of Pzeris napi, Palimpsestis ocularis, Coscinia cribraria. [W.H.] Loberbauer, Rudolf, “Anomogyna rhetica Stgr. ssp. norica nova subspecies” [in Ger- man]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 37: pp. 165-168, 1 pl. 15 Dec. 1952. ‘Type locality Hollengebirge, Austria. [P.B.] Paclt, Jiri, “Rectification of the nomenclature of Colias and Ochlodes (Lepidoptera).” Ent. News, vol. 62: pp. 305-307. 1951. Considers Colias feminine, Ochlodes neuter, in gender. [J.T.] Pearson, Henry R., “Contribucao ao conhecimento do género Mimallo Huebner, 1820 (Lepidoptera, Mimallonide)’’ [in Portuguese]. Rev. Brasil. Biol., vol. 11: pp. 315- 332, 57 figs. Sept. 1951. Describes as new: M. neomilia (Salesopolis, Sao Paulo, Brazil); M. almeidai (Angra dos Reis, Est. do Rio, Brazil). Redescribes M. amilia and M. hector and redefines genus. Figures adults and genitalia. [P.B.] Pekarsky, Paul, “Parnassius apollo L. in den Karpaten” [In German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 38: pp. 106-110. 30 April 1953. Critical review of a paper by Issekutz (Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Hung. vol. 2) on the same subject, correcting application of subspecies names. [P.B.] Petersen, B., “The relations between Pieris napi L. and Pieris bryonie Ochs.” Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 83-96, 2 figs. March 1953. Field observations in the Alps show that these two species are different biological species, isolated from each other by space (altitude) and time (of occurrence); possess also different foodplants; males have different odors. [A.D.] Pring, R. W., & Patrick Roche, ‘The butterflies of Nigera. VI. Nymphalidze: Nym- phaline: Cymothoe.” Nigerian Field, vol. 17: pp. 53-66, 3 pls. ‘Apr. 1952. Descriptions and keys to the 34 spp., 12 are figured. [P.B.] Rebel, H., “Neue Heteroceren aus Aegypten” [in German]. Zeitschr. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 32: pp. 49-60. 10 May 1948. Describes as new: (Lymantriida) Oreyia ochrodorsalis (Gebel Elba, Wadi Chab), Polymona rubecscens {sic!] (Gebel Elba, Wadi Cansisrob); (Agrotide) Agrotis (Euxoa) pictifascia elbaénsis (Gebel Elba, Wadi Aideb and Wadi Cansisrob), Metopoceras eutychina (St. Katrine), Cara- drina ( Athetis) apicimaculata (Gebel Elba, Wadi Cansisrob), Cucullia macara (Gebel Elba, Cansisrob), Tarache seminigra (Gebel Elba, Wadi Aideb), T. grisescens (Gebel Elba, Wadi Chab), Ozarba cervina (Gebel Elba, Wadi Aideb), O. capreolana Gebel Elba, Mersa Halaib), O. elaphina (Gebel Elba, Wadi Aideb), O. fuscescens Gebel Elba, Wadi Aideb and Cansisrob), Exblemma tomentalis (Gebel Elba, Wadi A | | 5aCchy ), FE. amydrosana (Gebel Elba, Wadi Cansisrob and Wadi Chab), PYRA- LOIDES P, spodia (Gebel Elba, Wadi Aideb),Pseudocalpe anubis (Gebel Elba, Wadi Aideb), Rhynchodontodes sagittalis (Gebel Elba, Wadi Rabdet); (Geometridae) 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 149 Glossotrophia sinaica (Wadi Feran), Cosymbia elbaensis (Gebel Elba, Wadi Hekwal), Traminda graciliata (Gebebl Elba, Wadi Aideb), Perizoma poliosana (Gebel Elba, Wadi Cansisrob), Zamarada latilimbata (Gebel Elba, Wadi Aideb); (Nolidz) Nola priesnert (Meadi, Cairo). No figures. [P.B.| Varin, G., “Contribution a l'étude des Satyride de France, de |’Espagne et de |’Afrique du Nord. Les races d’Arethusana arethusa Schiffermiller (sic!) (Satyrus, Eumenis ou Nytha arethusa)” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 14: pp. 77-84. “1953” [1954]. Study of the races of the satyrid A. arethusa in Spain, North Africa, and chiefly in France. The author describes three new races in France: A. a. allo- brogicus (Isere area; no locality given for the paratypes); A. 4. calciphila (Gard area); and A. a. cerdanica (E. Pyrenees; no exact locality given for the types). The presentation of this paper is rather defective. The name ‘race’ and the names of the authors are in italics; the abbreviations for the same publication vary; the name Fruhstorfer is written in different ways; the citation “Rebel et Tierry, p. 80” is completely incomprehensible for the entomologist without knowledge of the litera- ture of the Moroccan fauna (it is really the important paper of Zerny (1935, Mém. Soc. Sct. Nat. Maroc. no. 42: 163 pp., 2 pls. - not 1933 as it is written). Such a paper should never be published. [P.V.] Varin, G., “Contribution 4 l'étude des Satyridz (Lépidopteres). Les races d’Hipparchia fidia L. d'Afrique du Nord” [in French]. Bwill. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc, vol. 33: pp. 69-74. 1954. Studies of the populations of the satyrid H. fidia in North Africa. Two new subspecies are described: H. f. kandarica (Djebel Abbad), and H. f. Benz M’Guwildi (sic! - such a name should not be accepted) (Ain-Leuh). The author’s name Austant is really Austaut. Holotypes in author’s collection. [P.V.| Warren, B. C. S., “A new species of Erebia from S. E. Tibet (Lep. Satyrida:)”’. Entomologist, vol. 85: pp. 17-18. Jan. 1952. Describes as new E. Judlow: (Kongobo Do-Re). [P.B.] Warren, B. C. S., “Pyrgus reverdini (Obth.): a European species.” Entomologist, vol. 85: pp. 39-41. Feb. 1952. Describes as new P. r. scotti (type locality no specified, probably Sylkynjarvi, Finland). Species previously known only from Szechuan. China: :).PsB. | Wyatt, Colin W., “Einige neue Tagfalterformen aus Marokko” [in German!. Zezvts. Wener Ent.-Ges., vol. 37: pp. 173-176, 4 pls. 15 Dec. 1952. Describes as new Pieris manni haroldi (Taghzeft Pass, middle Atlas, 1900m.); Satyrus abdelkader taghzefti (same, 1900-2100m.); S. prieuri kebira (same. 2200m.); S$. atlantis colini (same, 2200m.); S. arethusa aksouali (Tachdirt, High Atlas. 2500m.); Canonympha vauchert annoceuri (Annoceur, middle Atlas, 1600m.); figures adults of these and some related sspp. [P.B.| Wyatt, Colin W., “Einige neue Tagtalterrassen aus Spanien” [in German]. Zefts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 37: pp. 204-207, 1 pl. 31 Dec. 1952. Describes as new Plebeius ramburi novarredonde (Novarredonda, Sierra de Gredos, Avila Province); P. r. elsa (Riano, Leon Province); Canonympha leander trevince (Pena Trevinca, Orense Province). Figures adults of new sspp. and of P. r. ramburi; P. r. chapmani, and C. /. iphioides. |P.B.] C. MORPHOLOGY AND CYTOLOGY Gray, P. H. H., “Correlations between ‘‘pupal volume” and wing-radius and weight in butterflies.” Lepid. News, vol. 7: pp. 47-48. 27 July 1953. Heikertinger, Franz, ‘Das Problem der ‘Totalzeichnung’ auf den Schmetterlingsfligeln” [in German]. Zezts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 85-89, 147-153; vol. 35: pp. 68-80; 2 pls., 9 figs. 15 July, 31 Dec. 1949, 1 June 1950. Shows that markings of fore and hind wings tend to form a harmonious pattern when adjusted to the proper angle, which corresponds to some normal position of the living animal. Denies that this pattern is necessarily protective, since the same is true of the dorsal pattern in species in which the dorsal side is concealed at rest. [P.B.| Kiriakoff, S. G., “Les organes tympaniques des lépidoptéres comme caractére systematique et phylogénétique” [in French, English summary]. Lepid. News, vol. 6: pp. 7-12, Seutiss: ao Aug. 1952. de Lesse, Hubert, ‘““Quelques formules chromosomiques chez les Lycaenidae (Lepidopteres Rhopalocéres)” [in French]. C. R. Acad. Sci., vol. 235: pp. 1692-1694, 3 figs. 1952. Records haploid chromosome numbers in 6 spp.; the distinctness of the sibling spp. Lysandra albicans and L. coridon is supported. [P.B.| 150 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.8: no.5 de Lesse, H., ‘“Formules chromosomiques de Boloria aquilonaris Stichel, B. pales D. et Schiff., B. napewa Hoffm. et quelques autres Lépidopteres Rhopalocéres’” [in French]. Rev. Franc. Lépid., vol. 14: pp. 24-26, 1 pl. 5 figs. 1953. Gives the chromosome number of B. aqguilonaris (n=30), B. pales (n=30). B. napea (n=31), Clossiana titania (n=31), Glaucopsyche melanops (n=23), Kanetisa (Brintesia) circe (n=29), Hyponephele lycaon (n=29), Reverdinus (Lavatheria) lavathere (n=30). ([P.V.] de Lesse, H., ‘““Formules chrosomiques nouvelles chez les Lycenide (Lepid. Rhopal.)” [in French]. C. R. Acad. Sci., vol. 238: pp. 514-516, 1 fig. 1954. New chromo- some numbers of 4 spp. of Lycaenidae. Lysandra nivescens (n=190-191; highest number known in the animal kingdom); L. argester (n=131-151; specimens from Sierra Nevada in Spain have a lower number than those from other, distant, lo- calities in Spain or in France); L. dolus (n=124-125); L. riparti (n=90). [P.V.] Maeki, Kodo, & Sajiro Makino, “Chromosome numbers of some Japanese Rhopalocera.” Lepid. News, vol. 7: pp. 36-38. 29 July 1953. Nakao, Yoshio, “Action of irradiated cytoplasm on untreated chromosomes of the silkworm.” Nature, vol. 172: pp. 625-626. 3 Oct. 1953. Evidence that irradiated egg cytoplasm is responsible for chromosomal deficiencies in sperm nucleus. [P.B.] Niiesch, Hans, “The morphology of the thorax of Telea polyphemus (Lepidoptera). I. Skeleton and muscles.” Journ. Morph., vol. 93: pp. 589-604, 2 pls. Nov. 1953. A careful, well illustrated account. [P.B.] Razowski, Jozef, “Anomalien bei Schmetterlingen” [in German]. Zezts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 38: pp. 70-71. 1 April 1953. Records and figures Anthrocera angelice with distorted pattern on one forewing, and Nymphalis antiopa imago with head of larva. [P.B.] Schvanvich, B. N., “Stereomorphism in the cryptic coloring of Lepidoptera Heterocera and certain vertebrates” [in Russian]. Trudy Leningradskoe Obshch. Estestvots., vol. 71: pp. 286-305. 1952. [Not seen]. Suomalainen, Esko, “The kinetochore and the bivalent structure in the Lepidoptera.” Hereditas, vol. 39: pp. 88-96, 11 figs. 2 March 1953. Presents evidence, from a study of Cidaria spp., that kinetochore is diffuse (permitting fragmentation or fusion of chromosomes and differing chromosome numbers in closely related spp. without meiotic irregularities); that chiasmata are formed in meiosis; and that the reduction division is the first meiotic division in ¢ ¢ but the second in 2? 9. [P.B.] Takami, Takeo, “Movement of yolk cells in the Silkworm (Bombyx mori L.).” Science, vol. 119: pp. 161-162, 4 figs. 29 Jan. 1954. Active movement in egg. Tchou-Su & Chang-Ko, “Destinée des spermatizoides surnuméraires dans la fécondation polysppermique chez l’oeuf du sphinx (Parum colligata Walker) et l’autonomie des centres cinétiques)” [in French]. Exptl. Cell Res., suppl. 1: pp. 529-532. 1949. Reports degeneration of supernumerary sperm in fertilized egg at metaphase stage, apparently because of low ration of nuclear to cytoplasmic material. [P.B.] Tchou-Su & Chang-Ko, “Dissociation expérimentale des rythmes cinétiques dans la mitose amphimixique de l’oeuf récémment fécondé de Bombyx mori” [in French]. Exptl. Cell Res., suppl. 1: pp. 533-535. 1949. Reports independent behavior of nuclear centers in fertilized egg following cyanide blocking of normal mitosis. [P.B.] Vinogradova, V. N., ‘‘Particularities in the venation of the rear wings in the family Pyralida (Lepidoptera)’’ [in Russian]. Ent. Obozr., vol. 31: pp. 495-499. 1951. |Not seen. | Weber, Hermann, “Morphologie, Histologie und Entwicklungsgeschichte der Articulaten. Gleichzeitig ein Bericht uber Fortschritte in der Methodik der Articulatenmorphologie” lin German]. Fortschr. Zool., N.F., vol. 9: pp. 18-231, 24 figs. J1952.5 0A comprehensive and critical review paper, covering annelids and arthropods and at- tempting to summarize morphological studies published since 1940. Deals with some work on the Lepidoptera specifically, and contains a great deal of material of fundamental importance to entomologists. [P.B.] Wohlfahrt, Th. A., “Geschlechtsdimorphismus am Fliigelgeader von Strymon spini Schiff. (Lep., Rhopalocera)" [in German]. Nachrb/. Bayer. Ent., vol. 2: pp. 83-84, ' figs. 15 Nov. 1953. “Berichtigung”. Ibid., p. 96: 15 Dec. 1953. “Sexual dimorphism in the wing venation. [N.O.] Wolsky, Alexander, “The growth and differentiation of retinular cells in the compound eye of the Silkworm (Bombyx mori L.)”. Exptl. Cell Res., suppl. 1: pp. 549-554, > figs. 1949. Reports presence of a differentiation center in the eye anlage; damage to this results in failure of entire eye to develop normally, while damage to other parts of anlage produce only local defects. [P.B.| 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 151 NOTICES Lepidopterists’ Society members may use this page free of charge to advertise their offerings and needs in Lepidoptera. The Editors reserve the right to rewrite notices for clarity or to reject unsuitable notices. We cannot guarantee any notices but expect all to be bona fide. Wish to contract immediately with museums, other institutions, and individuals to collect Lepidoptera and other insects and small animal life in the following regions: South and Central America; Mexico, Cuba, Southern Florida; Hawaii; Africa; Alaska. Larry J. Kopp, R.D., Klingerstown, Penna., U.S.A. Will send a copy of my annotated check Iist cf the hundred butterflies of the Ogle- thorpe University campus in Georgia to anyone sufficiently interested to send a large self-addressed envelope and 9¢ postage to John P. Knudsen, 120 So. Boundary Stempel wait N. ‘Car. U.S.A. Wanted: perfect specimens of ¢ @ of Triodes alexandre from New Guinea. I will purchase if price is reasonable. Also desire Agrias from South America, single specimens 6 @ of the yellow and blue varieties. A.J. Carpenter, 236 Huntington Ave., Boston, Mass., U.S.A. Wanted for cash: specimens, with full data, of Strymon falcer, S. edwardsii, Phyciodes batesti, Polygonia faunus, Asterocampa flora, Meliteea harrisi, and Enodia creola. No exchanges. Roderick R. Irwin, 411 North peo maeton St., Streator, Illinois, U.S.A. Wish to sail lot of 200 Lepidoptera, Pate. Fihapalogera. rae Cre saieeuanuk and Spain, left by deceased friend. Priced at $10.00, cost to me. Alex K. Wyatt, DOAN Iitby Ave., Chicago 30; Ill, U.S. A. Wish to buy large quantities of colorful butterflies from all parts of the world, for artistic displays. Gordon R. Steinhoff, 3916 Oak St., Burbank, Calif, etS: Ac Wanted: Trosdes (=Ornithoptera) of all ee Bee ir oiebaik: and other Papilio from Africa, India, and Indoaustralia; please send list and prices. All kinds of Illinois butterflies for exchange. Karl E. Karalus, 10411 Diversey, Melrose Park, Ill., U.S. A. LIVING MATERIAL LIVING PUPAE OF PAPILIO RUTULUS, MULTICAUDATUS, EURYMEDON ur- gently needed for research purposes; will purchase or exchange. Lincoln P. Brower, Osborn Zoological Lab., Yale Davgrelty, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A. California moths and butterflies for Vaile perce pineal to suit. Many pupz available. Inquiry invited. F.P. Sala, Wits Eien Piet Burbank, oa U.S.A. To all those who received my questionnaires for the checklist on Flor- ida Lepidoptera: please send in all information by Feb. 1, 1955. Anyone else having information on Florida Lepidoptera, please write me for questionnaire. Charles P. Kimball, Route 4, Box 942, Sarasota, Florida. 152 Vol.8: no.5 ADDITIONS TO THE MEMBERSHIP LIST Arbogast, Richard T., 1216 S. High Ave., Freeport, Ill., U.S.A. Austin, George T., 99 May St., New Britain, Conn., U.S.A. Clayton, Roderick K., Dept. of Physics, U.S. Naval Postgraduate School, Monterey, Calif. “U.S:A; Goyer, Robert W., P.O. Box 95, Bellaire, Mich., U.S.A. — Hoffmeyer, Skat (Dr.), Bishop of Aarhus, Aarhus, DENMARK Hudo, Miyuki, Hikone Shiga, JAPAN. Karalus, Karl E., 10411 Diversey, Melrose Park, Ill., U.S.A. Riotte, J.C.E. (Rev.), P.P., Box 536, Geraldton, Ont., CANADA Roth, J. Peter, 8950 S. Oakley Ave., Chicago 20, Ill., U.S.A. Smalley, B.L., Jr., 8940 S. Bell Ave., Chicago 20, Ill., U.S.A. Van Someren, V.G.L., Box 1682, Nairobi, KENYA (Africa). Van Son, G., P.O. Box 413, Transvaal Museum, Pretoria, SOUTH AFRICA. By action of the Executive Council the dues, beginning with 1955, will be $4.00 for Regular Members, $10.00 for Sustaining Members, and (beginning with publication of this issue) $75.00 for Life Members. This step was taken with great reluctance after two years of large deficits and the certainty of a third for 1954, in spite of careful attention to economies. If the number of Sustaining Members tfe- mains near its present fine level, it may be possible to increase moderately the annual number of pages of the News. Reprints of the following papers are available from. the News editor, gratis to Society members (members in the U.S.A. (only) please send at least 5¢ in postage stamps to cover mailing costs). C. Borner, “Ordn. Lepidoptera” (from Fauna von Deutschland; 1953) P. R. Ehrlich, “ A new subspecies of Erebia epipsodia’”’ (Ent. News; 1952) P. R. Ehrlich & N. W. Gillham, “A new Alftrytone from Nebraska” (Ent. News. W. D. Field, “The correct name for the N. Am. butterfly ...... Calephelis or Lephelisca”’ (1948) W. D. Field, e¢ al, Nomenclature of Monarch butterfly (1950, 1951) E. C. Johnston, “Lepidoptera of the Pribilof Is., Alaska” (Lepid. News; 1950) F. M. Jones, “The sleeping Heliconias of Florida” (Nat’l History; 1930) F. M. Jones, “Pitcher Plants and their moths’ (Nat’] History; 1921) A. B. Klots, “Notes on the genus Evrema in the U.S.A.” (Lepid. News; 1948) H. B. Leech, “Flights of Nymphalis californica ...... in 1945” (Can. Ent.; 1945) RK. R. McElvare, “An approach to specializing” (Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc.; 1952) R. R. McElvare, “A new Grotella from S. W. Texas.” (Ibid.; 1950) G. W. Rawson & S. A. Hessel, “Life History of Strymon cecrops” (Bull. Brooklyn kent. S0c.; 1951) F, Richard (transl.), “How to make 9 Rhopalocera lay eggs” (Lepid. News; 1948) >. L. de la Torre y Callejas, “A new butterfly (An@a) from Cuba” (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.; 1951) L. J. Toxopeus, “Notes on the genus Amathusia” (O. S. R. Publ. 34; after 1942?) C. L. REMINGTON THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ NEWS waline 3 1954 Nance 6 AN. ACCOUNT OF THE UNUSUAL LIFE HISTORY OF A RARE YUCCA SKIPPER (MEGATHYMID£) by LUCIEN HARRIS, JR. Collecting butterflies with a shovel! That sounds fantastic, but before the life history of the very rare skipper Megathymus cofaquwi Strecker was solved, a shovel became standard equipment in addition to the usual butterfly net. The adult butterflies are so rare that in order to get a series it became nec- essary to use a shovel to dig up the caterpillars from the roots of the yucca plant. Megathymus cofaqui was named by HERMAN STRECKER in 1876 from a single specimen collected in Georgia by H. K. MORRISON. STRECKER failed to record the locality or the date of capture. The lack of these two important data has added to the difficulty of this investigation, for it now appears that there are either two forms of this Skipper, one of which flies on the upper half or Piedmont region of Georgia in July and August, and the other one flying in Florida and perhaps on the Coastal Plain of Georgia in March and April, or else a new but closely allied species has been discovered. A comparison of a recently captured northern Georgia specimen was made with the original type specimen at the Chicago Natural History Mu- seum by the Curator, R. L. WENZEL. His report shows that the upper side of STRECKER’S type specimen is distinctly lighter brown than the northern Georgia specimen. The underside was lighter throughout in the type speci- men (color distinctly brown), with the same distribution of blue gray scales that occurs in the northern Georgia specimen. A photograph of the original type specimen was also supplied through the courtesy of the Chicago Natural History Museum (see Plate 1). When it was compared with a series of specimens from northern Georgia and Sarasota, Florida, the Florida specimens compared most closely. This would not be surprising if the type was collected on the Coastal -Plain of Georgia. The Georgia Coastal Plain extends in a broad belt from Augusta to Savannah and thence to the Florida state line on the south, and westward to the Alabama state line taking in the territory between Columbus, Georgia, and the Florida state line. In several other species of butterflies there is a Coastal Plain form that differs from the one that flies in the Piedmont region. MORRISON, like many other collectors, may have collected briefly in the Georgia Coastal Plain when he 153 154 Harris: Megathymus Life History Vol.8: no.6 traveled to or from Florida. Nearly every collector of North American but- terflies cherishes the hope that someday he can make a special collecting trip to Florida, where a number of species abound that are not to be found elsewhere. My special interest in M. cofaguz began on July 9, 1950, when my son, LucIEN Harris, III, caught what appeared to be a fresh male in the edge of the woods at the base of Stone Mountain. This spectacular granite mountain is located 16 miles east of Atlanta, Georgia, on U.S. Highway #78. At the time of the capture we wondered why it seemed to be flying so late in the year, for the few references to this skipper in books usually gave March and April as the flight period. Our guess at that time was that this par- ticular specimen had remained in its pupal case several months past its normal emergence time. Later developments proved how wrong we were! A year later, when looking at the collection of Prof. J. P. KNUDSEN, then at Oglethorpe University, near Atlanta, I saw a female M. cofagqui which he had captured near Cleveland, Georgia, on August 16, 1942. ‘This record and LUCIEN’S July record gave me the first real clue that July and August were the flight months of M. cofaqw or a closely related species in the Pied- mont region instead of March and April. No wonder it was rare in col- lections! — KNUDSEN recalled having seen a few yucca plants on the roadside when he caught the skipper. The butterfly is not easy to catch, for it has a rapid, undulating, zig-zag flight. On July 9, 1952, almost ten years after KNUDSEN had caught his specimen, I visited the area and located the yucca plants. They were Yucca filamentosa, which is the same species that grows on Stone Mountain. The local name for this plant is Bear Grass. This plant also occurs in Florida in favorable localities where its local name is Adam’s Needle, according to BAKER’S Florida Wild Flowers. Bear Grass is a low-growing plant with no trunk. From the root-base on the ground its sharp, stiff leaves point upward and outward like green bayonets. At certain times of the year, especially in the summer, there are curly threads or filaments along the edge of the leaves, which give the plant its scientific name. In addition to being found in sandy soil it often occurs in the gravelly soil on large granite outcroppings in the Piedmont region. Also in recent years this yucca plant has become established in favorable places on the well drained shoulders of highways in most of the south- Castern states. When I first searched for the larva of M. cofaqui on the yucca plants near Cleveland, I looked for a silk cocoon-like pouch. It seemed likely that the larva would protect itself with a silk covering over its tunnel like other species of this group. I was familiar with the brown, cigar-shaped pouch which the larva of the other Yucca Skipper of Georgia, Megathymus yucce, constructs in the center of the plant, sticking up a few inches like the thumb of a brown glove. After a diligent search both in and around the plants I discovered the secret of M. cofaqui. Instead of constructing or creating the cocoon-like pouch in the center of the plant, it had erected one 1954 . The Lepidopterists’ News 155 on the ground a few inches away from the base of the plant. It was hidden from view by the lower leaves of the plant (see Plate 3). A _ silk-lined underground tunnel connected the silk pouch with the yucca root where the larva had lived and fed for almost a year. This pouch was not con- structed above the surface of the ground until the larva had become full grown and was almost ready to undergo the transformation to a pupa. When the larva is ready to pupate it crawls into the base of the pouch just below the surface of the ground and sheds its skin. The pouch now serves as a cocoon for the pupa. However, the pupa can be extremely active, and when the cocoon is disturbed the pupa will retreat down into the root tun- nel (see Plate 3). After remaining as a pupa from two to six weeks, the butterfly emerges and crawls out through a hole made at the top of the pouch. This usually takes place between sunrise and 10 A.M. Its wings expand tapidly, and it is ready to fly in three hours. The cocoon-like pouches are difficult to find because they blend so well with their surroundings. The silk is somewhat sticky when the pouch is first made by the larva, and it often becomes coated with soil, gravel, or leaves that effectively camouflage it. This gives the pouch of M. cofagui an en- tirely different appearance from that of M. yucce@ (see Plate 3). The latter Creates its pouch above the ground, up in the center of the plant, where it is out of contact with the soil. It is light brown when first constructed, usually turning dark brown with age. The trip to Cleveland, Georgia, on July 9, 1952, yielded six of the “tents”, as these tubular silk pouches are sometimes called. Three of them contained one pupa each, one contained a larva, and two contained empty pupal skins from which the Skippers had already emerged. The first Skipper to emerge appeared on July 21, and the others followed in a few days, the last one emerging on August 10..A second trip was made on July 12, and two more “tents” were found. One contained a larva and one a pupa. The larva trans- formed into a pupa on July 15, and a female M. cofaqui emerged on August 6. On August 20, the final trip in 1952 was made to the area, and one more “cent” was found. The larva was injured while being dug out with the shovel. It died a few days later. I dissected it and saw that it had been parasitized, having been infected with a multitude of minute grubs. Previously I had detected a similar parasite in the larva of M. yucce. The first larva, collected July 9, was two inches long and cream colored. It had a small black head that could be withdrawn into the first segment. In general, it resembled the larva of M. ywcce except that the M. cofagwi larva was somewhat smaller. This larva changed to a pupa on July 19. The pupa was one-and-three-fourths inches long and three-eighths of an inch in diameter. At first it was creamy white, but it soon began to darken at its head, and in a few days it was dark for three-fourths of its length. The pupa was very active and could wriggle up and down at will in its silk-lined tunnel. Usually it stayed up in the “tent” unless disturbed; then it would quickly wriggle down into the root tunnel. HARRIS: Megathymus PLATE 1 q- Pe) Ss : ¢ tie Se # ox “gd ty, ig’ Be lig Vey src aen ar ne sence seiainesnannsnnnnentnlinarete : : 2 &: Above, “‘tent” of Megathymus cofaqui (Mt. Arabia, DeKalb Co., Ga.) in situ beside Yucca plant. Below right, “tent” and upper burrow of Ml. cofagui (Georgia) opened to show silk-lined tube and pupal shell. Below middle, “tent” of M. cofaqui (Georgia). Below left, “tent of M. yuccae (Georgia). (Upper photo by C. L. REMINGTON; others by CAROLYN CARTER) 159 + SP 160 HARRIS: Megathymus Life History Vol.8: no.6 may someday provide the answers that will bridge the gap between the two populations or show that they are distinct species. My first bit of information about the life history of M. cofagué in Florida came from Dr. AUBURN E. BROWER of Augusta, Maine. He wrote that there was very little information about Megathymus cofagqut but that an ob- server in Florida, J. G. BONIWELL, had referred to it in 1917 in an article in Lepidoptera (vol. 2: pp. 108-109). BONIWELL’s report dealt with Mega- thymus yucce (Boisduval) but referred to M. cofaqui briefly in three lines as follows: “Some experiments with the larve of Megathymus cofaqui the year before had convinced us that it had habits quite a lot different from its near kin yucca. This year we succeeded in determining without any doubt the fact that the cofagut does not make a silken pouch in the summer or fall like the ywcce, but remains entirely concealed until about two weeks prior to pupation, at which time it penetrates the surface and creates a short light-colored pouch, usually near the ground on rotten prostrate stems. We have yet to find a cofagui in a strong healthy plant.” It should be pointed out that the M. cofaqgui larve studied by BONIWELL were in Spanish Bayonet which is the tall yucca plant of the coastal sand dunes and is different from the low growing Bear Grass or Adam’s Needle of the inland country and highlands. Spanish Bayonet (Yacca alotfolia) has a trunk two to ten feet tall with several branches, and the entire plant is covered with rigid, sharp-pointed leaves one to three feet in length. It is tree-like in comparison with Bear Grass (Yucca ftlamentosa) which has no trunk. Unfortunately, BONIWELL did not state the exact time of year that M. cofagui larve under study penetrated the surface and created the pouch, but he did state that it did not make a silken pouch in the summer or fall. This leaves the winter and spring as possibilities which he further narrowed down with the statement, “but remains entirely concealed until about two weeks prior to pupation, at which time it penetrates the surface and creates a short light-colored pouch . . . Through the courtesy of Dr. A. B. KLOTs of the American Museum of Natural History, the dates of capture of their Florida specimens were given to me. They ranged from March 1 to May 11 with 9 specimens having been taken in March, 4 in April and 1 in May. These dates proved without a doubt that the Florida M. cofagui flies in the early spring. Dr. KLoTs also supplied me with the names of H. L. KING and CHARLES P. KIMBALL, both of whom had recently taken M. cofagué near Sarasota. KIMBALL reported the interesting and unusual capture of a fresh female on November 22, 1952. While this date seems to be as out of season as the unexpected capture of a male on July 9, 1950, by LucIEN III, or KNUDSEN’S capture of a female on August 10, 1942, it is likely that KIMBALL’s November 22 date will fit into its proper place, too, when the entire life cycle is known. H. L. KING reported the capture of several specimens of M. cofagué near Sarasota during the period from March 23 to March 30, 1952. On March |, 1955, he caught a fresh specimen and invited me to visit him and look for ‘tents’, The butterflies were still on the wing when I visited the lo- 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 161 cality with KING and KNUDSEN on March 15. KING had found this small colony in a group of Spanish Bayonets on the edge of the Gulf. We were anxious to discover where and how M. cofagwi constructs its “tents” when the food plant is the tall Spanish Bayonet instead of the low growing Bear Grass. After we had all spent some time carefully searching for “tents”, KNUDSEN found two on the ground at the base of a rather small plant. They would not have been visible to the casual observer, for they were completely hidden from view by the dead leaves hanging downward from the lower part of the stalk. These “tents” resembled the ones that we had found in northern Georgia in July but were shorter and lighter in color. Unlike the Georgia ones they were not coated on the outside with sand or other material. The “tent” was yellowish in color and stood out in contrast to the white sand on which it had been erected. The “tent” was connected with the root of the plant by a silk-lined tunnel. After a diligent search we each found two or three “tents” on the ground well-hidden at the base of yucca plants. The second important discovery was made by KING. He was examining the dead leaves on a yucca stalk and found a “tent” on the stalk about six inches above the ground. This confirmed BONIWELL’S observation on this point. We concluded that the caterpillar usually erects its “tent” on the ground, but when circumstances are not favorable it will place it on the stalk as near the ground as possible. In February 1954 the area was again visited and several “tents” were found. They were located on the base of the plants at or slightly above ground level on the stalk. The colony which we were studying was located on the edge of the Gulf of Mexico. Sometimes when the skippers were accidently flushed from their hiding places in the underbrush they would fly out over the water and then circle. back to the land. Although the flight was fast and erratic it was sustained for only a brief time. This colony flourished in an area about two acres in extent where the Spanish Bayonets were not as strong and vigorous as they were in nearby areas where no skippers were found. BONIWELL had previously noted that he had not found M. cofaqw larve in strong healthy plants. It would be difficult to decide whether the condition of the plants was due to the in- festation by the M. cofagui larve or to other causes. We noted that another type of larva apparently the grub of a large beetle, was also burrowing in the stalk of these plants. Other factors may have been involved that pre- vented these plants from being strong and vigorous. The adult Skippers which we captured were smaller and browner than the ones taken in northern Georgia. The Florida specimens varied greatly in size. They compared with Georgia specimens (see Plate 2), as follows: Florida males, wing expanse 1-3/4 inches to 2-1/4 inches Georgia males, wing expanse 2-1/4 inches to 2-6/16 inches Florida females, wing expanse 1-6/16 inches to 2-6/16 inches Georgia females, wing expanse 2-1/4 inches to 2-6/16 inches STRECKER’S original type female, wing expanse 2-3/16 inches. 162 Harris: Megathymus Life History Vol.8: no.6 Adult specimens collected in the field did not vary noticeably in size or color from the specimens that emerged from collected pupe. Another very noticeable difference between the northern Georgia and Florida specimens, in addition to the much lighter brown color of those from Florida, is the greater width of a band of yellow markings on the upper side of the hindwings of the Florida females. This band of spots varies from a fairly narrow row to a rather wide band, while on Georgia speci- mens there is a row of three or four rather small spots instead of a band. These spots are rather constant in size on all of the female Piedmont region specimens that I have examined. On the underside of the hindwings of the Florida females there are light spots which correspond with the ones on Strecker’s female type, whereas northern Georgia females combcarly have fewer spots (see Plate 2). A trip to the spot on the highway near Cleveland, Georgia, was made on July 1, 1953. It proved disappointing, for the highway department had worked over the area, and many of the plants were buried or destroyed when the shoulder of the road was graded. Not a single “tent” could be found. A similar trip was made on July 28, 1954, with the same results. A visit was made on July 3, 1953, to the Stone Mountain area. Nine “tents” were located. Each contained a pupa. It was difficult to dig the root tunnel and “tent” out of the rocky locations, but this was finally ac- complished with a stout shovel. The first skipper emerged on July 5, and others followed at intervals of a few days. The last one emerged on July 26, 1953. Another visit was made to the Stone Mountain area on June 30, 1954. Three pupe were dug up, but two died from injuries. A female skipper emerged on July 10, 1954, from the third pupa. While I was searching the Stone Mountain area for “tents”, a large female M. cofagui flew out of a cluster of yucca plants. I swung my net but missed it and was glad that it escaped, for it represented generations yet to be born of a rare species that had given me the pleasure of exploring both mountains and seashore in an attempt to solve its life-history secrets. P.O. Box 167, Avondale Estates, Ga., U.S.A. \Editor’s note: Since this manuscript was accepted, it has been learned that there are in fact two species in Mr. HARRIS’S material, one of which is being described as new (in press) by H. A. FREEMAN.—C. L. R.] ON MARKED AND RELEASED MONARCHS Any individual who has marked Monarchs (Danaus plexippus) in North America this year is urged to communicate immediately with the News Editor. A clearly marked specimen was caught in Ohio in October. In addition to those released by (. A. ANDERSON of Dallas, Texas, we know of 36 marked near Washington, D. C., by JOHN H. FALES, from 1 to 17 October. Mr. FALES also marked one Vanessa cardui and one Phaebis sennw eubule before releasing them. C. L. REMINGTON 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 163 THE INHERITANCE OF HINDWING DISCAL SPOT COLOR IN COLIAS PHILODICE by CHARLES L. REMINGTON Instances of sustained conspicuous variation among the individuals of a single interbreeding population are of special interest to evolutionary biolo- gists. FORD (1953) has recently reviewed the state of knowledge of this “balanced polymorphism” in the Lepidoptera. The conspicuous variability in species of the genus Colias, especially in North America, is familiar to butterfly collectors but has been confusing and often controversial. Some of the sym- patric variation in Colzas is due to natural interspecific hybridization or to environmental effects, but there are certain characters which vary within each species and which are controlled by one or a few pairs of genes. The most familiar is the ground-color of the female, in which the “alba” form is produced by a dominant sex-limited gene and colored females are homozygous for the recessive allele. I have summarized our knowledge of genes and polymorphism in Colias elsewhere (Remington, 1954). The color of the discal spot on the upperside of the hindwing has re- ceived very little attention, although its great variability in some species has been known for a long time. Every species of Colzas and its near relative Zerene has the hindwing discal spot. In the orange species it is rather uni- formly orange or orange-red except in “alba” females, where polymorphism is then visible (e.g., C. ewrytheme Bdv. and C. lesbia Fab.). Some yellow species have the spot consistently pale yellow (e.g., C. paleno L.) or occasionally have an orange-tinted spot (C. alexandra Edw., C. scudderi Reak., C. behru Edw.). However, C. philodice Latr. and some other yellow species show marked poly- morphism in most or all populations; individuals having the spot pale yellow fly with others having the spot deep orange, and the intermediate grades of color occur at the same time. During our studies at Yale of Colias genetics, we have reared a number of broods of C. philodice from Connecticut which give some evidence of the inheritance of the color of the spot. The arrival of the J. H. GEROULD COL- LECTION at Yale has permitted the analysis of additional broods of C. philodice from New Hampshire. These are included in the table. Other work made it not feasible to take the time required to make a photometric analysis with precise instruments, and an arbitrary color standard was established, with an index series of specimens for frequent reference. The palest spot, with no orange or red scales, was designated “yellow.” The reddest spot (near “Orange Chrome” of Ridgway, 1912) was called “orange.” Three evenly spaced grades between “yellow” and “orange” were designated “pale semi- orange,’ “semi-orange,’ and “deep semi-orange.” One of the first discoveries was the difference between the spot colors in males, “alba” females, and yellow females. The figure shows graphically the fact that the discal spot is much paler in males than in females having es- no.6 "6 Mojak = op ‘ eqie,, = vp “mora rods [eosip ayi yum & 6 mopak go ‘Hh S .eqie, p] “22 7S paonposd SOTGI poosrg ‘snyr ‘6 6 (M) Moyak jo pur ‘4 & ,.eqqe,, Jo ‘P P Jo Jaqumu ay) Japso ul Moys sandy payeuaydAyy, nnn nnn nnn nn nnn nn nnn SSS sss Vols REMINGTON: Colzas Discal Spot Color 164 I-b-0 b-S1-0 C1-87-€ 9-L7-L¥ T-Te-gL “Twas ayed ‘JO-TWas py 0761 0-0-0 0-0-0 Sat Fo 7-7-8 OFer1 “Twas ayed ‘JO-1Was yp JOIG6I 0-0-0 1-0-0 V-V-CL 9-p-C¢ dig eg 8 “Twas ayed “twas daap py P0161 0-0-0 1e0=1 €-7-Y O-1-Z 0-0-0 ‘JO-TUWas ‘JO-TWasS Py OO16I 0-0-0 Ger CT-G1-¢r 7-b-81 0-0-¥ (PIES) ¢ “twas daap yy qO16! 0-0-0 0-1-0 L-S-0 C-b-F €-9-67 MOTIAA ‘JO-1Was yp O16 0-0-0 0-0-0 Bay So) 9-€1-7Z 9-91-LZ MOTIAA (aso]) op 10161 0-0-1 I-¢-0 y-L-0 OI-II-y 9-V1-7S (PIM) ¢ ‘JO-TWas py 30161 0-0-0 Orcrt 1-Z-01 1-€-9 0-0-0 ‘JO-1Was “twas daap vy M6061 0-0-0 ¥-0-0 6-€-01 (ag el WA 0)-0-S (PIIM) ¢ ‘JO-1WIasS Py 26061 0-0-0 0-0-1 €-0-€ 0-0-2 0-0-0 ‘JO-1Was ‘Jo-1was pp “VSL 0-0-0 (0-0-0 b-7-0 1-¢-0 (0-0-6 MOTIAA ‘JO-TWAS Py VSZ 0-0-0 C-0r1 I1-6-€1 CrE=] Or E-E1 (V-d0L) 2 aures “Twas ajed py VoL 0-0-0 C01 G-/-7 G-7-¢ 0-0-S “Twas ayed “Twas ajed yp V-aoL 0-0-0 (0-0-0 1-0-0 1-0-2 0-0-h MOT]AA ‘JO-1WaS PP q0. 0-0-0 ¢-0-0 b-O-11 0-0-2 0-0-0 “twas ayed asuRlO PP 979 0-0-0 (0-0-0 c-0-L (0-0-1 0-0-0 ‘JO-1Was ‘JO-1WaS PP Hss¢ ()-0-0 L-0-¥ ¢Z-0°S l-O-b 0-0-0 (PII) ¢ “twas daap rp 8¢ adurso “twas daap aduUPIO-1W9S -rmas ayed MOTJOA JUdIEg UII ‘ON suisdsyjo ‘4 7 poosgd ,atpopigqd sero JO spoosq COZ6L © %6O6L) attysduieEY MON pue (q-VCZ ©) §¢) INdNdaUUO) UI JOO 10ds [eosIp Surmpury jo ofquy 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 165 sentially the same autosomal genotype and that the “alba”. gene in females causes the spot to be paler than in homozygous recessive aa females. The histogram is for the largest brood available (F, of ?1920:); the same trend is found in the other broods (see Table). This spot-color relationship be- yellow ne Maliba,. " ae o J 3 0 pa le semi- dee Semi- orange semi- ye llow orange Proportions of discal spot color types in GEROULD’S Brood 1920. Each block shows the percentage of 6 6 or ‘alba’ 92 or aa 9 2 showing the indicated color (e.g., 0.6 of all ¢ ¢ had the spot yellow). tween males and yellow females is the opposite of that for ground-color, in which the female has distinctly paler yellowness than does the male. The following equivalents seem to be justified: Genotype I: 6 pale yellow = “alba” @ yellow = aa 2 yellow Genotype II: ¢ yellow = “alba” 9 pale semi-orange = aa 2 semi-orange Genotype III: ¢ pale semi-orange = “alba” ? semi-orange = aa 2 deep semi-orange Genotype IV: 8 semi-orange = “alba” 2 deep semi-orange = aa 2 orange Genotype V: 3 orange = “alba” 2 orange = aa Q red-orange. Genotypes I and V seem to be rare among several hundred wild yellow (aa) females examined from eastern and western U.S.A. and Canada. The genetic control of the different spot types is not entirely clear. The principal difficulty comes from the complete lack in my data of these import- autverosses: Lype I < Type 1; Type V * Type V; and Type I X Type V. The data available suggest that there are one or two pairs of genes principally controlling the color of the hindwing discal spot. As with the general ground- color of the wings, it is likely that environmental effects and modifier gene complexes influence the phenotypic expression of the basic, or “switch,” genes for yellowness or redness of the discal spot. These “basic” genes seem to be acting as blending factors, with alleles for both yellow and orange expressed phenotypically. 166 REMINGTON: Colas Discal Spot Color Vol.8: no.6 KOMAI and AE (1953) suggested that the color of the discal spot in males of C. erate poliographus Motsch. may be controlled by a single pair of genes, with orange dominant over pale yellow. Their data were very limited, and they did not report the color of the spot in females, so it is not possible to interpret their work on the basis of the present studies. A painstaking study of “alba” females of both C. philodice and C. eurytheme was carried out in the hope of finding discal spot differences by which heterozy- gous (Aa) “alba” females could be distinguished from homozygous (AA) “alba” females. This attempt was unsuccessful: However, it may be possible to find differences if a large series of absolutely certain homozygous AA “alba” females is available for comparison with known heterozygotes, such as our brood #61, which includes 32 “alba” females all known to be Aa. No attempt has yet been made to analyze the geographic correlation of the relative frequency of the discal spot types. HOVANITZ (1945) found the spot darker in Alaskan than in more southern populations of C. philodice. It has been suggested by some that the color of the discal spot is a species-recognition character for C. philodice and its close relative, C. ewrytheme. The latter has the spot red-orange in males and in aa (orange) females. The widespread occurrence of orange spots in C. philodice might be considered to have been due to introgression of thé orange gene into C. philodice following recent hybridization with C. exrytheme. This possibility seems to be ruled out by the fact that individuals with orange discal spots are even more numerous than those with yellow spots among the series of New England C. philodice collected prior to the arrival of C. ewrytheme in New England and now pre- served at Yale and in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard. This paper has been extensively revised since it was cited in my review (Remington, 1954). When the first version was written, the Gerould Collec- tion was not available, and certain Connecticut broods had not yet been mount- ed for study. It had appeared at first that the allele for yellow is recessive to the allele for orange. SUMMARY In Colias philodice from New England the yellow or orange color of the discal spot on the upper side of the hindwings appears to be controlled by one or two pairs of autosomal genes expressed as blending factors. With identical genotypes, males have phenotypically the lightest (yellowest) spot; it is deeper in “alba” females and deepest (reddest) in yellow females. References Ford, i. B., 1953. The genetics of polymorphism in the Lepidoptera. Advances in Genetics 5: 43-87. Hovanitz, W., 1945. The combined effects of genetic and environmental variations _upon the composition of Colias populations. Annals Ent. Soc. Amer. 38: 482-502. omai, T. & A. S. Aé, 1953. Genetic studies of the pierid butterfly Colias hyale polio- graphus. Genetics 38: 65-72. Kemington, C. L., 1953. The genetics of Colias (Lepidoptera). Advances in Genetics 6: 403-450, 6 figs. Ridgway, R., 1912. Color standards and color nomenclature. 44 pp., 53 pls. Publ. by author, Washington. Osborn Zoological Laboratory, Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U. S. A. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 167 NOTES ON THE TERMINOLOGY OF THE LEPIDOPTEROUS MALE GENITALIA by WM. T. M. FORBES DIAKONOFF (1954) has just published a paper intended to lead toward greater uniformity in the names of these organs. It seems to me that further consideration is called for, especially in the matter of the homologies of parts _ and the possibility of a resulting more consistent use for the names of the various organs. There are also a few incidental points I should like to emphasize. Firstly, he has not considered the first published use of two of the names, which he credits to much later authors. Both are defined in HUBNER’S Lepidopterologische Zutrige, p. 26, reprinted as p. 544 of HEMMING’s Hiibner. So tegumen (as tegmen) must be Hiibner 1829, not Pierce 1909, and valve must be Hubner 1820 instead of Rambur 1842. Incidentally the Rambur paper is no longer as extremely rare as it has been, for it was reprinted in 1942 by the Instituto Espafiol de Entomologia, letter for letter, and with half- tone reproductions of the plates, including pl. 8, which has the genitalic figures. I submit that DIAKONOFF also has “failed to discriminate between the main parts’ when he proposes to use a single term, fultura penis, for “the sclerites and their apophyses of the diaphragma’’,—tfor this includes body-wall sclerites (juxta and transtilla) and structures belonging to the genitalia proper (anellus and edoeagus or penis). Likewise a single term for the structures on the inner face of the valve, where digitws and editum belong to the costa of the valve proper (coxite), clavus is a totally separate organ, with a movable articulation in the Agrotinze and many Plusiine, and ampulla and harpe in his sense belong to the second segment (presumably the sty/ws), with separate musculature. Pollex, however, is a vague geographical term, which appears to be either the clasper (Aarpé in the restricted sense) or a process of the outer portion of the valve,—in Ewxoa apparently a fusion of both. He does not cite my own paper (Forbes 1939), which I believe makes some of these points clear. My own interpretation has been presented in part iii ( Noctuide) of the Lepidoptera of New York; the figure in part i is partly mislabeled, as I did not realize then that the dzgitus has nothing to do with the clasper assembly (stylus). DIAKONOFF also fails to cite TORRE BUENO’S Glossary of Entomology, with pls. 2 and 3 by RICHARDS; which also was intended to promote uni- formity of names. I personally feel that a uniform division of basic names, all in Latin or Greek, and names for use in smaller groups, all in the vernacular, is not prac- tical, in particular that the term /arpé has become completely ambiguous in use and should be dropped; in this case we have no inclusive Latin name for the structures derived from the sfy/zs. In my belief it is too early to make 168 FORBES: Male Genitalia Vol.8: no.6 a sharp separation of terms for use in a single group and those of wider application, we must propose terms as we need them and often leave it to future morphologists to figure out how wide are the homologies involved. In fact the clasper assembly (chiefly stylws) is a beautiful example. We know it is present in a great many families of Lepidoptera, and can be identified by its distinctive muscle, but we do not yet know whether its various parts (am- pulla, clasper proper, basal sclerite) can really be homologized beyond the family Noctuide; I merely have a notion that the ampulla, with its tuft of sensory sete, will be found wide-spread. I should myself not make an exception of the caulis of OBRAZTSOV, since I see in it merely an amorphous extension of the ventral side of the anellus, independently developed in the widely separated Tortricide, Notodontide, and Lasiocampide. To me it reflects a physiological peculiarity—a different manner of moving the edacagus. I do not think we can leave morphological terms out of consideration, especially when we are looking into the hope for uniformity. It is just then that we must ask if there is not some unambiguous morphological term that may take the place of several ambiguous ones. We should consider whether to substitute “cercus’ for “upper organ” of some orders, or for “socius’” in the Lepidoptera, but in this particular case we must move with caution, for some entomologists will not admit this organ is the cercws, which they would limit to the lower insects. References Diakonoff, A., 1954. Considerations on the terminology of the genitalia in Lepidoptera. Lepid. News 8: 67-74, 2 tigs. Forbes, Wm. T. M., 1939. The muscles of the lepidopterous male genitalia. Annals Ent. Soc. Amer. 32: 1-10, 5 figs. Commander Hotel, Cambridge 38, Mass., U. S. A. AUSTIN HOBART CLARK American lepidopterology has lost one of its most distinguished specialists with the passing on 28 October of AUSTIN HOBART CLARK. Mr. CLARK was 75 years old and had considerably outlived physicians’ expectations after a serious illness. The hundreds of his personal friends among entomologists include several lepidopterists whose introduction to Lepidoptera came _ pri- marily through him. An extensive biography of this wonderfully kind and inspiring man will appear in an early issue of the News. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 169 REPLY TO THE FORBES) NOTES” by A. DIAKONOFF Dr. ForBES kindly sent me the manuscript of his above remarks, and I gratefully use the opportunity to answer his criticisms. I have the general feeling that Dr. FORBES and myself rather are at cross purposes. His prin- cipal concern is for homologies, to be detected by methods of comparative morphology, mine—clearing of terminology for taxonomists. Furthermore, Dr. FORBES is principally concerned with the genitalia of the Noctuide, and I myself, with those of the Microlepidoptera. I regret having overlooked older use of certain terms; still this fact is very instructive, as it only proves the necessity of accepting of my suggestion (2), viz. abstention from the priority rule (Dr. FORBES completely agrees with that point); equally instructive (and considerably consoling) is the fact that HUBNER’S Lep. Zutrage and the Spanish reprint of RAMBUR’s work were overlooked not only by myself but by the whole bunch of five reviewers of genital terms for the “Glossary”. Tegmen Hiibner 1820, which I overlooked, is homonymous with the obsolete term tegmen Chapman 1898, but not with tegumen Pierce 1909 which still stands. Dr. FORBES stipulates that the structures of the inner side of the valva are, morphologically speaking, of a totally different origin, judging from their separate musculature; and that therefore these structures should not be in- cluded in the compound conception harpe which was my suggestion; Dr. FORBES further remarks to me that the term /arpe is ambiguous, as it was used for the valva, as well as for a projection on its inner surface, the “clasper”. This is very true; I proposed /arpe only because no other term seemed avail- able. As to “clasper’, it is as ambiguous a term as harpe is; besides it is a barbarism. | However, in my opinion, the surmised difference of the origin of these structures is of much more importance for comparative morphology than it is for taxonomy. And since homologies of such structures as “digitus”, “editum”, “ampulla”, “pollex”, etc. are vague (except in the Noctuide), as I already stipulated in my paper, and since morphologists fail to agree upon a uniform terminology for them, applicable to as many superfamilies of the Lepidoptera as possible, and not to one or two only, my suggestion (4) sub (a) to tax- onomists still seems practicable in principle. I am ready to make an exception only for the “clasper” of the Noctuidz, and not include it in the term /arpe, provided that a new latin term is made to denote this structure. I must fundamentally disagree with my esteemed critic where he says that “. . . we must propose terms as we need them and often leave it to future morphologists to figure out how wide are the homologies involved”. In my opinion, a similar attitude is responsible for the now existing con- fusion of genital terminology. The intention of my paper was, among other things, to suggest preventing of such practice in the future. Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, NETHERLANDS 170 Vol.8: no.6 REVIEWS THE LEPIDOPTERA OF NOVA SCOTIA. PART I, MACROLEPIDOPTERA. By D. C. Ferguson. Proc. Nova Scotian Inst. Science (Halifax), vol. 23: pp. 161-375, 16 pls. Feb. 1954. [Price for separates—$2.00; available from D. C. Ferguson, Nova Scotia Museum of Science, Spring Garden Road, Halifax, N.S., Canada.] This is an annotated check list of high quality. Any lepidopterist whose interests include the Northeast will find this an essential publication. For each species the precise Nova Scotian localities and flight dates are given, in most cases with comments . on special matters such as distribution, habits, habitats, characteristics, and foodplants. Mr. FERGUSON notes that over 50,000 specimens formed the basis of the list and that he personally collected about 75% of the specimens and about 95% of the species during eleven years of intensive field work in most parts of Nova Scotia. Of the 832 species of Macrolepidoptera, 68 are butterflies, 27 Sphingide, 6 Saturniide, 3 Euchromiide, 3 Nolide, 33 Arctiide, 1 Agaristide, 426 Noctuide, 32 Notodontide, Lymantriidz, 5 Lasiocampide, 2 Thyatiride, 4 Drepanide, 214 Geometride, and 1 Epiplemidz. For lepidopterists outside of Nova Scotia the foodplant records will be especially useful. Mr. FERGUSON has apparently reared hundreds of species from larve collected in the Province. Although the prefatory remarks state that his own foodplant records are clearly distinguished trom those of outside workers, this is not always the case. For example, it appears that Mr. FERGUSON has reared Erora le@ta “on beaked hazelnut (Corylus)”, Nymphalis j-album on “white birch, willow’, and Zale duplicata “most commonly bred from Pinus strobus’, but it may be that none or all of these were actually found by him. The 16 plates give good reproductions of photographs of over 200 specimens from Nova Scotia, including several types. The separata of the publication include a few corrigenda, for small errors in the original issue, and a number of additional records bringing the total of Macrolepidoptera known from Nova Scotia to 858 species. C. L. REMINGTON, Osborn Zool. Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A. DIE SCHMETTERLINGE MITTELEUROPAS. By Walter Forster & Theodor A. Wohlfahrt. [In German.] [Third instalments, 1952]: vol. 1: pp. 65-128, text figs. 37-110; vol. 2: colored pls. 9-14. [Fourth instalments, 1953]: vol. 1: pp. 129-192, text figs. 111-147; vol. 2: colored pls. 15-18. [Fifth instalments, 1954]: vol. 1: pp. xii + 193-202 + [2]; vol. 2: pp. 65-96, text figs. 23-33, colored pls. 19-20. Publisher: Franckh’sche Verlagshandlung, W. Keller & Co., Stuttgart, Germany. Price DM. 10 each instalment. The first and second instalments of this important work were reviewed in the Lepid. News (vol. 6: pp. 79-80, 1952, and vol. 7: p. 26, 1953, respectively). The third instalment of vol. 1 deals in detail with the anatomy, development, colors and patterns of the Lepidoptera, and is accompanied by excellent and interesting figures, many otf which contain a number of sub-figures. The fourth instalment discusses the biology or mode of life, enemies, parasites and diseases of the Lepidoptera, the benefits of and damage caused by Lepidoptera, their geographic distribution, genetics, systematics, and nomenclature. The fifth instalment contains the title page, preface, table of con- tents, a few words on nature conservation, list of literature and a subject index, thus completing the volume. The third instalment of vol. 2, continuing with the plates of the Satyridz, con- cludes Erebia, continues with Agapetes, neis, Brintesia, Hipparchia, Arethusana, Chazara, Minos, Satyrus, Dira, Aphantopus, Pararge, Hyponephele, Maniola, Lopinga, Pyronia, 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 171 concludes with Caenonympha, and commences the Nymphalidaw beginning with Apatura. The fourth instalment of vol. 2 contains plates which continue the Nymphalidz, figuring Limenitis, Neptis, Vanessa, Aglais, Inachis, Nymphalis, Polygonia, Araschnia, Euphydryas, Melitea, and Mesoacidalia. The fifth instalment of vol. 2 continues the text of the Nymphalide with Melitza and the following genera: Mesoacidalia, Fabriciana, Pandoriana, Argynnis, Argyronome, Brenthis, Proclossiana, Closstana, Boloria, Issoria, embraces the Libytheide, Libythea, the Riodinide, Nemeobius, and commences the Lycenide with Thecla and the follow- ing genera: Strymon, Callophrys, Heodes, Lycana, Thersamonia, Paleochrysophanus, Syn- tarucus, Lampides, Everes, Cupido, Celastrina, Scolitantides, Philotes, Jolana, Glaucopsyche, Maculinea, and starts Lycwides. The plates continue the Nymphalidz, figuring Fabriciana, Pandoriana, Argynnis, Argyronome, Brenthis, Clossiana, and Proclossiana. In the Satyridz the authors have used the generic name Agapetes instead of Melan- argia, although an application is now pending before the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature to validate the latter name, to which no opposition has thus far been published, and it is in current use by Seitz and other authors. As observed before, the European authors indulge in considerable splitting of genera, but this, in the writer's opinion, is not the subject of criticism, rather is it to be commended when based on substantial morphological characters. For that reason the reviewer has cited the genera at length so that American readers may see the whole picture. C. F. pos PAssos, Washington Corners, Mendham, New Jersey, U.S.A. THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS HYDRIOMENA OCCURRING IN AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO (GEOMETRIDZ, LARENTIINZA). By James H. McDun- nough. Bwll. Amer. Museum Nat. Hist., vol. 104: pp. 237-358, 3 pls., 185 figs. 6 July 1954. [Price $1.75; available from American Museum of Natural History, New. otk 24, N. Y., U.S. A.] Dr. MCDUNNOUGH’S last review of Hydriomena was published in 1917. The new revision is a beautifully thorough treatment of this large genus. Fifty-five dis- tinct species of Hydriomena ate recognized, and the new genus Hymenodria is erected for H. mediodentata (B. & McD.). To taxonomists, one of the most impressive and confusing characteristics of Hydriomena is the great variation of wing-pattern which appears in almost any substantial series. The new revision therefore is based largely on the male genitalia and to a lesser degree the female genitalia. The genitalia are described in detail and illustrated in 185 clear figures. Unfortunately, the 63 photo- graphs of spread specimens are so poorly reproduced that their usefulness is not as great as might be expected. In view of the large number of species, two additions to the revision might have made it much more valuable to lepidopterists other than Geometridz specialists. First, there is need for an identification key, regardless of phylogenetic naturalness, with which at least preliminary detailed sorting could be done; there is a small key to the nine Groups, using the male genitalia, but Group I alone has 35 species. Ob- viously, precise identifications of undetermined Hydriomena must be made, by the traditional method of ‘‘picture-book taxonomy”, from male and female genitalia. How- ever, it is a substantial advance that even this can now be done. Second, some rea- soned guessing in determining the species would be possible, based on geographic data of specimens, if the “List of Species’ at the end of the text were expanded to show the known general range of each form. There is no mention in the revision of larval or pupal characteristics, but foodplants are given wherever known. The importance of Dr. MCDUNNOUGH’S authorship of this definitive revision of Hydriomena is emphasized by the fact that of the 104 names other than synonyms, 59 were originated by him. C. L. REMINGTON, Osborn Zool. Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A. 172 REVIEWS Vol.8: no.6 THE LEPIDOPTERA OF PENNSYLVANIA. A MANUAL. By Harrison M. Tietz. xii+194 pp., 2 figs. State College, Penna., [Autumn 1952]. [Price $3.00; avail- able from: School of Agriculture, Agricultural Experiment Station, Pennsylvania State College, State College, Penna., U. S. A.] This is the first list known to me of the Lepidoptera of the entire state of Pennsylvania, and includes all the butterflies, the macroheterocera, and several families of the larger “micros.” For each species listed are given: name; reference to original description; list of all synonyms, aberrations, forms and subspecies (no matter where they may occur), all with their original references; occasionally a brief commentary on the species; list of Pennsylvania localities for the species, arranged under life zones; list of foodplants of the species, as recorded in the literature or observed by Dr. TIETZ; references to life history studies. In addition to this, an introductory portion acknowledges records from various institutions; states that nomenclature fol- lows the McDunnough 1938-1939 List (which it often does not — see below); provides a “Plan of the Work’ and a list of supplementary references; gives under “List of Works Quoted” a list of periodicals (title only), list of separate works; then a list of ‘Authors’ Names and Abbreviations” in which are also to be found names of several private collectors who have contributed records. The appearance of the first account of Pennsylvania Lepidoptera should have been an occasion for rejoicing, especially for those of us who live in that state. Un- fortunately it is not. Certainly it is a very extensive account, with a pleasingly large number of localities cited for most of the species. Furthermore, no attempt on this scale to gather the references to the original descriptions into one place has been made since Dyar’s “List” of half a century ago. Again, one is often astounded at the large number of host plants cited for many of the species. These most happy points, however, soon fade before the consternation and exasperation one feels on examining the work a bit more closely. The references are to any and all forms of of the species that Dr. TIETZ has been able to find, whether they were described and are known only from Arizona, California, or wherever. This extraneous material alone must have increased the bulk of the work by a dozen or more pages. The distribution records are often hard to trace — they are given under the admittedly frequently con- troversial life zones, rather than by counties. A gazetteer at the end of the book is supposed to rectify matters, but in addition to making constant reference to it necessary to locate places, one soon finds further that there are localities not listed in the gazetteer, or towns of the same name are given for two different counties (and under the species he does not distinguish between them). The list of foodplants is com- pletely uncritical. Almost never is there indicated the one most favored plant that many species are well known to have. An exception is the list of plants under Liparis dispar Linn., the Gypsy Moth, in which a generalization of feeding preference is made at the beginning of the list, and throughout the list the plant species are marked with the degree of preference by L. dispar. He gives no source for these host records individually. (We gather that some, perhaps most, are taken from the works cited, but this is not always so, and Dr. TIETZ appears to have included many records from his own local studies — valuable information, rendered almost worthless by his failure to indicate the fact.) In addition to these points, which affect those aspects of the work which strike one most favorably at first, there are a number of other errors, both of commission and omission. In the butterflies alone the following species, known to be Penn- sylvanian, are omitted: Exuchloe olympia; Strymon acadica; S. caryevorus; Lycena epixanthe; Glaucopsyche lygdamus. The last, in fact, was described some years ago as ssp, nittanyensis Cherm., from material taken very near Dr. TIETZ’S home town of state College! Similarly, though Papilio cresphontes is mentioned, the name penn- ‘ylvanicus Cherm., proposed a number of years ago for the Pennsylvania subspecies and also based on a type series from State College, is. omitted! Again only in the butterflies, the following incorrect nomenclature has been found: Eurymus (instead of Colias): Cissia (instead of Euptychia, or even Megisto); Satyrodes canthus (instead 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 173 of Lethe eurydice); nycteis under Phyciodes instead of Melitea, where it belongs; Strymon calanus (instead of S. falacer); Plebeuis (sic) scudderi (instead of Plebeius — ot Lyc@ides — melissa samuelis Nab.). The most unaccountable omissions of all are the several very important recent works on the eastern part of the continent which Dr. TIETZ has completely failed to cite, not to mention the majority of recent smaller studies. All references to Holland’s Butterfly Book ate to the early edition, despite the fact that the revised edition has been published now over twenty years! There appears to be no reference to Forbes’ Lepidoptera of New York State, an indispensible publication. Klots’ magnificent Field Guide to the Butterflies is likewise omitted in its entirety, though this is so recent that omission may have been unavoidable. Had the author paid any attention to this latter, however, most of the nomenclatorial errors cited above would have been avoided. Indeed, had he followed the McDunnough list faithfully, as is claimed, he would have avoided the greater part of them by far. One could fill many more pages with additional errors. It shall suffice, how- ever to point out just one more: the habit of separating author’s name and journal or separate work reference each in a much abbreviated list of its own has made almost impossible any check of literature covered, and makes all these lists useless. How much better, and infinitely more valuable, it would have been had Dr. TIETZ followed conventional practice of including a bibliography, giving author, date, title and full reference of each paper cited. Certainly it would have been long, but he would have shortened his text citations thereby; would have eliminated the worthless lists of authors, separate works and periodicals in the introduction; and would have provided a thoroughly usable list. I believe he would not only have gained utility, but would actually have saved space. Dr. TIETZ’ curious manner of listing harks back to the days of W. F. KirBy and others, when a proper bibliographic citation style had not been developed (nor was then particularly needed). It is obvious that this book could have been written so as to include not only the information it already has, but much more, and the whole in much more accessible and convenient fashion, and further, at a great saving of space. HARRY K. CLENCH, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh 13, Penna., U.S. A. GEROULD GENETICAL COLLECTION NOW AT YALE UNIVERSITY Professor JOHN H. GEROULD, of Dartmouth College, Hanover, New Hamp- shire, has transferred his collection of Colas to Yale University. Included are the classic broods which allowed him to discover the heredity of the “alba” female form (Amer. Nat. 45: 257-283, 1911; Genetics 8: 495-551, 1923), the many hybrid broods between C. philodice and C. eurytheme and between eastern and western populations of C. philodice (Proc. Amer. Philosophical Soc. 86: 405-438, 1943), the “alba” gynandromorph (Journ. Exper. Zool. 42: 263- 286, 1925), the “blue-green” and “olive-green” sets (ibid. 43: 413-425, 1926), the several Hanover population samples, and a number of other important series. The specimens are in Denton mounts or are spread but not pinned. Gradually, certain broods of this great collection will be mounted on pins and arranged with the large representation of Colzas genetic materials in my labora- tory. Already the GEROULD broods have been used in a study of hindwing discal spot genetics, published elsewhere (Lepid. News 8: 163-166), and the collection will be used for similar investigations in the future. C. L. REMINGTON, Osborn Zool. Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A. 174 Vol.8: no.6 NOTICES Bombycide and Noctuidze from Italy, Austria, High Alps, and Turkey for sale. 1954 catch about 1800 specimens, many rarities, full data. Lots of 100 mixed specimens including Rhopalocera $4.50, 200 specimens $8.00. Dr. H. Wilcke, Kossen/Tyrol, AUSTRIA. Offered”) Rerhale's “The Crambide of North America” (1896; with colored plates) in exchange for named Micros or other Lepidoptera. Dr. Marion E. Smith, Department of Entomology, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass., U.S.A. Wanted: adult specimens of Papilio hector, P. agamemnon, P. demoleus, P. epidaus fenochionis. Also Dismorphia amphione praxinoe, 2 and 6. George L. Crowder, 913 South Hamilton, Marissa, Ill., U.S.A. Wish to contract immediately with museums, other institutions, and individuals to collect Lepidoptera and other insects and small animal life in the following regions: South and Central America; Mexico, Cuba, southern Florida; Hawaii; Africa; Alaska. Larry J. Kopp, R.D., Klingerstown, Penna., U.S.A. Will send a copy of my annotated check list of the hundred butterflies of the Ogle- thorpe University campus in Georgia to anyone sufficiently interested to send a large self-addressed envelope and 9¢ postage to John P. Knudsen, 120 So. Boundary St., Chapel ‘Hill WW. Gar WS:A: Wanted: perfect specimens of ¢ 9 of Troides alexandre from New Guinea. I will purchase if price is reasonable. Also desire Agrias from South America, single specimens 6 2 of the yellow and blue varieties. A.J. Carpenter, 236 Huntington Ave., Boston, Mass., U.S.A. Wanted for cash: specimens, with full data, of Strymon falacer, S. edwardsti, Phyciodes batesii, Polygonia faunus, Asterocampa flora, Melitewa harrisi, and Enodia creola. No exchanges. Roderick R. Irwin, 411 North Bloomington St., Streator, Illinois, U.S.A. LIVING MATERIAL LIVING PUPA OF PAPILIO EURYMEDON urgently needed for research purposes; will purchase or exchange. Lincoln P. Brower, Osborn Zoological Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A. OFFICIAL ACTION ON NAMES OF LEPIDOPTERA Notice has been received from FRANCIS HEMMING, Secretary of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, that applications have been received by the Commission for the use of its Plenary Powers to validate the name Melanargia Meigen, 1828 (Satyridz) and to preserve the name Polyommatus Latreille, 1804 (Lycaenidz) and continue suppressing Argus Boisduval, 1832. Any interested person who wishes to comment on the application for Polyommatus should do so as soon as possible by writing the Secretary at 28 Park Village East, Regent’s Park; London, N.W. 1, England. This must be done before 22 April 1955. The deadline for Melanargia was 11 Nov. 1954. W. T. M. Forsgs’ Part II] (Noctuidae) of The Lepidoptera of New York has just been published and may be purchased for $1.50 from: The Mailing Room, Roberts lfall, N. Y. State College of Agriculture, Ithaca, N. Y., U. S. A. Part II is still available for $1.50, and a few copies of Part I have been found and may be purchased for $1.75. Parts Il and III together are sold for $2.75. A full review of Part III will appear in the News. 1954 . The Lepidopterists’ News 175 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA Under this heading are listed publications on Lepidoptera from all scientific periodi- cals available to our cooperating abstractors. It is intended that every paper and book related to Lepidoptera and published in any part of the world after 1946 will be included. Abstracts give all new species, subspecies, genera, and higher cate- gories, with type localities and generotypes, but varieties, aberrations, etc. are omi- ted. Papers from The Lepidopterists’ News are listed but not abstracted. Initials of cooperating abstractors are as follows: [P.B] — P. F. BELLINGER; [A.D.} — A. DIAKONOFF; [W.H.] — WALTER HACKMAN; [N.O.] — NICHOLAS OBRAZTSOV; [C.R.] —C€. L. REMINGTON; [J.T.] — J. W. TILDEN; [P.V.] — PIERRE E. L. VIETTE. E. DISTRIBUTION AND PHENOLOGY Bauer, David L., “A suvey of the butterflies of the Verde Valley.” Plateau, Mus. No. Arizona, vol. 26: pp. 95-102. Jan. 1954. Discusses general faunistics of Verde Valley. Gives checklist of 134 species found there. [C.R.] Burmann, Karl, “Eigenartiges Hohenvorkommen zweier Mikrolepidopteren” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 38-39. 15 May 1952. Vertical distribution of Dioryctria abietella and Steganoptycha dinana in N. Tirol. [N.O.] Chiaromonte, A., “Occurrence of the Cotton Pink Bollworm in Eritrea.” Plant Prot. Bull., vol. 2: pp. 41-42. Dec. 1953. Platyedra gossypiella; new record. de Lucca, C., “New additions to the Lepidoptera of Malta.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 258-259. Nov. 1951. 4 noctuids, 1 geometer, 3 pyralids, 17 micros. [P.B.] Owen, D. F., “Bombed site Lepidoptera.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 265-272. Dec. 1951. Fauna of devastated parts of London. [P.B.] Picard, J., “Hesperiidae du Liberia collectés par P. L. Dekeysar et B. Holas” [in French}. Bull. Inst. Franc. Afr. Noire, vol. 12: pp. 625-628. “July” [Sept.] 1950. List of spp. collected, and of spp. recorded from Liberia by Evans; zoogeographical notes. [P.B.] Remington, P. S., “Collecting along the Alaska highway.” Lepid. News, vol. 6: pp. Ps t0G. 19> Feb. 1953. Rindge, Frederick H., “The butterflies of the Bahama Islands, British West Indies (Lepidoptera).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 1563: 18 pp. 12 May 1952. Annotated list of 54 spp. Ross, Herbert H., “On the origin and composition of the nearctic insect fauna.” Evolution, vol. 7: pp. 145-158, 7 figs. June 1953. Discussion of a few groups for which biogeographical information is reasonably complete, including Saturniide - (based on Michener’s revision). [P.B.] Thomas, Edward S., “A European skipper, Adopea lineola, at Columbus, Ohio.” Lepid. News, vol. 6: pp. 92-93. 19 Feb. 1953. Tucker, R. W. E., “The insects of Barbados.” Journ. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico, vol. 36: pp. 330-363. Oct. 1952. Partial list, recording food habits in most cases; lists 98 Lepidoptera in 19 families. [P.B.] ; Various authors, “The field season summary of North American Lepidoptera for 1952.” Lepid. News, vol. 7: pp. 66-118, 1 map. 5 Nov. 1953. Warnecke, Georg, “Neue und bemerkungswerte Grossschmetterlinge in Schleswig- und dem nordelbischen Gebiet von Hamburg” [in German]. Mitt. Faun. Arbeitsgem. Schleswig-Holstein, vol. 5: pp. 18-22, 42-44; vol. 6: pp. 6-7. 1952-1953. Annotated lists: 15 spp. new to the area in the last 10 years, 13 which have only recently become common, and 34 others (mostly butterflies, Noctuide, Geometride). [P.B.| Warnecke, Georg, “Die Verbreitung des Eulenfalters Eugnorisma (Rhyacia Agrotss) depuncta L. in Schleswig-Holstein” [in German]. M4jtt. Faun. Arbeitsgem. Schleswig- Holstein, vol. 5: pp. 39-42, 1 map. 1952. All records in this area are east of the terminal morain of the last glaciation. [P.B.| Williams, C. B., “The relative abundance of different species in a wild animal popu- lation.” Journ. Anim. Ecol., vol. 22: pp. 14-31, 9 figs. May 1953. Relation between number of individuals and number of species, based mainly on light- trap captures of Macrolepidoptera. [P.B.| 176 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.8: no.6 Willstedt, H., “Witterungseinflisse auf das Falterleben des Regnitztales im Jahre 1947” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 134-139. 15 Sept. 1949. Reports favorable effects of hot, dry summer on some Lepidoptera, and other phenological observations. [P.B.] . F. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Bergold, G. H., & E. F. Wellington, “Isolation and chemical properties of the mem- branes of an insect virus and their relation to the virus and polyhedral bodies.” Journ. Bact., vol. 67: pp. 210-216, 4 figs. Feb. 1954. Pathogen of Bombyx mori. Blais, J. R., “The recurrence of Spruce Budworm infestations in the past century in the Lac Seul area of northwestern Ontario.” Ecology, vol. 35: pp. 62-71, 6 figs. Jan. 1954. Concludes that budworm outbreaks are associated with arrival at ma- turity of balsam fir stands; the mature trees are killed by repeated defoliation. The = oe cycle occurred some 85 years ago, judging from growth ring studies. PB. Brandt, Herbert, “Uber die Einfluss der Kopulation auf die Eiproduktion und Eiablage von Schmetterlingsweibchen” [in German]. Zestschr. Naturforsch., vol. 2b: pp. 301-308. 1947. Reports specific effect of mating in increasing number of mature eggs and number of eggs laid in 9 2 of Bupalus piniarius and Ephestia kuhniella. [P.B.] Breese, Michael H., “The maize stalk borer.” Nyasaland Agric. Quart. Journ., vol. 8: pp. 31-37. “Apr.” Sept. 1949. Biology and control of Busseola fusca. Brown, E. S., “Mimicry as illustrated in the British fauna.’ New Biology, no. 10: pp. 72-94, 6 pls. 1951. Popular account of mimics of bees and wasps, including Hemaris and Aigertide. [P.B.] Burmann, Karl, “Crambus maculalis Zett. (Microlepidoptera, Pyralidaz)’’ [in German]. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 32: pp. 69-75, 6 figs. 10 May 1948. Describes early stages, biology, and variation; names 2 aberrations. [P.B.] Burmann, Karl, “Aus dem Leben von Symmoca signella Hb. (Microlepidoptera, Gele- chiida)” [in German]. Zeztschr. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 32: pp. 81-90, 7 figs. 30 June 1948. Early stages & biology. Butcher, R. W., “Biological flora of the British Isles. Atropa L. Atropa belladonna L.” Journ. Ecol., vol. 34: pp. 345-353, 2 figs. Aug. 1947. Larve of Preres brassice and Mamestra have been found on the plant. {[P.B.] Casey, Jewell, ‘The life of the Cecropia Moth -story in pictures.” Frontiers, vol. 16: pp. 144-145, 9 figs. June 1952. Chace, Lynwood M., ‘The picture story of the Cecropia Moth.” Frontiers, vol. 15: pp. 16-17, 7 figs. Oct. 1950. Chapman, V. J., “Biological flora of the British Isles. Swaeda maritima (L.). Suaeda Fruticosa Forsk.” Journ. Ecol., vol. 35: pp. 293-310, 9 figs. Dec. 1947. Larve of Coleophora suadivora, C. atriplicis, Phthorimewa suedella, P. salicornie reported feeding on spp. of Sueda. [P.B.] Chapman, V. J., “Biological flora of the British Isles. Halimione portulacoides (L.) Aell.” Journ. Ecol., vol. 38: pp. 214-222, 2 figs. July 1950. Larval food plant of Coleophora atriplicis, C. salinella, Aristotelia stipella, Phthorimea instabilella. |P.B.| Chernoponevkina, S. M., “A new insect attacking lucerne: a moth of the genus Phasiane (Lepidopt., Geometridae); control methods.” [in Russian]. Dokl. Vses. Akad. Selsk. Nauk im. Lenina, vol. 13 no. 1: pp. 37-38. 1948. [Not seen.] Clements, A. N., “On the urticating properties of adult Lymantriidae.” Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A), vol. 26: pp. 104-108, 1 fig. 15 Sept. 1951. In some genera the female collects urticating larval hairs from the cocoon and sheds them with her own hair for the protection of the egg. [P.B.] Clawson, J. R., “The bug in the built-in bungalow.” Nat. Hist., vol. 61: pre e, | fig. June 1952. Larva of Thyridopteryx ephemeeriformis. Dowden, Philip B., H. A. Jaynes, & V. M. Carolin, “The role of birds in a Spruce Budworm outbreak in Maine.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 46: pp. 307-312. April 1953. Predation by birds on larva of Choristoneura fumiferana measured by comparing two sites, on one of which all birds were shot. [P.B.] Ekvtimishvili, Z. S., “Materials pertaining to the biology of the platanus moth Lithocolletis platani Stgr.” {in Russian]. Soobshch. Akad. Nauk Gruzinskoi SSR, vol. 13: pp. 469-476, 1952. [Not seen.] Emme, A. M., “Certain problems in the theory of the diapause in insects” [in Russian}. Usp. Sovrem. Biol., vol. 35: pp. 395-424. May/June 1953. [Not seen.] 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 177 Loberbauer, Rudolf, “Eine interessante Beobachtung bei Colias edusa F.” [in German.} Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 123-124. 15 Sept. 1949. Second generation of local population consisted only of gg and one 2 parasitized by a nematode which had consumed the ovaries. Absence of 292 perhaps caused by selective effects of unfavorable weather on larve. [P.B.| Loibl, Hans, “Schmetterlinge in Hamburgs Garten und Parks. Schmetterlinge als Kulturfolger” [in German]. Mutt. Faun. Arbeitsgem. Schleswig-Holstein, vol. 6: pp. 38-45. 1953. Discussion and annotated list of Macrolepidoptera which find optimum conditions in settled areas and cities. [P.B.| Parrott, Arthur W., “A systematic catalogue of Australian Braconide.” Pacific Sci., vol. 7: pp. 193-218. Apr. 1953. Records hosts when known; with host index, including 23 Lepidoptera. !P.B.} Paulian, R., “Observations sur les Boroceras de Madagascar, papillons séricigénes (Lep. Lasiocampidz)”’ [in French]. Naturalliste Malgache, vol. 5: pp. 69-86, 8 figs. 1953. Important study on the nomenclature and the biology of two silkworms from ae B. madagascarensis and B. marginepunctatus; with figures of the larve. EY. Synyts’ kyi, M. M., “Feeding the Oak Silkworm on willows” [in Russian]. Dopovidi Akad. Nauk URSS, no. 1: pp. 41-46. 1951. [Not seen]. Tsao, Ching-Hsi, “Quantitative effects of diet, age, temperature and humidity on the fecundity of five representative species of insects.” Diss. Abs., vol. 12: p. 236. 1952. Abstract only; including Galleria. Waldner, Franz, “Das Vorkommen der Zackeneule (Scoliopteryx libatrix L.) in Hohlen” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 37: pp. 176-182, 1 pl. 1 fig. Brief description of moth, early stages, and biology. Lists numerous records of occufrence in caves in Europe and U. S. A. [P.B.] Walker, Robert L., “Spiny Bollworm of cotton in Iraq.” Plant Prot. Bull., vol. 1: p. 42. Dec. 1952. Earias insulana; lists alternative foodplants. [P.B.] Wellington, W. G., J. J. Fettes, K. B. Turner, & R. M. Belyea, “Physical and biological indicators of the development of outbreaks of the Spruce Budworm, Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem.) (Lepidoptera: Tortricidz).” Canad. Journ. Res., Sect. D, vol. 28: pp. 308-331, 1 pl., 10 figs. Dec. 1950. Describes consistent association of budworm outbreaks with particular preceding meteorological condi- tions and with outbreaks of Malacosoma disstria. PB. Williams, J. R., “The larve and pupz of some important Lepidoptera.” Bull. Ent. Res., vol. 43: pp. 691-701, 5 figs. Jan. 1953. Detailed descriptions, well illustrated, of early stages of pest species from Mauritius: Sesamia calamistis, S. inferens, S. untformis, Proceras sacchariphagus, P. indicus, Argyroploce schistaceana, A. leu- cotreta, Cryptophlebia williamsi, O. peltastica. Key to larve of the last 4. [P.B.] Wittstadt, H., “Uber den Geschlechtsduft der Schmetterlinge’” [in German]. Zef#ts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 35: pp. 81-87. 1 June 1950. Discussion of sexual odors of Lepidoptera, and results of some experiments on the distances at which they are effective: up to 4 km. for Q scent (Lemonia dumi), only a few meters for 4 scent (Sphingide, Endromis). [P.B.} G. PHYSIOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR Agrell, Ivar, “Occurrence and metabolism of free amino acids during insect meta- morphosis.” Acta Physiol. Scand., vol. 18: pp. 247-258, 5 figs. 15 Aug. 1949. Study on pupe of Phalera bucephala and Calliphora. [P.B.| Allegret, Paul, “Conditionnement précoce de la métamorphose chez Galleria mellonella L.” [in French]. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, vol. 234: pp. 1641-1643. 16 Apr. 1952. Young larve fed on pure wax may molt once and then pupate, or molt repeatedly and then die; difference correlated to some extent with weight, but not strictly with instar. [P.B.] Andrewarttha, H. G., “Diapause in relation to the ecology of insects.” Biol. Revs., vol. 27: pp. 50-107, 5 figs. Feb. 1952. Review article, with numerous examples from the Lepidoptera and their parasites; extensive bibliography. [P.B.| von Buddenbrock, W., & I. Moller-Racke, “Neue Beobachtungen iiber den farbensinn der Insekten’” [in German, English summary]. Experientia, vol. 8: pp. 62-63. 15 Feb. 1952. Tests of ‘Luminosity’ of certain colors to 22 spp. of butterflies, of 5 families. Suggests separate perceptors for yellow, green-blue, and orange-red. Order of brightness similar for members of same family. [P.B.| 178 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera VoL8: no.6 Bickmann, Detlef, “Die Umfarbung von Schmetterlingsraupen vor der Verpuppung (Untersuchungen an Cerura vinula)” [in German]. Naturwiss.. vol. 39: pp. 213- 214. 1952. Prepupal color change of larva is under control of pupation hormone. [P.B.} Goodwin, T. W., “The pigments in colour phases of the larve of Plusia gamma L. (the Silver-Y Moth).” Brochem. Journ., vol. 55: pp. 834-838, 2 figs. Dec. 1953. Study of carotenoids and melanins in hemolymph and integument of normal and dark phase (crowded) larvze; the former lack melanin in integument. [P.B.] Hadorn, Ernst, & Alfred Kéihn, “Chromatographische und fluorometrische Untersuc- hungen zur biochemischen Polyphahie von Augenfarb-Genen bei Ephesiva kukniella” [in German]. Zeits. Naturf., vol. 8b, pp. 582-589, 4 figs. Oct. 1953. Demonstrates differences in concentrations of some fluorescing substances in imaginal heads of normal and eye-color mutant stocks of Epkestia, Plodia, and Ptychopoda. |P_B.| Jones, Jack Colward, “On the heart in relation to circulation of hemocytes in insects.” Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 46: pp. 366-372, 4 figs. Sept. 1953. Blood cells circulate throught the heart in Galleria, Pieris, and Heterocampa, but not in all insects. [P.B.] Kursanov, A. L.. & E. I. Vyskrebentseva, “Exchange of gases in the hemolymph of the silkworm ee the development of the chrysalis” [in Russian]. Bsokbimita, vol. 18: pp. 363-370. May/June 1953. [Not seen]. Leppik, E. E., “The rile of insects to distinguish number.” Amer. Nat., vol. 87: pp. 229-236, 4 figs. July/Aug. 1953. Reports certain insects, including some butter- flies and moths, can distinguish numbers of petals on a flower. [P-B.] Magnus, Dietrich, “Uber optische ‘Schliisselreize’ bein Paarungsverhalten des Kaiser- mantels Argynnis paphia L. (Lep. Nymph.)” [in German]. Naturwiss., vol. 23: pp. 610-611. Dec. 1953. Reports that color and pattern movement are key factors for sexual attraction of g & BRITISH WEST INDIES Bellinger, Peter F. (Dr.), University College of the West Indies, Mona, St. Andrew, Jamaica. LEPID. Coloration, Genetics. Coll. Ex. Lewis, C. Bernard, Science Museum, Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica. RHOP: esp. of Jamaica and Cayman Island. Coll. Perkins, Lilly G., Sunnybank, Claremone, St. Ann, Jamaica. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingidz. Sell. CHILE Herrera Gonzalez, Jose (Prof.), Lo Ovalle 0195, Santiago. RHOP: esp. Pieridae, Nymphalidw, Satyrida. Genitalia, Genetics. Coll. Ex. CUBA ‘¢ la Torre y Callejas, S.L. (Dr.), Universidad de Oriente, Santiago de Cuba, Oriente. RHOP: esp. Eurema. Coll. Ex. - 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 187 MEXICO Escalante, Tarsicio (Dr.), Av. Cuitlahuac 63, Mexico 17, D.F. WELLING, EDWARD C., La Casa Victoria, Chichen Itza, Yucatan. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Sell. VENEZUELA Lichy, René (Prof.), Edificio ENKA, Apto. 17, Avenida Fermin Toro, San Bernardino, Caracas. RHOP: Venezuelan only, esp. Ewrema. MACRO: esp. Sphingide of the world. Zoogeography, Ecology. Coll. Ex. Buy. NORTH AMERICA CANADA ALBERTA BOWMAN, KENNETH, 10240 Wadhurst Rd., Edmonton. LEPID. of Alberta Coll. WYATT, COLIN W., Box 217, Banff. RHOP: Palearctic and Nearctic, esp. Alpine and Arctic spp. Local Races. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. BRITISH COLUMBIA *Fitch, Richard J., 2235 Pandora St., Vancouver. Arctic LEPID. Sell. *Guppy, Richard, R.R. 1, Marine Drive, Wellington. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Sell. Rear. MANITOBA Bird, Charles D., 1930 Rosser Ave., Brandon. RHOP: esp Satyride. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Sell. POLUSNY, JOHN, 641 Martin Ave., Winnipeg. RHOP. MACRO. esp. Nearctic. Coll. Ex. Sell. *Quelch, C.S., Transcona. LEPID: esp. Central and S. American. RHOP. Coll. Ex. NOVA SCOTIA *Ferguson, Douglas C., Nova Scotia Museum of Science, Halifax. RHOP: Nearctic. MACRO: Nearctic, esp. Geometridz, Noctuidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. ONTARIO Bailey, Earl G., 34 Tecumseh St., St. Catharines, RHOP. MACRO. Coll. *BRUGGEMANN, Paul F., 335 Science Service Bldg., Ottawa. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Geometride, Hepialidae. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Dillon, Tom, 28 Centre St., Elmira. RHOP. MICRO. Coll. Buy. Rear. *Freeman, Thomas N. (Dr.), Div. of Entomology, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa. RHOP: esp. of Arctic. MICRO. Coll. Rear. *Hardwick, David F., Div. of Entomology, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa. MACRO: esp. Noctuidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Harrington, Peter T., 88 Heddington Ave., Toronto. RHOP: Papilionoidea of N. Amer.; Papilionide, Danaidaz and Heliconiide of world. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Lambert, Robert (Dr.), Systematic Entomology, Science Service, Ottawa. MICRO: esp. Tortricide. Forest Lepidoptera, Biology. Coll. McKay, Margaret (Miss), Div. of Entomology, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa. LEPID. larve. *Munroe, Eugene G. (Dr.), Div. of Entomology, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa. RHOP. MACRO. MICRO: esp. Pyralididaz and related families. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Reiter, Raymond, 851 Manning Ave., Toronto 4. RHOP: esp. Papilionide, Nym- phalide. esp. Catocala, Saturniide. MACRO: Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. Riotte, J.C.E. (Rev.), Box 536, Geraldton. Holarctic Sphingide. All LEPID. of N.W. Ontario. Coll. Rear. ROGERSON, JOHN L., 30 First Ave., Coniston. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Syme, Paul D., 262 Bessborough Drive, Toronto 17. LEPID., esp Ontario. Coll. Ex. *Vogel, Harold A., R.R. #5, London. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Wigmore, R. H., Room 107, Science Service Bldg., Carling Ave., Ottawa. MACRO: esp. Noctuidz. Coll. Ex. Winters, John, R.R. 4, Embro. RHOP. MACRO. Systematics, Nomenclature. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. 188 - List of Members Vol.8: no.6 QUEBEC *Adelphe, (Rev. Brother), Ecole Supérieure Richard, Verdun. RHOP: esp. of eastern Canada. MACRO: esp. Noctuidz of east. Canada. Coll. *GRAY, P.H.H. (Dr.), Box 236, Macdonald College. Local LEPID. Biology. Coll. *Sheppard, Arthur C., 5554 Coolbrook Ave., Montreal 29. LEPID: of Quebec only. Coll. Ex. Sell. Rear. SASKATCHEWAN Hooper, Ronald, Somme. RHOP. Coll. SHAW, J.P.. Box 1056, Weyblurn. RHOP. MACRO. esp Saturniida. Coll. Buy. Rear. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA ALABAMA *Chermock, Ralph L. (Dr.), Box 2047, University of Alabama, University. RHOP: esp. Satyride. Taxonomy. Coll. ARIZONA Werner, Floyd G. (Dr.), Dept. of Entomology, University of Arizona, Tucson. MACRO. & MICRO. of Arizona. Coll. (Determinations needed). CALIFORNIA Baber, Donald L., 1511 Drake Ave., Burlingame. RHOP: esp. Neotropical Papilion- ide, Nymphalidz. Coll. Ex. Baker, Nelson W., 279 Sherwood Drive, Santa Barbara. *BAUER, WILLIAM R., 235 Liberty St., Petaluma. MACRO. esp. Noctuide, Geo- metridz. Coll. Ex. ; Blackman, Thomas M., P.O. Box 125, Perris RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Rear. Braviroff, Harry, 1170 “E” St., San Bernardino. LEPID. esp. exotic. Buy. Burdick, William N., 1108 S. Harvard Blvd., Los Angeles 6. RHOP of Rocky Mts. and West only. Coll. Ex. Buy. Clayton, Roderick K. (Dr.}, Dept. of Physics, U.S. Naval Postgraduate School, Mon- terey. RHOP. MACRO. Genetics and physiology. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Comstock, John A. (Dr.), P.O. Box 158, Del Mar. LEPID. Life History. Rear. Coy, L.P. (Dr.), 328 West Bellevue, San Mateo. RHOP. Coll. Ex. *CRICKMER, NOEL, P.O. Box C, Borrego Valley, Borrego Springs. LEPID. esp. Geometridz. Coll. *Davies, Thomas W., 791 Elsie Ave., San Leandro. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Day, W. C., 1021 Hubert Rd., Oakland 10. Phylogeny, Speciation, Distribution, Biology. Coll. Bop John C., Zoology Dept. University of Calif., Davis. RHOP: esp. Lycanide. soll. Ex Essig, E.O. (Prof.), 112 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4. LEPID: esp. of western North America. Coll. “Evans, William H., 8711 la Tuna Canyon Road, Sun Valley. RHOP. MACRO. esp. Annaphila, Heliothiine. Life History, Photography. Coll. Sell. Rear. "Ford, Robert J., 3266 Ardmore Ave., South Gate. LEPID. esp. Riodinida, Lycaenidae, Arctiide, Zygenoidea, Pyralidoidea. Coll. Ex. Rear. 4 eee Walter H., Rt. #3, Academy, Box 190, Camarillo. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. x. Rear. GEHRHARDT, EDGAR E., 456 18th St, Richmond 5. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingide. Coll. Ex. Buy. tre “ahah F. (Rev.), 1818 Eddy St., San Francisco 15. MACRO: esp. Geometridz. oll. Ex. Buy. ‘C5 “Hammer, William A., 1923 Evergreen Ave., San Leandro. RHOP: esp. Speyeria, Colias, CEneis.s MACRO, Coll. Ex. Buy. HARLICK, ROBERT M., 2159 33rd Ave., San Francisco 16. Hill, Charles, 1350 San Luis Rey Drive, Glendale 8. MACRO: esp. Noctuidae of western Nearctic region. Coll. Ex. Buy. Hogue, Charles L., 1591 Grandola Ave., Los Angeles 41. MACRO: esp. Arctiidz. Literature, Illustrating. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. “Hovanitz, William (Prof.), Dept. of Biology, University of San Francisco, San Fran- cisco 1/7. RHOP. Genetics, Geographical Variation. *” 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 189 *Hulbirt, Lowell H., 622 N. Bright Ave., Whittier. RHOP: esp. Lycaenidae, Hesperi- idee, Coll. Ex. K and K Butterfly Hobbyist, 119 1/2 W. Wilson, Glendale. *KIRKWOOD, CARL W., Box 47, Summerland. MACRO. esp. Geometridae. Coll. Ex. Buy. La Due, Noel L., 1712 4lst St., Sacramento 19. LEPID: esp. Zerene. Coll. Ex. Lange, W. Harry (Dr.), Dept. Entomology, University of California, Davis. MICRO: esp. Pterophoridz and aquatic Pyralididaz. Coll. Ex. Buy. LANGSTON, ROBERT L., 3 Arlington Ave., Berkeley 5. RHOP. MACRO. of western Nearctic. MICRO: esp. Zygznoidea. Coll. Ex. Rear. Laspe, Charles G., 1 Middleridge Lane No., Rolling Hills. RHOP: esp. Papilionidz. Colt Ex, Linsdale, Donald D., Jamesburg Route, Carmel Valley. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Macheboeuf, Charles, Kelseyville. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. *McHENRY, PADDY, 1032 E. Santa Anita, Burbank. Original Descriptions and their Publication Dates. Coll. MacNEILL, C. DON, Dept. of Entomology, 112 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4. RHOP. esp. Hesperioidea. Coll. Ex. Buy. *MARTIN, LLOYD M., Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7. Southwestern LEPID: esp. Acontiinz, Notodontida, Hesperioidea. Coll. Ex. Rear. *Mattoni, R.H.T., Dept. of Botany, University of California, Los Angeles 24. RHOP: esp. Glaucopsychinz of the world. Coll. Ex. Buy. Minahan, Roger P., 8372 E. Westminster Ave., Westminster’ LEPID: esp. moths. Ecology, Genetics, Life History, Parasitology. Neumann, D., Jr., 3066 Georgia St., Oakland 2. Literature. Sell. Opler, Paul A., 415 Beatrice Rd., Pleasant Hill. RHOP: esp. Speyeria, Papilio, Apodemia, Lycena. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Rear. PATTERSON, DONALD, 170 Glenwood Ave., Atherton. RHOP. Coll. POWELL, JERRY A., 2714 Ridge Road, Berkeley. RHOP: esp. of Southern and Lower Calif. Coll. Ex. Sell. Pronin, George F., 516 Cole St., San Francisco 17. REES, WILLIAM A., 934 So. McDonnell Ave., Los Angeles 22. MACRO: esp. Exvxoa, Oncocnemis, Zale. MICRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Reichart, George B., 5929 Wood Drive, Oakiand 11. RHOP: esp. Evphydryas, Melitea, Pieride; Boreal and Alpine. Coll. Ex. Rear. *REID, ROBERT H., 442 Franklin Ave., Los Angeles 27. RHOP: esp. Plebeiinz. MACRO: esp. Heliothiine (Schinia), North America. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Roberds, Joseph, 2022 Huntington Lane, Redondo Beach. RHOP: esp. Papilio, Spey- erta, Colias. Coll. Ex. Rubbert, Allen, 1915 Terrace Way, Bakersfield. RHOP: esp. Speyeria, Plebejus, Pieridz of southern Calif. Coll. SALA, FRANK P., 1912 Hilton Drive, Burbank. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Saturniidz, Catocala, Noctuidz. MICRO: esp. AEgeriida, Cosside. Life History. Coll. Ex. Sell. SAMUELSON, G. ALLAN, 3824 Walnut Ave., Concord. Nearctic RHOP. and MICRO. Coll. Ex. Rear. Schmela, Dora E. (Mrs.) 2883 Grove St., Ventura. RHOP. Coll. Smith, Arthur C., P.O. Box 411, Berkeley. RHOP. and MACRO. of Mexico and Southwestern U.S.A. Ecology, Distribution. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Smoker, Samuel R., 105 Topeka Ave., San Jose, Calif. Steinhoff, Gordon R., 3916 Oak St., Burbank. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Stoddard, Terry, 12343 Magnolia St., El Monte. Stoner, Emerson A., 285 East “L’ St., Benicia. RHOP. Coll. Ex. *THORNE, FRED T., 1360 Merritt Drive, El Cajon. RHOP: esp. Theclinz. Ecology— southwestern states. Coll. Ex. Rear. *LILDENa).W. (Dr.), 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose 27. RHOP: esp. Hesperiide, Ly- cenide. MICRO. Ecology. Coll. Ex. Rear. *Weber, Bernie H., 359 E. Angeleno Ave., Burbank. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Wittman, Richard N., 2748 Ritchie St., Oakland. RHOP. Coll. COLORADO *BROWN, F. MARTIN, Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs. RHOP: esp. Pieridz and Satyride of neotropics. Distribution. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Eff, J. Donald, 820 Grant St., Boulder. RHOP: esp. Melitea, Euphydryas, and Arctic species. Coll. Ex. Sell. \ 190 List of Members Vol.8: no.6 JAE, RAYMOND J., 1286 So. Umatilla St., Denver. RHOP: esp. Thecla, Neozephyrus, Strymon of world. Coll. Ex. MARSTON, NORMAN L., Hartman. LEPID: esp. Arctiidae, Acronycta, Erynnts. Genitalia. Coll. Ex. MAY, J.F., Lytle Star Route, Colorado Springs. Arctiidz of world. Coll. Ex. MINOR, W.C., P.O. Box 62, Fruita. RHOP: esp. Rocky Mt.. fauna. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Renk, John J. (Brother), Regis College, W. 50th and Lowell Blvd., Denver 11 RHOP: esp. Lycanidz. Coll. Ex. , Rotger, Bernard (Rev.), Pagosa Springs. RHOP: esp. of Colorado. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy: Sell. CONNECTICUT Austin, George T., 99 May St., New Britain. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Bakeless, John (Dr.), Great Hill. Seymour. RHOP. of Northeastern U.S. Coll. Beall, Geoffrey (D1.), Dept. of Mathematics, University of Connecticut, Storrs. RHOP. Migration. Brower, Lincoln P. & Jane VZ., Osborn Zoological Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11. Biol. of Lepid. Mimicry. Coll. Coutsis, John G., Yale Station, New Haven 11. RHOP: esp. of Greece and West Indies. Coll. Ex. Rear. HARTMAN, W.D. (Dr.), Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University, New Haven 11. RHOP. *HESSEL, SIDNEY A., Nettleton Hollow Rd., Washington. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Papaitpema, Catocala. Coll. Rear. Pease, Roger W., Jr., 6 Trumbull St., New Britain. RHOP. MACRO. of U.S., Korea, Japan. Coll. Ex. Rear. *Remington, Charles L. (Prof.), Osborn Zool. Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11. LEPID: esp. Colias, Limenitis, Papilio. Genetics, Mimicry, Phylogeny, Larva, Pupz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. *Remington, Jeanne E. (Mrs.), Osborn Zoological Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11. *Schroeter, Otto H., P.O. Box 391, Quaker Hill. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Indo-Australian and So. Amer. Saturniidz. Coll. Buy. Sell. Rear. “WILHELM, HERMAN P., Buckingham Rd., Willimantic. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. DELAWARE JONES, FRANK MORTON (Dr.), 2000 Riverview Ave., Wilmington. LEPID: esp. Psychidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. ; DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA * Field, William D., Division of Insects, U.S. National Museum, Washington 25. RHOP: esp. Lycenide. FLORIDA DAVIDSON, W.M., 1504 Bodell St., Orlando. RHOP: esp. Hesperiidze, Lycanidz, Pieridae. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Rear. du Brucq, W. J., 157 Lenape Drive, Miami Springs. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. "Fuller, Stanley V., Box 81, Cassadaga. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingide and Cato- calinez. Life History. Coll. Rear. “KIMBALL, CHARLES P., Route 4, Box 942, Sarasota. LEPID: esp. Micros. Coll. Ex. "King, H.L., Box 1171, Sarasota. RHOP: esp. Theclinz. Coll. Ex. Stein, George L., 262 Capri Ave., Lauderdale-by-the-Sea. RHOP. MACRO. Zoo- geography. Coll. Buy. Rear. Sweetman, Harry E., Box 518, DeBary. RHOP. and MACRO: esp. of central north- west U.S.A Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. GEORGIA “HARRIS, LUCIEN, JR., P.O. Box 167, Avondale Estates. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Harris, Lucien, Ill, 2284 Pembrook Place, N.E., Atlanta. RHOP. Coll. NAUMANN, FRED T., P.O. Box 226, Forsyth. Life History. “TOWERS, ABNER A., 2421 Sagamore Drive N.W., Atlanta. RHOP. and MACRO: Nearcti only. Coll. Ex. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 191 HAWAII *Calkins, Virgil F., P.O. Box 461, U.S. Immigration-Naturalization Service, Honolulu 9, Oahu. RHOP: Nearctic. MACRO: esp. Saturniide, Sphingide, Ceratocampide, Catocala. Coll. Buy. Sell. SETTE, OSCAR E., 4490 Aukai Ave., Honolulu, Hawaii, T.H. IDAHO Manning, James H., 1515 N. 26th, Doise. RHOP. TWILSON, KENT H., 823 East ““B” St., Moscow. RHOP: esp. Papilionida. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Jugate. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. ILLINOIS ALLYN, A.C. Jr., 1201 Sheridan Rd., Evanston. RHOP: esp. Charaxes,. Papilio, Morpho. Coll. Ex. Buy. ANHILGER, CARL, 5938 W. Chicago Ave., Chicago 51. RHOP: esp. Papilio, Troides (=Ormithoptera), etc. Coll. Ex. Buy. Arbogast, Richard T., 1216 S. High Ave., Freeport. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. *BRISTOL, MAURICE L., 511 May St., Elgin. RHOP: esp. Thecla. MACRO: esp. Apantesis, Catocala, Noctuide. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Conway, Patrick J., R.R. #3, Box 127, Aledo. RHOP: esp. Satyridze, Speyeria, Boloria, Melitea, Euphydryas. Coll. Ex. Rear. Crowder, George L., 913 S. Hamilton, Marissa. Neotropical RHOP: esp. Papilionidz. MACRO. Coll. Buy. Rear. DLUHY, EUGENE, 3912 N. Hamilton Ave., Chicago 18. RHOP: esp. Papilio. MACRO: esp. Saturniidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. Fryxell, Thomas, 1331 42nd Ave., Rock Island. RHOP. Coll. Ex. FULTON, MACDONALD (Dr.), Dept. of Bacteriology, Loyola School of Medicine, 706 S. Wolcott Ave., Chicago 12. RHOP. Coli. Ex. *Gerhard, W.J., Curator of Insects, Chicago Natural History Museum, Chicago 5. RHOP. MACRO. *GLENN, MURRAY O., 1019 Normal St., Henry. MACRO. MICRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Hagey, Robert H., 2400 Greenwood Ave., Wilmette. LEPID. Coll. Hayes, Joseph B., 7522 Forest Preserve Drive, Chicago 34. RHOP: esp. Papilionide. MACRO: esp. Catocala, Saturniide, Sphingide. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. *IRWIN, RODERICK R., 411 N. Bloomington St., Streator. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Jelinek, Anton, 3900 Diversey Ave., Chicago 47. RHOP: esp. Morpho. Ex. Buy. Sell. Karalus, Karl E., 10411 Diversey Ave., Melrose Park. RHOP: esp. Troides, Papilio, Agrias. MACRO. Indo-Australia, Africa. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Kistner, David H., Dept. of Zoology, University of Chicago, Chicago 37. Speciation and Zoogeography. Klein, John D., 7629 S. Morgan, Chicago 20. Papilionidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. LEUSCHNER, RONALD, 1172 S. Wenonah Ave., Oak Park. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Noctuidz, Geometridz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Makinson, George L., 7508 S. May St., Chicago 20. RHOP: esp. Papilionide. MACRO: esp. Sphingidz, Saturniidz. Indo-Malayan. Coll. Buy. Rear. MERRIAM, Elsey E. (Miss), 4520 Clarendon Ave., Chicago 40. Oemick, Donald, 11022 Vernon Ave., Chicago 28. RHOP: esp. Papilio. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Phillips, Leonard S., Armour Research Foundation of Ill. Institute of Technology, Biochemistry Dept., 35 W. 33rd St., Chicago 16. RHOP: esp. Precis, Limenitis. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Roth, J. Peter, 8950 S. Oakley Ave., Chicago 20. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. *SCHOENHERR, WILLIAM H., 225 Cedar Ave., Danville. RHOP: esp. Pieridz, Papilio. MACRO: esp. Sphingidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. SICHER, HARRY (Dr.), Loyola University School of Dentistry, 1757 W. Harrison mee onicaea 12. RHOP, Coll. Smalley, B.L., Jr., 8940 S. Bell. Ave., Chicago 20. RHOP: esp. Papilionide. MACRO: esp. Saturniide. Coll. Buy. Steffen, Michael K., 124 N. Foley Ave., Freeport. RHOP: esp. Nymphalidz, Papi/io, Hesperiida. MACRO. Aberrations. Coll. Ex. Buy. TLife Member 192 List of Members Vol.8: no.6 Turner, Blair H., 1575 Ashland Ave., Evanston. RHOP: esp. Lycenidz. Coll. Buy. Wilton, Richard C., 8200 Cornell Ave, Chicago 17. RHOP. MACRO, Coll. eget cae 6115 Newport Ave., Chicago 34. MACRO. MICRO. Coll. eWratt, ar K., 5842 N. Kirby Ave., Chicago 30. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Exubaphe, Papaipema, Heliothiine. Coll. Ex. Rear. INDIANA Aé, Albert, Dept. of Biology, University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame. RHOP: Genetics. Coll. : BADGER, F. SIDNEY, 209 Forest Drive, Kokomo. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Shields, James E., 503 West Sixth St., Marion. RHOP: esp. Papilionidea. Coll. Ex. Rear. *Young, Frank N. (Prof.), Dept. of Zoology, Indiana University, Bloomington. Rhop. esp. So. Florida. Coll. IOWA BOOTH, OLIVER E., 907 Clinton Ave., Des Moines 13. RHOP. esp. Papilionide. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. KANSAS Bancroft, Larry, 1023 S. Main, Ottawa. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Ehrlich, Paul R., Dept. of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence. RHOP: Satyrida, esp. Erebia. Coll. Ex. Buy. Howe, William H., 822 E. Eleventh St., Ottawa. RHOP: esp. Papilio, Troides, Morpho. MACRO: esp. Sphingidaz, Saturniide, Catocala. Coll. Ex. Buy. *STALLINGS, DON B., Caldwell. RHOP: esp. Megathymus. Speciation. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Turner, R.C. (Dr.), Caldwell. RHOP. esp. Megathymus Life History. Coll. Rear. KENTUCKY *Beebe, Ralph, Renfro Valiey. MICRO. Coll. Ex. *Bishop, John A. (Dr.), Jeffersontown. RHOP. Coll. Ex. *Cook, Carl, Crailhope. Papilioniaz of the world. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. MERRITT, JAMES R. (Prof.), School of Law, University of Louisville, Louisville 8. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Monroe, Burt L., Jr., Ridge Road, Anchorage. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Unseld, James M., Jr., Gravel Switch. RHOP: esp. Papilio. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. LOUISIANA Berg, George H., Room 319, Custom House, New Orleans 16. RHOP: esp. Papilion- ide of world. Coll. Ex. Buy. MAINE "BROWER, A.E. (Dr.), 5 Hospital St., Augusta. RHOP: esp. of eastern U.S.A. MACRO: esp. Catocala. MICRO: esp. Aigeriidaz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. "GREY, L. PAUL, R.F.D., Lincoln. RHOP: Argynnine only. Coll. Ex. Buy. MARYLAND Fales, John H., 1917 Elkhart St., Silver Spring.’ RHOP. MACRO. Life History, Distribution. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Ghika, George, 3900 Hamilton St., F 101, Hyattsville. Melanism. King, E. Richard, 8323 Haddon Drive, Takoma Park 12. RHOP. Coll. Ex. MacLeod, Ellis G., Dayton. RHOP: Colas of eastern U.S.A.: Taxonomy, Distribution, Biology; Interspecific Hybridization. Meyers, Billy, 8323 Haddon Drive, Takoma Park. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. "ROBINSON, PAUL F., 425 Barnes St., Bel Air. RHOP. Life History, Physiology. Coll. sr tata ROBERT S. (Dr.), 1305 Light St., Baltimore 30, RHOP. Coll. Ex. guy. Rear. MASSACHUSETTS "Alexander, Charles P. (Prof.), Rernald Hall, University of Massachusetts, Ambherst. Classification, Distribution. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 193 Belcher, Harry C., Jr., 133 Hawthorne St., East Weymouth. LEPID. esp. Papilionidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Cady, Michael E., 21 Border St.. Dedham. RHOP. MICRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. *Carpenter, A.J., 236 Huntington Ave., Boston. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Buy. *Coher, Edward I. (Dr.), 12 Harvard Terrace, Allston 34. Cottrell, Anette B. (Mrs. G.W.,), 70 Lake View Ave., Cambridge 38. RHOP. Coll. Edwards, Robert L. (Dr.), 46 Lincoln St., Waltham 54. Ecology. Flint, Oliver S., Jr.,. Amherst. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Rear. Hilliard, Stephen S., 25 Beech St., Framingham. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy.. Sell. Rear. *Johnston, William M., 383 South St., Jamaica Plain 30. RHOP: of New England. Coll. Kamp, George W., 44 Holmes Rd.. Dedham. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Knowlton, Carroll B., Jr., 14 Stuart St, Everett 49. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. Le Mon, Ivy (Miss), 145 Pinckney St., Boston 14. RHOP. Migration. Coll. Buy. McCabe, David T., 15 Fiske Rd., Wellesley Hills 82. RHOP: esp. Lycenidz. Coll. Ex. POTTER, C. NATHAN, 120 Brook St., East Holliston. RHOP. esp. Coltas, Boloria. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. - Reinthal, Walfried J. (Dr.), Northampton State Hospital, Northampton. RHOP: Nearctic (esp. Asterocampa) and Palearctic. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. Scott, Arthur H., 20 Bishop Pky., Pittsfield. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Shappirio, David G., Biological Laboratories, Harvard University, Cambridge 38. LEPID. Physiology. Ex. Buy. Rear. Living Material. *Smith, Marion E. (Dr-), Fernald Hall, University of Massachusetts, Amherst. MACRO. esp. Arctiidz. Life History. Univ. Coll. Rear. Walcott, Charles, 81 Sparks St., Cambridge 38. MACRO: esp. Saturniide. Photogra- phy, Sex Attractants in Moths. Buy. Sell. Rear. Williams, Carroll M. (Prof.), Biological Labs., Harvard University, Cambridge 38. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Saturniidz. Physiology of metamorphosis. Coll. Buy. MICHIGAN Crampton, Charlene E. (Miss), Rt. #1, White Pigeon. Coll. Ex. Buy. *DREISBACH, ROBERT R., 301 Helen St., Midland. LEPID. of Michigan. Coll. Goyer, Robert W., P.O. Box 95, Bellaire. RHOP: esp. Papilionide, Lycenidz. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. HODGES, RONALD W., 1123 Theodore St., Lansing 15. RHOP. esp. Lycenide, Hesperitide. MACRO. Coll. Rear. *McALPINE, WILBUR S., 2501 Bogie Lake Road, Route 5, Milford. RHOP: esp. Riodinidz. MACRO: local. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Machwart, Robert J.. 335 Walnut St., Rochester. RHOP: MACRO: esp. Sphingide, Noctuidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. *Newman, John H., 9821 Peer Road, R.F.D. #1, South Lyon. LEPID: of Michigan. Coll. Ex. Rear. *NIELSEN, MOGENS C., 1105 North Chestnut, Lansing 6. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingidz, Saturniide, Noctuide. Coll. Ex. Perkins, Owen A., 1605 Crooks Rd., Royal Oak. LEPID: esp of Michigan. Coll. *VOSS, EDWARD G. (Dr.), 1015 Lincoln Ave., Ann Arbor. LEPID. of northern Michigan. Hesperiide of world, esp. Classification and Phylogeny. Coll. Ex. GarLEY 5; . LEPID. Wagner, Warren H., Jr. (Dr.), 721 Mt. Pleasant Ave., Ann Arbor. RHOP: esp. Hes- periide, Lycenide. MACRO. Coll. Rear. Wilson, Bruce V., 815 N. Chipman St., Owosso. MINNESOTA COX, SAM M., 2624 Minnesota Avenue, Duluth 11. Larve of MACRO. and MICRO. Coll. Ex. Rear. Tveten, John L., Kiester. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Wilkie, R.J., c/o Continental Machines, Inc., Savage. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Buy. MISSISSIPPI Jones, Jack R., Jr., 304 Robinhood Road, Jackson. MACRO: Sphingide, Saturniide, Catocala. *MATHER, BRYANT, P.O. Drawer 2131, Jackson. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. 194 List of Members Vol.8: no.6 MISSOURI Bright, Robert R., Route 2, Box 77, St. Charles. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. Heitzman, John R., 3112 Harris Ave., Independence. Johnson, Dale, 724 Grand, Kansas City 6. Littahorsky, Anton, 3808 Union Rd., St. Louis 23. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. *MEINERS, EDWIN P. (Dr.), 6651 Enright Ave., St. Louis 5. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Buy. *Pickel, B.H., 3619 Gordon Ave., Overland 21. RHOP: esp. Thecline. Migration. Coll. Ex. *REMINGTON, P. SHELDON, 5570 Etzel Ave., St. Louis 12. RHOP: esp. Megathy- mus, Hesperia, Lycenide, CEneis, Erebia. MACRO: esp. Sphingidz, Saturniide, Catocala. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Thomas, George W., 106 Whitten Hall, Dept. of Entomology, University of Missouri, Columbia. MACRO: esp. Noctuide (Plusiinz). Coll. Ex. NEBRASKA FROEMEL, E.A., Columbus. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Coll. Ex. Johnston, David W., Box 377, Broken Bow. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. NEVADA Dickinson, Krestine M., Box 435, LEPID. Coll. Ex. Rear. NEW HAMPSHIRE *Gerould, John H. (Prof.), 36 Occum Ridge, Hanover. RHOP: Pieridz, esp. Colas. MACRO: esp. Bombyx. Genetics, ecology of Colias. Anatomy and circulation of Bombyx. Mimicry. *Lennox, Donald J., R.F.D. #1, Whitefield. RHOP. MACRO. Life History. Coll. Ex. RITTERBUSH, PHILIP C., 20 Lafayette St., Laconia. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. SMITH, RICHARD S&., 83. Shore Drive, Laconia. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. NEW JERSEY BOONE, PETER, Greenhouse Drive, Princeton. MACRO: esp. Sphingidze, Cera- tocampidez. Buy. Sell. Rear. Bowe, John J. (Dr.), 1017 Woodland Ave., Oradell. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Rear. *BUCHHOLZ, OTTO, 493 Markthaler Place, Roselle Park. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. CADBURY, JOHN W., JJ, Spung Hollow, R.D. #1, Pemberton. MACRO: esp. Noctunidez, Notodontide, Sphingidze. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Comstock, W.P., R.F.D. 2, Box E, Shark River Hills, Neptune. ve PASSOS, CYRIL F., Washington Corners, Mendham. RHOP. esp. Satyridz oll. Buy. Ebner, James A., Birds Trailer Park, Wrightstown. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Fleming, Henry, Box 84, Coytesville. Garthe, William A., Hanover Road, Hanover. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. MULLER, JOSEPH, R.D. 1, Lebanon. LEPID. of New Jersey only. Life History. Coll. OSBORNE, MELVILLE W., 2100 Price Street, Rahway. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Sell. Rear. "RAWSON, GEORGE W. (Dr.), c/o Ciba Pharmaceutical Products, Inc., Summit. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. ge Gordon B., Jr., 100 Oxford St., Glen Ridge. RHOP: esp. Lycaenidae. MACRO. AL, Treat, Asher E., 51 Colonial Parkway, Dumont. MACRO Tympanic organs. MICRO. Ziegler, J. Benjamin (Dr.), 64 Canoe Brook Parkway, Summit. RHOP: Lycaenidz (esp. Theclinz). Coll. Ex. Buy. NEW MEXICO EYER, JOHN R. (Dr.), Box 66, State College. MICRO: esp. Lyonetiida, Opostegidz, Nepticulida. ¢@ and 92 Genitalia. Nymeyer, Robert, 116 S. Canal St., Carlsbad. RHOP. Coll. NEW YORK "BELL, ERNEST L., 150-17 Roosevelt Ave., Flushing 54. RHOP: esp. Hesperiidae. gee pniter Paul, 360 Central Park West, New York 25. RHOP: esp. Papilionide. Coll 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 195 COLLINS, VICTOR C., 255 West 84th St., New York 24. RHOP: esp. of South America and Indo-Pacific. Coll. Ex. Buy. DOYLE, L.F. BOKER, Duck Pond Rd., Glen Cove, Long Island. Duane, John P., 33 Grandview Circle, Manhasset. Farquhar, Donald W. (Dr.), 185 Claremont Ave., New York 27. LEPID. Food Plants, Distribution, Life History, etc. Coll. Ex. *FRANCLEMONT, JOHN G. (Dr.), Dept. of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca. MACRO: esp. Noctuidz, Notodontidze, Lymantriide. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. *FREDERICK, ALBERT C., 6 Matilda St., Albany 9. RHOP: esp Lycenidaz. Coll. Ex. Gertsch, Willis J. (Dr.), American Museum of Natural History, New York 24. Nearctic RHOP., esp. Lycanidz. Coll. Ex. Gillham, Nicholas W., No.4 Washington Square North, New York. RHOP: esp. Lycenide, Melit@a, Euphydryas, Hesperiidae. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Goliger, Melvin J., 369 Alabama Avenue, Brooklyn 7. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. *HEINEMAN, BERNARD, 175 West 72nd St., New York 23. RHOP: of Jamaica. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Coll. Hellman, Geoffrey T., 228 E. G6lst St., New York 21. HOPF, ALICE LIGHTNER (Mrs.), 136 West 16th St., New York 11. Migration. Coll. Iveson, Robert J., Jr., 12 High St., Brockport. RHOP: esp. Papilionidea MACRO. (Troides). Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. *Keji, Joseph A., Biggs Hospital, Ithaca. RHOP. MACRO. Traps, Photography. Ex. (pupez). Rear. *Klots, Alexander B. (Prof.), American Museum of Natural History, New York 24. RHOP: esp. Boloria, Colias. MICRO: esp. Crambinz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Kolyer, John M., 104 Renison Drive, Westbury. RHOP: esp. Papilionida. MACRO. Latham, Roy, Orient, Long Island. LEPID. Coll. Rear. Marks, Louis S. (Dr.), Biological Lab., Fordham University, New York. RHOP: esp. Papilio. Coll. Miller, Howard C. (Dr.), 222 N. Collingwood Ave., Syracuse 6. RHOP: esp. tropical Pieridez, Nymphalidae. MACRO. Coll. Buy. Rear. Morris, John W., 2704 W. Genesee St., Syracuse 4. RHOP: esp. Papilionide. MACRO: esp. Sphingidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. *Nabokov, Vladimir (Prof.), Goldwin-Smith Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca. RHOP: esp. Holarctic Lycenide. OBRAZTSOV, NICHOLAS S. (Dr.), 11 Cromwell Place, Sea Cliff, Long Island. LEPID: esp. Palearctic Ctenuchide, Holarctic Tortricoidea. Morphology of Genitalia. Pirone, Dominick J., 108 No. Columbus Ave., Mt. Vernon. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Richter, Max L., Butterfly Farm, East Durham. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. Riley, Thomas J., Box 6, Brandywine Station, Schenectady 4. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Buy. *Rindge, Frederick H. (Dr.), American Museum of Natural History, New York 24. MACRO: esp. Geometride. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Roberts, M. Anthony, 3 Blackstone Place, Riverdale 71. RHOP. MACRO. Life History. Coll. Buy. Rear. *Rupert, Laurence R., Sardinia. MACRO: Geometride esp. Ennomine. Life History. Coll. Ex. Rear. ; Sanford, Leonard J., 210 E. 69th St., New York 21. RHOP. of East Indies and New Guinea, esp Pierida. Ex. *SHOUMATOFF, NICHOLAS, Box 333, Bedford. LEPID: of eastern U.S.A. and West Indies. Distribution, Morphology. Coll. Ex. Shulgin, Michael, 3324 Perry Ave., Bronx. RHOP. MACRO, esp. Geometridz. Coll. Bx. *SPELMAN, M., 2277 Andrews Avenue, Bronx 68. RHOP. esp. Pieridae. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Thunelius, Robert E., 90-13 168th St., Jamaica 32. RHOP. esp. Papilio, Nymphalide. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Wheaton, William L. (A/2C), Box 812, 3650 USAF Hospital, Sampson AFB. RHOP. esp. Rocky Mts. Coll. *Whittaker, Robert H. (Dr.), Biology Dept., Brooklyn College, Brooklyn 10. Ecology. Wilcox, LeRoy, Speonk, Long Island. LEPID. Coll. Ex. *Zappalorti, Michael, 123 Androvette St., Staten Island 9. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. 196 List of Members Vol.8: no.6 NORTH CAROLINA BUTLER, ROBERT, Box 1057, Southern Pines. RHOP: of world; esp. Papilionide, Nymphalidz, Pieridae. MACRO: Saturniidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Covell, Charles V., Jr., Box 569, Southern Pines. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Eaton, Theodore H., Jr., East Carolina College, Greenville. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *GOTTSCHALK, CARL W. (Dr.), 1300 Mason Farm Road, Chapel Hill. RHOP: esp. of Arctic. Pigment Metabolism. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Jamison, J. R., Jr., 12 Thomson Ave., Canton. RHOP. esp. Papilionide, Heliconiide. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. KNUDSEN, JOHN P., 120 South Boundary St., Chapel Hill. RHOP. esp. Papilionide. MACRO. esp. Saturniidaz. Hybridization. Coll. Ex. Rear. *McELVARE, ROWLAND R., Southern Pines. MACRO: esp. Heliothiinz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. NORTH DAKOTA Adler, Julius, 407 Oak Street, Grand Forks. RHOP. Coll. Ex. OBERFOELL, JIM, Buffalo Springs. RHOP. MACRO. esp Catocala. Coll. Ex. OHIO *BAKER, CLEMENT W., P.O. Box 455, Waynesburg. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Buy. *BRAUN, ANNETTE (Dr.), 5956 Salem Road, Mt. Washington, Cincinnati 30. MICRO: esp. Bucculatrix Coll. Ex. Rear. Cobb, Robert B., 1109 Asbury Rd., Cincinnati 30. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Seil. *Ferguson, Elias A., 1213 Bellflower Ave. S.W., Canton 10. RHOP: esp. Papilio. MACRO: esp. Catocala. MICRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Lauck, Albert G., 5142 Harvest Lane, Toledo 13. RHOP. Coll. Miller, Dale D., 5795 Mill Creek Blvd., Boardman. RHOP. esp. Nymphalidz. Coll. Ex. *Smalley, Stephen B., 6129 Glade Ave., Cincinnati 30. RHOP. MACRO. Life History Photography. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Taylor, Herbert S., 1369 Fair Ave., Columbus 5. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Buy. Thomas, Edward S., Ohio State Museum, Columbus 10. RHOP: esp. Hesperioidea, Hair-streaks. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Life History, Distribution. Coll. Thrasher, William, R.D. Route 2, Garrettsville. RHOP. and MACRO. of world, esp. Papilionida and Saturniidz. Coli. Ex. Buy. Sell. Wren, George R., 437 30th St., N.W., Canton 9. RHOP: esp. Satyridz. Coll. OREGON *Albright, Ray, Route 1, Box 277, Dayton. RHOP. Coll. Ex. *Baker, James H., 2800 Broadway Baker. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Jewett, Stanley G., Jr., 7742 S.E. 27th Ave., Portland 2. RHOP. esp. Exuphydryas. Coll. Ex. Macy, Ralph W. (Prof.), Reed College, Portland 2. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Scott, Leonard M., 6537 S.E. 83rd St., Portland 66. RHOP. esp. Papilionide, Heli- coniida. MACRO. esp. Noctuidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. PENNSYLVANIA "“ACKERMANN, OTTO, 639 Walnut St., Irwin. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Sell (Plas- tic mounts). “Adams, Joseph W., 32 Pleasant St., Philadelphia 19. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Anderson, Richard A., 411 Summit Drive, Pittsburgh 34. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. “CARY, MARGARET M. (Mrs.), Ellet Lane and Wissahickon Ave., Mt. Airy, Phila- delphia 19. MACRO: esp. Sphingida. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. “Clench, Harry K., Section of Insects and Spiders, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh 13. RHOP: Lycaenidae, esp. Thecline. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Dixon, Bruce W., 119 Cherry Valley Road, Pittsburgh 21. RHOP: esp. Hesperioidea. MACRO, Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. EHLI GEORGE, 514 Atkins Ave., Lancaster. RHOP. Coll. Rear. "Jay, William, 6358 McCallumn St., Germantown, Philadelphia. RHOP. esp. Papilio. suy, Kopp, Larry J., R.D.., Klingerstown. LEPID. Coll. Sell. Rear. 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 197 Malcolm, John A., Jr., 1590 Williamsburg Road, Pittsburgh 16. RHOP: esp. Pierinz. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Sell. Rear. TMELLON, E.P. II, 441 Maple Ave., Pittsburgh 18. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Mergott, Winston B., 549 Oxford Blvd., Pittsburgh 16. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Rear. *MERKER, C.G., 1520 Cooper St., N.S., Pittsburgh 12. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Moyer, Howard C., Box 240, R.D. 2, Sinking Spring. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Murchie, William R., Thiel College, Greenville. RHOP. Coll. Ex. *NAPIER, ARTHUR H., 503 East Willow Grove Ave., Chestnut Hill, Philadelphia 18. Nearctic RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingide, Catocala. Coll. Ex. *Peters, George, Adamstown. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. PRESTON, FLOYD W., 526 Linden Rd., State College. RHOP: esp. Pierida. Coll. Ex. PRESTON, JUNE D. (Mrs.), 526 Linden Road, State College. RHOP: esp. Lycenidz. Coll. Ex. Rupprecht, Jerome (Rev.), St. Vincent Archabby, Latrobe. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. STAFFORD, CHARLES W., 1125 Tennessee Ave., Pittsburgh 16. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Sell. Rear. *TIETZ, HARRISON M. (Prof.), Dept. of Zoology, Pennsylvania State University, State College. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Noctuide. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. RHODE ISLAND DANE, BENJAMIN, Indian Ave., Middletown. MACRO: Saturniide, esp. Life History Photographs and Sexual Attraction. Coil. Ex. Buy. French, Ellery W., 247 Washington Ave., Providence 5. RHOP. MACRO. Sheldrick, Peter, Box 1710, Brown University, Providence 12. RHOP. esp. Lycenidz, Nymphalidae. MACRO. esp. Saturniide. Coll. Rear. SOUTH DAKOTA Harvey, W.B., Box 52, Wall. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. TENNESSEE Roever, Kilian, R.F.D. #2, Jackson. RHOP. esp. Hesperioidea, Theclinz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Webster, Clarence G., 1500 Ridley Blvd., Nashville 4. LEPID. Coll. Buy. WILCOX, WILLIAM J., 213 Alhamgra Rd., Oak Ridge. RHOP. TEXAS ANDERSON, C.A., 3209 Centenary, Dallas 25. RHOP: esp. Danaus Plexippus. Migration. Rear. *FREEMAN, HUGH A., 1335 Overhill Drive, Garland. RHOP: esp. Hesperioidea, Thecline. Taxonomy, Ecology. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. *Glick, Perry A., P.O. Box 1033, Brownsville. RHOP: esp. Papilionide. MACRO: esp. Catocala, Saturniida. Aerial Insect Dissemination and Migration, Cotton Insects. Colle sh Buy. ; Gunn, George, Box 197, Channelview. Ail large LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. KINCH, EVERARD M., 4223 Jerry Lane, Fort Worth. RHOP. Coll. Ex. *Orchard, C.D., Grayson St. Station, P.O. Box 242, San Antonio. LEPID. Coll. Plass, Harold J., Jr. (Dr.), 4518 Highland Terrace, Austin. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. *STRUCK, B., P.O. Drawer 271, Brownsville. RHOP. UTAH DENNIS, ARTHUR E., 758 N. 4 E., Provo. RHOP. Life History. Coll. Ex. Phillips, G. Lylle, 2746 Adams St., Salt Lake City 15. RHOP. Coll. Ex. TPHILLIPS, W. LEVI, 985 S. Third East Street, Salt Lake City 4. MACRO: esp. Pseudohazis. Ex. Buy. VIRGINIA Blevins, T.B. (Dr.), 3513-A So. Stafford St., Arlington 6. RHOP. esp. Nymphalide. MACRO. Coll. TLife Member 198 List of Members Vol.8: no.6 EPSTEIN, HANS J., 1110 Prince St., Alexandria. RHOP: esp. Papilionide. Coll. Ex. Buy. *NICOLAY. STANLEY S. (Lt. Col.), Qrts. R-5, Marine Corps Schools, Quantico. RHOP.: esp. Lyce#nidez, Hesperiide. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rozman, Robert S., 726 N. Buchanan St., Arlington 3. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. TODD, E.L. (Dr.), 1102 Wayne Road, Falls Church. RHOP: Lycenidez. MACRO: Noctuidz, Notodontidea, Geometride, Lymantriidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. WASHINGTON - *Anderson, Andrew, P.O. Box 192, Pateros.5 MACRO. Coll. Ex. *BAUER, DAVID L., 1103 Ballew Ave., Everett. RHOP.: esp. Melit@a and Chlosyne of world; U.S. Papilio machaon group. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. Carman, J.D. (Mrs.), Route 2, Sunnyside. *COOK, WILLIAM C. (Dr.), 219 Newell St., Walla Walla. MACRO: esp. Noctuidz. Ecology, Distribution. Coll. Ex. *Frechin, Donald P., Route 5, Box 838, Bremerton. RHOP: esp. Euphydryas, Mitoura. MACRO: esp. Washington diurnals. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. *Hopfinger, John C., Brewster. RHOP: esp. Satyridz, Lycanide. MACRO: esp. Saturniidez. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Jennings, Dean, Sittner Hall, Walla Walla College, College Place. RHOP. esp. Papilionidaz. Coll. Ex. Sell. PEARSON, JAMES C., 5441 Windemere Rd., Seattle 5. RHOP. Coll. Ex. WISCONSIN *ARNHOLD, F.R., Route 3, Chippewa Falls. RHOP. MACRO. esp. Catocala. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Bower, H.M., 601 McIndoe St., Wausau. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Ely, Rachel (Mrs.), Endeavor. LEPID. Coll. Ex. *GRIEWISCH, LOUIS W., 1181 Reed St., Green Bay. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. *MOECK, ARTHUR H., 301 E. Armour Ave., Milwaukee 7. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Schirmer, George F., 2912 N. 45th St., Milwaukee 10. RHOP: esp. Papilionide, Pieridae, Nymphalidae, Morphidz, Brassolidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *SIEKER, WILLIAM E., 119 Monona Ave., Madison 3. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphin- gid, Saturniida, Citheroniide, Catocala. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. *Stauffacher, E.W. (Mrs.), 2208 12th St., Monroe. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Saturniidz. Coll. Sell. Rear. Throne, Alvin L., 3916 N. Maryland Ave., Milwaukee 11. RHOP. Coll. Warder, Richard C. (Rev.), St. Alban’s Rectory, Spooner. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. WAS, HOWARD E., 4118 W. Fairmount Ave., Milwaukee 9. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. *ZIEMER, Sylvester E., 715 Dorelle St., Kewaunee. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. WYOMING DeFOLIART, GENE R. (Dr.), 1117 Lewis St., Laramie. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. DOWNEY, DUKE, P.O. Box 558, Sheridan. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. SUMMARY Fionorary Members |. ciuid, sap sce Pe 4 Life: Members). s6 0c )is b's Juergen sts + bee 3 Sustaining’ Members: |... |.'./#i ia. ies sa he ee ee ae 133 Regular Membets sicedd.i cs osnvan | ee ey ont | institutional Subscribers °; js 2a. ee 40) Exchanges and Library Gifts ..... danwaviaeaeie ies eee 26 Total receiving The Lepidopterists’ News .......... I93 Nations represented 1954 The Lepidopterists’ News 199 INDEX TO AUTHORS IN VOLUME 8 Sra Daerah TUL NGS aR 4 UG SST Sues a ay ee mn re a ON Nad 129-130 ‘Eversong. 12/1/5101, 09 Gia Ss ee gS a On Tate a Ever uae at 26 Sug ha Sieur, [PAE[CRREL LENS a 0S ei ict A te ee es RR Nae cr fers ore a 102 Peeiane OZ. with Lincolm P. Browef) (so. ail. cc oe lea cee ceca ee eee 125-129 Eiewermrrmcolm Po (with Jane VZ. Brower) 2.006... lee ees Dea eee ee eee 125-129 sume VIA CT Tyme hy kc ody i else abors adie a Geis ec. e bie aaa a! ewe sew aah 64-66 Pe reams MOD THe PIO ee ce al soa eeuyeu aie da duehd etic gue ie Che's G ures Nha ways 25 Wlewenu darry Ko. ve RM eae eI, SCA es Pa era 93-94, 94, 172-173 CGE SPER,, TPVILIBIGS UY SSS Gin ig Ac On 28 Lovin Aun sitinl,” 12 <9] SSR Lene ME Rg eke ec APE aa a Met Motes 104 eae Rta ey Pe ria Ne BON: dels w eaaPeln tic Pisoni le bhd Mivane a Sadie ec ees 67-74, 169 Mosmbassos. CG. Fi)... “eet Hel ee GA IS TRI ah eR gail WE Ce op ie LZORLAL Elmar errno Kovgich Nt: WW Gillinam)): cc. of slew Sie ele whe nee te we de was 100 TPlo®, ACLEL. Ln hi era eee alee aa RIS GN) Sat BEG ne a 29 cetapg sg. NS cll ay alo ete Se Si Nt RG ee ARS ri Si ce Ny hc a 10 pores aia. De Mo ce ewe de ee bes Hie EN Eh ah Re reales 1-4, 167-168 Tata ETON SMM ce eect h eG A civics pls, sbi lace nj wi cieaietcehalW aise sie ka gs ale Tae 103 rl Nicnolase (with Paul Ri Ehrlich)... .0..00.c. 5 cases ca cece eee ee 100 REPO Gre MMMMMIN ITO ASPONY hg hws oycls Cis Cisged gains sels inwle aSoidiste eve see es ; 146 Garay. 122 TA se a en bee ra sethenns Beik San 88-90, 102, 140, 145 Siyersiy, LSSACIa RG oy Gilead a em ae a RT Peat ha 101 He a ara mR DPM Hepa Sig ara glc Rie sus is a che d aeviaibed ovata WRCAw A od Wels ely ww a wee als 153-162 TEL ASSEN., SY GuRREW 2A AU pase cela A eg eee gL a ee 57-63 (iia. A ae US a a aa BS RMP, Stes Bete 123-124 eer IS CRAM I gt PO a nly Be wg war mvniac. diaucly wee ae Go day ale sa 27, 95-100 ao etit Sc ROE MM essed eS os wee de ela bid cide ree ew (ee Ue lee yea tes 28 LCmvensalliovi, - GeO Sie EAI ee nn Te ees: 17-22 USD WE SER. |G eae Ta ORE AR anes neal ar a ee Ver peace td bee 8 CN rR ONO MCLEE EMTs swath. SiGe c dee kda ek caw meh eeu gees bt eat etee 11-12 TLD RavAT, TRCN Oy SAGAS A OR ee a bodman at Mize. te 27 HaZuAD Sah, LEJOTRVETES, SI SA ars IC SG gaa a ge a 44-45 jeelaunsieis, TENRGRIIE | iG ARG R ae ie a ee 102, 131-134 ale Tagan mmSeNCICONI Annee VIA eon.» «Ai eg ollie VR eh Onew te sale Maree ges wl Pee tie bck a MOMs 8 rats ea POM PRI Ee Soyl Ui ncc) Sec hc tar CHING Uh ar ene wise. SMe sie 4g wWBio Cpa fede er Tesrel eye slaw e & 49-50 PSHM TeMMPOSE PINS AR eke are’ Mice eRe alee Windies bec ecb eee eee Dy ca amc aaus Suh ake 29 PSR e mn elm NEOLESWOLUD 4 £06 ois ieyiuais hows athe Siecd a viele's ewes wane 143-145 TURUNEN Res oe ae ee Ph ce oe ewe Se ota, loos Maw ak ee 50, 135-139 [Evicagaltay (GrStGy eh] BE pRB gr a ee ea 121-123 Remington, C. L. .. 9, 30, 31-43, 47, 48, 49, 75, 76, 104, 146, 163-166, 170, 171, 173 eee MMLC ERIC Ul Ghee dia au ka ere Gh Aaa cok Ckitig Ore Slots ia eG Me War 4 Sued wlaleve so qiese eed ble eae 46 Sati DLAS ral, (Sie TEN UE Tae Te aie ae A a en é 91-93 Sie aud piellO), UO). UGE SRST St ea oct Sa a ee ne are es 26 Sade pile IRGESUPTSIT, GL SMR) Sgt 0 TRE EST CER ace ea Loge ate ae ne aC 13-16 Mes me OLIWE cv WVICIN NR Rs) L UUEMET) ys ki sok ok walters vale a el wdalee vsive aaine wales 77-87 PREMMMETINE SOM Ges Nose Ce d yc ate waded al Wanled's Satara aes eb Ae Seteag nit e 103 ae eran es CLC Sa ey aN thc Uw. CRini sd leesure pee Mice k eet. oo ke scccm ie pPadgn 9 Pare Oe Ne oc id Gis wien CR adie oa wow pe a ws, e As a Ui Winehaaie a cued 5-7 Wied, AUSI0CSie. TPO GME JOSS Maa ESTP aan arpa ae tee ree nA 23-25 ener eam orritiar, Eom, Stallim gs). ics eye wees sewn vdaineeceees ves tiewee 77-87 200 Vol.8: no.6 INDEX TO SUBJECTS IN VOLUME 8 Acentropus niveus in Massachusetts |... 2. ic. 60 ocis cl fa dele sede 23-25 Alsopbila in ‘Quebec ©... 5... ee ee 2. 140 Anthocarss. flicht ‘habits, ..2. 0. 25. Section 3. The Editor-in-Chief shall present an annual report, and the accounts of his office shall be examined and reported upon by the Auditing Committee. 38 Constitution and By-Laws Vol.9: no.1 Article X. AUDITING COMMITTEE Section 1. The President shall appoint an Auditing Committee consisting of three members who shall audit the accounts of the Treasurer and the Editor-in-Chief, and render their reports to the Secretary before December 31st. Article XI. LIBRARIAN Section 1. The Librarian shall be appointed by the Executive Council. The Li- brarian shall serve for the term of three years, or until his successor shall have been appointed. Section 2. The Librarian shall have charge of the library of the Society, and of all books, periodicals, reprints, and historical material received by the Society. He may make all necessary rules and regulations for the use of the library, not otherwise provided for in the Constitution or the By-Laws. Article XH. AMENDMENTS Section 1. This Constitution may be altered, amended, or repealed by a two-thirds vote of the members voting by mail ballot. Each proposal for amendment must be signed by not less than five members of the Society and submitted to the Secretary who will promptly transmit it to the Editor-in-Chief. A copy of each proposed amendment shall be published in The Lepidopterists’ News at least three months before the annual ballot is mailed in November. Section 2. The By-Laws may be altered, amended, or repealed, by a majority vote of the members voting, at any meeting of the Executive Council or in a mail-canvass of the Council by the Secretary. All changes so validated shall be published in The Lepidopterists’ News. BY - LAWS Article I. DUES Section 1. Beginning with 1955, the annual dues for Active Members shall be Four Dollars, U.S.A., (U.S.A. $4.00). Active Membership shall include a subscription to The Lepidopterists’ News. Section 2. The annual dues for Sustaining Members shall be Ten Dollars, U.S.A. (U.S.A. $10.00). Sustaining Membership shall include a subscription to The Lepi- dopterists’ News. Section 3. Life Members shall pay the sum of Seventy-five Dollars, U.S.A. (U.S.A. $75.00). Section 4. Honorary Members shall pay no annual dues, but shall receive a sub- scription to The Lepidopterists’ News and all other publications of the Society. Section 5. All dues shall be payable on January 1 of each year, and shall be deemed in arrears on March 1 of that year. Section 6. The Lepidopterists’ News shall not be mailed to any member whose dues are in arrears. Section 7. After 1955 the annual dues shall be waived for the Secretary, the Treasurer, and the Editor-in-Chief while they are in office; they shall continue to receive all publications of the Society. Article II]. MEETINGS Section 1. Notice of all meetings of the Society shall be published in The Lepidop- terists’ News at least two months in advance thereof. Section 2. A majority of the members present at an annual meeting, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, not otherwise provided for. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 39 NWOT TOES Lepidopterists' Society members may use this page free of charge to advertise their offerings and needs in Lepidoptera. The Editors reserve the right to rewrite notices for clarity or to reject unsuitable notices. We cannot guarantee any notices but expect all to be bona fide. For sale or exchange: 150 papered Nearctic butterflies with data, including 46 CEnezs macount, some other rarities, some 2nds. $20 or 100 specimens of Nearctic Erebzia, any species, with data, reasonable number of poor specimens accepted. Paul R. Ehrlich, Dept. of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. For exchange: moths and butterflies from New Jersey (papered or pinned). ‘Desired: North American and exotic Rhopalocera, Geometride, and Saturniide. Michael Shulgin, 3324 Perry Ave., Bronx 67, N. Y., U.S.A. Wish to exchange Formosan Pieridz and Papilios and California Rhopalocera for U.S. and exotic material. Have many Exphydryas editha bayensis to trade or sell at wholesale price. Especially desire species from Colorado, Cuba, Europe, Africa and southern Brazil. If interested, please send offerta lists. Donald L. Baber, 1511 Drake Ave., Burlingame, Calif., U.S.A. Wanted: a collection cabinet in good condition with glass topped sliding drawers, approx. 22” x 19”, and with not more than 12 drawers. Tony Roberts, 3 Blackstone Place, New York 71, N. Y., U.S.A. Have both ¢¢ and 2° of Neophasia terlootu to offer for exchange for any of the following: Megathymus smithi, Oncocnemis columbia, O. piffardi, Feralia comstocki, Ophideres materna, Composia fidelissima, Thysania zenobia, Hyparpax aurora, Gabara spp., or eastern Caripeta spp. Contact either W. A. Rees, 934 So. McDonnell Ave., Los Angeles 22, Calif., or Mr. R. H. Reid, 4442 Franklin Ave., Los Angeles 27, Calif., LSA. Wish to contact collectors of Europe, Africa, India, and North, Central, and South America. Want esp. Papilionidz, Nymphalide, and Lyznidz (esp. Thecli- nz). Have many butterflies from Japan for exchange. Masaki Nakayama, 1-397, Fujihonmachi, Wakamatsu-city, Fukuoka-pref., Kyushu, JAPAN. Parnassius and Papilio from Asia for sale. 400 specimens, best quality, full data. Dr. H. Wilcke, Kossen/Tyrol, AUSTRIA. For sale: a quantity of pinned and papered moths from Nova Scotia, mostly Noctuide and Geometridz, offered as several lots at the rate of 2 to 4 cents each. Please write for details. D.C. Ferguson, Nova Scotia Museum of Science, Halifax, N.S., CANADA. Wish to exchange California butterflies and moths for any other North Aferican moths. Also a limited supply of Colorado Rhopalocera offered. R. H. Leuschner, 2332 Grove St., Berkeley 4, Calif., U.S.A. (after June: 1172 S. Wenonah, Oak Park, IIl., U.S.A. For sale: W. H. Edwards’ Butterflies of North America (3 vols.) and S. H. Scudder’s Butterflies of the Eastern U. S. (3 vols.), in superb condition. Please write Dr. G. W. Rawson, c/o Ciba Pharmaceutical Products, Inc., Summit, N. J., U.S.A. LIVING MATERIAL PUP OF PAPILIO ZELICAON, P. OREGONIA, P. RUDKINI, P. EURYMEDON URGENTLY NEEDED FOR HYBRIDIZATION STUDIES. Will purchase or exchange specimens, living material, or books. C. L. Remington, Osborn Zoological Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A. 40 Constitution and By-Laws Vol.9: no.1 ADDITIONS TO THE MEMBERSHIP LIST Brady, Thomas G., 23 N. Catherine Ave., La Grange, Ill., U.S.A. Buckett, Steve, 148 Belleview Ave., Petaluma, Calif., U.S.A. Chvala, Milan, Praha 16, Hofejsi nabfezi 21, CZECHOSLOVAKIA. Cope, Vernon M., 6605 Meadowlawn Drive, Houston 23, Texas, U.S.A. Dicke, Robert J., Dept. of Entomology, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis., U.S.A. Jacobs, S. N. A., 54 Hayes Lane, Bromley, Kent, ENGLAND. Janzen, Daniel H., Jr., 608 South Russell Ave., Mineapolis, Minn., U.S.A. Johnson, James H., Bridgenorth (nr. Peterborough), Ontario, CANADA. Kimura, Michio G., 500th MIG Strategic Branch, APO 613, San Francisco, Calif., U.S.A. Krivda, Walter, Teacherage, Gillam, Manitoba, CANADA. Kuwayama, Satoru (Dr.), Hokkaido Agric. Exper. Station, Kotoni, Sapporo, JAPAN. McAvoy, Thomas F., Jr., Box 834, Marysville, Wash., U.S.A. McFarland, A. Noel, 9601 Oak Pass Road, Beverly Hills, Calif., U.S.A. McGill, Ormond, 581 Forest Ave., Palo Alto, Calif., U.S.A. Momoi, Shigeyuki, 282 Sannotani, Hommoku, Yokohama, JAPAN. Moore, Sherman, 1512 Longfellow Ave., Detroit 6, Mich., U.S.A. Owen, Winfred D., 854 Church St., Ventura, Calif., U.S.A. Spencer, John C., 13040 Evanston St., Los Angeles 49, Calif., U.S.A. Thaxter, E. Lincoln, 681 Lexington Ave., New York, N. Y. Tsuruta, Ts. (Dr.), Nerima Ku, Tokyo, JAPAN. Vasquez G., Leonila (Dra. Miss), Instituto de Biologia, Casa del Lago de Chapultepec, México, D. F., MEXICO. Wood, D. M., 7 Dale Ave., Toronto, Ont., CANADA. Each of the nine nominees for 1955 officers of the Society received over 99% of the votes on the 227 ballots received. The new officers are listed in the back cover of the News. The constitutional amendments were approved by a vote of 226 to 1, and the amended Constitution and By-laws are published in full in this issue of the News. ERRATA Vol. 7, p. 113: in upper list of species, “Ancyloxipha numitor”’, “Polites verna”’, and “Atrytone conspicua’ should each be moved down one line to appear opposite june 7 .... , July 1 ....”, and “July 127.4 aaespectielry Vol. 8, p. 8: a page of manuscript was lost in the MATTONI abstract; the following should be added: 9. P. rita B. & McD.: Arizona, Utah, eastern California. 10. P. sonorensis F. & F.: coastal California, Bay Area to Baja California.” Vol. 8, p. 30: in 7th and 8th lines from bottom, “GRACE HERRESOFF SPERRY” should have been “GRACE HERRESHOFF SPERRY”. Vol. 8, p. 133: in 17th line from bottom, ‘Following length ...."" should have been Forewing length Vol. 8, p. 14 the LE CHARLES abstract is an accidental mixture from two manu- script abstracts received from Dr, BELLINGER. ‘The correct abstracts will appear in Vol. 9: p. 2 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ NEWS Volume 9 1955 Miuber 23 PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS TO THE PITTSBURGH MEETING OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Ladies and Gentlemen; my dear fellow Lepidopterists: I am extremely happy to be able to address you personally today. Although you did me great honour by selecting me to be your President for this year, I hardly could have hoped to be able to attend this meeting, because my country is so far away. And though large distances are no barrier for making friends and exchanging ideas, nothing surpasses a personal contact. I am very grateful to my Government and to the Entomological Uyttenboogaart-Eliasen Fund that made my trip possible by awarding me a grant. When Dr. REMINGTON wrote to me for the first time about the Lepi- dopterists’ Society that was very young at that time, as long ago as 1947, I at once became very enthusiastic, and tried to make myself as useful as I could (which was by the way, not easy because Holland is such a small country and the number of its lepidopterists limited). The need for a society dedicated to lepidopterology, and especially of a society with an international scope, was evident. Its quick and prolific growth that still continues clearly proved this. Most of the members are Americans and Canadians, which is natural, owing to the great number of lepidopterists in these countries. Still the amount of members from elsewhere disappoints me a little. I expected an even more unanimous response to our plan from everywhere. The reason for this is without doubt the fact that a great percentage of lepidopterists are interested only in faunistics; they collect or breed, often exclusively, the Lepi- doptera of their respective countries. However, there is not the slightest reason for pessimism. Time is needed for the propagation of our ideas, and besides, two more things. First it is very important to have at least one active member of the Society in every country, who could abstract literature and recruit more members in that country. And second, we must always try to make our literature reviews as complete as possible. Mankind is ambitious, lepidopterists not excepted. As soon as anybody reads a review of his own paper in our News, the Society naturally acquires a new interest for him. Ladies and gentlemen, I am sure that our Society meets a long-felt need. Although still in a juvenile stage, it certainly will continue to grow and will mature. Terrific organizational work has already been done. We possess 41 4? DIAKONOFF: Presidential Address Vol.9: nos.2-3 an excellently edited periodical. We can be proud of that and of the people who achieved these results. Especially I wish to bring tribute to the founders of our Society for the international character they gave it, because what we all need most is free exchange of ideas and cultivation of friendship and goodwill, on as wide a scale as possible. I wish to discuss with you in broad lines the aspects of Microlepidopterol- ogy. Although this is, of course, not a special science, and does not basically differ from other branches of the study of Lepidoptera, still it has specific aspects that are worthwhile to consider. There is no fundamental difference between the so-called “micros” and “macros”, because these groups do not represent taxonomic units or “taxa” but are products of an arbitrary separation. However, this separation is instructive, as it has historical origin; to micros are attributed families of Lepidoptera that generally were and still are regarded by many collectors as too tiresome to handle or not showy enough, owing to their small size, and therefore less desirable for cabinets or not worth collecting at all. The unavoidable but deplorable consequence of this sentiment in former years was that micros were collected so sporadically and incidentally — at least when compared with the masses of macros collected all over the world during the last 150 years — that they still are very insufficiently known, and in the tropical countries are only beginning to be studied properly. And yet, there must be more micros than macros, as we learn from the lists of faunas that are known best, namely those of the West and Central European countries. For example, in Holland occur more than 1100 micros as against 700 macros. [ think that in the tropics this ratio will be still more in favour of the micros; the number of their species there is simply astonishing. An exceedingly fertile and almost inexhaustible field for activity awaits lepidopterists there, and it is remarkable that relatively so few are attracted by the study of the tropical Microlepidoptera. It is this study that has occupied me during the past 20 years and that I have now in mind when discussing with you the aspects of Microlepidopterology. Once the late Professor G. D. HALE CARPENTER remarked to me that microlepidopterists must be courageous people. I doubt very much whether my colleagues and myself deserve this flattery. To master the taxonomy of any group of Lepidoptera one necessarily must acquire as complete a knowledge of the existing literature as possible, but this is much easier with tropical micros, than with many other groups of Lepidoptera, since the literature on them is so scanty. Perhaps the only courage required is for facing the menac- ingly large number of all those genera and species that await description! | had the great privilege to collect and to study Microlepidoptera of one of the most interesting tropical faunas in the world, namely, the Malay Archi- pelago. Illustrious classical naturalists, such as ALFRED RUSSEL WALLACE, FRUH- STORFFER, the SARASIN brothers, MAX WEBER, and many others collected there, and due to their work the remarkable fauna of this region became famous. The 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News RN Go geology and the paleontology bear proof of a complicated history of this area that is subject to heavy tectonic forces, being pinched between two continents, having numberless extinct and active volcanos, having been inundated and dried again several times due to the activity of glacial periods. In this region two rich and entirely different faunas meet, vzz., the Asiatic and the Australian, in circumstances that at present are optimal for the flourishing of one of the richest faunas in the world. The zoogeography of this region served as the subject of many classical studies. Macrolepidoptera, especially butterflies, were suc- cessfully used, e. g., by WALLACE, and later by my lemented friend, the late TOXOPEUS (who was a specialist in the Lycanide) and by ZEUNER, who re- cently wrote an excellent essay on the distribution of the large Papilios. It was tempting to try to use Microlepidoptera for zoogeographical re- search, but this aspect of the study of tropical micros has appeared to be less promising thus far. In spite of the fact that micros seem to be well-suited for this research, judging from their being unable to disperse actively over great distances, across seas, straits, and mountain ridges, their distribution cannot, so far, be very well used for zoogeographic purposes in this region, first, because our data on their distribution are too scanty, and second, because the data of former authors appear to be worthless in the light of our present know!- edge of taxonomy based upon modern methods. For example, the distribution of many of MEYRICK’S species as recorded by himself does not teach us any- thing, as fundamental! restudy of all his species, using the characters of geni- talia, is necessary first. Every time, this rechecking turns out to become a whole revision, extremely interesting without doubt, but also highly time- consuming. With gratitude and respect I think now of the awe-inspiring enterprise of Dr. J. F. GATES CLARKE, of Washington, who spent two years investigating several thousands of MEYRICK’s types at the British Museum. I hope that his work will appear soon; it will be a very great help for every student of the “micros”. Another aspect of tropical Microlepidopterology, their ecology, on the contrary, represents an extremely fertile field, as variations of their life-habits, choice of food, mimicry, symbiosis, etc., present almost an inexhaustible material for study. There are species preying on lac insects, on cicadas, on ants, or even, alternately, on cicadas and ants! Many live in diverse and mostly intriguing modes of symbiosis with ants. The ecology of mining species alone, however rich and interesting in the temperate regions, as we learn from the monumental studies of Professor HERING of Berlin, a member of our Society, seems to be still more diverse and more intriguing in the tropics, as was recorded by the late T. B. FLETCHER from India, and experienced by myself in Java. My friend L. VARI, of Pretoria, is equally enthusiastic about the mining micros in South Africa; they serve as the subject for his thesis which he is preparing at present. Some tropical Tineidaee (Monopis) present a simply baffling biology: they are the only Lepidoptera known that are obligately viviparous (and ap- parently parthenogenetic), and it even seems likely to me that their eggs must 44 DIAKONOFF: Presidential Address Vol.9: nos.2-3 mature and numerous larve hatch inside a spacious uterus during pre-adult stages of the mother insect (during the pupal or perhaps the late larval stage?). This subject alone offers a rich field for research not only of biology, but also of anatomy and cytology. However, perhaps the richest field for study is the taxonomy of tropical Microlepidoptera. I need not go into the already generally recognized con- ception of taxonomy as the fundamental doctrine bearing the ramifications of other zoological sciences. Taxonomic study necessarily precedes anything else, also here, and is urgently needed to open this field to other branches of research. So rich is the tropical fauna and at the same time so little investigated, that great taxonomic discoveries might easily be expected here, discoveries that might greatly contribute to our conception of the relationships of the whole order Lepidoptera. My above remark on the lack of data on tropical Microlepidoptera is not quite true, of course, for excellent work has already been done and is being done at the present time. It certainly would be very unfair not to mention the work of the classical authors, and its merits. WALSINGHAM, MEYRICK, SNELLEN, CLEMENS, and many others provided the rough groundwork upon which our system stands. Each of them has done an enormous amount of work, such as is hardly possible for anyone in our day. MEYRICK, for example, must have described during his long life not less than 20,000 new genera and species! It is an extensive base they left us, but their work needs considerable remolding to fit our changed standards. It is a great consolation that those comparatively few students of Micro- lepidoptera we possess at present do splendid and outstanding research. Of these modern workers I wish to mention the names of the late AUGUST BUSCK and CARL HEINRICH, who studied the micros of the New World; Professor JANSE of Pretoria, who in spite of his advanced age is preparing monographs of the Heterocera of South Africa, including micros; as I said already, L. VARI is preparing a monograph of leaf-miners of South Africa; I am sure that he soon will present many new facts on their ecology and taxonomy. Dr. J. F. GATES CLARKE of Washington, apart from his revision of MEYRICK’S types, carries on with his studies of the Neotropical fauna. Dr. T. N. FREEMAN and ROBERT LAMBERT of Ottawa are preparing revisions of the Canadian Tortricinae and Sparganothidine. Mr. IAN F. B. COMMON of Canberra, Australia, is prepar- ing a thorough revision of the Australian Tortricidae. Students of the Pale- arctic micros are somewhat more numerous. I already mentioned the eminent studies of Professor HERING on leaf-miners. My friend Dr. N. S. OBRAZTSOV recently finished an impressive 500-page manuscript on the classification of the Palearctic Tortricidae and hopes to begin soon with a corresponding monograph on the Nearctic fauna; these studies will be of the greatest im- portance for further study of this family. Furthermore, I wish to mention two recent studies that impressed me very much, v7z., a monograph on the Palearctic Eupistide by Dr. S. TOLL (1952) and another on the Palearctic species of Depressaria by Dr. H. J. HANNEMANN (1953). 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 45 As to myself, I brought together in Leiden extensive materials of South Asiatic micros. I hope to bring their study to some proper end before I die, although I am still chiefly occupied with the first superfamily, the Tortricoidea. I expect that I will meet the same fate as most of us and as my friend Professor ROEPKE of Wageningen, Holland, who says that when he dies he will be short not much more time than a hundred years! Ladies and gentlemen, | am coming to the end of my rough and superficial sketch of some aspects of the Microlepidopterology. And since I am your President I wish to use my fatherly right and privilege to finish this address with a sermon! I wish to formulate a few suggestions that refer to most important points. Partially they come from my taxonomic creed. In taxonomy one should never neglect classification of higher taxa (e. g., from superfamiles to tribes) for the classification of lower taxa, as e. g., genera and species. The latter are usually much easier to define than the former, with the result that our taxonomy often is a top-heavy structure, with bulky upper stories upon an inadequate basement. When describing a taxon one should try to use as many characters as are available. This is almost a platitude; however, there still are taxonomists who neglect this rule. It is also preferable in most cases to give a complete diagnosis of a new taxon, instead of referring to a related taxon, saying; “similar to so and so, only differing by ... ”; such a diagnosis is not practical as it can- not be used independently, without knowing the diagnosis referred to by heart. When describing a new genus, sketches of the head and of neuration, and in case of a new species, detailed figures of genitalia of both sexes should be added. One never should forget to indicate and label types and paratypes. Finally, taxonomists should be economical with new terms for structures of genitalia, and try to come together to a uniform terminology of these parts. And herewith I open the meeting in the hope that it will be a great success. A. DIAKONOFF Rijkmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, NETHERLANDS 46 Vol.9: nos.2-3 THE BREEDING IN CAPTIVITY OF THE HYBRID PAPILIO RUTULUS FEMALE X PAPILIO GLAUCUS Wie by C. A. CLARKE and P. M. SHEPPARD Using the technique of hand-pairing (Clarke 1952) it has been found possible to hybridise many members of the Papilio machaon group of Swallow- tails, and the preliminary results of these crosses have already been reported (Clarke & Sheppard 1953 and in press). It occurred to us that the same technique might give useful information about other groups of Swallowtails, and during 1954 FP. glaucus was bred in order to investigate the genetics of the dimorphism in the female. The results of this are not yet complete but during the work it was found possible, by hand-pairing, to hybridise P. rutwlus 2 with FP. glaucus 3 and this seems worth while reporting separately. It is not known whether hybrids between P. glaucus Linné and P. rutulus Lucas occur in nature but C. L. REMINGTON (personal communication, 1955) states:- “I have seen only two wild-caught specimens which closely resemble your hybrids, and both are from localities near the meeting-line between the ranges of the two species.” For our experiments P. rutulus pupee were obtained from Washington State and those of P. glaucus from Chicago, Illinois. Both were kindly supplied through Mr. EUGENE DLUHYy. The male and female butterflies were mated (mating 249) on 13 June 1954, both parents having emerged a few days previously. The male had been bred by us from an earlier mating (mating 108, ? glaucus (yellow form) X 3 glaucus). The 2 P. rutulus laid readily on Liriodendron, and 21 ova were deposited on 15 and 16 June. One of these failed to darken, but all the rest hatched. One larva died, and one was killed accidentally. The surviving hybrid cater- pillars appeared to us to resemble those of P. glawcus, but it should be pointed out that we have never seen the early stages of P. rutulus. The larve fed readily on Lirtodendron and, when supplies were low for a short period, they accepted Syringa (lilac). Pupation occurred at the end of July and the butterflies started to emerge on 11 August,.three females emerging first. By 9 September all 18 butterflies had come out, 10 6 6 and 8 @ Q; all of them had a yellow ground colour. Edwards (1897) stated that the main difference between P. glaucus and P. rutulus \ay in the character of the submarginal border on the underside of the forewings, — separate yellow lunules in glawcus and an unbroken yellow band in ratulus. Dr. REMINGTON (personal communication, 1955) states that this difference does not hold good for all localities and that it appears that the only character which is consistently clear-cut between the two species is the colour of the most anterior outer spot on the hindwing underside. This is orange in P. glaucus and yellow in P. rutulus, In addition, in some areas dimor- phism in the female (yellow and black forms) is present in glawcus but never in rutulus, 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 4 In the hybrids the colour of the most anterior outer spot on the hindwing underside is yellow streaked with orange — that is intermediate between the two parent forms. No dimorphism was present in the hybrid females, all being yellow, but it should be noted that their father had been bred from a yellow female and that his single sister was also yellow. Consequently, as the difference between the black and yellow forms of the female is almost certaiiy controlled by a pair of allelomorphs, it is not at all remarkable that only yellow females were produced. Left, P. glaucus; center, P. rutulus; right, Fi: hybrid. Male forewings above, female hindwings below; undersides only. Large orange spot near outer angle of @ glaucus appeats dark in photo. In the particular P. glaucws and P. rutulus butterflies which were the parents of our hybrids the character of the sub-marginal border on the underside of the forewings showed very distinctly the differences noted by EDWARDS (see above). In the hybrids this band was intermediate (see photograph). Fertility Seven sib matings were obtained by hand-pairing the hybrids. Two females laid two and nine eggs respectively on Liriodendron, but all tailed to show signs of development. The hybrid females were tested on Liriodendron, Populus alba, Populus sp., Salix caprea, and Betula. 48 CLARKE & SHEPPARD: Papilio hybrids Vol.9: nos.2-3 Three backcross matings were obtained (see table). SIGNS OF BROOD EGGS | DEVELOPMENT OFFSPRING NO. MATING _ LAID IN EGGS cy 2 REMARKS 312 2 215 (yellow) X 49 None 0 0 4 laid on 6 249 (F, hybrid) Populus alba, : remainder on Lirtodendron 333 "252, (blacks) x 9 None 0 0 6 249 (Fi hybrid) 334 @ 249 (F, hybrid) 13 One none, 5 3 all 29 x 12 hatched 3 still in yellow 4 237 (black mother) pupa; one died as larva In the 8 backcross butterflies the colour of the most anterior outer spot on the hindwing underside was intermediate (hybrid-like) in 4 butterflies, yellow in 2, and orange in 2. It is also of interest that the three females which have so far emerged are all yellow, but no deductions as to the genetics of the ground colour can be drawn from such a small number. The fact that one backcross was fertile, as are many between species in the P. machaon group, allows the differences between the forms to be investi- gated genetically, and these are to be the subject of a further paper. References Clarke, C. A., 1952. Hand pairing of Papilio machaon in February. Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var. 64: 98. Clarke, C. A., & P. M. Sheppard, 1953. Further observations on hybrid Swallowtails. Supplt. to Ent. Rec. & Journ. Var. 65: 9. sito dhe a RICE Yar RRR SIE , 1955. A preliminary report on the genetics of the machaon group of Swallowtail Butterflies. Evolution. In the press. Edwards, William H., 1897. Butterflies of North America. University of Liverpool, Liverpool, UNITED KINGDOM and Genetics Lab., Dept. of Zoology, Oxford University, Oxford, UNITED KINGDOM > 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 49 A NEW RACE OF PAPILIO INDRA FROM THE GRAND CANYON REGION by DAviD L. BAUER Until 1950 the occurence of Papilio indra Reakirt in Arizona was over- looked by lepidopterists; in that year the “Grand Canyon Natural History Association” published Bulletin No. 11, on the butterflies of the Grand Canyon, by JOHN S. GARTH. Under Papilio indra minori Cross, Dr. GARTH makes this statement: “The writer is indebted to Lloyd Martin of the Los Angeles Museum for pointing out the similarity of the under wing of this Papzlio to imdra rather than to baird7.” This specimen has been examined by the writer; also all other specimens of the Papilio machaon group in the Grand Canyon Work Shop collection were studied. This search turned up two more Papilio indra specimens of the same type as the first. One of these specimens bore the label “Papilio polyxenes auterius Cram.”, and was determined as such by J. F. GATES CLARK of the U. S. National Museum. This same specimen is listed as Papilio ajax L. by GARTH on page 10 of the above mentioned Bulletin; however, he also noted that it appeared to him to be identical with the specimen designated Papilio indra minori Cross. This last specimen labeled “Papilio polyxenes asterius Cram. female,” has proved to be a male of the Grand Canyon race of Papilio imdra. The other specimen found in the Work Shop collection was taken by Mr. ERNST CHRISTENSEN and was in the Papilio bardi series. The examination of these specimens was made in 1952. The same year the writer captured a large male specimen near Ryan Ranger Station west of Jacob Lake, which at first was mistaken for a female Papzlio bawdu Edwards. Since then the Park Naturalists at Grand Canyon have taken about forty additional specimens. These specimens have been examined and found to be consistently separable from all previously named species and races of the Papilio machaon Linné complex. The description of this previously unnamed race follows: Papilio indra kaibabensis new subspecies MALE. Upper suface of primaries: jet black, with a complete submarginal series of pale yellow spots; the post-median series of spots is composed of small, much clouded pale yellow spots; in the male type specimen there are only four such spots, those nearest the inner margin being completely obliterated by black over-scaling. Upper surface of scondaries: jet black, with an incomplete series of small black- clouded submarginal yellow spots; the spot nearest the costal margin at the outer angle is obsolete as are also the two between the tail and the anal angle, leaving only three small submarginal spots; the row of blue spots is located in the usual position across the wing, and is composed of large, prominent, light blue spots; these spots shade gradually to black outwardly and are more prominent than those found in any othe machaon-group Papilio. The orange-red spot of the inner angle is largely filled by the central black spot, leaving only a thin cresent of orange; the post-median series of yellow spots is almost entirely obliterated by the black ground; the spot nearest the costal margin is the only one which is consistently present, but is reduced by black scaling to a narrow band; occasionally there is a trace cf the next in line from the costal margin and of the yellow spot nearest the anal angle. 50 BAUER: Papilio indra katbabensis Vol.9: nos.2-3 Under surface of primaries: black; submarginal series of spots considerably larger, paler, not clouded with black scaling, and six in number; the spots nearest the costal margin and the anal angle tinged with reddish orange; the series of blue spots reduced in area and prominence; the post-median series of pale yellow spots complete, seven in all; the orange-red spot of the inner angle larger and central black spot smaller, resulting in greater prominence of spot. Palpi black. Antenne black. Head black, with two yellow spots located dorsally at the posterior edge of each eye. Thorax black, dorsally two orange-yellow lines continuing posteriorly from the yellow spots on the head across the thorax to the base of the inner margin of the primaries. Abdomen black, usually with a small yellowish area on each side just cephalad of the claspers. Forewing length base to apex of male TYPE 48 mm.; variation of length in type series 45-51 mm. Hindwing length of male TYPE 37 mm.; variation of length in type series 34-39 mm. Tail length of male TYPE 9 mm.; variation in type series 7-10 mm. FEMALE: Upper surface of primaries: jet black; same markings as male, pale yellow submarginal and post-median spots reduced in size, and in number in post-median series. Upper surface of secondaries: black; markings same as male. Under surface of primaries and secondaries same as for male. Palpi, head, thorax, and abdomen same as in male. Forewing length of female ALLOTYPE 53 mm.; variation in type series 48-53 mm. Hindwing length of female ALLOTYPE 42 mm.; variation in type series 38-42 mm. Tail length of ALLOTYPE 10 mm.; variation of type series 8.5-10 mm. As may be noted from the description above, the males and females are almost identical in appearance and most closely resemble female specimens of Papilio bairdi or Papilio polyxenes Fabricius. The lack of sexual dimorphism is characteristic of this race. HOLOTYPE male: (expanse 76 mm.) Bright Angel Point, Grand Canyon, Coconino Co., Ariz., August 1953, leg. ERNST CHRISTENSEN. ALLOTYPE female: (expanse 86 mm.) same locality and collector as HOLOTYPE, 14 August 1953. PARATYPES: 9 males and 3 females. Data as follows (all but one male from the Grand Canyon National Park): 1 male, North Rim, 3 August 1938, leg. LOUIS SCHELLBACK; 1 male, Yavapai Point, South Rim, 22 August 1944, leg. Louis SCHELLBACK; 1 male, Bright Angel Point, North Rim, 13 August 1951, leg. ERNST CHRISTENSEN; 1 male, Bright Angel Point, North Rim, 7 August 1953, leg. ERNST CHRISTENSEN; 1 male, Roaring Springs, North Rim, 4 August 1953, leg. ERNST CHRISTENSEN; 1 male, near Ryan Ranger Station, Kaibab Plateau, Coconino Co., Ariz., 1 July 1952, leg. D. L. BAUER; 1 female, data same as for ALLOTYPE; 1 female, data same as for HOLOTYPE. The HOLOTYPE and ALLOTYPE and four male PARATYPES will be returned to the Naturalist Work Shop Collection, Grand Canyon National Park; from there I believe the HOLOTYPE and ALLOTYPE will be sent to the U. S. National Museum. One male and one female PARATYPE will be returned to Dr. RODECK and the University of Colorado Collection, one male PARA- TYPE to the Yale Peabody Museum, and one male PARATYPE to the Los Angeles County Museum. The remainder are in the author’s collection. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 51 The type series of Papilio indra kaibabensis has been carefully compared with specimens of P. zmdra from northern California, Washington, and Color- ado, P. indra pergamus from southern California, and P. imdra minori from Colorado, and with other members of the Papilio machaon group. Following is a table of differences for the black Swallowtails of the West. A. P. polyxenes asterius Stoll This is widespread and the best known species of the group, so it will be used as a basis of comparison. 1. Wings: ground color black; pattern of markings shows marked sexual dimorphism and is composed of a complete submarginal series of yellow lunules and a complete series of yellow submedian spots in the male, variably obsolete in female; blue series of spots variable in prominence and number; anal orange spot pupiled with cen- tral black dot. 2. Tails long (8-10 mm.). 3. Palpi wholly black or partially yellow; antennz and head black; two dorsal yellow spots posterior of eyes. 4. Thorax: the prothorax with two yellow dorsal spots; remainder of thorax and legs black; lappets or tegule black or only faintly yellowish. Abdomen spotted in typical fashion with yellow. Best distinguishing character: orange color of post-median and four submarginal lunules on underside of secondaries. Oy B. P. rudkini form “clarki’” Chermock 1. Wings: ground color, pattern, and sexual dimorphism same as P. polyxenes asterius; post-median series of yellow spots of secondaries crosses wing differently and is wider near costal margin. Tails long (7-10 mm.). Palpi partially yellow; antennz and head as in P. polyxenes asterius. Thorax, legs, and lappets as in P. polyxenes asterius. Abdomen spotted as in P. polyxenes asterius. Best distinguishing character: smaller size and paler under surface, with consider- ably less orange in yellow spots. Sloe C. P. bairdii bairdii Edwards 1. Wings: ground color and pattern same as in P. polyxenes asterius; sexual dimorph- ism more marked; male submarginal lunules and post-median series of spots norm- ally larger, while in the female they are smaller; blue series of spots variable as in P. polyxenes asterius; anal orange spot has elongate black spot reaching to black along inner margin of wing. 2. Tails longer (8.5 -12.0 mm.). 3. Palpi always yellow, sometimes tinged with black; antennz black; head with con- siderable yellow all around the eyes. 4. Thorax: black with prominent yellow spots on prothorax dorsally and at base of forewings ventrally; lappets yellow or tinged with black; legs black. 5. Abdomen: spotted with yellow as in P. polyxenes asterius, but very variable, from very small nearly obsolete spots to large confluent spots; claspers black, partially yellow, or entirely yellow. 6. Best distinguishing characters: large size; much larger yellow submarginal and post-median spots on underside and very little orange except in post-median spots at end of cell of secondaries; also nature of anal orange spot and its black dot. Vol.9: nos.2-3 BAUER: Papilio indra kaibabensis 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 53 D. P. indra indra Reakirt 1. Wings: ground color and wing pattern typical of the group; wings more rounded; yellow spots very pale; post-median series of spots wider, forming a band on secondaries; blue series as in P. polyxenes asterius variable in number; anal orange spot and its central black dot as in P. polyxenes asierius; no notable sexual di- morphism. 2. Tails very short (1.5-4.0 mm.). 3. Palpi black; antennz black; head black with two orange-yellow spots dorsally, as in P. polyxenes asterius. 4. Thorax as in P. polyxenes asterius except spots are orange-yellow; lappets pale orange-yellow; legs black. 5. Abdomen: black with one to three lateral yellow spots cephalad of claspers; claspers black. 6. Best distinguishing characters: more rounded wings; paleness of all yellow spots, which form band on secondaries; and very short tails. E. P. indra pergamus Hy. Edwards 1. Wings: ground color and pattern of wing markings as in P. indra indra, but wings more angular; no notable sexual dimorphism. 2. Tails rather long (6.0-6.5 mm.). 3. Palpi, antennz, and head as in P. indra indra. 4. Thorax as in P. indra indra. 5. Abdomen as in P. indra indra. 6. Best distinguishing characters: the more angular wings and longer tails separate it from typical P. indra. FEF. P. indra minori Cross 1. Wings: ground color and pattern of wings as in P. indra indra; post-median band of spots much narrower and series of blue spots on secondaries more prominent; anal spot and black dot same; no marked sexual dimorphism. Tails rather long (6-7 mm.). Palpi, antennz, and head black; head with the typical dorsal yellow spots. Thorax as in P. indra indra. Ay ty EXPLANATION OF PLATE Top: Papilio polyxenes asterius: \eft, ex larva, Cottonwood, 3500 ft., Yavapai Co., Ariz., 21 Aug. 1952; right, Sta. Catalina Mts., 3500 ft., Pima Co., Ariz., 17 Sept. 1948. Second: Papilio bairdii bairdii: lett, Mingus Mt., 6000 ft., Yavapai Co., Ariz., 18 Aug. 1952, ex larva; right, Grand Canyon Nat. Park, Ariz. (in G.C.N.P. collection). £952; Third: Papilio indra kaibabensis, upperside: allotype and holotype. Bottom: Papilio indra kaibabensis, underside: allotype and holotype. Females left, males right. 54 BAUER: Papilio indra kaibabensts Vol.9: nos.2-3 G. P. indra kaibabensis Bauer 1. Wings: ground color as P. indra indra; post-median band of spots greatly reduced on primaries, usually only partially represented, on the secondaries nearly always obsolete except for the spot nearest the costal margin; series of blue spots on second- aries more prominent than in any other of the black Swallowtails; no strong sexual dimorphism. Tails long (7-10 mm.). Palpi, antenna, and head as in P. indra minori. Thorax as in P. indra minori. Abdomen as in P. indra indra. Best distinguishing character: the very dark males, which closely resemble females of P. polyxenes and P. bairdit. The females can be separated readily from females of other species by the zmdra-marked abdomens and also other zvdra-type markings. Both males and females can be separated from other P. imdra-group races by the larger size, longer tails, and darker coloring. CN A BX Be NO I wish to thank Dr. C. L. REMINGTON for his helpful counsel, Mr. DONALD EFF and Mr. W. C. MINOR for the loan of specimens of P. imdra minort, and Professors MELVILLE H. HATCH and TREVOR KINCAID of the University of Washington for the photographs presented with this paper. 1103 Ballew Ave., Everett, Wash., U. S. A. RECORDS OF BOLORIA TODDI FROM MARYLAND At higher elevations in the East, Boloria toddi (Holiand) [=Brenthis bellona (Fabricius)] occurs as far south as North Carolina (Klots, 1951) and Tennessee (Clark, 1932). Along the Atlantic Costal Plain, however, the southern limit of this species is recorded as New Jersey (Klots, 1951). During the past few years, this species has been taken independently by the writer and by J. H. FALES at several localities in eastern Maryland. These include Harford Co. (Bel Air, writer), Howard Co. (Dayton, writer), Prince Georges Co. (Beltsville, J. H. FALES; College Park, writer) and Montgomery Co. (Silver Spring, writer). AUSTIN CLARK (Clark, 1932) mentioned the possible occurrence of B. toddi near Washington, D. C., although in spite of extensive collecting, he was umsuccessful in taking it in this area. In view of this, the records from Beltsville, College Park, and Silver Spring are especially interesting, as these locales are quite close to Washington, D. C., and are areas which were searched by Mr. CLARK. The recent occurrence of B. toddi in these areas may indicate a southward extension of the range of this butterfly subsequent to Mr. CLARK’S recording of its absence in 1932. References Clark, Austin H., 1932. The butterflies of the District of Columbia and vicinity. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 157: 246-247. Klots, Alexander B., 1951. A field guide to the butterflies: pp. 92-93. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. E. G. MACLEOD, Star Route, Dayton, Md., U.S.A. s ee a ODD The Lepidopterists’ News 55 DISTRIBUTION OF THE MOTH EAR MITE (MYRMONYSSUS PHALAiINODECTES ) by ASHER E. TREAT For the three years since its discovery in Tyringham, Massachusetts, the gamasine mite Myrmonyssus phalaenodectes Treat, a parasite in the tympanic organs of noctuid moths, has been known only from the type locality and from Bergen County, New Jersey. The wide variety of hosts, however, and the high incidence of infestation in some species made it seem probable that the mite was more widely distributed, and that it could be found in museum collections of Lepidoptera. Through the kindness of Dr. F. H. RINDGE of the American Museum of Natural History, Dr. J. G. FRANCLEMONT and Dr. W. T. M. Forses of Cornell University, and Dr. E. L. Topp of the United States National Museum, permission was obtained to examine the specimens of Pseudaletia, Leucania, and related genera in those institutions. This paper presents evidence that the range of the mite is nearly worldwide. The description of the mite, together with notes on its biology and ecology, has recently appeared elsewhere (Treat, 1954). Among known parasites of adult Lepidoptera, M. phalenodectes is unusual if not unique in that at least during the warmer parts of the year it lays its eggs and completes its life cycle entirely upon or within the body of its host. It has thus far been reported only from adult noctuid moths, chiefly those of the genera named above, though several others are occasionally infested. Colonies of the mites develop unilaterally in the tympanic air sac and associated cavities, destroying the auditory function of these parts but sparing the corresponding structures of the opposite side. Since the tympanic organs are generally acknowledged to be at least partly auditory in character (Schaller & Timm, 1959; Treat, in press), it seems appropriate to use the name Moth Ear Mite for this parasite, despite the obvious lack of homology between the tympanic organ and a vertebrate ear. The usage may gain some authority from the opinion of Imms (1947) that “These [tympanic] organs may with some justice be regarded as ears.” Evidence of infestation is easily detected even in pinned specimens, pro- vided that the wings have been properly spread and that the legs do not conceal the external tympanic recess. If the mite colony was moderately or well advanced when the moth was captured, slight displacement of the sete with a fine needle under the binocular microscope will usually reveal either the mites or their eggs. The dried mites are yellowish brown and much flattened. To the casual glance they might be mistaken for dermestid feces. The eggs, when dry, are shrivelled and yellowish. They are usually attached to the conjunctiva (“accessory” or “false” tympanal membrane of Richards, 1933, and other authors), which may also be pitted and discolored by older egg scars. Although the eggs are not distinctive as compared with those of other mites of similar size, their presence together with rupture or perforation of the 56 TREAT: Moth ear mite Vol.9: nos.2-3 tympanic membrane may be taken as tentatively diagnostic for the Moth Ear Mite. If the pinned specimen can be dissected to the extent of removal of the first abdominal tergite on the side of the suspected infestation, the mites can usually be found in the tympanic air sac or countertympanic cavity. Mites and eggs, either fresh or dried, may be mounted directly in Hoyer’s medium (Baker & Wharton, 1952). They can be cleared and relaxed by gentle heating of the slide after the coverslip has been placed. The table includes records from all of the chief biogeographical regions, obtained from the study of specimens chiefly of Lewcania and related genera in the three collections mentioned above. In the American Museum, Nearctic as well as exotic material was examined. In the other two collections, only exotic forms were studied, and in the U. S. National Museum the investigation was limited to Palearctic, African, Oriental, and Hawaiian specimens. Host names are given as they appear in the various collections. The scarcity of Palearctic records may perhaps be explained by the comparatively small amount of material available for study. Seasonal distribution follows the expected pattern, with the highest inci- dence for the temperate regions of both northern and southern hemispheres in midsummer, and with scattered records in the tropics throughout the year. In northeastern New Jersey, infested moths have been taken as early as June 9 and as late as October 23. The winter quarters of the mite remain to be dis- covered. The present data increase the number of recorded host species from 23 to 48. Records of Myrmonyssus phalenodectes from Specimens Chiefly of Leucania and Related Genera in the American Museum of Natural History [AMNH], Cornell University [CU], and the United States National Museum [USNM]. Locality Date Host Species NEARCTIC Rangeley, Me. 24 Aug. 1949 Pseudaletia unipuncta Haw. |AMNH] Cohasset, Mass. 19 July Leucania 1. insueta Gn. [AMNH] Cohasset, Mass. 3, Sept. Scotogramma t. trifolii Rott. |AMNH} Dorchester, Mass. 10 July 1901 Leucania commoides Gn. [AMNH] New Windsor, N.Y. 9 July 1891 L. pseudargyria Gn. [AMNH]* New Rochelle, N.Y. 24 Aug. 1949 Pseudaletia unipuncta Haw. |[AMNH] Mendham, N.J. 20 Aug. 1935 L. phragmatidicola Gn. |AMNH|* Mendham, N.J. 29 Aug. 1952 L. multilinea Wik. [AMNH]* Dumont, N.J. 23 Oct. 1954 Sunira bicolorago Gn. [author’s coll.] Chester, N.J. 17 Aug. L. multilinea Wik. |AMNH}] Newark, N.J. L. extincta flabilis Grt. [AMNH}] Pennsylvania L. pseudargyria Gn. |AMNH| Washington, D.C. 16 Aug. 1882 L. scirpicola Gn. [AMNH] lowa City, lowa 4 Aug. 1898 L. phragmatidicola Gn. |AMNH] Volga, S.Dak. Aletia o. oxygala Grt. [AMNH] Fr. William, Ont. 15 Aug. 1953. A. oxygala luteopallens Smith [AMNH] near Hattiesburg, Miss. 1-11 Oct. 1944 L. e. extincta Gn. [AMNH] New Orleans, La. 1 Oct. 1951 L. linita Gn. [AMNH]| 19> Locality Lake Okechobee, Fla. Harris County, Texas near Forestburg, Texas Wichita Falls, Texas Minnehaha, Yavapai Co., Ariz. Malibu, Calif. Rancho La Sierra, River- side Co., Calif. Berkeley, Calif. San Mateo, Calif. NEOTROPICAL Jalapa, Mexico Punta Prieta, Baja Cal., Mexico El Volcano, Chiriqui, Panama Jamaica, Br. W. Indies Cabanas, Cuba Moengo, Surinam Pelotas, Brazil La Estanzuela, Uruguay La Estanzuela, Uruguay ETHIOPIAN Umtali, Southern Rhod. Umtali, Southern Rhod. ORIENTAL Tjibodas, Mt. Gede, Java Mt. Makiling, Luzon, |e Arisan, Formosa Suisha, Formosa PALEARCTIC Yachow, China near Mupin, China AUSTRALASIAN Ninay Valley, Dutch New Guinea Victoria, Australia OCEANIC Kauai, Hawaii The Lepidopterists’ News 57 Date 30 April 1912 24 Sept. 1950 7 Oct: 1950 4 Oct. 10 Aug. 1941 23 Sept. 1940 3 Sept. 1941 14 Sept. 1941 27 March 1935 3 March 1936 1953 5-8 Sept. 1913 17 May 1927 27 Aug. 1951 Jan. 1953 7 jan. 1953 15 Aug. 3, June 1932 1 June 1934 Nov. 1908 to Jan. 1909 May Host Species Leucania sp. (undet.) [AMNH|} Leucania sp. (undet.) [AMNH| L. phragmatidicola Gn. |[AMNH|} L. phragmatidicola Gn. [AMNH| L. imperfecta Smith [AMNH] L. oaxacana Schaus |AMNH|] L. oaxacana Schaus |[AMNH|] L. oregona Smith [AMNH] L. oregona Smith [AMNH|] Pseudaletia sequax Francl. [AMNH} Trichoclea e. edwardsi Smith [AMNH] P. unipuncta antica Wik. [AMNH| P. sequax Francl. [AMNH]| P. sequax Francl. |AMNH] Cirphis humidicola Gn. (CU] P. sequax Francl. [CU] P. adultera Schaus [CU|t Cirphis (= Faronta) albilinea Hubner [CU] Borolia micropis Hampson [CU|* Borolia torrentium Gn. [CU|* Cirphis lasiomera Hampson [USNM] Borolia aspersa Snell [USNM|] Cirphis albicosta Moore [CU] C. albicosta Moore |CU] Cirphis sinuosa Moore |USNM|* Leucania sp. (undet.) [USNM] Cirphis leucosphenia Bethune-Baker [CU] Pseudaletia australis Francl. |AMNH}| Cirphis amblycasis Meyr. [|USNM| *Diagnosis of Myrmonyssus phalenodectes made from eggs and host damage only. tIncidence of infestation 54 percent (82 out of 152 specimens). 58 TREAT: Moth ear mite Vol.9: nos.2-3 References Baker, E. W., & G. W. Wharton, 1952. An introduction to acarology: p. 10. The Macmillan Co., N. Y. Imms, A. D., 1947. Insect natural history: p. 83. Collins, London. Richards, A. G., 1933. Comparative skeletal morphology of the noctuid tympanum. Ent. Americana 13 (nm. s.): 1-44. Schaller, F., & C. Timm, 1950. Das Horvermogen der Nachtschmetterlinge. Zeztschr. vergl. Physiol. 32: 468-481. Treat, A. E., 1954. A new gamasid (Acarina: Mesostigmata) inhabiting the tympanic organs of phalanid moths. Journ. Parasitol. 40: 619-631. Treat, A. E. The response to sound in certain Lepidoptera. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. In press. Dept. of Biology, The City College of New York, New York 31, N. Y., U.S.A. AN APPARATUS FOR WEIGHING SMALL INSECTS by P. HoHGray The writer recently presented (1953) a short article pointing out the existence of correlations between the wing-radii and the weights of certain butterflies. Since weighing small butterflies such as Pieris rape L. on a beam balance is tedious, the apparatus described below was devised whereby each insect can be weighed in a few seconds. The apparatus is shown diagrammati- cally in the figure, at the scale of 14 inch to 1 inch. Two separate wooden blocks form the framework of the apparatus; they are free to be moved for slight adjustments in distance or angle. A length of wire was removed from copper window-screening. The wire is about 15 inches long, half of it forming the balance wire and the remainder being coiled in a loop behind the fulcrum point shown on the left-hand block in the diagram. At the free end the wire was twisted through a right-angle and coiled in a small loop, as in the first stage of making a simple knot. The loop is about one-half of an inch is diameter, with the ultimate two or three bends serving as the pointer. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 59 The fixed end of the wire, on the left-hand block, owes its stability to the manner in which the two pairs of pins, F and S-1 are placed, as shown at full scale in the sketch below the section of wire, also at full scale. The wire rests on the V-shaped fulcrum made by the pins F, which enter the wood below the wire, and is held down firmly by the pins S-1, about one quarter of an inch back from F. The free loop is prevented from twisting or springing by the pins S-2, which are fixed in the same way as the pins S-1. pivot pin ‘oil “ fee poet pins —_ $2 pins Mie 2 i” abe Sokrex witers 7 34! es © AA BE ZZ aes Ss — 14 bendste Linch — R sitions of pas in telation to wue Sa, S1 os Se = On The scale is a millimeter rule, 6 inches long, held on the right-hand block by a pivot-pin near the top; this pin allows the scale to be moved to the right or left in an arc to adjust the millimeter marks to coincide with the end of the pointer when in the “rest” position. The utility and accuracy of the balance were tested by means of gram-weight fractions of analytical standard. The wire was adjusted in length from F so that 1 millimeter on the scale was equivalent to 1.25 milligram; further exten- sion did not improve its capacity or relative value. It was at this point in the development of the apparatus that the pins were put firmly into their perman- ent positions. In order to make the tests a small piece of thin paper was placed on the horizontal loop at the front (pointer) end to receive the weights. Here is an example of the tests: Weight fraction Pointer depressed One 10 milligram 8 millimeters Two 10 : 16 - One 20 9 16 One 20, one 10 mgm. 24 One 50 milligram 40 60 GRAY: Weighing apparatus Vol.9: nos.2-3 The same results were obtained on checking again during and after weighing about 150 P. rape. When the pointer reaches its maximum depression, which should not, on this first model, exceed 60 millimeters, it fluctuates only slightly, and the weight can be read to the nearest 0.3 mm., or about 0.4 mgm. Reweighing the same insect several times brings the pointer down to the same position each time, and recovery is to the same starting point. The following example should be of interest: A dry specimen of P. rape was found to weigh 21.25 mgm. The two forewings were removed, and the weight was found to be 17.50 mgm. The two forewings were then placed on the balance; they depressed the pointer 3 mm., equivalent to 3.75 mgm. It is thus possible to weigh objects having a mass of less than 4 mgm. A valid criticism of the reliability of the device can be made because the weighed butterflies were not also weighed on a real balance of acceptable accuracy. This may be adequately covered by the fact that gram fractions were used as checks. However, four Pieris rape which gave certain values in 1952, shortly after drying in the basement, were weighed again on the wire device and by means of a Mettler Gram-atic Balance. The present weights are a little lower than the former, probably because of the butterflies having dried a little more in the warmth from the house furnace. Other comparisons have been given elsewhere (Gray, 1954). Figures are milligrams. August 1952 March 1953 March 1953 Wire Wire Gram-atic 1 20.0 137 18.2 5 163 15.6 15.6 10 20.6 ISPs) 19% 13 7S 16.3 16.7 The advantages of such a device are as follows: (1) it takes only a few seconds to weigh one specimen; (2) it appears to be reliable within the limits of 75 to 5 mgm.; (3) the cost is considerably less than that of a torsion balance of similar capacity. References Gray, P. H. H., 1953. Correlations between “pupal volume” and wing-radius and weight in butterflies. Lepid. News. 7: 47-48. ie Lp eT eee , 1954. Effects of humidity during growth of Pieris rape larve. Lepid. News 8: 88-90. Box 236, Macdonald College, Quebec, CANADA 1955 The Lepidoptertsts’ News 61 NOTES ON THE LEPIDOPTEROFAUNA OF MADAGASCAR by PIERRE E. L. VIETTE The island of Madagascar is situated between 12° and 25° South latitude and separated from the East African coast by the Mozambique Channel: 3,000 meters deep, 390 kilometers wide at the minimum. The surface is 585,000 square kilometers (one kilometer equals nearly five-eighths of a mile). E23 more than 3” Ej from 4™50 to 3” ES from 4™ to 4™50 [111] from 500% to 4" less than 500% —— Climate limits Fig. 1. Map of climates and rainfall on Madagascar. Three-fourths of Madagascar is formed by a crystalline highland (gneiss and mica schists) surmounted by volcanic uplifts (Tsaratanana Mts., highest part of the island, alt. 2,884 m in the north; Ankaratra Mts., alt. 2,044 m in the center), while in the east and the west are plains having a very different aspect. The eastern plains, along the west of the Indian Ocean, are completely 62 VIETTE: Madagascar Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.2-3 alluvial; the western plains, of sedimentary origin, show the series of formations from the Trias, on the primary base, to the Tertiary and the Quaternary to- ward the Mozambique coast. Because of the high altitude in the higher part of the island, the proximity to the Equator and, in the south, the presence of the Tropic of Capricorn, Ma- dagascar has various different climates, determined in part by the system of the winds. Towards the Indian Ocean, the rivers are numerous and short with a torrential aspect, except in the coastal part. Towards the Mozambique Channel, the rivers are longer, often large, and less rapid. A Diego- Suarez A Vohemar ZA Antalaha ~/ a a —> RE S™ Marie © d = m7 LI =) uy Moramanga ‘e' TANANARIVEO 2 Se eae Ne) 2 ELE es B n = Antsirabe O . 2 r x Li stand = e) orandavaO © S > Farafangana || Primary -forest Tulear Savoka [2] Didiereacae bush : © Fort- Dauphin Fig. 2. Map of the distribution of forests om Madagascar. The “Savoka” is a secondary growth in the eastern zones. The numbers indicate the sites of the Integral Natural Reserves. The vegetation of the island was exclusively a forest vegetation. From a very general point of view three plant formations are to be considered: 1955 The Lepidoptertsts’ News 63 1.) The East and the Center formations are made by a rain forest, much more important than was indicated by RICHARDS (1952:12), show different aspects according to the altitude: a) The eastern area is the only one to have a continuous forest zone, in some parts very narrow, on the slopes toward the wet trade winds. There are trees 10 to 20 m (30 to 65 feet) high with a very dense undershrub, of tree- ferns, Pandanus, orchids, and epiphytic plants. It rains all the year round, but the wettest season is during the summer: November to April. b) The central area has now unfortunately only a few remnants of forests (the Eastern part of the Ankaratra Mts., Ambositra forest, etc.); there are generally denuded hills with reddish ravines in the laterite rocks; in the depressions or valleys are the rice plantations. The wet season is also during the summer, with fogs during the winter. 2.) The western formation is dry during a large part of the year with, in summer, a short but very rainy wet season. It shows some vestiges of for- ests with deciduous leaves, very different of the eastern and central forests. 3.) The subdesert far-Southern zone with the very strange bush of Euphor- biacez and Didiereacez, unique in the world. Western sedimentary Central plateau plains Ankaratra volcanic mté Cristallin rocks (Tertiary & BB volcanic rocks [oJ attuvwm fa Fault Secondary sadiments Fig. 3. Geological profile of Madagascar through the A-B line shown on figure 2. Unfortunately these botanical formations were very much injured by the Natives and their custom of burning the bush. Now only one-tenth of the general surface of the island has a primary vegetation, and the fauna is very restricted and local. For the protection of the remaining flora and fauna, France has made, since 1932, twelve Integral Natural Reserves in the different parts of the plant zones. The size of these different Reserves is very variable, 20 to 15,000 square kilometers, but it is strictly forbidden to enter such a Reserve (differing from a National Park), except with a special authorization for some scientific investigations. The flora and the fauna there are absolutely free. About the Lepidoptera, the first general study was published by Dr. J. B. A. DECHAUFFOUR DE BOISDUVAL (1833). This study is generally known as a little book with the title Fawne entomologique de Madagascar, Bourbon et Maurice. Lépidoptéeres. In fact, the original publication is in Nowvelles 64 VIETTE: Madagascar Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.2-3 Annales du Museum (Paris), 1833, vol. 2: pp. 149-270. The second general study is M. SAALMULLER’S: Lepidopteren von Madagascar, of which the first part was published in 1884 and the second, finished by L. VON HEYDEN, in 1891. Between these two studies, of BOISDUVAL and SAALMULLER, a great num- ber of original descriptions were published in different countries and period- icals, chiefly in France and England, and SAALMULLER, at the beginning of his book, had the merit to make a complete bibliography of the whole of the studies or papers published, up to his time, on the Madagascan Lepidoptera. After SAALMULLER, the most important papers, with descriptions, were those of P. MABILLE (the original locality of these is generally unknown), CH. OBERTHUR (from the collecting of MELOU, and PERROT brothers, and LAMBERTON ), and G. KENRICK (from the material collected by F. B. PRATT). Between the two World Wars, the most important papers are those of L. B. PRouT (for the Geometridae) and C. L. COLLENETTE (for the Lymantriide) from the material of the Tring Museum, collected and sold by MELOU and by N. and G. OLSOUFIEFF. Among the other collectors, it is important to cite the names of G. WATERLOT, A. SEYRIG, R. DECARY, and R. CATALA. The classic views maintain generally that the fauna of Madagascar is very rich in Oriental affinities. After my first mission in Madagascar, during the austral summer 1951-1952, a small group of French specialists, in close relation with the “Institut de Recherches scientifiques de Madagascar,’ in Tananarive, was organized in the National Museum, Paris, to study with the collaboration of foreign specialists, if it is necessary, the Lepidopterofauna of the island. The results confirm entirely the more general views published by R. PAULIAN (1952) on the Madagascan insect fauna, and the classic older views must be completely modified or, at least, suffer some restrictions. If it is right that the endemic Lepidopterofauna is, with the still unlisted species, a rich fauna, it is no less true that this fauna is purely sylvan, limited now to the forest areas still existing. It is in these very restricted domains of the true native vegetation that the true Malgassican Lepidopterofauna must be studied. As regards the number of individuals of any one species, it must be under- stood that this will depend upon the forest area. With the exception of the scrub on the burned areas, the rest of the forests are mostly on small patches in the bottom of valleys; the area is being reduced each year, and the fauna is disappearing there. These remnants of forest are very far from each other and effectively separated by regions devoid of animal life. Outside of the zones with a true Madagascan fauna, the zones cultivated by man have a great number of introduced species, as in the vicinity of Tananarive. If, as I have said above, the species still to be listed are numerous, it is completely otherwise concerning the importance and the number of families. The richness in species of the catalogues of the fauna of Madagascar hides, in reality, the relative poorness of the fauna. This fact, clearly true of the Lepi- doptera, has been noted in other groups by J. MILLOT (1952) and R. PAULIAN (1952). Certain genera of Microlepidoptera, Geometrid, Arctiidae (Litho- siine), Lymantriide, and Satyride have reached an enormous development with a tremendous subdivision into endemic species and even sometimes of endemic 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 65 genera, with African affinities or unrecognizable because of profound modifica- tions. On the other hand, other important families are very little represented; we can cite Lycenida with 42 species against more than 1,200 on the African continent and Hesperiide with 49 species against more than 450. It is also true for the Notodontide, Saturniide, Pieride (see, for this family, the ex- cellent revision of the subfamily Pierine by G. BERNARDI, 1954). The Pyralidz, that generally elsewhere form an important mass of the nocturnal Lepidopterofauna, are only moderately abundant in Madagascar; the species are endemic, African, or scattered in every warm zone of the Old World. Many species injurious to crops belonging to this family are present in Mada- gascar. Eupterotide have just been discovered, with one species. Metarbelide, rather abundant on the Continent, are represented by only one genus and one species. Hapialidz are unknown. Even if many species are still to be discover- ed and to be described in numerous families, the future discoveries, as com- pared with the importance of collecting during the past fifty years (R. Paulian, 1954), will not change the conclusions given here. The origin of the Madagascar Lepidopterofauna is African. Many com- mon species, extensively scattered in every warm zone of the Old World, were described in 1833 from Madagascar and the Mascarene Islands by BOISDUVAL and then rediscovered in India some ten years after, when the African fauna was still almost unknown. This was one of original causes of the error, that made biogeographers consider the Madagascar Lepidopterofauna an Indian fauna. If one refers to the numbers given below taken amongst the Rhopalo- cera, which are the best known, one will easily see that Madagascar has a fauna with an African origin. In the Papilionidz, the endemics are all closely related to African groups; only one genus and one species, both endemics, have an indiscernable position. Among the 31 species of Pieridae, a dozen endemics have Ethiopian affinities, the other species are all African, with the one ex- ception of the imported genus Catopsilia, which has an Asiatic origin. Among the Lycanida, 24 endemic species are closely allied to the African species, several being even single strays; no genus is entirely Madagascan; 12 species are the same in Madagascar and in continental Africa; and 3 species have a vast geographical distribution in the Old World. In the Nymphalidz, the genus Precis is excusively Madagascan and Ethiopian. Among the Hesperiide, of 49 species, 31 are endemic and found in 8 endemic genera, with Ethiopian affinities, 18 species are also found in continental Africa. The majority of the Sphingidz are African species or belong to African genera. The same is true for the Geometridz where, because of the multitude of the species, there exist a certain number of endemic genera. To end these few generalities, a little will be said about some spectacular species well known to lepidopterists. Chrysiridia madagascariensis Less. (Uraniidz) is a species of the eastern rain forest and flies during the day. This species emerges at the middle of the rainy season, and migrations to the central highlands sometimes occur. The foodplant of the larve is Omphalea biglandulosa Back — one of the Euphor- 66 VIETTE: Madagascar Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.2-3 biaceze found strictly in the forest. The species, except in migration, does not exist in the central highlands. R. CATALA, (1940) using variations of temp- erature, has obtained a great number of varieties, one specimen being almost entirely black. Argema muittrer Guen. (Saturniide) is found in the eastern rain forest and some remnants of forests in the highlands (Ambositra, Isalo, etc.). It appears between September and April. The larve, polyphagous (R. Catala, 1937: 69), were found on one Mimosez, Myrtaceze (Eugenia), and Cunoniacez (Wemmannia). Pharmacophagus antenor Drury (Papilionidz) is the largest of the diurnal Lepidoptera in Madagascar. It appears during almost the whole year in the western and southern areas. The larvae feed on one Combretacee: Qwisqualis grandidieri H. Baill. The genus Charaxes (Nymphalide) presents beautiful species in the eastern rain forest. Other species, less well-known and not very common in collections, are also interesting to signalize: Hzibneria dux Saalm., a large Catocaline; Ep7- causis smithi Mab., with a long red anal tuft; the genus Méniophyllodes (Noctuidz); the genus Isorropus, with red and black species (Arctiidae); and Pemphigostola synemonistis Strand, with an uncertain systematical position. If it is a fact that the Lepidopterofauna of Madagascar has an African origin, how can it be explained? This comes within a more difficult and more general study, and it is necessary to use hypothetical reasoning. Moreover, the Lepidoptera are, from the point of view of biogeography, poor material. One of the last proposed hypotheses is that of Professor MILLOT (1952), who considers that Madagascar has been populated by natural islets that drifted from the main African rivers and landed along the island of Madagascar with their flora and fauna, the island acting as an empty place. References Bernardi, G., 1951. Révision des Pierinz de la faune malgache. Mém. Inst. scient. Madagascar sér. E, vol 5: 239-375, 138 figs, 4 pls. Catala, R., 1937. Notes biologiques sur Nudaurelia mittrei (Guér.) Saturnide de Mada- gascar. Rev. franc. Entom. 4: 68-70, 2 pls. ree , 1940. Variations experimentales de Chrysiridia madagascariensis Less. (Lep. Uraniidz). Arch. Museum national Hist. nat., sér. 6, vol. 17: 262 pp., 36 pls. Millot, J., 1952. La faune malgache et le mythe Gondwanien. Mém. Inst. scient. Mada- gascar, ser. A, vol. 7: 1-36, 3 figs. 5 pls. . ETS See , 1954. Le continent de Gondwana et les méthodes de raisonnement de la biogéographie classique. Ann. Sci. nat., Zool. sér. 11, 1953: 185-219, 12 figs. Paulian, R., 1952. Esquisse du peuplement entomologique de Madagascar. Mém. Inst. scient. Madagascar, sér. E, vol. 1: 1-22, 4 pls. fae Sie YS 1954. Cinquante années d’Entomologie générale a Madagascar. Bull. Acad. malgache, numéro spécial du cinquantenaire: 65-70. Richards, P. W., 1952. The tropical rain forest. An ecological study. 450 pp., 15 pls. Cambridge. Department of Entomology, National Museum, Paris, FRANCE 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 67 DANAUS GILIPPUS IN MISSISSIPPI by BRYANT MATHER The remark by Mrs. Hopr (1954) that she had supposed that Danaus berenice was confined to the southern part of Florida, around the Everglades, suggests the desirability of recording its occurrence on the Gulf Coast of Mississippi. The fact of such occurrence is not noted in either of the pub- lished lists (Weed, 1894, and Hutchins, 1933), and has been mentioned only once, incorrectly, in the literature. CHERMOCK (1950) includes Danaus ber- enice as one of five species listed by HUTCHINS but not seen by MATHER in Mississippi until that year. This is incorrect since the species was not listed by HUTCHINS and was not seen by MATHER until 1953. Eight Mississippi records are known. They are: Date Locality Record by Present Location 189? Ocean Springs H. E. Weed Miss. State College 1910 Biloxi F. M. Jones not known Aug. 1916 Long Beach > W. J. Frederich Miss. State Coll. Sept. 1916 Gulfport C. C. Greer Miss. State Coll. 18 Aug. 1940 Gulfport H. I. O'Byrne Univ. Missouri 12 May 1952 Moss Point Te eaenise sit Sight record 8 Aug. 1953 Biloxi Bryant Mather Sight record 9 Aug. 1953 Gulfport Bryant Mather Mather Collection Ocean Springs and Moss Point are in Jackson County; the other localities are in Harrison County. All of these localities are in the southern parts of the counties bordering the Gulf of Mexico in what has been designated as the “Gulf Strip” by KLots (1951), who gives the range of D. gilippus as “s. Georgia, Florida, Gulf Strip, Mississippi Valley...” It was collected once by JUNG (1950) on 9 November 1937 in a swamp in the eastern part of Orleans Parish, Louisiana. I have a male that I picked up dead on 6 October 1950 beside U.S. Highway 11 near Slidell, St. Tammany Parish, La., 11 miles from the Mississippi State line. The Mississippi and Louisiana specimens before me correspond with the figures and descriptions of Danaus gilippus berenice Cramer given by KLOTS (1951), HOLLAND (1947), and CLARK (1941) as does another specimen, ex coll. LUCIEN HARRIS, JR. taken at Coleraine Plantation, Folkston, Georgia, 28 May 1950. Other specimens taken by me at Houston, Harris Co., Texas, 28 October 1953, and at Tucson, Pima Co., Arizona, 26 October 1954, correspond with Danaus gilippus strigosus Bates. HARRIS (1950) reports that he took specimens of D. strigosus at St. Simon Island, Georgia and that EUSsTIs reported it from Augusta, Ga. GROSSBECK (1917) reported that HEBARD had recorded D. strigosus from Miami, Florida, (28 Jan. — 8 Feb.) but regards it as “doubt- ful whether this record really refers to strigosus.” 68 MATHER: Danaus gilippus Vol.9: nos.2-3 I note that in the series of five males and three females before me, the males are all noticeably larger than the females, as indicated below, where “mm.” is the forewing length in millimeters. Males Females subsp. date State mm. subsp. date State mm. berenice 9 Aug. Miss. 45 berenice 28 May Ga ae 3) ss 6 Oct. La. 46 strigosus 28 Oct. Tex. 38 strigosus 26 Oct. Ariz. 44 is 26 (Oct: Ariz. 36 * ® i 40 a r ” 41 Average 36 Average 43 KLOTS (1951) gives the expanse as 3.1 — 3.3 in. The approximate average thorax width of the specimens before me is 3 mm. KLOTS’ values therefore convert to forewing lengths of 38 — 40 mm. My specimens suggest a forewing-length range of at least 35 — 46 mm, with a range of 40 — 46 mm. for males and 35 — 38 mm. for females. In any case, both the values given by KLOTS and those derived from measurements of these specimens indicate that both subspecies of Danaus gilippus include specimens with fore- wings less than 40 mm. long. This would appear to invalidate the primary criterion given in the key presented by CLARK (1941) for separating D. galip- pus and D. jamaicensis Bates. CLARK however notes that “certain pale speci- mens of D. gilippus strigosus from Mexico approach D. jamaicensis so very closely as to suggest that jamaicensis should be considered as a subspecies of gilippus rather than as a distinct species.” The possibility of a relation between the specimen of D. jamaicensis from Florida referred to by CLARK and the records of D. gilippus strigosus from Georgia and Florida by HARRIS (1950) and GROSSBECK (1917) is suggested. References Chermock, Ralph L., 1950. Southeast — Florida to Louisiana, north to Arkansas and Maryland. Lepid. News 4: 99-102. Clark, Austin H., 1941. Notes on some North and Middle American Danaid butterflies. Proc. U.S.Nat. Mus. 90: 531-542. Grossbeck, John A., 1917. Insects of Florida, IV Lepidoptera. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hast. 37: 1-147. Ilarris, Lucien, Jr., 1950. The butterflies of Georgia. Bull. Georgia Soc. Naturalists. 5: 29 pp: Holland, W.J., 1947. The butterfly book. 424 pp. Doubleday & Co., Garden City, N.Y. Hopt, Alice L., 1954. Sex differences observed in larvae of Danaus berenice. Lepid. News 8: 123-124. llutchins, Ross E., 1933. Annotated list of Mississippi Rhopalocera. Canad. Ent. 65: 210-213. June, Rodney C., 1950. An annotated list of the Rhopalocera of the New Orleans area. Proc. Louisiana Acad. Sci. 13: 42-48. lots, Alexander B., 1951. A field guide to the butterflies. 349 pp. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. Weed, Howard Evarts, 1894. A preliminary list of the butterflies of north-eastern Mississippi. Psyche 7: 129-131. P.O. Drawer 2131, Jackson, Miss., U.S.A. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 69 FLIGHTLESS FEMALES OF ACENTROPUS NIVEUS REARED FROM MASSACHUSETTS PROGENITORS by ASHER E. TREAT The occurrence in 1953 of Acentropus niveus (Olivier) in Tyringham, Massachusetts, remote from its normally aquatic habitat, was related previously in this journal (Treat, 1954). The insects then captured included both males and fully winged females. The flightless form of the female, long studied in Europe, has not, to my knowledge, been found on this side of the Atlantic, nor has the rearing of these moths been reported in this country. The early stages have been described from European materials only. The present writing records the repeated occurrence of Acentropus in large numbers during 1954, and the rearing of flightless females from their eggs. Observations bearing upon the mode of respiration are also included. The extensive European litera- ture is well summarized by Berg (1941). From June 11 to 18, and from July 12 to September 4, 1954, a nightly watch for Acentropus was maintained at the lighted station in Tyringham where the moths had previously been captured. The records given in the Table indicate that in Massachusetts the winged females are by no means rare, as they are reported to be in Europe, and that in contrast to most European experience, they may be taken early as well as late in the summer. It is also evident from the Table that the occurrence of the winged females is not contingent upon dry weather, as had been suspected from their appearance during the previous summer toward the end of a prolonged drought. The behavior of the insects at light was as previously described (1954), and was not appreciably different when a 15-watt “black light” fluorescent tube was substituted for a standard 150-watt incandescent bulb with photoflood reflector. The moths were found fluttering or resting at the ground surface, where they gathered in every depression and could be collected with fingers or forceps. Only twice was a moth seen in mid-air, even while hundreds were fluttering in the grass, and on these occasions the observed period of free flight was only momentary. Systematic search of the known ponds, streams, and bogs within a mile of the regular collecting station failed to reveal the breeding place of the insects. The problems of where they came from and how they reached the light remained unsolved. Eggs were collected for rearing on July 20, and on August 24 and 25. Ovipositing females were placed in water containing some floating fragments of a moss which the larve later rejected as food. The moths remained at the water surface, depositing their eggs in mats upon the scales of the slightly sub- merged plants or in double rows along the stalks. Occasionally a female would creep below the surface by clinging to a partly submerged stem. It appeared impossible for them to submerge themselves by other means. While under water, such specimens were more or less ensheathed, with folded wings, in a 70 TREAT: Flightless Acentropus Vol.9: nos.2-3 Appearances of Acentropus niveus at light in Tyringham, Massachusetts, between 1 June and 4 September, 1954. 5 6 Winged Date Time Taken 9° @ Taken Remarks Is June 12:05 AM | i Temp. 15° €@ ibedcemsro:: Many more seen than taken; many were carried off by ants. 20: July! SOS oP Mt 34 20 Temp. about 18° C., preced- ing thunder showers. July 12:00 M | July 11 PM 5 Temp. 145° CG) @leamwarter light rain. 23 July 9 PM 12 M 24 July 9:45 PM — re NO Other species abundant at “black” light. 28 July 10-12 PM 12 7 Two were seen in flight a foot or two above the ground. Weather cool and very damp. 18 Aug 2 19 Aug. 10:30 PM l After rain. Moth responded with leg movements ‘to ultra- sonic vibrations at 50 to 100 kcps. 23 Aug. 11 PM 7 3 Temp. 15° C. Clear. South- westerly breeze. 24 Aug. 9 PM 69 8 Temp. 20° C. Lightatam 25 Aug. 9 PM 36 45 At Coleman lamp about 300 feet southwest of Four Brooks Pond, Tyringham, 1 mile north of regular collecting station. Temp. about 20° C.; calm. Two males seen at edge of pond; others at nearby lights. silvery envelope of air which buoyed them quickly to the surface whenever their foothold on the plant was released. Eggs were also collected from females ovipositing in dry, open watch glasses; these were then transferred to water, where they developed normally. None of the moths survived for more then 18 hours after capture. Specimens of embryos and of subsequent stages were collected in alcohol at measured intervals. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 7% In the attic laboratory the eggs hatched within 8 to 9 days. BERG and others have reported hatching periods varying from 12 to 31 days. At least 12 hours before the emergence of the larvae, their silvery (and hence presum- ably gas-filled) tracheal trunks could be seen through the transparent egg cuticle. Since the plant genera described as the common food of Acentropus in Europe (Elodea, Ceratophyllum, and Potamogeton) were not found locally, the larve were offered such aquatic plants as could be collected. The only one accepted was Elatine americana (Pursh) Arn., the Waterwort or Mud Purslane. This minute, delicate, broad-leaved weed grew sparsely in Four Brooks Pond at depths varying from a few inches to about 4 feet, the uppermost leaves either floating or shallowly submerged. No evidence of attack by Acentropus was seen in any of the plants when collected. The later batches of larvee were offered Elodea and Ceratophyllum obtained from a New York dealer, in addition to the locally collected aquatics. They showed a distinct preference for Ceratophyllum, readily leaving the other plants to tunnel in its tubular stems and leaves. Both Elatine and Ceratophyllum (but not Elodea) were used by the larvae in building typical nests or “houses” such as those described by BERG. Details of appearance, behavior, and development in all stages followed closely those described and illustrated by Berg (1941) and by Ritsema (1878). The larve showed a rather surprising tolerance of conditions unfavorable to many fresh water animals. Feeding was observed, at varying rates, in water ranging from 10° to 22° C. Prolonged exposure to temperatures be- tween 24° and 26° C. appeared to be lethal. One month-old larva, isolated in its nest during late August, was still vigorously responsive to stimulation after more than four weeks at room temperature without food. During this time all other life in the small culture dish, with the possible exception of bacteria, had disappeared. Several other larve, after less prolonged starvation, recovered promptly when supplied with food. On September 7 the cultures were transported from Massachusetts to Dumont, New Jersey, and from then on were kept in large glass jars, still at room temperature. The jars contained a deteriorating growth of Ceratophyl- lum in tap water turbid with micro6rganisms and populated also with snails, oligochetes, ostracods, and some surface-dwelling aphids of undertermined species. Larva were occasionally seen to creep out of the water and to wander briefly on the wet sides of the jars. In two instances they made cocoons under the lid of a jar, where they soon dried up and died. The survival rate in the culture started on August 25, though not measured with exactness, was reason- ably high. Dead larvae and pupz were found rarely. As of January 18, 1955, this culture had produced 6 adults, and still contained 2 living pupe and 11 larva in various stages. The other two cultures were not carried through, but were used to obtain preserved or experimental material. The adults which have emerged thus far include 5 vestigially winged females and 1 normal male, all from eggs laid on August 25. The first adult, a female, was found dead at the surface of the water on December 22, 1954. Nearby was an empty cocoon containing pupal exuvie with normal (7. e., not 72 TREAT: Flightless Acentropus Vol.9: nos.2-3 shrivelled) wing cases. The moth was fully developed except for the wings, which were short, flat, and truncated as though torn or broken. The abdomen was filled with eggs. The second adult, also from a pupa with normal wing cases, appeared on December 26 and lived for about 13 hours after it was discovered. It laid 6 eggs, which failed to develop. Its wings were somewhat longer than those of the first female; they were slightly curled or twisted, and were tapered at the tips. They extended to about the middle of the second abdominal segment when folded against the body. The fore wings were white beneath, and were marked above with longitudinal bands of sooty grey. The hind wings were white. Similar females appeared on the Ist and 3rd of January, 1955. At 9:15 A. M. on January 10, a normal male and a vestigially winged female were found, a few inches apart, at the water surface, where they re- mained for several hours. Copulation was not observed, but may have occurred before the moths were discovered. When first seen, and for more than 10 hours thereafter, this female was engaged in behavior exactly conforming to BERG'S description of oviposition in his flightless females. With the middle legs extended and beating rhythmically, the body was curved ventrally around a stem of the floating food plant against which the genitalia, just beneath the water surface, were continually rubbed. No eggs were laid, however, and upon dissection the ovaries were found to be rudimentary and devoid of recognizable eggs. The abdomen, though distended in appearance, was occupied chiefly by a large air space. No other abnormalities were noted. The “Tympanalkes- sel” showed the expected reduction in size as compared with that of the winged female (Treat, 1954), measuring 369 microns in its greatest dimension. The other females possessed mature eggs, and in some instances dropped a few of these, singly, in the water. At no time, however, did they exhibit the charac- teristic Ovipositing attitude or behavior, but rather remained at the water surface with their abdomens elevated as though awaiting the male. These observations are of interest as indicating that the ovipositing reaction is not necessarily contingent upon the presence of mature eggs in the reproductive tract. They also show that the reduction in size of the wings and tympanic organs is not a direct consequence of the growth of the ovaries. Heitmann (1934) has reached a similar conclusion with reference to other Lepidoptera in which wings and tympanic organs show a parallel reduction in the females. Because of the suggestion of Thorpe (1950) that the flightless females of Acentropus niveus employ “plastron respiration” while under water, special attention was given to the wettability of the body surfaces. Only the legs appeared to be consistently hydrophilic. For the first few hours after emer- gence, the upper parts of the body floated high and dry, as though coated with wax. This water repellancy seemed somewhat diminished with the passage of time. During most of the adult life — never more than 36 hours — the 3 pairs of large, round spiracles on the 2nd to 4th abdominal segments were above the water surface and were evidently open to the atmosphere. The anterior part of the abdomen was somewhat inflated ventrolaterally, and there were irregular compressional movements as of breathing. While in 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News Ye, air, the spiracles were surrounded by rings of erect scales. Under water, these scales were depressed as though by the external fluid pressure, in such a way as to cover the spiracular openings. Upon re-emergence into air, the scales could be seen to spring into the erect position, leaving the spiracular orifice free. The moths seemed unable to submerge themselves or to remain under water when forcibly submerged, except when in contact with submerged vegetation, or when, during the last few hours of life, the water repellancy had been partially lost. When the moths were held under the surface by a soft brush, irregular air masses could be seen clinging to the body, chiefly at the abdominal intersegments and about the region where the wings adhered to the body. These air masses did not appear to be held in place by special scales or seta, nor did they bear any consistent positional relation to the spiracles. Although these observations do not appear to favor the suggestion of plastron respiration in the flightless females, they do not exclude the possibility that the insects may employ this process under more natural conditions than those of the laboratory. BERG has demonstrated that the larval spiracles of Acentropus are covered by a thin cuticular film. The pupal spiracles of at least the 2nd to 4th abdominal segments are open, however, and the cocoons normally contain gas bubbles believed to be derived from the plants to which they are attached. BERG states that if this gas is released, and the cocoons are allowed to fill with water, the pupe soon die. In conformity with this experience, it was found that gas-free cocoons usually contained dead pupze. On January 18, however, 2 male pupz were removed from damaged and gas-free cocoons too far de- teriorated to have supplied significant quantities of exygen for several days previously. At least one of these pupz was alive and capable of movement. The abdominal tracheal trunks were visible as silvery tubes beneath the cuticula in both specimens. When transferred to a covered watch glass, in air, the living pupa died within a few hours, and both became deeply shrunken as though by desiccation. It may thus be questioned whether some cuticular respiration is not possible in the pupal as well as in the larval stage. References Berg, K., 1941. Contributions to the biology of the aquatic moth Acentropus niveus (Oliv.) Vidensk. Medd. naturh. Foren. Kbh. 105: 59-139. Heitmann, H., 1934. Die Tympanalorgane flugunfahiger Lepidopteren und die Korre- lation in der Ausbildung der Fliigel und der Tympanalorgane. Zool. Jahrb. Anat. a> 155-200. Ritsema, C., 1878. Acentropus niveus Oliv. in zijne levenswijze en verschillende toe- standen. Tijdschr. Entomol. 21: 81-114. Thorpe, W. H., 1950. Plastron respiration in aquatic insects. Biol. Revs. 25: 344-390. Treat, A. E., 1954. Acentropus niveus in Massachusetts, remote from water. Lepid. News 8: 23-25. Dept. of Biology, The City College of New York, New York 31, N.Y., U.S.A. 74 Vol.9: nos.2=3 NOTES ON METHODS OF COLLECTING INDO-AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA by RAYMOND STRAATMAN During my stay in Atchin, Sumatra’s most northern province, I was often surprized to receive many specimens of the so-called “fast-flyers” in such fresh and perfect condition that I could hardly believe they had been taken by net. After having asked my native collectors how they managed to get such wonderful results, they showed me one day when I accompanied them. Species moving so fast that you can hardly follow them with the eye are taken by ... the forceps! They chose a bright, sandy, and very sunny spot on the river bank, just where the small stream left the forest, and we all urinated on the spot. After about one hour, at 11 A.M., we returned to find the whole place covered with thirsty Lepidoptera of all kinds, mostly Graphium doson, G. sarpedon, G. agamemnon, Appias nero, Lamproptera curius and meges, a few Euploea, Papilio paradoxa, Papilio delessertu, some Charaxes, and many other species. Quietly and slowly we moved on until we reached some big stones and sat there, our forceps in hand, and to my great surprize not one butterfly moved away. Moving our forceps from behind we were able to take more than sixty of the most perfect ones in only about fifteen minutes! During a fortnight holiday I accompanied my native collectors every day and had many surprizes. We visited places where the night before they had put out a lot of rotten fruit, mostly paw-paw, bananas, and mangoes. There we got many fine specimens belonging to the genera Amathusia, Faunis, Thaumantis, as well as many Adolias and Euthalia. One day they took me along a small river, and after having crossed it to the other side, we came around a sharp curve, and I could hardly believe I was seeing what they showed me. It was a long climbing stem or root, hanging from a tree at least 25 meters high and nearly touching the water. A faint odor of fermentation, like sweet beer, hung around, and I soon discovered that this smell was from a thick brown liquid secreted by the overhanging stem. The whole length of that stem was literally covered by all kinds of the most wonderful Lepidoptera, and Coleoptera as well; there was not a single inch of space uncovered. Most of the Lepidoptera were the very large Amathuxidia aurelia, many Zeuxidia species, Faunis, the big Satyrid Neorina, lots of Euthalia durhya, Tenecia, and even several specimens of the most wonderful Nymphalid of the Orient: Prothoe calydonia, and even the smaller species, P. franckii, in large numbers. I regretted very much not having my camera with me, for | knew that such opportunities are very rarely met. The next day the smell of the liquid had already vanished, and although many Lepidoptera were seen and caught, it was the end. Most of the Lepidoptera we got by the forceps, here as well, so this was the best and richest collecting-day I ever had. Many of the species are not common; most are spread over a wide area, and they are met in single specimens only. L955 The Lepidopterists’ News Ss But even species, like the ones met during the sunny hours of the day visiting flowers, have their own habits which one has to know if one looks for good collecting results. I mean here, for instance, the Arzstolochia-Papulios. The best spots to get these species in numbers are the forest-borders, especially where there are flowering shrubs as the common Lantana. From my native collectors I learned that these species do not like to visit flowers in hot sunshine. On the contrary, the best days for collecting them are cloudy and even rainy days when the sun does not show herself at all. When the day starts bright, the best hours are between 6 and 8 a.m. but not later. They disappear into the shadows of the heavy forest to reappear again at about 5 o'clock in the afternoon. But when it rains or the weather is misty and wet, species like Troides brookeana, T. amphrysus, T. cunetfer, T. miranda, T. helena, Papilio erebus, P. codn delianus, P. aristolochic antiphus, P. neptunus, and P. sycorax are seen in numbers flying slowly around the Latana flowers and are easily taken with the net. Even inhabitants of the darkest places in the woods, such as Elymnias, fly around on such days. But, it is not always that easy to collect in Sumatra! Unfortunately, it happens that for weeks and weeks there are no Lepidoptera at all on the wing, even when the weather is very favorable and there are many flowers. In 1952 I had my fortnight holiday in February, hoping to collect good things, but during that period of 15 days, my 2 regular collectors and I took exactly 12 specimens worth keeping. Nothing else was seen, even the most common ones being absent. Now I had already remarked the same event in Gedong Biara, in Eastern Atchin, where 2 species of Papilio were very common, P. coon delianus and T. brookeana. Their foodplants, a kind of Aristolochia with thick leaves for T. brookeana and a low-growing Apama tomentosa for P. coon delianus, were very common in an old rubber plantation, so I could easily breed hundreds of these species in my garden and had plenty of Opportunity to make all kinds of interesting observations. But I was soon surprised to find that after those months the adults of these species were very rare or even absent. Their larva were absent as well; I know for sure that even no young larve nor eggs were present for months. And then suddenly they reappeared in numbers, apparently from nowhere. We even established a weekly check system in the young forest, where all the foodplants of T. brookeana were scoured and the old leaves and stems pruned. We noticed that no Trozdes were flying, there were no traces of their larve. In such periods, even the most common Ezpleea, Eurema or Lycenids are totally absent; you can walk in the forest for hours and see no sign of any Lepidoptera. Of course a lot of interesting observations can be made; it is much more interesting to know about their life than to just collect what you see. For instance, my collectors showed me how to find the foodplants of many species whose larvae are unknown, just by following the very old females in search of their foodplants. Other strong fliers like Charaxes are taken with fresh excrements, especially those of mongooses, small skunks, tigers, or humans. When approaching carefully a feeding Charaxes it is easy to get it 76 STRAATMAN: Collecting methods Vol.9: nos.2-3 by the forceps; otherwise it would certainly damage itself in the net. The bigger species, like Charaxes dephis, a most wonderful silver white and yellow one, may become “tame” and may be carried away sitting quietly on one’s hand. The border of the big mangrove forests along the muddy coast is the place to collect Delias aglaia goda, and the big danaid, Idea leuconoe, sometimes sitting in numbers on the flowers of Lantana, but only in rainy weather. As‘soon as the sun comes out, it is impossible to get them, as they hide in the swampy forest where it is impossible to follow them in the mud. All this is to prove that just penetrating somewhere into the forest hoping to collect interesting things because the weather is fine, may be a very disappointing experience, when not knowing the right season and the habits of the species. 127 Malakkastraat, The Hague, NETHERLANDS THE SOUTHWESTERN RESEARCH STATION OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY The American Museum of Natural History has announced the establishment of The Southwestern Research Station. It is located on the eastern slope of the Chiricahua Mountains, near Portal, Cochise County, in southeastern Arizona. The property is within the limits of the Coronado National Forest at an elevation of 5400 feet. The station was established for the purpose of making available research facilities for scientists and students in all branches of science, who have problems that can be investigated through the utilization of the faunal, floral and geological features of the area. It will be open during the entire year. It is operated by the American Museum of Natural History, Central Park West at 79th Street, New York 24, New York and under the direction of Dr. MONT A. CAZIER, Chairman and Curator of the Department of Insects and Spiders, to whom all inquiries should be addressed. Anyone interested in the station should write to the above named individual for the booklet which gives the details of the operation and a general description of the area. 1255 The Lepidopterists’ News 77 mae ree ral Y FOR FELD COLLECTORS (Under the supervision of JAMES R. MERRITT) HOW MANY BUTTERFLY SPECIES IN ONE DAY? Local checklists have been published of the Lepidoptera of very small regions of the world, and from these we can compare the number of species of butterflies of all Lepidoptera which live in various places. There is, on the other hand, very little to be found on the maximum number of species flying in a small area at the same time. In the vicinity of New Haven my collector-friends and I have made a point of choosing the one day most likely to have the maximum number of butterfly species on the wing and going out for the record on that date. We have kept detailed notes on the flight periods of Connecticut butter- flies for six years, and these have been summarized in the annual Season summaries published in the News. We scanned our records and found that July 14th is the one day when we are likely to get the largest number of species. This is a time when many late spring species are battered but have not yet disappeared, and the early summer ones are just emerging. The first record was taken when my father, P. S. REMINGTON, was visiting us in North Haven at the magic date, and we were, modestly, certain that two Remington nets would give a good accounting of the butterfly fauna. The evening of the 13th we made up lists of species to be expected at our several favorite localities around New Haven. These pocket lists reminded us to make a special point of scouring the respective spots for inconspicuous species we might normally pass by. Starting at 9:00 A.M., we successively visited fields around home in North Haven, then to a wooded hilltop known as West Rock, a pondside marsh and an old alfalfa field in Woodbridge, roadsides and field near the Ansonia flying field, the vicinity of the Osborn Laboratory at Yale, and finally after supper back to West Rock in the evening for the day-end nymphalids. The day was sunny and hot, and we had some success. The 38 species found were, in approximate order: Phyciodes tharos Strymon liparops Thorybes bathyllus Papilio troilus Megisto eurytus Danaus plexippus Cercyonis alope Pieris rape Strymon acadica Vanessa atalanta Everes comyntas Mitoura gryneus Papilio glaucus Strymon melinus Epargyreus clarus Pholisora catullus Vanessa virginiensis Erynnis horatius Limenitis astyanax Lethe eurydice Asterocampa clyton Speyeria cybele Strymon falacer Strymon edwardsii Strymon titus Speyeria idalia Boloria toddi Lycaena hypophleas 78 ESPECIALLY FOR: GCOLLEGHORS Vol.9: nos.2-3 Limenitis archippus _ Atrytone ruricola Colias philodice Atrytone conspicua Poanes massasott Colias eurytheme Polites verna Ancyloxipha numitor Atrytone logan Vanessa cardus In addition, we took larve of Papilio polyxenes, Asterocampa celts, Melitea harrisu, and Erynnis baptisie. Our luck was frustrating in some cases, in which we failed to find normally expected species. For example, cur next visit to West Rock, on 19 July, produced A. celtss, P. polyxenes, Nymphalis antiopa, Polites manataaqua, Achalarus lyciades, and Erynnis lucilius, all of which were probably present there on the 14th. Two years later, again on 14 July 1954, S. A. HESSEL, R. W. PEASE, JR., and I made the first attempt to beat the record. We visited the same localities, except that a sphagnum bog in Bethany was substituted for the Osborn Lab. vicinity. We had another fine day and with the help in North Haven from my 6-year-old son ERIC, we three found 45 species flying. There were 30 of the 1952 species, 15 new ones, and 8 1952 species did not appear (T. bathyllus, E. horatius, P. catullus, A. logan, P. massasoit, V. cardia, A. clyton, and M. geryneus). The new records were: Achalarus lyctades Euphydryas pheton Thorybes pylades Phyciodes nyctets Polites nianataaqua Polygonia interrogationts Polites themustocles Nymphalis antiopa Polites verna Asterocampa celtis Eurema lisa Lycena epixanthe Speyeria aphrodite Lycenopsis pseudargiolus Boloria selene Probably four other species were seen, but not closely enough for certainty: T. bathyllus, A. clyton, Polygonia comma, and Fentseca tarquinus. We took larve of P. catullus, E. baptisie, M. harrisu, A. clyton, and F. tar- Guinins, Herc, then, is our record. In a state not generally considered “rich” in Lepidoptera, on two attemp‘s on 14 July we found 53 different species of bu ter'lies lying, plus larva of 4 more. If everything went perfectly, we could cxpect a maximum of 65 species on one day. The two most distant localities are less than 12 miles apart, by airline. We challenge collectors in any part of the world to beat our records, confident, of course, that many will succeed and in making the attempt will produce useful information on the relative richness of different regions. Similar comparisons of moth groups would be equally interesting, C. L. REMINGTON Osborn Zool. Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11, Conn., U.S.A. This will be a regular section of the News. Collectors are urged to send notes and suggestions to J. R. Merritt, School of Law, Univ. of Louisville, Louisville 8, Ky., U.S.A.] 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 79 RoE Lab oN OnE Ss SEXUAL DIMORPHISM IN LEPIDOPTEROUS LARV& With reference to the last paragraph of ALICE L. HOPF’S short paper (1954, Lepid. News 8: 124), sex can be determined in quite a number of Lepidopterous larve. In many thin-skinned and lightly pigmented larva (good examples can be found among the Pieridz and Hesperiidz), the male gonads can be plainly seen through the skin of the dorsum. In the Lymantriida, many species have an extra larval instar in the female, and the full grown larva of the females can be easily recognized by their greater size. Strangely enough, the Lasiocampide do not seem to have this extra instar, although the female imago is often very much larger than the male. I imagine, however, that the query really refers to differences in colour or pattern. I have recently come across one such case. The African lymantriid, Dasychira georgiana Fawe., is, I believe, unique in exhibiting a sex-controlled larval form. The larva is dimorphic; it may be black with black dorsal tufts or green with yellow ones, and there is a sex-controlled female form with a broad orange-red lateral stripe. An account of the genetics of this sex-controlled mutant can be found in The Entomologist 85: 88; 1952. D. G. SEVASTOPULO, F.R.E.S., P. O. Box 401, Kampala, UGANDA MASS FLIGHT OF OCOLA SKIPPERS Although the stimuli responsible for inducing mass flights of insects (migratory or otherwise) remain a mystery, the occurrence of such flights continues to be of interest to biologists generally. Despite the lack of acceptable hypotheses concerning non- migratory mass flights, each notable one should be recorded in the hope that cumulative data will be of use in a solution to the problem. It is with this thought that the writer (no lepidopterist) records a mass flight of Panoquina ocola (Edwards), a common southern skipper. At about 3:00 p.m., on October 15, 1950, the writer and ELSIE W. SMITH, a graduate student, encountered thousands of P. ocola flying NNE over Pointe aux Herbes, Orleans Parish, Louisiana, on the southeastern shore of Lake Pontchartrain. The skippers were flying rapidly at from four to twenty-five feet above the surface (land or water) across a mild (11 m.p.h.) east wind, temperature about 80°F. The skippers were first seen on the U.S. 11 highway bridge over the lake about a mile north of the shore and were abundant for about one-quarter of a mile inland. No estimate of the width of the flight could be made. At the end of the bridge it was necessary to drive off the highway to clean the car’s windshield which was by then covered with squashed skippers. A few specimens were picked up at the edge of the road from the “windrow” of skippers which had been killed by other passing automobiles. This species is widespread in southern Louisiana, but neither JUNG (1950) nor LAMBREMONT (1954) recorded P. ocola from Orleans Parish, and nothing has been recorded of the habitat of the immature stages. The geographic origin of the flight, of course, remains unknown, but it seems pertinent that for nearly fifteen miles to the ESE, in line with the flight, the area is covered by fresh-water marshes and swamps. Specimens were identified by Dr. RALPH L. CHERMOCK of the University of Ala- bama, and are deposited in the Tulane collections (no. 2220). References Cited Jung, Rodney C., 1950. An annotated list of the Lepidoptera of the New Orleans area. Proc. La. Acad. Sct. 8: 42-48. Lambremont, Edward Nelson, 1954. The butterflies and skippers of Louisiana. Tw/zne Stud. Zool. 1 (10): 125-164. GEORGE HENRY PENN, Tulane University, New Orleans 18, La., U.S.A. 80 FIELD NOTES Vol.9: nos.2-3 RAPID DEATH OF NEITED BUTTERFLIES Leptotes perkinse, indigenous to Jamaica, B. W. I., is easily distinguished from Leptotes cassius theonus by the fact that it has but one spot on each secondary. The two spots that L. cassius theonus has are considerably smaller. These species differ on the underside also. L. cassius theonus is quite common and the sexes are about equally divided. L. perkinsw, on the other hand, is local and rare. Females are missing from most collections. The insect flies mostly at altitudes from 500 to 1800 feet and is extremely active. There is a spot on Stony Hill back of Kingston where it has been taken, so I went there at 9:15 A.M. on Feb. 5, 1955. At 10:40 the first one put in an appearance. At 11:12 I caught a well-conditioned male and decided on an experiment. I left it alive in my white nylon net in the hope that it might attract a female. It fluttered and crawled around for a while and then, closing its wings with the upper side showing, it lay still. To my complete surprise, it was dead. The time was 11:15. Quietus had taken but a few minutes. For the next few weeks I conducted more experiments with the following results: On Feb. 7, 1955, at Mammee Bay I left a female L. cassius theonus in the nylon net in the sun at 11.13. After flying and crawling for 1 minute and 15 seconds it folded its wings outside out and became inert. At 11:15 it was dead. At 11:23 I went through the same procedure with an Anc@a portia. At the end of four minutes it was exhausted and a minute later it was motionless except for occasional movements of the abdomen and a few leg jerks. Its wings were folded with the underside showing. It was removed from the net and put out on a twig of a tree, but was too weak to maintain a grip. There was no change at 11:55 though it had been in a breezy place in the shade. At 11:40 a male Leptotes cassius theonus was caught. 17 minutes later it was released because there appeared to be no change. However, it was quite weak, and flew for but short distances and then only when physically disturbed. During the experiment, the sun had at times been beclouded. On Feb. 8, 1955, at 11: 25 A.M. a male Eurema lisa euterpe was caught at Hope Gardens and died in 114 minutes under the same circumstances. On Feb. 9, 1955 at noon, a male E. messalina was taken at Polly Ground (500 ft.) and died in 214 minutes. We took a male Calisto zangis — this time in a green nylon net. It died in 3 minutes and 40 seconds, wings folded outside out. A Cystineura dorcas succumbed in 15 minutes in the green net. In the P.M. a Eurema elathea male was contained in the white net for many minutes. It showed weakness but did not die. At 3:15 P.M. a male L. cassius theonus was captured. Four minutes later it was released with no visible effect. On Feb. 23rd at 11:50 A.M. at Rockmore, which is close to sea level, we captured a Heliconius charitonius simulator. \t was feeble in 8 minutes, helpless in 10, and dead a minute later with wings folded outside out. Sex was undetermined. It was placed on top of a bush to see if it might recover, and within a minute it attracted another insect of the same species which flew at it and knocked it to the ground. In dropping, the wings reversed themselves so that the underside was exposed. It was replaced on the bush and nothing happened. The wings were then folded the other way and four different insects (same species) fluttered about it. At 12:23 a male Eurema palmira palmira was taken. It seemed weak at 12:27 but did not die. At 12:39 it was released to fly away rather strongly. Have there been any other observations similar to the above? Do the above reactions come from the effects the sun has on an insect that is confined? Does nylon create static electricity that electrocutes the insect? BERNARD HEINEMAN, 175 West 72nd St., New York 23, N. Y., U.S.A. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 81 BOOK REVIEWS BUTTERFLIES OF SOUTH AFRICA; WHERE, WHEN AND HOW THEY FLY. By D. A. Swanepoel. 320 pp., 17 col. pls. 1953. Publisher: Maskew Miller Limited, 29 Adderley Street, P.O. Box 396, Cape Town, South Africa. Price: Popular Edition, 75/-; De Luxe Edition, 105/-. This delightful book, written by an amateur for the amateurs, and illustrated by numerous photographs and 17 color plates, contains all up-to-date information con- cerning the distribution, flight period, and habits of all species of butterflies occuring in South Africa, south of the Limpopo River. Of all South African butterfly collectors, Mr. SWANEPOEL is without doubt the only one competent to write a book of this nature, as his long and numerous travels over the length and width of South Africa were undertaken with the sole purpose of collecting and observing our butterflies in their natural habitats, from the low coastal plains, forests, and bushveld to the highest peaks of Basutoland. In the course of these travels Mr. SWANEPOEL has not only discovered numerous new species, but also found the habitats of many exceedingly rare butterflies which had been represented in collections by unique types, insufficiently dated in many cases. It took Mr. SWANEPOEL sometimes many years of patient search to rediscover the haunts of a rare butterfly, but his endless patience and tireless energy triumphed in the end. Most of the information supplied was obtained at first hand and is given freely, without any attempts to conceal any feature of importance or confuse the reader by vague statements which are so often given by collectors jealous of their discoveries. It is especially this candid treatment of each case which makes the book an invaluable guide to beginners and specialists alike, and every collector can trust the information given down to the last detail, such as the exact mileage from a known spot to the often very restricted area of occurence of a rare butterfly, or its date of emergence. Mr. SWANEPOEL, or SWANNIE (as he is affectionately called by his numerous friends) is a born naturalist endowed with extremely acute powers of observation coupled with an infinite love of unspoiled nature and patience to find out its secrets. The extremely pleasant and often amusing way in which Mr. SWANEPOEL tells of his experiences makes a fascinating reading for lepidopterists and laymen alike. G. VAN SON, Transvaal Museum, Pretoria, SOUTH AFRICA A PROVISIONAL CHECK-LIST OF THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE ETHIOPIAN REGION. By Wallace Peters. 201 pp. 1952. Publisher: E. W. Classey, 91 Bedfont Lane, Feltham, Middlesex, England. Price 45/- ($6.30). As the name implies, this monumental check-list is meant to be a provisional guide for those interested in the butterfly fauna of the Ethiopian region. It contains the names of 2653 species, apart from the very numerous names of lower categories, described from 1758 to the date of publication, 1952. It is obvious that the compilation of such a list must have cost the author a great deal of patience and time, but it is felt that its publication should have been post- poned until the revisional work by several authors engaged in the study of African butterflies has been completed, or at least some of the recent revisional works, quoted in the Check-List, have been studied. This applies to species and races alike. For instance, Papilio demodocus Esper is given as a race of P. demoleus Linnxus, whereas ~ bh BOOK REVIEWS Vol.9: nos.2-3 it was conclusively shown to be a good species (van Son, 1949: 20); both the races aureus Moreau and semlikana Le Cerf belong to the species P. Jormieri Distant and not to P. menestheus Drury as given by PETERS. The arrangement of Mylothris has been left as it was erroneously given by TALBOT, based on the fact that the male genitalia of M. bernice and M. trimenia were confused; this has resulted in the erection of two hypothetical groups, each of which had the habitus of one group and the genitalia of another! This error was duly corrected by TALBOT after he was notified of it by the present writer, who has rearranged the group correctly (van Son, 1949: 216). The far-reaching changes in the nomenclature of Colotis in the species tone, erone, pallene, and Jais have been unnoticed, and the old erroneous arrangement of TALBOT left undisturbed. Some rather unfortunate changes have been brought about, for instance in Precis, where clelia Cramer has been given as a synonym of qamnone Linnzus, 1764, whereas in fact Linnazus described awnone originally in 1758, the 1764 emendation being erroneous and invalid. The rather numerous spelling errors, both in the names of genera and those of species or forms, call at least for a corrected edition, but perhaps it would be better to wait for the appearance of some revisions now under way, in order to avoid further confusion. In my second volume of Butterflies of Southern Africa, now in the press, eight new genera and numerous new species of Satyridae are described, and their inclusion in a revised check-list appears to be desirable; similarly, the numerous recent works by STEMPFFER, and by STEMPFFER and BENNET, have brought about considerable changes and additions in the Lycaznidz. May I suggest that in the cases of all names published before 1864, the year in which the Zoological Record has made its first appearance, the full reference to the original publication be given; this would considerably assist systematic workers who may wish to refer to the original description without having to consult old catalogues which are often difficult to obtain. G. VAN SON, Transvaal Museum, Pretoria, SOUTH AFRICA Moths, by E. B. FORD, has just been published and will be reviewed soon in the News. Included are 32 colored and 24 black-and-white plates. This fine British book is the companion volume with Dr. FORD’S earlier Butterflies. In the U.S.A. it is avail- able from The Macmillan Co., 60 5th Ave., New York 11, N.Y., and local booksellers for $7.50, or for a lower price from E. W. Classey, 91 Bedfont Lane, Feltham, Middle- sex, England, and other British agents. C. L. REMINGTON 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 83 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA (Under the supervision of PETER F. BELLINGER) Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to lepidop- terists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here; omissions of papers more than 3 or 4 years old should be.called to Dr. BELLINGER’S attention. New genera and higher categories are shown in CAPITALS, with types in parentheses; new species and subspecies are noted, with type localities if given in print. Larval foodplants are usually listed. Critical comments by abstractors may be made. Papers of only local interest and papers from The Lepidopterists’ News are listed without abstract. Readers, particularly outside of North America, interested in assisting with this very large task, afe invited to write Dr. BELLINGER (University College of the West Indies, Mona, St. Andrew, Jamaica, B.W.I.). Abstractors’ initials are as follows: [P.B.] — P. F. BELLIN- GER; [A.D.] — A. DIAKONOFF; [W.H.] — W. HACKMAN; [E.M.] — E. G. MUNROE; [N.O.] — N. S. OBRAZTsOv; [C.R.] — C. L. REMINGTON; [J.T.] — J. W. TILDEN; [P.V.] — P. E. L. VIETTE. A. GENERAL Bergmann, A., Die Grossschmetterlinge Mitteldeutschlands. Vol.4: Eulen. Part I: 580 pp., 47 pls., 171 figs. Part 2: 480 pp., 37 pls., 132 figs. Jena: Urania-Verlag. 1954. [Not seen]. Brandt, Herbert, Schmetterlinge. Erster Teil (Winters Naturwissenschaftliche Taschen- biicher, vol.20). 176 pp., 64 pls., 55 figs. Heidelberg: Carl Winter, Universitat- sverlag. 1953. [Not seen]. Brues, Charles T., A. L. Melander, & Frank M. Carpenter, Classification of insects. Keys to the living and extinct families of insects, and to the living families of other terrestrial arthropods. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol.108: v + 917 pp., 1219 figs. 1954. A revised edition of this unique work. Includes keys to adults and larve of Lepidoptera, revised by C. L. REMINGTON. [P.B.] Forster, Walter, & Theodore A. Wohlfahrt, Die Schmetterlinge Mutteleuropas, vol.1. xii + 202 pp., 147 figs. Stuttgart: Franckh’sche Verlagshandlung, 1952-54. See reviews in Lepid. News, vol.6: pp. 79-80; vol.7: p.26; vol.8: pp.170-171. Koch, Manfred, Wir bestimmen Schmetterlinge. Vol.1: Tagfalter Deutschlands (unter Ausschluss der Alpengebiete). 119 pp., 16 pls., 63 figs. Radebeul & Belrin: Neumann Verlag. 1954. [Not seen]. Koch, Manfred, & Kurt Herschel, Falter bet Tag und bei Nacht. 288 pp. (incl. 132 col. pls.) Radebeul & Berlin: Neumann Verlag. 1953. [Not seen]. Tietz, Harrison M., The Lepidoptera of Pennsylvania. A manual. xii + 194 pp., 2 figs. State College, Pa. 1952. See review in Lepid News, vol.8: pp.172-173. B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE Alberti, B., “Die systematische Stellung der Genera Caffricola Hmps. und Arctozygena Gaede (Lep. Zygenide)” [in German]. Rev. Zool. Bot. Afric., vol.50: pp.40-44, 2 figs. Nov. 1954. Note on the systematic position of the genera Caffricola and Arctozygena and description of C. vicina from Transvaal. [P.V.] Amsel, H. G., “Zur Nomenklatur von Lita amaurella Rbl. (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidz )”’ [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp.274-275. 15 Oct. 1953. Proposes new name: Gnorimoschema hispanicella (=Lita amaurella Rbl., 1927, nec Hering, 1924). [N.O.] Bauer, David L., ‘““An apparent hybrid Limenitis from Arizona.” Lepid. News, vol.8: pp.129-130. 20 Oct. 1954. Beirne, Bryan P., British pyralid and plume moths. 208 pp., 16 pls., 189 figs. London: Frederick Warne & Co., Ltd., 15 Sept. 1952. (See review in Lepid. News, vol.8, p.49). Berger, L. R., “Liptena (Tetrarhanis) nouveaux du Congo Belge (Lepidoptera Lyczni- de)” [in Frenchl. Ann. Mus. Roy. Congo Belge, Sci. Zool., ser. in 4°, n. s. vol.l: pp.306-309, 13 figs. 1954. Descriptions of two new species of Liptena from the Belgian Congo: L. (T.) stempffert and L. (T.) schoutedeni. [P.V.] D > Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.2-3 Bigelow, R. S., & C. Reimer, “An application of the linear discriminant function to insect taxonomy.” Canad. Ent., vol.86: pp.69-73. 10 March 1954. Definition of comparative characters in quantitative terms. [E.M.] Bourgogne, J., “Un Oreopsyche nouveau du Portugal et de Il’Espagne (Psychide)” [in French]. Rev. frang. Lépid., vol.14: pp.133-137, 2 pls., 7 figs. 1954. Describes as new O. matthesi, a psychid from Portugal and Spain. [P.V.] Boursin, Charles, “Uber die Gattung Al/ophyes Tams nebst Beschreibung einer neuen Art aus Klein-Asien (Lep. Phalanide (Noctuide). (Beitrage zur Kenntnis der ‘Agrotide-Trifine’, 59)” [in German]. Mztt. Minchn. Ent. Ges., vol.43: pp.239-247, 3 figs. 1 July 1953. Discusses systematic position and characters of the genus, and the classification of the species. Describes as new A. metaxys (Marash, N. Syria); proposes Blephariata draudti new name for Meganephria. adusta Drdt. (mec Esp.). Figures moths and ¢ genitalia. [N.O.] Boursin, Charles, “Zwei neue palaarktische Cryphia (Bryophila)-Arten (Beitrage zur Kenntnis der “Agrotide-Trifine’, LX)” [in German]. Mztt. Manchn. Ent. Ges., vol.43: pp.248-251, 1 pl. 1 July 1953. Describes as new C. rackbeili (Dzharkent, Prov.Ili) and C. raddei (Dshafar-Aga, Turkish Armenia); figures types and 4 genitalia. Figures without any description C. ravuloides, “new species” (Kashmir). [N.O.] Boursin, Charles, “Eine neue Gattung der Unterfamilie Agrotina aus dem vorderasiatisch- mediterraneen Faunenkreis. (Beitrage zur Kenntnis der ‘Agrotida-Trifine’ 62)” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp.212-217, 4 pls. 15 Aug. 1953, Describes as new PACHYAGROTIS (type Cladocerotis ankarensis Rbl.). Discusses relationship, figures genitalia and other structures of the new and related genera. [N.O.] Boursin, Charles, “Uber die systematische Stellung von ‘“Leacochlena” orana Lucas. Nebst Beschreibung einer neuen Gattung und einer neuen Art aus Franzosisch Marokko. (Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Agrotida-Trifinae, 63)” [in German; French summary]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp.239-244, 1 pl. 15 Sept. 1953. Describes as new EREMOCHLZ:NA (type orana Lucas), with E. oranoides (Rabat, Fr. Morocco). [N.O.] Brown, F. Martin, “Taxonomic notes on Cineis uhleri Reakirt (Lepidoptera, Satyridz).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no.i1625: 26 pp., 8 figs. 6 May 1953. Describes as new O. u. reinthali (Gothic, Colo.). Statistical analysis of size, color, and pattern variation’ in some populations of sspp. reinthali, uhleri, and varuna [P.B.]| Brown, F. Martin, “The subspecies of CEneis alberta (Lepidoptera, Satyrida).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no.1626: 21 pp., 10 figs. 6 May 1953. Statistical analysis of populations of sspp. alberta, oslari, and daura; the first two are doubtfully distinct. [P.B.] Chiarelli de Gahan, Angelina, & Enrique Augustin Touron, “Biologia y taxonomia de Heliothis armigera (Hbn.)” [in Spanish]. Rev. Invest. Agric., vol.8: pp. 111-148, 21 figs. Aug. 1954. Synonymizes Thyreion gelotopoeon under H. armigera. Gives an extremely thorough description of all stages and biology. A model paper, but the separation of the North American species from the Old World H. armigera has been overlooked. [P.B.] Clench, Harry K., “The identity of Crambidia allegheniensis (Lithosiide).” Lepid. News, vol.8: pp.93-94. 17 Sept. 1954. Collenette, C. L., “New and little known African Lymantriidae (Lepidoptera: Heterocera).” Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, vol.105: pp.146-155, 1pl. 16 Aug. 1954. Describes as new Cropera aphanta (Elizabethville, Belgian Congo); Marbla haplora (Kigezi, 7500-8000’, Uganda); Euproctis episema (Elizatbethville); Paraproctis chitonopeza Mpika, N. Rhodesia); Memerophanes diatoma triphyes (Elizabethville); Dasychira thika (Thika Road, Kenya); Exproctidion periblepta (Elizabethville); also several “forms. Figures adults. Revisional notes and new synonymy in Hemerophanes and Dasychira, and notes on some other spp. [P.B.] Collenette, C. L., “Two new Lymantriide from the Belgian Congo.” Rev. Zool. Bot. Afric., vol.50: pp.7-9, 2 figs. Nov. 1954. Describes as new Dasychira phaedropoda and D. eudela, both from Elizabethville. [P.V.] Cox, Constance E., “Analvsis of frequency distribution of adults and larve of Choristo- neura fumiferana (Clem.) and C. pinus Free. (Lepidoptera: Tortricide).” Canad. Ent, volSS: pp.136-141, 4 figs. 15 April 1953. Significant differences in postclypeal indices and uncus widths are shown for the two species. In addition, a bimodality of unexplained origin is shown in 2 larval and one adult character of C. pinus. Frequency distributions of these characters in C. fumiferana were unimodal. [E.M.] 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 85 Daniel, Franz, ‘Neue Heterocera-Arten und -Formen” [in German]. Mitt. Manchn. Ent. Ges., vol.43: pp.252-261, 1 pl. 1 July 1953. Describes as new Spilarctia tschitaensis (Tshita, Transbaicalia), S. hanorca (Hanoi, Tonking); Callimorpha quadripunctaria rhodosensis; SELENEPHERIDES, and type S$. monotona (Tapaishan in Tsinling, S. Shensi), S. m. likiangica (Li-kiang, N. Yunnan); Lemonia syriensis (Marash, N. Syria); Cossus cossus afghanistana (Wardik, Afghanistan), C. akswensis (Ak-su Valley, Thian- shan); DYSPESSACOSSUS, and type D. hadjinensis (Hadjin, Asia Minor); Catopta thrips polonica (Babince, Podolia); Dyspessa salicicola aschabadensis (Aschabad, C. Asia). [N.O.] Daniel, Franz, “Untersuchung der Typen von Endrosa pseudokuhlweini Jorbr. (Lep.-Het)” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol.3: pp.52-54, 1 fig. 15 May 1954. Discusses distinguishing features of this and other European Endrosa species. [N.O.| Drianovski, A., “Crypsedra niphopasta Obrth. (Insecta, Lepidopt.) subsp. balgarica aus Bulgarien” [in Bulgarian, German summary]. Izv. Zool. Inst. Bulg. Akad. Nauk., vol.3: pp.373-376. 1953. New subspecies. [Not seen]. Dufrane, A., “Sur quelques Lycaenidae d'Afrique [in French]. Bwl/. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., vol.90: pp.282-286. Oct. 1954. Notes on the determinations and the last publications of the author on African Lycanidz. Describes as new lolaus silas maureli (Harrar, Ethiopia); Spindasis trimeni congolanus (Luebo, Belgian Congo); Axiocerces maurelt (Harrar, Ethiopia). Types in the author’s collection. [P.V.| Dufrane, A., “A propos de Syntarucus pulchra Murray (Lép. Lyc.)” [in French]. Bz//. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., vol.90: pp.66-68. 1954. Correction of the citation of S. pulchra from Kivu (Belgian Congo). [P.V.]| Ehrlich, Paul R., “Notes on Erebia rossi Curtis (Lepidoptera, Satyride).” Ent. News, vol.65: pp.225-227. 1954. Suggests that E. r. gabrieli dos Passos will prove to be a synonym of E. r. kuskoquim Holland. Speculates as to the possible causes of the peculiar distribution of E. rossi. [J.T.] Ferguson, Douglas C., “On the identity and status of Evbaphe lama@ Freeman (Lepidoptera, Arctiidz).”” Canad. Ent., vol.85: pp.371-373, 9 figs. 21 Oct. 1953. Considers FE. lamae a sp. distinct from E. aurantiaca. The application of the name bimaculata is doubtful. [E.M.] Ferguson, Douglas C., “Revision of the occiduaria-argillacearia complex of the genus Itame, with descriptions of new races (Lepidoptera, Geometride).’ Canad. Ent., vol.85: pp.453-461, 18 figs. [numbered 1-4, 1-14:]. 30 Dec. 1953. Describes as new “races” I. andersoni orientis (Auburn, Kings Co., N. S.) and I. sulphurea amboflava (Calgary, Alta.). Distinguishes I. occiduaria, andersoni, argillacearia, and sulphurea. A useful and needed contribution. [E.M.| Ferguson, Douglas C., “A revision of the genus Hypenodes Doubleday with descriptions of new species (Lepidoptera, Phalanidz).’ Canad. Ent., vol.86: pp.289-298, 3 pls. 20 Aug. 1954. Describes as new: H. palustris (Prospect Road, Halifax Co., N. S.), H. sombrus (Concord, N. H.), and H. franclemonti (Halifax Co., N. S.). An excellent paper. [E.M.] Fletcher, D. S., “A revision of the genus Exbaphe (Lepidoptera: Geometridz).” Zoologica, N. Y., vol.39: pp.153-166, 63 figs. 31 Dec. 1954. Describes as new E. pumilata (Holguin, Cuba); E. wnicolor venustata (Calderas, Guatemala); E. deceptata (Orizaba, Mexico); E. fieldi (San Esteban, Venezuela); E. orfilai (Matto Grosso, Brazil). Synonymizes E. awrata under Oncopus citrosa. Redescribes 21 spp., figuring genitalia of 20. Resdescribes genus and the related genera Euvdule and Eudulophasia, and lists spp. of these. The valid name for the arctiid genus usually called Exbaphe is stated to be Holomelina. |P.B.| Fletcher, D. S., & E. T. M. Reid, “A synonymic list of the genus Arcyphora Guenée (Agrotidz, Westermaniine). With observations on adult feeding habits.” Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B), vol.24: pp.197-204. 31 Dec. 1954. Sectotena and Goniex- estis are synonyms of Arcyphora. Key to known species. Adults of at least 3 spp. feed on the lacrymal exudations of cattle. [P.B.| Forbes, William T. M., “Presidential address to Los Angeles meeting of the Lepidopterists’ Society.” Lepid. News, vol.8: pp.1-4. 25 June 1954. Freeman, T. N., “A note on the occurrence of a European tortricid. Cnephasia virgaureana Treit., in Newfoundland with new synonymy (Lepidoptera). Canad. Ent., vol.85: p.291. 16 Sept. 1953. Sinks o/eraceana as a synonym. [E.M.| Freeman, T. N., “The spruce budworm, Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem.) and an allied new species on pine (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Canad. Fnt., vol.85: pp.121-127, 86 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.2-3 22 figs. 15 May 1953. Describes as new and figures C. pinus (Beauséjour, Man.), a widely distributed Canadian pine-feeding sp., and compares it with the sibling sp. C. fumiferana and with certain other Nearctic relatives. [E.M.] Gerhardinger, Klaus, “Diacrisia sannio L.” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp.289-308, 1 pl. 15 Nov. 1953. Monograph. [N.O.] Gillham, Nicholas W., & Paul R. Ehrlich, “The naming of subspecies in Lepidoptera.” Lepid. News, vol.8: p.100. 17 Sept. 1954. Herbulot, Cl., “Lépidoptéres géometrides” in “La réserve naturelle integrale du Mont Nimba” fin French]. Mem. Inst. Franc. Afr. Noire, no.40: pp.301-333, 1 pl., 17 figs. 19 Nov. 1954. Study of a collection of Geometride from the Nimba Mts. (French Guinea); describes as mew: Mixocera sudanica (Geometrine); Scopula mendax, S subsincera (Sterrhinz); Piercia occidentalis, Ctenaulis acutivalvis (Larentiine); Exly- cia excavata, Colocleora splendens, Miantochora fletcheri, M. lisa, M. discalis, Geolyces contracta, Mesothisa royi, Neocleora lamottei, Zamarada melanopyga, Z. corroborata, Z. cydippe, Thysanopyga limbata (Ennominz). [P.V. Hering, Erich M., “Die Gattung Crothema Btl. (Lep. Cochlidiidz)” [in German]. Ann. Mus. Roy. Congo Belge, Sci. Zool., ser. in 4°, n. s. vol.1: pp.381-386, 7 figs. 1954. Study of the different species of the genus Crothema (of Africa and Madagascar) with a key to species. Description of a new species: C. schoutedeni (Belgian Congo). Erects for this genus a new subfamily CROTHAEMINA. The family Cochlidiidz now contains two subfamilies: Crotheminzez (genus typicum: Crothema Btl.) and Cochlidiinz (genus typicum: Cochlidion Hbn.). [P.V.] Holik, Otto, & Leo Sheljuzhko, “Uber die Zygzenen-Fauna Osteuropas, Kleinasiens, Irans, Zentralasiens und Sibiriens” [in German]. Mitt. Manchn. Ent. Ges., vol.43: pp.102- 226. 1 July 1953. Revision of Zyga@na species on a zoogeographical basis. Discusses 6 spp. Describes as new subspecies of Z. (Mesembrinus) purpuralis Brinn: Z. p. alagirica (Uruch Valley near Ach-sau, N. Ossetia), Z. p. alagezi (Inaklu, Russian Armenia), Z. p. zangezuri (Ochtshi, near Kafan, Russian Armenia), Z. p. talassica ( Aulie-Ata, W. Ala-tau). Names 2 aberrations of Z. cambysea rosacea. To be continued. [N.O.] Kautz, Hans, ‘““Bemerkungen zu den Arten Pieris napi L., bryonie O., adalwinda Fruhst. und zur mod. hibernica Schmidt’ [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp. 258-261. 15 Oct. 1953. Discusses characters and variation. [N.O.] Kiriakoff, S. G., “Les Thyretida du Musée Royal du Congo Belge (Lepidoptera No- todontoidea)” [in French]. Ann. Mus. Roy. Congo Belge, sér. in 8°, Sci. Zool., vol.26: 91 pp., 7 pls. Dec. 1953. Study of the Thyretide (a part of the Syntomidz auctt.) of the Belgian Congo. Describes as new: Apisa subg. DUFRANEELLA (type grisescens Dufrane); Thyretes cooremani (Bas-Congo); MESONACLIA (type minor Tmps.); DIAKONOFFIA (type kivensis Dufrane); ELSA (type invaria Walker), E. forsteri (Kivu); E. subg. RHIPIDARCTIA, and type E. (R.) rubrosuffusa (Tshuapa); MECISTORHABDIA (type hematoéssa Holland); RHABDOMARCTIA (type rub- rilineata Bethune-Baker), R. similis (Tshuapa); HIPPURARCTIA, and type H. vicina (Kivu); H. wv. overlaeti (Lualaba); H. bergeri (Lualaba); Metarctia subg. METARHODIA (type rubripuncta Hmps.); Metarctia deriemaeckeri (Mt. Katanga); M. schoutedeni (Kivu); M. subg. NOTHARCTIA (type flavivena Hamps.); Metarc- tia debauchei (Ruanda-Urundo); M. hulstaertiana (Tshuapa); M. subg. G@NARCTIA (type erlangeri); M. subg. PTEROPHAEA (type brunneipennis M. Hering); Metarctia dracoena (Sankuru); M. seydeliana (Mt. Katanga); M. olbrechtsi (Lualaba); M fuliginosa (Sankuru); M. cinctella (Sankuru); Balacra basilewskyi (Sankuru); B. distincta (Sankuru); B. fomtainei (Sankuru); B. subg. DAPHAENISCA (type dap- hana Hmps.); B. subg. CALLOBALACRA (type rubrostriata); B. subg. COMPSOCH- ROMIA (type compsa); B. subg. LAMPROBALACRA (type pulchra); LEMPKEELLA (type dufranei Kiriak.); Paramelisa leroyi (Kivu); COLLARTISA, and type collartorum (Tshuapa). [P.V.] Kiriakoff, S. G., “Amatines (Lepidoptera Arctiidae) nouveaux du Congo Belge” [in French}. Ann. Mus. Roy. Congo Belge, ser. in 4°, Sci. Zool., n.s. vol.1: pp.431-434, % figs. 1954. Descriptions of 8 new species of Arctiidae Ctenuchinz from the Belgian Congo: Myopsyche pallidicincta, M. sankuruica, M. bokuma, Amata hypomela, A obraztsovi, A. albobasis, A. marinoides, and A. schoutedeni. [P.V.] Kiriakoff, S. G., “Contribution a l'étude des Lépidoptéres Hérocéres. I. Notodontides nouveaux du Congo Belge” [in French]. Bull. Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., vol.30, no.14: \O pp., 8 figs. April 1954. Descriptions of new spp. and new genus of Notodontide 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 87 from Belgian Congo in Brussels Museum: Clostera ochracearta; Desmeocrera tenera (Katanga); OVERLAETIA, O. grisescens (Lupweji); Macronadata aurivilliusi; Tro- tonotus castaneus (Kafakumba); Brachychira argyrosticta (Kafakumba). [P.V.|] Kiriakoff, S. G., “Chorologie et systématique phylogénétique” [in French}. Bull. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., vol.90: pp.185-198, 1 map. Aug. 1954. Thoughts of the author, after W. Hennig (1950), on the relation between chorology and phylogenetic sys- tematics. For the author, two subspecies geographically isolated, ¢.g. in central Europe and East Asia, are two good species. The case of ‘‘genera’’ having numerous species in one area (é.g. Neotropical) and one species in another area (e.g. Africa) should be reconsidered. [P.V.]} Kiriakoff, S. G., “Hétéroceres nouveaux et peu connus du Katanga (premiere partie)” [in French]. Rev. Zool. Bot. Afric., vol.49: pp.293-327, 2 pls. 14 Aug. 1954. Study of the Notodontidz collected in the Elizabethville area, Katanga, Belgian Congo. Describes as new: GLUPHISIODES and type, G. bivittata; Desmeocrera dichonia, D. denise, D. analis, D. lugubris, D. adversa amica, D. divergens, D. collenettei, D. frater, D. rileyi; esmeocrerula basimacula; ULINELLA and type, U. cotytto; Fentonia umbra; ARCHISTILBIA and type, cineracea; BILULUA, B. atricollis (generotype), B. strigata; Antheua trimacula; Brachychira lunuligera. A\l the types are in the Belgian Congo Museum. [P.V.] Kiriakoff, S. G., ““Hétérocéres nouveaux ou peu connus du Katanga” [in French]. Rev. Zool. Bot. Afric., vol.50: pp. 169-188, 2 pls. Nov. 1954. New or little known Heterocera from Katanga (Belgian Congo). Describes as new (Notodontidz) Des- meocrera venusta; Rhenea rufescens; (Arctiidz) Aglossosia griseoargestea; DIPLON- YCHODES, and type D. ruficeps; Caripodia pallidior; C2daleosia conspicua; ZADA- DRINA and type, Z. metallica; Eilema leiodes, E. heringi, E. tricolorana; Phryganopsis isabellina, P. tocha, P. sorghicolor; Estigmene costalis; MENEGITES and type, M. nivea; Amsacta ochreolutescens, A. aliena; TAMSITA (type ochthaba Hmps.); GASTROCHRYSIA, G. lineolata. [P.V.] Klimesch, J., “Die europaischen Trifurcula- und Ectaedemia-Arten (Lep., Nepticulide)” [in German]. Zezts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp.160-170, 191-196, 22 figs. 15 June, 15 July 1953. Revises the above genera; describes as new: T. maxima (Male: Nurnberg; female: Durkheim), T. orientella (Gravosa, Dalmatia); E. /ongicaudella (Nagy Nyir, Hungary), E. ligwricella (Noli, Liguria). [N.O.] Klimesch, J., “Die an Caryophylaceen lebenden europaischen Gnorimoschema Busck (=Phthorim@a Meyr.)-Arten. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Genitalmorphologie der Gelechiiden (Lep.) sowie Beschreibung von zwei neuen Arten” [in German]. Zei/ts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp.225-239, 275-282, 311-318, 46 figs. 15 Sept. 15 Oct., 15 Nov. 1953. Systematic notes, redescriptions and genitalia. Describes as new: G. leucothoracellum (Diurnstein, Austria) and G. fioriz (Gran Sasso, Abruzzo). [N.O.] Lange, W. Harry, Jr., “Biology and systematics of plume moths of the genus Platyptilia in California.” Hzélgardia, vol.19: pp.561-668, 16 pls., 7 figs., 8 tables. 1950. The following are described as new: Platyptilia pica calisequoie (Hiouchi State Redwood Park, Del Norte Co., Castilleia); P. p. sierre (Emigrant Gap, Placer Co., on Castilleia); P. baueri (Lucas Valley, Marin Co.); P. albiciliata rubricans (Pt. Lobos, Monterrey Co., on Castilleia); P. lutescens (Ivanpah Mts.. San Bernardino Co.); P. bifida (Hauchuca Mts., Arizona). The plates show ova, larve, pupz, adults, and genitalia. History, phylogeny, economic implications and other phases of the subject are cov- ered. The work seems to be a very complete and excellent revision of the genus. [J.T.] Le Charles, L.. “Contributions a l'étude des zygenes” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol.14: pp.143-145. 29 June 1954. Critical discussion of the paper by E. Haaf (1953) on male genitalia of Zygenidz, with a list of subgenera and species of Zygena after Burgeff, 1926. [P.V.] de Lesse, H., “Discussion de certains caractéres morphologiques d’Arethusana arethusa Schiff. et des formes boabdi] Rambur et dentata Stgr.” [in French]. Rev. frane. Lépid., vol.14: pp.140-142, 11 figs. Discussion, with reference to the paper of G. Varin (1953) (cf. Lepid. News, vol.8, p.149) of some morphological characters of A. arethusa and its forms. [P.V.] Lorkovic, Z.. & H. de Lesse, “Expériences de croisements dans le genre Erebia (Lépi- doptéres Satyridz)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol.79: pp.31-39. July 1954. E. tyndarus and E. hispania are very different species in spite of the likeness of their @ and @ genitalia. The artificially produced hybrids between tyndarus and 88 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.2-3 hispania are sterile and degenerated, which is not generally the case for hybrids of close species; a great difference exists in the chromosome number of E. hispania rondout (n=24) and E. tyndarus calcarius (n=8), the material for the crossing experiments. P.V. foe x “Nouveaux Lépidoptéres Nord-Africains” [in French]. Bwll. Soc. Sci. Nat. Phys. Maroc, vol.34: pp.35-39. Sept. 1954. Descriptions of new species: Noctuide, Acronycta elegans (Tunisia), and Pyralidz and Tortricide from Morocco (Ifrane, un- less other locality specified): Homaosoma buckwelli, Chilo powelli (Casablanca), Heterographis buckwelli (Safi), Etiella ifraneella, Brephia marocana, Cledeobia con- fusalis, Myelois superbella, Pyrausta buckwelli, Tortrix obscurana, Euxanthis pallens, Olethreutes marocana, Phlycteenodes buckwelli, Anisotenia buckwelli, Hypotomorpha moghrebana (Chavent). Also three “varieties”. Short descriptions without figures; no indications on the type material in a private collection; the families are mixed. Such a work should not be accepted for publication. [P.V.] MacKay, Margaret R., “A new species of Sparganothis allied to S. pettitana (Rob.), with description of larva and adults of both species (Lepidoptera: Tortricidz).” Canad. Ent., vol.84: pp.233-242, 33 figs. 29 Aug. 1952. Describes as new S. acerivorana (Kingsmere, Que.), a maple-feeding sibling of the mainly bass-feeding S. pettitana. Excellent figures, mostly comparative, are given of many structural details of various larval instars, of ¢ and @ genitalia, and of adults. Primary types are figured, and quantitative differences in genitalic proportions are shown graphically. A careful and detailed paper. [E.M.] Marion, H., “Contribution a l'étude des pyrales africaines’” [in French]. Mem. Inst. franc. Afrique Noire, no.40: pp.335-338, 3 figs. 19 Nov. 1954. Describes as new MUNROEIA and type, M. lamottei (Galleriidz) and Glyphodes royalis (Pyraustide) from the Nimba Mts. (French Guinea). [P.V.] Marion, H., “Deux Galleriides nouveaux de Madagascar (Lepid.)” [in French]. Rev. frang. Ent., vol.21: pp.216-218, 4 figs. 1954. Descriptions of two new species of Galleriidz from South Madagascar: Megarthria seyrigalis and M. bekilalis. [P.V.| Mattoni, Rudolph, ‘“(Abstract) Taxonomy and distribution in the genus Philotes.” Lepid. News, vol.8: p.8. 25 June 1954. Michener, Charles D., “A note on a subgeneric name in the Saturniide.” Ent. News, vol.62: p.124. 1953. Corrects error in previous papers, where a trivial name was misspelled and credited to the wrong author. [J.T.]. Munroe, Eugene, “The geographic variation of Dasyuris polata (Duponchel) in North America (Lepidoptera: Geometridz).’ Canad. Ent., vol.83: pp.290-294, 12 figs. 16 Nov. 1951. Describes as new: D. p. bradorata (Bradore Bay, Strait of Belle Isle, Que.); D. p. ursata (Cameron Bay, Great Bear Lake, N. W. T.); D. p. kidluitata (Kidluit Bay, Richards Is.,. N. W. T.); D. p. aleutiata (Cold Bay, Alaska). Also recognized are subspecies from Greenland and from the eastern Canadian Arctic; the status of the Colorado and Ellesmere Island populations remains uncertain. Repre- sentative adults are figured. [E.M.]| Munroe, Eugene, “The i/libalis group of the genus Palpita Hijbner (Lepidoptera: Pyralidz).” Canad. Ent., vol.84: pp.43-55, 32 figs. 27 Feb. 1952. Describes as new: P. cincinnatalis (Cincinnati, Ohio), P. freemanalis (Brownsville, Tex.), and P. a@nes- centalis (Ottawa, Ont.), and removes P. arsaltealis, euphesalis (with doubtful syno- nym subjectalis), and magniferalis (with synonyms fascialis and guttulosa) from syn- onymy of #libalis. Keys and figures. [E.M.] Munroe, Eugene, “The eastern North American subspecies of the barberry geometrid (Lepidoptera). Canad. Ent., vol.86: pp.282-283, 4 figs. 10 June 1954. Describes as new Coryphista meadi atlantica (Irvington, N.J.), and discusses distribution and variation of this and the nominate ssp. [E.M.] Munroe, Eugene, “A new Phlyctenia, with notes on two related species. (Lepidoptera: Pyralida).” Canad. Ent., vol.86: pp.428-431, 4 figs. 22 Oct. 1954. Describes as new P. quebecensis (Lac Mondor, near Ste. Flore, P.Q.); sinks tertialis to coronata Huf- nagel as a ssp.; raises dionalis, with syns. niswecalis, oppilalis, and beddeci to ssp. of extricalis, {E.M.] Munroe, Eugene, “A new pyralid of Palaarctic affinities from Colorado (Lepidoptera).” Canad. Ent., yol.86: pp.499-500, 3 figs. 15 Dec. 1954. Describes as new Metaxmeste nubicola (Hall Valley, Park Co., Colo.). [E.M.] Obraztsov, Nicholas, “Notes on the genus Aterpia Gn. (=Esia Heinr.).” Ent. News, vol.62: pp.276-278. 1951. Shows that HEINRICH’S genus Esia is a junior synonym 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 89 of Aterpia Gn.; that Aterpia has one nearctic and three palearctic species; and that charpentierana (Hbn.) is predated by corticana (Schiff.). [J.T.| Otraztsov, Nikolaus, “Systematische Aufstellung und Bemerkungen uber die palaark- tischen Arten der Gattung Dichrorampha Gn. (Lepidoptera, Tortricidz)” [in German]. Mitt. Manchn. Ent. Ges., vol.43: pp.10-101, 50 figs. 1 July 1953. Revision of 68 Palzarctic species: systematic notes, redescription, distribution, synonymy, bibliography, genitalia. Describes as new: subgenera LIPOPTYCHODES (type bugnionana Dup.) and DICHRORHAMPHODES (type guenéeana, new name for politana Gn. nec Schiff.); spp. D. (Dicrorhampha) coniana (Konia, Anatolia), D. (D.) forsteri (Luitpoldhaus, Allgau), D. (Lipoptychodes) pfistert (Steinernes Meer, Salzburg Alps), S. (L.) klimeschi ( Altipiano Mantasio, Giullean ee Italy); sspp. D. (Dicrorhampha) simpliciana heusertana (Kaiserlautern, Pfalz), D. (Lipoptycha) resplendana eidmanni (Volkmarshausen, N. W. Germany). New synonym: D. (Lipoptycha) sylvicolana Hein. (=aratana P. & M.). [N.O.] Obraztsov, Nicholas, “A new species of Hyaletha Butler and a key to the species of the genus (Lepidoptera, Ctenuchide).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no.1630: 3 pp. 4 Sept. 1953. Describes as new H. (Paraceryx) malaitaensis (Malaita, Solomon Is.). [P.B.| Obraztsov, N. S., “Two new species of the Amata tenuis group (Lepidoptera, Ctenu- chidez).” Bull. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., vol.90: pp.227-232, 3 figs. Aug. 1954. Des- cribes as new A. (A.) paratenuis (S. coast of Java) and A. (A.) subtenuis (E. Celebes). [P.V.] Obraztsov, Nikolaus, “Zur Nomenklatur der gewohnlich als Schrankia HS., Hypenodes Gn. (Phalenide), Lythria Hb. (Geometride) und Cledeobia Stph. (Pyralidide) bekannten Gattungen” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol.3: pp.81-86. 15 Sept. 1954. Discusses nomenclature, types and synonymy. [N.O.| Obraztsov, Nicholas. “Notes on Eressa confinis and allied species with descriptions of a mew species and a new subspecies (Ctenuchidz).”’ Lepid. News, vol.8: pp.135-139, 3 figs. 20 Oct 1954. Describes as new E. c. szechueniensis (Sun-fu, Szechuen, W. China); E. javanica (Mt. Gede, Java, 9000’). Overlaet, F. G., “Cymothoe sangaris Godart et ses formes voisines” [in French]. Bvll. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., vol.90: pp.32-33. 28 Feb. 1954. Description of C. euthalioides candidata geogr. race nov. (Belgian Congo: Uele) and notes on C. sangaris (Nym- phalide) and its populations in Equatorial Africa. |P.V.] Overlaet, F. G., “Note sur le genre Euryphene Westwood (Limenitinz) africains” [in French]. Ball. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., vol.90: pp.215-218. August 1954. For the author, the genera Euvryphene and Euphaedra Hb. are good genera characterized by the scheme of the markings, the profile of the wings, and the very marked sexual dimorphism. [P.V.| Overlaet, F. G., “Satyrides africains nouveaux” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.54: pp.41-44, 3 figs. 25 Aug. 1954. Descriptions of three new Ypthima from the Belgian Congo: Y. pulchra (Katanga), Y. prestans (Tshiole), and Y. diplommata (Kafa- kumba). [P.V.| Overlaet, F. G., “Trois Rhopaloceres africains nouveaux” fin French]. Ann. Mus. Roy. Congo Belge, ser. in 4°, Sct. Zool., n.s. vol.1: pp.490-493, 10 figs. 1954. Descrip- tions of three new species of butterflies from Katanga (Belgian Congo): Euryphene schoutedeni (Nymphalide), Mycalesis schoutedeni (Satyride), Acrea schoutedent (Acreidz). [P.V.] Pearson, E. O., “The relationship between the African and South American red boll- worms of cotton, Diparopsis and Sacadodes.” Empire Cotton Growing Rev., vol.31: pp. 171-177, 1 fig. July 1954. The correct name for D. perditor is D. watersi (Rothschild). Compares S. pyralis with Diparopsis spp. and concludes that genera are closely related but distinct on genitalic characters. Discusses biology of the genera, with particular reference to the possibility of using Sacadodes parasites against Diparopsis. [P.B.| Pinker, Rudolf, ‘““Beobachtungen in den Julischen Alpen” [in German]. Ze/ts. Wiener Eni. Ges., vol.38: pp.117-181, 2 figs. 15 July 1953. Field observations in 1951. Describes as new: Lita thurneri (figures moth and ¢ genitalia) and Cidaria nobil- taria juliensis, both from Monte Montasio. [N.O.| Reiss, Hugo, “Zyganenrassen (Lep.) der alpinen Stufe der Ost-Dolomiten und ihr vermutliches Entstehungsalter” Jin German]. Zests. Wvener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp.261- 270, 1 pl. 15 Oct. 1953. Discusses geological age and variation of some alpine Zyg@ena species. Describes as new: Zachillee ladinie (Col. Pralongia, Ladinia, E. Dolomites) and Z. filipendule wiegeli (Col. Pradat, Ladinia); also a variety of Z. purpuralis nubigena. [N.O.| 90 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.2-3 Remington, Charles L., “A new name for the Colorado race of Pieris napi.’” Lepid. News, vol.8: p.75. 17 Sept. 1954. Proposes P. ». macdunnoughii n.n. for P. n. pseudonapi B. & McD. (nec Verity). Rungs, Ch., “La chenille arpenteuse de l’Acacia a tanin” [in French]. Service de la Défense des Végétaux au Maroc, Travaux Originaux no.5: 55 pp., 5 pls. Aug. 1954. Systematic and morphological study, life history, and ecology of Tephrina pulinda deerraria (Geometridz), a pest of Acacia mollissima in Morocco. [P.V.] Sieder, Leo, “Vorarbeit zu einer Monographie jjber die Gattung Solenobia Z. (Lepidopt. Psychide-Talzporiine)” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp.113-128. 15 May 1953. Describes as new: S. thurneri (Norish Alps), S. klimeschi (Lienz Dolo- mites), BREVANTENNIA n. subg. (type triglavensis Rbl.), S. (B.) reliqua (Carin- thia). Diagnoses: of Solenobia females. [N.O.] Smith, Stanley G., “Reproductive isolation and the integrity of two sympatric species of Choristoneura ’(Lepidoptera: Tortricide).” Canad. Ent., vol.85: pp.141-151. 15 April 1953. Discusses 7m extenso possible isolating mechanisms between C. pinus and C. fumiferana. Notes that geographic, temporal, ecological, and sexual isolation all are partially effective, but contends that temporal isolation is the most important under ordinary conditions. [E.M.] Smith, Stanley G., “A partial breakdown of temporal and ecological isolation between Choristoneura species (Lepidoptera: Tortricide).” Evolution, vol.8: pp.206-224. Sept. 1954. C. fumiferana and C. pinus, on Balsam Fir and Jack Pine respectively, normally do not overlap in flight periods. The absolute failure of interspecific matings during an unusual overlap shows that sexual isolation is the effective mech- anism keeping the species separate, even though interspecific mating has been ob- tained in the laboratory. [P.B.| Stallings, Don B., & J. R. Turner, “Notes on Megathymus neumoegeni, with description of a new species.” Lepid. News, vol.8: pp.77-82, 5 pls. 17 Sept. 1954. Describes as new M. baueri (Verde Hot Springs, 4000’, Ariz.) Stempffer, H., “Considerations sommaires sur le genre Pseuderesia Butler (Lepid. Lycenidz)” [in French]. Ann. Mus. Roy. Congo Belge, ser. in 4°, Sct. Zool., ns vol.1: pp.523-525, 6 figs. 1954. Summary study of the 6 genitalia of Pseuderesia. The genitalia of eleaza, osheba, isca, bicolor are all very different; those of nine other species are of the same type. near some Mimacrwa and very different from those of the first four species cited. [P.V.] Stempffer, H., “Contribution a l'étude des Lycanide de la faune éthiopienne (Lep.)” [in French]. Bwll. Soc. Ent. France, vol.59: pp.88-93, 2 figs; pp.104-113, 1 pl., 4 figs. July, Nov. 1954. Considerations on various species of Lycanida of the African fauna, with descriptions of new species and subspecies: P. drucei druce: (Cameroon), P. d. ugandaw (Uganda); Liptena (Tetrarhanis) rougeoti (Gaboon); Deudorix (Dio- betes) aurivillinsi (Sierra Leone), D. (Diopetes) fumata (Gold Coast); Lepidochrysops intermedia cottrelli (N. Rhodesia); Euchrysops browni (Belgian Congo). [P.V.] Stempffer, H., “A revision of the genus Aphneus Hubner (Rhopalocera: Lycanide).” Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, vol.105: pp.493-516, 2 pls., 18 figs. 31 Dec. 1954. Describes as new A. nyanze (Katera, Sango Bay, Uganda); A. erikssoni mashune Gadzima, Umfuli R., Mashonaland); A. e. barnest (Christmas Pass, S. Rhodesia); A. jacksoni (Labwor Hill, Karamoja, Uganda); A. adamsi (Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons); A. flavescens (Limbe, Nyasaland); also several ‘forms’. Redescribes all known spp. Figures adults of some spp. and 4 genitalia of most. [P.B.] Thompson, W. R., ‘The philosophical foundations of systematics.” Canad. Ent., vol.84: pp-1-16. 30 Jan. 1952. Discussion of systematic concepts from standpoint of Thomis- tic philosophy. [E.M.] Toll, S., “Nephodesme pyrenaica spec. nova (Lepidoptera, Tortricidz)’ [in French]. Bull. Soc. Ent. Mulhouse 1954: pp.45-47, 5 figs. July-Aug. 1954. Description of N. pyrenaica n.sp. from the Pyrenees (S. France), allied to N. canescana Gn. [P.V.]| de Toulgoet, H., “Description d’Arctiidae nouveaux de Madagascar (Lep.)” [in French]. Mém. Inst. Sci. Madagascar, ser. E, no.4 (1953): pp.345-359, 1 pl. 11 figs. 1954. Descriptions of Arctiida Nolina and Lithosiinae tees Madagascar: Roeselia veno- salis, R. leucomelas, Eilema lemur, E. rubiginea, E. contradicta, E. hova, E. heimi, LE. xantholeuca, E. catalai, Asura vadoni, Philenora ocularis, P. bipunctoides. [P.V.] Urbahn, Ernst, “Was versteht man unter Melitea hormuzaki?” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp.149-152, 1 fig. 15 June 1953. Supposes it to be a ynonym of M. athalia diaminoides Vrty. |N.O.| Viette, P, E. L., “Descriptions de quatre nouvelles espeéces malgaches de Noctuidae quad- rifides (Lepid.)” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.54: pp.9-13, 2 figs. Sept. 1954. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 91 Descriptions of four new species of Noctuide from Madagascar: Epicausis splendens; E. catalat (Diphtherine; from the eastern rain forest); Xanthodesma remyi (eastern rain forest); Hypsiforma seyrigi (Ophiderine; from the south). [P.V.} Viette, P., “Le colloque international sur la nomenclature zoologique (Copenhagen, 1953)” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.54: pp.25-32. Sept. 1954. Notes on the in- ternational colloquium on zoological nomenclature at the Copenhagen Congress, #953. Viette, P., ““Nouveaux Thyrididze de Madagascar (Lep.)”’ [in French]. Bwll. Soc. Ent. France, vol.59: pp.118-122, 5 figs. Nov. 1954. Descriptions of new species of Thyridide from different parts of Madagascar: Rhodoneura subopalina, R. translu- cat a chopardi, R. memorabilis, Strizlina antiopa, Betousa milloti, Dixoa jeannelt. EY: Viette, P. E. L., “Descriptions de quelques nouveaux Drepanide, Notodontide et Noct- uidz africains et malgaches (Lépid.)” [in French]. Ann. Mus. Roy. Congo Belge, ser. in 4°, Sct. Zool., n.s. vol.l: pp.553-559, 16 figs. 1954. Descriptions of new moths from Africa and Madagascar. Drepanide: Spidia primoti (Gaboon); Epicam- poptera olivacea (Gaboon). Notodontide: Polelassothys callista abyssinica ( Abyssinia); Hoplitis dasychirina quadratus (Abyssinia); Fentonina schoutedeni, F. bergeri (Belgian Congo); Anthena birbirana (Abyssinia), A. benguelana (Angola). Noctuidae Op- hiderine: XYMEHOPS and its type, X. nigra (Madagascar); CATALANA and its type, C. vohilava (Madagascar). [P.V.] C. MORPHOLOGY AND CYTOLOGY Bailey, S. W., “Hardness of arthropod mouthparts.” Nature, vol. 173: p. 503. 13 March 1954. Reports hardness of 3 for mandibles of Pteroloscura caterpillar and some other insects. [P.B.| Carpentier, F., “Nervure surnuméraire chez des intersexues males de Lymantria dispar L. (Lépidopt. Hétéroc.)” [in French]. Ball. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., vol.90: pp.233-236. Oct. 1954. Supplementary veins in intersexual males of L. dispar. [P.V.} Denuce, J. M., & G. Vandermeersche, “Etude au microscope électronique des trachées des larves d’insectes’” [in French]. Exptl. Cell Res., vol.6: pp.76-78, 2 figs. Feb. 1954| Structure of tracheze cf Galleria mellonella larve. Diakonoff, A., “Considerations on the terminology of the genitalia in Lepidoptera.” Lepid. News, vol.8: pp.67-74, 2 figs. 17 Sept. 1954. Diakonoff, A., “Reply to the Forbes ‘Notes’.” Lepid. News, vol.8: p.169. 7 Jan. 1955. Du Porte, E. Melville, “The protocephalon: a critique of recent interpretations,’ Canad. Eni., vol.85: pp.41-55, 8 figs. 11 March 1953. No specific discussion of Lepidop- tera. [E.M.] Foltin, Hans, “Aglia tau L. und ihre dunklen Formen in Oberosterreich. Berichtigung” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 33: p. 137. 1 Dec. 1948. Forbes, Wm. T. M., “Notes on the terminology of the lepidopterous male genitalia.” Lepid. News, vol.8: pp.167-168. 7 Jan. 1955. Golbach, R., “Notas sobre algunos insectos teratolégicos” [in Spanish, German sum- mary]. Acta Zool. Lilloana, vol. 10: pp. 189-196, 1 pl., 2 figs. 1952. Describes and figures specimen of Atrophaneura zacynthus with defect in one wing. [P.B.] Henke, Karl, “Einfache Grundvorgange in der tierischen Entwicklung I. Uber Zellteilung, Wachstum und Formbildung in der Organentwicklung der Insekten”’ [in German]. Naturwiss., vol. 34: pp. 149-157, 180-186, 14 figs. “1947” [Feb., March 1948]. Study of scale development in Ephestia kihniella and wing development in Drosophila. |P.B.| Henke, Karl, “Einfache Grundvorgange in der tierischen Entwicklung II. Uber die Entstehung von Differenzierungsmustern” [in German]. Naturwiss., vol. 35: , 176-181, 203-211, 239-246, 19 figs. “1948” [Dec., 1948; Jan., Feb. 1949]. Study of pattern development in wings of Lepidoptera. [P.B.| Ivanova, T. S., “Innervation of the silk gland and the anatomical structure of its un- paired excretory duct in the tussah moth Antherea pernyi Guer.” [in Russian]. Ent. Obozr., vol.33: pp.198-200. 1953. [Not seen]. Malcolmson, Richard O., “Arthropod teratology.” Canad. Ent. vol.85: pp.313-315, 2 figs. 30 Sept. 1953. Figures and briefly describes a bilateral gynandromorph of ‘Samia’ cecropia. |E.M.| Piepho, H., “Uber die Ausrichtung der Schuppenbalge und Schuppen am Schmetter- lingsrumpf” [in German]. Naturwiss., vol.4l: p.22, 2 figs. Jan. 1955. Orientation 92 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.2-3 of scales on body of Galleria mellonella reversed by rotation of a piece of larval body wall. [P.B.] Pohley, H. J., “Uber das Wachstum der Imaginalanhange des Hinterflugels von Ephestia kiihniella und die Annahme selbstandig mutationsfahiger Unterheiten in den Chromo- somen” [in German]. Naturwiss., vol.41: pp.483-484. Oct. 1954. Increase in cell number in hindwing rudiment of E. kuhniella. |P.B.| Schvanvich, B. N., “Patterns of Lepidoptera, chiefly of Heterocera’ [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., vol. 32: pp. 874-885. Sept./Oct. 1953. [Not seen]. Sibatani, Atuhiro, Masami Ogata, Yoshio Okada, & Hiromu Okagaki, “Male genitalia of Lepidoptera: morphology and nomenclature. I. Divisions of the valve in Rhopalecera, Phalanidaz (=Noctuide), and Geometride.’ Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 47: pp. 93-106, 2 pls. March 1954. Discusses homology of parts of valves in these three groups; describes the plan of the valves and their modification, and presents a list of redefined terms which should be used for the parts. [P.B.] Snodgrass, R. E., “Insect metamorphosis.” Smiths. Misc. Coll., vol.122, no.9: ili - 124 pp., 17 figs. 1 April 1954. General account of the morphology and morphological changes of the early stages of insects, with theoretical consideration of the origin and significance of metamorphosis. The structure and function of the endocrine glands concerned with metamorphosis are also summarized. [P.B.] Yagi, Nobumasa, “Studies on the compound eyes of Lepidoptera. 1. On the compound eyes of butterflies, especially on the pseudopupil and its meaning to the phylogeny of species. 2. On the morphology and function of the compound eyes of Hesperiidz.” Journ. Fac. Textiles Sericult. Shinsu Univ., vol.1: pp.131-173, 6 pls.; vol.3: pp.29-41, 2pls. 1951, 1953. [See review in Lepid. News, vol.8, p.146]. D. VARIATION AND GENETICS Bernardi, G., “Note sur la variation géographique de l’armure genitale male de Dixeia doxo God. (Lep. Pieridae)” [in French]. Rev. frang. Ent., vol.21: pp.122-124. 8 figs. 1954. Study of the geographical variation of ¢ genitalia of this species of Africa and Madagascar. [P.V.] Bretschneider, Richard, ‘“Erfolgreiche Zuchten von Biston-Hybriden (Lep. Geom.)” [in German]. Mitt. Munchn. Ent. Ges., vol.43: pp.305-314, 2 pls. 1 July 1953. De- scribes and figures new and some of the already known interspecific Bzston hybrids; lists all known hybrids of the genus; names new ones and a mutation. [N.O.] Brower, Lincoln P. & Jane Van Zandt, “The heredity of some spot aberrations in Lycena phleas and L. hypophleas.” Lepid. News, vol.8: pp.125-129. 20 Oct. 1954. Burmann, Karl, “Pammene tomiana Z..”’ {in German.| Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp.333-339, 1 pl. 15 Dec. 1953. Discusses variation and biology. [N.O.] Hovanitz, William, “The biology of Colas butterflies. II. Parallel geographical variation of dimorphic color phases in North American species.’ Wasmann Journ. Biol., vol.8: pp.197-219. 1950. This paper continues the work so well done in paper I of the series. Percentages of white females are given for samples of all North American species. These percentages range from nearly 100% white females in a given popu- lation, to as low as 1% or less. In general, the percentage of white females in any given population of Colzas is higher in the populations in the northwestern part of the range, and diminishes southerly. It is highest in central Alaska and least in the prairie regions. [J.T.] Huard, G., & J. M. Corbe, “Contribution a l'étude des variations dans la forme de la voilure, chez Parnassius apollo L. Notion d’index ptérique (deuxiéme note)” lin French]. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 78: pp. 325-334, tables A to K. “1953” 1954. Biometric study on the relations between the different lengths of the anterior wings of P. apollo, with considerations on the value of some French subspecies. Pteric index and the angle “V” are defined. The mensurations are made on more than 200 specimens and also on Charles Oberthiir’s publications. [P.V.]| Huxley, Julian, “Polymorphism & evolution.” Journ. Sct. Indust. Res., vol.13A: pp.211- 212. May 1954. Explains polymorphism in animal populations (e¢.g. white and yellow forms of 2 Colias) as an expression of a genetic mechanism adjusting the spec fs we whole to two or more opposing conditions, notably cold and hot weather. PB. | Le Marchand, S., “Note sur un nouveau cas de mélanisme chez Mesoacidalia charlotta How.” [in French]. Rev. frang. Lépid., vol. 13: p. 216, 1 fig. “March/April” [25 July} 1952. Figures melanic form. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 93 Loberbauer, Rudolf, “Die Variationsbreite von Hydriomena ruberata Frr. |.n German]. Zeits. Wiener Eni. Ges., vol. 38: pp. 19-21, 1 pl. 1 March 1953. Describes variation, naming 4 new “forms”; figures 14 specimens. |P.B.| Loritz, Jean, “Nouvelles aberrations d’Erebia euryale adyte Hb.” |in French]. Rev. france. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 201-202, 2 figs. ““March/April’’ [25 July] 1952. Names 4 aberrations. Makino, Katashi, Hitoshi Takahashi, Kyoo Satoh, & Kaoru Inagami, “Abnormal ac- cumulation of 3-hydroxy kynurenine in the mutant ‘aka-aka’ of the silkworm.” Nature, vol. 173: pp. 586-587. 27 March 1954. Mather, Bryant, “Size of Papilio glaucus in Mississippi.” Lepid. News, vol.8: pp.131-133, 1 fig. 20 Oct. 1954. Monroe, Burt L., Jr., “A hybrid Limenitis.” Lepid. News, vol. 7: p. 53. 29 July 1953. -Nepveu, P., “Nouveiles localités trancaises de Conzsta alicia Laj. dans la vallée du Rhone et description d’une forme nouvelle de cette espece” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 179-180. ‘Jan./Feb.” [31 May] 1952. Describes a new “form”, probably a local race. [P.B.| Osthelder, Ludwig, “Ein Beitrag zur Variationsbreite von Crambus margaritellus Hb.” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 10-13. 15 Feb. 1952. ‘“Berichti- gungen”. Ibid., p. 24. 15 March 1952. Discusses the local population from Kochel, S. Bavaria; names 4 aberrations. [N.O.| Pfister, Hermann, “Acalla rufana Schitfm. - ihr Leben und ihr Formenkreis’” [in Ger- man|. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol.3: pp.66-67. 15 July 1954. Discusses variation and biology. [N.O.} Pfister, Hermann, “Crambus maculalis Z. (Microlep.-Pyralidz)’ |in German]. Nachr. Bayer. Ent., vol.3: pp.21-22. 15 Feb. 1954. Discusses variation and biology in S. Bavaria. |N.O.|] Pfister, Hermann, “Schwarze Falter am ‘Hohen Licht’” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Eni., vol.3: pp.63-64. 15 June 1954. Discusses melanism of alpine moths. |N.O.| Pohley, Hans-Joachim, “Uber die Unterteilung der Chromosomen in identische Muta- tionseinheiten bei Ephestia” [in German]. Naturwiss., vol. 40: pp. 145-146, 1 fig. Feb. 1953. Effects of larval age at irradiation on the development of a somatic mutation producing local dark scaling on the hind wing. [P.B.| Rambold, Alois, “Extreme Zwergform von Papilio machaon L.” {in German]. Nachrb/. Bayer. Ent., vol. 2: p. 80. 15 Oct. 1953. Life story of a dwarfish specimen. [P.B.| Remington, Charles L., ‘““Two new genes, ‘whitish’ and ‘blonde’, producing pale males and females of Colias philodice.” Lepid. News, vol. 7: pp. 139-145, 2 figs. 12 Feb. 1954. Remington, Charles L., “The genetics of Colas (Lepidoptera).” Advances in Genetics. vol.6: pp.403-450, 6 figs. 1954. Review of Colias variation and genetics, with special reference to female color polymorphism in which white wing color is pro- duced by the sex-limited autosomal dominant gene “Alba” (A). Similar genes in other Lepidoptera compared. Larval variation and other wing-color mutants are also discussed. [P.B.] Remington, Charles L.. “A new pale male of Colias philodice.” Lepid. News, vol.8: p./6. 17 Sept. 1954. Remington, Charles L., “The inheritance of hindwing discal spot color in Colsas philodice.” Lepid. News, vol.8: pp.163-166. 7 Jan. 1955. Sevastopulo, D. G., “The apparent influence of isolation in some species of Geometridz.” Lepid. News, vol. 7: p. 172. 12 Feb. 1954. Sheppard, P. M., “Polymorphism and population studies.” Symp. Soc. Exper. Biol., no. 7: pp. 274-289 2 figs. 1953. Discussion of the action of selection on a pattern gene of Panaxia dominula which can be recognized in both heterozygote and homo- zygote and whose frequency in a natural population is under study. |P.B.| Stoughton-Harris, Geoffrey, “Une aberration absolument mélanisante d’Argynnis dia” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 13: p. 142, 2 figs. “Nov./Dec. 1951” [28 March 1952]. Urbahn, E., “Eine verdunkelte Form von Pe/losia muscerda Hufn.” [in German]. Nachrbi. Bayer. Ent., vol. 2: pp. 23-24. 15 March 1953. Describes and names an aberra- tion. [N.O.] Wolfsberger, Josef, “Die stdlichsten Fundorte von Biston betularia L. ft. carbonaria Jord. und f. insularia Th.-M. in Deutschland (Lep. Geometride)” [in German!. Nachrb). Bayer. Ent., vol. 2: pp. 20-22. 15 March 1953. Summary and observations on the distribution of these melanistic forms in S. Bavaria and the Alps. {[N.O.} 94 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.2-3 E. DISTRIBUTION AND PHENOLOGY Aguilar, J., “Hyphantria cunea Drury espece d’origine américaine fera-t-il bientot de notre faune? (Lep. Arctiide)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 58: pp. 7-8. 1953. On the repartition and the life-history of this imported species in Central Europe. [P.V.] Alvas, Juho, ‘Perittia obscurepunctella Stt. funnen inom Finlands nuvarande grans” [in Swedish]. Notwl. Ent., vol. 30: p. 128. Dec. 1950. Species new to Finland. |W.H.] Andriiashev, A. P., “Mass findings ot Semasia diniana on the ice in the high latitudes of eastern Siberian Sea’ [in Russian]. Priroda, vol. 36, no. 9: pp. 77-78. Sept. 1947. [Not seen.] Anonymous, “Outbreaks and new records. United States.” Plant Prot. Bull., vol. 1: pp. 90-91. March 1953. Platyedra vilella, new to United States; on cotton, hollyhock etc. [P.B.] Aubert, J. F., “Les Lépidopteéres alpins soi-disant captures dans le Jura” [in French}. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 14: pp. 31-34. 1953. List of spp. wrongly cited from the Jura mountains. [P.V.] Aubert, J. F., ‘“Macrolépidopteres peu connus de la faune suisse. Nouvelles observa- tions concernant Procus versicolor Bkh.” [in French]. Rev. frang. Lépid., vol. 14: pp. 70-76, 4 figs. “1953” [1954]. Little known Macrolepidoptera of Switzerland and new observations about Procus versicolor (=miana auct.). [P.V.| Bailey, F. M., “Notes on butterflies from Nepal.” Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 50: pp. 64-87, 281-298, 2 pls., 1 map. Aug., Dec. 1951. Annotated list of 365 spp. Banergee, S. N., & R. A. French, “A note on the variability in the appearance of the brood in some British Lepidoptera.” Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A), vol. 27: pp. 111-116, 3 figs. 19 Dec. 1952. Phenological data, covering 8 years, on 17 spp. of Macroheterocera; based on light trap captures. [P.B.] Bentinck, G. A., “Nieuwe en zeldzame Lepidoptera in 1951 en eerder’ [in Dutch (New and rare Lepidoptera in 1951 and earlier)]. Verslag 84ste Wéntervergad. Nederl. Ent. Vereen., pp. cxiii-cxiv. 15 Dec. 1952. Records 10 spp. of Microlepidoptera as new for the Dutch fauna. [A.D.] Bentinck, G. A., “Niewe en zeldzame Lepidoptera in 1952 en eerder’ [in Dutch, English summary]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 15: pp. 21-23. 1 Feb. 1954. Records as new for the Dutch fauna: Acalla shepherdana, Epiblema scopoliana, Xystophora hornigi, Nepticula spinosissima, N. luteela, Antispila petrevi. |A.D.}| Berger, L. A., “Especes nouvelles pour la faune belge” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 51: p. 17. 25 April 1951. Melzana flammea. Bernardi, G., “Contribution a l'étude de |’Air. (Mission L. Chopard et A. Villiers). Lépidoptéres Pieridida” [in French]. Mém. Inst. franc. Afr. Noire, no. 10: pp. 265- 267. 12 Dec. 1950. Annotated list of 10 spp. Bernardi, G.. “Mission A. Villiers au Togo et au Dahomey (1950). XI. Lépidopteéres Pierida” [in French]. Buwll. Inst. frange. Afr. Noire, vol. 14: pp. 837-841. “July” [Sepe.| 1952. Records 17 spp.; gives known distribution of each. [P.B.| Bernardi, G., “Lépidopteres Pieridz receuillis 4 Fernando-Poo par MM. B. L. Dekeyser, P. Lepesme” [in French]. Buwall. Inst. frang. Afr. Noire, vol. 15: pp. 1437-1440, 2 figs. 1953. List of 5 spp. of Pierida with the study of & and @ of Mplothris poppea furvus, of which only the holotype @ was known. [P.V.] Best, A. E. G., “The butterflies of Bombay and Salsette.” Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 50: pp. 331-339. Dec. 1951. Annotated list of 105 spp. Beszilla, L., “Occurrence of Chloridea obsoleta Fb. in Hungary [in Magyar]. Agrartu- domany. vol. 3: pp. 657-658. 1951. [Not seen.] Betz, J. T., “Nouvelles stations belges de Boloria aquilonaris Stich. et d’Argynnis aphirape Hb.” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 53: p. 48. 1953. New localities, in Belgium, for these two spp. [P.V.] Betz, J. T., “Hypotheses ou explications?” [in French]. Rev. frane. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 512-313. “Oct./Nov./Dec. 1952” [25 March 1953]. A word of caution against regarding new local records as range extensions, in cases where the species may have been overlooked or artificially imported. [P.B.] Beyrer, Alois, "Biston betularia L. f. carbonaria Jordan” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 2: p. 56. 15 July 1953. New record in Swabia. [N.O.] Beyrer, Alois, "Lymantria monacha L. f. nigra Frr. und f. eremita O.” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 2. p. 56. 15 July 1953. New records in Swabia. [N.O.] 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 95 Blackie, J. E. H., “Further notes on Strymonidia pruni L.” Entomologist, vol. 85: pp. 93-94. Apr. 1953. Factors limiting distribution. |P.B.] Bourgogne, J., “Confirmation de la présence en France d’Acronycta menyanthidis Vierv. (Phalzenidz)” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 14: p. 52, 2 figs. 1953. Bourgogne, J., “Note sur une espece rare observée en Laponie: Gazoryctra fuscoargenteus B.-Haas (Hepialide)’’ [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 14: pp. 106-107, 1 fig. 1954. Capture, in Lappland, of G. fuscoargenteus, with the bibliography of this species. [P.V.| Bourgogne, J., “La sous-espece helvetica Ruhl (pseudathalia Rev.) de Melitea athalia existe-t-elle en Gironde?” [in French]. Rev. france. Lépid., vol. 14: pp. 116-118. 1954. Considerations about the bibligraphical indications on the presence of M. a. helvetica in Gironde (S. W. France). [P.V.| Bradley, J. D., L. Chopard, & D. S. Fletcher, “Contribution a l'étude de 1|’Air. (Mission L. Chopard et A. Villiers). Lépidopteres nocturnes’” [in French]. Mém. Inst. franc. Afr. Noire, no. 10: pp. 270-272, 1 pl. 12 Dec. 1950. Annotated list: Arctiide 1, Agaristide 1, Noctuide 20, Lymantriide 1, Sphingide 3, Geometridae 7, Cosside 1, Lasiocampidz 5, Limacodide 3, Pyralide 7, P.uteliide 1, Tineide 3. Figures larval cases of a psychid. [P.B.] Bretschneider, R., “Neubesiedlung der Dresdner Fauna durch Einwanderung und Ver- breitung mehrerer Makrolepidopteren” [in German]. Zezts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 166-168. 31 Dec. 1949. Range extensions of Heteropterus morpheus, Cidaria procellata, Horisme corticata bretschneidert, Hemistola chrysoprasaria, Cosymbia or- bicularia. {P.B.] de Bros, Emm., & H. Thomann, “Beitrag zur Schmetterlingsfauna des Bergells (Val Bregaglia), Graubtinden, Schweiz” [in German]. Ent. Nachrbl., vol. 4: pp. 62-66; volmmapp. 1->, 21-23; 2 pls. Apr./Dec. 1952. Jan./Feb., Mar./Apr. 1953. Annotated list of 309 spp. in 23 familes (mainly Macrolepidoptera). Names 2 “forms” of Syntomis phegea. Compares Gnophos dognini with related spp. in adult and larval stages. Lita discontinuella new to Switzerland. [P.B.| de Bros, E., “Un Lépidoptére nouveau pour la Suisse: Chytolita cribrumalis Hb. (Phal- znidaz — Hypeninz)” [in French]. Mztt. Schweiz. Ent. Ges., vol. 27: pp. 53-54. 1954. A new moth for the fauna of Switzerland: C. cribrumalis. {P.V.| Bros de Puechredon, E., “Une géomeétride alpine méconnue du Jura Catascia dognini Thierry Mieg” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 14: pp. 5-7, 2 figs. 1953. Bruun, Henrik, “Nagra iakttagelser Over storfjarifalunan (Macrolepidoptera) i den vastnylandska skargarden. Inga: Bardsund (N)” [in Swedish]. Notw/. Ent., vol. 28: pp. 105-114. Apr. 1949. List of the macros of some islands in the archipelago of South Finland. Describes an aberration of Herminia derivalis Hbn. [W.H.| Burmann, Karl, “Ein spatsommerlicher Sammeltag in den Stubaieralpen” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 33: pp. 21-23. 1 Oct. 1948. Collecting above 3000 m. in Austrian Alps. [P.B.] Burmann, Karl, “Drei fiir Oesterreich neue Lzta-Arten aus Nordtirol. Lita gypsophile Stt., ocymoidella Welsh. und poschiavensis Rbt. (Lepidoptera, Gelechiide)” [in German]. Zezts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 68-71. 15 May 1949. New records for Austria; describes rearing. [P.B.| Burmann, Karl, “Aussergewohnlich haufiges Vorkommen von Kleinfalterraupen’” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 125-127. 15 Sept. 1949. Reports mass appearances of Anchinia laureolella, A. daphnella, Choreutis bierkandrella, Nepticula sorbi, Steganoptycha mercuriana (not all in the same year). [P.B.] Cary, Margaret M., “A study of the Sphingidze (Hawkmoths) in the Antillean-Caribbean Region.” Naz. Hist. Notes Nat. Hist. Soc. Jamaica, no. 49: pp. 7-8. July 1951. Outline of project. Clayhills, Thomas H., “Antitype flavicincta F. nv tor Finlands fauna’’ [in Swedish]. Notul. Ent., vol. 31: p. 128. Dec. 1951. A. flavicincta new to Finland. [W.H.] Cleu, H., “Supplément au peuplement en Lepidopteres du bassin superieur de la Durance” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 153-160. “Nov./Dec. 1951” [28 March 1952]. Annotated list of about 120 spp. Condamin, M., “Mission A. Villiers au Togo et au Dahomey (1950). X. Lépidoptéres Rhopalocéres” [in French]. Bull. Inst. frang. Afr. Noire, vol. 14: pp. 170-183. “Jan.” [Mar.] 1952. Records 97 spp. and forms; gives known distribution of each. Covers butterflies except Pieridae, Lycaenidae, Hesperiidae. [P.B.| 96 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.2-3 Cotterell, G. S., “Notes on insects injurious to crops in Afghanistan.’ FAO Plant Protect. Bull., vol. 2: pp. 53-55. Jan. 1954. Records of 11 economically important Lepidoptera. Daniel, Franz, & Josef Wolfsberger, ‘““Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Lepidopteren-Fauna des Oberinntales (Vorbericht)” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 2: pp. 49-51. 15 July 1953. Annotated list. Droit, P. A., “Notes de chasse dans la zone du bassin moyen de la Durance’ [in French]. Rev. frang. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 103-111. “Sept./Oct.” [28 Dec.] 1951. Annotated list of about 60 butterflies; names an aberration of Erebia. [P.B.] Dutay, C., “Notes lépidoptérologiques” [in French]. Ball. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol. 22: pp. 109-112, 6 tigs. 1953. Cryphia lusitanica new for the French fauna with indications of some interesting species of Agrotide. [P.V.] Ernst, R., “Anomogyna rhetica Stgr. ssp. norica Loberb. (Nachweis fiir Niederosterreich)” lin German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 37: p. 185. 31 Dec. 1952. New record. Esaki, Teiso, & Takashi Shir6zu, [A tentative list of the butterflies of Japan, with notes and a synoptic table of life histories of each species] [in Japanese]. Shin Konchu, Special No. (vol. 4, no. 9): 117 pp., num. figs. Aug. 1951. Feichtenberger, Erich, “Erganzungen zum Aufsatz Hans Foltin: Bzston (Paecilopsis) isabelle Warr.” [in German]. Zests. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 133-134. 15 Sept. 1949. Distribution. Foltin, Hans, ‘“Parnassius mnemosyne L. Verbreitung der Subspec. batavus Fruhst. in Oberosterreich. Grundsatzliches zur Systematik und Nomenklatur’” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 33: pp. 88-91. 1 Nov. 1948. Distribution in Austria; discussion of forms and related subspecies. [P.B.] Galvagni, Egon, ‘“Nachlese zu den ‘Bausteinen zur Kenntnis der Schmetterlingsfauna der niederosterreichischen Zentralalpen’”’ [in German]. Zests. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 19-24. 1 Feb. 1949. Records of Microlepidoptera from Payerbach region in Austria. [P.B.| Galvagni, Egon, “Nachlese zu den ‘Bausteinen zur Kenntnis der Schmetterlingsfauna der niederosterreichischen Zentralalpen’”’ [in German]. Zezts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 78-84. 15 May 1949. Extensive annotated list, mostly Microlepidoptera. [P.B.] Gauckler, Konrad, “An den Grenzen der Verbreitung der Zyga@na fausta und ihrer Nahrpflanzen in Franken und in der Oberpfalz’ [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 41-44, 1 fig. 15 June 1952. Discusses the distribution of the species and the foodplants of the larva. [N. O.] Glaser, Wolfgang, “Arctia flavia Fuessl. in Salzburg” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 33: p: 136. 1. Dec. 1948: Gottschlich, Fr. A., ““Karntner Beobachtungen und Ergebnisse in den Jahren 1947-48” [in German]. Zezts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 33-35, 1 pl. 15 May 1949. Records of butterflies and moths from Carinthia. |P.B.] Gradl, Franz, “Arctia flavia Fuessly, ‘der Engadiner-Bar’ in den Urgesteinsalpen Vorarl- bergs” [in German]. Zests. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 35: pp. 22-25. 20 March 1950. Range extension of this alpine sp. and some other records from Vorarlberg. [P.B.| Gremminger, A., “Parastichtzs (Hadena) secalis £. struwei Rag.” [in German]. Nachr6l. Bayer. Ent., vol. 1: p. 72. 15 Sept. 1952. Recorded in Baden. [N.O.] Gremminger, A., ““A propos de la répartition d’Erebia nerine Frr.’ [in French]. Bull. Soc. Ent. Mulhouse, June 1953: pp. 44-46. 1953. Griewisch, Louis, “Lycwides argyrognomon in Wisconsin.” Lepid. News, vol. 7: p. 54. 29 July 1953. Grénblom, Thorwald, & Esko Suomalainen, “Uber das Vorkommen der Nonne, Lyman- tria monacha L. (Lep., Lymantriidaz), in Finland” [in German]. Ann. Ent. Fennici, vol. 16: pp. 178-181, 1 map. Dec. 1950. Hackray, Jos., “Etrange disparition du Colias paleno dans les Hautes Fagnes” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 51: pp. 65-68. 25 Dec. 1951. Blames disappearance of species on succession of dry years with no protective snow cover in winter. [P.B.] Hackray, J., “Découverte de la chenille de Boloria aquilonaris Stichel en Belgique” [in French}. Lambillionea, vol. 53: pp. 69-71. 1954. Discovery of the larve of B. aquilonaris Stichel (Nymphalidz) in Belgium. Bibliographical references incomplete. LA'A Haggett, G., “Autumnal moth larvae at Arundel, 1951.” Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 276-277. Dec. 1951. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 97 Hansslmar, Oskar, “Neptis aceris Lepech” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 32: p. 149. 30 July 1948. Capture near Vienna suggests a westward movement of this eastern species. [P.B.] Harrison, J. W. Heslop, & J. K. Morton, “Lepidoptera in the isles of Raasay, Rhum (v.-C. 104), Lewis, and Harris (v.-c. 110) in 1951.” Entomologist, vol. 85: pp. 6-13. Jan. 1952. Hart, Robert, “Butterfiy collecting in the Blue Mountains.” Nat. Hist. Notes Nat. Hist. Soc. Jamaica, nos. 35/36: pp. 194-195. Dec. 1948. Heinanen, V. L., “Altes und neues tiber Malacodea regelaria Tgstr. (Lep., Geometridz)” [in German]. Ann. Ent. Fennici, vol. 16: pp. 188-200, 9 figs., 1 map. Dec. 1950. Reports the first find of the female of this species in Finland. Summarizes all known records from northern Europe. |W.H.]| Hellman, E. A., “The occurrence of different forms of the moth Taniocampa gothica L. (Lep., Noctuidez) in different parts of Finland’ [in Finnish, English summary]. Ann. Ent. Fennici, vol. 16: p. 93. Aug. 1950. Helsingin Hyonteisvaihtoyhdistys (Helsingfors Entomologiska Bytesforening), ed., Enum- eratio insectorum Fennie et Suecia. \. Lepidoptera. 2. Microlepidoptera. Helsingfors, 1950. A catalogue of the Microlepidoptera of Finland and Sweden (with short explanation in Finnish, Swedish and English). The relative frequency and abun- dance of the species is indicated by numbers. Published by a society for exchange of insects in Finland. [W.H.] Herbulot, C., & P. Viette, ‘“Lépidopteres récoltés par MM. A. Reymond et F. Pierre dans la région de Beni-Abbés (Sahara Algérien)” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 89-96. “May/June” [10 Aug.] 1951. Annotated list of 46 spp. in 13 families. Herbulot, Cl., “Captures d’Expithecia faites a Buré (Meurthe et Moselle)” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 52: pp. 51-55. 25 Oct. 1952. Local list of 31 spp., with notes on general distribution of some. [P.B.] Heuser, Rudolf. “Eine zweite Form von Zygena transalpina Esp. astragali Bkh. in der - Rheinpfalz’” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 2: pp. 63-64. 15 Aug. 1953. New record for the area; observations. [N.O.] Hoffmann, Emil, “Arctia flavia Fuessl. in Salzburg” [in German]. Zests. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: p. 14. 1 Feb. 1949. Hoffmann, Emil, “Verzeichnis der von Herrn Johann Praniess aus der Gegend von Abtenau in Salzburg gesammelten Macrolepidopteren” [in German]. Zests. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 33: pp. 25-33, 1 fig. 20 March 1950. Annotated list of some 290 spp. in 23 families; names an aberration of Parnassius mnemosyne. |P.B.| Homberg, R., “Contribution a la faune des Hétérocéres de la Sologne” [in French]. Rev. france. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 28-32, 34-38. “Jan.-Feb.” [31 Mar.], ‘“Mar.-Apr.” [31 July} 1951. Annotated list of the more unusual records. Omission of family names and indication of genera by initial only reduces the usefulness of this list for workers not familiar with the European fauna. [P.B.| Hopf, Hans, “Lichtfang in Mirren (Berner Oberland) im Jahre 1950 (Lepidoptera)” [in German]. Ent. Nachrbl., vol. 3: pp. 189-190. Oct./Nov. 1951 List of Noctuide and Geometride taken, mostly at light. [P.B.] Jackson, R. A., “Some Lepidoptera of a Hampshire marsh.” Entomologist, vol. 85: pp. 105-107. May 1952. Macroheterocera. Janmoulle, E., Espéces nouvelles pour la faune belge’ [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 52: pp. 13, 25-26, 49-50. 25 April, 25 June, 25 Oct. 1952. Philedone pro- dromana, Coleophora glaucicolella, C. pallorella, C. suedivora, C. artemisiella, C. clypeiferella, Semasia tripoliana, Phthorimea salicornie. Janmoulle, E., “Espéces nouvelles pour la faune belge” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 53: pp. 21-22. 1953. Pamene obscurana, Hemimene politana, H. cinerosana. Kaisila, Jouko, “Siivekkaat apollomme” [in Finnish]. Svomen Luonto, vol. 7: pp. 34- 44, 3 figs., 2 maps. 1948. Half popular article on Parnassius apollo in Finland. [W.H.] Kaisila, Jouko, “Insects from arctic mountain snows.” Ann. Ent. Fennici, vol. 18: pp. 8-25, 3 figs. 1 table. June 1952. Reports among other insects 29 species of Lepi- doptera found on mountain snow in Finnish Lapland. [W.H.}| Kasy, Fritz, “Hyphantria textor Harr. im Wiener Gebiet” [in German]. Ent. Nachrbi., vol. 3: p. 170. Oct./Nov. 1951. Records of this introduced species near Vienna. [P.B.| Koch, Manfred, “Lichtfang mit der Héhensonne II” [in German.} Zests. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 32: pp. 60-69, 116-121. 10 May, 30 June 1948. Macroheterocera taken at light in 1946. [P.B.] 98 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.2-3 Kozhanchikov, I. V., “The cycle of development and the geographical distribution of the winter moth Operophtera brumata L.” [in Russian]. Ent. Obozr., vol. 31: pp. 178-197, 1 map. 1950. [Not seen.] Krogerus, Harry, “Chloroclystis coronata WHb., ett tillskott till Finlands fjarilfauna” [in Swedish]. Notul. Ent., vol. 28: pp. 127-128. Apr. 1949. Species new to Finland. [W.H.] Kurentsov, A. I., “Concerning the zoogeographical division of the Amur River region” fin Russian]. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 66: pp. 503-505. 1949. Kusnezov, N., “Atticonviva Busck en la Argentina’ [in Spanish, German summary]. Acta Zool. Lilloana, vol. 10: pp. 281-282. 1952. Reports larve of this ant guest species from Argentina, in nests of Acromyrmex lobicornis. [P.B.] de Laever, E., “Especes nouvelles pour Ja faune belge’” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 52: pp. 3-5, 3 figs. 25 Feb. 1952. Lyca@ides argyrognomon; figures uncus of this species and of L. idas. [P.B.] de Laever, E., “Espéces nouvelles pour la faune belge’ [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.52:pp.62-65. 14 Feb. 1953. Perizoma bifasciata, Diastichtis artesaria, Eupithecia laquaearta, E. extraversarta. de Laever, E., ‘“Plebeius idas L. en Belgique” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 53: p. 64. 1953. de Laever, Ed., “Un Leucania nouveau pour la faune francaise’ [in French]. Rev. frane. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 282-283, 1 pl. “Oct./Nov./Dec. 1952” 25 March 1953. Records L. alopecurt; figures adults and ¢ genitalia of this and related spp. [P.B.] de Laever, E.. “Selidosema plumaria (Schiffermiller) en France” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 14: pp. 10-11. 1953. de Laever, E., “Caradrina (Paradrina) noctivaga bonne espéce en France” (Noctuidz)” [in French]. Rev. frane. Lépid., vol. 14: pp. 29-30, 1 fig. 1953. Lambremont, Edward Nelson, “The butterflies and skippers of Louisiana.” Twlane Stud. Zool., vol. 1: pp. 127-164, 3 figs. 30 April 1954. Annotated list of 98 spp., and list of 39 more to be expected. [P.B.] Le Marchand, S., “Borkhausenia cinnamomea Zeller (Microlépidopteres CEcophoridze) est bien une espece francaise” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 13: p. 252. “May/ June/Sept.” [15 Nov.] 1952. Authentic French record. de Lesse, H.. “Contribution a l'étude du genre Erebia (6™° note). Notes de répartition et nouvelles indications sur E. eriphyle (Frr.) et E. stirius (Godt.) récemment signalés en France” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 130-137, 1 fig. ‘“Nov./Dec. 1951” [28 March 1952]. Distribution of these and other spp. of Erebia in France. Figures E. stirius styx. [P.B.] de Lesse, H., “Contribution a l’étude du genre Erebia (8° note). Répartition de E. euryale isarica Heyne et E. euryale adyte (Hb.) dans les Alpes francaises” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 226-228, 1 map. “May/June/Sept.” [15 Nov.] 1952. de Lesse, H., “Contribution a I’étude du genre Erebia. Repartition de E. tyndarus Esp. et E. cassioides R. et Hohnw. dans la partie occidentale du Valais (Lep. Satyridz)” (in French]. Entomologiste, vol. 8: pp. 65-70, 1 map. “1952” [1953]. Repartition and distinction of E. tyndarus and E. cassioides in the occidental part of the Valais (Switzerland). [P.V.] de Lesse, H., “Contribution a I’étude du genre Erebia (10° note)” [in French]. Lambil- lionea, vol. 53: pp. 5-11, 1 map. 1953. Geographical repartition of E. cassioides and E. hispania in Spain and in the Pyrenees. [P.V.] Lever, R. J. A. W., “New insect pest records in the British Solomon Islands.” Agric. Journ. Fiji, vol. 19: pp. 50-52, 3 figs. June 1948. Records Sylepta derogata, Sesamia sp., Pyrausta salentialis, Heliothis armigera, Prodenia litura, Hymenia fascialis, all new to the Islands, with their foodplants. [P.B.] Lindenbauer, Mauritz, “Neptis aceris Lepech.” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 72-73. 15 May 1949. Distribution and phenology in Austria. Lindenbauer, Mauritz, ““Kurze Mitteilung’” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 54: p. 165. 31 Dec. 1949. Ochrostigma melagona, new to Steiermark. [P.B.| Lindenbauer, Mauritz, “Nachtrag und Erganzung zu meinem Aufsatz ‘Neptis aceris Lepech. “ [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 165-166. 31 Dec. 1949. Lomakina, M. I., & V. I. Medvedeva, “American white butterfly” [in Russian]. Sad i Ogorod, vol. 10: p. 76 Oct. 1952. Hyphantria cunea; not in Russia. [not seen.] le Lucca, C., “Further notes on Lepidoptera Heterocera from Malta.” Ent. Mon. Mag., vol. 85: p. 191. July 1949, 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 99 Lukasch, H., “Interessante Pyraliden (Microlepidopt.) aus Franken” [in German]. * Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 1: p. 47. 15 June 1952. Chloridea maritima and Parastichtis secalts £. struveit new for S. Germany. [N.O.] Martynova, E. F., “Special features of the lepidopterous fauna of the southern Ural afea and its importance for steppe silviculture’ [in Russian]. Trudy Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 11: pp. 66-91. 1952. [Not seen.] van der Meuien, G. S. A., “Zeldzame en nieuwe Lepidoptera” [in Dutch, English sum- mary]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 15: p. 27. 1 Feb. 1954. Mather, Bryant, “Additional notes on the Harvester Butterfly — Fentseca tarquinius oo Maryland Nat., vol. 22: p. 52. 1952. Includes record for Mississippi. C.R. Metzky, Witburg, “Richtlinien fiir eine Bearbeitung der Lepidopteren-Fauna von Niederosterreich” [in German]. Zeitschr. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 33: pp. 3-13. 1 Oct. 1948. Outline of a projected cooperative work on the Austrian fauna. [P.B.| Moucha, J., “Pieris (Artogeia) manni Mayer in Mitteleuropa” [in German]. Ent. Nachrbl., vol. 5: pp. 10-12. Jan./Feb. 1953. Gives 3 records from Slovakia and mentions earlier information on distribution, with associated fauna. [P.B.]} Moucha, Josef, “The Fall Webworm (Hyphantria cunea) in Europe.” Lepid. News, vol. 7: p. 55, 1 fig. 29 July 1953. Moul, Edwin T., “Preliminary report on land animals at Onotua Atoll, Gilbert Islands.” Atoll Research Bull., no. 28: 28 pp. 31 May 1954. Records a few Lepidoptera, including Hypolimnas bolina, Precis villida, a hesperiid, and some moths. The impoverished land fauna is estimated at only 80 spp. of invertebrates. [P.B.] Nabokov, Vlandimir, “Butterfly collecting in Wyoming, 1952.” Lepid. News, vol. 7 pp. 49-51. 29 July 1953. Nonveiller, G.. “Hyphantria cunea Drury, un nouveau probleme d'importance inter- nationale en Europe” [in French]. Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 669-671, March 1953. The Fall Webworm from North America is observed in mass occurrence in Hungary and is rapidly extending ever since over the whole of that country to Yugoslavia and Czechoslovakia. Joint control measures by European countries are proposed. [A.D.] Nordman, Adolf Fr., “The significance for insects of climatic changes.” Fennia, vol. 75: pp. 60-68, 1 map. 1952. Deals mainly with the Macrolepidoptera in Finland, and analyzes the effect of the various climatic factors on their frequency fluctuations. [W-.H.] Overlaet, F. G., “Espéces nouvelles pour la faune belge” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 51: p. 33. 25 Aug. 1951. Boarmia maculata bastelbergeri. Pfister, Hermann, “Interessante Pyraliden (Microlepidopt.) aus Franken” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 87-88. 15 Nov. 1952. Annotated list. Pfister, H., “Beobachtungen an einigen in Bayern vorkommenden Pterophiden (Lep.)” fin German]. Nachrb]. Bayer. Ent., vol. 2: pp. 44-47. 15 June 1953. Annotated list of 19 spp. [N.O.] Pfister, Hermann, “Begegnungen mit Pamene herrichiana Hein.” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Eni., vol. 2: pp. 81-82. 15 Nov. 1953. New localities for S. Bavaria and Oberfranken. [N.O.] Plantrou, J.. “A propos de la répartition de Limenitis rivularis Scopoli (Nymphalide) en Haute-Normandie” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 223-224. ‘““March/ April” [25 July] 1952. Possible extension of range. [P.B.] de Puységur, K., “Plus de neuf cents sujets de Libythea celtis Fuessly récoltés (chenilles et chrysalides) ou capturés (imagos) dans l’'Hérault en hvit ans” [in French]. Rev. france. Lépid., vol. 14: pp. 8-10. 1953. Note on the capture of more than 900 specimens of Libythea celtis in 8 years. [P.V.] de Puységur, K., “Quelques cbservations sur Hamearis lucina Linné (Riodinide Hamea- rine)” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 14: pp. 47-49. 1953. Rambold, Alois, “Lymantria monacha L. f. eremita O. und f. nigra Frr.” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 3: p. 8. 15 Jan. 1954. Reid, W. J., Jr.. & C. O. Bare, “Seasonal populations of cabbage caterpillars in the Charleston, S. C., area.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 45: pp. 695-699, 1 fig. Aug. 1952. Phenology of Trichoplusia ni, Plutella maculipennis, Pieris rape, Hellula undalis, and some noctuids, over 4 years. [P.B.] Reisser, Hans, “Neue oder bemerkungswerte Falterfunde aus dem Bergenland und aus Niederdsterreich” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 141-146. 31 Dec. 1949. Annotated list of S84 spp. 100 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.2-3 Risbec, J., “Notes relatives 4 la communication 49 de la premiére conférence inter- nationale des africanistes de l’ouest: ’Etat actuel des recherches entomologiques agri- coles dans la région correspondant au secteur soudanais de recherches agronomiques’ ” [in French]. Bull. Inst. franc. Afr. Noire, vol. 12: pp. 542-545. Apr. 1950. List of determinations of noxious insects. [P.B.] Roepke, W. K. J., “Appias en Delias uit Indonesie (Lep.)”’ [in Dutch, English sum- mary]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 15: p. 26. 1 Feb. 1954. Roivainen, H., “A collection of Macrolepidoptera from Ulkokrunni” [in Finnish, English summary]. Ann. Ent. Fennic1, vol. 19: pp. 25-29 March 1953. A list of the Macro- lepidoptera of an isolated island in the Bothnian Gulf. [W.H.]| Ronniger, Hermann, “Als Sammler von Microlepidopteren rund und den Traunstein” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 31: pp. 130-147. 15 Mar. 1948. Descrip- tion of area and annotated list of 203 spp. [P.B.] Salo, Eino, & Olavi Sotavalta, “The macrolepidopterous fauna of the parish of Lempaala (EH). Part I.” [in Finnish, English summary]. Ann. Ent. Fennict, vol. 18: pp. 84-133. Nov. 1952. Extensive local list of Macrolepidoptera from central Finland. [W.H.] Sattler, Klaus, “Die Ausbreitung des Lindenschwarmers (Dzlina tilic L.) in Schleswig” [in German]. Mztt Faun. Arbeitsgem. Schleswig-Holstein, vol.6: pp.45-46. 1953. Local dist. von Schantz, Max, & Henrik Bruun, “Lepidopterologiska iakttagelser i mnordvastra Enontekis (Le) 1946-48” [in Swedish]. Notwl. Ent., vol. 31: pp. 109-118, 1 map, 1 table. Dec. 1951. A list of Lepidoptera from northwestern Finnish Lapland. |W.H.| Scott, Hugh, “Journey to the Gugli highlands (southern Ethiopia) 1948-9; biogeographical research at high altitudes.” Proc. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 163: pp. 85-189, 26 pls., 7 figs. 14 Nov. 1952. Includes mention of some Lepidoptera; references scattered, but an index is provided. [P.B.] Shtandel’, A. E., “On the unexpected discovery of eastern Siberian butterfly species in Kuzbas” [in Russian]. Priroda, vol. 40, no. 4: p. 69. Apr. 1951. [Not seen.] Simmonds, F. J., “The small moth-borers of sugar cane, Diatr@a spp., in Trinidad.” Trop. Agric., vol. 28: pp. 80-108, 1 map. Jan./June 1951. Occurrence and para- sites of 3 spp. [P.B.] Sjoholm, Emil, “Till kannedomen om Jakobstads-traktens macrolepidopterfauna” [in Swedish]. Notuwl. Ent., vol. 29: pp. 64-79, 1 map. March 1950: Lists 386 spp. of Macrolepidoptera from the Jakobstad region in Finland. [W.H.] Smith, Kenneth G. V., “Notes on the Macrolepidoptera of central Shropshire, 1948- 1951” Entomologist, vol. 85: pp. 25-32. Feb. 1952. Smith, Marion E., “More butterflies from Alaska and the highway.” Lepid. News, vol. 7: pp. 123-126. 5 Nov. 1953. Stadler, Hans, “Die Kleinschmetterlinge von Unterfranken’” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 2: pp. 78-79. 15 Oct. 1953. 10 spp. new to the area. [N.O.| Stempffer, H., “Contribution a l'étude de |’Air. (Mission L. Chopard et A. Villiers). Lénidopteres Lycanide” [in French]. Mém. Inst. franc. Afr. Noire, no. 10: pp. 167- 270. 12 Dec. 1950. Annotated list of 6 spp. Stempffer, H., “Mission A. Villiers au Togo et au Dahomey (1950). XI. Lépidoptéres Lycenide.” [in French]. Bull. Inst. franc. Afr. Noire, vol. 14: pp. 186-190. “Jan.” Mar. 1952. Records 33 spp.; gives known distribution of each. [P.B.] Sterzl, Otto, “Zur Lepidopterenfauna des Waldviertels. Neue oder Bemerkungswerte Funde in der Umgebung von Artbesbach (Niederosterreich)” [in German]. Ze?ts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 38: pp. 3-6. 1 March 1953. Notes and new records from this area; butterflies and a few Noctuidze and Larentia. [P.B.] Suomalainen, Esko, ““Neueres uber das Vorkommen der Nonne, Lymantria monacha L. (Lep., Lymantriide) in Finnland” [in German]. Ann. Ent. Fennici, vol. 19: pp. 52-56. June 1953. Thurner, Josef, “Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Falterfauna Nordtirols” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 73-77. 15 Mav 1949. Annotated list of 106 spp. Tilden, J. W., “Range extension of Pholisora libva Scudder.” Pan-Pacific Ent., vol. 28: p. 92. 1952. Range extended from Mohave Desert across San Joaquin Valley to Coalinga, Calif. [J.T.] Valletta, Anthony, “Recent additions to the known Lepidoptera (Heterocera) of the Maltese Islands.’ Entomologist, vol. 84: pp. 255-257. New records are 6 noctuids, ' weometers, 6 vyralids. 1 ptermphorid, 1 cecophorid. 1 tineid. [P.B.] Various authors, Annual Report of the Forest Insect and Disease Survey, 1951. 154 pp., maps. Department of Agriculture, Canada. 1952. Discusses forest insects by provinces. Distribution records for many spp. of Lepidoptera. [P.B.] 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News LO] Various authors, Annual Report of the Forest Insect and Disease Survey, 1953. 158 pp., maps. Ottawa: Dept. of Agriculture, Canada, 1954. Contains a wealth of informa- tion on the distribution and abundance of noxious Lepidoptera, with records of many parasites. [P.B.] Viette, P., “Note sur Madagascar” [in French]. Rev. frang. Lépid., vol. 13: pp. 272- 281, 3 pls. “Oct./Nov./Dec. 1952” [25 March 1953]. General account of geography and vegetation of the island, with some mention of the fauna. [P.B.] Viette, P. E. L., “Lépidoptéres récoltés aux iles Gilbert (Pacifique centrale)” [in French]. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 122: pp. 123-130. “1953” [1954]. Study of a collection made recently in the Gilbert Islands. [P.V.] Vigneau, P., “Note sur la repartition géographique de Gortyna leucostigma Hb. et Araschnia levana Lin.” [in French]. Rev. frang. Lépid., vol. 14: p. 46. 1953. Villiers, A., “Contribution a l’étude de |’ Air. (Mission L. Chopard et A. Villiers). Lépidopteres Danaidz et Nymphalide”’ [in French]. Mém. Inst. frane. Afr. Noire, no. 10: p. 268. 12 Dec. 1950. Annotated list: 1 danaid, 5 nymphalids. Vintejoux, Max. “Captures de Geometridz en Correze’” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 13: p. 297. “Oct./Nov./Dec. 1952” [25 March 1953]. Records of 8 spp. new to the area. [P.B.| Warnecke, G., ‘“Larentia multistrigaria Haw., eine lusitanisch-atlantische Geometride, in Mitteleuropa” [in German]. Zezts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 33: pp. 38-41, 1 map. 1 Oct. 1948. Warnecke, Georg, “Tierwelt’” [in German]. In Koehn, Die Nordfriesische Inseln (Verlag Cram, de Gruyter u. Co., Hamburg): pp. 61-82, pls. 53-63. 1954. Descrip- tion of animal life, including Lepidoptera, of the North Friesian Islands, with two superb black and white plates of representative species. [C.R.|} van Wisselingh, T. H., ‘“Macrolepidoptera in 1951” [in Dutch]. Verslag 84ste Wanter- vergad. Nederl. Ent. Vereen., pp. xciv-xcvii. 15 Dec. 1952. Gives a survey of rare captures and records Eriopus juventina as new for Dutch fauna. [A.D.| van Wisselingh, T. H.. ‘“Macrolepidoptera in 1952” [in Dutch]. Ent. Berichten, vol. 15: pp. 17-20. 1 Feb. 1954. Survey of Macrolepidoptera collected in 1952 in Holland. [A.D.]| Witzmann, Johann, “Beitrag zur Lepidopterenfauna von Salzberg” [in German]. Ze/ts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 38: pp. 30-31. 1 March 1953. 16 unusual records (butterflies, Noctuidz, Lobophora, Arctia). |P.B.| Wolfsberger, Josef, “Biologische und Okologische Beobachtungen am Fundort von Rebelia bavarica Wehrli (Lep. Psychid.)” [in German]. Nachrb/. Bayer Ent., vol. 1: pp. 4-6. 15 Jan. 1952. Habits, phenology, distribution. [N.O.| Wolfsberger, Josef, “Einige interesante Macrolepidopterenfunde aus den Stubaier Alpen (Nordtirol)” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 54-55, 71-72, 75-78. 15 July, 15 Sept., 15 Oct. 1952. Annotated list of the most interesting records; new localities for the area. [N.O.| Wolfsberger, Josef, “Die Verbreitung von Agrotis (Opigena) polygona F. in den Bayeris- chen und den angrenzenden nordlichen Kalkalpen (Lep. Noct.)” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 89-91, 1 map. 15 Dec. 1952. Wolfsberger, Josef, ‘Harmodia tephroleuca Bsd. und Anaitis simpliciata Tr. in den Astalpen (Lep. Noct. u. Geom.)” [in German]. Nachrb/. Bayer. Ent., vol. 2: pp. 58-60. 15 Aug. 1953. Wolfsberger, Josef, “Bemerkenswerte Flugzeiten einiger Lepidopteren im Hochgebirge”’ [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 2: pp. 73-75. 15 Oct. 1953. Phenological observations in N. Tirol. [N.O.] Wolfsberger, Josef, “Neue und interessante Macrolepidopterenfunde aus Siidbayern und den angrenzenden nordlichen Kalkalpen (3. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Fauna Sid- bayerns)” [in German].Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent. vol. 2: pp. 5-7, 13-21. 15 Dec. 1953; 15 Jan., 15 Feb. 1954. Annotated list of localities and spp. new to the area. [N.O.| de Worms, C. G. M., “A week’s collecting in Denmark, June to July, 1950.” Entomologist, Wol.o43 pp. 221-225. Oct. 1951. de Worms, C. G. M., “Notes on British Lepidoptera collecting during 1951.” Entomolo- eaevole'oos pp, 7/S-S2, 112-117. Apr. May 1952. Zivojinovic. S., “La faune des insectes du domaine forestier de Majdanpek” [in Slavic, French summary]. Monogr. Acad. Serbe Sci., vol. 160: vii 262 pp., 20 pls., 1 map. Includes annotated list of insect fauna, with 266 spp. of Lepidoptera, and more detailed notes on some noxious spp., including 21 Lepidoptera. [P.B.]} 102 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.2-3 G. PHYSIOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR Anderson, Ann D., & R. L. Patton, “Determination of xanthine oxidase in insects with tetrazolium salts.” Science, vol.120: p.956. 3 Dec. 1954. Including Prodenia eridania. Auclair, Jacques L., “Amino acids in insects.” Canad. Ent., vol.85: pp.63-68. 11 March 1953. Discusses aspects of amino acid structure and metabolism in Galleria mel- lonella, Prodenia eridania, and some other insects. [E.M.] Baldwin, W. F., & H. L. House, “Factors influencing the specific gravity of insect hemolymph.” Canad. Ent., vol.84: pp.131-139, 2 figs. 31 May 1952. Discusses effects of wilted foliage, parasitization, and high temperatures on specific gravity of sawfly hemolymph. Describes apparatus for determining specific gravity. Records specific gravity of hemolymphs of 5 spp. of Lepidoptera. [E.M.] Butenandt, Adolf, et al, “Uber Ommochrome” [in German]. Lzebigs Ann. Chem., vol.586: pp.217-228, 229-239; vol.588:pp.106-116; vol.590: pp.75-90. 1954. Extraction of Xanthommatin and related pigments of “Vanessa” urtice, and determina- tion of structure of Xanthommatin. [P.B. Fox, H. Munro, “The colours of animals.” Endeavour, vol.14: pp.40-47, 4 pls. Jan. 1955. Account of structural and chemical basis of animal color, referring to a few Lepidoptera. [P.B.] Good, M. E., F. O. Morrison, & E. Mankiewicz, ‘“Lipidolytic enzymes extracted from Galleria mellonella L. (Lepidoptera: Pyralidz) reared on natural and artificial media.” Canad. Ent., vol.85: pp.252-253. 23 July 1953. Differences in appearance and specific lipolytic activity of whole blends of larvz fed respectively on synthetic wax- free media and on natural diets are noted. [E.M.] Kikkawa, H., Z. Ogita, & S. Fujito, “Nature of pigments derived from tyrosine and tryptophan in animals.” Science, vol.121: pp.43-47. 14 Jan. 1955. Suggests that these pigments are metallic complex salts; some evidence from study of Bombyx mort mutants. [P.B.] Mercer, E. H., “ A note on the digestion of wool by clothes-moth larve.” Biochem. Biophys. Acta, vol.15: pp.293-295, 3 figs. Oct. 1954. Nayar, K. K., “Metamorphosis in the integument of caterpillars with omission of the pupal stage.” Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A), vol.29: pp.129-134, 4 figs. 31 Dec. 1954. Metamorphosis of larval skin transplanted to pupa demonstrated in Ephestia, Galleria, and Pieris. [P.B.] Nickerson, B., “Insect pigments and coloration.” Science News, no.34: pp.85-94. Nov. 1954. Popular account. Powning, R. F., “A study of cysteine desulphydrase in certain insects.” Austral. Journ. Biol. Sci., vol.7: pp.308-318, 4 figs. Aug. 1954. Including Tineola bisselliella. Salt, R. W., “The influence of food on cold hardiness of insects.” Canad. Ent., vol.85: pp.261-269. 23 July 1953. Cold hardiness of Agrotis orthogonia and Ephestia Lkuehniella \arve is shown to be much less during feeding than during non-feeding periods before and after molting. This is attributed to the relatively high temperature at which food in the gut freezes, whereupon it inoculates freezing in the insect tis- sues. [E.M.] Shappirio, David G., “The cytochrome system of the Cecropia silkworm in relation to diapause and adult development.” Anat. Rec., vol.120: pp.731-732. Nov. 1954. Abstract only. Smith, Roger D., & Howard A. Schneiderman, “The healing of epidermal wounds in diapausing pupa of the silkworm.” Anat. Rec., vol.120: pp.724-725. Nov. 1954. Platysamia cecropia; abstract only. Sullivan, C. R., & W. G. Wellington, “The light reactions of larvze of the tent cater- pillars, Malacosoma disstria Hbn., M. americanum (Fab.), and M. pluviale (Dyar). (Lepidoptera: Lasiocampidz).” Canad. Ent., vol.85: pp.297-410. 16 Sept. 1953. At room temperatures larva of all 3 spp. are photopositive to point or diffuse sources; starvation intensifies the response. Overheated larve of M. disstria and of first 3 instars of the other 2 spp. become photonegative to diffuse light. Late instars of M. ameri- canum and M. pluviale become more strongly photopositive, a response associated with abandonment of the overheated tent. Older larve traveling on the ground go towards the sun when cool, parallel to it when warmer, away from it when hot. The apparent inconsistency in behavior of older larve of M. pluviale and M. americanum is attributed to a differential response between polarized solar irradiation and un- polarized light diffused through tent walls. [E.M 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 103 NOC ECES Lepidopterists’ Society members may use this page free of charge to advertise their offerings and needs in Lepidoptera. The Editors reserve the right to rewrite notices for clarity or to reject unsuitable notices. We cannot guarantee any notices but expect all to be bona fide. For sale: Lepidoptera and other insects of the Yucatan Peninsula. Special attention given to specialists with certain groups. All correspondence welcomed. E. C. Welling, La Casa Victoria, Chichén Itza, Yucatan, MEXICO. Morpho hecuba, M. menelaus, and many other Brazilian butterflies for sale, 1954 catch, carefully papered with full data, good quality. Jorge Kesselring, Caixa postal 6, Joao Pessoa (Paraiba), BRASIL. Am open to collect all kinds of material, especially moths and _ butterflies. Jorze YW: Williams, Comitan, Chiapas, MEXICO. Will exchange specimens of central U.S.A. for those from other parts of the world. Robert R. Bright, Route 2, Box 77, St. Charles, Missouri, U.S.A. California moths and butterflies for sale, papered, pinned to suit. Many living pupz available. Inquiry invited. F. P. Sala, 1912 Hilton Drive, Burbank, Calif., U.S.A. Wanted: literature (taxonomic and faunistic) on neotropical Rhopalocera; also material of Lycenidze, Riodinide, Satyride andi Nymphalide from Central America and the Antilles. Offer for exchange original material, undetermined, with exact data, from other groups (Coleoptera, Odonata, Heterocera) from Brazil. Dr. Heinz Ebert, Geolo- gist, Rua Santo Amaro 342, Rio de Janeiro, BRAZIL. Wish to exchange California butterflies and moths for any other North American moths. Also a limited supply of Colorado Rhopalocera offered. R. H. Leuschner, 1172 S. Wenonah, Oak Park, Ill., U.S.A. Wish to contact collectors of Europe, Africa, India, and North, Central, and South America. Want esp. Papilionide, Nymphalidae, and Lycenide (esp. Thecli- nz). Have many butterflies from Japan for exchange. Masaki Nakayama, 1-397, Fujihonmachi, Wakamatsu-city, Fukuoka-pref., Kyushu, JAPAN. For exchange: moths and butterflies from New Jersey (papered or pinned). Desired: North American and exotic Rhopalocera, Geometride, and Saturniide. Michael Shulgin, 3324 Perry Ave., Bronx 67, N. Y., U.S.A. and exotic material. Have many Euphydryas editha bayensis to trade or sell at wholesale price. Especially desire species from Colorado, Cuba, Europe, Africa and southern Brazil. If interested, please send offerta lists. Donald L. Baber, 1511 Drake Ave., Burlingame, Calif., U.S.A. Wanted: a collection cabinet in good condition with glass topped sliding drawers, approx. 22” x 19”, and with not more than 12 drawers. Tony Roberts, 3 Blackstone Place, New vork 71, N. Y., US.A. Have both ¢ ¢ and 2 Q of Neophasia terlootii to offer for exchange for any of the following: Megathymus smithi, Oncocnemis columbia, O. piffardi, Feralia comstocki, Ophideres materna, Composia fidelissima, Thysania zenobia, Hyparpax aurora, Gabara spp., or eastern Caripeta spp. Contact either W. A. Rees, 934 So. McDonnell Ave., Los Angeles 22, Calif., or R. H. Reid, 4442 Franklin Ave., Los Angeles 27, Calif., U.S.A. 104 Vol.9: nos.2-3 ADDITIONS TO THE MEMBERSHIP LIST de Biezanko, C. M. (Prof. Dr.), Caixa postal 15, Palacio do Comercio apto. 501, Pelotas, Rio Grande do Sul, BRASIL. Butt, Barbara A. (Miss.), 6508 East 13th, Vancouver, Wash., U.S.A. Capps, Hahn W., U. S. National Museum, Room 391, Washington 25, D. C., U.S.A. Jingo, Yoshiharu, 1, 478 Nippori-3, Arakawa-ku, Tokyo, JAPAN. Kubelka, Vaclav, Prague XIII, Vrsovice, Na Strani 107/7, CZECHOSLOVAKIA. Kuroko, Hiroshi, Hikosan Biological Laboratory, Kyushu University, Hikosan, Soeda- machi, Jagawa-gun, Fukuoka-Pref., JAPAN. Lussenhop, John, 730 N. Harvey, Oak Park, IIll., U.S.A. Moore, Eric, 7033 Santa Fe Ave., Huntington Park, Calif., U.S.A. Okura, J., 1.566 2-chome, Shimo-Shakujii Nerimaku, Tokyo, JAPAN. Williams, Jorge V., Hotel Los Lagos, Comitan, Chiapas, MEXICO. SEITZ’ MACROLEPIDOPTERA OF THE WORLD The publisher, Alfred Kernen Verlag, Schlossstrasse 80, 14a Stuttgart W., Germany, has in stock a few copies of the various volumes of this huge work. The English edition is nearly exhausted. Prices quoted are as follows: PALEARCTIC FAUNA Vol.1 (Rhopalocera), 384 pp., 89 pls., complete, bound (2 vols.) $40.00 Supplement to Vol.1, 400 pp., 16 pls., complete, bound $37.00 Vol.2 (Bombycides & Sphingides), 480 pp., 56 pls., complete bound (2 vols.) $36.00 Supplement to Vol.2, 315 pp., 16 pls., complete, bound $30.00 Vol.3 (Noctuides), 520 pp., 75 pls., complete, bound (2 vols.) $40.00 Supplement to Vol.3, 306 pp., 26 pls., complete, bound $34.00 Vol.4 (Geometrides), 480 pp., 25 pls., complete, bound (2 vols.) $29.00 Suppl. Vol.4, pp. 1-248, 53 pls., English text not yet complete, unbound $42.00 (German Edition now complete, with 768 pp.) AMERICAN FAUNA Vol.5 (Rhopalocera), 1143 pp., 203 pls., complete, bound (2 vols.) $165.60 Vol.6 (Bombycides & Sphingides), pp. 1-1328 (pp. 1329-1453 and index not yet published), 185 pls., unbound $172.00 Vol.7 (Noctuides), pp. 1-412, pls. 1-49, 55-83, 85, 86, 88-91, 93, 94, 96, unbound $70.00 Vol.8 (Geometrides), pp. 1-144, pls. 1-15, 17, unbound $16.25 INDO-AUSTRALIAN FAUNA Vol.9 (Rhopalocera), 1200 pp., 177 pls., complete, bound (2 vols.) $163.00 Vol.10 (Bombycides & Sphingides), 890 pp., 104 pls., complete, bound (2 vols.) $108.50 Vol.11 (Noctuides), pp. 1-496, pls. 1-41, 41a, 42-56, unbound $56.50 Vol.12 (Geometrides), pp. 1-292, pls. 1-34, 36-41, 50, unbound $39.00 AFRICAN FAUNA Vol.13 (Rhopalocera), 613 pp., 80 pls., complete, bound (2 vols.) $81.00 Vol.14 (Bombycides & Sphingides), 600 pp., 80 pls., complete, bound (2 vols.) $81.00 Vol.15 (Noctuides), pp. 1-288, pls. 1-41, unbound $37.00 Vol.16 (Geometrides), pp. 1-160, pls. 1-18, unbound $18.50 lt is no longer possible to furnish loose sections of text or plates within the volumes as was formerly the case. C. L. REMINGTON THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ NEWS Volume 9 1955 Numbers 4-5 SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE HABITS OF STRYMON FALACER (LYCANIDA) by Harry K. CLENCH During the summer of 1950 I observed Strymon falacer Godart in large numbers in the vicinity of my former home in the village of Willow Run, Michigan (21% miles NE of Ypsilanti, Washtenaw Co.). This extreme abun- dance provided an unusual opportunity for the collection of data, not readily obtainable otherwise, concerning certain aspects of the habits of the species. A special (but unhappily not achieved) goal was information concerning possible differences in habits between S. falacer and its sibling species, S. carya- vorus McDunnough. The latter was already known to occur in the same general area (Clench, Lepid. News 4: 14; 1950), but it was so very rare in 1950 (only three taken, to over 150 S. falacer) that no observations of moment were possible in that direction. In the following year, 1951, S. caryevorus was about as rare as before but S. falacer was again very abundant, and further observations were possible, though other duties made them less extensive than in 1950. THE AREA COVERED Three fields, once apparently farmed but now largely fallow, served as the locus of the bulk of these observations. The first field is a gently sloping, rectangular area of rather large size (roughly estimated at 200 by 400 feet), its short lower end delimited by a small, sluggish stream, the two long and the short upper sides all bordered by woodland (see below). The lower quarter of the field is entirely given over to small truck gardens rented to local residents; adjacent to this is a portion that perhaps two or three years previously had been plowed for similar gardens, but not used and left fallow and largely barren: these two portions making up about half the length of the field. The remaining, uppermost, half has been abandoned for about ten years, to judge by the few hawthorns, elms and other saplings that are sparsely scattered over it, and is covered with a dense mixture of grasses and herbaceous annuals: the usual plants of idle fields in the area. The more significant of these may be listed, roughly in order of their abundance: (1) Potentilla sp. (intermedia L.2). A moderately tall (about two feet), erect, yellow-flowered cinquefoil, very abundant in abandoned fields, along 105 106 CLENCH: Habits of Strymon falacer Vol.9: nos.4-5 roadsides and so on in the whole area. Here mostly restricted to the upper portion of the field where it was generally dispersed. (2) Melilotus officinalis (L.) Lam. A rather tall (3-4 feet), bush-like legume with yellow flowers. Abundantly distributed over the upper portion of the field and along the periphery and traversing paths of the remaining portions. (3) Erigeron sp. (strigosus Muhl.?) A rather tall (3-4 feet), white flowered, aster-like composite, strongly localized in rather large stands, chiefly in the upper portion of the field. (4) Achillea millefolium L. A short (1 foot), erect plant with white flowers. General, but low and not at all conspicuous. (S) Trifolium sp. A short (less than 1 foot), white-flowered clover, generally distributed over the upper portion of the field, especially along the edges. (6) Trifolium pratense L. A semi-decumbent clover (less than 1 foot tall), with large reddish inflorescences. Found all over the upper portion of the field, but distinctly more abundant in one corner. (7) Daucus carota L. A rather tall (about 3 feet), white-flowered species, the common Queen Anne’s Lace; occurring in all parts of the field but tending to clump in certain areas. (8) Melilotus alba Desr. A rather tall (3-4 feet), bush-like legume, almost identical in appearance to M. officinalis (see above), but with white flowers. Generally distributed, principally in the upper portion of the field. (9) Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L. vat. pinnatifidum Lecog & Lamotte. A small (1-2 feet), erect, white-flowered plant, the common Ox-Eye Daisy. Rather local, confined to the upper portions of the field. (10) Apocynum cannabinum L. A rather tall (about 3 feet) and bush- like plant, the well-known Dog-Bane or Indian Hemp, with loose inflorescences of white flowers. Strongly localized in two patches, one near the border and one about 80 feet from the woods, in the upper portion of the field. (11) Hypericum perforatum L. Tall (3-4 feet), yellow-flowered. Very local in one or two clumps near the border of the field. (12) Césivm sp. (arvense [L.| Scop.2) A small (1-2 feet) slender, lavender-flowered thistle, scattered but sparse, and only in the middle portion of the plowed-but-fallow part of the field, mostly 60 or more feet from the woods. (13) Asclepias syriaca L. A moderately tall (2-3 feet), lavender-flowered milkweed, localized in a few clumps in the plowed-but-fallow portion of the field. The woodland bordering this field is an oak-hickory association with a strong admixture of Acer (maple) and Ulmus (elm), and probably is of about 10-50 years’ standing. A prevalent shrub stratum often reaches 14-20 feet in height, though its extent has apparently been curtailed by former grazing. These woods are rather dry in summer, but in the spring have much standing Water. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 107 The second field is much smaller, roughly the shape of an elongate isosceles triangle, and flat. It is bordered along the short side by an embankment above which is a paved road, on one long side by a stream and on the remaining side by woodland similar to that just described. The field is apparently frequently cut over and in spring has considerable standing water. The significant plants here are: Erigeron sp. in a dense stand near the road; Melilotus alba, common and evenly distributed; M. officinalis, about equally common and evenly distrib- uted; D. carota, rather common and evenly scattered though with a marked tendency to clump in places; A. cannabinum, in a small patch near the woods at the far apex of the field. The third field is oval in outline, nearly touching the far apex of the second field (separated from it by perhaps 20 feet of woodland), bordered partly by the same stream which, however, is here hidden from view by a parapet of earth about 10 feet high, and limited elsewhere by woodland of the same sort as already described. The dominant plant by far in this field was Melilotus officinalis which grew in great profusion, relieved only by three or four scattered plants of M. alba. The areas of the last two fields combined would not equa] that of the upper portion of the first field. METHODS The general pattern of collection and observation was as follows: On each trip a route, more or less at random, was followed so as to sample all of the fields, and the major plants in them, as nearly as possible in proportion to their abundance. During the course of this route every possible specimen of S. falacer was taken, papered immediately after pinching, given an individual number (in a consecutive series started afresh each trip), and at once was marked on the paper the estimated distance of the capture from the woods, a notation indicating the rather precise location of capture, and what the specimen was on at time of capture—leaf or flower, and of what species. On return to the house the necessary general data were inscribed on each paper (place, date of capture, time and duration of trip, field catalogue number), and all the information on the specimens was copied into the field notebook, adding the sex of each, in the same order as captured originally. In addition to the above information, all notes made on behavior and so forth were entered into the field notes for that day. Due to the time necessarily consumed by the marking of the information on the papers as the specimens were taken, the number captured in a trip was much below what could have been taken had no notes been made. In optimum conditions of falacer abundance, when a specimen could be netted almost as fast as desired, with little or no loss of time in searching, the number taken averaged about 1 specimen every two minutes. In all, six trips were made in 1950 and eight in 1951. Data from six of these fourteen were not usable in much of the following account, due to the late hour, insufficient sampling, or other bias in collecting. 108 CLENCH: Habits of Strymon falacer Vol.9: nos.4-5 RESULTS The following notes, though necessarily somewhat random, and in most places regrettably incomplete, do furnish a basis for further investigation and suggest some curious and interesting things. 1. General frequency. In the previous two years (1948, 1949) of my residence in Willow Run, I had always sought S. falacer in the above mentioned wooded areas, wrere it occurred uncommonly (six or eight in an afternoon being a good catch). The fields here discussed were never visited prior to 1950, or at most only briefly and in unfavorable places. It is, thus, impossible adequately to compare the very high frequencies observed in 1950 and 1951 with those of previous years. The numbers observed in these last two years seemed very comparable one to the other; and on the few occasions that the old woodland haunts were revisited, falacer was found to be about as common there as it had been in 1948 and 1949. The only inference possible, though admittedly on very slender evidence, is that the frequencies of the last two years, though striking in com- parison with previous experience, were not abnormal and were merely the result of collecting in a different and more favorable situation; and therefore that these numbers represent normal abundance there. 2. Period of flight. The earliest date of emergence is not well documented. In 1948 the first record was a perfect pair, male and female, captured on 30 June. In 1949 the first specimen, a perfect male, was taken on 25 June at another locality a few miles distant. In 1950 none was seen on 25 June during collecting in the area, and the next trip there, on 4 July, revealed them in large numbers. In 1951 a trip on the 16th of June showed none, whereas on 23 June they were abundant, though less so than two days later. The first appear- ance, then, apparently fluctuates from about 20 June to 1 July in the area. Records of the last appearance are even poorer, but suggest that the normal flight period is roughly 5 weeks’ duration, ending in the last few days of July when the flight period begins early, to the first week in August, when the flight period begins late. 3. The over-all proportion of the sexes. Combined figures for the two years (except a few biased trips) show 156 males and 55 females, or about 2.8 males per female. This is more conveniently expressed as the fraction of males in a given sample, in this case 0.74. As will be shown below, the sex ratio in the fields varies with the hour of the day, and most of the observations were made during, or very near, the critical time (between 6 and 7 PM), when the proportion of males increased markedly. Furthermore, without knowing more of the separate behavior of the sexes it is impossible to assert that a represent- ative sample of them visit the flowers in the fields. In this connection, however, it may be noted that of the specimens taken in 1948 where sexes are given in my nores, and most of which represent woodland captures, 12 were males, against 4 females (proportion of males, 0.80). In 1950-1951, limited collect- ing in the woods yielded a total of 14 specimens (proportion of males, 0.56). On the whole, though observation is deplorably insufficient, males would 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 109 appear to outnumber the females, and possibly as much as three to one. This is in harmony with field and museum experience with many other Strymon and other Thecline genera. 4. The daily change in field sex-ratio. Most of the collecting and observa- tion of S. falacer was done in the afternoon, often until failing light made collecting—or even seeing—difficult to impossible. As a result there was ample Opportunity to observe the interesting changes in the proportion of the sexes which take place towards evening. | { ] | | | | | | }.00— a SOO at Be. v5) v 3 cs = £ = eeO = — 2 + ~ (2) os — o QQ 4O— = 20> | ) l a t/ 42 / 2 3 4 5 6 7 AM Pim Time Fig. 1. Daily change in the proportion of the sexes of S. falacer. The small num- bers under parts of the line indicate the number of observations on which average is based. In all other places only single observations provided the figures. From noon until about 3 PM the proportion of males in the fields is appar- ently about 0.6 or so. At about the latter time the proportion begins to rise and by 4 PM it is more nearly 0.75. It remains there until 6:30 or so, when rather suddenly it rises to very nearly 1.0. Shortly after 7 PM the field was nearly dark and all falacer had departed. 110 CLENCH: Habits of Strymon_ falacer Vol.9: nos.4-5 This change in sex-ratio is apparently accomplished by the gradual with- drawal of females into the woods. It is most probable that actually both sexes begin to return to the woodland, females at first in the majority, then as their absolute number is reduced, males predominating until shortly after 7 PM when the fields are empty. The slim numerical data in support of these con- tentions are given in fig. 1. They are, however, buttressed by considerable observation in the field, not reducible to figures. An interesting correlative to this was observed several times as dusk approached. Specimens were seen spontaneously to abandon flowers and fly, not overly rapidly but quite directly and purposefully, towards and into the near- est woods. 5. General activity. At all times during the daylight hours very little spontaneous flying in the fields was observed. Individuals remained at single inflorescences for long periods of time, and seldom flying far unless disturbed. An activity that has been recorded for this and allied species is the so-called “battle.” Two, or sometimes more, individuals (usually or always males? ) fly in a circle about two feet in diameter, one chasing the other very rapidly the while slowly rising into the air to a height of twenty or so feet, where they “break” and the participants descend and go their separate ways. No such activity was ever noted in the fields, though on one occasion in a woods clearing two males (as proved by subsequent capture) were seen so engaged. Neither was there any courtship activity, nor any mated pairs. It is possible that falacer may mate iate in its flight period, in the evening, and only near its foodplant (and hence in the woods); and possibly that mated pairs’ will be found partially concealed on leaves of low shrubs. This possibility is suggested by analogy with the habits of S. acadica. TABLE I Numbers of S. falacer captured at different distances from the woods edge Distance (feet) 0-4 5 10 15~ 20 25 30 40 50 GO ‘70 “7>)emeIOD No. males 12 13 40 11) 294045" 097 0)3) eee less | Ome No. females 1 2 Ra LO 1 3 1 4. 2) 0 ae ELT, (ae @) 6. The relation of falacer frequency to distance from woods. It was soon apparent that falacer frequency was definitely correlated with distance from the woods. Before detailing this relationship, a brief description of the dis- tribution of frequencies in the woodland itself would not be amiss. Throughout the wooded lands adjacent to the fields the occurrence of jalacer may be called minimal—rare, unpredictable, random incidences only. In scattered favorable situations—a generous play of sunlight shining through breaks in the upper leaf canopy onto the leaves of shrubs below—falacer will 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 111 be met occasionally in slightly increased numbers, though still far from com- monly. The most I have seen at one time under such circumstances is three or four. Where these woodlands yield abruptly to the fields under discussion, however, the situation suddenly changes. At the woods edge itself falacer is more abundant than anywhere within the woods. As the edge is left (ze., towards the center of the field), the frequency rapidly rises to a peak about 15-20 feet out. Thereafter it almost as abruptly drops, the rapidity of the drop lessening markedly about 30 feet out. At roughly 40 feet the frequency is close to that at the woods edge; at 70-80 feet it is about that of favorable woodland glades; at 100 feet it approximates that of general woodland distribution. This frequency distribution is shown in graphic form in fig. 2a, based on part of the data in Table I. Here recorded captures of both sexes combined are spotted. 50 —! | | i ee 40~ 30 ~ N ° | No. of Captures Distance from Woods (feet) Fig. 2a. Combined male and female captures of S. falacer at different distances from the woods. The above-described distribution of frequencies occurs in spite of uni- form illumination by the sun of the whole field and even within the edge of the woods a certain distance. Shading of parts of the fields by the descent of the evening sun produced little or no noticeable effect, though as elsewhere ob- 112 CLENCH: Habits of Strymon falacer Vol.9: nos.4-5 served there is at about this time a general exodus from the fields back to the woods. In short, distribution of field frequencies does not seem to be related to sunlight distribution, though the opposite is true within the woods, as al- ready implied. In the woods, it might further be added, the individuals are not found on flowers, as in the fields, but rather on the upper surfaces of leaves. 50- 40- As 390- pal +) 00) XQ 3 Q 20- Ye g is) D> S = 1o— o- Q=— —~ \ \ \ ie) 26 40 60 00 100 Distance from Woods (feet) Fig. 2b. Captures of males and females of S. falacer at different distances from the woods. A curious point in this distribution, not discerned in the impressions formed in the field, but showing up well in the tabulated and graphed data, is the somewhat different distribution of the two sexes. Since females presumably are more bound to woodlands, where their ovipositing activity must perforce occur (and since it has often been shown that when the habitats of the two sexes of a butterfly are different, that of the female is generally nearer the vicinity of the larval food), it is surprising to note that males seem to reach their peak clos- cr to the woods than do females, and are more sharply restricted. Female fre- quency reaches a peak about 10 feet farther out, and they occur in greater rela- tive abundance farther still than do males. The data for these generalizations are given in Table I, and are graphed in fig. 2b. /. Flower preferences. It has already been implied that the dominant, if not exclusive, activity of the S. falacer seen in the fields was feeding at flowers. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 113 In this activity some interesting preferences were noticed. Nearly all the spec- imens captured during the two seasons of study were taken on flowers in these fields, and for each was noted the species of flower on which it was taken. The combined results are given in Table III, which lists the plants involved roughly in order of their abundance, the principal flower color and height groups of each; and the total number, as well as the number of each sex, of falacer captured on each, and so on. As can be seen from this table, the plants are divisible into three groups according to color (WHITE; VIOLET—including reddish to bluish; and YELLOW), and three groups according to size (SHORT—under one foot in height; ME- DIUM—between one and two feet high; and TALL—exceeding two feet in height), making a total of nine combinations. The captures of falacer tabulated according to these combinations (Table II) show two very marked preferences: (a) for white flowers; and (b) for tall plants. The latter, in fact, accounts for over 90% of all captures on flowers. As would be expected, the combination of these two—tall, white-flowered plants—shows by far the largest figure of any of the nine combinations: over two-thirds of all flower captures. TABLE II Number of individuals, both male and female, of S. falacer taken on flowers of different colors and heights Blower Color | Flower heights | Shert Medium Tall Totals (under 1 ft.) (1-2 feet) (over 2 ft.) White — 4 6 142 152 Violet | 1 2 35 38 Yellow | 9) 21 21 Totals > | 5 8 198 DEY The least popular classes of flowers appear to be the yellow-flowered plants, and the short ones. The particular combination of these two, however, was not specifically observed. The preference for tall plants is quite in keeping with the observed wood- land habits of the species, for there it was never seen perched on leaves lower than about two feet from the ground, and was most frequently seen between four and ten feet. That these apparent trends are significant there seems little question. Specific preferences for certain flower species, however, also enter into the picture. Compare, for example, the captures on Daucus carota and Melilotus alba, two plants of about equal availability in point of numbers and situation, both with white flowers and of very comparable height. In spite of this, over 11 times as many falacer were taken from flowers of M. alba as from D. carota. Much more interesting, however, is the great difference between M. alba and ae eae eeepc ‘paproar ‘p ‘yensed ‘ ‘pariesajoi ‘q ‘satsads Jamoyy possajard ‘ve ‘Z] ‘sayeur Aq ‘py ‘sayeuiay Aq paroary Sulag jo aatisasSns ‘7 “[ | "¢ ‘p suuNjod UT s[vI01 Jo UOTIOdoId UO paseq siaquina paidedxq */ 29 9 "(399J Z JaAO) [er ‘] £(399F Z-][) wnipou ‘py {(200J [ Japun) ywo0ys ‘s °Z ‘JOJOTA YSInyTq 02 YsTppar “A fay “AY fMoTTad “XK *] UUNTOD WAND YDYA SAtVAS N jo ssyj> | ™ aouarajaid JaMO]] ‘sjoquiAs yo uonvuridxy s]eIO] voviiks spidapspy (Jasuaadp) WntIsAty wunqpsofsagd ungrisagn Fy wnuigouurs unuti0gy UNUMAGI{UvINA] "staqgy pqjy snjopijaw vIOsVI SHINDG asuaypid ULN1jOft4 T, ‘ds wnijofisy uniyofapjit varlpjiqapy (CSMSOZILIS) UOsBZ14A7 SrppUuIsf{fO SHIO TIA ((PIpattsajul) PIji{Uajod ‘OU uUINTOD | ipl | cc 08° OS 20e 09'0 0°6 0°97 L ae ane is A 00'T OS - OF L9'0 C0 CT 0 C C W A sa Na ae See eee 0 0 0 1 qk d c¢ CORs CO Coa OV Tvl 6 OI 61 db IN W O0O'T Qée= O01 00°C CT CY 0 9 9 | W IN W c8 Ol = SO) DOC Eee 699 oi! DL 06 EL ON d 8¢ OG 06 Cit 1G, 6S ¢ € 8 E IN 0O'T OL - OS €V'0 £0 LO 0 I I S A Saas Be aes pie 0 0 | 9 S ” d OS OF =0c ceel OT le ORG G Cc 74 ae DN GE OSuaO& 80°0 v9 o8I L Sib 6C E DN d ES OL = SO: CCE v¢ 9ST 6 ail Fe ir Ais A Sear: Sees ee irate 0 0 0 W x 11 OL 6 8 L 9 ¢ 74 € C I Pee es a ee Pel 5.8 o'g 5 w © oO & oO = fe: = ren ty nan © =) No) — ~ — 7) =) o So o. 09 S 33 33 fi x [Bu for o = e a S P ® ei fees o payadxa yenqoe as ae ‘uoneoryi{dure JO} 1x91 99S somnide> sav ]P{ wamvpp{ uowlks4¢ JO SaduaIajaId I9MOTI Il HIaVL 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 115 its congener, M. officinalis. These two species are almost indistinguishable in growth form, size, leaf, floral structure, differing strikingly only in color. Furthermore, M. officinalis was the commoner of the two by several times. Yet over four times as many falacer were captured on flowers of M. alba as were taken on those of M. officinalis. The actual disparity in preference of falacer for these two is probably even greater than these figures would show. In the third field the dominant plant was M. officinalis, which virtually covered the restricted area of the field with a dense yellow tangle. Only a few scattered, isolated bushes of M. alba were present. Yet on each of the several visits to the field, anywhere from four to over a hundred (!) S. falacer were seen on alba, with only a very rare capture or glimpse of one on M. officinalis. Whether the deciding factor in the very obvious preference for M. alba over M. officinalis is the color difference, or some more subtle distinction such as nectar composi- tion or quantity, cannot at this writing be stated. That it might, at least in part, be the latter is suggested by the interesting behavior of a female S. falacer observed on 8 July 1950. She was seen to alight, rather abruptly, on an in- florescence of M. officinalis. After several probes of the flowers with her proboscis, she withdrew and flew a few inches to a nearly juxtaposed inflor- escence of M. alba, where she began feeding. In the matter of specific preferences, a quantitative approach to the subject is exceedingly difficult owing to the manifest impracticability of providing the necessary accurate measures of flower abundance. Furthermore, since there is a variable preference for different distances from the woods, this, too, would have to enter into any such analysis. By default, then, a non-quantitative system was adopted of merely listing the flower species in estimated order of abundance. Four classes of preference of S. falacer for the different flower species may be discerned, and appear to be fairly discrete: (a) preferred; (b) tolerated; (c) casual; (d) avoided. In the first group, the “preferred,” may be listed Asclepias syriaca, probably the most favored of all. Considering the uncommonness of this plant in the fields compared to the others, 35 captures on it is a large number. At every visit one could count on finding at least one, and usually more, on every plant within reasonable distance from the woods. Second in this group is undoubt- edly the already discussed Melilotus alba, from which were taken almost as many specimens as were captured on all the others combined. The relatively great abundance of this plant, however, makes the figure not quite so significant as the smaller number on the far less frequent A. syrzaca. Third, and last, in this group is Apocynum cannabinum. Again, the recorded number of captures (19) is less than for someof the species listed below, but this flower was very infrequent. In the second group, the “tolerated,” we find a number of species on which captures were too frequent for them to be only “casual,” yet far below the frequency shown for those dubbed “preferred.” First among these is Erigeron sp., with a number of captures sufficiently large that it possibly ranks close to the borderline between “tolerated” and “preferred.” Second is Daucus carota with eight recorded captures. Chrysanthemum leucanthemum is close behind if at 116 CLENCH: Habits of Strymon falacer Vol.9: nos.4-5 all, with six captures, correlated with a lesser frequency of the plant. Melzlotus of- ficinalis is probably next, and although it has many more captures (21), it was also one of the most abundant of all the plants in the fields. Very difficult to place in correct sequence is Czrsiwm (arvennse?). It was very infrequent, and furthermore was almost exclusively found at rather great distances (40 feet and more) from the woods, so the two captures thereon are difficult to interpret. Only two species of plants make up the third group, the “casuals,” Achillea millefolium and Trifolium pratense. Undoubtedly further collecting could increase the number of casual species slightly by adding one or more of the less abundant species of plants. It will be noted that both these species are in the “low” size group. Of the fourth group, the “avoided,” by far the most striking is the Potenzzlla. This exceedingly abundant plant was repeatedly surveyed for falacer without ever a specimen having been sighted on it. There seems little doubt that falacer actually does avoid this species. The same statement may be applied to the small Trifoliwm sp., though as I paid less attention to it in the field the assertion is open to more doubt. It possibly may be found to lie in the “casual” group. Though white-flowered, it is exceedingly low and possibly for this reason as much as for any other it is bypassed. Hypericum perforatum, though not very common, was tall and prominent and was repeatedly searched for falacer. As with the Potentilla, however, no trace was ever seen of the butterfly on it. It should be emphasized here that a complete census of the plants in flower in the fields during the flight period of falacer was not made. As a consequence there are undoubtedly a good many species that could have been added to the list, all of which, since no falacer was taken on any of them, would have been assign- ed here. These additional species for the most part would be small or very uncommon: definitely not part of the dominant field vegetation. One of the more interesting aspects of falacer flower preference is the difference between the sexes in their preference for certain species. There is no indubitable instance of a plant species exclusively visited by either sex' but there are several indications of a stronger preference by one sex or the other for certain species. Samples, unfortunately, are too small for the results to be statistically convincing, though they are suggestive. The essential data are given in Table III: flower species visited; total number of falacer on each; number of each sex on each; the expected numbers of each sex (based on the sex ratio of the totals for the whole table); the value of chi square for the comparison of actual and expected numbers of the sexes; the resulting probability ranges (2.¢., prob- ability that a deviation as great or greater than that observed would be due to chance alone). The customary fiducial limits for such probability values are usually P = .05 or less, or P = .O1 or less; and as can readily be seen only one of the values in Three plant species have recorded for them only male captures: Trifolium pratense, Chrysanthemum, ani Cirsium. The numbers taken on all of these, however, are so small that no certainty whatever may be attached to them as indicating exclusive male visitation. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 117 the table is less than .05. In interpreting the results, therefore, the following decisions are made with regard to the probabilities: over 0.30 not indicative of difference, 0.30-0.20 — slightly suggestive of difference, 0.20-0.10 suggestive of difference, 0.10-0.05 strongly suggestive of difference, less than 0.05 probably significant difference. On this basis, then, six of the ten flower species on which S. falacer has been taken show some degree of suggestivity of selection by one or the other sex, and these may therefore be divided into two groups: (a) Favored by males Melilotus alba strongly suggestive Chrysanthemum leucanthemum suggestive (b) Favored by females Apocynum cannabinum probably significant Melilotus officinalis strongly suggestive Achillea millefolium slightly suggestive Daucus carota slightly suggestive It is interesting to note that the two Mel/élotus species are contrasting. APPENDIX In 1953 I was able to collect S. falacer in Pennsylvania under very compar- able circumstances to those in Michigan, described above: a mixed deciduous woodland, bordered by an old field, well provided with Meldlotus officinalis and alba, Asclepias syriaca, and others of the same species seen in the Michigan fields. The locality was near Ohio Pyle, Fayette County. The only S. falacer seen were in the woods itself, in opea glades and sunlit patches, on leaves from four to ten or so feet from the ground: very comparable in situation and fre- quency to the woodland occurrence in Michigan. Nowhere in the field, how- ever, was a single S. falacer seen. The question is entirely open; is the cause of the abundance of S. falacer in the Michigan fields: (a) a genetic peculiarity of the Michigan population; (b) a freak situation of the locality; (c) a non-localized phenomenon which may occur anywhere, depending only on a particular concurrence of several events; or (d) something else? Section of Entomology, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh 13, Penna., U. S. A, 118 EVANS: Retrieving Marked Anthocaris Reakirtii Vol.9: nos.4-5 RETRIEVING MARKED ANTHOCARIS REAKIRTII by WILLIAM H. EVANS At the suggestion of Dr. C. L. REMINGTON, I have been marking speci- mens of Anthocaris reakirtu Edw. with cellulose paint and releasing them in order to learn more about their flight habits. In my previous studies of un- marked specimens (Lepid. News, vol. 8: p. 10), it had been possible to keep track of all the males that made the short round trip to the head of the small canyon back of my house; however, there had been no way to determine if those which flew out of this side canyon into the main part of La Tuna Canyon ever returned to my yard. By using a different color paint each day and by painting the small dot in a different position on the hind wing of each butterfly, it was possible to ident- ify each individual. Immediately after netting each male when he flew at the dead decoy specimen on my net (Lepzd. News, vol. 6: p. 100), I transferred him to a small transparent plastic box which I then covered with a cardboard box. While the butterfly settled down to rest in the darkened container, I wrote in my notebook the time of capture, number of the specimen, and the color and location of the spot to be painted on the underside of one hind wing. After two or three’ minutes in the dark, the sleeping butterfly could be held with a large pair of forceps while the dot of paint was applied with a straw. When released, most flew to a nearby bush to rest before flying away. The frequency of return of marked A. reakirtu was surprising. Between February 7 and March 2, 1954, 33 of the 68 males marked were recaptured: 17 were recaptured once; 10, twice; 3, three times; and 3, four times. Six- teen were recaptured the first time on the same day they were marked; 8 were recaptured the first time on the day after being marked; 6 returned the first time on the second day; and 3 did not reappear until the third, fourth, and sixth day after being painted. No specimen was captured more than three times in one day. The 68 A. reakirtii were netted 126 times. During 1955, my A. reakirtii marking was limited to a ten-day period in February. Of 17 males netted, only four were recaptured; however, this small percentage of recaptures can be explained by observing the effect of unfavorable weather on Anthocaris flight. Five released specimens failed to reappear after a two-day rain. The chances of recovering 5 other individuals, which I marked on a warm day, were greatly reduced when the next two days turned so chilly that hardly more than one hour each day was warm enough for butterflies to fly. This method of releasing and recapturing A. reakirtu males in just one spot has proved that in wandering along the main canyon and up and down side canyons, about half of the males making a round-trip in a particular side canyon are likely to return at least once to that same canyon. The females almost never return to the same area. To determine how far males and females wander, it would be desirable to have several collectors searching for the marked butterflies in various branches of La Tuna Canyon. 8711 La Tuna Canyon, Sun Valley, Calif., U. S. A. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 119 FOREWING LENGTH AND FLIGHT PERIOD OF DANAUS PLEEXTPPUS- IN THE*GULF’ STATES by BRYANT MATHER In 1945 BEALL and WILLIAMS presented a valuable and statistically well analyzed discussion of geographical variation of forewing length of Danaus plexippus Linnzus. BEALL and WILLIAMS give measurements of 1553 speci- mens from North America; 19 of these came from Florida and 105 from Louisiana. The largest ¢ and 92 were from Ontario, the smallest from California. The averages and ranges of forewing length reported were: North America Florida Louisiana roar) oe) ne) O92 6 6 2-9 Average aah Buty 51.4 50.9 50.6 50.2 Maximum 59 57 54 55 56 53 Minimum 43 40 49 47 45 44 Number 848 705 st 8 7k 34 The frequency data (Takle 1) indicate that the most frequent forewing length was 52 mm in the entire sample of 1553 specimens, in the 848 ¢ 4, in the 705 @ 2, and in the 124 specimens from Florida and Louisiana. No specimens with forewing length less than 40 mm (44 mm in Florida and TABLE 1. Frequency data [from Tables II and V of BEALL & WILLIAMS (1945) ]. FW length nigrippus Louisiana North America mm 646 22 Total % aug Oo. Total -% &gd 22 Total % 34 il 1 0.46 38 1 il 2 0.92 39 2 ey 0.92 40 1 1 2 0.92 1 1 0.06 4l 2 2 0.92 42 3 3 1.38 1 1 0.07 43 At 6 DiS 2 1 = 0.19 44 Ope S77 ley) 7.80 1 i! 0.95 5 5 10 0.64 45 Teles TAM 9.63 4 4 3.81 13 5 18 1.16 46 20rers 348 1743 5 3 2.86 16 11 27 1.74 47 22. 3 35 16.05 2 1 3 2.86 20 10 30 1.93 48 Paets® ) 36. W651 Ns 5 4.76 30 3=— 39 69 4.44 49 leh 10 24 LEVEN On 3 4 Pi 6.67 57 50 107 6.89 50 19 2 ot 9.63 13 8 at: 20.00 98 84 182 LEZ oa 4 Il D) 2.29 19 9 Pag 25.01 26. 115 243 15.65 DZ 2 2 0.92 13 i! 20 19.05 160 142 302 19.45 a) 1 1 0.46 9 Ul 10 9.52 LG. 12k 271 17.45 54 3 3 Tene au 72 G4. FOS6 >» Dy 36 87 5.60 56 1 1 0.95.) 22.10 31 2.00 om 4 2 5 0.32 58 b5G07 59 | l l 0.06 mere | 1208.89) 218100... 171 34 105 100 |848 705 1553 100 120 MATHER: Danaus plexippus data Vol.9: nos.4-5 Louisiana) nor more than 59 mm (56 mm in Florida and Louisiana) are recorded. BEALL (1946) refers to 105 specimens from Louisiana as rep- resenting late fall material, he also refers to Louisiana specimens in a subse- quent paper (Beall, 1948). It is presumed that these are the same specimens that are referred to above. Data on 24 specimens collected by me are given in Table 2. For these 24 speci.nens as a group and for the 18 from Mississippi, the most frequent fore- wing length is also 52 mm. The Maryland female with a 38 mm forewing is 2 mm shorter than any among the 1553 examined by BEALL and WILLIAMS. The Mississippi female with a 41 mm forewing is 3 mm shorter than any of the 124 from Florida and Louisiana. The frequency data in Table 1 are plotted in the figure. For each distribu- tion the most frequent forewing length is nearer the maximum than it is to the minimum, perhaps reflecting the fact that there are more cases in which circumstances intervene to cause a butterfly to fail to reach its normal size than there are cases in which a butterfly is caused to become larger than normal. TABLE 2. Data on 24 specimens Forewing Number length of mm occurrences Sex Locality Date 38 ] 2 Towson, Baltimore Co., Md. 22 Jun 34 4] 1 Q Clinton, Hinds Co,, Miss. je Jum 5 1 49 3 3 Clinton, Hinds Co,, Miss. 3 Oct 46 a Clinton, Hinds Co., Miss. 10 Oct 54 a Biloxi, Harrison Co., Miss. 23 sep 31 50 fe) Tuckahoe, Westchester Co., N.Y. 6 Aug 44 sii 5 Q Clinton, Hinds Co., Miss. 13 Oct 51 f°) Clinton, Hinds Co., Miss. 28 Sep 52 9 Clinton, Hinds Co., Miss. 1 ‘Apr 53 2 Jackson, Hinds Co., Miss. 23 Oct 54 Q Memphis, Shelby Co., Tenn. 24 Oct 54 52 7 38 Clinton, Hinds Co., Miss. (2) 29 Sep 51 a Clinton, Hinds Co., Miss. 29 Mar 52 3 Clinton, Hinds Co., Miss. 7 Apr 32 3 Clinton, Hinds Co., Miss. rope fy Is Jes 2 Jackson, Hinds Co., Miss. 23 Oct 54 Q Gulfport, Harrison Co., Miss. 20 Mar 54 53 2 a Clinton, Hinds Co., Miss. 29 Sep 51 fe) Clinton, Hinds Co., Miss. 6° Oct. 5:1 54 3 a Clinton, Hinds Co., Miss. 29 Sep 51 3 Hollofield, Baltimore Co., Md. 5 Aug 33 9 Coalburg, Kanawha Co., W.Va. 6 Sep 51 >/ | d Tuckahoe, Westchester Co., N.Y. _ __6 Aug 44 The Louisiana sample is taken from a smaller area, is more homogenous, and shows a greater central tendency than the other two. The Louisiana fre- quency polygon has a second minor peak at 45 mm forewing length, stippled on the figure. The most frequent length for D. plexippus nigrippus is 46 mm. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 121 PAS —|o05 plexipeus Louisiana (table IL) 20 +t — 1553 plex+ppus a North America y (Table IL) fe us 2\8 nigrs ppus — aly (Tables) ra Vv ¢ vw r ire \Oo 5 1@) 35 40 45 50 55 60 Forewing length > ™m™ A. H. CLARK (1941), after examining many specimens including 70 from the vicinity of New Orleans, La., taken in Nov. 1937 by PERcy A. VioscaA, the same collector who provided the specimens examined by BEALL & WILLIAMS, concluded that some of these were D. plexippus megalippe Hiibner (= mz- grippus Haensch). CLARK and CLARK (1938,1951) discussed the matter further; they recorded the occurrence of individuals regarded as megalippe from Virginia, West Virginia (15 June and 4 July °38), Florida (18 Dec. °36), North Carolina (4 July 38), New York, Illinois, and Cornwall (England), as well as Louisiana; and regard them as “casual visitors . . . brought to this country on... steamers...’ WILLIAMS (1942) suggested the pos- sibility that these might be classed as intermediates rather than true nigrippus, noting that such intermediates occur in the West Indies, Panama, and oc- casionally on the north coast of South America. LAMBREMONT (1954) listed D. plexippus melanippe (Hubner) based on CLARK’S work and on one ad- ditional specimen in the Tulane collection taken in New Orleans 8 Aug 25. KLotTs (1951) stated: “Our Monarch ts D. p. plexippus Huebner. The sub- species of Central and northern South America is D. p. melanippe Huebner (nigrippus Haensch) with shorter (46 mm), broader forewing with white subapical spots. Specimens resembling this occur as far north as New Jersey. We are dealing with a cline, with an enormous blend zone between northern and southern forms. We should refer to all North American specimens as race plexippus, no matter what their appearance.” FIELD (1950) referred 122 MATHER: Danaus plexippus data Vol.9: nos.4-5 to megalippe as “a subspecies that is not found in North America, except as a rare visitor .. . not known to have migratory habits.” lf the individuals taken from time to time in North America that are super- ficially indistinguishable from the non-North American population, D. p. melanippe, are part of that population and have arrived in North America by boat, plane, hurricane, or the like, then they are properly so designated. If they should become established as a resident population and do not inter- breed with indigenous D. p. plexippus, then D. p. melanippe and D. p. plexippus are different species. If they interbreed with the local population, it re- mains D. p. plexippus. If these melantppe-like individuals are merely variants occurring in the D. p. plexippus population that, for some reason, more often turn up in coastal than in inland areas, then all that we have is D. p. plexippus. The minor peak at 45 mm on the Louisiana frequency distribution, the 46 mm peak on the melanippe frequency, the reference to 46 mm by KLOTS as char- acteristic of melanippe, the 38 and 41 mm individuals from Maryland and Mississippi listed on Table 2, all suggest that in southern and eastern coastal North America something happens to D. plexippus that adds an apparently significant and discontinuous batch of typically small individuals to the population. It may be entirely fortuitous that the data of BEALL & WILLIAMS for Louisiana suggest that this batch has a most frequent forewing length within 1 mm of that of melanippe; on the other hand it may indicate a melanippe content in the local population as suggested by CLARK. Careful studies appear urgently needed to establish the relations of these smaller indi- viduals to the rest of the population. WILLIAMS (1949) stated that all of the over 160 individuals of D. plexippus captured or seen in the British Isles in the past 80 years, that have been examined, have been of the North Ameri- can race. The CLARKS (1951) stated that of 157 individuals seen in England, 62 were captured, and that E. B. FoRD wrote that 22 of these have been determined as to subspecies, and that one, caught in Cornwall in 1885, is said to be of the Central American type. ForpD (1945) figured a specimen that he took in Cornwall in 1941. The CLARKS (1951) stated that this figure appears to represent the Central American form. LAMBREMONT (1954) reported that D. plexippus has a flight period in Louisiana from mid-March through mid-December with April, October, and November as months of greatest abundance. He reported large southward moving flights in November 1941 and October 1949. Earliest and latest dates are 18 March 1950 and 15 Dec. 1949. These records do not agree with the report by VIOSCA quoted by WILLIAMS (1942): “Although Mon- archs are absent in the deep south during the summer months, they arrive along the Gulf coast in numbers during October and November . . . After this migration we do not see any more throughout the winter.” WILLIAMS (1942) stated that there is definite evidence in Florida of a period of sum- mer absence — the last butterflies appear to leave Florida in the spring when the mean temperature rises above 75°F., and they begin to return at about the same temperature level. He remarked that there is some evidence that 1955 The Lepidoptertsts’ News 123 the butterflies are absent from Louisiana both in summer and winter. He concluded: “The most important points now to be settled are to find how far north the zone of complete absence extends in the summer; how far north winter hibernation can occur; and hence what is the extent of the area (which seems to exist in Louisiana) in which the butterflies appear only in spring and autumn.” My observations in Mississippi since 1946 have indicated. the earliest date of arrival: 8 March 1952, latest date seen: 25 Nov. 1953. The earliest date in the past eight years has not been later than 27 March. Adults have been seen in every five-day period from 5-10 March through 20-25 November except 20-25 June in one or more of the last eight years. Freshly emerged adults were noted on 3 June 1949 and 26 May 1951; larve were seen on 29 June 1947; a mating pair was seen on 2 April 1952. Large congregations were seen between 25 September and 6 October 1951 (mostly males) and between 1 and 7 October 1954 (moving south). My observations and those of LAMBREMONT seem to indicate that the zone of summer absence does not include Louisiana and Mississippi, and that winter hibernation has not been recorded in those states. A mean temperature of about 75°F. or higher is likely to exist in Mississippi from May through September; D. plexippus is less frequent during those months than in April and October. The beginning and end of the annual flight in central Mississippi coincides closely with the average dates of the first and last killing frosts: 19 March and 8 November; the mean temperature in March is 55° to 60°F. and in November 50° to 55°F. SUMMARY Data on 18 specimens of D. plexippus from Mississppi indicate that the most frequent forewing length is 52 mm. One with a forewing length of 41 mm, smaller than previously reported from the South, and one from Maryland with a forewing length of 38 mm, smaller than previously reported from North America, are noted. Data from BEALL & WILLIAMS (1945) are reviewed, and their relation to the possible occurrence of D. p. melanippe in North America is discussed. The flight period of D. plextppus in Louisiana and Mississippi does not include an interval of complete absence in the summer. Winter absence in central Mississippi coincides with the period between the first and last killing frosts; there is summer reduction in abun- dance with average temperatures higher than 75°F. References Beall, Geoffrey, 1946. Seasonal variation in sex proportion and wing length in the migrant butterfly, Danaus plexippus. Trans. Royal Ent. Soc. London 97: 337-353 (abst. Lepid. News 1:28; 1947). re , 1948. The fat content of a butterfly, Danaus plexippus, as affected by migration. Ecology 29: 80-94 (abst. Lepid. News 2: 32; 1948). Se & C. B. Williams, 1945. Geographical variation in the wing length of Danaus plexippus. Proc. Royal Ent. Soc. London (A) 20: 65-75. 124 Vol.9: nos.4-5 Clark, Austin H., 1941. Notes on some North and Middle American Danaid butter- flies. Proc. U.S.Nat. Mus. 90: 531-542. xd has aes eet ie & Leila F. Clark, 1938. Notes on Virginia butterflies. Proc. Bzol. soc. Wash. 51217 /-132. | aoe Gh atile o Ge see ee EE ees eee , 1951. The butterflies of Virginia. Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 116, no.7: 239 pp. Field, William D., 1950. The International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature end the correct name for the North American monarch butterfly. Proc. Ent Soc. Wash. 52: 234-236. Ford. E. B., 1945. Butterflies. Collins, London. 368 pp. Klots, Alexander B., 1951. A field guide to the butterflies. Houghton Mifflin Co., Beston. 349 pp. Lambremont, Edward N., 1954. The butterflies and skippers of Louisiana. Tulane Studies in Zoology 1: 125-164. Williams, C. B., G. F. Cockbill, M. E. Gibbs & J. A. Downes, 1942. Studies in the migration of Lepidoptera. Trans. Royal Ent. Soc. London 92: 101-283 [Part VI: Summarized observations on special species by C. B. Williams, (1) Danaus plexippus pp. 155-184]. Williams, C. B., 1949. Migrant butterflies outside North America. Lepid. News 3: 39-40. P.O. Drawer 2131, Jackson, Miss., U.S.A. THE WHEELER EXPEDITIONS TO THE SOUTHWESTERN UNITED STATES, 1869 - 1876 by F. MARTIN BROWN The various expeditions lead by Lieut. WILLIAM MONTAGUE WHEELER, Corps of Engineers, U. S. A., sent to explore and map the territory west of the 100th meridian were the source of much new material in all fields of natural history. They are of particular interest to students of butterflies since many specimens brought back were made the types of species described by WILLIAM H. EpwaArps. Detailed information about where these specimens were collected often is lacking in the original descriptions and on the types themselves. Thus it is important that the routes travelled and the time table of the travels be established with as great accuracy as possible for the use of specialists in need of this information. Off and on during the past twenty years I have spent many hours and days studying all aspects of the expeditions and following their routes through the west. Dr. CHARLES L. REMINGTON has asked me to pre- pare this information for publication and thus make it available to those who need it. This is a short outline of the work done by the various field parties. Each of the parties for which I have been able to gather sufficient information will be treated in detail with the necessary maps to show the routes followed in succeeding papers. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 25 SEASON OF 1869—There were no naturalists on the reconnaisance party that in 1869 made a rapid survey of southeastern Nevada and western Utah. The Utah section of the survey was inconsequential, less than 2% of the season’s work, and it covered only 400 square miles. I know of no material collected during this trip. However there is an abundance of notes of ecological importance in the various reports that were derived from the trip. SEASON OF 1870—There was no field work this year. SEASON OF 1871—The staff of the expedition included three naturalists for the season of 1871. Acting Assistant Surgeon WALTER J. HOFFMAN, a doctor with geo- logical interests, was designated naturalist for the Survey. He had as assistants Mr. FERDINAND BISCHOFF, officially a hospital orderly, and Mr. FRANCIS KLETT, officially an assistant topographer. Dr. HOFFMAN joined the party at Carlin, Nevada, and remained with it until it reached Tucson, Arizona. BISCHOFF and KLETT were with the party throughout the season. Almost all of the biological material was collected by BISCHOFF; KLETT contributed a few specimens. The geological material was collected by HOFFMAN. The various parties into which the Expedition’s personnel was divided covered southwestern Nevada, southern Nevada, California adjacent to Death Valley—the valley of Owens River—, northwestern Arizona, and central Arizona. A small section of Utah was examined in the vicinity of St. George. The party was in the field from May 3rd to December 11th when it broke up at Fort Lowell (Tucson, Arizona). THEODORE L. MEAD was a quasi-member of the Expedition and collected butterflies in Colorado during this season. SEASON OF 1872—The naturalist for this year was Acting Assistant Surgeon H. C. YARROW, a zoologist, and his assistant was Mr. H. W. HENSHAW. This year the Expedition concentrated its efforts in Utah. About 10% of the effort was devoted to Nevada and 20% to Arizona. Several accidents destroyed some of the material collected. SEASON OF 1873—This year the naturalist was a botanist, Acting Assistant Sur- geon J. T. ROTHROCK, and his assistant was H. W. HENSHAW. While the main party operated primarily in Arizona, areas in Colorado, New Mexico, and Utah were examined. No mishaps occurred, and a large quantity of material was brought east for study. This included 288 butterflies caught primarily by HENSHAW. His party left Fort Wingate, New Mexico, on July 12th and terminated at Fort Apache, Arizona, on August 30th. SEASON OF 1874—lIt was in this year that the largest number of naturalists were assigned to the Expedition. There were three naturalists, all Acting Assistant Surgeons, H. C. YARROW, zoologist, J. T. ROTHROCK, botanist and C. G. NEWBERRY, zoologist. The three assistant naturalists were Dr. JOHN WOLF, botanist, H. W. HENSHAW, zool- ogist, and GEORGE M. KEASBY, paleontologist. ROTHROCK and WOLF operated together out of Denver with Lieut. MARSHALL’S party. YARROW, HENSHAW, and KEASBY were with the main party headed by WHEELER and based at Pueblo, Colorado. Lieut. HOXIE, whose party was based at Salt Lake City, Utah, did not have an official naturalist assigned to him according to the published records. I believe that NEWBERRY worked with this party. CHARLES E. AIKEN joined the Pueblo party as ornithological collector some time during the season. HENSHAW, at least, wandered as far as Fort Apache, Arizona, although assigned to the southern Colorado party. The records for this summer's collect- tions are somewhat confused. As an example, the summary of results indicates that no butterflies were collected, but the body of the report notes three new species that resulted from examination of the material brought in. SEASON OF 1875—The field of operation this year was divided into three geo- graphic areas, Colorado, New Mexico, and southern California. There were eight field parties in Colorado operating under Lieut. MARSHALL. The New Mexico party was commanded by Lieut. WHEELER and the California party by Lieut. ERIC BERGLUND. The naturalists were Acting Assistant Surgeons ROTHROCK and YARROW. They were assisted by HENSHAW and SERENO WATSON, a botanist, The report on natural history for this 126 BROWN: Wheeler Serveys - I Vol.9: nos.4-5 season was prepared under the command of Lieut. W. L. CARPENTER. Although the season was reported as a banner year for butterflies, | have seen very little in print about what was taken. Nothing collected in this season is reported in the Zoology section of the Wheeler reports. SEASON OF 1876—I have been able to find no information about the naturalists assigned to the expedition for this or the following years. All that this means is that I must dig deeper into the official Army records in Washington. The season’s work centered around the California-Nevada border somewhat north of the region studied in 1871. A little work was done in New Mexico and Colorado. SEASON OF 1877—The year’s effort was scattered over the entire Great Basin and southern Rocky Mountain regions, tieing together loose ends. SEASON OF 1878—Most of the explorations made during 1878 were in California, with one party working eastward from New Mexico into Texas. SEASON OF 1879—Work stopped on the grand plan on June 30th because no funds had been appropriated for fiscal 1879-1880. From this time on, the work was transferred from the Corps of Engineers to various more specialized government agencies, notably the newly formed U. S. Geological Survey. As might be expected, the field work became more geological and economic, to the almost total exclusion of other fields of study. The detailed accounts of the travels and collections made by the various field parties that will be published in future articles are based upon careful study of the data on specimens collected, reports of the Chief of the Corps of Engineers, the official reports of the Wheeler Survey, and a multitude of scien- tific papers published as a result of study of the material brought back by the Expedition. The most helpful of these will be cited with each particular field- party study. The maps that accompany these studies are based upon the 1:500,000 Aeronautical Charts. The routes themselves were plotted from the Wheeler Atlas, reports of parties, bits gleened here and there in the various volumes of the Wheeler Survey report, and from actual retracing of the routes taken. The official tally of specimens of insects that were collected by the Expe- dition is not accurate, as I have just pointed out. However it may be worth presenting if for no other reason than to emphasize the caution that must be used with the published reports. ORDER FIELD YEAR 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 Coleoptera 1300 100 4500 4200 1200 2000 Orthoptera 135 5 240 211 18 34 Lepidoptera my, * ie 288 vst ae 483 Hemiptera atts Diptera, Neuroptera Hatten fi Ros 50 eet Bye t iy ie. Hymenoptera Fahy eae peat 450 eet 790 50 Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo., U. S. A. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 127 BUTTERFLIES AND HILLTOPS IN EAST AFRICA by V. G. L. VAN SOMEREN In The Lepidopterists’ News, vol. 8, no. 5, 1954, are two contributions on the subject of “Butterflies on Hilltops”. The first records observations on Ken- nesaw Mountain, Georgia, U. S. A., and the second, on Basses Pyrénées, France. In the course of extensive butterfly collecting in Kenya and Uganda, over many years, particular attention has been paid to hill-top associations; in fact it has become almost a routine in all areas visited. It soon became evident that certain species, unobserved in the surrounding country, could be obtained here with comparative ease. In fact, there was a concentration of these specialties, together with numerous other species difficult to come by in the savannah. The “hilltops” vary considerably, and I should like, first of all, to describe briefly some of the types. Type a) has relatively small rock outcrops consist- ing of huge boulders with a few large trees growing around the crown and rising abruptly to about 50-100 feet above the grass land or scrub and sur- mounted by a single huge flat-topped bare rock. Type b) is a larger edition of a), rising to 200-300 ft. with more sloping, boulder-strewn sides and with some stunted vegetation on top as well as larger trees; these rock outcrops, called kopjes in South Africa, induce a limited concentration of butterflies such as a few Charaxes, Papilio, and Acrea. Type c) is a solitary boulder- strewn hill with coarse grass and some bush on its slopes with short grass and taller trees on the crown. Type d) is a low rocky range with one or two high points, covered in bush and rank grass on its slopes but with large boulders and taller trees on the “points”. Type e) may be one of several hills forming a range and rising to 1000 ft. or more with rank grass and scattered trees on its slopes but with an area of short grass on the crown, some large rock slabs and taller trees right on top. Another type f) may be an immense rock formation with vertical face rising several hundred feet on one side and steep slopes on the others, covered in rank grass and tangled scrub but having a few dwarfed trees and short grass on the crown. Type g) is not a “hilltop” in the strict sense but it has the same effect; in many parts of the Great Rift in Kenya, which was produced by tectonic action, there are scarps of varying height, sheer on one flank where subsidence has taken place, and gradually sloping ground on the other as though the land block had tilted; the edge of the scarp is rugged and broken, and many points stand out along the rocky edge and most of these are sparsely tree-clad and form “points of attraction” for many species of butterflies. All these hilltops have one thing in common....height above the sur- rounding grassland, bush, cr savannah, combined with a few bushes or trees on the crown, which make suitable sunning and flight perches. We have found that the hill par excellence is one that stands alone or juts out as a spur from a low range of hills and rises to about 200 feet above 128 VAN SOMEREN: Hilltopping in Africa Vol.9: nos.4-5 the surrounding savannah. One flank will be rather precipitous, the others with an easier gradient, boulder-strewn and with rock outcrops, and covered in rank grass, scattered trees, and bush. The crown of the hill will be flattish and covered with sparse short grass between large rock slabs and boulders and here and there a few bushes and stunted trees, the whole crown not more than 80 100 feet. So much for the general topography; we may now consider items which contribute to the general environment. The crown of the hill by rea- son of its exposure will be bathed in sunshine throughout the day, and be- cause of the rock formations, which become very hot, considerable heat will be given off by radiation producing a warm up-current. The temperature on the hill top will be greater than that of the surrounding country. On a cloudless day, the rock slabs and boulders become so hot that it is unpleas- ant to sit on them! Moreover, since the “butterfly season” coincides more or less with the onset of rains, a great deal of moisture is retained between the surface soil and the rock formation below, and the atmosphere is steamy. The butterfly population varies with the type of country and the district, but on most hilltops there is definite association or combination of species to be seen: a few papilios, a few acreines, nymphalines, and the odd lyceenid and hesperid. The population is not static. Individuals of certain species may re- main on a hilltop for days on end, appearing when the sun is shining and retiring to the shelter of trees when dull or at night, but the majority appear on the hilltop during the course of the day, but only if the sun is bright. A dull day produces no movement, and even when the sun is temporarily “black- ed out” by a heavy cloud the insects previously on the move just disappear. They sit tight on tree, shrub, or long grass until the sun appears again. When the buterflies are on the wing they spend most of the time chasing each other and sunning themselves on vantage points of leaf or twig awaiting the oppor- tunity to drive off all and sundry who may come too near their particular “perch”. The majority of all the species are males, and if a female happens along she is at once chased and if pairing takes place the couple fly down the hillside out of sight. On many occasions we have visited hilltops early in the morning before the sun is hot. A few of the “residents” would be noted perched or flying sluggishly, but as the sun became hotter an influx of visitors would become apparent and the “flight play” commenced. No particular “point of entry” was ever noted which could be co-ordinated with prevailing breeze, inclination of hillside, or vegetation. We have observed a definite periodicity for some species, and though the morning may have been bright and sunny from dawn onwards they would not appear until 10 a.m., when the rocks were already hot and radiated heat which could be felt. The majority of these species belong to various genera of Lycaenidae such as Aphnaeus, Spindasis, Argiolaus, Epamera, Myrina, Virachola, and Egumbia, the great majority being males. As they arrived they would take up positions on certain favoured trees or bushes, giving chase to any which attempted to oust them from a favoured stance. The flight of Egumbia was always short, perhaps a couple of hours, and they would dis- appear down to the plains, Aphnaeus remained until noon. Agriolaws and 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 129 Epamera had a main flight in the morning from about 10 to noon and then again between 3 p.m. and 5, but one species of the latter appeared only in the afternoon. There are other lycanids of the genus Lepidochrysops which keep to the ground and short grass, and though some of these seemed to remain on the hilltop as “residents” their numbers were augmented by flights mostly during the morning. Most hilltops have their quota of Acrzeas, distasteful insects which sail slowly around flaunting their conspicuous colours or per- haps sit on some exposed twig with wings expanded. The Papilio population is not numerous; the ubiquitous P. demodocus Esper is usually present but it does not appear in flights, in fact most can be called resident. P. leonidas F. and P. angolanus Goez. contribute to the concen- tration, and the former by its leisurely flight is conspicuous. On some hills, P. rex is present. Nymphalines are numerically strong, and some of these by reason of their size, conspicuous colours, and strong flight attract attention. Such are Charaxes epijastus Reiche, Ch. castor Cr., Ch. achaemenes Fld., and Ch. viola B. They have a strong, swift flight and are pugnacious; they chase each other hither and thither and often fight over a favoured exposed twig on which to sun themselves. When they fight over such a perch they beat each other with clips of the fore wing, and the noise is audible at quite a distance. The population is 100% male. There are usually two or three species of Preczs, together with the ubiquitous Hamanumida dadulus F., and these content themselves with chasing each other around the rocks and bushes. Amongst the smaller, but never-the less typical, hilltop visitors of interest are two species of Skippers of the genus Abantis, A. paradisea B. and A. tettensts Hopp. They too are very aggresive and jealously keep guard of a favourite stance, usually a bare twig. Their flight is extremely rapid and strong, and as they dart about it is almost impossible to follow them. Another Skipper usually plentiful along the edge of the crown of the hill is the common Ce- liades forestans Cram., which may be seen basking in the sun or chasing any intruder out of its particular territory. One or two species of Satyrines are usually present; most are “residents”, but still, they too go toward the general make-up of the hilltop fauna. Many day-long visits to hilltops has shown that even on a continuously sunny day there is a lull in activity toward noon till about 3 p.m. when “flight play” is again indulged in up to about 5 p.m., when the majority of insects disappear. I have occasionally stayed on a hill- top until almost sunset and then gone the round of the hilltop beating bushes and shaking trees to ascertain if any of the company were sheltering for the night, but seldom with result; the insects seem to descend to the surrounding country. Very few Pierines are seen on the hilltops, and those that do appear pass on after a very brief stay. Although the hilltop population is a shifting one there is evidence that individuals of a species will visit a hilltop day after day for no other apparent purpose than to play around. The same individual will sit on a twig he occupied day after day; another caught up will be recognised by a break as one taken on two previous days and released, and so on. 130 VAN SOMEREN: Hilltopping in Africa Vol.9: nos.4-5 Having observed this definite concentration of species on hilltops, one naturally seeks for some possible explanation. The insects don’t come up the hill to feed, for there is no evidence of this; they don’t choose this spot as a mating ground, for females seldom appear; they don’t come up because the larval food plant is around, and there is a chance that a female may emerge; they just seem to delight in the freedom of uninterrupted sunlight and in flight play. KNUDSEN (1954) suggests that the insects are involuntarily carried up the hill by a warm up-current and that they are carried down by a cooling current; thus the population is ever changing. This suggestion, in my view, is highly unsatisfactory. I am inclined to the belief that the phenomenon is due to phototropic urge; the insects are attracted to a point of uninterrupted sunlight. Combined with this there would be, by reason of mass rock forma- tion, a concentrated area of heat by radiation once the sun had raised the rock temperature beyond that of the surrounding country. There is no doubt that butterflies are strongly attracted to light and warmth. This can be seen fre- quently in the forest. Many species, and especially the male sex, will con- gregate in sunlit clearings of quite small size such as where a giant forest tree has fallen and cleared a passage in the dense growth; there will be a similar concentration in artificial clearings and along forest paths and road- ways; the majority of insects are there to bask in the sun and display. This is surely a case of phototropism! During a recent visit to the Teita Hills I visited a small stand of Eucalyptus trees which I knew to be heavily infected with borers. Wherever the workings were fresh a gentle ooze of fermenting exudate resulted, and this liquid proved most attractive to many insects including several Nymphalines, especially Charaxes. Most of the exuding wounds were 40-50 feet up the trunks, and both male and female Charaxes came to feed in considerable numbers. When the females were satisfied, they flew along the forest edge to rest or find their food plants on which to lay eggs. The males on the other hand, when full fed, congregated on the tops of two of the tallest trees at the edge of the forest and here they sunned themselves or chased each other round and round the tree tops. Returning to feed after a whue, they would again resort to these same two tall trees as their chosen “playzround”. Why did they choose these two tallest flat-topped trees standing well above other sunlit trees? I suggest the same phototropic influence was exhibited here as in the case of hilltops: a high uninterrupted brightly lit area with plenty of flight room around it. In the spring of 1954 we visited the West Nile district of Uganda, and in the Metu area had experience of hilltops of quite a different character to any previously described. About two miles from the camp there was a low chain of very rocky hills with considerable tree growth. With binoculars we could see that the entire range was made up of huge boulders, many as big as a fair-sized house, piled up one on top of the other, with lesser boulders supporting. There were several spurs or promontories along the range which looked promising. By the aid of the binoculars we noted that the entire chain was thickly covered by quite a heavy forest of a curious mixed type. Many of the trees were species associated with savannah, but here they grew 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 131 to a large size and we noted considerable stands of Bamboo. From top to base, huge boulders showed up between the trees. It seemed obvious that the soil in crevices and pans amongst the boulders was very rich and that a quantity of water was held up amongst the rocks. We knew that the rainfall in the area was fairly considerable too. We eventually found that many species of butterflies associated with heavy forest were here in considerable numbers, but their presence was only made known when we investigated the peaks and “hilltops”. On our investigation of the range we examined the layout from about a mile distant and selected a couple of spurs, one for my friend and one for my- self, about half a mile apart. Having walked to the base of the hills we were met by an almost inpenetrable barrier of thorny bush and creepers and large boulders along the fringe of the forest. We walked up and down looking for a reasonable point of entry but found none. We then decided to force a way by hacking through the tangle and making our way up to the peaks as best we could. First of all we took a bearing between sun and the position of the spurs, and each went his way. There was no easy gradient up to the peaks, for after we got through the fringing barrier, it was a case of scrambling between huge boulders, making use of roots and saplings in rock crevices for hand and foot hold, often jumping from rock to rock or having to make detours around unclimbable boulders, then scrambling up almost vertical rock faces. After almost two hours of really hard going one eventually came toward the top of the spur to find that one had the choice of two likely “hilltops”, one a huge domed rock 20-40 feet across, or three huge boulders with flattish tops, but with deep open crevices in between and about a yard across. The surrounding forest trees reached to 6-20 feet above the crown of the rocks, and from crevices in the rocks a few bushes and creepers grew in the debris; otherwise the rock top was open to the sky. The only way to get on top of the boulders was to climb an adjacent tree trunk, get into its branches, and jump. On the next visit to my rocks I took a local native who showed me a wellworn track up the hill; the gradient was not any less difficult than the path I had forced, and it was a bit longer, but one didn’t get caught up in thorny creepers nor reach a blank wall of rock necessitating a withdrawal to seek a new path. There was one compensating factor in the rock climb, and that was the shade of the forest canopy. Once on top, it was interesting to note that these great rock-tops, open to the sky, acted in just the same way as a hilltop. There was a concentration of butterflies consisting of Charaxes of half a dozen species, a few Precis, a species of Evxanthe and other nymphalids, two or three species of Hesperids, four species of Acrea, and several genera of Lycenids but predominantly Argiolaus and Epamera. All these behaved just as they would on a hilltop; they sat and sunned themselves on leaves and twigs or dashed after each other in the sunlight. Some of them consistently perched high, and one had to use a twenty foot pole to reach them. But there was an added interest to these rock-tops surrounded by heavy tree growth at their very edge, in that females 132 VAN SOMEREN: Hilltopping in Africa Vol.9: nos.4-5 of practically all the species encountered were present at some time or other. This was due to the fact that in many instances the surrounding trees, or parasitic Loranthus on them, were the foodplants of the species concerned. As in the case of hilltops here too we noted that the first flush of insects was about 10 a.m. when the top of the rock was in full sunlight and beginning to warm up. There was also the noon lull followed by a very distinct afternoon session, particularly of Argolaus and Epamera which came in between 4 and 5 p.m. We were able to induce an even greater number of female visitors by means of using baited traps for Charaxes and by judicious “planting” of bunches of Loranthus, for Epamera and Agriolaus, on convenient trees. The sprays of flowering Loranthus had to be renewed daily as they withered in a few hours. The female lycenids visited the Loranthus to lay eggs. In this way we were able to capture many females which would not have been ob- tained otherwise. On return to camp each evening, my friend and I compared notes and experiences. It was interesting to find that our respective hills had produced the same combination of species with one or two notable exceptions. His rock-top had a species of Virachola (Lycenidz), which I never encountered on mine and he took them 1n some numbers and all were males. The larve of most members of this genus feed inside fruit, large berries, and seed-pods, and there was no doubt that somewhere in the vicinity of his rock the food- plant existed. My specialty was a species of Charaxes, first recorded from S. Abyssinia, then in Sudan, but still very rare and only once taken in N.E. Uganda. The larve feed on Bamboo and I had a stand of this at one end of my second rock, so I took a nice series of males and females. It was not all sunshine on the rock peaks; nearly every day a rain-storm swept over. We kept an eye on the rain clouds as they moved over one hill after another, but we had a warning of their near approach, for every butterfly previously circling around disappeared. As the rain fell we scram- bled down our rocks and took shelter under cover of overhanging rocks, sharing the protection with bats and Rock Hyrax. The Sanctuary, Ngong, KENYA COLONY THE NEW NOMENCLATURE RULES A temporarily valuable pamphlet, “An unofficial interpretation of the International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature as amended by the XIII International Congress of Zoology, Paris, 1948, and by the XIV International Congress of Zoology, Copenhagen, 1953”, has been issued by W. J. FOLLETT, of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, Calif., U.S.A. Any lepidopterist concerned with the technical aspects of no- menc!ature who has not already received this pamphlet will perhaps be able to obtain a copy by writing the author. It is a synthesis of the 1948 and 1953 amendments to the International Rules and will of course be replaced by the publication of the official revision of the Rules now in preparation. The 1948 and 1953 actions have been officially reported in painstaking detail by the Secretary of the International Commission, but these are not in a form one can easily use for rapid consultation. C. L. REMINGTON 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 133 MORE ON BUTTERFLIES ON HILLTOPS by GEORGE W. RAWSON The article about Anthocaris genutia congregating on hilltops published four years ago in The Lepidopterists’ News appears to have created considerable interest judging by the appearance of six subsequent articles in which the authors relate their experience or observations covering the concentration of various species of butterflies on high ground or hilltops. While the cause of this somewhat peculiar behavior appears to require more intensive and careful study, a possible explanation suggested by Mr. KNUDSEN (vol. 9: 141-142; 1954) coincides with my own ideas, namely that the cooler air in valleys or low places in proximity to mountain ranges ascends up the slopes after having been heated by the rays of the sun. This movement of air is thought to gain sufficient velocity to carry butterflies (principally if not exclusively males?) upward until the tops or summits of the mountains are reached, after which they are known to accumulate, sometimes in fair numbers. While this theory seems quiet plausible, more intensive as well as extensive study is needed to prove it. It is therefore hoped that sufficient in- terest has been created to cause lepidopterists to investigate this phenomenon whenever suitable opportunities occur during the coming collecting season. Why not jot down your resolution on your calendar pad so you will not over- look or forget such an interesting project when the time for action arrives? In the hope that the following does not offend any sensitive reader, it might be advisable to remark that “casual” notes or observations are not sufficient. The object should be to accumulate as much data as conditions permit, such as the topography, altitude, vegetation, time of day, temperature, direction and character of flight, wind velocity and direction, normal or principal (local) habitat, range, feeding or other habits of both sexes, the species ob- served and their abundance, etc. Further evidence of butterflies “fraternizing” on hilltops comes from an earlier observation of mine. This time the scene shifts to Alaska and the subject to that relatively rare form, Papilio machaon aliaska Scudder. While stationed for Yale University at the Naval Arctic Research Laboratory at Umiat situated on the Colville River about two hundred miles or so north of the Arctic Circle, my field companion, Dr. P. F. BELLINGER, and I were eager to take a series of this species. As luck would have it, we were not more than a few days at Umiat before both of us were so fortunate as to capture two male specimens in excellent condition on the tundra within a few hundred yards of the laboratory, thus establishing that we were in the right locality and present at the right time. However, as we succeeded in taking only a few males after several days’ collecting, we decided to widen our field of search to higher ground. The next day was 10 July 1952, and we decided to try a small mountain of about 770 feet altitude which was situated a mile or so southwest of the camp. 134 RAWSON: Hilltopping in Alaska Vol.9: nos.4-5 This small mountain had an incline of approximately 40° and was fairly well covered by the prevailing type of “barren ground” vegetation such as dwarf birches and willows in wet or moist areas and ericaceous herbs, sedges, mosses and lichens on the drying ground. The temperature was around 75-80° F. and the wind velocity somewhere in the neighborhood of 10-15 m. p. h. The reader will probably recognise an inconsistency here. After suggesting that much attention should be given to the collection of details surrounding the congregation of Lepidoptera on hilltops, the writer failed to carry out these suggestions on this particular occasion. However, when we reached the summit we found, to our great delight, that P. machaon was present in sufficient num- bers so that we were able to take a fine series of males in excellent condition in about one hour’s frenzied collecting. Very few Swallow-tails were caught on the wing. With few exceptions, they were taken while feeding on a species of dwarf Pink and other species of Arctic or alpine flowers and in several in- stances on the bare ground. No females were seen or taken on this mountain, a few were taken on the tundra in the Colville Valley, also on the same type of habitat (namely low ground) at Chandler Lake on the northern slope of the Brooks Range of mountains. Judging by my limited experience and as a result of the observations and reports of western collectors, a number of species of Papilio are known to ascend the slopes of hills and mountains and to congregate on their summit. P. machaon aliaska is no exception to this rule, if rule it is. No, 1, Nassau Lane, Silver Springs, Md., U.S.A. ~S. A U The TENTH INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF ENTOMOLOGY will be held at Montreal, Canada, from 17 to 25 August 1956. This will be the first Congress of Entomology to be held in North America in many years. Sections of the Congress likely to be of greatest interest to lepidopterists are the following: 1) Systematics; 2) Mor- phology and Anatomy; 3) Physiology; 4) Behavior; 5) Ecology; 6) Geographical Dis- tribution; 7) Genetics and Biometrics. Individuals interested in attending the Congress should notify the Secretary as soon as possible, so that application forms and detailed information may be sent. His address: Mr. J. A. DOWNES, Division of Entomology, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont., Canada. THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY WILL HOLD A SPECIAL MEETING AT THE TIME OF THE CONGRESS. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 135 NAME CHANGES FOR THREE SPHINGIDA OF JAMAICA by MARGARET M. CARY In the preparation of the pamphlet to be published by the Institute of Jamai- ca in the near future, called “Hawkmoths of Jamaica and related Species and Sub- species of the Antilles’, C. BERNARD LEwiIs, Director of the Institute, and I have, after long study of much field material and comparison of long series both in my personal collection and in the collection at the Institute, made the follow- ing name changes. We believe, and are upheld in this belief by Dr. KARL JORDAN of Tring, England, that the name Cocytiuws vitrinus musgravi Clark must be sunk. There is no such insect. The one formerly so named has been proven to be as Dr. JORDAN believed from the first (see his letter in collection at Carnegie Collection, Pittsburgh, beside the so-called Cocytius vitrinus musgravi Clark) the female of the Jamaican Cocytius duponchel Poey. 1 say Jamaican Cocytims duponchel, because long series of Cuban and Haitian C. duponchel show green females like the green males of all C. duponchel. The gray female of duponchel is very common in Jamaica, and there are a few green females caught there, in a very long series. This female is gray with much white on its wings, and the spots on its abdomen are paler yellow than the orange spots of duponchel, and this gave the impression of Cocytius vitrinus R. & J., found only in Cuba. However the true C. vztrinus is smaller, has more pointed and narrower wings, and the hyaline section of the hind wing is much more extensive than that of the so-called Cocytims vitrinus musgravei Clark. This hyaline section in true vitrinus extends almost to the inner margin of the hind wing. PRESTON CLARK’S observations were based on very few specimens, whereas we base ours on very long series, every green C. duponchel, except two, in the Institute collection being a male and every gray moth being a female. This is true also in my collection. Erinnyis obscura jamaicensis Clark we feel should be called Erinnyzs obscura form “jamaicensis”. In a series of over one hundred in the collection at the Institute and in almost that number in my own, there are many E. obscura which are about as large as obscura from Florida, Haiti, and Venezuela. These large ones are also as definitely marked as normal obscura. There are also a good number of obscura in the Institute collection and in mine that are smaller and somewhat paler in color and less strikingly marked. The small and the larger obscura of Jamaica have been caught on the same nights at the same locality in many cases. We believe the smaller obscura owe their size and general paleness to either foodplant or aridity. In any case we feel that this is a form rather than a subspecies and have so named it. Erinnyis domingonis pallescens Clark we have also renamed Erinnyis domingonis form “pallescens”. CLARK based his description of this subspecies on a few specimens sent him by a collector from one locality in Jamaica. He 136 CARY: Jamaican Sphingidz Vol.9: nos.4-5 felt that these specimens were both smaller and paler than Erinnyis domingonts Butler of Florida or Mexico, or South America. In the series of E. domingonis from Jamaica in the collection at the Institute and in my own collection we find the size of Jamaican insects as large as those I have collected in Haiti, Cuba, and Venezuela, and it is only in absolutely fresh specimens from Venezuela and Haiti that the heavier black shading is noticeable. These heavy black scales rub off at once except under expert handling, and we therefore believe that these somewhat paler specimens from Jamaica are best considered a form rather than a subspecies. Eller Lane & Wissahickon Ave., Philadelphia 19, Pa., U. S. A. SPHINGIDA COLLECTING IN JAMAICA AND HAITI, JUNE 1955 JOHN W. CApBuRY III and J spent from the 8th of June until the end of June collecting Sphingidz in Jamaica and Haiti. This period was chosen for the dark of the moon to a great extent and was also after heavy early June rains. We used a 200 watt clear light bulb, hanging it in all cases about thirty feet above ground on balconies that looked out over dark, wooded country, in which grew the food plants of the scarce moths we were looking for. At Christiana, Jamaica, 3,000 feet elevation, we were seeking Xylophanes jamaicensis Clark, named from two specimens, one at Carnegie Museum in the Clark, Holland, Oberthir collection and one at the Institute of Jamaica. Both had been captured near Christiana, and the foodplant, a species of Hamelia, grew in the wooded hills of this region. We spent three nights here without getting this moth, perhaps due to the fact that these nights were very cold and clear, but we were fortunate in finding a young scientise who lives there and who had seen the moth in the Institute collection. He has promised to try to get it for us. However, on our next trip in Jamaica to a place called Bonnie View, 600 feet above Pore Antonio in a very tropical and well forested region looking towards both Blue and the wild John Crow mountains, we had great success, securing as far as is known the only male specimen of Isognathus rimosa jamaicensis R. & J. in any collection. Three females have been caught, one now in the Carnegie and two in the Institute collection. This was a freshly emerged and clearly marked specimen, whose photograph we will publish soon. We secured « fresh and clearly marked specimen of Nannoparce poeyi Grote, which we have also photographed since its freshness showed markings not clearly evident before. We caught a good many other nice Jamaican Sphinx moths such as Erinnyis lassauxt omphalee Woisduval, Erinnyis domingonis Butler, Xylophanes chiron Drury, etc., etc. In Haiti where we had only three nights, we secured Erinnyis lassauxi meriane Grote, which I had never before taken, beautiful freshly emerged male and female spec- imens of Isognathus rimosa molitor R. & J., Erinnyis domingonis Butler, and many others. | have since received from Petit Goave, Haiti, a beautiful specimen of Perigonia manni Clark. It has taken eight trips to Jamaica and four to Haiti to secure some of these. MARGARET M. CARY, Ellet Lane & Wissahickon, Philadelphia 19, Pa., U. S. A. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 137 NOTES ON THE LIFE-HISTORY AND METHODS OF REARING THE GIANT TIGER SWALLOWTAIL, PAPILIO MULTICAUDATUS by GEORGE F. PRONIN Among our butterflies, one of the finest species is without doubt the beautiful Swallowtail, Papilio multicaudatus Kirby. In California it flies in the Sierra as well as in the valleys; its large and powerful wings enable it to reach and go over the high mountain passes. It is in the canyons which are filled with sunshine, with a very hot soil of volcanic tuffs broken down by erosion, that these butterflies love to fly. There, direct from the riven stones arise the majestic Incense Cedar (Libocedrus decurrens Torr.), Yellow Pine (Pinus ponderosa Dougl.), and robust Califor- nia Black Oak, (Quercus kelloggit Newb.). In the open spots in direct sunshine grow bushes of Choke-cherry (Prunus demissa Nutt.), the best host plant for the caterpillars of the Swallowtail. At times the butterflies use their large wings like sails, rising in the breeze or on the waves of warm air which rise from the sides of the canyons. After midday the males fly along the canyon sides, looking very attentively for young females just hatching from their chrysalids or pupae. Any yellow thing attracts the males; one was even seen to fly round and round an empty corned beef tin which had a flamboyant yellow label! Mating begins after midday and continues for about an hour and a half. On June 19, 1951, a pair was observed in a special butterfly cage at the Hat Creek Entomological Station in Shasta County, California; the male died one hour after copulation. Egg laying cannot begin at once after breeding, except in the case of very old females which have in their bodies overmature eggs. Females of the Giant Swallowtail usually produce about 55 eggs, but do not start to lay for two or three days after fertilization. After mating the female visits many different kinds of flowers to obtain nectar. The favorite in the Hat Creek area is the Tiger Lily (Leliwm pardal- num Kell.), which grows along the irrigation ditches. When ready to lay her eggs, however, she leaves the flowers and searches for open spots where young Choke-cherries grow. The female produces about 6 or 7 eggs during one day, and the egg laying period extends over some ten days. The eggs are always put on the upper side of leaves, and after laying on one tree she flies off for a con- siderable distance. The females of the giant Swallowtail like very much to lay their eggs in shrubs, along irrigation ditches which are shaded from the south, also from the strongest sunshine. In such a wood margin I have found during 14% hours more than 22 cat- erpillars of P. multicaudatus of various ages. The young caterpillars begin to hatch about a week after the eggs are laid. Each has on its back two little white strips, which enlarge as the caterpillar 138 PRONIN: Papilio multicaudatus biology Vol.9: nos.4-5 grows, and resemble the white arms of a two-headed eagle. Immediately after hatching the caterpillar begins to eat the shell of the egg from which it came, and likewise begins to weave a silk mat on the surface of the leaf, such that the wind cannot suddenly sweep it off. Such a mat is made to the edge ot the leaf, where the caterpillar begins to eat. This silk line is always made, even by big caterpillars, serving them as a thread of Ariadne, leading them to the desired spot. At a constant temperature of 85° F., the caterpillars molt regularly at intervals of about 5 days. The following typical data are from records taken at Hat Creek, Shasta Co., California, in 1951: Egg hatched July 23 Ist molt occurred DS Tse 4 ft August 1 3rd ,? aA yy 5 4th yt y? ’ 9 Feeding ceased (gle) Caterpillar began to change color, from green to brown phen |S Pupa formed acne Until the 4th molt the caterpillar is of a polished black color, but after that changes to green; the white eagle-like marking becomes very pale and finally disappears entirely. By the time for pupation, the caterpillar becomes brown. When the caterpillar is ready to pupate it makes a little silk cushion on some nearly vertical surface, to which the cremaster hooks at the tail end of the pupa will be attached. These little claws on the cremaster serve to anchor the pupa securely. After this work, the caterpillar turns with the head upward and begins to weave around its back a very thin silk girdle, which in the future will attach the pupa to its surroundings. After the final molt, which occurs after the silk has been spun, the girdle cuts very deeply under the chitinous outer skin of the pupa. If you wish to remove the pupa from its resting place, you must first very carefully cut the girdle, then try to free the cremaster hooks from the silk cushion. To obtain eggs from P. multicaudatus, one must take a box about 18” by 18” and 24” high. The front can be made of glass, but the other sides must be covered with fine wire screen to enable the butterflies to climb to the top, and also to provide fresh air, for the box must be kept in bright sunshine each day. It is best to add a branch or a piece of carton, to provide some shade in the cage. The first problem is how to keep the cut branch in a living condition, as ic will be in full sunlight for some days. For this purpose I have invented an apparatus called a “Turgorator’, which produces artificially an almost normal turgor in the plant tissue (Lepid. News 8: pp. 121-123). The Turgorator enables a city dweller to take home branches from different plants, in a normal livine condition. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 139 Working with the Turgorator, we have to be sure there is always enough water in the can, as the cherry leaves lose much moisture by transpiration. It is helpful to wrap the Turgorator in a white towel, which prevents the sun from heating the water too much, and also gives the butterflies an opportunity to crawl to the leaves or branches. A small vessel of water must be put in the cage with the butterflies, else they will die of thirst. For feeding them we can use different flowers, such as clover or thistle, but best of all is the Tiger Lily. The flowers of this plant are sO attractive to female swallowtails that those of several species (P. multi- caudatus, PF, rutulus Boisd., P. eurymedon Luc.) will even lay their eggs directly on the blossoms and leaves, though they are not suitable food for the caterpillars. It is not enough to provide flowers for the butterflies, however; we must give also sugar dissolved in water (about a 12% solution). Drops of the solution can be put on a piece of carton waxed with paraffin, or in the glass lid of a fruit jar. The butterfly should be taken by the forewings in one hand, while with the other we roll out its coiled tongue. You can tell when it has be- eun to drink the sugar solution, because it bends down its antennz and nods its head. Then the wings should be released and the butterfly allowed to feed of its own accord. When it begins to roll up the tongue again, we should wash the or- gan in clean water, using a tuft of cotton, or simply by putting the butterfly un- der a little stream of water. Such a washing of the tongue and legs is necessary, for if left on, the sugar solution will make the legs fragile and will gum up the tongue. If the females have stopped egg laying we can feed them at one- day intervals, but in this case we must be sure that there is always fresh water available for them to drink. If females do not accept the sugar solution, it is an indication that they have not yet mated, as young ones before copulation eat only a small amount of food. In sunny weather, females begin to lay their eggs after midday, older ones starting first. Leaves with eggs on can be picked, the eggs removed very care- fully and each lot put in a separate glass jar. Eggs which are nearly ready to hatch change their color and look like ripe apricots, then become still darker. At a constant temperature of 83° F., the young caterpillars are ready to hatch in seven days. To rear them we should have ready some glass jars 6 or 7 inches high and 4 inches wide, in each a little twig of Choke-cherry in a vial of water; the mouth of the vial around the twiz should be stuffed with cotton so that the larve cannot fall in and drown. Five or six eggs may be put on the leaves of one twig, and six or seven jars will be needed for the brood from one female; the ripe eggs can be fastened to the leaves with white-of-egg, or saliva. The young larvae must be kept under constant observation and handled with great care, using a camel's hair brush. If they fall from the leaves, put them back at once with the brush. In such jars the larvae can be kept until they have changed their skins, 7.e. molted, for the third time. Then they should be transferred to glass cylinders a foot high and 6 inches wide. The mature larve change their color from green to dark brown. At that time they must be put into other jars containing branches. Once a caterpillar 140 PRONIN: Papilio multicaudatus biology Vol.9: nos.4-5 has chosen a spot on a branch, spun a silk mat and attached itself by a girdle around its body, it and the twig must be placed in another glass into which no new larve are put. For just before their pupation, caterpillars are very un- easy, and can readily disturb those which are ready to pupate. If we have the overwintering generation, the glass jars containing pupz should be covered with wire netting, to prevent the entrance of mice during the winter. The caterpillars of P. multicaudatus can be found on other plants as well as on Choke-cherry. But in Shasta County in northern California the females lay their eggs only on the leaves of Choke-cherry. If you want the butterflies to become constant visitors in your garden, you must try to provide suitable conditions. Thus there should be a small bed with flowers of Tiger Lily, and Choke-cherry bushes. I am greatly indebted to Dr. RALPH HALL and Mr. F. P. KEEN for per- mission to use the facilities of the Hat Creek Forest Entomology Station, and to HUGH B. LEECH, Associate Curator of Insects at the Calfornian Academy of Sciences, who helped to prepare this article for print. 516 Cole St., San Francisco 17, Calif., U. S. A. FIGURES OF TYPE SPECIMENS At the meeting of the International Union of Biological Sciences held at Nice in August 1953, a type-figuring subsection of the Entomology Section was formed. The objective of the subsection is to make information on types of insects and other animals as readily available as possible, especially by distributing figures of the type specimens, to assist in research work and to have some information available in case types are accidentally destroyed. The activities of the subsection are directed by a committee under the chairmanship of Mr. N. D. RILEY, Keeper, Department of Entomology, British Museum (Natural History), London, S. W. 7. Other members of the committee are: B. I’. BEIRNE, I. F. B. COMMON, W. FORSTER, J. G. FRANCLEMONT, H. INOUE, A. J. T. JANSE, O. LUNDBLAD, E. G. MUNROE, J. OITICICA Fo., J. F. G. CLARKE, R. N. ORFILA, C. F. pos PAssos, R. SPARCK, and P. E. VIETTE. The aims of the subsection are: to collect in a central file negatives of photographs of type specimens, or of photographs of drawings or other illustrations of type specimens or of their parts; to catalogue these and make lists available from time to time; to make and to distribute prints of the photographs for suitable fees to those requesting them; 1955 . The Lepidopterists News 141 and, when finances permit, to make or arrange to have made illustrations of types for the central file. At present the headquarters of the Subsection and the Central File are located at Ottawa, where some facilities are being made available to assist in the organization and the initial stages of operation. The headquarters can be transferred elsewhere at some future date, if a more suitable location and more adequate facilities were made available. The Subsection on Figuring Types now has available the first set of 50 photographs of type specimens of Lepidoptera. The set comprises 50 prints, representing upper and under sides of the following types of Rhopalocera in the Canadian National Collection of Insects: No. 1/2 Papilio brevicauda Saund. Packard: Guide Stud. Ins. 245, 1869. CNC Type INO: O32 3/4 P. brevicauda gaspeensis McD. Can. Ent. 66,84,1934. CNC Type No. 3735 5/6 P. brevicauda bretonensis McD. Can. Ent. 71,158,1939. CNC Type No. 4549 7/8 P. machaon dodi McD. Can. Ent. 71,216,1939. CNC Type No. 4913 9/10 Parnassius smintheus sternitzkyti McD. Can. Ent. 68,273,1936. CNC Type No. 4116 11/12 P. smintheus olympiana Burd. Can. Ent. 73,118,1941. CNC Type No. 5191 13/14 Coltas nastes subarctica McD. Can. Ent. 60,271,1928. CNC Type No. 2863 15/16 C. nastes streckeri ab. palliflava McD. Can. Ent. 59,154,1927. CNC Type No. 2435 17/18 Pieris beckeri pseudochloridice McD. Can. Ent. 60,267,1928. CNC Type No. 2861 19/20 P. napi mogollon Burd. Can. Ent. 74,154,1942, CNC Type No. 5222 21/22 Ccenypmha inornata benjamini McD. Can. Ent. 60,272,1928. CNC Type No. 2888 23/24 C. inornata insulana McD. Can. Ent. 60,273,1928. CNC Type No. 2889 25/26 C. inornata columbiana McD. Can. Ent. 60,274,1928. CNC Type No. 2890 27/28 C. inornata nipisiquit McD. Can. Ent. 71,266,1939. CNC Type No. 4967 29/30 C. ampelos mono Burd. Can. Ent. 74,2,1942. CNC Type No. 5223 31/32 C. tiphon mackenziei Davenp. Can. Ent. 68,1936. CNC Type No. 4066 33/34 Cnets chryxus strigulosa McD. Can. Ent. 66,86,1934. CNC Type No. 3732 35/36 O. jutta reducta McD. Can. Ent. 61,105,1929. CNC Type No. 2955 37/38 O. cairnesi Gibs. Rep. Can. Arc. Exp. IlI,15 1,1920. CNC Type No. 834 39/40 O. brucet yukonensis Gibs. Rep. Can. Arc. Exp. I,15 1,1920. CNC Type No. 836 41/42 O. semidea arctica Gibs. Rep. Can. Arc. Exp. 11J,13 11,1920. CNC Type No. 835 43/44 O. simulans Gibs. Rep. Can. Arc. Exp. 111,14 1,1920. CNC Type No. 854 45/46 Erebia disa subarctica McD. Can. Ent. 69,16,1937. CNC Type No. 4118 47/48 E. fasciata ab. suffusa Warr. Warren: Mon. Gen. Erebia, 180,1936. CNC Type No. 4119 49/50 Argynnis cybele novascotie McD. Can. Ent. 67,18,1935. CNC Type No. 3859 At present, because of limitations of staff, photographs can be sold only in sets, price $4.00 per set. Orders and inquiries should be addressed to the Curator, Mr. P. F. BRUGGEMANN, Science Service Building, Carling Avenue, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. Cheques may be made payable to the International Union of Biological Sciences. EUGENE G. MONROE, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa, Ont., CANADA [Editor's note: Dr. MUNROE has just notified us that series 2-8 of figures of North American types in the Canadian National Collection are now available and lists of these can be obtained from Mr. BRUGGEMANN.—C.L.R. | 142 Vol.9: nos.4-5 FIELD NOTES A NATURAL CYNTHIA — CECROPIA MATING During the winter of 1954-5 some fifty cocoons of Samia walkeri advena Pack. (cynthie auctt.) had been accumulated for the purpose of examining the emerging imagoes for aberrant forms. Customarily each evening normal individuals were tossed in the general direction of a Forsythia bush near the door of my study at Washington, Conn- ecticut, and no further interest demonstrated in their welfare except the hope that the species might become established in these environs. At about nine o’clock on the morn- ing of July 8, as I emerged from my study, thoughts of the five specimens I had cat- apulted towards the bush the night before came to mind, and I determined to investigate whether any specimens still remained. Even as I approached, my casual glance startled me. There in full broadside view was a copulating pair of Saturniids, but it required a “doubletake’”” on my part to comprehend the picture. What I was seeing was surely a female S. walkeri released the previous night, but who was her strange partner? There was no mistaking the situation. A robust male Platysamia cecropia Linné had successfully wooed the fair lady, presumably winning out over ostensibly more eligible suitors. I feel certain she had entered her freedom in the company of two or more males of her kind, not to mention those released on successively earlier days. Not knowing how lcng they had been paired, I did not wish to chance disturbing them so decided to insure against predators by remaining a few hours in the garden near at hand. I might as well be candid—my wife had told me in no uncertain terms to get around to mowing the lawn that very morning. At noon J risked moving them to a large screen cage, accomplishing the task without mishap. They remained together until after 9:30 P. M. when I left the house. Upon my return three hours later they had parted. By the next morning there were already many eggs. More were laid the following two nights, during which nights, I might add, I dreamed of Lepidoptera with various patterns intermediate between the species, not to mention some with gaudy features known to neither, or for that matter, any moth. As the days passed I excitedly examined the eggs at ridiculously frequent intervals. Tension mounted to a peak as the seventh, eighth, and ninth days came by. The suspense was terrific. No doubt, you have guessed the end of the story as, in truth, had I long before. It had been too much to hope for. Judging from the progressive collapse of the eggs as the days passed, the embryos, if formed at all, never developed to any extent. Un- fortunately, I neglected to make a microscopic examination. SIDNEY A, HESSEL, Nettleton Hollow, Washington, Conn., U, S, A, ZEUZERA AND ADOPAEA IN KENTUCKY During the season’s collecting (1955) in Rockcastle Co., Ky., two unusual records were made. On July 15, 20, and 21 specimens of the Leopard Moth, Zewzera pyrina Linne (Cossida), were taken, and another was reported seen by another observer. On Aug, 21 a specimen of the European Skipper, Adopiaa lineola Ochs. (Hesperiidae), was taken, RALPH BEEBE, Renfro Valley, Ky., U. S. A. Ve 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 14 AN APPARENT MIGRATION OF THE MOURNING CLOAK On September 8, 1955, along the Jones Beach Parkway which parallels the ocean shore on the south side of Long Island, I encountered thousands of the larger dragonflies, particularly Anax junius, migrating along the coast toward the mainland. A few Monarch butterflies (Danaus plexippus Linné) drifted in the same direction. But what was espe- cially surprising was a definite movement of the Mourning Cloak (Nymphalis antiopa Linné). Between the water tower and Captree, a distance of fifteen miles, | saw twenty- five Mourning Cloak butterflies all flying in the same direction as the Monarchs and the dragonflies, toward the western end of the island. One of the insects, moving beside the road and parallel to it near Gilgo Beach, was advancing at a speed of fifteen miles an hour. All the Mourning Cloaks were flying steadily, all were flying in a straight line, all were moving in the same direction. This is the first instance I have encountered of any mass movement by these butter- flies. As it is well known that they spend the winter in hibernation, often appearing during thaws in February and March, this concerted movement along the coast has special interest. Usually hibernation takes place in hollow trees and among woodlands. As there are no large trees or stretches of old woodland in the area, perhaps this was a partial migration, 2 movement toward more favorable hibernating areas. On this particular autumn on Long Island the number of Mourning Cloaks seems to have been unusually large. EDMUND MORGAN, Curator of Nassau County’s Tack- apausha Museum, at Seaford, reports that when watermelon rinds were left in a yard tem- perarily after a social event at Millville, L. I., about the first of September, they attracted considerable numbers of Mourning Cloaks. As many as thirty or forty of the butter- flies clustered on one rind at one time. EDWIN WAY TEALE, 93 Park Ave., Baldwin, L. I., N. Y., U. S, A. A PAPILIO FLIGHT PATTERN Back in 1953, May 30 and 31, I collected butterflies about six or seven miles west of Ramsey, Illinois, Fayette County, Hurricane Township, and I made the follow- ing observation on the flight habits of some swallowtail butterflies. I saw several! Papilio philenor L. and P. troilus L. exhibiting this curious flight habit on both days. These swallowtails seemed to prefer to fly along the northern edge of some woods known as “The Lost 80’, mostly in an east-west direction. Very few went north or south. They flew in the shade and not along the road which ran along the north edge of “The Lost 80”, since it was in the hot sun. These woods are one quarter of a mile east and west by one half of a mile north and south. These particular butterflies flew east to the edge of the woods and would turn arcund and fly back to the west edge, turn around and fly back again. Back and forth they kept up this procedure all day long for both days. Deeper into the woods there were no swallowtails. I did not investigate the south edge. Incidently, I have collected in this territory previously and since and have observed this curious habit only this one time. As to the other kinds of swallowtails present here 1 might add that I saw on the first day eleven Papilio glaucus L. and one P. cresphontes Cram. These showed no par- ticular flight patterns. But on the second day I saw six P. glaucus L., and all were flying either to the north or south. Three flew to the north and one south; the other two came northward through “The Lost 80” woods, turned around at the road, and flew back southward. LEONARD S. PHILLIPS Armour Research Foundation of The Illinois Institute of Technology, Biochemistry Dept. 35 W. 33rd St., Chicago 16, Ill., U. S. A, 144 Vol.9: nos.4-5 ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLEGAGS (Under the supervision of JAMES R. MERRITT) MY HIGHEST CATCH OF BUTTERFLY SPECIES JIN Ay SINGERS ay: DIGNE (FRANCE), 6TH AUGUST 1926 Dr. C. L. REMINGTON’S interesting note on the highest number of butterfly species taken by him in a single day and his invitation to readers of the Lepidopterists’ News to send in notes of their experiences in this matter prompted me to turn up my collecting diaries to see what was the largest number of species which I had ever taken in a single day. This proved to have been fifty-six species taken by me at Digne in France on 6th August 1926. By way of explanation I should perhaps say that I have always made a full record of the species caught on every day of collecting and, being in- terested in faunal problems, I have always tried to take (or definitely establish the identity of) every species occurring on that day. On the other hand, I have never set out to see how many different species I could find in a single day, preferring on any given day to concentrate upon some limited area and to search adjoining areas of a different character on some other day. ‘The actual area in which I collected at Digne on 6th August 1926 was the lower portion of the Vallée des Eaux-Chaudes, a bare valley which lies less than two miles to the east of the town. The whole area collected in on that day was not more than a few miles in length and I have no doubt that, if it had been my object on that day to obtain the maximum number of different species, I could have caught a larger number by spending less time in the Eaux-Chaudes valley and using the time so saved for visiting rather different localities nearby. Digne is probably the richest collecting ground in Europe for butterflies. It lies at an elevation of 1955 feet on a plateau of Miocene age, backed on the north-west and south-east by higher ground made of lower and middle Jurassic overlaid by a narrow strip of Upper Trias running in the same general direction. There is much still to be learned regarding the distribution of butterflies in France, but from published and other material there is no doubt that the Basses-Alps, the Department of which Digne is the administrative capital, is the home of a larger number of species of butterflies than any other Department in France. The time of year — the end of the first week in August — when I made the catch now described is not that which I should have chosen, it being dictated by other preoccupations. It is likely that the date on which the maximum number of species is on the wing at Digne is some- where about 20th July in a season of normal weather, for at that date worn examples of a larger number of early summer species are still to be found, though in bad condition, while most of the late summer species which were fresh on Oth August 1926 would probably have started to emerge. The significance of the total number of species observed on a single day naturally must be judged against the total number of species occurring in the locality during the year. In any estimate of this kind there must be some clement of doubt when, as here, it is necessary to rely in part on old published 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 145 records. Moreover, there will be slight differences in the totals obtained by different workers according to the view which they take on the species-problem. In the group on which old records are most likely to be unreliable — the Pyrgus skippers — account has been taken only of species of which there exist authentic specimens, the specific identity of which has been established by an examina- tion of the male genitalia. Subject to these reservations it may be estimated that about 175 species occur in the Department of the Basses Alpes; a con- siderable number of these are high-elevation species which could not exist at so low an elevation as Digne. The total number of species recorded as having been taken at Digne or in its immediate neighbourhood is about 135. Of these, between 15 and 20 are early spring species and another seven occur only at considerable elevations in the Dourbes mountains to the north-east of the town. Thus, the total number of species which might be on the wing at Digne itself in the first week of August is about 110; of these a considerable number would be almost over and only a few worn specimens could be expected. Actually, as already stated, we took 56 species on 6th August 1926, or only a little over one-half of the maximum which with the utmost of luck we might have obtained. It was a very hot day and butterflies swarmed in the Eaux- Chaudes valley. The most numerous in examples were the large Satyrids of the group formerly placed together in the genus Satyrus (of which we obtained specimens of all the eleven species known to occur in the locality) and some of the Blues, notably Lysandra coridon. The following is a list of the 56 species that we took: SATYRIDA. — Pararge megera, Melanargia galathea, Hipparchia fagi (hermione), H. alia (alcyone), Aulocera circe, Eumenis brisets, E. arethusa, E. semele, E. statilinus, E. fidia, Satyrus acta, S. ferula (cordula), Minots dryas, Maniola tithonus, M. jurtina, M. lycaon, Coenonympha dorus, C. pamphilus (18 species). NYMPHALIDE. — Argynnis paphia, Fabriciana adippe, F. charlotta (a- glaia), Clossiana dia, Brenthis daphne, Melitea cinxia, M. phoebe, M. didyma, Mellicta deione, M. athalia (pseudathalia), Vanessa cardui (11 species). LYCANIDA. — Lyceides idas, Polyommatus icarus, P. meleager, Lysandra dorylas, L. coridon, L. bellargus, L. escheri, L. thersites, Agrodietus damon, A. ripartu (formerly misidentified with admetus), L. phleas (11 species). PIERIDA:. — Leptidea sinapis, L. duponcheli, Aporia crategi, Pieris napt, P. rape, Colias australis (formerly misidentified with yale), C. crocea (edusa), Gonepteryx rhamni, G. cleopatra (9 species). PAPILIONID&. — Iphiclides podalirins (1 species). HESPERIIDA:. — Pyrgus foulquieri, P. cirsii (formerly misidentified as fritillum), P. fritillarius (cartham1), Ochlodes faunus (sylvanus), Hesperia comma, Thymelicus acteon (6 species). FRANCIS HEMMING 28 Park Village East, Regent's Park, London N.W. 1, ENGLAND 146 ESPECIALLY FOR COLLECTORS Vol.9: nos.4-5 EDITORIAL ANNOUNCEMENT The last issue of the News marked the beginning of a new section devoted to matters of interest to amateur collectors. When the Lepidopterists’ Society was founded there appeared a stream of excellent articles of interest to both amateur and professional lepidopterists. Gradually as the News became an accepted scientific journal these popular articles were replaced by more technical contributions. Various members of the Society wrote to the Editor protesting the reduction of material with general appeal. One correspondent noted the value of an article on gonadal transplantation in Lymantria dispar (Lepid. News 7:7-8) but lamented that even for some common butterflies he could not distinguish males from females. Other members called for more articles like the ones on Erora lata (Lepid. News 6:34), the search for Speyeria egleis secreta (Lepid. News 2:81-82), and the use of baits (Lepid. News 6:32-33). As a consequence the Editor appointed a committee to promote a special section of the News designed to appeal to the many enthusiastic collectors whose attention is not centered on the most technical side of lepidopterology. This committee consists of RICHARD GuUPPY of British Columbia, GEORGE EHLE of Pennsylvania, and JAMES MERRITT of Kentucky. Among the things which the committee has been considering are articles on techniques, field observations, brief biographies of noted old lepidopterists, descriptions of famous collecting localities, definitions of terminology, and simple discussions of theory such as protective coloration, but the committee would appreciate suggestions from the readers as to the kinds of articles they would like to see. Granting that the right types of articles can be found, a second objective of the committee is to provide a forum for a discussion of interesting topics. It is the belief of the committee that not uncommonly the energetic amateur may make some observation in the field or in his vivarium or in caring for his collection which would be a valuable contribution to knowledge, but the amateur hesitates to write up the contribution because the item is small or because he thinks that his observation is probably already known to the expert. In this section, no contribution is too small. As to the second point, that the contribution may represent information generally known, bear in mind that this section is aimed in part at the less experienced collectors. The profes- sional expert is not excluded; indeed, the committee contemplates that many of the problems will have to be referred to the experts, but it is hoped that articles or questions will provoke a running commentary among the members of the Society, both amateur and professional. The committee is approaching its task with considerable trepidation and plans to be guided by the response of the readers. The committee recognizes that most of the readers of the News are not absolute tyros but at the same time there appears to be a middle ground along which the coverage of the News might expand if there is sufficient interest. Consequently it is imperative 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 147 that the members of the Society pass on to us their suggestions. What kinds of articles would you like to see in this section? What problems do you want discussed? If you have any questions, problems, or suggestions, please send them to the undersigned at: School of Law, University of Louisville, Louisville Seicye U.S. A. JAMES R. MERRITT MINUTES OF THE SECOND PACIFIC SLOPE MEETINGS OF THE BEPIDOPRTERISTS SOGIELY, SEPTEMBER °3°-5,. 1955 The meetings were held in the lecture room of the San Diego Society of Natural History Museum, San Diego, California. Through the cooperation of Colonel ARTHUR FISCHER and his staff, pleasant and adequate facilities were made available for all activities. Starting September 3, the time from 9:30 to 11:00 was spent in registration and renewing of acquaintanceships of the members and guests, many of whom had not had this opportunity since the meeting in San Francisco the previous year. At 11:00 the formal program was launched under the chairmanship of Dr. JOHN A. COMSTOCK. An address of welcome was delivered by Colonel FISCHER, greeting the Society and pointing out the importance of scientific investigation toward knowledge and enjoyment of the natural sciences. The next order of business was the choosing of the area for the field collecting trip for the following day. It was unanimously decided to cover the desert area east of Julian, in the general region of San Felipe Creek. The decision was based upon the fact that heavy rains had brought out the vegetation on the desert, The kind invitation of Mr. FRED THORNE to meet for an evening discussion at his home in El Cajon was enthusiastically accepted by the members. In the time re- maining before lunch a group picture was taken. Upon returning from a pleasant lunch, the article “Collecting Notes on Megathymus,” by HUGH A. FREEMAN was read by J. W. TILDEN. This paper gave practical infor- mation on collecting and rearing these specialized insects. A lively discussion developed, as several of the members present had worked with this genus. The general opinion by the members was that a great deal of work remained to be done on these insects. The next subject was “Interesting Collecting Spots in Lower California,’ by CHAS. F. HARBISON. Slides were shown of outstanding collecting areas, and Mr. HARBISON commented on the possibilities. There is a series of sub-tropical and tropical oases stretching nearly a thousand miles down the Peninsula. Each has its peculiar ecological conditions. The area has not been thoroughly covered by collectors, and no doubt new forms and even species remain to be discovered. For instance, there are 21 varieties of Agave represented, and almost surely new forms of Megathymus will be found by careful investigation, ROBERT L. LANGSTON reported on “Western Tent Caterpillars and Their Parasites.” The species and the variation of the moth and the caterpillar were discussed and a display cabinet of hosts and parasites were shown. Mr. LANGSTON indicated that though cat- erpillar parasites were important, the egg parasites were more effective from a control standpoint. 148 Second Pacific Slope meetings Vol.9: nos.4-5 The last paper of the day was presented by Mr. FRED THORNE, on the Season Summary. Some challenging points were raised on the makeup of the present summary and upon a motion by Dr. COMSTOCK, seconded by Mr. SALA, a resolution was passed unanimously to send Mr. THORNE’S paper to Dr. REMINGTON. The motion was amended to ask for inclusion of sub-specific names for the Western reports only. A film was shown on The Grape Leaf Skeletonizer, prepared by The California Bureau of Entomology. This moth threatens the grape industry of the state. The group adjourned for a delightful dinner at Cafe del Rey Moro, in Balboa Park. After dinner the members drove to the home of Mr. THORNE for informal discussions and refreshments. A feature of the evening was the examination of some remarkable specimens in our host’s collection, The following day, Sunday, was dedicated to the field collecting trip. Cars met at 8:00 A. M. at El Cajon, and by 10:00 were in the vicinity of Scissors Crossing, on San Felipe Creek, approximately 70 miles east of San Diego. This spot was selected as rep- resenting the typical desert condition in this area. The heaviest rains of many years had preceded our visit by about 3 weeks. Vegetation was in full growth, plants and shrubs in full leaf, flowers in bloom, and running water in the stream bed. Insects of many types were abundant, and Lepidoptera conspicuously present. To many of us, uninitiated in the peculiarities of the Southwest, the sight of the desert in bloom will always remain as 2 surprise and a revelation. Collecting was excellent, both in numbers and variety. Some of the species taken were: Papilio rudkini, Melitwa chara, Hemiargus gyas, Apodemia mormo deserti, Caenonym pha californica, Brephidium exilis, Pieris protodice, P. beckeri, Danaus gilippus strigosus, D. plexippus, Eurema nicippe, Polites sabuleti, Colias eurytheme, Apodemia palmerii marginalis. Three unexpected catches were Exuptoieta claudia, Libytheana bachmanii and Pseudocopawodes eunus. Meetings convened again in the Museum on Monday morning at 9:30. Dr. HOVANITZ was prevented at the last minute from attending the meeting. F. MARTIN BROWN kindly acted as moderator in the discussion ‘Geographical Variation.” He laid the background of the subject by pointing out that there are many mysteries connected with the occurrence of variation. To fully explain the phenomena we may have to draw on sciences outside of biology. Among others, the effect of past geologic and climatic conditions may well be essential. The migration of forests and other vegetation, based on past temperature and rainfall may have much to do with the present distribution and isolation of species and sub-species. At this point, Mr. JOHN DOWNEY took up the discussion by presenting data on Lycwides argyrognomon. After defining terms he discussed the existence of basic vari- ability tendencies in the gene pool of the species. In melissa, for instance, a clinal re- lationship exists from Canada to Southern California in genitalic characters. However, wing pattern does not follow the same trend. What factor is causing this variation? A table was shown on the occurrence of a specific spot on the fore wing. This showed an occurrence of 78% in the White Mountain variety to 0% for the Argus variety. Mr. DOWNEY asked for more data from collectors to help in working out these relation- ships. Dr. J. W. TILDEN then presented data on the genus Ochlodes. Many of the life histories are Missing in this genus, and some sub-species are not named. Even the status of some, such as O, memornm, are in question. Some members of the genus, although widely distributed, show little variation. Examples are O. yama and O. morrisoni. Others are highly variable. The agricola and sylvanoides complexes are examples of this. O. ‘ylvanoides, particularly in California, shows great variation, even in genitalia. Mr. THORNE at this point read a paper by DAVID L. BAUER on “‘Geographic variation in Melitwa hoffmanni.” Slides were also shown, illustrating the variation in size and color of this species in various localities, 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 149 A summation was given by Mr. BROWN pointing out the small sample of the total population on which much of our work is necessarily based. More reports from collectors will help this. The wandering of species in following their food plant may bring them into new climatic conditions leading to variation and the development of a new sub- species. An example was given from Colorado, where a colony of Papilio indra became established. This isolated colony showed a few long-tailed examples in 1923, but by 1940 99% had long tails. The next subject presented was “Highlights of the 1955 Season” by Mr. LLOYD MARTIN. The 1955 season was marked by very wet conditions on the desert. Apparently Mexican weather patterns moved north into the Southwest. This gave very good collecting conditions and led to a number of new records. The season was three weeks late in the Sierra due to a cold spring. Conditions in northern California were below average due to an unusually dry season. A very interesting discussion developed around the questions of how far specimens could be blown by storms, and still be in good condition. It was agreed that 500 miles was not excessive, and was the explanation of some of the unusual catches recorded in 1955. The last paper by Dr. HARRY LANGE on “Aquatic Pyralids,’ was read by Mr. MARTIN. This reviewed further work on this interesting group and showed that they are far more prevalent than generally thought. With the reading of the last paper the closing items of business were taken up. Upon a motion by Mr. BROWN, seconded by Mr. THORNE, a resolution was passed thank- ing the San Diego Museum for their cooperation. After some discussion, it was agreed unanimously to hold the 1956 meeting in Santa Barbara the first week in August. Upon a motion by Mr. DOWNEY, seconded by Mr, MARTIN, a motion of apprecia- tion was passed for the work of Mr. THORNE for his work as program chairman. An amendment to the motion appointed Mr. THORNE chairman of the 1956 meeting. Upon motion by Mr. DOWNEY, seconded by Mr. FORD, a resolution was adopted thanking Mr. TARO IWASE and his associates in Japan for their interest and cooperation in the 1954 and 1955 Pacific Slope meetings. Recommendation was made that DONALD PATTERSON as secretary send letters to authors of papers submitted in absentia, thanking them for their contributions. The meeting was adjourned at 3:00 P. M. The following members and guests registered for the meeting: J. W. TILDEN J. C. SPENCER FRED THORNE W. L. PHILLIPS J. A. COMSTOCK PAUL A. GERHARDT ROBERT L. LANGSTON CHARLES F. HARBISON DONALD PATTERSON MR. and MRS. FRANK SALA R. W, BREEDLOVE ROBERT J. FORD PADDY MCHENRY F. MARTIN BROWN WILLIAM A. REES BILL PATTERSON JOHN C. DOWNEY Colonel ARTHUR FISCHER LLOYD M. MARTIN F. X. WILLIAMS JERRY POWELL PAUL H. ARNAUD J. MCKENNEY DONALD PATTERSON Secretary Pro Tem, 150 Vol.9: nos.4-5 PRESIDENTIAL LETTER TO THE SAN DIEGO MEETING Rio de Janeiro, September 12th of 1955 Dear Fellow Members, I should have been very happy to have been with you in person on the occasion of the recent meeting of the San Diego section of our Society. Notwithstanding the fact that I remained unaware of this meeting until several days after it had taken place, the delays and difficulties of long distance foreign travel would no doubt have prevented my attending. I must rely therefore, as others have done, on the written or printed word to convey to all of you my personal greetings and to express my heartfelt thanks for the honour you fellow members have done to me by electing me as your President. Indeed while I feel I have done little personally to deserve it, the distinction which has fallen this year on a Brazilian member will also be reflected in the satisfaction shared by our resident members in Brazil. We are but very few, it is true, compared to the legions of both amateur and professional entomologists in your country, but this, as a small group, brings us closer together. It has always been my aim to widen our local circie and bring in new adepts to our lepidopterological pursuits but, of course, in a country where in spite of its exuberance the lovers of nature are fewer in proportion to the educated population, progress tends to be much slower. To compensate for numbers J have tried to form new adepts to the study of Lepidoptera on the basis of modern techniques of dissection and the analysis of the genital organs. Addressing myself in particular to our younger fellow members everywhere I recommend to those who are interested in taking up the systematics of Lepidoptera seriously to use as much as possible the characters provided by the internal genital organs in order to define groups and species. Such methods, for instance, have revolutionized the systematics of the Mosquitoes and brought order out of virtual chaos. In my own group of Lepidoptera, the Arctiida. which has been revised by entomologists of renown, I have been able to establish real affinities between species formerly allocated to different genera or even to different families (Ctenuchidze from Arctiidae in many in- stances). While I recognize that the degree of definition provided by genitalic preparations varies according to families or even smaller groups in the Lepidoptera, I believe that even in cases where the genitalia have been considered to provide few characters for the differentiation of species, the solution lies in better techniques rather than in the switch to other and external morphological characters. Next week I will be leaving Rio on a collecting trip to the interior of Brazil; this will be the third trip in three months of a series planned to cover a completely unexplored part of our vast country, entomologically speaking. Such a trip which would have taken months of hardships and even considerable danger, now can be undertaken in relative comfort and short time thanks to the airplane. Our Airforce has recently built several emergency airfields and radio direction stations for the convenience and saftey of both home and international airlines. With the cooperation of our Airforce who have provided the transportation, I am able to take advantage of these nests of civilization in the wild- erness. Unfortunately the drought which prevailed on the two previous trips made the yield a very small one. The rainy season is about due now, and I am hoping therefore to obtain this time much hoped for novelties as well as other interesting material for study. Dear fellow members, perhaps some day in the not too distant future I will be able to visit your country with its wealth of scientific establishments and great museums. If this happens I will have the pleasure of meeting some of you personally and becoming better acquainted; if this cannot be, then at least for a brief moment you will have shared my thoughts and spirit. Yours very truly, LAURO ‘TRAVASSOS Instituto Oswaldo Cruz, Rio de Janeiro, BRASIL ODS) The Lepidopterists’ News 151 AUSTIN HOBART CLARK The recent death of Mr. AUSTIN H. CLARK was a great loss to the world of lepidopterists and of biologists in general. He was born on December 17, 1880, at Wellesley, Massachusetts, and grew up a typical New Englander. Before he entered Harvard, he attended Newton High School and Cutler’s School in Newton. His interest in Lepidoptera developed when he was a boy, and among 152 AUSTIN HOBART CLARK Vol.9: nos.4-5 his possessions until his death were specimens of butterflies taken during his high-school days. Mr. CLARK graduated with an A. B. from Harvard at the age of 23, and three years later he married MARY WENDELL UPHAM, who in later years, joined, along with their five children, in his interest in natural history. His first wife died in 1931. In 1933, he married LEILA GAY FORBES, who closely shared CLARK’S interests. She became joint author with him of eight papers on the butterflies of Virginia, and she survives him. Mr. CLARK is also survived by a sister, ROSAMOND CLARK of Boston, and nine grandchildren. During the years 1906 and 1907, CLARK was the Acting Chief of the Scientific Staff of the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries Steamer, Albatross. For eight months in 1906 he participated in a Pacific cruise, and his first report upon his return was on the birds he studied during this period. In 1908, CLARK joined the Smithsonian Institution, an association which lasted until the end of his life. He was first appointed Assistant Curator of the Division of Marine Invertebrates of the U. S. National Museum, and in 1920 he was made Curator of Echinoderms, the position which he held for 30 years. AUSTIN CLARK’S scientific and cultural interests were remarkably broad, and it is not surprising that among his proteges of the younger generation are men in such diverse areas as botany, medicine, zoology, and journalism. During his active life, CLARK wrote 630 books and articles in English, German, French, Spanish, Russian, and Hebrew. Although most of his articles were published in the United States, the places of publication of this cosmopolitan author included some twenty different countries. Among his books are Animals of Land and Sea, Nature Narratives (vols. I and Il), The New Evolution— Zodgenesis, and Animals Alive, along with a number of major works on the echinoderms, particularly the crinoids, which constituted his principal research field. While he is generally considered one of the world’s primary authorities on echinoderms, he found time for research in other groups, among them birds, butterflies, and the peculiar animals of the genus Peripatus and its relatives. CLARK’S interest in the last began around 1910 and continued until the end of his life, resulting in twelve published papers. Besides the zoological groups upon which he undertook active investigation, he was keenly aware of other phases of biology, and he frequently surprised his numerous close friends with his special knowledge of problems seemingly far from his own research, includ- ing even botanical matters. It was this breadth particularly which made him peculiarly suitable for his role in influencing the popularization of science and scientific journalism. AUSTIN CLARK was a man of sparkling humor and quick wit. Of medium height and pleasant, dignified manner, he spoke with an unusually deep voice and with a “Harvard accent’. In his office at the National Museum, his desk and tables were piled high with innumerable papers and books, the whereabouts of each one of which he seemed, mysteriously, to know precisely. He was always ready to drop his labors for a visitor whether the visitor were a distinguished traveller from abroad, or a local boy of twelve years interested in finding out what his specimen was. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News pe. His facility for facts and anecdotes became legendary around Washington. One of the stories tells of a discussion in the Cosmos Club, of which he was a member: Some of the members were trying to decide whether to purchase for the Club a set of the Encyclopedia Brittanica for reference. One member spoke up, “But why bother—we already have AUSTIN CLARK.” During the 1930’s, CLARK was Director of the Press Service of the Amer- ican Association for the Advancement of Science. He was much interested in encouraging clear scientific writing, and in popularizing the work of the scientist. He was one of the first to realize the application of radio and television to the dissemination of scientific news and ideas. He was highly contemptuous of careless and misleading reports of scientific work in the popular newspapers and magazines, and his goal was accuracy in scientific journalism. With respect to style and clarity of writing, he had high standards and his own work was ex- emplary. During the Second World War, CLARK was especially helpful to those naturalists in the military and naval services who found themselves in exciting biotic areas of the world, and who were able to collect specimens. Many of the specimens of plants and animals which were gathered by servicemen found their way to the U. S. National Museum as a result of his help and encourage- ment to the collectors. CLARK has been commemorated appropriately by his fellow zoologists in that three genera of animals were named for him, and at least twenty-eight species. He was active in many organizations: he was an Honorary Member of the National Association of Science Writers, a Fellow of the Royal Geographic Society, a member of the Long Range Planning Commission of the Southern Association of Science and the Virginia Academy of Science, and a member of the Cosmos Club of Washington, D. C. In 1921, he was the Scientific Aid-de- camp to the Prince of Monaco when the latter visited Washington. CLARK was decorated Knight of the Order of Dannebrog by Denmark. In 1926, he became Secretary of the Section of Oceanography, American Geophysical Union; and in 1928, he became chairman of the Section. He was active also in other organizations and councils, too numerous to list. In 1947, CLARK was President of the Entomological Society of Washington; and he was also a leading member of the Lepidopterists’ Society. He was Vice President pro tem. of the Lepidop- terists’ Society in 1950 during its constitutional organization. He presided at the first annual meeting of the Society, which was held in New York, and was the First Vice President for 1950 when the first officers were elected. For a man who was not a university professor, CLARK had remarkable influence on the younger generation, and is probably more or less directly res- ponsible for the entrance of a number of present-day biologists into the profess- ion. Young scientists and young hopefuls considered his office in the National Museum and his home at 1818 Wyoming Avenue as places of inspiration and encouragement. CLARK’S tutelage, however, was actually accomplished as much through his delightful letters as it was through personal contact, and his “boys” were scattered far away among the states. 154 AUSTIN HOBART CLARK Vol.9: nos.4-5 Over 65 of CLARK’S papers, approximately one-tenth of his published works, were on butterflies. During the period of 1908 to nearly the time of his death, he collected buterflies from Massachusetts to Florida, although he specialized in the butterflies of the District of Columbia and Virginia. Over 150 people, including his sons, joined him on his numerous collecting trips, but in later years his constant companion was Mrs. LEILA FORBES CLARK, for whom he named a new form of the Gold-Banded Skipper, Awtochton cellus leile, and with whom he made numerous discoveries concerning the butterflies of Virginia. “Butterflies of the District of Columbia” was one of CLARK’S major contribu- tions to the knowledge of North American butterflies. He began the study of District butterflies when he first became a resident of Washington, in 1908, and for the following 24 years he observed the very considerable changes in the faunal balance. A number of species became progressively more rare or limited in occurrence during this period. He regarded the District area as a sort of meet- in’ ground for northern and southern, and mountain and coastal plain forms. One of the primary values of his study of District butterflies is its detailed treatment of habits and seasons of the species. During the course of his studies of the buttterflies of this general area, including Maryland and Virginia, he encountered a number of species at their southern limits, and discovered that in some the local forms were morphologically strikingly distinct from their more northerly counterparts. Boloria selene mar- ilandica, Polygonta faunus smythi, and Poanes massasoit hught, for example, are well-marked types of interest in forming extremes of clinal variation running far to the north, and culminating in northern forms of greatly different aspect. CLARK’S investigation of the butterflies of Virginia extended from 1933 to 1951. With Mrs. CLARK, he regularly spent his annual leave of two weeks or more in some interesting area of Virginia. These periods, combined with innumerable weekends devoted to the work, enabled them to visit each of the 100 counties of the state at last twice. Their personal records included 800 different localities in the state, and in “Butterflies of Virginia” (1951) each species known from the state was discussed in detail from standpoints of range, occurrence, seasons, and variations. CLARK'S lepidopteral interests, however, were by no means confined only to collecting and studying butterflies locally. He spent much time in the study of the large, general Lepidoptera collections of the U. S. National Museum. He investigated the odors of living butterflies, and their scent-scales and scent- glands. The effects of the radiation from butterfly wings on photographic plates were examined, and he published 40 photographs illustrating his ex- periments (in U. S. National Museum Bull. 157, plates 59-64; 1932). He was concerned with the broad relationships of butterflies as illustrated by his Opinions on the groups within the superfamily Nymphaloidea, as well as with relationships at the subspecific level, as illustrated by the reports of his studies 0: Papilio machaon and Danaus plexippus. AUSTIN CLARK retired in 1950 at the age of 70. He was then made an Honorary Associate in Zoology of the Smithsonian Institution, and he continued his researches until 1954. His death on October 28, 1954, marked the end of 1 The Lepidopterists’ News 155 a great zoological career, and the loss of a wonderful friend, colleague, and mentor to all those who knew and loved him. PUBLICATIONS ON LEPIDOPTERA BY AUSTIN H. CLARK 1913. Three interesting butterflies from eastern Massachusetts. Proc. U. S. Nat. Maus. 45: 363-364, pl. 12. 1925. Some unusual and interesting butterflies from eastern Massachusetts. Psyche B22 293-298. 1926. Carnivorous butterflies. Smiths. Inst. Ann. Rept, 1925: pp. 434-508, figs. 1-5. Notes on the odors of some New England butterflies. Psyche 33:1-5. Our giant moths. Scz. Monthly 23: 385-397, figs. 1-19. 1927. Fragrant butterflies. Smuzths. Inst. Ann. Rept. 1926: pp. 421-446, pls. 1-13. Notes on the melitazid butterfly Euvphydryas phaéton (Drury) with descriptions of a new subspecies and a new variety. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 71: 1-22, pls. 1-5. 1928. Notes on some butterflies from New England. Psyche 35: 226-228. 1929. The butterflies of the District of Columbia. Smiths. Inst. Explorations and Field-Work. 1928: 101-108, figs. 89-93. Why a butterfly? [and 21 other brief popular articles on insects]. In his Nature Narratives 1: 47-107. On certain forms of common American butterflies. Psyche 36: 28-33. Preliminary list of the butterflies of the District of Columbia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, 42: 113-116. 193G. Notes on some local butterflies. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 32: 80-82. The world and the butterfly. Scz. Monthly 30: 5306-537. 1931. Bachelor butterflies [and 14 other brief popular articles on insects]. In his Nature Narratives 2: 56-82. Some observations on butterfly migrations. Scz. Monthly 32: 150-155. . Notes on the behavior and migration of the Milkweed Butterfly. Journ. Wash. eae wen, 202 171-172. The extirpation of one butterfly by another. Scr. Monthly 33: 173-174. A new subspecies of Poanes massasoit Scudder. Annals Carnegie Mus. 21: 7-9, He oh 1932. The butterflies of the District of Columbia and vicinity. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 157, pp. i-ix, 1-337, pls. 1-64. The forms of the common Old World Swallowtail Butterfly (Papilio machaon) in North America, with descriptions of two new subspecies. Proc. U. S. Nat. Maus. 81: 1-15, pls. 1-8. 1934. Observations on the butterflies of Apple Orchard Mountain, Bedford County, Virginia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 47: 177-180. 1935. Arctic butterflies. Swzzths. Inst. Ann. Rept. 1934: 267-296, pls. 1-7 The butterflies of Virginia. Smiths. Inst. Explorations and Field-Work. 1934: 33-36, figs. 28-31. Another record of the occurrence of Strymon ontario in Missouri, with notes on the larva (Lepid.: Lycaenidae). Ent. News 46: 123,124. 1935. [Hesperia metea and Thorybes confusis from Difficult Run, Virginia.] Proc. Eni. Soc. Wash. 37: 169. 156 AUSTIN HOBART CLARK Vol.9: nos.4-5 1936. Some butterflies from eastern Virginia. Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 26: 66-70, figs. 1-14 (LEILA F. CLARK, joint author). Notes on the butterflies of the genus Enodia and description of a new fritillary from Peru. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 83: 251-259, pl. 22. Who’s who among the butterflies. Nat. Geogr. Mag. 69: 679-692, pls. 1-8. The Gold-Banded Skipper (Rhabdoides cellus). Smiths. Misc. Coll. 95 (7): 1-50, pls. 1-8. The swallowtail butterflies. Smzths. Inst. Ann. Rept. 1935: 383-408, pls. 1-14. 1937. The butterflies of Virginia. Smiths. Inst. Explorations and Field-Work 1936: 47-52, figs. 40-45. . A new subspecies of the nymphalid butterfly, Polygonia faunus. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 84: 219-222, pl. 10. Records of Argynnis diana and some other butterflies from Virginia. Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 27: 209-213 (CARROLL M. WILLIAMS, joint author). Preliminary list of the butterflies of Virginia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 50: 87-92 (LEILA F. CLARK, joint author). . The butterflies of Virginia. (Abstract of a paper read before the Entomological Society of Washington.) Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 39: 116. Surveying the butterflies of Virginia. Sc/. Monthly 45: 256-265. 1938. The butterflies of Virginia. Smiths. Inst. Explorations and Field-Work 1937: 77-80, figs. 80-82. Butterflies from Virginia and the District of Columbia. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 51: 1-6 (LEILA F. CLARK, joint author). Notes on Virginia butterflies. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 51: 177-182 (LEILA F. CLARK, joint author). .. [Note on Holland’s figure of Danaus plexippus; and note on the occurrence of Calpodes ethlius in Virginia in 1937] Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 40: 111. 1939. Butterflies of a wood road, Suffolk, Virginia. Ent. News 50: 1-5 (LEILA F. CLARK, joint author). Butterflies from Virginia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 52: 172-184 (LEILA F. CLARK, joint author). . The butterflies of Virginia. Smiths. Inst. Explorations and Field-Work, 1938: 65-68, figs. 64-68. 1940. Butterflies of Virginia. Smiths. Inst. Explorations and FPield-Work, 1939: 63-66, figs. 68-73. 1941. Butterflies of Farmville, Virginia. Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 31: 38-40 (FRANK W. TRAINER, joint author). Some early butterfly records from Georgia. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 43: 80-85 (LEILA F. CLARK, joint author). The genus Colvas in North America (Lepidoptera: Pieridae). Ent. News 52: 185-187; 220-225. Notes on some North and Middle American danaid butterflies. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 90: 531-542, pls. 71-74. Notes on the American representatives of the butterfly genus Argynnis. Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 31: 381-384. Butterflies of Virginia. Smiths. Inst. Explorations and Field-Work 1940: 57-60, figs. 59-62. 1944. A new butterfly from the Solomon Islands. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 57: 95-96, Butterflies of the Southwest Pacific. Spp., mimeographed, 1955 The Lepidoptertsts’ News 157 1946. Two new butterflies from the Admiralty Islands. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 59: 119-120. 1947. The interrelationships of the several groups within the butterfly superfamily Nymphaloidea. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 49: 148-149. 1948. Surveying the butterflies of Virginia—from the human as well as the scientific viewpoint. (Author’s abstract of his address as retiring president of the Entomol- ogical Society of Washington). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 50: 74-76. Classification of the butterflies, with the allocation of the genera occurring in North America north of Mexico. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 61: 77-84. A new subspecies of Glaucopsyche lygdamus. Proc. Ent, Soc. Wash. 50: 176-178. 1949. Nymphalis io from England in Washington, D.C. Entomologist 82: 72. 1950. Foreward to “The Butterflies of Georgia,’ by Lucien Harris, Jr. Georgia Soc. of Naturalists, Bull. no. 5: p. 1. Butterfly flyways and playgrounds. Lepid. News 4: 13. HUBNER’S “Florida.” Lepid. News 4: 62. ... Lepidopterous larva feeding on exudations from woolly aphids. Lepid. News 4:52. 1951. The butterflies of Virginia. Smiths. Misc. Coll. 116 (No. 7): vii+239 pp., frontispiece, pls. 1-30, fold map (LEILLA F. CLARK, joint author). Butterflies of the Marshall Islands. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 53: 43-44. 1951. The organization and the first annual meeting of the Lepidopterists’ Society in New York. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 53: 114. A Field Guide to the Butterflies of North America East of the Great Plains, by Alexander B. Klots (review). Scz. Monthly 72: 408. 1952. The first record of a butterfly migration in America. Lepid. News 6: 42. WARREN H. WAGNER, JR. Dept. of Botany, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., U. S. A. HANS KAUTZ, the Austrian lepidovterist known especially for his outstanding work with Pieris bryonie and P. napi, died at the age of 85 at Seewalchen, Upper Austria, on 28 October 1954. According to an obituary notice by S. R. BOWDEN in The En- tomologist (vol. 87: p. 272; 1954), KAUTZ was born in Vienna on 5 June 1870, took his diploma in mechanical engineering at Vienna, and served with the State Railways until his retirement in 1923. His principal publication, with L. MULLER as co-author, was a superb monograph on P. napi and P. bryonie published in 1939 (AbA. Oesterr. Eni. Ver., vol. 1:191 pp.). KAUTZ by then had personally studied alive at least 50,000 of these complicated and controversial Pers and had reared over 200 broods. His entire collection, notes, and library were destroyed in his house by a bomb in February 1945. Nevertheless, he continued publishing occasional papers after the war. C. L. REMINGTON 158 Vol.9: nos.4-5 REVIEWS MOTYLI. 3. By Rudolf Schwarz. 157 pp., 48 col. pls. 1953. Publisher: Cesko- slovenské Akademie Véd, Prague, Czechoslovakia. [Obtainable from the publisher or perhaps better through personal arrangement with a fellow member of The Lepidoperists’ Society living in Czechoslovakia. ] This is the third of Dr. SCHWARZ’S series of superbly illustrated little volumes on the Lepidoptera of Czechoslovakia (see review of volumes 1 and 2 in Lepid. News 5: 62: 1951). Volume 3 covers the Sphingidae, Aigeriida, Cossidz, Orneodidz, and Ptero- phoridz. Not only are the adults figured, but also the larve and pupz of most Sphingide and many of the others, all in excellent color. The text is in Czech, but the Latin names of foodplants and parasites are easy to recognize. : ATLAS MOTYLU. By Julius Komarek & Jaroslav Tyka¢. 115 pp., 48 col. pls. 1952. Fublisher: Melantrich, Prague, Czechoslovakia. This is another small and beautifully illustrated book on Czechoslovakian Lepid- optera. Most families (including ‘“Micros’’) are shown, but the emphasis is strongly on the “Macro” moths and the butterflies. A fair number of larvae are figured. The color reproduction is very fine. This being an Af¢/as, there is little text, but the months of flight and localities are given in the plate captions. THE BUTTERFLIES AND. SKIPPERS OF LOUISIANA. By Edward Nelson Lambre- mont. Tulane Studies in Zoology, vol. 1: pp. 127-164, 3 figs., 3 tables. 30 April 1954. Publisher: Dept. of Zoology, Tulane University, New Orleans 18, La. U. S. A. [Obtainable from the publisher for $0.60. ] This is an annotated check list of the 98 species and subspecies known to the author from Louisiana; 38 are new State records. Parish records and flight dates are given, but few if any original foodplant notes. Undoubtedly a request for records from Lepid- opterists’ Society members would have greatly extended this list and its substance. The reviewer, in fact, collected additional species in Louisiana several years ago and reared some. A LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN LEPIDOPTERA IN THE LOS ANGELES COUNTY MUSEUM. PART I BUTTERFLIES (SUBORDER RHOPALOCERA).. By ulova M. Martin & Fred S. Truxal. Los Angeles Co. Mus. Sci. Series No. 18, Zoology No. 8: 34 pp. Sept. 1955. [Price $1.10 postpaid, unbound; available from Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S, A.] This list shows the exact number of specimens of every species, subspecies, and form of North American butterfly contained in this most outstanding museum collection on the Pacific Coast. Type specimens are tabulated. Of considerable use to butterfly collec- tors anywhere in the continent is the citation, for each entity, of the state or province and the months of capture of specimens in the collection. The nomenclature follows closely that of the 1938 MCDUNNOUGH Check List, and it is disappointing to see in such a potentially useful list as this new one that the many obvious and generally accepted re- visions of nomenclature are not used. As exceptions, Agrawlis, Speyeria, and Boloria are noted instead of Dione, Argynnis, and Brenthis. Ignored are: R. CHERMOCK’S sinking 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 159 of Enodia and Satyrodes under Lethe; the use of selene and toddi for our two commonest and most widespread Boloria; the use of Libytheana for our species of Snout Butterflies; the flat homonymy of Heterochroa and Pieris napi pseudonapi; the NABOKOV and CLENCH revisions among the Blues; and many others. Some of the taxonomic placements are sur- prising, such as the listing of S. caryevorus as a race of Strymon liparops. A serious mis- take is the use in print of a manuscript name, “Megathymus yucce martini’, although this name has not yet been published and validated by its real authors; fortunately, this appears to be a nomen nudum and can be ignored if “S. Calif.; Jan.-Apr.” does not constitute a validation in the sense of the Régles. These points show that as a check list for up-to-date nomenclature, this otherwise useful publication has little value. GHECK LIST OF THE LEPIDOPTERA OF JAPAN. PART 1: MICROPTERIGIDZ —PHALONIDA. By Hiroshi Inoue. 112 pp. 15 Oct. 1954. Publisher: Rikusuisha Co., 112/4 Iriarai, Otaku, Tokyo, Japan. [Obtainable from the publisher, unbound, for $2.00 postpaid. ] The author intends to issue this long-needed new check list in parts, at frequent in- tervals. The MCDUNNOUGH Check List (North American) arrangement is used for families, but, as one would prefer, the sequence is reversed so that “primitive” families precede more specialized ones. This first part therefore deals with the Homoneura and the first 29 Japanese families of the Heteroneura (7. e., the so-called “true Micros’); there are 635 Japanese species listed. Part 1 begins with a list, arranged by superfamilies, of the 67 families which the author accepts for Japanese Lepidoptera. For each species Mr. INOUE gives the reference to the original description and to that of each synonym. He also lists the known distribution, in some cases the precise locality if no other is known. Part 2 will deal with the superfamilies Pyralidoidea, Zyganoidea, and Uranioidea; Part 3 with the Geometridez; Part 4 with the Drepanoidea, Bombycoidea, Lymantriide, and Notodontidze; Part 5 with the Noctuidae; Part 6 with the Agaristide, Arctiidz, Nolidaw, Amatidz, Saturnioidea, and Sphingide; and Part 7 (by T. SHIROZU) with the butterflies. SUOMEN SUURPERHOSTOUKIEN RAVINTOKASVIT [The foodplants of the Mac- rolepidoptera larve of Finland]. By Eino J. Seppanen. 416 pp. 1954. Publisher: Werner Soderstrom Osakeyhtio, Parvoo, Finland. [Obtainable from the publisher for $4.67 unbound, $5.57 bound. ] This is an extremely valuable book for lepidopterists anywhere interested in ex- tensive rearing. Already, the Yale group has had several occasions to look in it for the known foodplants of Finnish relatives in order to get ideas for possible foods of American species whose host plants were unknown to us. It makes an excellent com- panion volume for P. B. M. ALLAN’S fine handbook of foodplants of British Macro- lepidoptera (see Lepid. News 5: p. 60; 1951). SEPPANEN lists for each species (where known): one or more published figure of the larva; the foodplants known in Finland: larval habits; dates of larval stages; Swedish foodplants, and Central European foodplants. The second part of the book is a list of the plants and under each the Lepidoptera feed- ing on them, Finally, there are complete indices of the names of Lepidoptera and of plants, followed by a list of references. 160 REVIEWS Vol.9: nos.4-5 FAUNULA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA ALMERIENSE. By Ramon Agenjo. 3/0 pp., 35 figs., 24 pls. (5 col.). Publisher: Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Cientificas, Madrid, Spain. [Obtainable from the publisher. ] This is a taxonomic study of the 330 species of Lepidoptera (in 29 families) now known from Almeria province on the southern coast of Spain. For many of the most in- teresting species there are maps of their Spanish distribution. Described as new are 1 subfamily (Rhodometrinz of Geometridez), 7 genera, 2 subgenera, and 7 species. All new species and some other rarities are figured in color. There are many figures of male and female genitalia and several habitat photographs. Papilio machaon marbell- jensis Bryk is synonymized under P. m. hispanicus Eller. THE TYPE MATERIAL IN THE J.B. SMITH AND G.D. HULST COLLECTIONS OF LEPIDOPTERA IN THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. By Frederick H. Rindge. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 106: pp. 91-172. 25 April 1955. Publisher: the above Museum, New York 24, N. Y., U. S. A. [Obtainable from the publisher for $1.00.] For traditional taxonomy, the largest single acquisition of types (over 2200, with about 1200 holotypes) in recent years by any American museum came with the recent transfer from Rutgers University to the American Museum of Natural History of the SMITH and HULST collections. Dr. RINDGE has now catalogued all this material and in- corporated it into the general collection of the Museum. In the present publication all of the type specimens are listed, with their complete data. Lectotypes are not usually des- ignated, but it is presumed that SMITH’S term “type male’ meant holotype, and “type female’ meant allotype. For convenience, the species are listed alphabetically by specific name within each family. (SMITH’S types are principally Noctuidae, HULST’s mainly Geometridz). This is a painstaking paper which will be essential to taxonomists working with North American Noctuidae and Geometride. C. L. REMINGTON THE EVANS CATALOGUE OF AMERICAN SKIPPERS The most comprehensive and important publication in recent years on American Skippers is A Catalogue of the American Hesperitde indicating the classification and nomenclature adopted in the British Museum (Natural History), by Brigadier W, H. EVANS. The author is without question the leading authority on the Hesperiida of the world and is well known for his volumes on identification of Indian butterflies, as well as for his catalogues of the African and of the Palearctic and Indo-australian Hesperiidae. The new catalogue completes his treatment of all the known genera, species, and sub- species of Skippers in the world. Part I (92 pp., 9 plates) covers the Pyrrhopygina, Parts II (178 pp., 16 plates) and III (246 pp., 28 plates) the Pyrgina, and Part IV (499 pp., 35 plates) the Hesperiinz and Megathyminz. As in the other EVANS ‘catalogues’, this is actually a huge identifica- tion key, with a list of localities of British Museum specimens, and does not give ref- erence Citations as is usual in taxonomic catalogues. The year of publication is always given, so that original descriptions can usually be found in the Zoological Record. The plates are composed of hundreds of line drawings of genitalia. Many new genera, species, and subspecies are described, especially from South America. We hope to present in the News a full analytical review by a Skipper specialist of this great work. Meanwhile News readers should be aware of its existence. It may be purchased from: The British Museum (Nat. Hist.), Cromwell Road, London S. W. 7, England; and from E. W, CLASsEy, 91 Bedfont Lane, Feltham, Middx., England. C. L. REMINGTON 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News . 161 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA (Under the supervision of PETER F. BELLINGER) Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to lepidop- terists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here; omissions of papers more than 3 or 4 years old should be called to Dr. BELLINGER’S attention. New genera and higher categories are shown in CAPITALS, with types in parentheses; new species and subspecies are noted, with type localities if given in print. Larval foodplants are usually listed. Critical comments by abstractors may be made. Papers of only local interest and papers from The Lepidopterists’ News are listed without abstract. Readers, particularly outside of North America, interested in assisting with this very large task, are invited to write Dr. BELLINGER (University College of the West Indies, Mona, St. Andrew, Jamaica, B.W.J.). Abstractors’ initials are as follows: [P.B.| — P. F. BELLIN- GER; [1-C.] — I. F. B. COMMON; [A.D.] — A. DIAKONOFF; [W.H.] — W. HACKMAN; [J.-M.| — J. Moucua; [E.M.] — E. G. MUNROE; [N.O.] — N. S. OBRAztTsov; [C.R.] — C. L. REMINGTON; [J.T.] — J. W. TILDEN; [P.V.] — P. E. L. VIETTE. D. VARIATION AND GENETICS Sicher, Harry, “A mutant of Strymon titus titus.” Lepid. News, vol. 6: p. 107. 19 Feb. 1953. Vazquez G., Leonila, “Observaciones sobre pieridos mexicanos, con descripciones de algunas formas nuevas” {in Spanish]. Ann. Inst. Biol. Mexico. vol. 19: pp. 469- ae figs. 1948. Notes on variation in 8 spp. Names a number of “forms”, P.B. Warnecke, G., “Neuzeitliche Formen unter den Lepidopteren der Nordseekiisten” [in German]. Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 369-574, figs. March 1953, Discusses forming of pale colored beach forms of certain Macrolepidoptera in the North Sea region, apparently quite recently, viz. in the postglacial period. Criticizes B. P. BEIRNE’S Sg ee on the origin of similar forms in England. [A.D.}] Wohlfahrt, Th. A., “Untersuchungen uber die zeitliche Variabilitat des Segelfalters (Iphiclides podalirius L., Lep.)” [in German]. Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent.. vol. 1: pp. 165-168, 1 fig., tables. March 1953. Abbreviation of the paper read at the special meeting of The Lepidopterists’ Society; cf. Lepid. News, vol. 6: pp. 13-27. E. DISTRIBUTION AND PHENOLOGY Baeta-Neves, C. M., “Nota sobre a entomofauna dos produtos armazenados na ilha da Madeira” [in Portuguese]. Portug. Acta Biol. (B), vol.4: pp.346-350. 2 Oct. 1954. Ephestia kiihniella, in cured tobacco, new to Madeira. [P.B.] Bauer, Heinrich, “Larentia clavaria Haw. (Ortholotha cervinata Schiff.) in Nordbayern (Lep. Geom.)” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol.3: pp.74-77. 15 Aug. 1954. Discusses records in Bavaria and biology. [N.O.| Berger, L. A., “Contribution a |’étude des Pieridz du Liberia” [in French]. Bull. Inst. france. Afr. Notre, vol.16: pp.1031-1034. Oct. 1954. List of 19 Pieridz collected in Liberia, with addition of 2 spp. of Lycenidz. [P.V.] Bernardi, G., “Lépidopteres Pierides” im “La reserve naturelle intégrale du Nimba” [ia French]. MémInst. france. Afr. Noire, no.A0: pp.355-358. 19 Nov. 1954. List of species collected in the Nimba Mts. (French Guinea). [P.V.] Blais. J. R., et al.. “Effects of weather on the forest tent caterpillar Malacosoma disstria Hbn., in central Canada in the spring of 1953." Canad. Ent., vol.87: pp.1-8, 3 figs. 28 Jan. 1955. Epidemic populations in Ontario and eastern Manitoba were drastically reduced by unfavorable spring weather. In Ontario larve were killed by a period of freezing weather following early favorable temperatures. In Manitoba prolonged cool wet weather after hatching was the main lethal factor. The parasite Sarcophaga aldrichii was not affected by the weather and caused further reduction of the residual population. [E.M.] Bradley, J.D., “New British moths.” Country Life, vol.116: p.1778, 2 figs. 18 Nov. Pay Hydrecia hucherardi, Adoxophyes orana, Tinea columbariella, new to Britain. 162 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.4-5 Chapman, John A., “Observations on snow insects in western Montana.” Canad. Ent., vol.86: pp.357-363, 1 fig. 7 Sept. 1954. Females of Operophtera sp. (near or = occidentalis) on fresh snow in October. [E.M.] Daniel, F., “Effects de la période glaciaire sur le cycle évolutif de nos Lépidopteéres et considérations générales a propos de la multiplicité des générations annuelles” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Ent. Mulhouse, 1954: pp.25-29. April 1954. Effects of the glacial period on the evolutive cycle of Lepidoptera and general considerations about the multiplicity of the yearly emergences. [P.V.] Dufay, C., “Une géometride nouvelle pour la faune francaise: Boarmia viertlu Boh.” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol.23: pp.227-228. Nov. 1954. B. wiertli, described from Hungary, new to France; notes on Eupithecia cooptata and E. spis- silineata. [P.V.] Eisenberger, F., “Bildet Isturgia roraria F. in Sidbayern eine 2. Generation oder handelt es sich tm 2 Stamme?” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol.3: pp.65-66. 15 July 1954. Presumes 2 independent cycles, not 2 generations. [N.O.]| Esch, Walter, “Bez. ‘Kleine Mitteilungen’ aus Heft Nr. 7, 2.Jhrg., und Nr. 1, 3.Jhrg.” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol.4: p.96. 15 Sept. 1954. Records of Lyman- tria monacha ab. “eremita” and ab. “nigra” in S. Bavaria. [N.O.] Evans, W. H., “Lépidoptéres hespériides” zv “La réserve naturelle intégrale du Mont Nimba” [in French]. Mdém. Inst. franc. Afr. Noire, no.40: pp.343-346. 19 Nov. ea Study of a collection of Hesperiidae made in the Nimba Mts. (French Guinea). PV; Foltin, Hans, “Beitrag zur Fauna von Oberosterreich. Abschliessender Beitrag zur Fauna des Muhlviertels’” |in German]. Zests. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp.154-160. 15 June 1953. New records. [N.O.] Freund, A., “Vertikalverbreitung von Pionea Iutealis Hb. (Pyralidz, Microlepidopt.)” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol.3: pp.22-23, 31-32. 15 Feb., 15 March 1954. Discusses biology and vertical distribution in Bavaria and Austria. [N.O.] Galvagni, Egon, “Schmetterlinge aus dem westlichen Alpengebiet Niederosterreichs: aus Waidhofen an der Ybbs, Ybbsitz, Lunz und dem Ybbstal, dem Minichholz bei Steyr (N.-O.) und Umgebung; aus Tiirnitz, dem Otschergebiet, Annaberg und der Walster (Prodromus Zone 1 und 4). Nachtrige, Erganzungen und Erweiterungen zu Dr. med. Carl Schawerdas Lepidopterenfauna des suidwestlichen Winkels von Niederdsterreich 1913 und 1915 und Franz Saurucks Nachtragen dazu 1927 und 1928” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp.201-206. 15 Aug. 1953. Records, species, and localities new for the area. [N.O.] Hayek, Walter, “Erstmaliger Nachweis der Zyga@na leta Hb. im Fohrenwald bei Wiener Neustadt” [in German]. Zezts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: p.333. 15 Dec. 1953. First record since 1930. [N.O.] Herbulot, C., “Confirmation de l’existence de Sterrha fathmaria en France” [in French]. Entomologiste, vol.10: p.91. Nov. 1954. New localities in France of S. fathmaria, described from North Africa. [P.V.] Kusdas, Karl, “Ein Beitrag zur Schmetterlingsfauna des Ennsdorfer Gebietes in Nieder- Osterreich” [in German]. Ze/ts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp.75-77, 103-106, 128- 130, 145-147. 1 April, 30 April, 15 May, 15 June 953. Annotated list. Loberbauer, Rudolf, “Gedanken zur geplanten Neuherausgabe der Lepidopteren-Fauna von Obezosterreich” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.48: pp.185-191. 15 July 1953. Discusses the recent status of the Lepidoptera studies in Upper Austria and makes proposals for future work. [N.O. Tsesche, Rudolf, & Friedhelm Korte, “Uber Pteridine. IX. Mitteil.: Zur Kenntnis des sogen. fluorescyannins” [in German]. Chem. Berichte, vol. 87: pp.1713-1719. 1954. MacNay, C. G., “New records of insects in Canada in 1952: a review.” Canad. Ent., vol.86: pp.55-60. 10 March 1954. Notes as new to North America: Cacaecia oporana (L.) (Tortricidae, Europe), Vancouver, B.C.; Monopis ferruginella Hbn. (Europe), Vancouver; Cnephasia virgaureana Tr. (Tortricidz, Europe), St. Johns, Nfld. Aphomia gularis was found infesting a warehouse at Vancouver, the only previous Canadian record having been from Montreal in 1934. Phlegethontius quinquemaculatus was found for the first time in Sask., and Rhyacionia buoliana in P. E. 1. and Nfld. [E.M.| Mathewman, W. G., D. G. Harcourt, & J. P. Perron, ‘Timing of DDT applications for control of caterpillars on cabbage.” Canad. Ent., vol.84: pp.346-352. 28 Nov. 1952. Gives incidental notes on seasonal cycles of 3 spp. In 1950, Pieris rape de- clined sharply in numbers early in August. This happens in many years as the result of natural control. P/latella maculipennis increased sharply at about the same time, while Trichoplusia ni remained at consistently low numbers. |E.M.| 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 163 Menhofer, Herbert, “Interessante Falterfunde in Nordbayern’” [in German]. Nachrbl. Eeraiceeeea., Vols: pp. 02-103, .L08-110,. 119-125, 15 Odct., 15 Nov.; 15 Dec. 1954. New records in N. Bavaria; annotated list. [N.O.| Pfister, Hermann, “Beobachtungen an den Scoparien der bayerischen Fauna (Lepid., Pyralid.)” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol.3: pp.117-119. 15 Dec. 1954. Discusses the most interesting of the Bavarian Scoparia species and new records. [N.O.| Prose, Herbert, ““Thtringische Faunenelemente im bayrischen Vogtland” [in German}. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol.3: pp.79-80, 86-89. 15 Aug., 15 Sept. 1954. Discusses zoogeographical problems. [N.O.| Reiss, Hugo, “Uber drei Zyganen, die als regressive Endemiten bezeichnet werden konnen, deren Entstehung vermutlich in der Pliozanzeit erfolgte’ [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges.. vol.38: pp.131-141, 3 figs., 3 pls. 15 May 1953. Discusses the geological age of Zygena elegans Betf., Z. giesekingiana Reiss, and Z. vesubiana Le Charles, on the basis of their recent distribution. Figures various species of the genus, their subspecies, and other forms. [N.O.]| Reisser, Hans, “Weitere Notizen zur Lepidopterenfauna Niederosterreichs” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp.247-250. 15 Sept. 1953. New localities. [N.O.] Ronniger, Hermann, “Ein neuer Fund von Grammodes stolida F. in Nieder-Osterreich” [in German]. Zezts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: p.321. 15 Dec. 1953. New record near Vienna. [N.O.| Rougeot, P. C., “Lepidopteres saturniides” zz “La réserve naturelle intégrale du Mont Nimba.” [in French]. Afém. Inst. Franc. Afr. Noire, no.40: pp.339-341. 19 Nov. on List of a collection of Saturniide from the Nimba Mts. (French Guinea). Eee Schutze, Edward, “Eupithecien-Studien V. (Lep. Geom.). Kurze faunistische Mitteilun- gen” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol.4: pp.114-117. 15 Dec. 1954. New records, distributional and biological notes on 7 European spp. [N.O.| Sc>hwingenschuss, Leo, “Beitrag zur Lepidopterenfauna von Niederosterreich: St. Peter i. d. Au, Seitenstetten und Umgebung” [in German]. Zezts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp.37-39, 77-78, 101-103, 142-144, 170-176, 196-198, 217-223, 251- Pepa 20), 509-311. 1° March, 1 April, 30 April, 15 May, 15 June, 15 July, 15 Aug., 15 Sept., 15 Oct., 15 Nov. 1953. Annotated list of 599 Macrolepidoptera and 64 Microlepidoptera. Names some aberrations. [N.O.]| Stempffer, H., “Lépidoptéres Lycenides (2°"° note)” sv “La réserve naturelle intégrale du Mont Nimba” [in French]. Mém. Inst. franc. Afr. Noire, no.40: pp.347-354. 19 Nov. 1954. Second note on the Lycenidz collected in the Nimba Mts. (French Guinea). [P.V.] Urbahn, Ernst, “1953, ein Jahr tiberzahlinger Faltergenerationen” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol.3: pp.27-31, 36-38, 45-47. 15 March, 15 April, 15 May 1954. Discusses the cause of odd generations in several species in Germany in 1953. [N.O.| Wagner, Hans, “Harmodia tephroleuca Bsd. und Rhyacia castanea {. cerasima Frr. in den bayerischen Voralpen” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol.3: pp.41-45. 15 May 1954. Discusses occurrence of the above and some other species in the Alps. [N.O.] F. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Abdel-Malek, Albert, & Edward A. Steinhaus, “Invasion route of Nosema sp. in the Potato Tuberworm, as determined by ligaturing.” Journ. Parasitol., vol. 34: pp. 452- 453. 16 Nov. 1948. Microsporidian penetrates wall of gut of Gnorimoschema. pe Be | Acatay, Abdulgafur, “Ein Zederschadling: Acalla undulana Wlisgm.” [in German]. Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 708-710, 6 figs. March 1953. Gives life- history and describes injury to Cedrus in South Anatolia (Asia Minor). [A. D.]. Alayc, Pastor, “Notas sobre !a Colobura dirce (Linn.) (Lepidoptera-Nymphalide)” [in Spanish]. Bol. Hist. Nat. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. ‘Felipe Poey’, vol. 1: p. 97. Sept. 1956. Life history notes; foodplant Cecropia. [P. B.] Alexseiev, V. A., & V. E. Murav’ev, ‘An experiment in rearing the Chinese Oak Silkworm (Anthereea pernyi Guér.-Men.) on leaves of certain varieties of willows’’ [in Russian}. Dokl. Vses. Akad. Sel’sk. Nauk im. Lenina, vol. 13, no. 11: pp. 37-41, 2 figs. 1948. [Nox seen. | Alibere, Henri, “Les insectes vivant sur les cacaoyers en Afrique occidentale” [in French]. Mém. Inst. franc. Afr. Notre, no. 15: 174 pp., 7 pls. 210 figs. 15 Nov. 1951. Detailed descriptions of all spp. known to attack coffee plants, including 40 Lepidop- tera. Discusses biology; figures some adults and early stages. [P. B.] 164 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.4-5 Allen, Robert P., “Occurrence of Ugly-nest Caterpillar in California.” Bull. Calif. Dept. Agric., vol. 62: pp. 165-170, figs. 1953. Photos of adults, egg masses, larvze, pupze and nests; drawings of ¢ and@ genitalia; Archips cerasivorana (Tortricide). [J. T.] Ananthanarayanan, K. R., “A short note on the Evgenia leaf caterpillar Carea subtilis Wik.” Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 50: pp. 418-421, fig. Dec. 1951. Describes early stages. [P. B.] Angus, T. A., “A bacterial toxin paralyzing silkworm larve.” Nature, vol. 173: pp. 545-546. 20 March 1954. Anonymous, “Insect pests of maize.” Agric. Gaz. N. S. Wales, vol. 60: pp. 258-262, 5 figs. 1 May 1949. Brief notes on Cirphis unipuncta, Heliothis armigera, Dichoc- rocis punctiferalis, Batrachedra rileyi, Sitotroga cerealella, and their control. [P. B.] Anonymous, “The Orange-barred Grass Moth (Ewtane terminalis).’ Agric. Gaz. N. S. Wales, vol. 61: pp. 89-90, 3 figs. 1 Feb. 1950. Reprinted in vol. 63: p. 98; Feb. 1953. Life history (Arctiidz). Anonymous, “Introduccion de insectos beneficiosos para combatir una plaga grave de la cana de azucar en Venezuela” [in Spanish]. Agr. Venezolana, no. 146: pp. 40-42, 4 figs. Sept. 1950. Describes damage done by Diatrwe larve and discusses biolo- gical control [P. B.] Anonymous, “The Peach Tip Moth (Cydia molesta).’ Agric. Gaz. N. S. Wales, vol. 62: pp. 422-423, 2 figs. 1 Aug. 1951. Biology and control. Anonymous, “The Common Grain Moth (Sitotroga cerealella).” Agric. Gaz. N. S. Wales, vol. 62: pp. 473-475, 3 figs. 1 Sept. 1951. Biology and control. Anonymous, ‘The Bag-shelter Moth (Ochrogaster contraria).’ Agric. Gaz. N. S. Wales, vol. sa pp. 597-599, 6 figs. 1 Nov. 1951. Biology and control; on Acacia pendula. [Py B. Anonymous, “The Potato Moth (Gnorimoschema operculella).”’ Agric. Gaz. N. S. Wales, vol. 62: pp. 664-667, 3 figs. 1 Dec. 1951. Biology and control. Anonymous, “Codling Moth (Cydia pomonella).”’ Agric. Gaz. N. S. Wales, vol. 63: pp. 422-425, 430, 4 figs. 1 Aug. 1952. Biology and control. Anonymous, “The Heliothis caterpillar (Heliothis armigera). The Grape-vine Moth (Phalenoides glycine). A tussock moth (Orgyia anartoides).’ Agric. Gaz. N. S. Wales, vol. 63: pp. 662-669, 9 figs. Dec. 1952. Biology and control. Anonymous, “Insect pests. of the Kurrajong.” Agric. Gaz. N. S. Wales, vol. 64: pp. 95-97, 6 figs. Feb. 1953. Biology of Sylepta clytusalis on this tree. [P. B.] Anonymous, “A false-looper.” Agric. Gaz. N. S. Wales, vol. 64: pp. 147-148, 1 fig. March 1953. Plusia chalcites, biology and control. Anonymous, “La mosca amazonica en Venezuela” [in Spanish]. Agricultor Venezol., vol. 17, no. 160: pp. 4-5, 10 figs. March 1953. Report on successful introduction of dipterous parasites of Diatrea. Figures larvze of latter and adults of 5 spp., and larvae and adults of 2 spp. of parasites. [P. B.] Anonymous, ‘““The Mottled Cup Moth.” Agric. Gaz. N. S. Wales, vol. 64: p. 265, 1 fig. May 1953. Doratifera vulnerans; on Eucalyptus and Tristania. [P. B.] Anonymous, ‘Los taladradores de la cafia de azucar y su control biolédgico” [in Spanish]. Agricultor Venezolano, vol. 19, no. 172; pp. 34-37, 6 figs. Oct. 1954. Biological control of Diatraa spp. in Venezuela. [P. B.] Atkins, E. Lawrence, ‘Fruit Tree Leaf Roller on citrus.” Calif. Citrograph, vol. 36: pp. 246, 254. April 1951. Archips argyrospila; Biology and control Atkins, E. Lawrence, ‘Biology and control of Orangeworms.” Calif. Citrograph, vol. 36: pp. 270, 288-291. May 1951. Argyrotenia citrana, Pyroderces rileyi, Holcocera ice- ryeella, Platynota stultana. Averkiev, I. S., “Experiments in breeding of Amntherwa pernyi in Mariiskaia ASSR” [in Russian]. Priroda, vol. 36, no. 3: pp. 65-67. 1947. [Not seen.] Averkiev, I. S., “Lengthening of the hibernation period of cocoons of the Tussah Moth (Antherwa pernyi Guer.) and its significance to northern sericulture’” [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., vol. 33: pp. 644-647. May-June 1954. [Not seen]. Avidov, Z., “Biological and ecological studies on the Codling Moth (Carpocapsa pomo- nella L.) in Israel’ [in Hebrew, English summary pp. 43-51]. Ktavim, vol. 2/3: pp. 155-189, 3 figs. Dec. 1952. Baker, H. G., “Biological flora of the British Isles. Melandrinm (Roehling em.) Fries. (Lychnis L. (1753) partim.).” Journ. Ecol., vol. 35: pp. 271-292, 5 figs). Dec. 1947. Larval foodplant of Expithecia venosata, Hydriomena affinitata, H. decolorata, Harmodia capsincola, H. cucubali, H. nana, Phthorimewa viscariella. Records also spp. visiting flowers. [P. B.] 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 165 Balch, R. E., “The Spruce Budworm and aerial forest spraying.’ Canad. Geogr. Journ., vol. 45: pp. 200-209, 16 figs. 1952. Good figures of larva, pupa, and adult. [P. B.] Bauer, David L., “Butterflies at water holes in central Arizona.” Lepid. News, vol. 7: pp. 146-147. 12 Feb. 1954. Beall, Geoffrey, & Richard R. Rescia, “A generalization of Neyman’s contagious distri- butions.” Bzometrics, vol. 9: pp. 354-386, 2 figs. Sept. 1953. Mathematical de- velopment of a family of frequency distributions applicable to the occurrence of animals in nature, where the presence of one animal increases the likelihood of others being present; applied to occurrence of Pyrausta nubilalis. [P. B.] Beaufoy, S., & E. M., “Britain’s rarest native butterfly?” Country Life, vol. 117: p. 1242, 6 figs. 12 May 1955. Biology of Strymonidia pruni. [P. B. Beck, Edwin G., “The histology and biology of the Solidago gall caused by the larva of Gnorimoschema gallesolidaginis.” Amer. Journ. Bot., vol. 36: p. 794. Dec. 1949. Abstract only. Beebe, William, “Iwo little-known selective insect attractants.” Zoologica, N. Y., vol. 40: pp. 27-32,4 pls. 14 May 1955. Reports strong attraction of Danaidz, Ithomiide, Euchromiide, & Arctiide (but no other families) to dried wild heliotrope plants; also attraction of Nymphalidz, Morphidz, and Brassolidz to lesions in tangerine trees caused by disease. Species listed; some photographs of feeding insects. [P. B.| Bengry, R. F., “Some observations on the noctuid moth Xanthophastis timais Cramer.” Nat. Hist. Notes Nat. Hist. Soc. Jamaica, no. ie ps,Z08;-tigs, Jan 1951 Vate history; food plant Hymenocallis cartbeed. PP ae a Benham, Rhoda W., & Jose L. Miranda, ‘““The genus Beawverra, morphological and tax- onomic studies of several species and of two strains isolated from wharf-piling borers.” Mycologia, vol. 45: pp. 737-746, 5 figs. Sept./Oct. 1953. Mainly on B. bassiana, parasite of the Silkworm. [P. B.] Benkevich, V. I., “Spots of the greatest concentration of Gypsy Moth egg deposits” [in Russian]. Les z Step’, vol. 4, no. 12: p. 75. Dec. 1952. [Not seen.] Berezina, V. M., “Method of using bait rings in attracting Lymantria monacha during the oviposition period” [in Russian]. Sborn. Trud. Inst. Zashch. Rast. Leningrad, vol. 1: pp. 161-162. 1948. [Not seen.] Berezina, V. M., Winter cutworm (Euxoa segetum)—pest of shelter belts [in Russian]. 23 pp. Moscow. 1949. [Not seen.] Berg, Clifford Osburn, “Limnological relations of insects to plants of the genus Potam- ogeton.” Mucrofilm Abs., vol. 9, no. 2: pp. 187-188. 1949. Abstract only. Bergamin, J., “A broca da cana de acucar” |in Portuguese, English summary]. Brasi/ Agucareio, vol. 32: pp. 493-498, 595-612, 18 figs. Nov., Dec. 1948. Biology of Diatraea saccharalis; figures all stages and 4 parasites. [P. B.| Berger, L. A., “Note. sur les moeurs d’Augiades venata Bremer-Grey”’ [in French. ] Lambillionea, VO Zen pps vont. wIa2 7. 1953 Note om the rejections ot a hiquid by the anus and its absorbtion by the proboscis in the Hesperiidae. [P. V.| Bergold, Gernot, “Die Isolierung des Polyeder-Virus und die Natur der Polyeder’ [in German]. Zeztschr. Naturforsch., vol. 2b: pp. 122-143, 3 figs. 1947. Molecular weights of virus and polyhedral body proteins from Bombyx mort, Porthetria dispar, and Lymantria monacha. [P. B.] Bergold, Gernot, “Bundelformige Ordnung von Polyederviren” [in German]. Ze/tschr. Naturforsch., vol. 3b: pp. 25-26, 13 figs. 1948. Electron microscope studies of polyhedral disease virus. [P. B.| Bergold, Gernot, “Inaktivierung des Polyeder-Virus durch Kollidon’” [in German]. Zeitschr. Naturforsch., vol. 3b: pp. 300-301. 1948. Reports detoxifying effect of this substance on polyhedral virus. [P. B.| Bergold, Gernot, “Uber die Kapselvirus-Krankheit” [in German]. Ze/tschr. Naturforsch., & 3b: pp. 338-342, 13 figs. 1948. Virus disease of Cacaecia murinana Hb. ae Bergold, G. H., “The multiplication of insect viruses as organisms.” Canad. Journ. Res., Sect. E, vol. 28: pp. 5-11, 4 pls. Feb. 1950. Pathogens of Porthetria, Bombyx, Choristoneura, Cacoecia. [P. B.] Bergold, Gernot, & Hans Friedrich-Freksa, “Zur Grosse und Serologie des Bombyx-mori- Polyedervirus” [in German]. Zestschr. Naturforsch., vol. 2b: pp. 410-414. 1947. On identity and particle size of polyhedral virus. [P. B.| Biezanko, Ceslau M., & Rubens E. Bertholdi, “Principais Noctuideos prejudiciais As plantas cultivadas em arredores de Pelotas.” Rev. Agronomia, vol. 10: pp. 235-246, 2 pls. 1951. Brief notes on 24 spp. of injurious noctuids of Pelétas, Brasil, with figures of 20 spp. [C. R.] 166 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.4-5 Biliotti, E., P. Grison, & R. Silvestre de Sacy, “Observations sur le cycle évolutif de la Processionaire du Pin, Thaumatopaeca pityocampa Schiff. (Lep. Notodontide)” [in French]. Bw/l. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 58: pp. 30-32. ae Notes on the life- history of T. pityocampa in different parts of France. [P. V.] Blackman, G. E., & A. J. Rutter, “Biological flora of the British Isles. Endymion Dum.” Journ. Ecol., vol. 42: pp. 629- 638, 5 figs. July 1954. Records Phtheochroa maculo- sana feeding on seeds of E. nonscriptus. [P.B.] Blok, I. B., “Disinfection of the seed of the Oak Silkworm with ultraviolet light’ [in Russian]. Visnyk Akad. Nauk URSR, vol. 23: pp. 53-55. 1951. [Not seen.] Blunck, H., “Uber die bei Pveris brassice L., ihren Parasieten und Hyperparasieten schmarotzenden Microsporidien” [in German]. Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 432-438, 2 figs. March, 1953. . Boehm, F., “Elevage ab ovo de Zygaena transalpina subsp. astragalv’ [in French]. Bwll. Soc. Ent. Mulhouse, Sept./Oct. 1953: pp. 57-60. Boutek, Z., & J. Sedivy, “Die Hymenopteren-Parasiten von Hyphantria cunea Drury in dez Tchechoslowakei” [in Czech, Russian & German summaries]. Folia Zool. Ent., vol. 3: pp. 169-189, 10 figs. Sept. 1954. Records hymenopterous parasites of eggs & nymphs of H. cunea from Czechoslovakia. [J. M.] Bourguin, Fernando, “Cuatro notas sobre metamorfosis de microlepidopteros. I. Arzs- totelia perplexa Clarke. Jl. Parastega hemisigna Clarke. JI. Porphyrosela sp. IV. Darlig pretexta Clarke” [in Spanish, French summaries]. Acta. Zool. Lilloana, vol. 12: pp. 509-518, 4 pls. “1951” [15 Oct. 1952]. Describes and figures all stages available, and describes habits. Food plants: A. perplexa (Mimosa Bonplandi); P. hemisigna (Ligustrum); D. preetexta (Polygonum pessicaroides). Records parasites of Porphy- rosela sp. and D. pretexta. [P. B.] Bourquin, Fernando, “Notas sobre la metamortosis de Antispastis clarki Pastrana 1951 [i.e. 1952] (Lep. Glyphipterygide)” [in Spanish, French summary]. Acta Zool. Lilloana, vol. 12: pp. 523-526, 1 pl., 1 fig. “1951” [15) OceytO> 2) eeecentincs early stages and habits; foodplant Solanum bonariense. [P.B.] Bourquin, Fernando, ‘“Metamortfosis de Amastus prosenit Kohler 1949 (Lep. fam. Arctiidae )” [in Spanish, French summary]. Acta Zool. Lilloana, vol. 12: pp. 527- 532, 1 pl. “1951” [15 Oct. 1952]. Describes early stages and habits; figures larva, pupa, and adults. Foodplants Rumex pulcher, Lactuca sativa. [P.B.] Bourquin, Fernando, ‘““Metamorfosis de Megalopyge lanceolata Dogn. 1923 (Lep. Mega- lopygide)” [in Spanish, French summary]. Acta. Zool. Lilloana, vol. 12: pp. 533- 538, 1 pl., 1 fig. “1951” [15 Oct. 1952]. Describes and figures all stages; foodplants: roses and Leguminose. [P. B.| Box, Harold E., “Investigaciones sobre los taladradores de la cana de azucar (Diatrea spp.) en Venezuela. Informe del progreso durante 1947-1949” [in Spanish, English summary]. Bol. Tec. Sec. Cana Azucar, Min. Agric. Venezuela, no. 2: 60 pp., 3 maps. Sepz:. 1949. Distribution, host plants, and parasites of Venezuelan spp. [P. B.] Box, Harold E., “The biological control of insect pests of sugar cane, with special refer- ence to the West Indian region.” Journ. Agric. Soc. Trinidad Tobago, vol. 52: pp. 183-206. June 1952. History of control of Diatrwa spp., Castnia licoides, and other insects by parasites. [P. B.] Box, Harold E., "The control of sugar cane moth borers (Diatrwa) in Venezuela—a preliminary account.” Trop. Agric. vol. 30: pp. 97-113. Apr./Jume 1953) Bio- logical control and biology of parasites. [P. BA Bréak, Jaroslav, “Beitrag zur Morphologie der Raupe des Apfelwicklers” [in Czech, Russian & English summaries]. Acta. Soc. Ent. Cechoslovenie, vol. 50: pp. 17-28, 6 figs. 20 Jan. 1954. Describes larva of Carpocapsa pomonella. C. pyrivora is not found in Czechoslovakia. [J. M Bréak, J, “Nonparasitical mortality in the progeny of some Lepidoptera” [in Czech, Russian & English summaries]. Folia Zool. Ent., vol. 2: pp. 159-166, 4 figs. Oct. 1955. Discusses the nonparasitical mortality of eggs and caterpillars of Plusia gamma, Spil- osoma lubricipeda, Ourapteryx sambucaria, Acidalia aversata, Lymantria monacha, Naenia typica, Cybosia mesomella, Pachytelia unicolor. [J. M Breniere, J., “Les principaux insectes nuisibles a la canne a sucre dans les territoires et departements francais d’outre mer” [in French]. Agron. Trop., vol. 8: pp. 354-362, 5 figs. July/Aug. 1953. Describes appearance and biology of Sesamia vuteria and Diatrwe saccharalis, on sugar cane; records some parasites. (Pi) Ball Brown, Earl E., “Life cycle of Lesser Apple Worm in northeastern Oregon.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 46.: p. 163. Feb. 1953. Grapholitha prunivora. 1955 The Lepidoptertsts News 167 Burmann, Karl, “Der ‘Matterhornbarenspinner’ (Orodemmntas cervini Fall.) ein schutz- bedirftiger Schmetterling unserer Heimat” [in German]. Ent. Nachrbl., vol. 3: pp. 173-177. Oct./Nov. 1951. Describes extremely rigorous conditions to which this high alpine species is exposed—including serious overcollecting. [P. B.] Burmann, Karl, “Eine Zucht von C/idaria (Larentia) kollariaria H. S. (Lepidoptera, Geometride)”’ [in German]. Ent. Nachrbl., vol. 3: pp. 185-188. Oct./Nov. 1951. Records rearing of this moth on Valeriana spp. [P.B.| Burmann, Karl, “Aus dem Leben der Preris callidice Esp—Falter’ [in German]. Ent. Nachrbl., vol. 4: pp. 81-84. Apr./Dec. 1952. Flight period and adult habits in high Alps. [P. B.] Burmann, Karl, “Aus dem Leben von Semioscopis anella Hb. (Lepidoptera, Gelechiidz)” [in German]. Zezts. Wiener. Ent. Ges., vol. 38: pp. 27-30. 1 March 1953. Notes on flight habits of this early species (seen flying at 4° C!); records mating of Q with 6 of related S. avellanella. [P. B.]| Burmann, Karl, “Die Entwicklung von Endrosa-Arten in zwei getrennten Stammen (Lepidoptera, Arctiidz)” [in German]. Zests. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 38: pp.72-75, 2 figs. 1 April 1953. Reports 2 local flight periods (May, July) in E. aurtta ssp; thinks development requires one year and population consists of two separate strains with staggered adult stage. [P. B.] Buzacott, J. H., “Insects associated with sugar cane in New Guinea.” Techn. Commun. Bureau of Sugar Exp. Sta. Queensland, 1953, nos. 1/2: pp. 23-30. Records Melanttis leda bankia, Phragmatiphila truncata, and Cosmopteryx sp. [P. B.| Cannon, R. C., “Investigations in the control tof the Potato Tuber Moth, Gnorimoschema operculella Zell. (Lepidoptera: Gelechiide) in morth Queensland.” Quweensland Journ, Agric. Sci., vol. 5: pp. 107-124. Including biological notes. Cannon, R. C., & A. Hegarty, “An outbreak of grass webworm in Atherton Tableland pastures.” Queensland Agric. Journ., vol. 65: pp. 402-405, 5 figs. 1 Dec. 1947. Biology and control of Calamotropha leptogramella. Casey, Jewell, “‘Do you know what they are?” Frontiers, vol. 12: pp. 110-111, 6 figs. Apr. 1948. Figures pupz and adults of Monarch and Polyphemus Moth. [P. B.] Cepelak, Jifi, “I°’* contribution a la connaissance des tachinaires tchéques (Dipt. Call- iph.)” [in Czech, Russian & French summaries]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cechoslovenia, vol. 49: pp..81-87.. 1 Oct._1952. Cepelak, Jizi, “II® contribution a la connaissance des tachinaires tchéques (Dipt. Larvevoride)” [in Czech, Russian and French summaries]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cecho- slovenia, vol. 49: pp. 169-180. 15 Nov. 1952. Lists a number of parasite spp. from Bohemia with remarks on their hosts among lepidopterous larve. [J. M.| Chiarelli de Gahan, Angelina, & Enrique A. Touron, “Datos biologicos de Proxenus rionegrensis (i. 1.)” [in Spanish]. Revista Invest. Agric., vol. 4: pp. 139-151, 3 figs. ae [Oct.] 1950. Detailed description of early stages and biology; figures all stages. FE. B.] Christensen, J. J.. & C. L. Schneider, “European Corn Borer (Pyrausta nubilalis Hbn.) in relation to shank, stalk, and ear rots of corn.” Phytopathology. vol. 40: pp. 284- 291, 3 figs. Mar. 1950. Chu, N. F., How to know the immature insects. 234 pp., 631 figs. Dubuque: Wm. C. Brown & Co., 1949. A useful illustrated key to families, including both larve and pupz of the more important families of Lepidoptera. General account of immature stages and directions for collecting. [P. B.] Crich, W. V., “Giant silkworm moths.” Canad. Geogr. Journ., vol. 39: pp. 33-35, 3 figs. July 1949. Luna, Cecropia, Polyphemus—photos and _ notes. Crosson du Cormier, A., P. Guerin, & H. de Toulgoét, “Nouvelle note sur Boloria agil- onaris Stichel” [in French]. Rev. frang. Lépid., vol. 14: pp. 21-23, 1 pl. 1953. Proof that B. aguilonarts (=arsilache auct.) is a good species; also biological notes on this species. [P. V.] Danilevskii, A. S., “Leaf rollers (Laspeyresiine) damaging seeds of oak and other dec- iduous varieties in the forested steppe area” [in Russian]. Uchenye Zap. Leningrad Univ. Ser. Biol. Nauk, vol. 25: p. 249. 1950. [Not seen]. Darteville, Edmond, “Sur un hesperide des environs de Léopoldville et remarques sur la valeur alimentaire des chenilles de Lépidoptéres” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 51: pp. 12-16, 18-22, 1 fig. 25 Feb., 25 April 1951. Describes biology of Ceeliades libeon, a common and gregarious feeder on various trees; discusses food value of these and other caterpillars, which are eaten by natives. [P. B.| 168 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.4-5 Day, M. F., I. B. Common, J. L. Farrant, & Coralie Potter, “A polyhedral disease of a pasture caterpillar, Pterolocera amplicornis Walker (Anthelidz).” Axstralian Journ. Biol. Sci., vol. 6: pp. 574-579, 4pls., 1fig. Nov. 1953. Deschamps, M., “Insectes nuisibles aux cultures et insects prédateurs récemment ob- servés dans le Nord Cameroon” [in French]. Agronomie Trop., vol. 9: pp. 174-182. March/April 1954. Tables of insects attacking cultivated plants, arranged by plant spp.; includes numerous Lepidoptera (Tineida, Pyralida, Gelechiide, Noctuide, Hylophilida, Arctiida, Hesperiidae, Nymphalidz); also lists nature of damage done, and recorded parasites. [P. B.] Dethier, V. G., “Evolution of feeding preferences in phytophagous insects.” Evolution, vol. 8: pp. 33-54, 1 fig. March 1954. Review article, with numerous examples taken from Lepidoptera. Diadechko, N. P., “Biological methods of controlling coleophorids in orchards” [in Russian]. Visnyk Akad. Nauk URSR, vol. 25: pp. 68-69. Aug. 1954. Coleophora hemesabiella. [Not seen]. Dick, W. D., “The life history of the Cupid Blue (Euchrysops cnejus cnejus Waterhouse and Lyell).” Queensland Nat., vol. 13: pp.79-81. 1947. Dicker, G. H. L., & J. B. Briggs, “A note on the Small Ermine Moth, Yponomeuta padella malinella Zell.” Ann. Rept. E. Malling Res. Sta., 1951: 172-173, 1 pl. June 1952. Biology and control. Dikasova, E. T., “Investigation of Mulberry Silkworm gut which was obtained from moths infected with yellow disease’ [in Russian]. Mzkrobiologiia, vol. 18: pp. 356- 360. July/Aug. 1949. [Not seen. ] Dilley, Willard E., “A colorful hawkmoth larva.” Everglades Nat. Hist., vol. 1: p. 129. Sept. 1953. Records Pholus fasciatus feeding on Jussi@a peruviana. [P. B.] Docteurs van Leeuwen, W. M., “Door vlinders gevormde gallen’” [in Dutch, English summary]. Tijdschr. Plantenziekten, vol.59: pp. 198-199. 1953. Dodds, J. G., “Biological flora of the British Isles. Plantago coronopus L.” Journ. Ecol., vol. 41: pp. 467-478, 2 figs. Aug. 1953. Records two spp. of Gelechiidaz feeding on this. plant) oP. Be] Drachovska-Simanova, Mir., “Insect-parasites on sugar-beet in view of entomology” [in Czech, Russian & English summaries]. Folia Ent., vol. 14: pp. 106-119, 7 figs. ee ie Lists some spp. of Lepidoptera as pests of sugar beet in Czechoslovakia. Drachovska-Simanova, M., “Vyskyt makadlenky fepné (Phthorimaea ocellatella Boyd) na Slovensku” [in Czech, Russian & English summaries]. Folia Zool. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 223-229, 1 col. pl. 1952. Biology and control of the sp. in S. Slovakia. [J. M.] Duiven, J. Mart, “Lyonetia clerckella L., de mineerrups van het kerseblad’” [in Dutch]. Levende Natuur, vol. 50: pp. 8-9, 2 figs. Jan. 1947. Duiven, J. Mart, “Coleophora caspititiella, de zakdrager van de trekrups’” [in Dutch]. Levende Natuur, vol. 50: pp. 63-64, 1 fig. April 1948. Grechkin, V. P., ““Clearwing moths are pests of poplar” [in Russian]. Lesnoe Khoziastvo. vol. 2, no. 6: pp. 86-90. June 1949. [Not seen]. Greig-Smith, P., “Biological Flora of the British Isles. Urtica L.” Journ. Ecol., vol. 36: pp. 339-355, 5 figs. Dec. 1948. Larval food plant of Hypena proboscidalis, Aglais urtice, Nymphalis 10, Vanessa atalanta, Notarcha ruralis, Eurrhypara urticata, Simethis fabriciana. [P. B.] Griot, Mario, & Amelia Icart, “Observaciones sobre ‘Balcarcia bergi’ Brethes, parasito del ‘bicho de cesto’’”’ [in Spanish]. Revista Invest. Agric., vol. 2: pp. 197-204, 11 Hes ei [1949]. Describes all stages and biology of parasite of Osketicus kirbyi. P. 8. Groves, Joan R., “A preliminary account of the Summer Fruit Tortricid, Adoxophyes orana (F. R.), in Great Britain.” Ann. Rept. E. Malling Res. Sta., 1951: pp. 152- 154, 2 pls. June 1952. Gusev, V. M., “On the destruction of Pyrausta nubilalis \arvee by woodpeckers” [in Rus- sian]. Priroda, vol. 36, no. 9: p. 78. Sept. 1947. [Not seen.[ Hackray, J., “Elevage de Lampropteryx suffumata Ub.” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 52: pp. 47-48. 25 Aug. 1952. Describes rearing on Gallium mollugo. [P. B.] Haggett, G., “Rhodometra sacraria (Lep. Geometridz) in Great Britain, with particular reference to its occurrence in west Sussex, 1947.” Entomologist, vol. 85: pp. 49- 6. Mar. 1949. Distribution, migration, biology, variation. [P. B.] Haggett, G., “Observations on a colony of Anepia irregularis Hufnagel in Norfolk (Lep. Noctuidz).” Entomologist, vol. 85: pp. 36-38. Feb. 1952 1955 The Lepidopterists News 169 Hall, Irvin M., “Observations on Perezia pyrauste Paillot, a microsporidian parasite of the European Corn Borer.” Parasitol.. vol. 38: pp. 48-52, 1 pl Feb. 1952. De- scribes life cycle; parasite reared on Junonia ceenita larve. [P. B.] Hall, W. J., “Insect pests in British colonial dependencies: a half yearly report.” FAO Planié Protect. Bull.. vol. 2: pp. 81-82. March 1954. Includes records of various Lepidoptera: Artona catoxantha (Singapore, on coconut); bollworm and stem borers in Nigeria; sugar cane pests ( Mauritius); fruit moths & coffee leaf miner ( Dominica); Calpodes ethlius. on arrowroot (St. Vincent). [P. B.] Hase, Albrecht, “Uber die Eiablage und Fruchtbarkeit der Hausglucke ( Agrotis pronuba)” Jin German]. Natur und Vol£. vol. 82: pp. 160-161, 1 fig. 1 May 1952. Reports egg mass containing nearly 1600 eggs. [P. B.] Hasek, Josef, “Pidalka Paccilopsis isabella Harr. puvodce ziru na modfinech” [in Czech]. Aaa Soc. Eni. Cechosloveniz, vol. 49: pp. 239-240. 15 Dec. 1952. Records larve as a pest of Larix in Moravia. [J. M_] Helson, G. A. H., “Outbreaks and new records. July-August 1952. New Zealand.” Plant Prot. Bull., vol. 1: pp. 29-30. Nov. 1952. Selidosema suavis. on Pinus radiata: Lsthocolletis messaniella, on varicus oaks, beech, etc. Gracilaria azaleella. new to New Zealand. [P. B.] Hempel, Adolf, “Estudo da alimentacao natural de aves silvestres Ed Brasil” [in Portuguese, English summary]. Arg. Inst. Biol. So Paulo. vol. 19: pp. -268. 1949. Stomach contents of 280 birds belonging to 63 spp., with special iia. to Rhynchotus rujescens and Nothura maculosa. Lepidoptera not determined below order. [P. B-] Herter, Konrad, “Springbohnen” [in German]. Natur und Volz, vol. 83: pp. 23- oe 9 = 1 Jan. 1953. Biology of Carpocapsa saltitans. the jumping bean caterpillar. P. B. Hill, A. R., “Insect pests of cultivated raspberries in Scotland.” Trans. 91h Int. Cong Enz., vol. 1: pp. 589-592. March 1953. Records Lampronia rubiella Bijerk. ire D] Hohl, F., “Remarques biologiques” [in French]. Bull. Soc. Ent. Mulhouse 1953: p. 71. Nov. 1953. Biological notes on Calocampa exoleta, Papilio machaon. Lasiocampa quercus, Dicranura vinula. [P. B.] Holoway, C. F., & G. H. Bergold, “Iron content of an insect virus.” Science. vol. 117: pp. 251-252. 6 Mar. 1952. Pathogen of Bombyx mori. Howard. H. W., & A. G. Lyon, “Biological flora of the British Isles. Nasturtium officinale R. Br.” Journ. Ecel., vol. 40: pp. 228-238. Feb. 1952. Larval food plant of Pvéerss brassicae and P. naps. [P. B.] Hughes, Kenneth M., “A demonstration of the nature of polyhedra using alkaline solu- tions.” Journ. Bact., vol. 59: pp. 189-195, 2 pls. Feb. 1950. Pathogens of Prodenia pacifice and Colias eurytheme. [P. B.] Hughes, Kenneth M., & Clarence G. Thompson, “A granulosis of the omnivorous looper, Sabulodes caberata Guenée.” Journ. Infect. Diseases, vol. 89: pp. 173-179, 2 pls. Sepz./Oct. 1951. New virus attacking fat bodies. [P. B.] Huzian, L., “New data on the biology of Phtkorimeza ocellatella” [in Magyar]. Agrar- tudomany, vol. 3: p. 440. 1951. [Not seen.] IVinskii, A. I., “Pine moth, pine looper moth and gypsy moth” [in Russian]. Lesnoe 2, no. 1: pp. 85-93. Jan. 1949. [Not seen]. Irwin, Margaret C.. “The California Oak Moth.” Santa Barbara Mus. Nat. Hist. Mus. Leaflet, vol. 22: pp. 38-42, 1 pl. April/May 1947. Also as Special Bull. no. 2; 1947. Biology and control of Phryganidia californica: lists parasites and predators: figures all stages. [P. B.] Iwase, Taro, “The hibernation of the Long-Tailed Blue (Lampides beeticus L.) in Japan.” (PB) vol. 84: pp. 234-236. Oct. 1951. Biology; possibly a yearly immigrant. an i Iwase, Taro, “Remarkable observations by young Japanese Lgudogtcriss” Lepid. News. vol. 6: p43. 8 Aug. 1952. Iwase, Taro, “Aberrant feeders among Japanese lycenid larve. Appendix: Entomopha- gous moths in Japan.” Lepid. News. vol. 7: pp. 45-46. 29 July 1953. Iwase, Taro, “The sixth aberrant feeder in Japan—Spindasis takanonis (Lycenidx).” Lepid. News, vol. 9: pp. 13-14, 1 fig. 8 April 1955. Janjua, Nazeer Ahmed, & M. Maqsud Nasir, “Euzophera punicella Moore in Baluchistan.” Indian Farming, vol. 8: pp. 549-550. Nov. 1947. Biology; on pomegranates and other fruits. [P. B.] Jary. S. G., W. H. Rolfe, & K. Carpenter, “The Leek moth.” Agriculture, vol. 54: pp. 563-569. March 1948. Biology and control. 170 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.4-5 Jasic, J., D. Povolny, & L. Weismann, ‘Beitrag zum Studium der Bionomie der Rutben- motte (Gnorimoschema ocellatellum Boyd)’ [in Czech, Russian & German sum- maries]. Folia Zool. Ent., vol. 3: pp. 243-252, 1 pl., 4 figs. Dec. 1954. Jepson, W. F., “Stem borers of cereals and sugar cane.” Plant. Protect. Overseas Rev., vol. 2, no. 2: pp. 15-21. Apr. 1951. Life history notes on Busseola fusca, Sesamia, Diatrea, Schoenobius bipunctifer. [P. B.] Jepson, W. F., “Stalk borers of tropical cereals and sugar cane.” Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 786-790. March 1953. Judd, W. W., “Hymenoptera and an inquiline moth reared from the goldenrod gall caused by Gnorimoschema gallesolidaginis Riley (Lepidoptera)”. Proc. Nova Scotia Inst. Sci., vol. 22, part 4: pp. 1-7. July 1951. Records Epiblema scudderiana and 4 spp. of parasites. [P. B.] Judd, W. W., “The White Veined Dagger, Simyra henrici Grt. (Lepidoptera: Phalznidz), and its parasites reared from Cat-tail, Typha spp.” Proc. Nova Scotia Inst. Sci., vol. ip BP. 115-119. Feb. 1954. Records 2 braconids and 1 tachinid as parasites. P. B: Kalandadze, L. P., & V. S. Dzashi, “An omnivorous leaf roller, Tortrix (Eulia) politana Haworth, attacking tea” [in Russian]. Do&l. Vses. Akad. Sel’sk. Nauk im Lenina, vol. 14, no. 9: pp. 3-7. 1949. [Not seen.] Kalshoven, L. G. E., De plagen van de cultuurgewassen in Indonesié. The Hague: W. van Hoeve. 1949-1951. See reviews in Lepid News, vol. 4: p. 50; vol. 6: p. 80. Kamal, M., “Investigations on the biological control of the Cotton Leaf Worm, Prodenia litura, in Egypt.” Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 757-765. March 1953. Kasy, Freidrich, “Eigenartige Nahrungsverflissigung bei Augiades sylvanus Esp.” [in German]. Ent. Nachrbl., vol. 3: pp. 184-185. Oct./Nov. 1951. An individual of this species, settling on the author’s hand, repeatedly deposited a drop of water from the anus and sucked it up again with the proboscis. [P. B.] Khadzhibeili, Z. K., “Material on the study of the Fig Pyralis (Simathis nemorana Hb.) in Kakhetia’” [in Russian]. Soobshch. Akad. Nauk Gruzinskot SSR., vol. 11: pp. 309-314. 1950. [Not seen]. Klimesch, J., “Die Raupe von Depressaria (Schistodepressaria) cervicella HS. (Lep., CEcophoride)” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 38: pp. 22-25, 9 figs. 1 March 1953. Describes larva minutely, and pupa briefly; on Trinza glauca. [P. B.] Knowlton, G. F., “Predators of Vanessa cardui.” Lepid. News, vol. 7: p.55. 29 July [95s Knudsen, John P., “A new host plant record for Strymon liparops.” Lepid. News, vol. 9: pp. Lie?) iSeAprilelosa: Komarek, Julius, & Vaclav Skuhravy, “Der Einfluss der Temperatur auf die periodische Massenvermehrung des Schwammspinners (Lymantria dispar L.). Vorlaufige Mitteilung” [in Czech, Russian & German summaries]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cechoslovenie, vol. 49: pp. 16-30. 1 Oct. 1952. On the biology of L. dispar. [J. M.] Komarova, O. S., “Life cycle and conditions of the development of the Eudemis Moth (Polychrosis botrana Schiff.)” [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., vol. 33: pp. 102-113. Jan/Feb. 1954. [Not seen]. Konikov, A. S., “Rearing Oak Silkworm on Betula verrucosa on the collective farms of western Siberia” [in Russian]. Dokl. Vses. Akad. Sel’sk. Nauk in. Lenina, vol. 17, no. 9: pp. 40-43. 1952. [Not seen.] Korringa, P., “Nachtelijk bezoek aan Prunus serotina’ [in Dutch]. Levende Natuur, vol. 50: pp. 26-29, figs. Feb./March 1947. Kozhanchikoy, I. V., “Multivorousness of animals and variability of the environment’’ [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., vol. 31: pp. 793-801. Nov./Dec. 1952. [Not seen. ] Kozhanchikovy, I. V., “Contribution to the understanding of the mass propagation of in- [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., vol. 32: pp. 195-202. Mar./Apr. 1953. [Not seen }. Kraemer, G. P., ‘Beitrag zur Biologie von Amicta quadrangularis Heyl. (Lep. Psychide)” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 160-164, lpl. 31 Dec. 1949. Case structure, sex ratio, parasitism. [P. B.] Kudla, Miloslay, “Quelques notes sur l’écologie et l'apparition de l’espéce Scolitantides orion Pall. (Lycanida)” [in Czech, French summary]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cechoslovenie, vol. 48: pp. 132-134. 30 Nov. 1951. Discusses life history of larva and gives some remarks on ecology of sp. [J. M.] Kuznetsov, V. I., “Problems in adaptation of lepidopterous insects to new food con- ditions” [in Russian]. Trudy Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 11: pp. 166-181. 1952. [Not seen. ] L955 The Lepidopterists’ News 171 van der Laan, P. A., “Epidemiology of some tobacco pests in Deli (Sumatra).” Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 795-798. March 1953. Mentions Phthorimea heltopa, Prodenia litura, Plusia signata, and Heliothis assulta (A. D.] Lall, L. S., “Preliminary observations on the bionomics of Potato Tuber Moth (Gunorimo- schema operculella Zell.) and its control in Bihar, India.” Indian Journ. Agric. Sct., vol. 19: pp. 295-306. June 1949. Describes early stages and habits. [P. B.] Lamberz, J. M., “Biological flora of the British Isles. G/yceria maxima (Hartm.) Holmb.” Journ. Ecol., vol. 34: pp. 310-344, 7 figs. Aug. 1947. Larval food plant of Leucania straminea, Schaenobius forficellus, and Elachista pow. [P. B. Laskey, Amelia R., “Blue Jays feed tent caterpillars to nestlings.’ Wé/son Bull., vol. 66: pp. 65-66. March 1954. Malacosoma americana. Latham, Roy, ‘“Fagitana littera reared from larva.” Lepid. News, vol. 7: p. 172. 12 Feb. 1954. Le Charles, L., “La vie et les metamorphoses de Charaxes jasius Linné” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 13: pp., 45-52, 4 pls. “Mar.-Apr.” [31 July 1951]. Detailed description of life history and habits; good figures of all stages and eclosion. [P. B.] Leefmans, S., “Over enige insection in lisdodden” [in Dutch, English summary]. Tijdschr. Plantenziekten, vol. 59: pp. 201-203, 3 figs. 1953. Describes life-history and fig- ures some stages of Limnecia fragmitella Stt. (Momphide). [A. D.] Lefevre, P.-C., “Acrewa acerata Hew. parasite de la patate douce” [in French]. Bwll. Agric. Congo Belge, vol. 39: pp. 49-76, 10 figs. March 1948. Describes and figures all stages; lists food plants (Ipomaea spp., Lepistemon) and parasites. [P. B.] Le Marchand, S., “Une mine inépuisable: les Stigmella (Nepticula) (Microlépidopteéres, Stigmellide). Contribution 4a leur étude” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. © ieee os 102, 138-142. “Sepe./Oct.”. [28 Dec] 1951, “Nov:/Dec. 1951” [28 March 1952]. Describes biology of genus, and cocoons of 46 spp. [P. B.] Lems, Kees, ‘‘Porthesia feigning death.” Lepid. New's, vol. 6: p. 42. 8 Aug. 1952. de Lesse, H., “Contribution 4 l'étude du genre Erebia (12° note). Description des pre- miers états.” [in French]. Rev franc. Lépid., vol. 14: pp. 167-179, 1 pl., 18 figs. Nov. 1954. Descriptions of the early stages of E. tyndarus, E. ottomana, E. mnestra: with an introduction on breeding and collecting larvae, and notes on the terms used in the descriptions. [P. V.] de Lesse,H., “Contribution 4 l'étude du genre Erebia (13° note). Description des pre- miers états’ [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 14: pp. 251-257, 1 pl., 15 figs. March 1955. Study of the first stages of E. lefebvrei, E. montanus (= goante), E. scipio. [P. V.] Lever, R. J. A. W., “An early reference to possible biological control of a coconut pest (Levuane tridescens B.-B.).” Malayan Agric. Journ., vol. 31: p. 132. Apr. 1948. Quotes record of fungus Botrytis necans attacking Artona catoxantha. [P. B.] Lewin, Ralph A., “Biological flora of the British Isles. Sonchus L. (S. oleraceus L. and S. asper (L.)Hill).” Journ. Ecol., vol. 36: pp. 203-223, 3 figs. July 1948. Larval food of Polia advena, Cucullia umbratica, C. lactuce, Hadena serena, H. dysodea, Depressaria badiella, Eucosma expallidana, Argyroploce purpurana. [P. B.| Lockwood, L. P., “Notes on insects associated with Lupinus polyphyllus Lindl. in the Pacific northwest.” Pan-Pacific Ent., vol. 27: pp. 149-156. 1951. Papaipema pertincta and Hystricophora paradisie, stem and root borers respectively, are among the insect associates of this plant. [J. T.] Léberbauer, Rudolf, “Zur Verbreitung tnd Biologie von Phytometra v-argenteum Esp.” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 35: pp. 61-68, 1 map. 1 June 1950. Distribution; foodplant Thalictrum aquilegifolium. [P. B.] Long, D. B., “Effects of population density on larve of Lepidoptera.” Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, vol. 104: pp. 541-591, 6 pls., 14 figs. 31 Dec. 1953. Describes ex- periments on effect of crowding on larval color, structure, and behaviour, performed on 10 spp. (Noctuidz, Pieridae, Saturniide, Sphingide) in 7 of which the crowded larvee were darker than normal. The darker color and shorter development of crowded larva: appear to be correlated with their greater activity. [P. B.] Lower, H. F., “A granulosis virus attacking the larve of Persectania ewingii Westw. (Lepidoptera: Agrotida) in South Australia.” Austral. Journ. Biol. Sci., vol. 7: pp. 161-167, f fig. 1954. Lozovoi, D. I., “Pinus eldarica and its resistance in relation to injurious insects” [in Russian]. Priroda, vol. 36, no. 9: pp. 74-76. Sept. 1947. Rhyacionia buoliana. [Noi seen. | 172 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.4-5 MacCreary, Donald, & H. E. Milliron, “Occurrence of the Smartweed Borer and the European Corn Borer in apples.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 45: p. 348. Apr. 1952. Pyrauste ainshei, P. nubilalis. McGaha, Young John, “The limnological relations of insects to certain aquatic flower- ing plants.” Microfilm Abs., vol. 11: pp. 476-477. 1951. Abstract only. Machacek, Sepp., “Hypogymna morio L. als Schadling’ [in German]. Ent. Nachrbl., vol. 3: pp. 198-200. Dec. 1951. Records destructive outbreak on grass. [P. B.] Macqueen, J., “Notes on two species of Australian lycznid butterflies, lalmenus ictinus Hewitson and Ialmenus sp.? (schraderi (Feld.)?).” Queensland Nat., vol. 13: pp. 75-79. 1947. Life history notes on two sibling species. [I. C.] McVean, D. N., “Biological flora of the British Isles. Alnus Mill.” Journ. Ecol., vol. 41: pp. 447-466, 3 figs. Aug. 1953. Lists 30 spp. of Lepidoptera feeding on A. glutinosé, with their alternative foodplants. [P. B.] Madge, P. E., “A field study of the biology of the Underground Grass Caterpillar, Oncopera fasciculata (Walker) (Lepidoptera: Hepialide), in South Australia.” Ays- tral. Journ. Zool., vol. 2: pp. 193-204, 3pls., 2 figs. 1954. Account of the biology a se of a pest of sown pastures in South Australia and southern Victoria. eG: Madsen, Harold F., Arthur D. Borden, Robert E. Clark, & James E. DeTar, “Leaf miner on deciduous fruits.” Calif. Agric., vol. 7, no. 11: pp: 4-5, > figs Nowe 53: Biology and control of Lithocolletis crategella, on pear, apple, and cherry. [P. B.] Makino, Sajiro, & Kazuo Saito, “Results of gonadectomy and gonadal transplantation in the sex races of Lymantria dispar.” Lepid. News, vol. 7: pp. 7-8. 20 Apr. 1953. Manickavasagar, P., “The Potato Tuber Moth Gnorimoschema operculella (Zeller). (Order Lepidoptera family Gelechiide).” Trop. Agriculturist, vol. 109: pp. 118- 121, 1 pl. 1953. Describes and figures all stages. Marden, Luis, ‘Spain’s silkworm gut.” Nat, Geogr. Mag., vol. 100: pp. 100-108, 10 figs. July 1951. Popular account of sericulture and biology of Bombyx, [P. B.] Marikovskii, P. I., “Tamarisk moth—Amblypalpis tamaricella Dan. and the phenomenon of connected diapause of its parasite’ [in Russian], Zool, Zhyrn,, vol. 31: pp. 673- 675. - Sept./Oct. 1952.» [Not seent | Markin, A., “American White Moth” [in Russian], Sad i Ogorad, 1953, no, 7: pp, 38-39. July 1953, Hyphantria cunea, [Not seen], Martorell, Luis F., “A survey of the forest insects of Puerto Rico.” Journ. Agric. Uniw, Puerto Rico, vol. 29: pp. 69-608, figs. “July-Oct, 1945” [1948], Part I is a list of species by host plants. Part IJ covers all recorded insects attacking trees, describing known stages and habits and giving food plants [P. B.] Massee, A. M., “Notes on some interesting insects observed in 1948.” Ann, Rept. E, Malling Res. Sta., 1948: pp. 102-106, lpl. Oct. 1949. Biological notes on Ewpi- thecia assimilata, Caccecia piceana, and some other pest species. [P. B.] Massee, A. M., Notes on some interesting insects observed in 1949.” Ann. Rpt. E. Malling Res. Sta., 1949: pp. 126-131, 2 pls. July 1950. Biological notes, including Acronycté rUumécts, Hepialus lupulinus, Zeuzera pyrina. es B.] Massee, A. M., ‘Notes on some interesting species observed in 1950.” Ann. Rept. E. Malling Res. Sta., 1950: pp. 141-147. June 1951. Biological notes on Triphana comes, Zeuzera pyrina, Sesia myopeformis, Tortrix diversana, Lithocolletis sp., and some other pest species. [P. B.] Massee, A. M., “Notes on some interesting insects observed in 1951.” Ann. Rept. E. Malling Res. Sta. 1951: pp. 155-161. June 1952. Biological notes on some pest species, including Argyresthia conjugella, [P. B.] Massee, A. M., “Notes on some interesting insects observed in 1952.” Ann. Rept. E. Malling Res. Sta, 1952: pp. 146-150. May 1953. Biological notes on pest species, including Spilosoma lubricipeda and Cycnia mendica on fruit trees. [P. B. Matthes, Ernst, “Der Einfluss der Fortpflanzung auf die Lebensdauer eines Schmetterlings (Fumea crasstorella)” [in German]. Zeits. Vergl. Physiol., vol. 33: pp. 1-13, 2 figs. 31 Jan. 1951. Reports that egg-laying shortens life of female. [P. B.] Mazokhin-Porshniakov, G. A., ‘Predator of tartar maple’ [in Russian]. Les 7 Step’, vol. 4: p. 81. Apr. 1952. [Not seen.| Mazokhin-Porshnyakov, G. A, “Research on the ecological system of diurnal Lepidoptera (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera)” [in Russian.] Zool. Zhurn., vol. 31: pp. 202-212, 1952. [Not seen. ] Mendheim, Hans, “Insekten als Zwischenwirte von Helminthen nebst einigen Bemer- kungen uber neue Zwischenwirte des Rattenbandwurms” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 2: pp. 69-70. 15 Sept. 1953. Among other hosts of the “tape-worm 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 173 of rats” the following Lepidoptera are listed: Aglossa dimidiata (misprinted “didim- tata’), “Aphormia gularis” [sic|), Pyralis farinalts, Tinea granella, and T. pellionella. ee OR| Michelbacher, A. E., & W. W. Middlekauff, “Fungus on Codling Moth.” Calif. Agric., vol. 6, no. 3: p. 13, 1 fig. March 1952. Beauveria sp. attacking Carpocapsa pom- onella. [P. B.] Milianovskii, E. S., “Vine pest Phassus schamyl Chr., in Abkhazia” [in Russian]. Soob- shch. Akad. Nauk Gruzinskot SSR., vol. 13: pp. 609-610. 1952. [Not seen.] Miller, F., “Prastevnicek americky—Hyphantria cunea Drury—nas nejvaznéjsi Skudce” [in Czech]. Folia Zool. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 16-23, 14 figs. 1952. Gives some in- tormation about the new pest in central Europe, and short biological! remarks about H. cunea. [J. M.] Miller, F., & M. Rezac, “Etiella zinckenella (Tr.), zavijeé sojovy, novy $kiidce nasi soji’ [in Czech, Russian summary]. Folia Zool. Ent., vol. 2: pp. 22-28, 3 pls. 1 April 1953. Describes biology and control. [J. M.] Miller, William E., “Biological notes on five hymenopterous parasites of pine bud and stem moths in Ohio.” Oh7o Journ. Sci., vol. 53: pp. 59-63. Jan. 1953. Parasites of Rhyacionta buoliana and Petrova comstockiana. [P. B.] Milliron, H. E., “Second report on the performance of European Corn Borer parasites in Delaware.” Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol., 46: pp. 115-123, 1 fig. Mar. 1953. Status of 5 imported and 3 native parasites. [P. B.] Milum, V. G., “Timea fuscipunctella associated with Tyroglyphus lintnert.” Journ, Econ. Ent., vol. 46: p. 527. June 1953. This debris-feeding species found infesting stored wheat; moth unable to establish itself in wheat in absence of the mite. [P.B.] Moravskaia, A. S., “Small Gypsy Moth (Parocneria detrita Esp.) as a mass destroyer of the oak” [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., vol. 31: pp. 367-371. 1952. [Not seen. ] Moucha, J., & D. Weiss, “Hyphantria cunea Drury en Europe” [in French]. Bwll. Soc. Eni. Mulhouse 1953: pp. 65-67, 4 figs. Nov. 1953. Describes biology of this intro- duced sp. [P. B.] Moutia, L. Andre, & Claude M. Courtois, “Parasites of the moth-borers of sugar cane in Mauritius.” Bwll. Ent. Res., vol. 43: pp. 325-359, 7 figs. July 1952. Taxonomic descriptions and biology of parasites of Proceras sacchariphagus, Sesamia vuteria, and Olethreutes schistaceana. [P. B.] Muntrc, J. Alex, “Entomology problems in Bolivia.’ FAO Plant Protect. Bull., vol, 1-2: pp. 97-101, 2 figs. April 1954. Records Copitarsia consueta & Gnorimoschema operculella (on potatoes), Diatrea spp. (on sugar cane) & other spp. [P. B.] Narayanan, E. S., “Seasonal pests of crops: Chilo zonellus Swinh. and Hieroglyphus nig- rorepletus Bol., two serious pests of maize and Jowar.’ Indian Farming, n. s., vol. 3, no. 3: pp. 8-9, 32, 2 figs. June 1953. Biology and control. Narayanan, E. S., “Seasonal pests of crops: some major insect pests of rice and their control.” Indian Farming, n. s., vol. 3, no. 5: pp. 8-13, 31, 7 figs. Aug. 1953. Cirphis unipuncta, Schcenobius incertellus, Spodoptera mauritia; figures stages. [P. B.] Nashivanko, M. S., “Oak prominent moth (Notodonta trepida) in forests of the Ukraine” [in Russian]. Lesnoe Khoziaistvo, vol. 6, no. 10: pp. 49-50. Oct. 1953. [Not seen]. Needham, James G., “Notes on a leaf-rolling caterpillar and on some of its associates.” Ecology, vol. 36: pp. 346-352, 2 figs. April 1955. Biology of Sylepta silicalis on Boehmeria cylindrica with records of 5 parasites; bilogy of Machlotica sp. (Glyphipter- ygidz) on the same plant, and note on Vanessa virginiensis. [P. B.] Nestervodskii, V. A., ““—Death’s Head Moth—pest of honeybees’ [in Russian]. Pchelov- odstvo, vol. 29, no. 12: pp. 33-34. Dec. 1952. Acherontia atropos. [Not seen.| Netopil, F., & D. Povolny, “Pyrausta nubilalis Hb. als ein Schadling der Zuckerriibe”’ [in Czech, Russian & German summaries]. Folia. Zool. Ent., vol. 3: pp. 253-258, 3 pls. Dec. 1954. Morphology, biology, & distribution discussed. [J. M.] Neustetter, Heinrich, “Uber die Zucht einiger Geometriden” [in German]. Ent. Nach- rbl., vol. 5: pp. 23-26. Mar./Apr. 1953. Notes on rearing Ellopia prosapiaria, Cidaria variata, Boarmia secundaria, and Tephroclystis lanceata, all on Spruce. [P. B.] Newcomer, E. J., & F. W. Carlson, “The leaf orller moth Pandemis pyrusana.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 45: pp. 1079-1081. Dec. 1952. Biology and control; on fruit trees. Nordman, A., ‘““Plommonvecklarens, Laspeyresia funebrana Tisch. upptradande i SW-Fin- land” [in Swedish]. Notual. Ent., vol. 30: pp. 55-56. June 1950 . Notes on the biology and occurrence of L. funebrana in Finland. [W. H.] Nosek, J., & Povolny, “Pacilopsis isabelle Harr. als Larchenschadling” [in Czech, Russian & German summaries]. Folia. Zool. Ent., vol. 3: pp. 13-36, 5 pls., 6 figs. March 1954. Discusses the phylogeny of Bistoninaze and Boarmiina, the life history, dis- yA 174 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.4-5 ttribution and ecology of P. isabelle in central Europe. The sp. is recorded as a pest of Larix in Moravia. [J. M.] Novopol’skaia, E. V., “Biology of Brown-tail Moth (Nygmia phaorrhoeea)” [in Russian]. Priroda, vol. 37, no. 9: p. 66. Sept. 1948. [Not seen. ] C’Connor, B. A., “Some insect pests of Tonga.” Agric. Journ. Fiji, vol. 20: pp. 47-57. June 1949. Records, with notes on biology of some species: Agonoxena argaula, Tirathaba trichogramma (on coconut), Nacoleia octasema (on banana), Argyroploce illepida (on Inocarpus edulis), Gnorimoschema heliopa (on tobacco), Plutella maculi- pennis (on cabbage), Plusia chalcytes (on tomato), and Othreis fullonia (fruit-piercing moth). [P. B.] Q’Connor, B. A., “The Banana Scab Moth, Nacoleta octasema Meyr., and its control.” Agric. Journ. Fiji, vol. 20: pp. 84-86. Sept.1949. Describes life history and habits of this pyralid. [P. B.] C’Connor, B. A., “Biological control of insects and plants in Fiji.” Agric. Journ. Fiyi, vol. 21: pp. 43-54. Mar./June 1950. List of parasites introduced into Fiji, and dis- cussion of the most successful campagins, including those against Levwana iridescens and Trrathaba trichogramma. [P. B.] Olalquiaga Fauré, Gabriel, ‘Pests of edible legumes in Chile.” Plant Prot. Bull., vol. 1: pp. 166-168. Aug. 1953. Biological notes on Epinotia opposita, Rachiplusia nu, and Elasmopalpus lignosellus (on beans); records some parasites of R. nw and of cutworms. [P. B. Olberg, Ginter, “Tagfalter als Vogelernahrung” [in German]. Natur und Volk, vol. 82: pp. 188-192, 3 figs. 1 June 1952. Birds feeding on butterflies. Olivier, R., “Orthonama obstipata Fabricius et ses premiers états” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid., vol. 13: pp.239-240. “May/June/Sept.” [15 Nov.] 1952. Describes rearing on Anagallia phoenicea and other plants. [P. B.] Ovanesian, T. T., “Some biological peculiarities of the organism which produces mus- cardine in Mulberry Silkworms in Georgian SSR” [in Russian]. Mzkrobsologiza, vol. 21: pp. 445-448. July/Aug. 1952. [Not seen.] Ovanesian, T. T., “Effect of garlic phytoncides upon the causative agent of muscardine of silkworm” [in Russian]. M/krobiologtia, vol. 22: pp. 61-63. Jan./Feb. 1953. [Not seen. ] Padii, N. N., “Biological method of controlling the gypsy moth” [in Russian]. Lesnoe Khoziaistvo, vol. 6, no. 10: pp. 44-46. Oct. 1953. [Not seen.] Parsons, Arthur C., “The Catalpa Sphinx Moth and its enemies.” Frontiers, vol. 13: pp. 48-49, 5 figs. Dec. 1948. Patocka, Jan, “Obaleci z rodu Epshlema Hb. Skodici na naSsich jehli¢natych stromech” [in Czech]. Folia Ent., vol. 11: p. 141. 31 Oct. 1948. Lists 3 spp. important in forest entomology: E. tedella, proximana, nigricana. [J. M.] Patocka, J., “Contribution to the biology and ecology of the leaf-roller Semasta rufimi- trana H.-S (Lep., Tortricidae)” [in Czech]. Bwll. Int. Acad. Prague, vol. 50: pp. 405-406. 1949. [Not seen. ] Patocka, Jan, “Bemerkungen uber die Tortriciden auf Eichen” [in Czech, Russian & German summaries]. Folia Zool. Ent., vol. 2: pp. 251-266, 41 figs. Dec. 1953. Gives information on biology of some spp. in Slovakia. Discusses Eidmann’s ovaria epee i" some Tortricidae, and describes eggs, larva, pupa of the most important spp. j. M. Pence, Roy J., & Walter Ebeling, ““Orangeworms on avocados.” Yearb. Calif. Avocado roe 1950: pp. 101-104, 6 figs. Biology of Argyrotentia citrana, Holcocera iceryella. P. B.J Petch, T., “A revised list of British entomogenous fungi.” Trans. Brit. Mycol. Soc., vol. 31: pp. 286-304. 29 July 1948. Records some 90 spp. with their hosts, including many Lepidoptera. [P. B.] Petrov, A. E., ‘Fly parasites of the Apple Moth (Hyponomeuta padellus)” in Russian]. Izv. Akad. Nauk Kazakhskoi SSR, Ser. Zool., vol. 10: pp. 142-145. 1951. [Not seen.] Phillips, Marie E., “Biological flora of the British Isles. Eriophorum angustifolinm Roth. (£. Polystachion L.)” Journ. Ecol., vol 42: pp. 612-622, 1 map. July 1954. Records Elachista albidella & E. eleochariella (miners); Glyphipteryx haworthana (seeds); & Celana haworthi (among stem bases) from this plant. [P. B.] Piggote, C. D., “Biological flora of the British Isles. Thymus L.” Journ. Ecol., vol. 43: pp. 365-387, 7 figs. Jan. 1955. Maculinea arion, 2 Geometride, 5 Pyralididz, 2 Coleophoridae, | gelechiid reported feeding on Thymus spp. [P. B 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 175 Pinker, Rudolf, “Mesotrosta signalis Tr.” [in German]. Zeitschr. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 32: pp. 104-106, 1 pl. 30 June 1948. Describes biology; figures ¢ genitalia and early stages. [P. B.] Plank, Harold K., “Grassworm injury to lawns in Puerto Rico.” Trop. Agric., vol. 24: p- 28. Jan./March 1947. Notes on biology of Laphygma frugiperda, Pachyzancla pheopterodes, Crambus legonellus. [P. B.] Plank, H. K., & H. F. Winters, “Insect and other animal pests of cinchona and their control in Puerto Rico.” Bull. Fed. Agric. Exp. Sta. Mayaguez. no. 46: 16 pp., 5 figs. Feb. 1949. Records Choranthus vitellius, Xylophanes pluto, Microgonta vesulta, unidentified hyponomeutid. [P. B.] Polozhentsev, P. A., & N. I. Korovina, “Yellowish Moth (Colymmia trapezina) is de- structive te seeds of the elm family” [in Russian]. Les s Step’, vol. 4, no. 10: p81. Oct. 1952. [Not seen.] Povolny, Dalibor, “Tortrix (Cnephasia Curt.) nubilana Hbn. skudcem merunky na jizni Morave” [in Czech, Russian & English summaries]. Folia Ent.. vol. 14: pp. 188- 196, 17 figs., 2 photes. 1 Dec. 1951. Short account of occurrence of sp. as a pest of apricot trees in S. Moravia. [J. M.] Praydin, F. N., “Principles of the occupation by insects of the axillary organs of Compos- itz” [in Russian]. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR. vol. 69: pp. 445-447. 1949. Prihoda, Ant., “Scenopinus jenestralis L. (Diptera-Scenopinidz, Omphralidz)—destroyer of moth” [in Czech, English sumary]. Folia Ent., vol. 10: pp. 107-110, 2 figs. 31 Dec. 1947. Describes the biology of this fly, whose larve attack Tineola bisselliella & Ephestia kuehniella. [J. M.] Pruthi, Hem Singh, & Mohan Singh, “Pests of stored grain and their control.” Indian Journ. Agric. Sct., spec. no.: 88 pp., figs. 1950. Describes and figures early stages of insect pests, including Sitotroga, Corcyra, Epbestia, Plodia, Pyralis. [P. B.] Purefoy, E. Bagwell, “An unpublished account of experiments carried out at East Farleigh, Kent, in 1915 and subsequent years on the life history of Maculinmea arion. the Large Blue butterfly.” Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. Lond. A, vol. 28: pp. 160-162. 31 Dec. 1953. == of the discovery of association between 4th instar larvz and ants (Myrmica spp.) pen: Pussard, R., “Biologie de Platyptilia rhododactyla Schiff. (Lep. Pterophoridz)” [in French]. C. R. Soc. Biol., vol. 148: pp. 334-336. Feb. 1954. On roses; records 2 parasites. bP. Bj = Randle, Worth S., ° ‘Observations on the life history of Calephelis borealis.” Lepid. News. vol. 7: pp. 119-122. 133-138. 5 Nov. 1953, 12 Feb. 1954. Rawson, G. W., & P. Boaliss. “Sparrows feeding on congregating Papilio.” Lepid. News, vol. 7: p. 27. 20 Apr. 1953. Rehfous, M., “Fourmis et chenilles de Lycénides” [in French]. Mustt. Schweiz. Ent. Ges.. vol. 27: pp. 38-42. 1954. Notes on the relations between ants and the larve of Lycenidz, species observed, names of the ants visiting such larvz, and observations on the visits. [P. V.] Rehfous, M., “Note sur les lépidopteres des champignons” [in French]. Mutt. Schwesz. Eni. Ges., vol. 28: pp. 109-110. April 1955. List of 8 spp. of i yee seen on fungi in Switzerland; only Scardsa boleti is restricted to fungi. [P. \ Remington, Charles L.. & Roger W. Pease. “Studies in food plant specificity. I. The suitability of Swamp White Cedar for Mitoura gryneus (Lycenide).” Lepid. News, vol. 9: pp. 46. 8 April 1955. Rendtorff, R. C., “Investigations on the life cycle of Odchoristica ratti, a cestode from fats and mice.” Journ. Parasitol., vol. 34: pp. 243-251, 1 pl. June 1948. Plodia interpunctella a suitable intermediate host of this worm. [P. B. Richard, F., “Eriogaster catax L.” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 52: pp. 26-30. 25 June 1952. Describes rearing on Crategus. [P. B.] Risbec, J., “I. Les Chalcidoides d’A. O. F. II. Les Microgasterinz dA. O. F.” [in French]. Meém. Inst. franc. Afr. Noire, no. 13: 473 pp., 224 figs. 28 June 1951. Systematic account of species (except Chalcididz), mostly new and mostly based on reared mater- ial. Tables of host species are given, including many Lepidoptera. Ls B.] Risbec, J.. “Chalcidoides d’A. O. F.” [in French]. Ball. Inst. frang. Afr. Noire, vol. 13: pp. 1110-1130, 5 figs. Oct. 1951. Records parasites of Cirphis loreyi, Eublemma gayneri, Cosmopteryx attenuatella:; from French West Africa. [P. B.] Robinson, Dan, “Garden Bagworm, Apterona crenulella (—hbelix) in Nevada and Placer Counties, California.” Ball. Calif. Dept. Agric.. vol. 62: pp. 25-33, 3 figs. 1953. This wingless parthenogenetic psychid has been found injurious to fruit trees. Illustra- tions of larviform females and cases, also of leaf injury. [J. T-] 176 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Void: nesA-5 Romanova, V. P., “Leaf rollers (fam. Tortricida) of forested steppe areas” [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn.. vol. 31: pp. 361-366. 1952. [Not seen.] Romanova, Y. S., “The biological method of control with the Annulated Silkworm” [in Russian]. Dokl. Vses. Akad. Sel’sk Nauk im Lenina, vol. 16: pp. 30-34. 1951. | Not seen. ] Ronniger, Hermann, “Uber Coleophora flaviella Mann.” [in German]. Zeitschr. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 32: pp. 129-142, 1 pl. 30 July 1948. Describes all stages and biology; discusses closely related spp. [P. B.] Roszypal, Jan, “Dyspessa ulula Bkh. ein Schadling am Zweibelgemuse” [in Czech, Russian German summaries]. Folia Zool. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 137-150, 25 figs. 1952. Gives morphology, biology, and control in southern Moravia. [J. M.] Roszypal, J., “Dyspessa ulula Bkh., ein Schadling von Zweibelgemuse” [in German]. Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 654-659, figs. March 1953. Records this cossid from Czechoslovakia; describes biology and injury to onions. [A. D.] Roszypal, J., “Treibeule (Procus strigilis Cl.), Schadling der Nutzgraser” [in Czech, Russian & German summaries]. Folia Zool. Ent., vol. 3: pp. 151-166, 4 pls., 1 fig. Sept. 1954. Morphology, biology, and control of this sp. Records some hymenopterous parasites of the larva. [J. M. Rubtsov, I. A., Citrus fruit pests and their natural enemies. [in Russian]. 260 pp. Moscow: Akad. Nauk SSSR. [Not seen]. Rudnev, D. F., “Determination of the egg production of the Gypsy moth by the pupz” [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., vol.30: pp. 224-228. 1951. [Not seen]. Ruivkin, B. V., “Telenomus verticillatus Kieffer (Hymenoptera, Scelionida)—a para- site of the eggs of Dendrolimus pinz’” [in Russian]. Ent. Obozr., vol. 31: pp. 71-76. 1950. [Not seen. ] Ruivkin, B. V., “Some questions of the biology of Sturmia inconspicua Meig. (Diptera, Larvevoride) and its economic importance [in Russian]. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 7G: pps 759-7964, oat Ruivkin, B. V., “Parasites of Dendrolimus pini in eastern Polesye’” [in Russian]. Doé&l. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 84: pp. 853-856, 2 figs. 1 June 1952. Saalas, Uunio, Suomen metsdhyonteiset sekd muut metsdlle vahingolliset eladimet [in Finnish]. 719 pp., 653 figs. Helsinki, 1949. An extensive work on the forest in- sects and other animals injurious to forest trees in Finland. [W. H.] Salvaterra, Gino, ‘“Cacaecia rosana L.” Plant Protect. Overseas Rev., vol. 3, no. 1: pp. eh pls. March 1952. Distribution and biology; figures egg masses and adults. [P. B. Sarlet, L., “Iconographie des oeufs de Lépidoptéres (Faune de la Belgique) (suite)” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol. 53: pp. 71-75. “1953” [1954]. Bibliography and description of the eggs of Leptidea sinapis and Aporia crategi (both Pieridae). [P. V.] Sauer, H. F. G., “Constatacao de himenopteros e dipteros entomofagos no Estado de Sao Paulo” [in Portuguese]. Bol. Fitossanit., vol. 3: pp. 7-23. “1946” [1947]. An- notated list of reared parasites; hosts recorded but not separately listed. [P. B.] Scaramuzza, L. C., “Insectos observados en Eucalyptus spp.” [in Spanish]. Bol. Hzst. Nat. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. “Felipe Poey”, vol. 2: pp. 86-89. May 1951. Records 9 spp. of Lepidoptera (Heterocera, 7 families) reared from Excalyptus. |P. B.]| Schadewald, Gerhard, “Beobachtungen beim Schlipfen von Agrotis segetum Schiff. (Lep. Noct.)”” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 92-93. 15 Dec. 1952. Observations in a breeding cage. [N. O.] Schadewald, Gerhard, “Beitrage zur Lebensweise einiger Schmetterlings-Arten” |in Ger- man]. Biological observations on some species of Notodontida and Phalanidz. [N. O.] Schatz, W., “Agrotis ypsilon Rott. als Schadling an Zuckerriiben” [in German]. Nach- rb]. Bayer. Ent., vol. 2: pp. 13-14. 15 Feb. 1953. Observed in Bavaria. [N. O.] Schatz, Willi, “Die Eier von Orth. pistacina F., lota Cl. und circellaris Hufn. und ihre Ablage (Lep. Noct.)’’ [in German]. Nachrb/l. Bayer. Ent., vol. 3: pp. 1-3, 1 fig. 15 Jan. 1954. Describes and figures eggs; observations on oviposition. [N. O.| Schmitz, G., “La pyrale du cafeier robusta, Dichocrocis crocodora Meyrick” |in French]. Bull, Agric. Congo Belge, vol. 39: pp. 571-580, 8 figs. Sept. 1948. Describes and figures all stages; records 2 parasites. [P. B.] Schoene, W. J., & Nannie V. Sibold, “A virus disease of the Red-banded Leaf Roller.” Journ, Econ. Ent., vol. 45: p. 1081. Dec. 1952. Virus on Argyrotoxa velutinana. Schuder, Donald, L., "The bagworm in Indiana.” Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., vol. 61: pp. 159-164. 1952. Biology and control of Thyridopteryx ephemeraformis. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 177 Schroder, Heinz, “Mottenraupe als Hornfresser” [in German]. Natur und Volk wol. 85: pp. 143-145, 2 figs. 1 May 1955. Tinea vastella and other spp. feeding on horns of ruminants. [P. B.] Schultz, Victor G. M., “Neue Beitrage zur Schmetterlingskunde. Nr. 26. Die Raup- enhaute der Agrotis (Epilecta) linogrisea Schiff., sowie einige Bemerkungen zu Zucht und Lebensweise dieser Art (Lep. Noctuide (Agrotidz))” [in German]. Nachrbl. ud me vol. 1: pp. 68-71. 15 Sept. 1952. Morphology and biology of larva. N. O. Schultz, Victor G. M., “Neue Beitrage zur Schmetterlingskunde. Nr. 27. Der ‘Vord- ammerungsflug’ der Agrotis (Triphena) interjecta caliginosa Schaw. (Lep. Noctuide (Agrotidz) )” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol. 1: pp: 83-85. 15 Nov. 1952. The moths are especially active in early evening. [N. O.] Schultz, Victor G. M., “Neue Beitrage zur Schmetterlingskunde. Nr. 28. Uber die Raupe, die Puppe und eine anomale Falterform von Scopula ternata Schrk. (Acidalia fumata Steph.) (Lep. Geometridz)” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 38: pp. 95- 99, 1 pl. 30 April 1953. Describes larva, pupa, and biology (on Vaccinium myrt- illus); records and figures adult with reduced forewings. [P. B.] Schwarz, R., “Coleophora onopordiella Z. as rye injurer” [in Czech, English summary]. Folia Ent., vol. 14: pp. 89-93, 1 fig. 31 July 1951. The larva is polyphagous and also attacks Secale cereale. Notes on life history and distribution. [J. M.] Seltzer, A. Gary, “The last molt.” Frontiers. vol. 17: p. 49, 3 figs. Dec. 1952. Eclos- ion of Monarch. [P. B.] Sen Gupta, G. C., “Effect of hosts on the egg coloration of the parasite Bracon gelechiz Ashmead (Braconidz).” Nature. vol. 168: p. 793. 3 Nov. 1951. Parasites reared on 2 noctuid hosts produce yellow (instead of normal white) eggs; depth of color in- creases for several generations. [P. B.] Seppanen, Eino J., “Ein Herbstversuch mit Angerona prunaria L. (Lep., Geometridz#)” [in Finnish, German summary]. Ann. Ent. Fennici, vol. 17: pp. 115-116, 1 table. Dec. 1951. Serebrovskii, A. S., V. V. Kvostova, & Z. S. Shaposhinkov, “Biology of Ernestia con- sobrina, patasite of vegetable Noctuidz, and methods of promoting its useful activity” [in Russian]. Shorn. Trud. Inst. Zashch. Rast. Leningrad, vol. 1: pp. 132-134. 1948. [Not seen. ] Sharov, A. G., “Relation of morphofunctional condition of Exereta ulmi caterpillars to the type of forest plantings in the southeast of Ukrainian SSR” [in Russian]. Doél. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 84: pp. 805-808. 1 June 1952. Sharoyv. A. G., “Exereta ulmi—pest of forest planting in the steppe area” [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., vol. 32: pp. 594-607. July/Aug. 1953. [Not seen]. Sheftel’, I. M., “The biology of the Peach Moth in the Crimea” [in Russian]. Doé/. Vses. Akad. Sel’sk. Nauk im. Lenina, vol. 16: pp. 30-34. 1951. [Not seen.] Shteinberg. D. M., “Principal features of distribution of the dendrophilous insects of the Ural River bottomland in relation to the possibility of settling them in forest shelter belts.” [in Russian]. Trudy Inst. Zool. Akad. Nauk SSSR., vol. 11: pp. 111-125. 1952. [Not seen]. Shteinberg, D. M., “Army Worm (Laphygma exigua Hb.) as a tree pest in the Ural re- gion” [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn.. vol. 32: pp. 25-29. Jan./Feb. 1953. [Not seen.] Shvetsova, O. I., “Disease of bee moth (Galleria mellonella L.) and the role of nutritive factor in virus diseases of insects” [in Russian]. Al/krobiologiia, vol. 19: pp. 532- 541. 1950. Not seen. Sicher, Harry, “Interspecific mating.” Lepid. News, vol. 6: p. 108. 19 Feb. 1953. Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 9-13, 1 pl., 3 figs. 1 Feb. 1949. Describes 2 genitalia, Sieder, Leo, “Fumea (nec Psychidea) raiblensis Mann” [in German]. Zestschr. Wiener larva, and case. [P. B.] Sifroshvili, N. A., “Some data on a new orchard pest in Kartla, the moth Monima (Taniocampa) stabilis View.” [in Russian]. Soobshch. Akad. Nauk Gruzinskoi SSR., vol. 13: pp. 175-182. 1952. [Not seen]. Simmonds. H. W.. “Premature nutfall on Taveuni.” Agric. Journ. Fiji, vol. 22: pp. 22-24. Sept. 1951. Records Acritocera negligens attacking coconut. [P. B.] Simmonds, F. J., “Insect pests of sugar cane in the French Antilles.” Trop. Agric., vol. 30: pp. 122-127. Apr./June 1953. Includes records of Diatrea, its parasites, and Laphygma from Guadeloupe and Martinique. [P. B.] Simonov, N. S., “Experiment in controlled rearing of the Oak Silkworm” [in Russian]. Dokl. Vses. Akad. Sel’sk. Nauk im. Lenina, vol. 17, no. 9: pp. 33-39. 1952. [Not seen.] 178 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.4-5 5 Singh, S. R., “Notes on the life history of the Coconut Leaf Moth, Agonoxena argaula Meyr.” Agric. Journ. Fiji, vol. 23: pp. 106-107. Sept./Dec. 1952. Sirotina, M. I., “A latent form of yellow disease in the Oak Silkworm” [in Russian]. He Vses. Akad. Sel’sk. Nauk im. Lenina, vol. 18, no. 7: pp. 32-36. 1953. [Not seen ]. Sisojevic, F., “Contribution a la connaissance des pontes du Bombyx disparate (Lymantria dispar L.)” [In Slavic, French summary]. Trav. Inst. Ecol. Biogeogr. Acad. Serbe Sci., vol. 1: pp. 197-210, 2 figs. 1950. Location of egg masses. Skala, Hugo, “Blattminierende Grossschmetterlinge aus Europa’ [in German]. Zezétschr. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 32: pp. 35-37, 8 figs. 15 Apr. 1948. Records 20 leaf-mining “macrolepidoptera” (Lycaenidae, Hesperiidae, Noctuidae, Geometride, Zygzenidz, Psych- idz); figures some mines. [P. B.] Skala, Huge, ““Minierende Elachistide”’ [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 96-97, 3 pls. 15 July 1949. list of 37 spp. of Elachistidz (s. /.) with food plants, and figures of forewings and mines of some. [P. B.] Skala, Hugo, “Wenig und nicht bekannte Minen der Gattung Nepticula’ [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 34: pp. 129-131, 2 pls. 15 Sept. 1949. Figures 30 mines, mostly of unknown species. [P. B.] Slaby, Otto, ““Quelques problems concernant |’apparition de la Paecilopsis isabelle Harr. (Geomety.)”” [in Czech, French summary]. Acta. Soc. Ent. Cechoslovenia, vol. 48: pp. 90-94. 1 Sept. 1951. Describes life history of larva and discusses phylogeny of the species. [J. M. Smit, B., “Fruit-sucking moths.” Farming in S. Africa, vol. 22: pp. 758-760. Sept. Toe Feeding habits and control of species of Achaea, Serrodes, and Sphingomorpha. PB] Smit, Bernard, “The biological control of the Karoo Caterpillar.” Farming in S. Africa, vol. 23: pp. 621-624, 2 figs. Sept. 1948. Control of Loxostege sp. by imported Chelonus texanus. [P. B.] Smith, George A., “The Royal Walnut Moth.” Frontiers, vol. 14: pp. 80-81, 4 figs. Feb. 1950. Cuitheronia regalis; figures all stages. [P. B]. Smith, J. Harold, & N. E. H. Caldwell, “Army worm and other noctiud outbreaks during 1946-47.” Queensland Agric. Journ., vol. 65: pp. 396-401. 1 Dec. 1947. Biological notes on various nocutds, mainly cutworms. [P. B.] Smith, Kenneth M., “The polyhedral diseases of insects.” Endeavour, vol. 10: pp. 194- 199, 10 figs. Oct. 1951. General account of the nature and effect of these diseases in the Lepidoptera. [P. B.] Smith, Kenneth M., & N. Xeros, “Development of virus in the cell nucleus.” Nature, vol. 172: pp. 670-671, 2 figs. 10 Oct. 1953. Parasite of Bombyx mort. Smith, Owen J., “Grape Leaf Skeletonizer.” Calif. Agric., vol. 7, no. 5: p. 9, 3 figs. May 1953. Figures larva and adult; records 4 parasites. [P. B.] Smith, Ray F., & William W. Allen, “Insect control and the balance of nature.” Sez. Amer., vol. 190: pp. 38-42, figs. June 1954. Biology and range changes of Colzas philodice eurytheme. [P. B. Snow, S. J., & S. McClellan, ‘“Tortrix pallorana, a pest of seed alfalfa in Utah.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 44: pp. 1023-1024. Dec. 1951. Biology and control. Speer, Margarete, “Observacoes relativas a biologia do ’Bicho mineiro das fdlhas do cafeeiro’, Perileucoptera coffeella (Guérin-Ménéville) (Lepidoptera—Bucculatricidz)” [in Portuguese, English summary]. Arg. Inst. Biol. Sao Paulo, voi. 19: pp. 31-47. July 1949. Biology, including longevity, mating and oviposition, duration of early stages, and preference for certain varieties of coffee. [P. B.] Stallwood, B. R., & G. O. Evans, ‘Parasites of Agapetes galathea.”’ Entomologist, vol. 85: pp. 21-22. Jan. 1952. Notes on mites found on insects. [P. B.] Steinhaus, Edward A., Insect Microbiology. xi + 763 pp., 250 figs. Ithaca: Comstock Publ. Co., Inc. 1947. Discusses relationships of bacteria, protozoa, fungi, viruses, etc. with insects and mites, and lists all known pathogens with their hosts. Extensive bib- liography. [P. B.] Steinhaus, Edward A., & Kenneth M. Hughes, “Two newly described species of micro- sporidia from the Potato Tuberworm, Gnorimoschema oberculella (Zeller) (Lepid- optera, Gelechiida).” Journ. Parasitol., vol. 35: pp. 67-74, 1 pl., 2 figs. Feb. 1949. Describes : new Nosema destructor, Plistophora californica; describes symptoms of infections. [P. B.] Steinhaus, Edward A., Kenneth M. Hughes, & Harriette Block, “Demonstration of the granulosis virus of the Variegated Cutworm.” Journ, Bact., vol. 57: pp. 219-224, pls. Feb. 1949. Peridroma margaritosa, 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 179 Steinhaus, Edward A., “Nomenclature and classification of insect viruses.” Bact. Revs., vol. 13: pp. 203-223, 4 pls. Dec. 1949. Systematic account, with keys and figures, of the four recognized genera of insect viruses. Records host, mainly Lepidoptera. [P. B.| Steinhaus, Edward A., “Microbial infections in European Corn Borer larve held in the laboratory.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 45: pp. 48-51. Feb. 1952. Records organisms causing fatal infections in Pyrausta nubilalis: bacteria, fungi, Protozoa, and a nema- tode. [P. B.] Steinhaus, Edward A., & Kenneth M. Hughes, “A granulosis of the Western Grape Leaf Skeletonizer.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 45: pp. 744-745» Aug. 1952. Virus disease of Harrisina brillians. [P. B.] Steinhaus, Edward A., “The susceptibility of two species of Colas to the same virus.” Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 45: pp. 897-899. Oct.1952. C. eurytheme infected by disease of C. lesbia. [P. B.] Struble, George R., “Unusual pupation site for Nymphalis californica.” Lepid. News, vol. 6: p. 107, 1 fig. 19 Feb. 1953. Sussman, Alfred S., “Studies of an insect mycosis. I. Etiology of the disease.” Mycologia. vol. 43: pp. 338-350, 3 figs. 3 July 1951. Platysamia cecropia attacked by Asper- gillus flavus and A. luchuensis. All stages susceptible, but pupa can only be infected by infection. [P. B.] Sussman, Alfred S., “Studies of an insect mycosis. II. Host and pathogen ranges.” Mycologia, vol. 43: pp. 423-429. 24 Aug. 1951. Reports infestation of Cecropia larve by 6 of 20 spp. of Aspergillus, and by spp. of Metarrhizum and Fonsecea. A. flavus attacked 6 other genera of Lepidoptera, but not 2 genera of beetles. Lists re- corded hosts of Aspergillus spp. [P. B.] Sussman, Alfred S., “Studies of an insect mycosis. III. Histopathology of an aspergillosis of Platysamia cecropia L.” Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 45: pp. 233-245, 12 figs. June 1952. Sussman, Alfred S., “Studies of an insect mycosis. IV. The physiology of the host-parasite relationship of Platysamia cecropia and Aspergillus flavus.” Mycologia, vol. 44: pp. 493-505, 5 figs. 1952. Infection of pupz results in a 20-fold increase in oxygen uptake, largely due to host metabolism. [P. B.] Swain, Ralph B., “Outbreaks and new records. Nicaragua.” Plant Prot. Bull., vol. 1: p. 89. March 1953. Alabama argillacea and Sacadodes pyralis on cotton; Rupela al- binella and Haimbachia quiriguella, boring in rice. [P. B.| Szumkowski, W., “Observations on Coccinellidaz. JI. Coccinellids as predators of lepidop- terous eggs and larve in Venezuela.” Trans. 9th Int. Congr. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 778- Wole> figs. March 1953. Tardrew, Constance G., “The biological control of the Karoo caterpillar.” Farming in S. Africa, vol. 26: pp. 165-168, 1 fig. May 1951. Chelonus texanus as parasite of Loxostege frustalis, and its rearing on Ephestia kiihniella. [P. B.] Taylor, J. Sneyd, “Notes on Phiala patagiata Aur., the Karoo Tent Caterpillar.” Ent. Mem. Union S. Africa Dept. Agric., vol. 2: pp. 217-229, 2 pls. 1950. Describes and figures all stages; records host plants ( especially Pentzia incana, Walafrida sax- atilis), and several parasites. [P. B. Taylor, J. Sneyd, “Notes on further parthenogenetic generations of Mesocelis (Lasiocamp- idz) from the eastern Karoo.” Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (A), vol. 29: pp. 71-75 30 June 1954. Eight generations have been reared without appearance of males. The species, near M. montana, feeds on Ruschia and Mestoklema. [P. B.| Tevis, Lloyd, Jr., “An outbreak of Nymphalis californica near Lake Almanor, California.” Pan-Pacific Ent., vol. 29: pp. 201-202. 1953. Relates defoliation of shrubbery by larva and eating of larve and of pupz by rodents. Describes mass movement of adults- [J. T.] Thompson, Clarence G., & Edward A. Steinhaus, ‘Further tests using a polyhedrosis virus to control the Alfalfa Caterpillar.” Hs/gardia. vol. 19: pp. 411-445. 1950. While largely or entirely an economic paper, this is of interest because of the use of viruses in control projects. The authors state that general recommendations for use of viruses to control Alfalfa Caterpillars canot be made as of the date of this paper. [J. T.] Tibbets, Ted, & G. F. Knowlton, “Apterona crenulella in Utah (Lep., Psychidz).” Ent. News, vol. 63: p. 211. 1952. Larvze found in large numbers damaging apple trees and native shrubs. Larve noted invading homes. [J. T.] Tilden, J. W., “Microlepidoptera associated with Baccharis pilularis. 1. Pterophoridz.” Wasmann Journ. Biol., vol. 8: pp. 81-88. 1950. Life history studies of Ofdemato- phorus confusus and O. grandis. |[J. T.] 180 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.4-5 Tilden, J. W., “Microlepidoptera associated with Baccharis pilularis. WI. Tortricide, Phaloniidz, Gelechiidz.” Wasmann Journ. Biol., vol. 9: pp. 239-254. 1951. One tortricid, one phaloniid, and three gelechiids are treated. [J. T.] Tilden, J. W., “The digging and provisioning habits of Ammophila seva Smith (Hymen- optera).” Pan-Pacific Ent., vol. 29: pp. 211-218. 1953. This wasp provisions its burrow with larve of Smerinthus cerisyi (Sphingide). [J. T.] TomSik, B., & D. Povolny, “Contribution to the knowledge of nutrition of silkworm (Bombyx mori L.)” [in Czech, English summary]. Folia Ent., vol. 13: pp. 65-72, 5 figs. 30 June 1950. Toner, G. C., “Butterflies and a kitten.” Journ. Mammal., vol. 36: p. 290. May 1955. Cat feeding on congregating swallowtails. [P. B.] de Toulgoet, H., “Note sur les premiers états de Boloria pales Schiff. et nap@wa Hb.” [in French]. Rev. franc. Lépid,, vol. 13: pp. 162-165, 1 pl., 4 figs. ~“Jan./Febse™ [31 May] 1952. Describes and figures larva and pupz and distinguishes between them; describes biology. [P. B.] Toumanoff, Constantin, & Constantin Vago, “L’agent pathogéne de la flacherie des Vers a Soie endémique dans la region des Cévennes: Bacillus cereus var. alesti var. nov.” [in French]. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, vol. 233: pp. 1504-1506. 3 Dec. 1951. Path- ogen on Bombyx mori. Toumanoff, Constantin, & Constantin Vago, “L’effet de l’alcalinité du milieu de culture sur la virulence de Bacillus cereus var. alesti Toum. et Vago, pour les Vers a Soie” [in French]. C. R. Acad. Sci., vol. 235: pp. 1715-1717. 1952. )Bacilivsmicsessits texicity to B. mori in alkaline culture medium. [P. B.] Trehan, K. N., & S. V. Pringle, “Moths infesting stored cereals and their control.” In- dian Farming, vol. 8: pp. 404-407. Aug. 1947. Biology of Svztotroga cerealella, Corcyra cephalonica. Trehan, K. N., & G. M. Talgeri, “Combating Katra, the hairy caterpillar Amsacta moore in the Bombay Province.” Indian Farming, vol. 8: pp. 560-564. Nov. 1947. Bio- logy; on cereals and grasses. [P. B.] Troniéek, Edvard, “K spoletenstvu Solenobietum triquetrelle-Bacotia sepium Ték. a k ekologii B. sepium Spr. (Psychide)” [in Czech, English & Russian summaries]. Acta. Ent. Mus. Nat. Prage, vol. 28: pp. 181-184. 1953. Describes the locality of ee ine of Psychidz and gives information on the biology of B. sepium in Bohemia. J. M. Tronitek, Edvard, “Prispévek k ekologii motyli’” [in Czech, Russian summary]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cechosloveniea, vol. 50: pp. 65-66. 20 Jan. 1954. The life history of Pterophorus trichodactylus. (=Oxyptilus leonuri) and its occurrence in Prague, New record for Czechoslovakia. [J. M.] Tronicek, Edvard, “On the duration of the egg instar in butterflies’ [in Czech, Russian & English summaries]. Acta Soc. Ent. Cechoslovenia, vol. 50: pp. 29-52. 20 Jan. 1954. The duration of the egg stage in 280 spp. of Czechoslovak Lepidoptera, not hibernating in the egg stage. [J. M.] Tweedie, M. F. W., “Delias, friend of the trees.” Pacific Discovery, vol. 6, no. 4: pp.8- 9. July/Aug. 1953. A short article on this pierid genus as destroyers of mistletoe. Pictures of larva, pupw, and adult of D. hyparete. [J. T.] Ukhalin, M. M., & V. V. Strokov, “Zeuzera pyrina L.” [in Russian]. Les i Step’, vol. 3, no. 12: pp. 83-84. Dec. 1951. [Not seen.] Usinger, R. L., & Ira La Rivers, “The insect life of Arno.” Atoll Res. Bull., no. 15: 28 pp. 30 April 1953. Records, from this atoll in the Marshalls, Achea sp. on Scevola, Utetheisa sp. on Messerschmidia, and Hypolimnas sp. on Sida. [P. B.] Vainshtein, B. A., “Change in the population of wood-damaging insects under the influ- ence of factors of forest ecology” [in Russian]. Dokl. Acad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 70: pp. 515-518. 1950. ; Vainshtein, B. A., “The ecology of the Gypsy Moth” [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., vol. 30: pp. 238-242. [Not seen.] Vainshtein, B. A., “Colotots pennaria L.” [in Russian]. Les 7 Step’, vol. 3, no. 11: p. 80. Nov. 1951. [Not seen.] Vanderflaas, L. K., “Rearing silkworm on dry leaves” [in Russian]. Priroda, vol. 41: no. 10: p.l21. Oct. 1952. Antherewa pernyi, on Betula. [Not seen.]} Vanderplanck, F. L., ‘Causes of coconut nutfall and gumosis.” Nature, vol. 172: pp. 15-316. 15 Aug. 1953, Reports Lamoria sp. feeding in bases of young coconuts, [P. B.] 195) The Lepidopterists’ News 181 Vereschagina, V. V., “The role of light in the behavior and distribution of the Gypsy Moth and the Oak Leaf Roller in the conditions of forest shelter belts’’ [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., vol. 31: pp. 25-32. 1952. [Not seen.] Michigan.” Qvwart. Bull. Mich. Agr. Exp. Sta., vol. 36: pp. 370-373. May 1954. Vergeer, Teunis, “The Cherry Fruitworm (Grapholitha packardi) as a blueberry pest in Michigan.” Qvwart. Bull. Mich. Agr. Exp. Sta., vol. 36: pp. 370-373. May 1954. Biology and control. Viette, P., “Yponomeuta padella (L.) et malinellus Z. bonnes espeéces ou races ¢étho- logiques” [in French]. Entomologiste, vol. 8: pp. 132-134. 1952. Bibliographical study of this problem. [P. V.| Viktorov, G. A., “Parasites of the Acacia Pyralid (Etiella zinkenella Yor.) in the Stalin- grad region” [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., vol. 30: pp. 385-390. 1951. [Not seen.] Villiers, A., “Le papillon du Kad” [in French]. Notes Africaines Inst. franc. Afr. Noire, no. 60: pp. 121-123, 6 figs. Oct. 1953. Biology of the saturniid Crrina forda in Senegal (French West Africa) with photographs of the eggs, larva, pupa, and imagos. [P. V.| Vlach, Vilem, “Contribution to the knowledge of the ecology of Coleophora linosyrts Hering” [in Czech, English summary]. Folia Ent., vol. 12: pp. 26-27. 1949. De- scribes the life history. [J. M.] Vorontsov, A. I., ‘““Dermestid beetles as destroyers of the Gypsy Moth” [in Russian]. Zool. Zhurn., vol. 29: pp.406-416. 1950. [Not seen]. Voss, Edward G., “Butterflies and crab spiders.” Lepid. News, vol. 7: p. 54. 29 July 1953. Vrydagh, J, M., “Les principaux ravageurs des cotonniers dans le nord du Congo belge”’ [in French, Flemish summary]. Bwil/. Agric. Congo Belge, vol. 43: pp. 839-868, 19 figs. Sept. 1952. Describes biology and lists parasites of Gelechia gossyptella and Sylepta derogata in northern Belgian Congo; both feed on Hibiscus as well as cotton. [P. B.] Wasser, Harriette Block, “Demonstration of a new insect virus not associated with inclusion bodies.” Journ. Bact., vol. 64: pp. 787-792, 1 fig. Dec. 1952. Morator nudus, n. sp., attacking larvae of Cirphis unipuncta . [P. B.] Webb, Frank Ernest, “An ecological study of the Larch Casebearer, Coleophora laricella (Lepidoptera: Coleophoridz).’’ Diss. Abs., vol. 13: pp. 615-616. Oct. 1953. Abstract only. Weiser, Jaroslav, “Parasiten der Raupen der Sonnenblumenmotte, Homeosoma nebulellum Hbn. mit besonderer Rucksicht zur Art Mattes1a povolnyi sp. n.” [in Czech, Russian & German summaries]. Folia Zool. Ent., vol. 1: pp. 252-264, 4 pls. 1952. De- scribes a new protozoan parasite, M. povolnyi (Schizogregarina) from larve of H. nebulellum. [J. M.] Weiser, J., J. Ludvik, & J. Veber, “Eine Polyedrie des Weidenspinners (Sti/pnotia sal- icis L.)”” [in Czech, Russian & German summaries]. Folia Zool. Ent., vol. 3: pp. 238- 241, 1 pl., 1 fig. Dec. 1954. Describes the virus Bollea stilpnotiw as a parasite of S. salicis larve. [J. M.] Weiser, J.. & J. Veber, “The possibilities of biological control of the Fall Webworm (Hyphantria cunea Drury)” [in Czech, Russian & English summaries]. Folia Zool. Ent., vol. 3: pp.55-68, 11 figs. March 1954. Results of experiments for control of H. cunea using the protozoan parasite Thelohania hyphantrie and Bacillus thurin- gensis. [J. M.] Westveld, Marinus, “A Budworm vigor-resistance classification for Spruce and Balsam Fir.” Journ. Forestry, vol. 52: pp. 11-24, figs. 1954. On basis of crown, vigor, and other considerations a resistance classification is devised. Ten is the highest and zero the lowest resistance to damage by Choristoneura fumiferana. [J. T.] Wiles, Audrey M., “Caterpillars on the march.” Nat. Hist. Notes Nat. Hist. Soc. Jamaica, vol. 6: p. 35,3 figs. Sept./Nov. 1953. Larva of Pseudosphinx tetrio wandering away from foodplant (Plumeria). [P. B.] Wiles, Audrey M., “Nature’s control of caterpillars.” Nat. Hist. Notes Nat. Hist. Soc. Jamaica, vol. 6: p. 37, 3 figs. Sept./Nov. 1953. Sphingid larva parasitized by bra- conids: 1 P..B. Woglum, R. S., & H. C. Lewis, “Leaf roller attacks citrus trees.” Calif. Citrograph, vol. 32: pp. 308-309, 4 figs. May 1947. Archips argyrospila; biology and control. Wolcott, George N., “A quintessence of sensitivity: the Coffee Leaf Miner.” J. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico, vol. 31: pp. 215-219. “July 1947” [June 1950]. Biology of Leucoptera coffeella. Records parasites. [P. B.] 182 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: nos.4-5 Wood, D. M., “Breeding of Celerio lineata and Celerio gallii on Michipicoten Island, Thunder Bay District, Ontario.” Ontario Field Biologist, no. 9: p. 26. May 1955. Larve of C. /imeata found 30 July and of C. gali 25 Aug., all on Epilobium augusti- folium. C. galit were heavy parasitized by tachinid flies and fungi. [C. R.] Woodcock, H. E., “Moths feigning death.” Lepid. News, vol. 6: p. 108. 19 Feb. 1953. Wright, D. W., & Q. A. Geering, “Pea Moth.” Agriculture, vol. 54: pp. 124-129. June 1947. Biology and control of Laspeyresia nigricana. Xeros, N., “Cytoplasmic polyhedral virus diseases.” Nature, vol. 170: p. 1073. 20 Dec. 1952. In Lepidoptera. Xeros, N., “Development of intranuclear inclusions in virus-diseased cells of lepidopterous Jarve.” Natgre, vol. 1/2: pp. 309-310. 15 Aug. 1953. Xeros, N., “Origin of the virus-producing chromatic mass or net of the insect nuclear polyhedroses.” Nature, vol. 175: pp. 588-590, 2 figs. 2 April 1955. Cytology of polyhedral disease of various Lepidoptera. [P. B. Ziegler, J. B., “Notes on the life history of Incisalia augustinus and a new hest plant re- cord (Lycenide).” Lepid. News, vol. 7: pp. 33-35. 29 July 1953. Zopp, J., “Anzuchtverfahren bei Gastropacha quercifolia L.” [in German]. Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol. 38: pp. 99-101. 30 April 1953. Remarks on rearing. G. PHYSIOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR Tsesche, Rudolf, & Friedhelm Korte, “Uber Pteridine. IX. Mitteil.: Zur Kenntnis des sogen. fluorescyanins” [in German]. Chem. Berichte, vol. 87: pp. 1713-1719. 1954. Chemistry of a pigment found in eggs and pupz of Bombyx mort. |P.B.] Van der Kloot, William G., ‘“Neurosecretion and brain activity in the Cecropia silk- worm.” Anat. Rec., vol.120: pp.718-719. Nov. 1954. Abstract only. Wellington, W. G., C. R. Sullivan, & W. R. Henson, “The light reactions of larve of the spotless fall. webworm, Hyphantria textor Harr. (Lepidoptera: Arctiidz).” Canad. Ent., vol.86:pp.529-542, 5 figs. 7 Jan. 1955. Larvze generally react posi- tively to light from a 6-watt lamp; minor modifications result from starvation and temperature changes. At room temperature, all instars are photopositive in a dark- light alternative chamber; at higher temperatures the first three instars become strongly photonegative, the last three become more strongly photopositive. Larve crawling on ground orient to the sun according to temperature, going toward it at low tempera- tures, going more and more away from it at increasing temperatures. This orienta- tion is determined by response to plane polarized light, and can be altered by rotation of an overhead polarizer. [E.M.| Williams, Carroll M., “Isolation and identification of the prothoracic gland hormone of insects.” Amat. Rec., vol.120: p.743. Nov. 1954. Abstract only. H. MIGRATION Burmann, Karl, ‘“Nordtiroler Wanderfalterbeobachtungen 1952” [in German]. Zezvts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp.270-274. 15 Oct. 1953. Migration of 20 spp. [N.O.] Wolfsberger, Josef, ‘“Wandertalterbeobachtungen 1953 in Sidbayern” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol.3: pp.50-52, 57-59. 15 May, 15 June 1954. Migration of 19 spp. [N.O.] I. TECHNIQUE Auclair, J. L., & J. B. Maltais, “Paper partition chromatography in entomological re- search.” Canad. Ent., vol.86: pp.377-381, 2 figs. 7 Sept. 1954. Applications in physiology, biochemistry, toxicology, ecology, economic entomology, and taxonomy are noted. |E.M.] Chapman, John A., & Roderick Craig, “An electrophysiological approach to the study of chemical sensory reception in certain insects.” Canad. Ent., vol.85: pp.182-189, |) figs. 5S June 1953. Oscilloscope records of electrical potential sequences in sensory nerves following stimulation. Work partly based on “tomato horn worm, Proto- parce”. |E.M.] Downe, A. E. R., & A. S. West, “Progress in the use of the precipitin test in ento- mological studies.” Canad. Ent., vol.86: pp.181-184. 28 May 1954. Describes tech- nique for determining food of individual predatory insects, and notes applications to predators of Malacosoma disstria and of tortricids. Uses in systematic studies are also noted. [E.M.] Green, G. W., & W. R. Henson, “A new type of coprometer for laboratory and field use.” Canad, Ent., vol.85: pp.227-230, 4 figs. 26 June 1953. A rotary, clock-driven coprometer of improved type. [E.M.] O55 The Lepidopterists’ News 183 NO: EE CsBS Lepidopterists’ Society members may use this page free of charge to advertise their offerings and needs in Lepidoptera. The Editors reserve the right to rewrite notices for clarity or to reject unsuitable notices. We cannot guarantee any notices but expect all to be bona fide. Have several thousand European butterflies and moths, papered, named, with full data, about 300 different species, for exchange against butterflies from the Americas, Asia, Australia or Africa. Will help build up representative coll. of European Lepidoptera. T. W. Langer, Royal Library, Copenhagen, DENMARK. Needed urgently for study: all species and subspecies of North American Polygonzia. Will offer in exchange New England Rhopalocera in quantity, and a limited amount of material from Florida and Colorado. IMPORTANT: Only the abdomens of Polygonia need be in A-1 condition. Other North American Rhopalocera will be acepted in ex- changes. Richard S. Smith, Delta Sigma, Wesleyan Station, Middletown, Conn., U. S. A. Wanted: living noctuid pupe for forced emergence during winter months 1955-56. Any species acceptable, but Northern Army Worm (P. unipuncta) and Spotted Cutworm (G. c-nigrum) pteferred. A. E. Treat, The City College of New York, New York 31, INET S: A. Alaskan butterflies for sale: Parnassius eversmanni 6 A $5.00, 6 B $4.00; Papilio mach- aon aliaska 6 A $4.00, 6 B $2.75; CEnets jutta alaskensis 6 A $3.00, 6 B $2.00, QA $4.00, 2 B $3.00. ‘“B” specimens have small nicks or tails missing. All specimens have complete data including altitude, Will consider exchange for desired Nearctic Erebia (Arctic material only). P. R. Ehrlich, Dept. of Entomology, University of Kansas. Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A. Top prices offered for good eile ornamental butterflies in papers. Wéill buy in large quantities. Gordon Steinhoff, 3916 Oak St., Burbank, California, U. S. A. Anticorrosive steel INSECT PINS in all standard sizes (25 AM Sf ce and minuten nadeln), black or white. Price list about entomological supplies and butterflies and moths on request. Dr. H. Wilcke, Kossen/Tyrol, AUSTRIA. WANTED: literature (published or unpublished) or letters on exotic tropical Rhopalo- cera from Brazil, Mexico, India, Formosa, India and Africa. Especially interested in life histories, food plants, habits, collecting, and breeding. Will purchase. L. F. Vogel, 61 Berkshire Rd., Needham 92, Mass., U. S. A. For sale: Lepidoptera and other insects of the Yucatan Peninsula. Special attention given to specialists with certain groups. All correspondence welcomed. E. C. Welling, La Casa Victoria, Chichen Itza, Yucatan, MEXICO. Morpho hecuba, M. menelaus, and many other Brazilian butterflies for sale, 1955 catch. carefully papered with full data, good quality. Jorge Kesselring, Caixa postal 6, Joao Pessoa (Paraiba), BRASIL. Wanted: literature (taxonomic and faunistic) on neotropical Rhopalocera; also material of Lycanide, Riodinide, Satyrida and Nymphalide from Central America and the Antilles. Offer for exchange original material, undetermined, with exact data, from other groups (Coleoptera, Odonata, Heterocera) from Brazil. Dr. Heinz Ebert, Geolo- gist, Rua Santo Amaro 342, Rio de Janeiro, BRAZIL. 184 Vol.9: nos.4-5 NOMINATIONS FOR 1956 OFFICERS FOR LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY The Nominating Committee (A. E. TREAT, J. B. ZIEGLER, and F. H. RINDGE, Chair- man) has presented the following list of nominees for 1956 officers: President — THOMAS N. FREEMAN, Canada lst Vice President — JOHN A. COMSTOCK, U. S. A. Vice Presidents — GEORGE WARNECKE, Germany, and LASZLO GOZMANY, Hungary Executive Council (3 year terms) — G. VAN SON, South Africa, and D. C. FERGUSON, Canada The terms of the present Secretary and Treasurer have two more years to run. Ballots will be distributed by the Secretary to all Society members in good standing. The Executive Council has nominated for election to Honorary Membership E. MARTIN HERING. Prof. Dr. HERING, of the Zoologisches Museum in Berlin, Germany, is a dis- tinguished taxonomist and is perhaps most widely known for his authorship of various sections of Seitz’s Macrolepidoptera of the World, for Biologie der Schmetterlinge (1926), and for his volumes on leaf-mining insects. The Executive Council has fixed the place for the 1955 annual meeting as the Archbold Biological Station, Lake Placid, Florida, and the time as late December. Notices giving the details of arrangements for the meeting are being sent to all North American and Antillean members. ADDITIONS TO THE MEMBERSHIP LIST Durden, Christopher J., 840 Rex Ave., Ottawa 3, Ont., CANADA. Fairey, K. D., Box 1176, G. P.O. Sydney;/N. S: W., AUSTRAEIAG Grinnell, Alan D,, 1109 W. Hill St., Carbondale, Ill., U. S. A. Hensel, Henry, 2373 St. Zotique Str., East Montreal, P. Q., CANADA. Kiblinger, Carrol E. (Mr.), 6160 St. Moritz, Dallas, Texas, U. S. A. MacFarlane, D., 50 Roslea Drive, Dennistoun, Glasgow, SCOTLAND. McGuffin, W. C. (Dr.), Forest Zoology Lab., 402 Customs Bldgs., Calgary, Alta., CANADA. McKenney, Marvin J., 4114 Rochester Rd., San Diego 16, Calif., U. S. A. Miller, Robert E., 1138 South Fourth St., Dayton, Wash., U. S. A. Morris, Mike, 1365 East 60th St., Chicago 37, Ill., U. S. A. Muhonen, Daniel, Yale Station, New Haven, Conn., U. S. A. Ohba, Namoru, 10 Tonoyama, Nakano-ku, Tokyo, JAPAN. Risch, Harold, 9508 Cantwell Drive, Affton 23, Missouri, U. S.A. Seibert, Ray P., 1302 Fairview St., Reading, Pa., U. S. A. Twelkemeier, Walter A., 7250 St. Andrews Dr., St. Louis 21, Mo., U. S. A. Ward, Orville (Mrs.), North Branch, Mich., U. S. A. Watt, Ward, 1206 Parker Ave., Hyattsville, Maryland, U. S. A. Wenzke, John J., 25 South Summit St., Lock Haven, Pa. U. S. A. White, Galen (Rev.), Fisherman's Methodist ‘Church, 226 Bay 35th St., Brooklyn 14, Ne 0 cg Wer eas Wilson, Patrick, 434 Webster St., San Francisco, Calif., U. S. A. Wiltshire, E. P., c/o Records Section, Foreign Office, 8 Carlton House Terrace, London S. W. 1, ENGLAND [Add to mailing envelope: Personal—Please Forward]. THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ NEWS Volume 9 1955 Number 6 ITINERARIES OF THE WHEELER SURVEY NATURALISTS 1871—THEODORE L. MEAD by F. MARTIN BROWN The early naturalists who collected material in the western part of North America during the nineteenth century have long been a favorite subject for research with me. As our knowledge of the natural history of this vast area increases, it is becoming more and more imperative that we know just where they traveled and where the specimens that later became types were originally found. In 1936 I published a short account of the butterflies that WILLIAM H. EDWARDs described as new among those collected by THEODORE L. MEAD in Colorado. Since then I have dug deeper into MEAD’s stay in Colorado and now can supply a brief biography of him and a reasonably accurate account of his Colorado itinerary. THEODORE MEAD was born to an old American family. His father’s forebears arrived from England in 1642 and his mother’s from France in 1685. MEAD was born in Fishkill, New York, in the Catskill Mountain region, on February 23, 1852. As a lad he traveled widely with his parents. He showed an early interest in natural history, particularly butterflies, that led him to WILLIAM H. EDWARDS, whose son-in-law he later became. In 1867 he entered the Sub-Freshman class at the College of the City of New York and later attended the College itself. In 1868 he was elected to the American Entomological Society. The following summer he spent in West Virginia with EDWARDS. Apparently the boy’s enthusiasm and ability attracted the great man to him, for in 1871 EDWARDS arranged that MEAD accompany the Wheeler Expedition to Colorado as a paying member. Mr. EDWARDS shared MEAD’S expenses for this trip and also shared in the catch. From Colorado MEAD continued westward in the fall and visited entomologists in California. He returned by steamer via Panama, where he collected butterflies, other insects, orchids, and “a live Iguana or two.” The records of Cornell University show that he entered in 1871 and graduated in 1874. MEAD, however, stated that he entered Cornell in 1874 and received a “first degree in Civil Engineering” in 1877 and “the full degree as Civil Engineer in 1890”. It is probable that MEAD refers to his graduate studies and the University records to his undergraduate work. 185 186 BROWN: Wheeler Surveys - II Vol. 9: no.6 In 1877 he sold his collection of butterflies to the Carnegie Museum at Pittsburgh. From that time on, his life was devoted more and more to botanical and horticultural work. Today part of his great orchid collection is housed at Mead Park in Winter Park, Florida. 1878 saw MEAD again heading for Cal- ifornia with permission of his parents to stop over one steamer in Panama to collect. On the same trip he spent a few days collecting in mid-April at Acapulco, Mexico. He arrived in San Francisco in early May, leaving there on the 7th for Los Angeles and the San Gabriel valley. On this Californian trip, MEAD visited the Mojave Desert, Yosemite Valley, Big Trees, Mariposa, Summit Station (on Donner Pass), Lake Tahoe, and Freel’s and Talloc Peaks, the last being where he collected the types of Ginezs ivallda Mead. Heading home, he further collected at Virginia City, Nevada, Cottonwood Canyon, Utah, Salt Lake City, and Green River, Wyoming. In 1881 MEAD, HENRY EDWARDS, and A. R. GROTE started the journal PAPILIO. The next year MEAD married the daughter of WILLIAM H. EDWARDS, and after a honeymoon in England he settled in Eustis, Florida, to try his hand at orange-growing. From this time on, MEAD’S interest in butter- flies definitely waned and his love of things botanical steadily increased. He died in Winter Park, Florida, in 1936, shortly after publishing his autobio- graphy (Mead, 1935). With this brief sketch of MEAD’s life let me turn to the details of his stay in Colorado during the collecting season of 1871. In his autobiography MEAD dismisses this important trip in four lines! MEAD and his brother, S. H. MEAD, JR. (Mead, 1875, p. 786), a student at the School of Mines of Columbia University, arrived late in May at Denver, Colorado, a rendezvous for the Wheeler Expedition of 1871. At this time Denver was a small frontier city on the banks of the South Platte River some miles east of the mountains. Here rails ended. Travel to the west into and through the mountains was by foot, on horseback, and over a few stagecoach routes. MEAD’s objective was South Park. Two routes were open from Denver. One way was to use Mount Vernon Canyon to gain the summit of the plateau and then swing southward and west- ward over a toll road into South Park. The other was to go somewhat farther south on the plains and gain the plateau via Turkey Creek Canyon and follow the toll road to South Park. MEAD followed the latter route. He left Denver [June 4?] and traveled to Morrison along an old road that now is followed in the main by Colorado highway 70. From Morrison his path took him south- ward to the mouth of Turkey Creek Canyon up which he went to the Junction House [June 5, 6]. This was a stage stop at the junction of the Turkey Creek and the toll road south from Bergen Park to the South Park area. Most of MEAD’s specimens from “Turkey Creek Junction” were collected between Junc- tion House and Brownsville, about a mile south of the junction on the east side of the road. Southward from the Junction House the road winds through dry hilly pine forests on the high shoulders of the Front Range. At Bailey (Bailey’s Ranch) it takes to the valley of the South Platte. Here MEAD made later stays for collecting. From Bailey the present road goes westward along the south bank of the river. The old road traveled by MEAD followed the north bank, 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 187 TROUBLESOME J SULPHUR SPRINGS eh [Tere tad weal ah tees Sco 14-Vill ~~~ 7 ian az BOULDER hy oe MIDDLE PARK S\ FRAZER Fy. re a oh @ S oS i w BERTHOUDS /' a CENTRAL CITY o per UD APEX GULCH,2VIll —7 Q Coenen a REMPIRE — a TL TN oa e gage eee GOLDEN es F IDAHO SPRINGS + DENVER = . 7 GEORGE TOWN I9VIll ee LATE MAY- L Kavi yee Sobre 3VI;27-30ViI O GRAYS PK& ,’ / MORRISON > ran) Fee ane SVM anasto ; % DILLON ARGENTINE PASS 2 ¥- 122 TURKEY CK A Ce _” JUNCTION = NY 5-6, 20-28VIl a yo OP aes se ep We )( HOOSIER PASS Siva MT LINCOLN #@. as 22Vil 3 , egalviis’s...__3) CALIFORNIA f GULCH 10-IGVI; iS) = \ 2-7,23-24Vil MT _a-- l4vil i ELBERT S Ny) uw : yo) Be 9 TWIN LAKES eel! a 2 Le a a A es LA PLATA MT O 2 % aes é * : 4 ss © BUENAVISTA ‘ PIKES PEAK ©) ‘ a a COLORADO Ya > SPRINGS ron 5 = \¥ w y 2) GUF FY HILLS Q 3 rN 1 aN wa . SALIDA © MILES Ne CANYON CITY, 20 1X Ons: 10 20 30 40 ITINERARY OF THEODORE L. MEAD wn cotorapo 187! and traces of it can be seen on the slopes of the valley. He passed through the settlements of Fairville (across the river from Santa Maria), Grant, and Webster (then called Godfrey's). At Webster, in the mouth of Hall Valley, he started 188 BROWN: Wheeler Surveys - II Vol. 9: no.6 the abrupt climb to Kenosha Pass. Kenosha House, where he stayed, was just east of the present road, about a mile and a half north of Kino (a ghost town now) near the summit of the Pass. From the Pass he had his first vista of South Park, rimmed with towering peaks. The present route U. S. 285 is located on this old road from Grant westward. From the Pass it touches the town of Jefferson, skirts a mile south of Como, and goes into Fairplay. This was the terminus of the toll road in the northwestern corner of South Park. In Fairplay [June 10-14] MEAD made his headquarters in the Berg House. The present Fairplay Hotel is a new (1926) structure on the same site. At Fairplay MEAD collected in the valley of Beaver Creek [June 12 - 14], just east of the town, and up the South Platte River in the broad glacial meadows. MEAD found that he was too early for much collecting at Fairplay and retraced his steps to Junction House on Turkey Creek. He lingered at Kenosha House a day or so [June 15-17] and spent about a week at Turkey Creek Junction |June 20 - 27] before returning to Fairplay. I do not know preciesly when he arrived there the second time. He was at Kenosha House on June 29th, and the next firm date is July 6th at Fairplay. MEAD now continued westward. He crossed [July 8] Mosquito Pass on the trail to California Gulch and the headwaters of the Arkansas River and followed the river down to Twin Lakes, where he collected extensively [July 9-17]. MEAD collected on one of the high peaks that flank the present route to Independence Pass [July 10 - 11?]. From his scant descriptive notes I suspect that the rugged peak he climbed was La Plata Mountain. He retraced his steps and recrossed Mosquito Pass [July 21] to Alma or Fairplay and before returning to Denver climbed Mount Lincoln [July 22] via the Russia Mine road. It is interesting to note at this point that shortly after MEAD worked in this area, J. A. ALLEN from Harvard collected in the same region. Neither collector mentions the other in his accounts, how- ever, so neither may have been aware of the other. On his second sally from Denver, MEAD struck out in another direction and headed for Middle Park. His route followed Clear Creek from Golden into the mountains as far as Empire. His locality, Apex Gulch [Aug. 3], must not be confused with Apex in Gilpin County. The name is an old one for Chimney Gulch or one of its neighbors. MEAD says (1875, p. 773) that it is just within the foot-hills of the Rocky Mountains, and neither of the species he recorded from there, Satyrus nephele and Thecla sepium, are high mountain species such as would be found at Apex. He must have made the trip from Denver to Georgetown by stage, probably “nooning” at Apex Gulch, for he arrived at his destination the same day, August 3. From Georgetown he crossed the Continental Divide by means of Argen- tine Pass, visiting and collecting on Gray’s Peak [Aug. 5] en route. From the pass he followed the Little Snake River through the mining camps of Decatur, Chihuahua, and Haywood to Dillon. There he picked up the Blue River [ Aug. 8 -9| and worked his way along it to near its junction with the Grand River (now called the Colorado). This stretch was a lonely one with no mining- camps and no ranches at which to stay. Just before reaching the junction of the two rivers, he cut northeast through the hills to Troublesome on the Grand. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 189 Once on the Grand River MEAD started back toward Denver. His track took him through Hot Sulphur Springs [Aug. 14] to 12-mile on Camp Creek where that stream breaks into a dozen or so streamlets. From there he went to Fraser and then up the north face of Berthoud Pass [ Aug. 16] to gain again the Atlantic slope. His path from Berthoud Pass to Idaho Springs [Aug. 19] is the present location of route U. S. 40. From Idaho Springs he returned to Denver, probably by the same route he had used going west. By now the season in the mountains was drawing to a close. MEAD again entered South Park via Turkey Creek, Bailey's Ranch [Aug. 26], and the toll road. This time, when he reached Fairplay, he turned his back upon the mountains and struck out across South Park by its long diagonal along the road that followed the west bank of the Middle Fork of the South Platte River to Hartsel. The present automobile road, Colorado 9, follows in the same direction but along the east side of the river. From Hartsel MEAD continued southward between Chalcedony and 39-mile Mountain along the Current Creek road to Canon City [Sept. 20]. This road follows in part the north rim of the Arkansas Gorge. The field party disbanded at Canon City at the close of Sep- tember. MEAD returned to Denver and entrained for the West Coast. The preceding itinerary is based upon intimate knowledge of the country, contemporary maps produced by the Hayden surveys of 1872-74, and dates given in MEAD’s account of the species collected by the Wheeler Survey and in various accounts found in W. H. EpwArps’ Butterflies of North America. The skeleton of dates upon which the meat of this story is hung follows with the species and sources; page references are to MEAD (1875) unless EDWARDS 1s specified: June [1-3]—nr. Denver, /yceas, p. 785; ridingsi, p. 774. June 5—Turkey Creek Junction, 7500 ft., zephyrus, p. 769. June 6—Turkey Creek Junction, meadi p. 775; weidemeyeri, p. 770 (Note 1 below). June 10—nr. Fairplay, zcelus, p. 787. June 12-14—Beaver Creek, julia, p. 748 (note 2). June 12—Fairplay, 10,000 ft., oleracea, p. 744. June 15—nr. South Park, antiacis, p. 784. June 17—4 miles from South Park on South Park road, minus, p. 778. June 20—[Turkey Creek Junction], 7500 ft., zole, p. 747. June 20-30—Turkey Creek Junction, calydon, p. 760. June 23—Turkey Creek Junction, heteronea, p. 781; rutilius p. 787. June 24—Turkey Creek Junction, 7500 ft., satyrus, p. 767; weitdemeyeri, p. 770 (note June 29—Kenosha House, ¢triclaris, p. 757. July 6—Fairplay, eurynome, p. 755. July 8—[Mosquito Pass], mead, p. 750; calltas, p. 775; chryxus, p. 777 (also Edwards, 1868-97, vol. I, Parnassius II-IV). July 9—Twin Lakes, charon, p. 773. July [10-11] [La Plata Peak?], semidea, p. 776; centaurea, p. 787. July 12—Twin Lakes, szrius, p. 781. July 13—Upper Twin Lake, szrius, p. 781. July 14—Arkansas Valley, triclaris. p. 757. July [15-20]—probably Twin Lakes until 17th, arachne, p. 761: ascent of La Plata or Elbert may have been made at this time instead of 10-11. 190 BROWN: Wheeler Surveys - II Vol. 9: no.6 July 21—[Mosquito Pass], callias, p. 775. July 22—Mt. Lincoln (Edwards, 1868-97, vol. I, Parnassius I-IV). August [1-3 ]—Apex Gulch, nephele, p. 773. August 3—nr. Apex Gulch, sepinm, p. 779. August 3—Georgetown road, melinus, p. 778. August 3—Georgetown, berenice, p. 750. August 5—Gray’s Peak, 12,000 ft., chalcas, p. 782; also en route to Middle Park (Edwards, 1868-97, vol. I, Parnassius II-IV). August 8-9—Blue River, Middle Park (Edwards, 1868-97, vol. I, Parmassius II-IV). August [6-13]—Middle Park, myrina, p. 756. August 14—Hot [Sulphur] Springs, bellona, p. 756. August 16—nr. Berthoud Pass, Aylas, p. 768 (Edwards, 1868-97, vol. I, Parnassius U-IV). August 19—Idaho Springs, manitoba, p. 789. August 20—nr. Denver, arachne, p. 761. August 26—Bailey’s Ranch, meadi, p. 774. August 28—20 miles from South Park on South Park Road, hylas, p. 768. August 30—South Park Road, manitoba, p. 789. September 10—South Park (Edwards, 1868-97, vol. II, Colas IV). September 20—nr. Canon City, halcyone, p. 754. Note 1: EDWARDS in vol. II, Argynnis 1 erroneously states Fairplay for this date. Note 2: EDWARDS in vol. II, Anthocharis 3 erroneously gives the dates July 10-12 for the julia collected at Beaver Creek, Fairplay. | Note 3: EDWARDS in vol. IJ, Argynnis 2 erroneously gives the year as 1873. References Brown, F. Martin, 1934. The Localities of T. L. Mead’s Collection of Butterflies from Colorado in 1871. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. vol. 42: pp. 155-1162: Edwards, William H., 1868-97. Butterflies of North America, 3 volumes. Mead, Theodore L., 1875. Reports of the Wheeler Survey, vol. 5, Zoology: pp. 739-794, pls: xxxv-xKxmax. 5 Si ern eae , 1935. Theodore L. Mead—Naturalist, Entomologist, and Plants- man. An Autobiography. Yearbook, American Amaryllis Society vol. 2: pp. 11-22. Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo., U. S. A. SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE HESPERIIDA OF THE ST. LOUIS AREA by P. S. REMINGTON Within a radius of 100 miles from St. Louis, Missouri, an area which the newspapers are fond of calling “The Forty-Ninth State’, occur at least 41 species of Hesperiidae, and it is possible that more may be discovered in the future. As recently as 1954 a first-capture record was established for one spe- cies. Some of these species are principally northern Skippers, some primarily southern, so that one explanation which has been suggested for this large num- ber of species is the fact that St. Louis is located on what the ornithologists £95 The Lepidopterists’ News 191 call the Mississippi Flyway. If this is a natural route of dispersion for birds, may it not be the same for insects? There are other species in our butterfly population besides Hesperiidae which are truly southern in their range, such as Eurema mexicana Bdv. and Phyciodes phaon Edw., the former having been taken frequently in fresh condition within the city limits. Of the forty-one species hereafter listed, 34 are definitely regular residents of this area and have been taken by collectors year after year, although far too little is known about their biology (food-plant, larval and pupal stages, etc.). We strongly suspect also that some species which we consider to be regular residents, such as Hylephila phyleus, do not winter here, but are regular imm- igrants, as Danaus plexippus Linné is known to be throughout the north. These points need to be determined by more intensive observation and study. HAROLD I. O’ByRNE’S “Revised List of the Butterflies of St. Louis County” (Bulletin 3, 1941, of the Webster Groves Nature Study Society) has been useful in providing data regarding time of flight for many species. Dr. EDWIN F. MEINERS, dean of St. Louis collectors, has provided other useful data, and intensive collecting over a period of twenty years by the writer and his son, Dr. CHARLES L. REMINGTON, has given us the balance of our information. One of the most interesting discoveries in this area was that of Problema byssus Edw. at Elsah, Jersey County, Illinois, in 1942. The type locality of this species is Indian River, Florida, and the description was made from a lot con- taining 13 males and 7 females. KLOTS, in his Freld Guide to the Butterflies gives the range as “Florida to Texas and north to Kansas and Iowa.” I find this same phrase for the range used by most authors since HOLLAND. However, FIELD in his “Manual of Kansas Butterflies” disposed of the “Kansas” part of the range. He wrote: “It was recorded for Kansas by Dr. SNOW in 1875 under the name of Atrytone kumskaka, Scudder (a synonym of Pamphila byssus Edw.). The Kansas specimen determined by Dr. SNOW as representing this species is in the Snow collection at the University of Kansas and is a female of Atrytone logan Edwards. There is something rather peculiar about this record of A. kumskaka Scudder by Dr. SNOW in 1875. This date is actually twelve years prior to the year that kwmskaka was first described by S. H. SCUDDER as a new species, so that this name as listed by Dr. SNOW was prob- ably an earlier manuscript name of SCUDDER’S and may or may not have been the species eventually described by SCUDDER in 1887. Whatever the name kumskaka may have been intended to represent at the time of the first date, SNOW’S specimen is A. logan.” I was somewhat intrigued by this comment by FIELD and took occasion recently to hunt up the original description in the back files of the Canadian Entomologist in the Jones Library of Peabody Museum at Yale University. SCUDDER is altogether too vague in detail about this species. He does not tell how many specimens were in the type lot nor their exact locality. He men- tions Iowa in one place and “Western states” in another, but no date of capture. He writes: “In connection herewith I have made two mistakes: First, in ident- ifying in 1868 an Iowa species as conspicua and describing the proper male of conspicua; and second, the redescription, very briefly, of pontiac under the name 192 REMINGTON: St. Louis Hesperiidz Vol.9: no.6 Hedone orono, being led astray by my supposition with regard to the lowa butterfly. I have since given the Iowa butterfly, which belongs to Atrytone, the name Kumskaka, in naming it for others; but as this name has not been pub- lished, nor the species fully described, I append herewith a full description of the same.” One wonders, in considering the phrase “in naming it for others”, used above, whether one of the “others” could have been Dr. SNOW. If so, SCUDDER had perhaps not yet made up his mind about the determination of his kumskaka. In the article containing the original description of kwmskaka, SCUDDER gives a drawing of the male genitalia which agrees exactly with the figure of the male genitalia of Problema byssus given by LINDSEY, BELL, and WILLIAMS in “The Hesperioidea of North America”. For this reason, present-day writers have thrown out kumskaka as a synonym of byssus. In early July of 1942 I discovered byssus flying in fair quantity on the upland prairies along the bluffs of the Mississippi River on the campus of Principia College at Elsah, Illinois (about forty miles from St. Louis). It was found there again at the same point in the following year and later on June 18, 1949, in St. Louis County, so it is definitely a resident of this area. It was thought at first that perhaps we had re-discovered SCUDDER’S kumskaka, the true identity of which has puzzled students since its description in 1887. Dr. E. P. MEINERS made a genitalic study of our local byssus and reported that the gen- italia agree exactly with the published figure of byssws. I now have a long series from Elsah and Florida and see no essential differences. The question arises, how did this species locate in the St. Louis area, where it is extremely local? Is this a product of the Mississippi Flyway or is it just another example of discontinuous distribution? Possibly collectors further south along the River may supply clues to the answer. In 1943 I confined a female P. byssus on the long grass which the species frequents, hoping that I might obtain eggs and raise a brood. She laid one egg which did not hatch. An allied species which was first discovered by the writer in St. Louis County is Atrytone dion Edw., taken in the marshes around Creve Coeur Lake in June and July 1932. It has been found there year after year since 1932. One or two specimens were taken by Dr. C. L. REMINGTON within the city limits of St. Louis. Here again we have a thriving local colony with occasional strays. Hesperia metea Scud. was an unexpected prize first turned up in 1935 at Cedar Hill in Jefferson County, Missouri. The first few specimens, two males and a female, were sent to the late AUSTIN H. CLARK at the Smithsonian In- stitution for identification. He reported that they were Hesperia metea and commented that the female was so dark that it might agree with the figure published by HOLLAND of the only known specimen of H. horus Edw., which was first described from Dallas, Texas. A few years later I was kindly per- mitted by NATHAN BANKS, then curator of insects at the Museum of Compara- tive Zoology at Harvard University, to examine the type and only known specimen of /orus in the museum and to compare it with mine. They were not identical. However perhaps the puzzle of horus has been solved, for in Entomological News for October 1948, H. A. FREEMAN described a new race 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 193 of Hesperia metea from Texas which he later considered to be H. metea licinus Edw. and stated that some of his females agreed closely with sketches of the type of horus. I have a long series of H. metea from Massachusetts, Georgia, and Missouri which show the species to be very variable. It flies here only in the early spring in wooded hilly areas. I took it again this year. On September 6, 1954, Dr. C. L. REMINGTON collected in St. Louis County our latest addition to the local fauna—Amblyscirtes belli Freeman. While collecting at Kirkwood in a temperature about 115°F. he collected two females and a male of this species. In the field they were assumed to be a fall brood of A. vialis, which is common here, and little attention was paid to them. However, on being examined more closely later, it was seen to be A. belli, a mew record for the area and the northernmost record known for the species. It evidently breeds in this densely wooded ravine along the Meramec River and either has escaped attention until now or is a new arrival. A single specimen was also found at this locality on September 3, 1955, by Dr. REMINGTON, this time on a thistle flower. It will be interesting to see whether it will be found there in future years. Interesting cases of stray intrusions of southern species in this area may be cited. Perhaps the most extraordinary of these is Tamochares ruptifasciata Ploetz, taken at Elsah, Illinois, on August 29, 1941, by CHARLES L. REMINGTON. A battered male was caught on an alfalfa flower. This is a Mexican species, con- sidered merely a straggler into the United States except in southernmost Texas. Dr. A. W. LINDSEY checked the identification of the specimen. The surprising appearance of this exotic skipper here was preceded by several days of steady strong winds from the south. The Skipper must have been brought in on the winds. Another southern visitor was a single specimen, quite fresh, of Urbanus proteus L. taken by Dr. E. P. MEINERS inside one of the buildings in Forest Park, St. Louis, on October 5, 1945. The insect had sought shelter there during the night. So far as we know, this is the only specimen ever taken here. Calpodes ethlius Stoll was found in St. Louis by two of the old-time collectors, ERNST SCHWARTZ and AUGUST KNETZGER, in the fall of 1911. SCHWARTZ found several larve feeding on Canna on November 5; on being brought indoors, they pupated and emerged on November 20. A killing frost on November 6 probably exterminated any others in the vicinity, and we do not have any records of its capture since. Another southern visitor, Lerema accius J. E. Smith, was taken at Cliff Cave, St. Louis County, on August 22, 1908 by C. L. HEINCK. No one has reported it since. Autochton cellus Bdv. & Lec. has been taken by HERMAN SCHWARTZ in Perry County, Missouri, on July 20, 1919. This is less than 100 miles from St. Louis. I have seen this specimen which is now in Dr. MEINERS’ collection. The species was again reported from the state by KILIAN ROEVER, who saw a single specimen at close range at Big Springs State Park in Carter County on June 14, 1952. 194 REMINGTON: St. Louis Hesperiidz Vol.9: no.6 Brief notes on the other species of Hesperiidae found in the St. Louis area follow. Proteides clarus Cramer is one of our commonest Skippers, and its broods are not sharply definable. Fresh specimens are on the wing from the middle of April until the end of September, and larve in all stages of development are seen from mid-May to early November. Heaviest numbers have been observed in early May, early June, late August, and late September. Adults are attracted to the blossoms of Alfalfa, Privet, and Redbud. The foodplants are legumes. Achalarus lyciades Geyer is common in sunny patches in the woods. The two broods observed are: (1) large numbers from the last week in May until the last week in June; (2) fewer in late August and early September. Thorybes bathyllus J. E. Smith is not uncommon from late April through September. It is also found in woods. Dr. A. W. LINDSEY examined a spec- imen of this species in which the fringes were so white that T. drusius, a south- western species, was indicated. A check of the genitalia, however, proved it to be T. bathyllus. Thorybes pylades Scud. is less common than T. bathyllus and is found from April through July. It is often confused with the former species. Pyrgus communis Grote is plentiful from April through November. It may be that a few specimens hibernate as adults, since worn specimens appear early in April. The first fresh specimens appear soon afterward, and this brood ends in mid-May. The summer brood is common throughout July. The heaviest period of flight for the year is from the middle of August until the middle of November, and at this time P. communis vies with Colias eurytheme Bdv. and Phyciodes tharos Drury for possession of the large clumps of Asters. Pholisora catullus Fabr. is one of our commonst Skippers and flies from May through September. Pholisora hayhurstu Edw., a usually uncommon species, has been found here in considerable numbers where open patches of bushes and trees have thick grass and weeds growing between the shrubs. Two broods are found here. The greater numbers fly from the middle of May until the middle of June, and a smaller brood appears late in August. Seven species of Erynnis have been found in this area and their identity established by genitalic study. Erynmis brizo Bdv. & Lec. is one of our earliest spring butterflies found on wooded hilltops from late March to early May. Some years it is quite plentiful. Erynnis baptisee Forbes seems to be still very rare in this area, perhaps because few collectors can distinguish it. Four specimens were reported in April by O'BYRNE from St. Louis and three by the writer on August 12, 1942, near Grafton, Illinois. Erynnis horatius Scud. & Burgess is limited to one brood apparently flying from May to September and is not uncommon in clover fields. One late record is for a fresh female taken on September 28, 1940. Erynnis lucilius Scud. & Burgess is perhaps our rarest Erynnis. I have two specimens taken in early Seprember at Glencoe, St. Louis County. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 195 Erynnis juvenalis Fabr. is another strictly spring species found exactly sympatrically with E. brizo, but more common. It is easy to distinguish them. Erynnis martialis Scud. may be taken not too uncommonly from late April to early August, generally in wooded areas. Erynnts persius Scud. is found sparingly from late April to early July. Ancyloxypha numitor Fabr. is common in moist meadows from May through September. Hesperia leonardus Harris is a fall species here, regularly found in Sep- tember in wooded areas. Missouri specimens seem to be larger and darker than eastern and northern specimens. Hylephyla phyleus Drury is common from July through October and is often found in gardens in the city. Atalopedes campestris Bdv. is easily found July through October, often in the city in company with the preceding species. Polites peckius Kirby is not uncommon in fields from May through Sep- tember. Polites verna Edw. is not rare in fields near woods, from May through July. Polites themistocles Latr. is one of our commonest Skippers from May through September, on lawns and grassy fields. Polites manataaqua Scud. appears to be rare but probably is confused often with the last species. It flies June through September. A female sent to Dr. J. McDUNNOUGH was identified as this, and Dr. A. W. LINDSEY concurred on this identification. Wallengrenia otho egeremet Scud. is a mid-summer Skipper here and can be found commonly on Ironweed (Vernonia) blossom June to September. Poanes hobomok Hatris is quite rare and very local. Females are never dark here. I have a nice series taken in May and June at Kirkwood, St. Louis County. Poanes zabulon Bdv. & Lec. is very common May through September. Atrytonopsis hianna Scud. has been taken at Cedar Hill, Jefferson County Missouri, and at Sullivan, Missouri, in April and May; it is not common. Atrytone ruricola Bdv. is common here May to September. Atrytone logan Edw. is not uncommon May through September. Amblyscirtes vialis Edw. is quite common in wooded areas from April through August. Amblyscirtes hegon Scud. is much less common than A. vialis and may be found in woods from April through September. Lerodea lVherminiert Latr. is rather rare. We have specimens taken from late May through September. Lerodea eufala Edw. is also uncommon and flies later, from August through November. My best catch was on Asters in Oak openings. 5570 Etzel Ave., St. Louis 12, Mo., U. S. A. 196 Vol.9: no.6 A NEW SPECIES OF HESPERIA FROM CALIFORNIA (HESPERITDA:) by H. A. FREEMAN During 1953 Dr. J. W. TILDEN sent me some specimens of Hesperia, and among the group were several individuals of a species which appeared new to me. After carefully comparing these specimens with all the other known Hesperia from North America as to superficial characteristics and genitalia, I am convinced that they represent an undescribed species, as follows. Hesperia tildeni new species MALE (Upper Side): Primaries broadly yellow fulvous, fusing into the subapical spots and into the darker marginal border. There are two indistinct yellow fulvous extradiscal spots. The stigma is rather narrow, with only a few dark scales below it. Secondaries are yellow fulvous except for a narrow dark margin. Fringes are slightly darker than the yellow fulvous overscaling. (Under Side): Primaries completely overscaled with light yellow scales. The dark margin is very indistinct as are the subapical and extradiscal spots. Secondaries are somewhat variable with most specimens having the overscaling light chestnut brown. Some are as dark as H. dodgei (Bell). The band of discal spots is very variable, ranging from entirely absent to well defined and is only slightly lighter in colora- tion than the ground color. The basal spots are of the same color and show less Variation. Thorax above is slightly darker than the wings at their base, lighter beneath, Abdomen is of the same yellow fulvous as the wings. Palpi are light tan beneath. Legs are light brown. Antenne are brown with the outer edge of the club black, Expanse of males, 22 to 29 mm., average 25 mm. FEMALE. (Upper Side): Primaries are very similar to the males, except some have the marginal dark area extending inward a little more. The coloration and maculation are very similar to those of the males. Secondaries are variable, from immaculate with a narrow marginal border to fairly dark with the discal spots well defined. The general tendency is toward the obliteration of the discal spots by the yellow fulvous overscaling. Fringes are creamy, lighter than the overscaling over the central portion of the wings. (Under Side): Primaries are similar to those of the male, except that the sub- apical and extradiscal spots are better defined. Secondaries have the ground color variable, from ochreous to dark chestnut brown; most specimens are chestnut. The discal band of spots is variable, ranging from a single spot near the apex to a well defined band of spots. The coloration of the discal band is from ochreous to creamy, being only slightly lighter than the ground color. Basal spots are of the same color. Thorax above is slighter darker than the wings at their base, lighter beneath. Abdomen is of the same yellow fulvous as the wings. The palpi, legs, and antenne are also like those in the males. Expanse of females, 23 to 22 mm., average 26 mm. Type material: HOLOTYPE male, Cherry Flat Reservoir, Santa Clara County, California (J. W. TILDEN), 27 August 1949; ALLOTYPE female, Cherry Flat Dam, same area, collector, and date as holotype; 36 male and 32 female PARATYPES from the following locations: Cherry Flat Reser- IMB) The Lepidopterists’ News 197 eo 4m - “> / ] a ‘ a | 4 y che Plat 2eservoir j sansa ClATS fe., Gaatry Pier geeervene j uA Galtfornia yo tie r- Sante Clara Cty, foe S Sens RCS : 5 : Californie sti. 7- A Bi enone ne tee Top row: H. tildeni HOLOTYPE 6, Cherry Flat Reservoir, Santa Clara Go., Calif., Aug. 27, 1949 (J. W. TILDEN). Middle row: H. tildeni ALLOTYPE 9, Cherry Flat Dam, Santa Clara Co., Calif., Aug. 27, 1949 (J. W. TILDEN). Bottom: Male genitalia of H. tildeni. Cherry Flat Reservoir, Santa Clara Co., Calif., Sept. 27, 1949. Slide No. H100. 198 FREEMAN: Hesperia tildeni, n.sp. Vol.9: no.6 voir, one male, 27 September 1949, 10 males and two females, 27 August 1949; Cherry Flat Dam, eight females, 27 August 1949; Arroyo Bayo, 17 males and eight females, 8-17 September 1953; Mount Hamilton, one male, 30 May 1949, one male, 6 August 1949, four males and 10 females, 17 September 1953; Alum Rock Park, one male, 20 August 1950, and two fe- males, 7 September 1951; Isabel Creek, Mount Hamilton, one female, 17 July 1952; Saritoga, one female, 7 September 1943 (T. B. BLEVINS), all in Santa Clara County; Mocho Canyon, Alamida County, one male, 30 August 1949. Holotype and allotype are in the American Museum of Natural History. Paratypes will be deposited in the following collections: 10 pairs, J. W. TILDEN; two pairs, STALLINGS and TURNER, Caldwell, Kansas, two pairs, Los Angeles County Museum; two pairs, Yale University; one pair, Chicago Museum of Natural History; and remaining paratypes are in the collection of the author. This previously undescribed species is named for Dr. J. W. TILDEN who collected most of the specimens in the type series. On the upper side this species slightly resembles small specimens of Hesperia lindseyt (Holland) because of its washed out appearance due to the indistinct maculation and somewhat darker outer margin; however, on the lower side there is no resemblance between the two, especially on the sec- ondaries, where H. lindsey has a well defined and rather broad type of macu- lation on a light ground color, while the maculation of H. tildeni is reduced and the ground color is dark. The females show some similarities to Hesperia dodgez (Bell) on the lower side of the secondaries, as both have the chestnut brown ground color; however, the coloration is darker in H. dodgez. On the under side of the secondaries the general maculation in both sexes also some- what resembles that of dodgez, in that both species have the same generally reduced maculation and the spots are in the same areas. On the upper side of the males some of the specimens slightly resemble H. harpalus Edwards; however, they lack the brassy sheen which is present in that species. Hesperia tildenit may be distinguished from all other North American species of the genus by the following combination of characters: (1) size—this is the smallest species in the genus; (2) the generally washed out appearance on the upper side, with a rather dark marginal border; (3) the generally dark ground color on the under side of the secondaries; (4) the reduced maculation, which varies with some specimens. The male genitalia of t#ldeni are different from those of any of the known Hesperia. The uncus is somewhat similar to that structure in dodge; how- ever the claspers are different in three respects: (1) there is a deep excava- tion on the dorsal side just posterior to the proximal and distal teeth; (2) the teeth are close together and one-fourth longer than those of dodgez; and (3) the base of the distal tooth is unevenly curved on the posterior side, while in dodgez it is evenly curved abruptly downward. 1335 Overhill Drive, Garland, Texas, U. S. A. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 199 ON THE PHYLOGENETIC RELATIONS IN THE BISTONINZ (GEOMET- RIDA), WITH SPECIAL REGARD TO PCCILOPSIS by DALIBOR POVOLNY and JOSEF NOSEK In our recent work (Povolny & Nosek, 1954) we tried to illustrate the position of Peecilopsis isabelle Harrison and its .zoogeographic character. This was possible only in simultaneous comparison of several groups of the geometrid subfamily Bistonine, which resulted in some important viewpoints on the phylogenetical relations of this group. To illustrate them with special regard to the genus Peecilopsis Harrison is the theme of this study. It is an agreeable duty to thank Dr. T. N. FREEMAN for providing us the single non- European species of Peecilopsis—P. rachele Hulst—which we could not obtain in European institutions and for his very kind help in our work. HARRISON was the first author pointing to the great heterogeny of the old genus Biston Leach, towards the beginning of this century. In 1915 PROUT (in Seitz) gave a more progressive systematical conception of the Bistonine, if we compare it with that one of the older authors (STAUDINGER, SPULER, and others), though he does not include P. zsabella. This conception by PROUT was based mostly upon external morphology (venation, legs and their spines, palpi, proboscis, etc.), and in limited dimension also upon anatomical criteria, though Pierce has in 1914 already published a good analysis of the genitalia of the British Bistonine. Pointing to the work mainly of HARRISON, PIERCE, and of other authors, similarly as to our own study, we do not intend to give once more a detailed morphological description of the single species, but we shall instead discuss the known facts from the viewpoint of phylogeny. It is evident that the present Bistonine consist substantially of two large groups of genera and species. The first group contains older and mostly isolated species and genera. They all have a bifurcated ending of the uncus and mostly differentiated male genitalia. Two branches can be distinguished in this group. The first contains the forms related to Bzston strataria Hfn. and Amphidasis betularia L., the second being certainly congeneric with the first. It seems very probable that these are simultaneously the forms connecting the Bistoninz with the Ennomine (through Gonodontis), as indicated in 1913. This is shown in the presence of the wings in both sexes, and in the ecology, as Biston appear much later than other Bistonina, which appear mostly in the early spring. The other branch of the first group is represented by genera and species such as Phigalia (pedaria F.), Macrobiston, and Apocheima (hispidaria Schiff.). These belong to the true Bistoninae and represent their older forms. The second group is represented by the relatively very homogeneous forms of monophyletic origin, which must be also much younger than the first group. This is shown in their surprising morphological uniformity and simple genitalia. These forms are concentrated in three genera representing the single branches of development of this group. These genera are Lycia Hbn., Nyssia Dup. (Ithysia Hbn.) and Peecilopsis, of which many forms are of strict- ly European origin. The close relation of this group is shown not only in morphology but also genetically, because most species tend to rich hybridization. 200 POVOLNY & NOSEK: Peecilopsis Vol.9: no.6 In contrast to the first group, whose members are distributed on the enormous Palearctic area and penetrate also northern America, the distribution of many members of the second group is more limited, and some are strictly European. (ix ant Hiren} ANG wi a Top, P. lapponaria; second, P. pomonaria; third, P. isabelle; bottom, P. rachele. (Female signum burse left; male genitalia right.) 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 201 Ecologically the two groups also differ greatly. Whereas members of the first group feed only on trees, those of the second are in their majority adapted to herbaceous plants. The first group are, indeed, forest-forms; in the second group inhabitants of prairies prevail. The oldest forms of the second group are contained in the genus Lycza (hirtaria and ursaria) representing the surviving branch of the primitive early Bistonina. The second two branches (Nyssia and Peecilopsis) are the youngest genera of the Bistoninz. HARRISON (1913) considered Peecilopsis younger than Nyssza, but it is very difficult to decide exactly the relative age of these two groups. Much more, it seems that they are both young, independent parallel branches of the Bistoninz. C) Poecilopsis +) Nyssia Okycia ©)Apocheima Ohigalia aD Obiston ©) Gonodontis © Ennomos The species of Nyssta are decided inhabitants of herbaceous growth and centered in central Europe, whereas Lycia and Biston (s. str.) are of Siberian origin. HARRISON (1913) considered Nyssia zonaria Schiff. the most special- ized Nyssia. It is to point, however, that this species has a wider distribution than all other Nyssa and is rather polyphagous. The circumstances show that N. zonaria is an eurytopic species, whereas the other Nyssza are specialised stenotopic forms of the Alps and of the mountains of the Balkans. Some of them are 7 statu nascendi, representing plastic and recently originating forms. Peecilopsis contains four species (pomonaria Hbn., isabelle, lapponaria Boisd., and rachele), P. pomonaria being original and comparatively isolated. Morphologically the species are very close, but evidently P. pomonaria is closely related to P. isabella, whereas P. lapponaria and P. rachele are in development. In contrast to Nyssia, which are oligophagous, Peecilopsis are substantially polyphagous forms inhabiting various trees of forests and plants in the boreal prairies. Though we can see the tendency to foodplant specialization in some of them, it is evident that they must have been polyphagous, as most of them they can be reared on Betula, Crategus, Salix, etc. The broadest polyphagy is seen in P. pomonaria, feeding mostly various forest trees (Quercus, Crategus, 202 POVOLNY & NOSEK: Peecilopsis Vol.9: no.6 but also Malus, etc.), whereas P. zsabelle is specialised on Larix. P. lapponartia feeds on various herbs (Erica, Calluna), but also trees (Betula, Crategus), and about P. rachele HARRISON writes that this species “has a similar weakness for dwarf willows on the prairies’. It seems that P. pomonaria is the derivate of the ancestral Peecilopsis-form living in the Eurasiatic forest-zone of mild cli- mate. The specialization of these forms in the European region on the decidu- ous conifer Larix produced P. isabella. The populations of the boreal forests developed to P. lapponaria in Europe and to P. rachele in northern America. Some authors have presumed that P. lapponaria and P. isabelle in Europe are of boreoalpine history and of postglacial origin. Respecting not the fact that P. isabelle Harr. is related more with P. pomonaria Hbn. than with P. lapponaria Boisd., we see further convincing facts showing the contrary. BEIRNE (1947) proved that even much longer periods than Holocene (about 20,000 years) were not sufficient for developing species by the isolation of P. lapponaria and Nyssta zonaria in the British Isles, where the presence of P. lapponaria is from the first wiirm-stadial (120,000 years) and of N. zonaria from the first wiirm-interstadial age (80,000 years), building races differing little from the continental populations. P. isabelle is closely dependent upon the European Larix, which has nothing to do with the European glacial-period, and their histories are in common. P. isabelle was carried beyond the original area of the European Larix by the activity of the man, and in certain secondary habitats it may cause great damage on its foodplant. It is to be decided, finally, what route brought P. rachele to its present native country. The close relation- ship between P. lapponaria and P. rachele, and the present known distribution of P. lapponaria suggest the possible historical connection through the presumed continental bridge of Iceland and the present islands of the northern Atlantic. However, the eastern distribution of P. lapponaria and its limits in Europe or Asia, and the western distribution of P. rachele in Canada are not known. It is to be concluded that Bistonine are of Angarian origin. The diffe- renciation of the first group (Béston, Phigalia, Apochetma) must have been finished in the upper Pliocene there. Towards its end the mighty stream of the Angarian fauna was drawn westwards by the climatic changes of the starting glacial and in the European region the specialization and development of the Bistoninz was continued in the Pleistocene by the origin of Nyssza and Po- cilopsis. The first of them developed by specialisation to the herbaceous vegeta- tion in the Alps and Balkans. The second originated in the forests of central and northern Europe. The origin and distribution of Peecilopsis rachele tre- quires further study. References Beirne B.P., 1947. The origin and history of the British Macro-Lepidoptera. Trans. Royal Ent. Soc. London 98: 273-372. Harrison J.W.H., 1913. The hybrid Bistonina. Etudes Lép. Comp. 7: 343-482. Nosek, J., & D. Povolny, 1954. Vvznamny Skudce modfinu Paecilopsis isabelle Harr. [Paecilopsis isabelle Harr. als Larchenschadling]. Folia Zool. Ent. 3(17): 13-36 [contains the complete references to this work]. Institute of Applied Entomology, Zemédélska 1, Brno, CZECHOSLOVAKIA 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 203 Poe PE LY FOR EREED: COLLECTORS (Under the supervision of JAMES R. MERRITT) EDITORIAL NOTE In the last issue of the News an editorial announcement outlined the plans of the committee to promote a special section of the News for field collectors. In response I received a number of provocative and thoughtful letters for which the committee is grateful. These letters contained a multitude of excellent suggestions which eventually will be reflected on these pages. It is a pleasure also to report the generous way in which the expert lepidop- terists replied to pleas for articles. In this issue appears the first one of a series of articles on collecting lo- calities. Some of the localities are famous and others are comparatively un- known. To achieve as much variety as possible in these articles and to exploit the imagination and ingenuity of the authors, no form or content was pre- scribed for the locality series. Some of the articles are in the nature of col- lecting guides while others deal with geology, flora, climate, and lists of species. Because the spring collecting season begins earliest in the South, it is ap- propriate to start the series with an account of collecting in southern Florida. The committee contemplates some commentaries on techniques both basic and unusual. Drs. C. A. CLARKE and P. M. SHEPPARD were kind enough to prepare a paper describing in some detail the important hand-pairing tech- nique. This article will appear soon in the News. WILLIAM E. SIEKER of Wisconsin, who specializes in the Sphingide, has agreed to join the committee for this section of the News. JAMES R, MERRITT, University of Louisville, Louisville, Ky., U. S. A. ONE DAY’S SPECIES IN THE FRENCH ALPS Even if my results do not reach the same number (38) of butterfly species caught in one day by Dr. REMINGTON, partly because I had only occasion to collect during short intervals in the course of an automobile trip in the French Alps, I think it might interest American lepidopterists to know how many butterfly species may be taken in a single day in Europe. The day was not precisely the best collecting day of the season, being June 30, 1955, and in Europe as in the United States mid-July is by far the best time of the year. The district was the Massif de la Grande Chartreuse which is located between Geneva in Switzerland and Grenoble in Eastern France, a genuine mountain locality densely grown with deciduous forests with numerous clearings where grass and flowers are found in profusion. The trip was not very long, some 15 miles in either direction, so that the territory covered was rather limited. The species taken were the following: PAPILIONIDA. — Parnassius apollo, comm. PIERIDA. — Aporia crategi, v. comm.; Leptidea sinapis, rare. 204 ESPECIALLY FOR sGOELEGITORS Vol. ne:5 SATYRIDA. — Erebia ceme, t. comm.; Melanargia galathea, v. comm.; Hipparchia fagi, tare; Brintesta circe, comm.; Aphantopus hyperanthus, comm.; Lopinga achine, comm.; Maniola jurtina, comm.; Cenonympha arcania, comm.; C. pamphilus, v. comm. NYMPHALIDA. — Aglais urtice, r. comm.; Inachis io, 1 spec.; Melitea diamina, comm.; M. britomartis, rather rare; M. athalia, comm.; M. parthenoides, not rare; M. phacbe, a few; M. didyma, r. comm.; Mesoacidalia charlotta, comm. LYCANIDA. — Strymon ilicis, r. comm.; Palwochrysophanus hippothoe, v. comm.; Heodes virgauree, | spec.; Cupido minimus, a few; C. sebrus, a few; Aricia agestis, comm.; Eumedonia chiron, a few; Cyaniris semiargus, tr. comm.; Polyommatus icarus, v. comm.; Lysandra escheri, 1 spec.; L. bellargus, r. comm.; L. argester, 1 spec. HESPERIUDA. — Adopewa lineola, +. comm.; A. silvester, comm.; Thymelicus acteon, comm.; Ochlodes venata, comm. The total number of species is 37, but the day before I found at nearly the same place another 4 species: Dira mera, sevetal; Pieris rape, 1 spec.; Melitwa deione, 1 spec.; Coenonympha tullia, many. A thorough search of the territory, including the tops of the mountains, could not have failed to reveal another half a dozen species which are bound to high altitudes. T. W. LANGER, Royal Library, Copenhagen, DENMARK NOTES ON COLLECTING LEPIDOPTERA IN SOUTHERN FLORIDA! by FRANK N. YOUNG If you are planning a collecting trip to Florida try to travel by automobile if you possibly can. Stop off at Merritt's Island and explore the pine flatwoods and sandy barrens along the way. The northern area of the state produces many interesting insects. The rare Atrytone berry: is found in the pine flatwoods, and Megaythymus cofaqui sometimes hovers about clumps of yucca (March- April). At Fort Myers, Okeechobee, or West Palm Beach the Sabalian Biotic District, which covers most of northern Florida, blends with the subtropical region. The characteristic cabbage palms, saw palmettos, and live oaks give way in part to trees, shrubs, grasses, and herbs of more tropical affinities. Many Florida species never even stray as far north as the Ohio; but in the subtropical areas species after species traces back to the Neotropics, and it seems that collectors are turning up new records for the United States every day. ‘These notes are intended primarily for the use of the amateur, not the profes- sional entomologist. It is assumed that A. B. KLOTS’ invaluable Field Guide to the Butterflies will be available, and it is suggested that road maps be supplemented with county maps in areas where you plan to collect intensively. Excellent county maps can be obtained from the State Highway Commission, Tallahassee, Florida, or at various surveyors’ offices in the larger towns. See the appendix for notes on camping, poison- ous snakes, mosquitoes, etc. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 205 The subtropical region in Florida is variously delimited by different authorities. Some place its northern edge as far north as the valley of the Kissimmee River. Others mark it more conservatively as south of a line extending from about Naples to southern Palm Beach County. None of this area, except the lower Florida Keys, is frost free, but the coastal districts approach tropical conditions during most of the year. The best time for collecting, in my experience, is from April through August. May, June, and July are probably the best months. True, some hardy species, such as Heliconius charttonius, overwinter, but even they are gradually depleted by cold and drought. December, January, and February are generally poor, although you will probably find something of interest on the wing throughout the year. It is hard to find a time when every possible species will be flying, but you should find from 25 to 50 interesting butterflies in a two-week period dur- ing any of the spring or summer months. THE NORTHERN AND CENTRAL EVERGLADES: If you drive down U. S. Highway 1 you will not only be in the most thickly populated part of south Florida, but will miss the Everglades entirely. Therefore, I suggest that you take either U. S. 27 or U. S. 41. On either of these routes you will pass through portions of the true Everglades still in nearly natural condition. U. S. 27 crosses the northern Everglades between Belle Glade and Miami. Here the sawgrass marsh is the principal vegetational type, and you will find the best collecting along the edges of the road or on the limestone spoil banks of the canals. The latter are often grown up with dense stands of the white flowered Spanish Needle (Bidens leucantha) and seem to concentrate large numbers of skippers and other butterflies. The wild figs which line the canals attract Marpesia petreus thetys, and the edges of the canals may produce numbers of Anartia jathrophe guantanamo whose larve feed on water purslane (Isnardia sp.). Clumps of willows nearly always attract a few Limenitis archippus floridensis, and the roadside weeds may swarm with its model, Danaus gilippus berenice. Papilio palamedes may also be abundant here since its larva feed on magnolias in the Bay Tree hammocks of the Everglades. (June, excellent; July, good; August, fair; December, poor.) * U. S. 41, east from Fort Myers, passes through somewhat different country. Mainly it is the complex flatwoods, gladeland, hammocks, and cypress swamps along the southern edge of the Big Cypress. Again the roadsides and spoil banks will probably be the most productive collecting places. At Monroe Station, about 50 miles southeast of Naples, I suggest that you turn south and follow Florida “Highway” 94. This is a rough road, but perfectly safe even in the wettest weather, and it leads through some of the wildest of the central Everglades. After the road turns back to the east the area to the north is outside the Everglades National Park, and there are many tropical "Dates in parentheses at end of paragraphs indicate times at which the writer has collected in the areas mentioned. They may help to predict the success you can expect. 206 ESPECIALLY FOR COLERCTORS Vol.9: no.6 hardwood hammocks in which the brilliant tree snails rival the butterflies. The area is often referred to as “Pinecrest.” The edges of some of the ham- mocks can be reached from the roadside and offer good collecting. Papilio cresphontes, P. palamedes, P. troilus tloneus, P. glaucus australis, Limenitis, Danaus, Heliconius, Marpesia, Agraulis vanille nigrior, Asterocampa clyton flora, Appias drusilla neumoeegenu, Ascia monuste, and a variety of lycanids and skippers may be expected. (January, poor; August, fair.) The marl prairies in the “Pinecrest” area are particularly interesting for the day-flying moths of the family Amatide. The wasp-like Syntomeida ipomoea is sometimes found on the flowers of the Buttonbush, and Cosmosoma and others fly among the grasses and herbs. Among the butterflies, Ewptychia aveolata and Lephelisca virgimiensis are often common, but the open glades are much poorer in species than the edges of the hammocks. (January, fair; July, excellent; August-September, fair.) East of the “Pinecrest” area to Miami, the highway crosses another portion of the Everglades similar to that along U. S. 27. Here again the fig trees, roadside weedbeds, and canal edges may prove interesting. MIAMI AND VICINITY: There were formerly many fine collecting places within or close to the city of Miami, but the human population has increased so rapidly in recent years that it is now difficult to find even a small patch of natural vegetation. However, some tropical species, especially those whose larve feed on introduced plants, are commoner in the city than anywhere else. Pheebis philea, for example, is most abundant around plant- ings of the Golden Shower Tree and seldom occurs in hammocks or pinelands far from houses. Papilio polydamas lucayus, although less strictly urbanized, is rare away from the cultivated Pipe Vine (Aristolochia). The skipper, Asbolus capucinus is nearly always found near plantings of Coconut or Royal Palms. It did not become common around Miami until after World War II, but in places its larva are now important economic pests. (March-July, excellent; August-October, fair; November-February, poor.) Vacant lots, grown up with stands of Bidens and other weeds, may be worth looking over. Strymon columella is nearly always abundant on the flowers of Bidens. Eurema messalina subsp.?, Anteos marula, and Hypolimnas misippus are species which seem to have been taken only in such situations around Miami. (March-July, good; August-February, fair to poor.) BRICKELL HAMMOCK: The large hammock which formerly extend- ed for more than a mile south from the Miami River is now nearly destroyed, but patches still remain where some collecting can be done. Simpson Park, at the corner of south Miami Avenue and 14th Road, contains a portion of the original hammock through which trails have been cut. Metamorpha stelenes, which now seems to be an established migrant, was abundant there in June of 1947. Ewnica tatila tatilista and E. monima may also be encountered along the trails. Marpesia, Heliconius, Papilio cresphontes, Phacbis agarithe maxima, Appias, Ascia, Polygonus lividus savigny, and Pyrgus syrictus are abundant at almost any time of the year. (March-July, excellent; August, fair, December, poor.) 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 207 Those who, like the writer, prefer to swing their net without worrying about the feelings of park superintendents, may find collecting places in the fragments of hammock on private property in other places. Recent clearings, if they can be found, are often extremely productive. The parkway on Brickell Avenue, just south of the approaches to the Rickenbacker Causeway, is one of my favorite spots. A typical hour’s catch in June in this area in 1947 included: Papilio polydamas lucayus, P. cresphontes, P. palamedes, P. troilus tlioneus, Hemiargus thomast, Leptotes cassius theonus, Strymon m-album, S. cecrops, S. melinus, Appias, Ascia, Phoebis agarithe maxima, P. philea, P. statira floridensis, Agraulis, Heliconius, Marpesia, Polygonus, and others. (March- July, fair to excellent; August, good; September, fair; December-January, poor to fair.) Papilio aristodemus ponceanus, P. andremon bonhotet, Lycorella ceres, and Marpesta chiron are rarities which have been taken or may be expected in Brickell Hammock. The limestone bluffs and bay shore along Brickell Hammock are in- teresting collecting places if you can get to them. The Buttonwood Mangrove, when in bloom in June and July, attracts many insects including Strymon meesites and S. martialis (See Young, Ent. News 48: 80-81; 1938). The Black Mangrove, which also blooms in June and July, may attract Kricogonia lyside, but this species seems to be commoner on the islands across the bay (See Young, Ent. News 49: 115; 1939). Anca floridalis, Danaus gilippus berenice, Phyciodes frisia, Hemiargus thomast, and Agraulis are more abundant along the bluffs than elsewhere. Here also may be found the day-flying moth Composia fidellisima vagrans, and the Red Mangroves attract Phocides batabano and several interesting moths. (June-August, excellent to fair.) The larve of Phoebis statira floridensis feed on the large bean vine, Ecastophyllum ecastophyllum, which forms great jungle-like tangles behind the dunes along beaches or on the bayshore. There used to be a stand of this plant at the western end of what is now the Rickenbacker Causeway, and P. statira was nearly always found about it from March to August. Simi- lar stands of the plant are found north along the coast and can often be recognized by the bright yellow males of statzra which hover over them. The Brickell Hammock area is an excellent collecting place for moths. Several rare species have been found at light or feeding on flowers in the evening. Beds of the common periwinkle and the flowers of the male papaya attract many sphinx moths, including the giant Cocytiws anteus. (June-August, fair to excellent.) PINELANDS AND HAMMOCKS SOUTH OF MIAMI: U. S. Highway 1 turns inland in Brickell Hammock, and more interesting country can be reached by continuing on into Coconut Grove and picking up the Old Cutler Road (also called Ingraham Highway ). Matheson Hammock about five miles south of Coconut Grove is part of a county park. The hammock is mostly west of the highway, and numerous trails offer collecting similar to that in Brickell Hammock. East of the road is an extensive area of mangroves and salt marsh situations. The zone in 208 ESPECIALLY FOR COLLECTORS Vol.9: no.6 which the coastal marshes reach the rocky ridge is often productive of species not found commonly elsewhere. (July, good.) Chapman Field, a plant introduction garden of the U. S. Department of Agriculture may be explored with profit. It is about four miles south of Matheson Hammock park, and contains extensive plantings of exotic trees and other plants. (August, fair.) Still farther south along Old Cutler Road, the hammock along Black Creek used to be worth a stop, but it was being partly cleared in the Summer of 1955 and will probably soon be gone entirely. (June-July, good.) All along the Old Cutler Road, fairly extensive areas of the rocky pine- lands in natural condition may be encountered. These will probably disappear in a few years if the trend toward “rock farming” does not change. The pinelands are not as rich in species as the hammocks, but several interesting butterflies are characteristic. Ewmceus atala florida was formerly abundant, but it is now nearly or quite extinct in Florida. Records of its reoccurrence would be worth a published note. The wild croton plants often attract Strymon acis bartrami, one of the prettiest of the hairstreaks. Hemzargus ceraunus antibubastus and Eurema daira daira form jucunda are also characteristics, often being found at the flowers of the sensitive briar. Papzlio marcellus is common in the spring in areas where the Dwarf Pawpaw, Ptyothamnus spp., gtows. The pinelands are often interrupted by marl prairies, now mostly under cultivation, which formed the drainways of the Everglades. They offer col- lecting similar to that found at “Pinecrest.” (June-August, fair to excellent.) AREA WEST OF GOULDS: |The Old Cutler Road’ joins Gasaeme ar Goulds. West of here along Silver Palm Drive are many good Pineland and marl prairie situations. North of Silver Palm Drive, Kingman Road runs through hammocks which are good collecting places. Continuing west, you should turn south on Krome Avenue. Just east of this road on Bauer Drive are interesting oak hammocks, and Timb’s Hammock is just to the east but now hard to get into. (January, fair to poor; March-July, excellent. ) HOMESTEAD AND FLORIDA CITY: Continuing on through Home- stead, you will end up in Florida City. This area has never been particularly interesting to me, but Mrs. MARGUERITE S. FORSYTH, who lived there for many years, found many unusual species. Hammocks, pinelands, and marl prairies in the vicinity are similar to those already mentioned. PINELANDS EAST OF EVERGLADES NATIONAL PARK: Continu- ing from Florida City toward the Everglades National Park, you will pass through some fine pineland of a different type from that farther north. Much of this area is being destroyed by the “rock farms,” but oak hammocks, sink- holes in the pinelands, and the edges of borrow pits may offer different types of habitats. Eurema neda should be looked for here. According to KLOTS it prefers the shrubby borders of hammocks and does not fly in the open as does the common /isa. (July, excellent; August-September, fair.) ROYAL PALM HAMMOCK: The old Royal Palm Hammock is now within the Everglades Park. Before attempting to collect, one must obtain clearance from the park authorities in Homestead. Collecting is allowed L955 The Lepidopterists’ News 209 for teaching or museum purposes, but most collectors, like the writer, do not qualify. The hammock has many fine “jungle trails’ along which species similar to those noted for Brickell Hammock can be found. Among the rarities to look for is Diethria clymena, the “88” butterfly, collected there in 1944 by P. G. HOWEs. This is probably the only authentic record for this species in the United States. Another interesting species is Eurema nisa perimede (determined by W. D. FIELD) which was collected in the hammock by Mrs. C. N. GRIMSHAWE in December, 1946. It closely resembles eda, but differs in lacking the black border of the hind wing, the border being replaced by small black spots at the juncture of the veins with the margin. (March-August, fair to excellent. ) LONG PINE KEY: At the western edge of Royal Palm Hammock, a rock road turns northwest and leads onto Long Pine Key. This was one of the Everglades Keys which were islands before the drainage of the Ever- glades. Most of the area along the road is outside the park, and hammock edges, pinelands, and deep marshy sloughs are possible collecting places. It was in the pinelands on this island that Ewmaus atala florida was last found about 1935. Euptychia areolata is often abundant in the damper pinelands, and Limenitis archippus floridensis is nearly always abundant. Syntomezda tpomoea may also be found at flowers of the Buttonbush along the edges of the marl prairies. (January, fair; June-July, excellent; November-December, poor.) CAPE SABLE REGION: Returning toward Royal Palm Hammock, the southwest fork of the road leads to Cape Sable. All of the Cape is now within the park. Collecting on the salty marl prairie near Flamingo used to be very good. Brephidium pseuofea, Precis lavinia zonalis, and many other butterflies and skippers are abundant. I have seen literally clouds of Ascia monuste over the prairie, and P. /. zonalis guards its little territory as jealously as does our familiar caenia. (June-July, good.) KEY LARGO: In order to continue on to the Florida Keys, you will have to return to Florida City and follow U. S. 1. The first large island, about 21 miles southeast of Florida City, is Key Largo. There is generally good collecting almost anywhere along the road here, but I suggest that you get away from the traffic by turning north on the old highway and going to the north end of the island. The roadsides through the great Key Largo hammock probably offer the richest collecting place for Lepidoptera in Florida. Dryas julia nudeola (March-June?) is one species which you should find in abundance. Composia fidellisima vagrans sometimes almost swarms along with other day-flying moths. Many West Indian skippers and other butter- flies have been recorded only from this area in Florida. (March-July, fair to excellent; August, fair; September-February, poor to good.) UPPER AND LOWER MATECUMBE KEY: Going on down U. S. 1, you will cross a series of keys. Most of them are labelled by roadsigns so that you can locate yourself easily. Lower Matecumbe lies just north of the first long “overseas” bridge. The hammock on the north end of the island 210 ESPECIALLY \ BOR: CQELECTORS Vol.9: no.6 is in fairly natural condition, and you will probably want to stop here to look for Papilio aristodemus ponceanus. Don’t worry about KLOTS’ admonition on conservation too much. You will probably be happy if you SEE even one specimen. Brephidium pseudofea is common in the salt flats on both Upper and Lower Matecumbe, and many other things will be found on Bidens and other flowers. Danaus eresimus is a rarity which should be looked for on the Keys. MARSTON BATES suggests that the way to find it is to capture every Danaus gilippus-like butterfly possible and examine them care- fully before letting them go. (June-July, good.) KEY VACA: Key Vaca in the Middle Keys is now so built up that collecting places are becoming scarce. Recent clearings are productive if they can be found. Metamorpha stelenes is occasionally found, probably as a stray from the Bahamas. Eurema daira palmira occurs on Key Vaca, and the true elathea may also turn up someday. (July-August, good.) BIG PINE KEY: Big Pine, the largest of the Lower Keys, is my favor- ite collecting place, but it is not particularly enticing to the lepidopterist. The peculiar pinelands are productive of some interesting things, however, and Bahaman and West Indian species may be expected. The island formerly had several well-developed hammock systems, but these have been all but destroyed by recurrent fires. Little Pine Key, which can only be reached by boat, probably shows the conditions which formerly prevailed on Big Pine, No Name, and the other large keys. It is so densely grown up with palms, hammock, and other plants that it is all but impossible to walk across it. The wonderful cactus growths along the southern point of Big Pine are in- teresting, and the beach hammock association here might harbor unsuspected prizes. (June-July, good; August-September, fair.) KEY WEST: Key West itself is not very good for collecting since there is practically no open ground, but just to the north the botanical garden and edges of the golf course on Stock Island are good to fair. There is also a new road which runs across the outer edge of Boca Chica, the Saddlebunch Keys, and Sugarloaf where hammock, salt marsh, and other conditions may be encountered. A number of rare strays have been recorded from Key West and vicinity, but in general the collecting is inferior to that to be found farther north. Papilio aristodemus ponceanus has been recorded from Key West, in fact the late AUSTIN CLARK informed me that JOHN W. CADBURY, 3rd, checked the specimen in the Philadelphia Academy, and it proves to be the specimen figured by HOLLAND (Pl. LXX) and labelled “Papilio ponceanus Schaus, typical from Miami, Florida.” If there were not a specimen in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard, collected in Coconut Grove by G. B. FAIRCHILD and his sister, this in my mind would throw doubt on the occurrence of ponceanus on the mainland. (June-July, good; September, fair. ) On returning to Miami, you may want to go north by way of U. S. Highway 1. Most of the area along this road is urbanized, but collecting places can be reached by turning off either to the east or west. PINELANDS BETWEEN MIAMI AND DANIA:. The pinelands north of Miami between U. S. 1 and U. S. 441 used to be grown up with extremely O55 The Lepidopterists’ News 211 dense stands of the saw palmetto. Many fragments of this association can still be found. In the late spring and summer, the Tar Flower (Befaria racemosa) puts up flower heads above the palmettos, and many butterflies are attracted to them. Some of the more open areas are the best of collecting places for skippers. (March-August, excellent; December, poor.) COASTAL AREA NORTH OF MIAMI BEACH: It is almost hopeless to try to collect on the Miami Beach peninsula, but by driving north along Florida AlA the open beach and natural dunes can be reached in places. Stands of Ecastophyllum ecastophyllum often grow between the dunes and the mangroves along the bayshore, and should be examined for Phaebis statira floridensis. Eurema lisa sometimes appears in migratory swarms similar to those observed in the Bahamas. Migrations of Ascza monuste and Agraulis vanille nigrior may also be observed in this area from March through May. (See Erik Tetens Nielsen & Astrid Tetens Nielsen, American Mus. Novitates, No. 1471, 1950, for an interesting account of migration in Ascza.) (July, excellent.) FORT LAUDERDALE AND VICINITY: Marston BATES collected around Fort Lauderdale for a number of years, and recorded many interesting species. West of the city, and along U. S. 441, are pinelands and hammocks where northern and tropical plants intermingle. Papilio palamedes and other species may be more abundant here than farther south. Isoparce cupressi, the cypress sphinx, may be found rarely around cypress ponds or swamps. East of Fort Lauderdale, Florida Highway A1A parallels the Atlantic beach for some distance. Hammocks and dunes may be good collecting places. (July, good; August-September, fair.) At West Palm Beach, U. S. 441 turns inland to Belle Glade and crosses the great Loxahatchee Slough of the northern Everglades. Here as along other roads through the Everglades, the roadside weedbeds will probably be the best collecting spots. And so we say goodbye to the land of the Everglades. In the words of the Seminoles, “Wa lox-ee-ojus!” Good hunting! APPENDIX: SOME GENERAL HINTS Camping: Camping in southern Florida is somewhat difficult, but throughout the northern part of the state many excellent campsites are avail- able. A list of state parks with camping facilities can be obtained from the Florida Board of Parks and Historical Monuments at Tallahassee, Florida. In many areas, however, campsites on unposted ground can be found almost anywhere. I usually take an Army Surplus jungle hammock with a light blanket for summer camping, and a light sleeping bag with mosquito net and frame and a tarapaulin for winter. Tourist courts are, of course, every- where, and summer rates are usually reasonable. Poisonous Snakes: The dangers from rattlesnakes and other poisonous serpents is greatly over-rated, but it pays to look where you are walking. A snake bite kit may be comforting to play with while you are getting to 212 ESPECIALLY “FOR = GOELEGIORS Vol.9: no.6 the nearest hospital in case you are bitten. Stop off at Ross Allen’s Reptile Institute at Silver Springs if you want to be sure to see Florida rattlesnakes. Mosquitoes: On the Florida Keys, Cape Sable, and in other southern areas mosquitos are often very bad during the summer months. Repellents, such as 612 or dimethyl pthalate, should be used freely. Oil of citronella is prac- tically useless. Mosquito-borne diseases are not important in Florida today. Sandflies may be annoying in places, but can be inhibited with 612. An aerosol bomb to spray the inside of your mosquito net or tent if you are camping is highly desirable. Mites and Venomous and Urticating Arthropods: The liberal application of 612 or benzyl benzoate to ankles and pants legs, cuffs, neckbands and other openings in the clothing will usually prevent the unpleasant effects pro- duced by “red bugs” or “chiggers.” Urticating caterpillars and venomous at- thropods are not very common. Spirits of ammonia or household ammonia is useful in reducing pain from bites of scorpions, wasps, bees, etc. Ammonia is particularly valuable in relieving the itching and pain of stings of the little fire ants which are bad in some areas. Hints on Collecting: The best seasons for collecting in Florida are, unfortunately, the wettest, and you must protect your specimens from molds and ants. A convenient method of drying specimens is to place them in cigar boxes which can be suspended above your car motor until thoroughly dried. Specimens put into tight containers without drying are usually cov- vered with mold and ruined in a few days. Naphthalene flakes seem to be somewhat more effective in inhibiting molds than paradichlorobenzene, but the latter gives better protection against ants. Cyanide bottles often get very damp and ruin many specimens, so that I prefer to kill butterflies with xylol carried in a small vial. They can then be immediately placed in small drug envelopes and stored in cigar boxes. This obviates much tedious sorting in the evening also. Nets should be as large and as sturdy as you can make them. They will take a terrific beating in the dense vegetation. An extension handle is often needed to reach some of the high-flying species. Baiting: Baiting and sugaring are not as effective in south Florida as in many northern states, but a mixture of molasses, rum, and bananas often attracts swarms of the giant noctuid, Erebus odora. A Word of Caution: If you cannot come to Florida yourself and are contemplating buying specimens for your collection, be sure that you are dealing with reliable people. In former years some unscrupulous persons made a practice of selling South American and West Indian species as being from Florida. Be wary of anything marked “Chokoloskee, Florida.” Chokoloskee is an island south of the town of Everglade, near the western edge of the Everglades National Park. It is a fair collecting place, but hardly worth the expense of a visit. Similar conditions can be found at many places along the west coast from Naples south. Dept of Zoology, Indiana University, Bloomington, Ind., U. S. A. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 213 BOOK REVIEW MOTHS. By E. B. Ford. xix + 266 pp., 56 pls. (32 colored). 1955. Publisher: Collins, London. Available from E. W. Classey, 91 Bedfont Lane, Feltham, Middlesex, England, and other British booksellers, at 35s, plus postage. (Also published 1n America by The Macmillan Co., 60 Fifth Ave., New York, N. Y., U. S. A., at $7.50.) This is a continuation and supplement of the work entitled ‘Butterflies’, by the same author and publisher. It likewise is intended to present all those biological problems which can be properly shown by the Lepidoptera, but in this case assuming that specifically moths are the material of study, and that the interested reader will turn back to the volume on butterflies for the details already presented in it. But enough background is given here so that one can get a clear picture with this volume alone. In the butterfly volume it was possible to illustrate all the few British forms, in- cidental to the more biological discussion, but with the many times larger moth fauna this clearly cannot be done; the plates do manage to show a great many of the British moths, both common and rare, — but only those large enough to be shown well by natural size photographs, either in color or in black and white. The micros, while a few ate mentioned in the text, do not appear in the pictures. I might say that the late CLYDE FISHER had made preliminary arrangements with me to prepare a corresponding work based on the American moths. After his death we heard nothing more, and looking on the present volume, I say frankly that I couldn't have done it! While the butterfly volume illustrated all the British species, the present one only covers a hundred or two of the moth species, so that they serve to a more definite degree as illustrations of the biological laws discussed, than of the fauna as such. The text, as with the preceding volume, is definitely devoted to the laws and the known biological facts: ‘Moths’ means definitely ‘the known laws of biology as illustrated by the British moths’. Physiology, genetics (including polymorphism), protective devices, pests, geography, melanism and population and extinction are taken in turn, but the two fields presented richly and almost exhaustively are genetics and geography. In these two fields no other work can give anything like so clear a picture of what we know, and so clear a hint of what we can next hope to find out. Now for a few more specific comments. The first is aimed at the editors: why could not the plates have been given a single numbering? With the double numbering and the irregular placing (no doubt due to the problem of binding) one has to refer back to the two lists of plates every time he wishes to turn from the mention of a moth to its illustration, and to the index every time he makes the reverse shift. There is nothing new about this, we have to do it with almost every book, but it is always a new irritation. Incidentally the plates are beautifully reproduced, and only occasionally the colored ones show the tinted veil so common in three-color work, or the black and white plates less sharpness of detail than we could hope for. In the author’s statement of the reason for neglecting the micro-Lepidoptera, he writes: ‘‘less suitable for these studies, being more difficult to handle’. I feel this is the reverse of the fact; at least one group of micros (the stored food pests) are on the whole easier to handle, and Ephestia at least has been used several times for genetic work just for that reason. There are other reasons that no doubt are the real ones, — they are less often collected by the amateur, with the result that we lack records of distribution and are more often plagued by misdetermined records. If you consider the related fact that many manuals omit them, I think you have two thirds of the story. I grant the other third: they are difficult to handle .. . as dried adults. I am sorry that the Kloet & Hincks check list was followed for the scientific names. It may be closer to the present rules than names previously used, but none of the familiar works on European moths have used it, and unless one has a popular 214 BOOK REVIEW Vol.9: no.6 English work that gives the more standard English names, he is often completely lost. At least the traditional scientific names should have appeared as synonyms. In the case of “Caradrinide” (instead of the traditional names of Noctuidae, Agrotide, or even ‘“Phalenide”) the word ‘“noctuid” appears on p. 233, but even there there is no indication that the “Plusiide’’ are also noctuid moths, Plwsia in fact differing from Caradrina probably far less than either differs from such a ‘“Plusiid” as Zanclognatha. Incidentally both larva and adult show that Callimorpha is not a Hypsid but a slightly aberrant Arctiid, hardly more than a subgenus of the American Haploa, which all workers put in the Arctiidae. The superfamily “Notodontoidea’” is also a complete mess, for the Notodontidz themselves are close to the Noctuide in egg, larva, and tympanum, while the geometers are something quite different (FORD lists the latter as five families); and the Polyplocida which are here listed in the Notodontoidea are hardly more than a subfamily of the Drepanidz, which stand as a superfamily by themselves. I also see GEOFFROY’S misprint of ‘Tin@a’’ preferred to the Linnazan and classical Latin ‘Tinea’. Incidentally the Psychide, which give the name to his Psychoidea, are much closer to the Tineidze than to the Zygzenide, which he groups with them. A very little study of Solenobia shows the situation. ] think when Dr. FORD discusses the relative uses of collections and studies, he should have emphasized the value of a collection as a record. Some one may later ask what you were really studying; a good photograph may tell the story, but a few specimens saved from a genetic study are much safer in such a genus as Ephestia. If ancient specimens had not been saved, who would have guessed that the “Army Worm” of western Europe is not one of the Asiatic or South American kinds, but actually the one from North America? There is a good chapter on industrial melanism; but I wish some one would give us a similar picture of the same phenomenon over here, known for many years about Pittsburgh, but now showing in hundreds of species well over the Northeast. I am not clear why the compound eye should be considered “rather inefficient.” Considering its size and the size of insects in general, it could hardly be more efficient. I should hardly say that butterfly antenne usually end in a “knob”; much more often there is merely a gradual swelling, and even this may be slight in some Satyrs. The combined character of swollen antenna and no frenulum will doubtless define a butterfly in Europe and the U.S., but I have often been embarrassed by some beginner who had got hold of a specimen of Urania. I think the question of bright colored hind wings and under sides, concealed at rest, is much more complicated than FORD would make it. Consider the Catocalas, night fliers but some of them easily flushed by day, and even more the yellow-winged Agrotids, so common in Europe, and so nearly absent in America, with no obvious explanation. Note that a couple of moths from Kerguelen Island alone have lost their wings in both sexes. They are only micros, but are believed to belong to at least two families winged in other parts of the world. The production of diffraction colors seems somewhat misstated or at least will be almost certainly misunderstood; for the bright structural colors, such as the blues and the green Foresters, are produced not by the minute striation, but by piles of thin super- imposed plates; the striation colors are never conspicuous, and usually overlooked. They can be seen however in some species by illuminating a specimen with a narrow beam of light, such as a ray of sunlight, in a dark place. It is easily distinguished by the fact the color changes with a small change of angle, while the thin-plate type remains about the same unless actually glancing viewing and illumination are used. As to killing, I understand that conditions are quite different in England, where it is traditionally hard to get cyanide, but I find it safe even with such very delicate greens as our Dichorda iridaria, while ammonia kills erratically and changes many other colors. The Colias ‘blue’ mutant is called bright blue; in fact it is merely blue-green, rather than the usual grass-green. My impression is that there is merely a failure to deposit carotin-type pigments. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 215 I think that the girth of Papilio and Pierid pupz is not the vestige of a cocoon, for both coexist in many Skippers, if not perhaps all. I was interested to discover a few years ago that Papilio has all the instincts of a Nymphalid in shedding its skin without losing its hold on the silk button. I had a P. philenor larva fail to spin the usual girth. It pupated perfectly, hanging by its tail like a Vanessa. Cocoons are stated to be a protection against damp and mould. No doubt they are in a highly humid country like England, but I am sure that in more of the world they are a protection against drought, which is the chief killer when an entomologist over here gets careless. This is certainly true of our Cecropia, Promethea and Polyphemus, which soon dry up if removed from their heavy cocoons, and I think equally if a Sphinx is dug up without precaution. | think species from the humid tropics are much more likely to have open-mesh cocoons like the Cingilia group of geometers and Urodus. For the record, the Gypsy Moth was not “‘accidentally’’ introduced to America, but brought in purposely by TROUVELOT, who thought it might produce a useful silk (not need such delicate treatment as the Chinese silkworm). The story is that a maid swept the cocoons with egg-masses out the window, and not all were recovered. In any case there seems to have been only a single introduction, and we never have the flying females that FORD mentions. As Panaxia dominula is not a Hypsid but a somewhat aberrant Arctiid, one can say of the group of moths listed on p.11 which have the same scent: “all Arctiide’’. As to light-perception in insects, shouldn’t the Diptera be mentioned as having a range of visibility much like our own, which is stated curiously as approximately 4000 to 7800 A; I think 3800 to 7000 is closer to an average person’s range? On the last line of p. 15, apparently “repulsion” is accidentally written for “attraction”; of course the repulsion sphere is the smaller, since most moths approach a light pretty directly until close, and only then begin to circle or even fly away. The same reversal of our experience appears again on the next page; and I can only wonder if moths may not actually behave differently in the Old and the New World. If one seeks a reason why they might, there is always the problem of the effect of primitive man and his fires. He certainly existed and used fire untold millenia in the Old World, before he got over to America perhaps only some ten thousand years ago. The European moths that should have behaved like American ones about the lights, may all long since be extinct. Well, this is my reaction to only a few pages of this fascinating FORD book. My copy has many more notes on its margins, and I wish I might write a book of comment; but our editor would certainly behead this review if I did (and justly). So I will end by saying it is a “must” for any one interested in moths beyond the pinned col- lection, even though it has kept almost too strictly to the limitation of “British Moths” and Macrolepidoptera. WM. T. M. FORBES, 16 Garden St., Cambridge 38, Mass., U. S. A. NOMENCLATURE NOTICE An application for suppression, for purposes of type selection, of A guide to an arrangement of British Insects (1837), by J. Curtis, has been received by the International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature. Any specialist who may wish to comment on this application should write the Commission Secretary, FRANCIS HEMMING, 28 Park Village East, Regent's Park, London, N.W. 1, England, as soon as possible and no later than July 1956. The application may be seen in full in Bull. Zoological Nomenclature, vol.9: part 12 (January, 1956). C. L. REMINGTON 216 Vol.9: no.6 RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA (Under the supervision of PETER F. BELLINGER) F. BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES Allen, H. W., “Nosema disease of Gnorimoschema operculella (Zeller) and Macrocen- trus ancylivorus Rohwer.’ Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol.47: pp.407-424. Sept. 1954. Biology of this microsporidian disease in moth and parasite; control methods in culture work are described. [P.B.| Baeta-Neves, C. M., “A entomofauna das ‘exdticas’ em Portugal” [in Portuguese]. Portug. Acta Biol. (B), vol.4: pp.191-196. 2 Oct. 1954. List, by foodplants, of insects on exotic plants in Portugal; records Evetria tesselatana on Cupressus, Thauma- topaea pityocampa on Pinus radiata and Pseudotsuga douglassi, Caccecia pronubana on Myoporum acuminatum, Dicranura vinula on Populus, Semasia minutana on Populus alba, Zeuzera pyrina on Quercus rubra, Sciapteron tabaniforme on Populus robusta; Mimas tilie on Tilia spp. [P.B.] Baird, R. B., “A species of Cephalosporium (Moniliacez) causing a fungous disease in larve of the kuropean corn borer, Pyrausta nubilalis (Hbn.) (Lepidoptera: Py- raustide).”’ Canad. Ent., vol.86: pp.237-240, 5 figs. 9 July 1954. Discusses etiology, symptomatology, and pathology of this disease. [E.M.] Belosel’skaia, Z. G., “The moth Argyresthia ephippella F. as a pest of cherries and plums” [in Russian]. Ent. Obozrenie, vol.32: pp.86-92, figs. 1952. [Not seen]. Belyea, R. M., “Death and deterioration of balsam fir weakened by spruce budworm defoliation in Ontario.” Canad. Ent., vol.84: pp.325-335, 7 figs. 28 Nov. 1952. Discusses seasonal histories and habits of 7 spp. of Coleoptera and 3 spp. of Hymenoptera breeding in severely defoliated and dead trees. [E.M. Bennett, William H., “The effect of needle structure upon the susceptibility of hosts to the pine needle miner (Exoteleia pinifoliella (Chamb.) (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidz).” Canad. Ent., vol.86: pp.49-54, 5 figs. 10 March 1954. States that large or numerous resin canals tend to reduce favorability of a Pinus sp. as a host for this insect. [E.M.]| Bennett, Wm. H., “The metamorphosis of the pine leaf miner (Exoteleia pinifoliella (Chamb.)) (Lepid. Gelechiide).” Canad. Ent., vol.86: pp.310-311, 1 fig. 20 Aug. 1954. Describes pupation, pupal cell, and emergence of adult. [E.M.] Blais, J. R., “Effects of the destructicn cf the current year’s foliage of balsam fir on the fecundity and habits of flight of the spruce budworm.”’ Canad. Ent., vol.85: pp.446-448. 31 Dec. 1953. Complete defoliation is associated with reduced egg production, and with massive flights into adjoining areas. [E.M.] Bourgogne, J., “Le venin de vipére utilisé comme nourriture par une tinéide (Lep.)” [in French]. Bwll. Soc. Ent. France, vol.59: pp.74-75. 1954. The desiccated venom of oe aspis used as food by Tineola bisselliella in the Institut Pasteur, Paris. P.Y. Brandt, H., ‘“Massenauftreten von Biston xzonarius Schiff. (Lep., Geometride) an Luzerne” [in German]. Nachrbl. Bayer. Ent., vol.3: p.64. 15 June 1954. Cater- pillars were numerous on alfalfa. [N.O.] Brandt, H., “Procris pruni Schiff. (Lep., Anthroceridz) an Erdbeere” [in German]. wor Bayer. Ent., vol.3: p.64. 15 June 1954. Strawberry as a new foodplant. Brooks, A. R., “Identification of bombyliid parasites and hyperparasites of Phalaznidz of the Prairie Provinces of Canada, with descriptions of six other bombyliid pupz (Diptera).” Canad. Ent., vol.84: pp.357-373, 46 figs. 31 Dec. 1952. Describes, aut and figures larva, pupa, and/or adults of 11 spp. associated with Phalaenide. E.M.| Buresh, I., “Die Nonne Ocneria monacha als Schadling in der Waldern Bulgariens”’ lin Bulgarian, German summary]. Izv. Zool. Inst. Bulg. Akad. Nauk, vol.2: pp.3-54. 1953. [Not seen]. Campbell, I. M., “Morphological differences between the pupz and the egg clusters of Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem.) and C. pinus Free. (Lepidoptera: Tortricida).” Canad. Ent., vol.85: pp.134-135, 2 figs. 15 April 1953. Chapman, John A., John [. Romer, & John Stark, “Ladybird beetles and army cutworm adults as food for grizzly bears in Montana.” Ecology, vol.36: pp.156-158. Jan. 1955. Chorizagrotis auxilaris; moth may estivate in numbers in high mountains. [P.B.| Cumming, Margaret E. P., “Notes on the spruce needle miner, Taniva albolineana Kft. (Olethreutida:: Lepidoptera).” Canad. Ent., vol.86: pp.457-460, 2 figs. 5 Nov. 1954. Briefly describes life history; enumerates various spp. of spruce known to be hosts; lists 2 ichneumonid and 5 braconid parasites. [E.M.] 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 217 Dondale, C. D., “Biology of Agathis laticinctus (Cress.) (Hymenoptera: Braconidz), a parasite of the Eye-Spotted Bud Moth, in Nova Scotia.” Canad. Ent., vol.86: pp.40-44, 6 figs. 29 Jan. 1954. Describes larve, life-cycle, and habits, and lists several predators and hyperparasites. [E.M.] Doutt, Richard L., “The teratoid larva of polyembryonic Encyrtidze (Hymenoptera) .” Canad. Ent., vol.84: pp.247-250. 29 Aug. 1952. The asexual larve of Copidosoma spp., parasites of Plusza larve, are discussed. [E.M.|] Graham, Violet E., “Notes on the life histories of some butterflies of B. G.” Timehri, no.33: pp.17-22, 2 pls. Oct. 1954. More or less extensive notes on British Guiana Lepidoptera: Papilio anchisiades (lime), “Catopsilia’ eubule, “C.” philea, “C.” statira (Cassia spp.), “C.” argante (Pithecolobium), Pieris monuste (Cleome, Gynan- dropsis), “Dione” vanille (Passiflora), Anartia jatrophe (Ruellia), Hemiargus za- cheina (Vigna luteola), Thecla sp. (Cordyia cylindrostachya), Helicopus cupido (Montrichardia), Eudamus dorantes (Desmodium), Manas laboulberi (sic!) (Cabomba & other water weeds, feeding beneath the surface) (foodplants in parentheses). [P.B.] Harcourt, D. G., “A species of Tetrastichus new to North America.” Canad. Ent., vol.85: p.251. 23 July 1953. Records T. sokolowskii, a hymenopterous parasite of Plutella maculipennis, previously known from Russia and southern India. [E.M.| Harris, Lucien, Jr., “An account of the unusual life history of a rare yucca skipper (Megathymidz).” Lepid. News, vol.8: pp.153-162, 3 pls. 7 Jan. 1955. Henson, W. R., R. W. Stark, & W. G. Wellington, “Effects of the weather of the coldest month on winter mortality of the lodgepole needls miner, Recurvaria sp., in Banff National Park.” Canad. Ent., vol.86: pp.13-19, 1 fig. 29 Jan. 1954. Notes correlation of zones of extremely low temperature with zones of high winter mor- tality. In general, in the Bow valley, regions of extremely low temperature are at high or low elevations, middle altitudes tending to have more moderate temperatures and to act as centres of reinfestation after periods of severe winter kill. [E.M.] Jovancevic, M., “Pine caterpillar (Cnethocampa pityocampa) found on strawberry trees (Arbutus unedo)” [in Serbian]. Swmarski List, vol.77: pp.414-426. Sept./Oct. 1953. [Not seen]. Kasy, Fritz, “Phytometra (Plusia) zosimi Hbn.: uber die ersten Stande, Biologie und Zuchtergebnisse” [in German]. Zezts. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp.321-333. 15 Dec. 1953. Immature stages, biology, and feeding experiments. [N.O.] Kurir, A., “Vergrosserung der Zahl dere Raupenstadien und Verlangerung des Raupen- lebens durch die Nahrung” [in German]. Bodenkultur, vol.6: pp.355-382. 1952. [Not seen]. Leclercq, J. & M., “Sur Exproctis chrysorrhea L. (Lep. Lymantriidz). Parasites - cas durtication” [in French]. Lambillionea, vol.54: pp.53-55. 25 Aug. 1954. On the parasites of E. chrysorrhaea and indication of a case of skin rash cured by the anti- histaminic substances. [P.V.]| Lindsay, I. S., “Influence of temperature on embryonic development of the pale western cutworm, Agrotis orthogonia Morr. (Lepidoptera: Phalenidez).” Canad. Ent., vol.86: pp-557-561, 2 figs. 7 Jan. 1955. Developmental rates at 10, 15, 20, 25, and 30°C. are plotted. A morphological key to stages of development is presented. Development is not completed at 5° or 35°. [E.M.] McGuffin, W. C., “Description of larve of forest insects: Syngrapha, Autographa (Lepidoptera: Phalenidz).” Canad. Ent., vol.86: pp.36-39, 6 figs. 29 Jan. 1954. Describes and distinguishes last-instar larve of S. selecta, S. alias, S. epigea, and A. ampla. [E.M.]} McGuffin, W. C., “Notes on life histories of some Ennominze (Lepidoptera, Geo- metridz).” Canad. Ent., vol.87: pp.41-44. 28 Jan. 1955. Gives brief notes on Semiothisa granitata, S. sexmaculata, Eufidonia discospilata, Melanolophia canadaria, Campea perlata, Selenia alciphearia, and Caripeta divisata. |E.M.| McGugan, Blair M., “Needle- ‘mining habits and larval instars of the spruce budworm.” Canad. Ent., vol. 86: pp.439-454, 4 figs. 5 Nov. 1954. Needle-mining is established as a regular activity of the young Choristoneura fumiferana larva: details of the habit are discussed. Six larval instars are demonstrated by use of head-capsule statistics. Criteria for recognition of instars are discussed. By using a combination of characters, the instars can be distinguished with reasonable accuracy. [E.M.| MacKay, Margaret R., “The larve of Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem.) and C. pinus Free. (Lepidoptera: Tortricide).” Canad. Ent., vol.85: pp.128-133, 14 figs. 15 May 1953. Describes, figures, and compares larve of the two spp. [E.M.} MacKay, Margaret Rae, “The last-instar larva of Epinotia medioviridana (Kf) (Lepi- doptera: Olethreutidz).” Canad. Ent., vol.85: pp.404-407, 14 figs. 4 Dec. 1953. Describes larva reared on Rubus odoratus. |E.M.} 218 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol.9: no.6 MacKay, Margaret Rae, “The egg and larva of Coryphista meadi atlantica Munroe (Lepidoptera: Geometridz).” Canad. Ent. vol.86: pp.284-288, 25 figs. 10 June 1954. Describes and figures larva of C. meadi atlantica on the basis of material from Ottawa, Canada. [E.M.] McLeod, J. ., “Notes on the lodgepole needle miner, Recurvaria milleri Busck (Lepi- deptera: Geometridz), and its parasites in western North America.” Canad. Ent., vol.83: pp.z295-301, 1 fig. 16 Nov. 1951. Notes on the distribution, life-cycle, and abundance of population identified as R. mulleriz. A number of species of parasites are recorded, and the relative abundance of some of them is discussed. [E.M.] MacPhee, A. W., “The influence of spray programs on the fauna of apple orchards in Nova Scotia. V. The predacious thrips Haplothrips faurei Hood.” Canad. Ent., vol. 85: pp.33-40. Discusses ecology and life history of H. faure7, including its role as an egg-predator of Spilonota ocellana and Carpocapsa pomonella. [E.M.]} Milianovskii, E. S., & P. I. Mitrofanov, “Phassus schamyl as a new pest of grape cultivation in Abkhaz’ [in Russian]. Ent. Obozrenie, vol.32: pp.82-85. 1952. [Not seen |. Miller, C. D. F., “Note on Ancistrocerus parietum (Linnezus) (Hymenoptera: Vespidz).” Canad. Eni., vol.86: pp.197-198, 4 figs. 9 July 1954. A nest was provisioned with 5 tortricid larve. [E.M.] Moucha, Josef, & Daiubor Weiss, “Zur Lebensweise von Clostera (Pygera) anastomosis L.” [in German]. Nachrb/. Bayer. Ent., vol.3: pp.68-69. 15 July 1954. Discusses biology. [N.O.] Paclt, J., ‘“Systematisches Verzeichnis der in Mittleuropa als Forstschadlinge auftre- tende Schmetterlinge” [in German]. Beztr. Ent., vol.3: p.1-29. 1953. Lists Central European moths feeding as larve on forest plants. [N.O.]| Phillips, C. M., Gordon E. Bucher, & June M. Stephens, “Note on preliminary field trials of a bacterium to control the codling moth.” Canad. Ent., vol.85: p.8. 30 Jan. 1953. Bacillus cereus as a pathogen of Carpocapsa pomonella. [E.M.] Pinker, Rudolf, “Erfahrungen mit Gnophos operaria hoefneri Rbl.” Zeits. Wiener Ent. Ges., vol.38: pp.152-154, 2 figs. 15 June 1953. Biology, description of the larva. [N.O.] Pollard, D. G., “The occurrence of Amsacta moloneyi Druce on cotton in the Sudan (Lepid. Arctiidez).” Rev. Zool. Bot. Afric., vol.49: pp.265-272, 1 fig. 14 Aug. 1954. Description of the larva of A. moloneyi, with chetotaxy; records and obser- vations in the Sudan. [P.V.] A CORRECTION Mr. E. L. BELL of New York has drawn my attention to a very serious mistake in my recently published Catalogue of the American Hespertidea, Volume 4. I have placed the name oto Abbot & Smith as a synonym of Polites coras Cramer and replaced it in the genus Wallengrenia by pustula Geyer as a subspecies of druryi Latreille. | checked up and found I had entered on my card for otho that “the upper figure on Abbot and Smith’s plate was to be taken as the type and that it represented coras”, dated 4th November, 1941. I cannot understand how I came to make this utterly incorrect decision. I can of course think of the further checks I ought to have made. But it is no good crying over spilt milk, and I would ask all possessors of the book to eliminate otho as a synonym of coras; to place otho as a specific name in place of druryi and as a subspecific name in place of pustula, which name becomes a synonym of otho; to alter in the index the refer- ence number for otho. In a book of this nature there are certain to be a number of additions and amendments, which can be announced in due course, but in respect of this major blunder I feel that immediate action is needed. W. H. EVANS Honorary Associate, British Museum (Natural History ) PE <—— CU — i ie a kp | 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 219 NOLTEES Would like to exchange Japanese butterflies for those from anywhere in the world. Correspondence invited. Yoshiharu Jingo, 1478 Nippori-3 -3, Arakawaku, Tokyo, JAPAN. Boloria distincta eae eerie youngi pone. etc., ass Yukon, NWT. fpeder. for sale. Colin Wyatt, Cobbetts, Farnham, Surrey, ENGLAND. Wanted: Papered Rhopalocera, esp. Nipupbalidee Gad Piende Cisataas) ) from all parts of North America, esp. mountains. Material from foreign countries also desired. Will exchange for the above species from the Formosan Central Mts., Europe, and Wisconsin. Exchange list on request. Donald L. Baber, 1511 Eke) Ave. Burlingame, Calif., U.S.A. I need urgently the following for study: adult specimens, fomeed or poet wan full data, of all species, subspecies, and forms of North American Limenitis. Also need living pupz of the above. Will purchase or exchange extremely limited stock of District of Columbia and adjacent Maryland butterflies; will have many more specimens for ex- change this summer. Ward Watt, 1206 Parker Ave., Hyattsville, Md., U.S.A. For sale: CEneis, Erebia, Cols and Boloria ome Be Aoehend Gat eat ee prices. R. J. Fitch, 2235 Pandora St., Vancouver, B.C.. CANADA. For sale: Barnes, McDunnough, and others: Contributions to the Natural History of the Lepidoptera of North America: Vols. 1-4, half leather; Vol.5, paper covers. Ex- cellent condition. Inquiries to Prof. B. Hocking, Dept. of Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Atla., CANADA. For sale: 1955-56 ex Jarva, carefully papered adults of Triodes (= ieee edie victoria; Papilio woodfordi, rhadamantus; Attacus atlas lorquini. Max Richter, Butterfly Farm, East Durham, N.Y., U.S.A. Have several thousand European butterflies and moths, papered, named, with full data, about 300 different species, for exchange against butterflies from the Americas, Asia, Australia or Africa. Will help build up representative coll. of European Lepidoptera. T. W. Langer, Royal Library, Copenhagen, DENMARK. Needed urgently for study: all species and subspecies of North American Polygonia. Will offer in exchange New England Rhopalocera in quantity, and a limited amount of material from Florida and Colorado. IMPORTANT: Only the abdomens of Polygonia need be in A-1 condition. Other North American Rhopalocera will be acepted in ex- changes. Richard S. Smith, Delta Sigma, Wesleyan Station, Middletown, Conn., U. S. A. Wanted: living noctuid pupz for forced emergence during winter months 1955-56. Any species acceptable, but Northern Army Worm (P. xnipuncta) and Spotted Cutworm (G. c-nigrum) preferred. A. E. Treat, The City College of New York, New York 31, peer PS. A. Alaskan butterflies for sale: Parnassius eversmanni & A $5.00, ¢ B $4.00; Papilio mach- aon aliaska & A $4.00, 6 B $2.75; Geneis jutta alaskensis 6 A $3.00, & B $2.00, 29 A $4.00, 2 B $3.00. “B” specimens have small nicks or tails missing. All specimens have complete data including altitude, Wé£ll consider exchange for desired Nearctic Erebia (Arctic material only). P. R. Ehrlich, Dept. of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A. EMPLOYMENT NEEDED An expert preparator and breeder of Lepidoptera is seeking an entomological position. He has also had many years’ experience in Europe as manager of a plant protection experiment station. Interested persons please write: Mr. George Pronin, 516 Cole Street, San Francisco 17, Calif., U.S.A. No iS) =) Vol.9: no.6 The Lepidopterists’ Society LIST OF MEMBERS December 1955 The list is arranged alphabetically by nations within each continental area, and by states of provinces in the U. S. A. and Canada. State, province, and nation names are here omitted in the address of each member. The address is followed by the lepidoptero- logical interests. Where only “RHOP.”, “MACRO.”, or “MICRO.” appears, the interest is general within the respective group. “LEPID.” is used where interests include all three of the above groups. Following the interests among taxonomic groups are the other aspects of lepidopterology in which the member is interested. The member’s name preceded by an asterisk (*) indicates Charter Membership; his name in capital letters indicates Sustaining Membership. The word “Nearctic’ here means America north of Mexico. For uniformity “Noctuide” is used for all cases, even though the equivalent name “Phalanide’” had been placed on the membership card by some members. Sim- ilarly, Speyeria, Boloria, etc. are used for the Nearctic species formerly placed in Argynnis, Brenthis, etc. The following abbreviations are used: LEPID. — All Lepidoptera esp. — especially RHOP. — Rhopalocera (butterflies ) Coll. — Collection MACRO. — Macroheterocera Ex. — Exchange : é (moths) MICRO. — Microlepidoptera Please do not write any member on this list, asking him to exchange specimens, unless “Ex.” is stated after his name. HONORARY LIFE MEMBERS “Individuals, not exceeding ten in number, who have made important contributions to the science of lepidopterology, may be elected Honorary Members of the Society.” Brig. W. H. EvANs, Department of Entomology, British Museum (Natural History), London S.W. 7, England, U.K. (Hesperiidae) *Prof. WM. T. M. FORBES, Commander Hotel, Cambridge 38, Mass., U.S.A. (Lepidoptera: Classification; Biogeography ) *Dr. KARL JORDAN, Zoological Museum, Tring, Herts., England, U.K. (Pa- pilonide, Sphingida, Saturniide ) *Dr. JAMES H. MCDUNNOUGH, Nova Scotia Museum of Science, Halifax, N.S., Canada. (Microlepidoptera, esp. Coleophoride ) AFRICA BELGIAN CONGO Seydel, Charles, B.P. 712, Elisabethville, LEPID: esp. African. Coll. Sell. GOLD COAST Johnson, F.L., United Africa Co., Ltd., P.O. Box 22, Akim-Oda. RHOP: of world, esp. Papilionidew (esp. Troides [=Ornithoptera]) and Charaxes (African). 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News a2 KENYA Sevastopulo, D. G., c/o Messrs. Ralli Bros. Ltd., Box 881, Mombasa. RHOP. MACRO. Life History, Genetics. Coll. Ex. Van Someren, V.G.L. (Dr.), Box 1682, Nairobi. LEPID. of Africa. Coll. LIBERIA Fox, Richard M. (Dr.), Liberian Institute, Harbel. RHOP: esp. Ithomiidz. Comparative anatomy of insects. SOUTH AFRICA Clark, Gowan C., Museum and Snake Park, Port Elizabeth. African RHOP: Life History. Van ‘Son, G. (Dr.), PaO Box 416, Pretoria. RHOP: esp. Papilionide, Pieridz, Nymphalidz, Satyride. MACRO. Life History. Coll. Ex. Rear. ASIA AND INDOAUSTRALIA AUSTRALIA Burt, William, 19 James St., Dandenong, Victoria. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Common, Ian F.B., Div. of Entomology, C.S.I.R.O., P.O. Box 109. City, Canberra, A.C.T. MACRO: Australian Noctuidae. MICRO: Australian Torticide. Life History, Behavior, Migration. Coll. Fairey, K. D., Box 1176, G.P.O., Sydney, N. S. Holmes, David R., “Holmden”, Red Hill, ee RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. INDIA Shull, Ernest M,, Ahwa, via Billimora, Dangs District, B.P. INDONESIA Sollaart, A., Rali Bakar Estate, P.O. Bose 3, Malang, East Java. Wegner, A.M.R., Museum Zoologicum Bogoriense, Bogor. JAPAN Azuma, Masao (Prof.), 27/0 Kamiyoshihara-machi, Nishinomiya, Hyogo Pref. MACRO: esp. Geometride. MICRO: esp. Pyralidide. Life History, Distribution. Coll. Ex. Fujioka, Tomoo, Ho-13, 10 Nishikata-machi, Bunkyo-ku, Tokyo. Futo, Miyuki, No. 2, 19 Kamishinyashiki-cho, Hikone City, Shiga. RHOP: esp. Lyznidz. Ecology. Life History. Coll. Ex. Rear. Hayano, Ikua, 337 Shinohara-cho, Kohoku, Yokohama. Inoue, Hiroshi, Eiko Gakuen, Jesuit High School, Funakoshi-Machi, Yokosuka. MACRO: esp. Geometridae, Cymatophoride, Drepanidze. Life History. Coll. Ex. Iwase, Taro, 4 Shinhana-cho, Hongo, Tokyo. RHOP. Life History, Migration. Jingo, Yoshiharu, 1,478 Nippori-3, Arakawa-ku, Tokyo. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Kurako, Hiroshi, Hikosan Biological Lab., Kyushu University, Hikosan, Soeda-machi,, Jagawa-gun, Hukuoka. MICRO: esp. Cosmopteryx, Lithocolletis, Lyonetia, Stigmella, etc. Life History. Kuwayama, Satoru (Dr.), Hokkaido Agricultural Experiment Station, Kotoni, Sapporo. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Noctuidz. Life History. Coll. Kuzuya, Takeshi, Minami-Sonomachi 1-3, Nakaku, Nagoya. Momoi, Shigeyuki, 282 Sannotani, Hommoku, Yokahama. Ogata, Masami (Dr.), Ogata Hospital, No. 18, 3-chome, Imbashi, Higashi-ku. RHOP. RHOP: esp. Hesperiidae. MACRO: Noctuidae, Agaristida, Arctiidae. Genitalic studies. Coll, Ex. Ohba, Namoru, 10 Tonoyama, Nakano-ku, Tokyo. RHOP: esp. Papilionida, Parnassius, Coenonympha, etc. Distribution. Coll. Ex. Okada, Yoshio, Yanagida-Cho, Saga, Kyoto. RHOP: esp. Papilionidz, Satyrida, Lycenide. Biogeography, Morphology. Coll. Ex. Okura, J., 1.566 2-chome, Chimo-Shakujii, Nerimaku, Tokyo. RHOP: Papilionida. Coll. Ex. Buy. Shirdzu, Takashi (Prof.), Biol. Lab., General Education Dept., Kyushu University, Fukuoka. RHOP. Life History, Food Plants, Distribution. Coll. 222 List of Members Vol.9: no.6 Takahashi, A., 70, 1-chome Shoeicho, Mizuho-ku Nagoya. Tsuruta, Ts. (Dr.), c/o T. Shimoda, 3-chome, 91 Sekimachi, Nerima-ku, Tokyo. LEPID. Life History. Coll. Ex. Watanabe, Masato, 620 Ishizu-cho, Sakai, Osaka. RHOP: Papilionide, Pieridz, etc. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Yano, Yukio, c/o Konodai High School, Konodai-machi, Ichikawa, Chiba Pref. RHOP. MACRO. Variation, Behavior. Coll. Ex. PHILIPPINES SUSON, F.M., 121 Bonifacio St., Cebu City. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Uichanco, Leopoldo B. (Dr.), Dean of College, Laguana. RHOP. Distribution. Coll. EUROPE AUSTRIA Klimesch, Joseph (Dr.), Linz a.d. Donau, Donatusgasse 4. LEPID: esp. Nepticula, Coleophora, and other miners. Life History, Genetics. Coll. Ex. Sell. Wilcke, Hermann (Dr.), Kossen/Tyrol Nr. 199. RHOP. MACRO. esp. Noctuide, Geometridz. Coll. Sell. BELGIUM Berger, Lucien, 2 Vallée des Artistes, Linkebeek-lez-Bruxelles. LEPID. *Kiriakoff, S.G., Zoological Labs. Ghent University, 14 Universiteitsstraat, Ghent. RHOP: esp. Belgian Congo. MACRO: esp. Noctuoidea, Thyretida. MICRO: esp. Pyralidida. Phvlogeny, Classification. Ex. CZECHOSLOVAKIA Cejp, Karel (Prof.Dr.), Botanical Institut, Charles University, Benaska 2, Praha II. LEPID. Entomophytous fungi. Coll. Ex. Chvala, pan Milan, Hofejsi nabfezi 21, Praha 16. LEPID. of central Europe. Coll. Ex. Kubelka, Vaclav. Na Strani 107/7, Prague XIII — Vrsovice. RHOP: Pieridz. Coll. Ex. Losenicky, Zdenék, Chalenicka 38, Plzen I. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Moucha, Josef, Narodni Museum, Praha II. Polacek, V.B., ul. Komenského, 601/I., Brandys nad Labem. RHOP. Povolny, Dalibor (Dr.), Instit. of Applied Entomology, Brno, Zemédélska 1. LEPID. of central Europe: esp. Zygcena, Lithocolletis. Coll. Ex. DENMARK Anderson, Axel, Odensegade 7, @, Copenhagen. Biology, Distributional Factors. Coll. Ex. Sell. *Christensen, Georg, Parmagade 24, III, Copenhagen S. RHOP: esp. Argynnis, Phyciodes, Erebia. Genetics. Coll. Ex. Hees Skat (Dr.), Bishop of Aarhus, Aarhus. LEPID. of northern Europe. Biology. oll. Langer, T.W., (Cand. Mag.), Horsholmsvej 77, Rungsted Kyst. FINLAND Hackman, Walter (Dr.), Parkgatan 5, Helsingfors. RHOP. and MACRO. of Scandinavia. MICRO. of Holarctic region, esp. Coleophoride, Gelechiidae (Phthorimaa). Syste- matics, Distribution. Coll. Kaisila, Jouko, Zoological Institute of University, P. Rautatiek. 13, Helsinki. Krogerus, Harry (Dr.), Mannerheimvagen 25A, Helsingfors. LEPID: esp. Tortricide, and Canadian fauna. Coll. Ex. Suomalainen, Esko (Prof.Dr.), Institute of Genetics, The University, P. Rautatiek. 13, Helsinki. LEPID. of Scandinavia. Genetics. Cytology. FRANCE Berjot, Etienne E., Villa ‘Pax’, St. Martin de Crau, (Bouches du Rhone). RHOP. MACRO. Life History. Coll. Ex. Bourgogne, Jean, Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle, 45 bis rue de Buffon, Paris 5°. RHOP. rath RO: esp. Psychide (Palaarctic and African). Life History, Morphology, Biology. Oll. Ex. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 223 deLesse, Hubert, Laboratoire d’Entomologie, 45 bis rue de Buffon, Paris 5°. RHOP: esp. Nymphalidz, Satyridz (Erebia). Coll. Ex. Dujardin, F., 25 rue Guiglia, Nice (Alpes-Maritimes). Lycanide, Zygzenidx, Zoo- geography. Coll. Ex. Herbulot, Claude, 31 Ave. d’Eylau, Paris 16°. MACRO: esp. Geometridz. Coll. Ex. Buy. LeCharles, Louis, 22 Avenue des Gobelins, Paris V. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Zygenide. MICRO: Crambidz esp. Crambus. Biology. Coll. Ex. Muspratt, Vera Molesworth (Mme.), Aicé Choko St. Jean-de-Luz, Basses Pyrénées. RHOP. MACRO. Life History, Migration. Coll. Ex. *Stempffer, Henri, 4 rue Saint Antoine, Paris 4°. RHOP: esp. Lycanide (Holarctic and African). Coll. Ex. Viette, Pierre E.L., Muséum Nat. d’Histoire Naturelle, 45 bis rue de Buffon, Paris 5°. MICRO: esp. Homoneura (Micropterygide, Eriocraniide, Hepialide). ¢ genitalia. Goll Ex. GERMANY Amsel, H.G. (Dr.), Karlsruhe/Baden, Landessammlungen fiir Naturkunde, Erbprinzenstr. 3, Busch, Theo, (22b) Niederadenau, tiber Adenau/Eifel. RHOP. esp, Melite@a. Life History. Coll. Ex. Cretschmar, Max (Dr.), Casselstr. 21, (20) Celle Hann. Forster, Walter (Dr.), Menzingerstrasse 67, Miinchen 38, (American Zone). RHOP: esp. Lycaenidae. MACRO. Zoogeography. Coll. Ex. Hering, Erich M. (Prof.Dr.), Berlin N.4, Invalidenstr. 43, Zoologisches Museum. pee: Pericopide, Zygenide, Dioptide, etc. MICRO: leaf-miners of all orders. oll. Ex. Hesselbarth, Gerhard, Oberstudiendirektor, 23 Quakenbriick Oberschule. Palaearctic RHOP.and MACRO: esp. Papilionidz, Pieridae, Bombyces, Arctiidae. Life History, Zoogeography. Coll. Ex. Jackh, Eberhard, Haydn Platz 11, Bremen. LEPID: esp. Micros. Life History. Coll. Ex. Kampf, Ari W., Franz Jurgens Strasse 12, Dusseldorf 10. RHOP. and MACRO: African, esp. Cymothoe and Charaxes. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Speyer, W. (Dr.), Kitzeberg u. Kiel. Warnecke, Georg (Landgerichtsdirektor), Hohenzollernring 32, Hamburg-Altona. Pale- arctic RHOP. and MACRO: esp Geometride. Migration, Zoogeography. Coll HUNGARY Gozmany, Lancelot A. (Dr.), Széll Kalman tar. 13, Budapest XII. MICRO. Helophil Moths. Coll. Ex. Sell. Kovacs, L. (Dr.), Budapest XII. Kléh Istvan u 3/a. III. 1. Lengyel, Julius F. (Dr.), Budapest IJ. Budakeszi ut 38. RHOP: of Europe, esp. Melitea. MACRO: Noctuide, esp. Cucullia. Distribution, Zoogeography. Coll. Ex. ITALY Berio, E. (Dr.), Museo di Storia Naturale, Via Brigata Liguria 9, Genova. MACRO: esp. Noctuidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Hartig, Fred (Pr. Count), Sovrint. Istituto Nazionale di Entomologia, Via Catone 34, Rome. Parodi, Guiseppe, Via Sebenico 13, Milano. Verity, Roger R. (Dr.), Caldine (Firenze). RHOP: esp. Palearctic. Coll. Ex. Buy. MALTA Valletta, Anthony, 257 Msida St. B, B’Kara. RHOP: esp. Satyridze and Nymphalide. MACRO. MICRO. Coll. Ex. NETHERLANDS Diakonoff, A. (Dr.), Rijksmuseum van Natuurijke Historie, Leiden. MICRO: all except Pyralidoidea. Leaf-miners, Biology, Morphology. Coll. Ex. Buy. Eisner, Curt, 5, Kwekerijweg (The Hague). Parnassius. Coll. Lempke, B.J., Oude Yselstraat 12'', Amsterdam Z-2. RHOP. and MACRU. of Netherlands. Life History. Roepke, W. (Prof.Dr.), Lab. voor Entomologie, Berg 37, Wageningen. RHOP. and MACRO: esp. Palearctic and Indomalayan. Life History, Ecology, Genetics, Mor- phology, Histology, Zoogeography, Systematics. 224 List of Members Vol.9: no.6 Straatman, Raymond, 127 Malakkastraat, Den Haag. RHOP. MACRO. Life History, Foodplants, Literature on Indonesian Lepid. PORTUGAL da Silva Cruz, Maria A., Quinta de S. Joao, Candal, Vila Nova de Gaia. RHOP: esp. Meliteaa. MACRO: esp. Geometride. Migration. Coll. Ex. SPAIN Agenjo, Ramon, Instituto Espanol de Entomologia, Palacio del Hipéddromo, Madrid. LEPID: of Spain: Coll, Torres Sala, Juan, 1 Calle Dr. Romagosa, Valencia. Palearctic RHOP., World Papil- ionidze, Nymphalide, Morphidz. Palearctic MACRO., World Saturniide, Urani- idz, Castniidz. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. SWEDEN Bryk, Felix, Riksmuseum, Stockholm 50. RHOP. Nervature, Morphology. MACRO. Nordstrom, Frithiof (Dr.), Kungsholmstorg 1, Stockholm. MACRO: esp. Agrotide, Eupithecia. Life History. Coll. SWITZERLAND Luthi, Adrian J., Inneres Sommerhaus, Burgdorf. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Ruetimeyer, Ernest, 38 Rue Fédérale, Berne. RHOP. and MACRO: esp. Papilionidz, Pieride, Danaida, Satyrida, Noctuidae. Coll. Ex. UNITED KINGDOM ENGLAND Bowden, S.R., 53 Crouch Hall Lane., Redbourn, St. Albans, Herts. RHOP.: esp. Pzeris genetics. Coll. Ex. Clarke, C.A., (Dr.), “High Close’, Thorsway, Caldy, Cheshire. Papilio hybridisation. “Ford, E.B. (Dr.), University Museum, Oxford. LEPI. Genetics. Coll. Hards, Charles H., 40 Riverdale Road, Plumstead, London, S.E. 18. English and American RHOP. and MACRO: esp. Catocala, Saturniidz. Life History, Mirgation, Distribution, Variation. Coll. Ex. Heley, Robert G., ‘‘Lygoes’, Burcott, Wing, Leighton Buzzard, Beds. RHOP: of world, esp. Pierida, Nymphalidz, Papilionida. MACRO: esp. Saturniida. Distribution, Mimicry. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Hemming, Francis, 28 Park Village East, Regent’s Park, London N.W. 1. RHOP: esp. Palaarctic and Nearctic. Coll. Ex. Buy. Hinton, H.E., (Dr.), Dept. of Zoology, University of Bristol, Bristol. Phylogeny, Physiology. Coll. (larve). Jacobs, S.N.A., 54 Hayes Lane, Bromley, Kent. “Riley, Norman D., 7 McKay Road, London S.W. 20. RHOP. TSMITH, P. SIVITER, 21 Melville Hall, Holly Road, Edgbaston, Birmingham 16. RHOP: esp. Lycena. Coll. Ex. Buy. TAMS, W.H.T., Dept of Entomology, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), Cromwell Road, London, S.W. 7. MACRO: esp. Lasiocampide, Agrotidz. MICRO: esp. Pyralididz, Tinaida. Life History. Warren, Brisbane C.S., 3 Augusta Mansions, Folkestone, Kent. RHOP: esp. Satyridz, Nymphalidz. Life History, Distribution. Coll. Wiltshire, E.P., Esq., c/o Records Section, Foreign Office, 8 Carlton House Terrace, London S.W. 1. Wyatt, Colin W., Cobbetts, Farnham, Surrey. RHOP: esp. Alpine and Arctic spp., Palaarctic and Nearctic. Local races. Coll. Ex. Sell. SCOTLAND MacFarlane, 50 Roslea Drive, Dennistoun, Glasgow. Williams, C.B. (Dr.), Ardinsh Kincraig, Inverness-shire. Migration, Populations, Ecology. ( oll, Ex. tLite Member. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 225 YUGOSLAVIA Lorkovi¢, Z. (Prof.Dr.), Medical Faculty, Zagrebian University, Zagreb. LATIN AMERICA ARGENTINA Bourquin, Fernando F., Calle Conde 1639, Buenos Aires. LEPiD: Life History only. Coll. Breyer, Alberto, Maipu 267, Buenos Aires. RHOP. and MACRO: Argentine only. Coll. Hayward, Kenneth J. (Prof.), Miguel Lillo 205, Tucuman. RHOP.: Neotropical (esp. Argentine) and Hesperiidz. Orfila, Ricardo N. (Dr.), Casilla Correo 2.-Suc.28, Buenos Aires. Neotropical LEPID: esp. Noctuidz, Tortricoidea. Coll. Ex. Pastrana, José A., Solis 370, Buenos Aires. MICRO: esp. Pyralidoidea, Tortricoidea. Coll. Ex. Yivoff, Leon, Bouchard 1840, Adrogué, F. C. Grl. Roca, (Prov. Bs. Aires). BRAZIL * Araujo, R.L. (Dr.), Instituto Biologico, Caixa Postal 7.119, Sao Paulo, S.P. MACRO: esp. Castniide, Dalceridz. Coll. Buy. d’Almeida, Remualdo F. (Dr.), Rua Viana Junier, 25 Encantado, Rio de Janeiro, D.F. RHOP: esp. Ithomiinz, Pieridae, Papilionide. MACRO: esp. Syntomida, Arcti- ide, Sphingidze, Saturnioide. Biology. Coll. Ex. Buy. de Biezanko, C.M. (Prof.Dr.), Caixa postal 15, Palacio do Comercio apto. 501, Peldtas, Rio Grande do Sul. Cardoso, Aldo (Dr.), Avenida Teresa Cristina 65, Maceio, Alagoas. LEPID. of the world, esp. Saturnioidea. Ex. Ebert, Heinz (Dr.), Avenida Pasteur 404, Commissao National da Producao Mineral, Rio de Janeiro. RHOP: Theclinz and Riodinide of world; neotropical Limen- itinz, Charaxinz, Apaturinz, Satyride. Fauna of Brazil. Ex. Buy. Kesselring, Jorge, Caixa Postal 6, Joao Pessoa, (Paraiba). RHOP. MACRO. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Oiticia F°., José (Dr.), Rua Alfredo Chaves 59, Rio de Janeiro. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingida, Saturniide. Morphology. Coll. Ex. Buy. PEARSON, HENRY R., Caixa Postal 5151, Rio de Janeiro. RHOP: esp. Nearctic Papi- lionide. MACRO: esp. Saturniide, Sphingide, Mimallonida. Life History, Food Plants, etc. Coll. Ex. Buy. Travassos, Lauro (Prof.), Instituto Oswaldo Cruz, Laboratério de Helmintologia, Caixa Postal 926, Rio de Janeiro, D.F. MACRO: esp. Arctiidz, Adelocephalidz. Coll. Ex. Travassos F°., Lauro (Dr.), Dept. Zoologia, Secr. da Agricultura, Caixa Postal 7172, Sao Paulo. MACRO: esp. Ctenuchidz, Pericopida, Castniida. Life History. Coll. Ex. BRITISH WEST INDIES Bellinger, Peter F. (Dr.), University College of the West Indies, Mona, St. Andrew, Jamaica. LEPID. Coloration, Genetics. Coll. Ex. Lewis, C. Bernard, Science Museum, Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica. RHOP: esp. of Jamaica and Cayman Island. Coll. Perkins, Lilly G., Sunnybank, Claremont, St. Ann, Jamaica. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingidaz. Sell. CHILE Herrera Gonzalez, José (Prof.), Lo Ovalle 0195, Santiago. RHOP: esp. Pierid, Nymphalidz, Satyrida. Genitalia, Genetics. Coll. Ex. CUBA de la Torre y Callejas, S.L. (Dr.), Universidad de Oriente, Santiago de Cuba, Oriente. RHOP: esp. Eurema. Coll. Ex. MEXICO Escalante, Tarsicio (Dr.), Av. Cuitahuac 63, Mexico 17, D.F. 26 List of Members Vol.9: no.6 i) Vasquez G., Leonila (Dra. Miss), Instituto de Biologia, Casa del Lago de Chapultepec, Mexico, D.F. RHOP. Life History. Welling, Edward C., La Casa Victoria, Chichén Itza, Yucatan. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Sell. Williams, Jorge V., Hotel Los Lagos, Comitan, Chiapas. Sell. VENEZUELA Lichy, René (Prof.), Edifico ENKA, Apto. 17, Avenida Fermin Toro, San Bernardino, Caracas. RHOP: Venezuelan only, esp. Eurema. MACRO: esp. Sphingidz of the world. Zoogeography, Ecology. Coll Ex. Buy. NORTH AMERICA CANADA ALBERTA McGuffin, W.C. (Dr.), Forest Zoology Lab., 402 Customs Bldgs., Calgary. BRITISH COLUMBIA *Fitch, Richard J., 2235 Pandora St., Vancouver. Arctic LEPID. Sell. *Guppy, Richard, R.R. 1, Marine Drive, Wellington. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Sell. Rear. MANITOBA Bird, Charles D., 1930 Rosser Ave., Brandon. RHOP: esp. Satyrida. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Sell. Polusny, John, 641 Martin Ave., Winnipeg. RHOP. MACRO. esp. Nearctic. Coll Ex. Sell. *Quelch, C.S., Transcona. LEPID: esp. Central and S. American. RHOP. Coll. Ex. NOVA SCOTIA *Ferguson, Douglas C., Nova Scotia Museum of Science, Halifax. RHOP: Nearctic. MACRO: Nearctic, esp. Geometridze, Noctuidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. ONTARIO Bailey, Earl G., 34 Tecumseh St., St. Catharines, RHOP. MACRO. Coll. *BRUGGEMANN, Paul F., 335 Science Service Bldg., Ottawa. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Geometridz, Hepialide. Life History. Coll. Ex. Sell. Durden, Christopher J., 840 Rex Ave., Ottawa 3. RHOP. Bog-dwellers. Life History. Coll. Ex. ‘Freeman, Thomas N. (Dr.), Div. of Entomology, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa. RHOP: esp. of Arctic. MICRO. Coll. Rear. *Hardwick, David F., Div. of Entomology, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa. MACRO: esp. Noctuidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Harrington, Peter T., 88 Heddington Ave., Toronto. RHOP: Papilionoidea of N. Amer.; Papilionida, Danaidz and Heliconiide of world. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Johnson, James H., Bridgenorth (nr. Peterborough). RHOP. Life History. Coll. Lambert, Robert (Dr.), Systematic Entomology, Science Service, Ottwawa. MICRO: esp. Tortricida. Forest Lepidoptera. Biology. Coll. McKay, Margaret (Miss), Div. of Entomology, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa. LEPID. larve. ‘Munroe, Eugene G. (Dr.), Div. of Entomology, Science Service Bldg., Ottawa. RHOP. MACRO. MICRO: esp. Pyralididae and related families. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Reiter, Raymond, 851 Manning Ave.. Toronto 4, RHOP: esp. Papilionida, Nym- phalida. esp. Catocala, Saturniide. MACRO: Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. Riotte, J.C.E. (Rev.), Box 536, Geraldton. Holarctic Sphingide. All LEPID. of N.W. Ontario. Coll. Rear. Syme, Paul D., 262 Bessborough Drive, Toronto 17. LEPID., esp Ontario. Coll. Ex. “Vogel, Harold A., 11 Geary Ave., $.S.43, London. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. . Winters, John R.R. 4, Embro. RHOP. MACRO. Systematics, Nomenclature. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Wood, D.M., 7 Dale Ave., Toronto. LEPID. Dipterous parasites. Coll. Ex. QUEBEC ‘Adelphe, (Rev. Brother), Ecole Secondaire Richard, 1100 rue Rielle, Verdun. RHOP: esp. of eastern Canada. MACRO: esp. Noctuidae of eastern Canada. Coll. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 227 *GRAY, P.H.H. (Dr.), Box 236, Macdonald College. Local LEPID. Biology. Coll. Hensel, Henry, 2373 St. Zotique St., East Montreal. RHOP: esp. Papilio, Colias, Limenitis, Danaus. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Robert, John H., 11 Westwood Drive, Pointe Claire. Pieridae. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Sheppard, Arthur C., 5554 Coolbrook Ave., Montreal 29. LEPID: of Quebec only. Coll. Ex. Sell. Rear. SASKATCHEWAN SHAW, J.P., Box 1056, Weyburn. RHOP. MACRO. esp. Saturniidz. Coll. Buy. Rear. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA ALABAMA *Chermock, Ralph L. (Dr.), Box 2047, University of Alabama, University. RHOP: esp. Satyridez. Taxonomy. Coll. KNUDSEN, JOHN P., 1304 11th St., S.E., Decatur. RHOP: esp. Papilionidea. MACRO: esp. Saturniide. Hybridization. Coll. Ex. Rear. ARIZONA Werner, Floyd G. (Dr.), Dept. of Entomology, University of Arizona, Tucson. MACRO. & MICRO. of Arizona. Coll. (Determinations needed). CALIFORNIA Baber, Donald L., 1511 Drake Ave., Burlingame. RHOP: esp. Neotropical Papilionide, Nymphalidz. Coll. Ex. Baker, Nelson W., 279 Sherwood Drive, Santa Barbara. *Bauer, William R., 235 Liberty St., Petaluma. MACRO: esp. Noctuide, Geometridz. Coll. Ex. Blackman, Thomas M., 11669 Yorba Ave., Chino. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Rear. Braviroff, Harry, 1170 “E”’ St., San Bernardino. LEPID. esp. exotic. uy. Buckett, Steve, 148 Belleview Ave., Petaluma. MACRO: esp. Noctuide, Geometride. Coll. Ex. Burdick, William N., 1108 S. Harvard Blvd., Los Angeles 6. RHOP of Rocky Mts. and West only. Coll. Ex. Buy. Clayton, Roderick K. (Dr.), Dept. of Physics, U.S. Naval Postgraduate School, Mon- terey. RHOP. MACRO. Genetics and physiology. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Comstock, John A. (Dr.), P.O. Box 158, Del Mar. LEPID. Life History. Rear. *Davies, Thomas W., 791 Elsie Ave., San Leandro. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Downey, John C., Zoology Dept., University of Calif., Davis. RHOP: esp. Lycanidz. Coll Ex: *Evans, William H., 8711 La Tuna Canyon Road, Sun Valley. RHOP MACRO: esp. Annaphila, Heliothiinze. Life History, Photography. Coll. Sell. Rear. *Ford, Robert J., 3266 Ardmore Ave., South Gate. LEPID. esp. Riodinide, Lycenide, Arctiidae, Zygzenoidea, Pyralidoidea. Coll. Ex. Rear. Freeman, Walter H., Rt. #3, Academy, Box 190, Camarillo. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Rear. Gehrhardt, Edgar E., 456 18th St., Richmond 5. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingide. Coll. Ex. Buy. Gemignani, Carlo, 428 Birch St., Redwood City. MACRO. MICRO. Coll. Rear. “Hammer, William A., 1923 Evergreen Ave., San Leandro. RHOP: esp. Speyeria, Colias, Ginets. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. HARLICK, ROBERT M., 2159 33rd Ave., San Francisco 16. Hill, Charles, 1350 San Luis Rey Drive, Glendale 8. MACRO: esp. Noctuide of western Nearctic region. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Hovanitz, William (Prof.), Dept. of Zoology, University of Calif., Los Angeles. RHOP. Genetics, Geographical Variation. *Hulbirt, Lowell H., 622 N. Bright Ave., Whittier. RHOP: esp. Lycaenidae, Hesperi- ida. Coll. Ex. Kimura, Michio G., (DAC), 500th MIG, Strategic Branch, APO 613, San Francisco. RHOP: esp. Papilio, Liihdorfia, Eurema. Life History, Aberrations. Coll. Ex. Buy. eS tae CARL W., Box 47, Summerland. MACRO. esp. Geometride. Coll. x. Buy. La Due, Noel L., 1712 41st St., Sacramento 19. LEPID: esp. Zerene. Coll. Ex. bo 28 List of Members Vol.9: no.6 Lange, W. Harry (Dr.), Dept. Entomology, University of California, Davis. MICRO: esp. Pterophoride and aquatic Pyralididz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Langston, Robert L., 3 Arlington Ave., Berkeley 5. RHOP. MACRO of western Neatctic. MICRO: esp. Zygznoidea. Coll. Ex. Rear. Laspe, Charles G., 1 Middleridge Lane No., Rolling Hills. RHOP: esp. Papilionide. Coll. Ex. Linsdale, Donald D., Carmel Valley. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. McAvoy, Thomas F. Jr., Hoopa Sub-Agency, Hoopa. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. McFarland, A. Noel, 9601 Oak Pass Road, Beverly Hills. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Macheboeuf, Charles, Kelseyville. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. McBurney, John T. (Dr.), 1224 E. Wilhelmina, Anaheim. RHOP. Coll. Ex. *McHENRY, PADDY, 1032 E. Santa Anita, Burbank. Original Descriptions and their Publication Dates. Coll. McKenney, Marvin J., 4114 Rochester Rd., San Diego 16. RHOP: esp. Theclinz. Coll. Ex. MacNeill, C. Don, Dept. of Entomology, 112 Agriculture Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4. RHOP. esp. Hesperioidea. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Martin, Lloyd M., Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7. Southwestern LEPID: esp. Acontiinz, Notodontide, Hesperioidea. Coll. Ex. Rear. *Mattoni, R.H.T., Dept., of Botany, University of California, Los Angeles 24. RHOP: esp. Glaucopsychinz of the world. Coll. Ex. Buy. Minahan, Roger P., 8372 E. Westminster Ave., Westminster. LEPID: esp. moths. Ecology, Genetics, Life History, Parasitology. Moore, Eric, 7033 Santa Fe Ave., Huntington Park. RHOP. Ex. Buy. Neumann, D., Jr., 3066 Georgia St., Oakland 2. Literature. Sell. Opler, Paul A., 415 Beatrice Rd., Pleasant Hill. RHOP: esp. Speyeria, Papilo, Apodemaia, Lycena. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Rear. +OWEN, WILFERD D., 437 F.I.S., Oxnard A.F.B., Oxnard. RHOP: esp. Colzas. Life History. Coll. Ex. PATTERSON, DONALD, 170 Glenwood Ave., Atherton. RHOP. Coll. *Pickel, Benjamin H., 10532 Andasol Ave., Granada Hills. RHOP: esp. Theclinz. Migration. Ex. Buy. Sell. Powell, Jerry A., 4811 East Alder Drive, San Diego 16. Southern and Lower Calif. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Sell. Pronin, George F., 516 Cole St., San Francisco 17. Rees, William A., 934 So. McDonnell Ave., Los Angeles 22, MACRO: esp. Euxoa, Oncocnemis, Zale. MICRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Reichart, George B., 5929 Wood Drive, Oakland 11, RHOP: esp. Euphydryas, Melitea, Pieridz; Boreal and Alpine. Coll. Ex. Rear. *Reid, Robert H., 4442 Franklin Ave., Los Angeles 2. RHOP: esp. Plebeiine. MACRO: esp. Heliothiinze (Schinia). ‘Roberds, Joseph, 2022 Huntington Lane, Redondo Beach. RHOP: esp. Papilio. MACRO: esp. Saturniida, esp. of Mexico, Cent. & S. Amer. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Rubbert, Allen, 1915 Terrace Way, Bakersfield. RHOP: esp. Speyeria, Plebejus, Pieridz of southern Calif. Coll. Sala, Frank P., 1912 Hilton Drive, Burbank. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Saturniida, Catocala, Noctuidae. MICRO: esp. Aigeriida, Cossida. Life History. Coll. Ex. Sell. Samuelson, G. Allan, 3824 Walnut Ave., Concord. Nearctic RHOP. and MICRO. Coll. Ex. Rear. Schmela, Dora E. (Mrs.) 2883 Grove St., Ventura. RHOP. Coll. SETTE, OSCAR E., 23645 Arbor Ave., Los Altos. Smith, Arthur C., P.O. Box 411, Berkeley. RHOP. and MACRO. of Mexico and Southern U.S.A. Ecology, Distribution. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Spencer, John C., 13040 Evanston St., Los Angeles 49. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Steinhoff, Gordon R., 3916 Oak St., Burbank. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Stoner, Emerson A., 285 East “L” St., Benicia. RHOP. Coll. Ex. “THORNE, FRED T., 1360 Merritt Drive, El Cajon. RHOP: esp. Theclinz. Ecology— southwestern states. Coll. Ex. Rear. ‘Tilden, J.W. (Dr.), 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose 27. RHOP: esp. Hesperiidz, Lycaenidz. MICRO. Ecology. Coll. Ex. Rear. Wilson, Patrick R., 434 Webster St., San Francisco. RHOP: esp. Calif. Papilio. Coll. Ex. tLife Member. i) tN \9o 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News COLORADO *Brown, F. Martin, Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs. RHOP: esp. Pieridz and Satyride of neotropics. Distribution. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Eff, J. Donald, 820 Grant St., Boulder. RHOP: esp. Melitea, Euphydryas, and Arctic species. Coll. Ex. Sell. Jae, Raymond J.. 1286 So. Umatilla St., Denver. RHOP: esp. Thecla, Neozephyrus, Strymon of world. Coll. Ex. MARSTON, NORMAN L., Hartman. LEPID: esp. Arctiide,» Acronycta, Erynntis. Genitalia. Coll. Ex. Minor, W.C., P.O. Box 62, Fruita. RHOP: esp. Rocky Mt. fauna. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Renk, John J. (Brother), Regis College, W. 50th and Lowell Blvd., Denver 11 RHOP: esp. Lycenidz. Coll. Ex. Rotger, Bernard (Rev.), Pagosa Springs. RHOP: esp. of Colorado. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. CONNECTICUT Austin, George T., 99 May St., New Britain. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Bakeless, John (Dr.), Great Hill. Seymour. RHOP. of Northeastern U.S. Coll. Beall, Geoffrey (Dr.), Dept. of Mathematics, University of Connecticut, Storrs. RHOP. Migration. Brower, Lincoln P. & Jane VZ., Osborn Zoological Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11. Biol. of Lepid. Mimicry. Coll. Courtsis, John G., Yale Station, New Haven 11. RHOP: esp. of Greece and West Indies. Coll. Ex. Rear. Hartman, W.D. (Dr.), Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University, New Haven 11, RHOP. *HESSEL, SIDNEY A., Nettleton Hollow Rd., Washington. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Papatpema, Catocala. Coll. Rear. Muhonen, Daniel P., 1637 Yale Station, New Haven. RHOP. MACRO. Ex. Pease, Roger W., Jr.. 6 Trumbull St., New Britain. RHOP. MACRO. of U-S., Korea, Japan. Coll. Ex. Rear. *Remington, Charles L. (Prof. & Mrs.), Osborn Zool. Lab., Yale University, New Haven 11. LEPID: esp. Colias, Limenitis, Papilio. Genetics, Mimicry, Phylogeny. Larve, Pupz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. “Schroeter, Otto H., P.O. Box 391, Quaker Hill. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Indo-Australian and So. Amer. Saturniid . Coll. Buy. Sell. Rear. “Wilhelm, Herman P., Buckingham Rd., Willimantic. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. DELAWARE JONES, FRANK MORTON (Dr.), 2000 Riverview Ave., Wilmington. LEPID: esp. Psychidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA Capps, H.W., Room 391, U.S. National Museum, Washington 25. Larve of LEPID. Pyraustide adults. FLORIDA DAVIDSON, W.M., 1504 Bodell St., Orlando. RHOP: esp. Hesperiidae, Lycenide, Pieride. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Rear. du Brucq, W.J., 157 Lenape Drive, Miami Springs. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Fuller, Stanley V., Box 81, Cassadaga. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingide and Cato- calinz. Life History. Coll. Rear. Harris, Lucien III], 2100 West Amelia, Orlando. *KIMBALL, CHARLES P., Route 4, Box 942, Sarasota. LEPID: esp. Micros. Coll. Ex. *King, H.L., Box 1171, Sarasota. RHOP: esp. Theclinz. Coll. Ex. Klein, John D., 316 DeSoto Circle, Orlando. Papilionida. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Monroe, Burt L. (Lt.j.g.), BTU-1-S NAAS Whiting Field, Milton. RHOP. MACRO. Colk.Es: Stein, George L., 262 Capri Ave., Lauderdale-by-the-Sea. RHOP. MACRO. Life History. Distribution. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Sweetman, Harry E., Box 518, DeBary. RHOP. and MACRO: esp. of central north- west U.S.A. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. 230 List of Members Vol.9: no.6 GEORGIA ‘Harris, Lucien, Jr., PO. Box 167, Avondale Estates. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. NAUMANN, FRED T., P.O. Box 226, Forsyth. MACRO. Life History. Coll. Rear. Buy. Sell. Ex. *Towers, Abner A., 2421 Sagamore Drive N.W., Atlanta. RHOP. and MACRO: Nearctic only. Coll. Ex. HAWAII *Calkins, Virgil F., P.O. Box 461, U.S. Immigration-Naturalization Service, Honolulu 9, Oahu. RHOP: Nearctic. MACRO: esp. Saturniida, Sphingidae, Ceratocampide, Catocala. Coll. Buy. Sell. IDAHO Manning, James H., 1515 N. 26th, Boise. RHOP. ILLINOIS ALLYN, A.C., Jr., 1201 Sheridan Rd., Evanston. RHOP: esp. Charaxes, Papilio, Morpho. Coll. Ex. Buy. ANHILGER, CARL, 5938 W. Chicago Ave., Chicago 51. RHOP: esp. Papilio, Troides (=—Ornithoptera), etc. Coll. Ex. Buy. Arbogast, Richard T., 1216 S. High Ave., Freeport. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Brady, Thomas G., 38 S. Dearborn St., Chicago 3. RHOP. Coll. *Bristol, Maurice L., 511 May St., Elgin. RHOP: esp. Thecla. MACRO: esp. Apantesis, Catocala, Noctuidae. Coll. Buy. Rear. Conway, Patrick J., R.R. #3, Box 127, Aledo. RHOP: esp. Satyrida, Speyeria, Boloria, Melitea, Euphydryas. Coll. Ex. Rear. Crowder, George L., 913 S. Hamilton, Marissa. Neotropical RHOP: esp. Papilionide. MACRO. Coll. Buy. Rear. Dluhy, Eugene, 3912 N. Hamilton Ave., Chicago 18. RHOP: esp. Papilio. MACRO: esp. Saturniida. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. Fryxell, Thomas, 1331 42nd Ave., Rock Island. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Fulton, MacDonald (Dr.), Dept. of Bacteriology, Loyola School of Medicine, 706 S. Wolcott Ave., Chicago 12. RHOP. Coll. Ex. *Gerhard, W.J., Curator of Insects, Chicago Natural History Museum, Chicago 5. RHOP. MACRO. *GLENN, MURRAY O., 1019 Normal St., Henry. MACRO. MICRO, Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Grinnell, Alan D., 1109 W. Hill St., Carbondale. Geometridz. Coll. Hagey, Robert H., 2400 Greenwood Ave., Wilmette. LEPID. Coll. Hayes, Joseph B., 522 Forest Preserve Drive, Chicago 34. RHOP: esp. Papilionide. MACRO: esp. Catocala, Saturniidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. “Irwin, Roderick R., 411 N. Bloomington St., Streator. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Jelinek, Anton, 3900 Diversey Ave., Chicago 47. RHOP: esp. Morpho. Ex. Buy. Sell. Karalus, Karl E., 10411 Diversey Ave., Melrose Park. RHOP: esp. Troides, Papilio, Agrias. MACRO. Indo-Australia, Africa. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Kistner, David H., Dept. of Zoology, University of Chicago, Chicago 37. Speciation and Zoogeography. LEUSCHNER, RONALD, 1172 S. Wenonah Ave., Oak Park. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Noctuidae, Geometrida. Coll. Ex. Buy. Lussenhop, John, 730 N. Harvey, Oak Park. RHOP. Coll. Buy. Makinson, George L., 7508 S. May St., Chicago 20. RHOP: esp. Papilionida. MACRO: esp. Sphingida, Saturniida. Indo-Malayan. Coll. Buy. Rear. MERRIAM, Elsey E. (Miss), 4520 Clarendon Ave., Chicago 40. Morris, Mike, 1365 East 60th St., Chicago 37. *“NICOLAY, S.S. (Lt.Col.), 1164 Phingsten Rd., Northbrook. RHOP: esp. Lycenide, Hesperiidae. Coll. Ex. Buy. Oemick, Donald, 11022 Vernon Ave., Chicago 28. RHOP: esp. Papilio. MACRO: esp. Catocala, Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Phillips, Leonard S., Armour Research Foundation of Ill. Institute of Technology, Biochemistry Dept., 35 W. 33rd St., Chicago 16. RHOP: esp. Precis, Limenitis. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 231 *Schoenherr, William H., 225 Cedar Ave., Danville. RHOP: esp. Pieride, Papilio. MACRO: esp. Sphingidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. SICHER, HARRY (Dr.), Loyola University School of Dentistry, 1757 W. Harrison St., Chicago 12. RHOP. Coll. Smalley, B.L., Jr., 8940 S. Bell. Ave., Chicago 20. RHOP: esp. Papilionide. MACRO: esp. Saturniidz. Coll. Buy. Steffen, Michael K., 124 N. Foley Ave., Freeport. RHOP: esp. Nymphalide, papzilio, Hesperiida. MACRO. Aberrations. Coll. Ex. Buy. Turner, Blair H., 1575 Ashland Ave., Evanston. RHOP: esp. Lycenidz. Coll. Buy. Rear. *WOODCOCK, H.E., 6115 Newport Ave., Chicago 34. MACRO. MICRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Wyatt, Alex K., 5842 N. Kirby Ave., Chicago 30. RHOP. MARCO: esp. Eubaphe, Papaipema, Heliothiine. Coll. Ex. Rear. INDIANA Aé, Albert, Dept. of Biology, University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame. RHOP: Genetics. Coll. BADGER, F. SIDNEY, 209 Forest Drive, Kokomo. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Shields, James E., 503 West Sixth St., Marion. RHOP: esp. Papilionidea. Coll. Ex. Rear. *Young, Frank N. (Prof.), Dept. of Zoology, Indiana University, Bloomington. Rhop. esp. So. Florida. Coll. IOWA Booth, Oliver E., 907 Clinton Ave., Des Moines 13. RHOP. esp. Papilionidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. KANSAS Bancroft, Larry, 1023 S. Main, Ottawa. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. Davis, Don, 1404 Alumni Pl., Lawrence. *Ehrlich, Paul R., Dept. of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence. RHOP: Satyridz, esp. Erebia. Coll. Ex. Buy. Howe, William H., 822 E. Eleventh St., Ottawa. RHOP: esp. Papilio, Troides, Morpho. MACRO: esp. Sphingide, Saturniide, Catocala. Coll. Ex. Buy. PRESTON, FLOYD W., RFD #2, Lawrence. RHOP: esp. Pieridz. Coll. Ex. PRESTON, JUNE D., RED #2, Lawrence. RHOP: esp. Lycenide. Coll. Ex. ee DON B., Caldwell. RHOP: esp. Megathymus. Speciation. Coll. Ex. uy. Rear. Turner, R.C., (Dr.), Caldwell. RHOP. esp. Megathymus Life History. Coll. Rear. KENTUCKY *Beebe, Ralph, Renfro Valley. MICRO. Coll. Ex. *Bishop, John A. (Dr.), Jeffersontown. RHOP. Coll. Ex. *Cook, Carl, Crailhope. Papilionidz of the world. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. Merritt, James R. (Prof.), School of Law, University of Louisville, Louisville 8. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. ag James M., Jr., Gravel Switch. RHOP: esp. Papilio, MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. ell. Rear. LOUISIANA Berg, George H., Room 319, Custom House, New Orleans 16. RHOP: esp. Papilionidz of world. Coll. Ex. Buy. MAINE *“BROWER, A.E. (Dr.), 5 Hospital St., Augusta) RHOP: esp. of eastern U.S.A. MACRO: esp. Catocala. MICRO: esp. Aigeriidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. *GREY, L. PAUL, R.F.D., Lincoln. RHOP: Argynnine only. Coll. Ex. Buy. MARYLAND Fales, John H., 1917 Elkhart St. Silver Spring. RHOP. MACRO. Life History, Distribution. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Ghika, George, 3900 Hamilton St., F 101, Hyattsville. Melanism. 232 List of Members Vol.9: no.6 Gillham, Nicholas W., Entomology Section, c/o AS Division, Camp Detrick, Frederick. RHOP: esp. Lycenide, Melitea, Euphydryas, Hesperiidae. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. King, E. Richard, 8323 Haddon Drive, Takoma Park 12. RHOP. Coll. Ex. MacLeod, Ellis G., Dayton. RHOP: Colzas of eastern U.S.A.: Taxonomy, Distribution, Biology; Interspecific Hybridization. *Rawson, George W. (Dr.), No. 1, Nassau Lane, Silver Springs. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. *Robinson, Paul F., 332 S. Main St., Bel Air. RHOP. Life History, Physiology. Coll. Simmons, Robert S., (Dr.), 1305 Light St., Baltimore 30, RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Watt, Ward B., 1206 Parker Ave., Hyattsville. RHOP: esp. Nymphalide, Lycenide, Satyridz. Polymorphism. Coll. Ex. Buy. MASSACHUSETTS * Alexander, Charles P. (Prof.), Fernald Hall, University of Massachusetts, Amherst. Classification, Distribution. Belcher, Harry C., Jr., 133 Hawthorne St., East Weymouth. LEPID. esp. Papilionidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Cady, Michael E., 21 Border St., Dedham. RHOP. MICRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. “Carpenter, A.J., 236 Huntington Ave., Boston. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Buy. *Coher, Edward 1.) (Dr) 16° So! Elm St lynne Cottrell, Annette B. (Mrs. G.W.,), 70 Lake View Ave., Cambridge 38. RHOP. Coll. Edwards, Robert L. (Dr.), 46 Lincoln St., Waltham 54. Ecology. Hilliard, Stephen S., 25 Beech St., Framingham. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. *Johnston, William M., 383 South St., Jamaica Plain 30. RHOP: of New England. Coll. Kamp, George W., 44 Holmes Rd., Dedham. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Le Mon, Ivy (Miss), 145 Pinckney St., Boston 14. RHOP. Migration. Coll. Buy. McCabe, David T., 15 Fiske Rd., Wellesley Hills 82. RHOP: esp. Lycenidz. Coll. Ex. Mergott, Winston B., 143 Bay State Rd., Boston 15. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Rear. Potter, C. Nathan, 120 Brook St., East Holliston. RHOP. esp. Colzas, Boloria. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Reinthal, Walfried J. (Dr.), Northampton State Hospital, Northampton. RHOP: Nearctic (esp. Asterocampa) and Palearctic. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. Scott, Arthur H., 20 Bishop Pky., Pittsfield. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Shappirio, David G., Biological Laboratories, Harvard University, Cambridge 38. LEPID. Physiology. Ex. Buy. Rear. Living Material. *Smith, Marion E. (Dr.), Fernald Hall, University of Massachusetts, Amherst. MACRO. esp. Arctiidae. Life History. Univ. Coll. Rear. VAN GERBIG, PETER B., 74 Mt. Auburn St., Cambridge 38. MACRO: esp. Sphingidz, Ceratocampidez. Buy. Sell. Rear. Vogel, L.F., 61 Berkshire Rd., Needham 92. Exotic RHOP. Life History. Walcott, Charles, 81 Sparks St., Cambridge 38. MACRO: esp. Saturniidz. Photography, Sex Attractions in Moths. Buy. Sell. Rear. Williams, Carroll M. (Prof.), Biological Labs., Harvard University, Cambridge 38. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Saturniide. Physiology of metamorphosis. Coll. Buy. MICHIGAN Crampton, Charlene E. (Miss), Rt. #1, White Pigeon. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Dreisbach, Robert R., 301 Helen St., Midland. LEPID. of Michigan. Coll. Goyer, Robert W., P.O. Box 95, Bellaire. RHOP: esp. Papilionide, Lycaenidae. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Hodges, Ronald W., 1123 Theodore St., Lansing 15. RHOP: esp. Lycanidz, Hesperiidz. MACRO. Coll. Rear. *McALPINE, WILBUR S., 2501 Bokie Lake Road, Route 5, Milford. RHOP: esp. Riodinida. MACRO: local. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Machwart, Robert J., 777 E. 14 Mile Road, Clawson. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingidz, Noctuida. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. “Newman, John H., 9821 Peer Road, R.F.D. #1, South Lyon. LEPID: of Michigan. Coll. Ex. Rear. ‘Nielsen, Mogens C., 3415 Overlea Drive, Lansing 17. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingidz, Saturniida, Noctuidae. Coll. Ex. Perkins, Owen A., 1605 Crooks Rd., Royal Oak. LEPID: esp. of Michigan. Coll. "Voss, Edward G. (Dr.), 1015 Lincoln Ave., Ann Arbor. LEPID. of northern Michigan. Hesperiidae of world, esp. Classification and Phylogeny. Coll. Ex. > 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 233 Wagner, Warren H., Jr. (Dr.), 721 Mt. Pleasant Ave., Ann Arbor. RHOP: esp. Hes- periide, Lycenide. MACRO. Coll. Rear. Ward, (Mrs.) Orville, North Branch. LEPID. Coll. Ex. MINNESOTA COX, SAM M., 2624 Minnesota Avenue, Duluth 11. Larve of MACRO. and MICRO. Goll. Ex. Rear. Janzen, Daniel H., Jr., 608 Russell Ave. S., Minneapolis. LEPiID. of world. Life History. Coll. Ex. Sell. Tveten, John L., Kiester. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. MISSISSIPPI Jones, Jack R., Jr., 304 Robinhood Road, Jackson. MACRO: Sphingidez, Saturniide, Catocala. *MATHER, BRYANT, P.O. Drawer 2131, Jackson. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. MISSOURI Bright, Robert R., Route 2, Box 77, St. Charles. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. Heitzman, John R., 3112 Harris Ave., Independence. JOHNSON, DALE, 724 Grand, Kansas City 6. Littahorsky, Anton, 3808 Union Rd., St. Louis 23. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. *MEINERS, EDWIN P. (Dr.), 6651 Enright Ave., St. Louis 5. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Buy. *REMINGTON, P. SHELDON, 5570 Etzel Ave., St. Louis 12. RHOP: esp. Megathy- mus, Hesperia, Lycenide, CEneis, Erebia. MACRO: esp. Sphingide, Saturniide, Catocala. Coll. Ex. Buy. Risch, Harold, 9508 Cantwell Drive, Affton 23. RHOP *Thomas, George W., 106 Whitten Hall, Dept. of Entomology, University of Missouri, Columbia. MACRO: esp. Noctuide (Plusiinz). Coll. Ex. Twelkemeier, Walter A.; 7250 St. Andrews Drive, St. Louis 21. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. MONTANA Wheaton, William L., St. Ignatius. RHOP: esp. Rocky Mts. Coll. NEBRASKA FROEMEL, E.A., Columbus. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Coll. Ex. Johnston, David W., Box 377, Broken Bow. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. NEVADA Dickinson, Krestine M., Box 435, Reno. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Rear. NEW HAMPSHIRE *Gerould, John H. (Prof.), 36 Occom Ridge, Hanover. RHOP: Pieridx, esp. Colias, MACRO: esp. Bombyx. Genetics, ecology of Colias. Anatomy and circulation of Bombyx. Mimicry. RITTERBUSH, PHILIP C., 30 Mitchell Place, Laconia. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. SMITH, RICHARD S., 83 Shore Drive, Laconia. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. NEW JERSEY Bowe, John J. (Dr.), 1017 Woodland Ave., Oradelle. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Rear. *BUCHHOLZ, OTTO, 493 Markthaler Place, Roselle Park. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy.: Rear. Cadbury, John W., IJ, Spung Hollow, R.D. #1, Pemberton. MACRO: esp. Noctuidae, Notodontidz, Sphingidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Comstock, W.P., R.F.D. 2, Box E, Shark River Hills, Neptune. *DOS PASSOS, CYRIL F., Washington Corners, Mendham. RHOP: esp. Satyride. Coll. Buy. Fleming, Henry, Box 84, Coytesville. MULLER, JOSEPH, R.D. 1, Lebanon. LEPID. of New Jersey only. Life History. Coll. Osborne, Melville W., 2100 Price Street, Rahway. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Sell. Rear. ed Gordon B., Jr., 100 Oxford St., Glen Ridge. RHOP: esp. Lycenide. MACRO. oll. Ex. 234 List of Members Vol.9: no.6 Treat, Asher E. (Dr.), 51 Colonial Parkway, Dumont. MACRO. Tympanic organs. MICRO. ZIEGLER, J. BENJAMIN (Dr.), 64 Canoe Brook Parkway, Summit. RHOP: Lycenidz (esp. Theclinz). Coll. Ex. Buy. NEW MEXICO Eyer, John R. (Dr.), Box 66, State College. MICRO: esp. Lyonetiidze, Opostegide, Nepticulide. ¢ and @ Genitalia. Nymeyer, Robert, 116 S. Canal St., Carlsbad. RHOP. Coll. NEW YORK *Bell, Ernest L., 150-17 Roosevelt Ave., Flushing 54. RHOP: esp. Hesperiide. BUXBAUM, Paul, 300 Central Park West, New York 25. RHOP: esp. Papilionide. Coll. DOYLE, L.F. BOKER, Duck Pond Rd., Glen Cove, Long Island. Duane, John P., 33 Grandview Circle, Manhasset. Farquhar, Donald W. (Dr.), 185 Claremont Ave., New York 27. LEPID. Food Plants, Distribution, Life History, etc. Coll. Ex. Flint, Oliver S., Jr., Dept. of Entomology, Cornell University. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Rear. *FRANCLEMONT, JOHN G. (Dr.), Dept. of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca. MACRO: esp. Noctuidz, Notodontide, Lymantriidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. *FREDERICK, ALBERT C., 6 Matilda St., Albany 9. RHOP: esp. Lycenidz. Coll. Ex. Gertsch, Willis J. (Dr.), American Museum of Natural History, New York 24. Nearctic RHOP., esp. Lyczenidz. Coll. Ex. Goliger, Melvin J., 369 Alabama Avenue, Brooklyn 7. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. *HEINEMAN, BERNARD, 175 West 72nd St., New York 23. RHOP: of Jamaica. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Coll. Hellman, Geoffrey T., 228 E. Glst St., New York 21. Hopf, Alice Lightner (Mrs.), 136 West 16th St., New York 11. Migration. Coll. *Keji, Joseph A., Biggs Hospital, Ithaca) RHOP. MACRO. Traps, Photography. Ex. (pupae). Rear. *Klots, Alexander B. (Prof.), American Museum of Natural History, New York 24. RHOP: esp. Boloria, Colias. MICRO: esp. Crambinz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Knowlton, Carroll B., Jr., 100 W. Buffalo St., Ithaca. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. Latham, Roy, Orient, Long Island. LEPID. Coll. Rear. Miller, Howard C. (Dr.), 242 Westminster Ave., Syracuse 10. RHOP: esp. tropical Pierida, Nymphalidae. MACRO. Coll. Buy. Rear. Morris, John W., 2704 W. Genesee St., Syracuse 4. RHOP: esp. Papilionide. MACRO: esp. Sphingidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. *Nabokov, Vladimir (Prof.), Goldwin-Smith Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca. RHOP: esp. Holarctic Lycenide. Obraztsov, Nicholas S. (Dr.), 68 Glenlawn Ave., Sea Cliff, Long Island. LEPID: esp. Palearctic Ctenuchide, Holarctic Tortricoidea. Morphology of Genitalia. Richter, Max L., Butterfly Farm, East Durham. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. Riley, Thomas J., Box 6, Brandywine Station, Schenectady 4. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Buy. ‘Rindge, Frederick H. (Dr.), American Museum of Natural History, New York 24. MACRO: esp. Geometrida. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Roberts, M. Anthony, 3 Blackstone Place, Riverdale 71. RHOP. MACRO. Life History. Coll. Buy. Rear. “Rupert, Laurence R., Sardinia MACRO: Geometride esp. Ennomine. Life History. Coll. Ex. Rear. Sanford, Leonard J., 378 West End Ave., New York 24. RHOP. of East Indies and New Guinea, esp. Pierida. Ex. *Shoumatoff, Nicholas, Box 333, Bedford. LEPID: of eastern U.S.A. and West Indies. Distribution, Morphology. Coll. Ex. Shulgin, Michael, 3324 Perry Ave., Bronx. RHOP. MACRO, esp. Geometridz. Coll. Ex. Spelman, M., 2277 Andrews Avenue, Bronx 68. RHOP. esp. Pieridae. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Thaxter, E. Lincoln, 681 Lexington Ave., New York City. Thunelius, Robert E., 90-13 168th St., Jamaica 32. RHOP. esp. Papilio, Nymphalidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. ——— ee ee ie EO ee 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News 235 White, Galen (Rev.), Fisherman’s Methodist Church, 226 Bay 35th St., Brooklyn 14. *Whittaker, Robert H. (Dr.), Biology Dept., Brooklyn College, Brooklyn 10. Ecology. Wilcox, LeRoy, Speonk, Long Island. LEPID. Coll. Ex. NORTH CAROLINA Butler, Robert, Box 1057, Southern Pines. RHOP: of world; esp. Papilionida, Nym- phalidz, Pieridae. MACRO: Saturniidz. Coli. Ex. Buy. Eaton, Theodore H., Jr., East Carolina College, Greenville. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Gottschalk, Carl W. (Dr.), 1300 Mason Farm Road, Chapel Hili. RHOP: esp. of Arctic. Pigment Metabolism. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Jamison, J. R., Jr., 12 Thomson Ave., Canton. RHOP. esp. Papilionidze, Helicontide. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *McELVARE, ROWLAND R., Southern Pines. MACRO: esp. Heliothiinz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. NORTH DAKOTA Adler, Julius, 407 Oak Street, Grand Forks. RHOP. Coll. Ex. OHIO *Baker, Clement W., P.O. Box 455, Waynesburg. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Buy. *Braun, Annette (Dr.), 5956 Salem Road, Mt. Washington, Cincinnati 30. MICRO: esp. Bucculatrix. Coll. Ex. Rear. *Ferguson, Elias A., 1213 Bellflower Ave. S.W., Canton 10. RHOP: esp. Papilio. MACRO: esp. Catocala. MICRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Lauck, Albert G., 5142 Harvest Lane, Toledo 13. RHOP. Coll. Miller, Dale D., 5795 Mill Creek Blvd., Boardman. RHOP. esp. Nymphalidz. Coll. Ex. *Smalley, Stephen B., 6129 Glade Ave., Cincinnati 30. RHOP. MACRO. Life History Photography. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Taylor, Herbert S., 1369 Fair Ave., Columbus 5. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Buy. Thomas, Edward S., Ohio State Museum, Columbus 10. RHOP: esp. Hesperioidea, Hair-streaks. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Life History, Distribution. Coll. Wren, George R., 437 30th St., N.W., Canton 9. RHOP: esp. Satyridz. Coll. OKLAHOMA +t* WILSON, KENT H., 2217 “C” Court, Lahoma Courts, Enid. RHOP: esp. Papilionidz. MACRO: esp. Catocala. MICRO: esp. Jugata. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. OREGON *Albright, Ray, Route 1, Box 277, Dayton. RHOP. Coll. Ex. *Baker, James H., 2800 Broadway, Baker. LEPID. Coll. Ex. *CRICKMER, NOEL (Mr.), Box 6, Joseph. LEPID: esp. Geometridz. Coll. Jewett, Stanley G., Jr., 7742 S.E. 27th Ave., Portland 2. RHOP. esp. Euphydryas. Coll. Ex. Macy, Ralph W. (Prof.), Dept. of Biol., Portland State College, 1620 S.W. Park Ave., Portland 1. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Scott, Leonard M., 6537 S.E. 83rd St., Portland 66. RHOP. esp. Papilionidz, Heliconiide. MACRO. esp. Noctuidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. PENNSYLVANIA *ACKERMANN, OTTO, 639 Walnut St., Irwin. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Sell. (Plastic mounts). *Adams, Joseph W., 32 Pleasant 19. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Anderson, Richard A., 411 Summit Drive, Pittsburg 34. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. *CARY, MARGARET M. (Mrs.), Eliet Lane and Wissahickon Ave., Mt. Airy, Phila- delphia 19. MACRO: esp. Sphingidaz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. *Clench, Harry K., Section of Insects and Spiders, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburg 13. RHOP: Lycenidz, esp. Theclina. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Dixon, Bruce W., II, 119 Cherry Valley Road, Pittsburg 21. RHOP: esp. Hesperioide. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Ehle, George, 314 Atkins Ave., Lancaster. RHOP. Coll. Rear. Graybill, Richard, 1255 Rosemont Lane, Abington. iife Member 236 List of Members Vol.9: no.6 *Jay, William, 6358 McCallumn St., Germantown, Philadelphia. RHOP. esp. Papilio. Buy. Kopp, Larry J., R.D., Klingerstown. LEPID. Coll. Sell. Rear. Malcolm, John A., Jr., 1590 Williamsburg Road, Pittsburg 16. RHOP: esp. Pierinz. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Sell. Rear. +MELLON, E.P. II, 441 Maple Ave., Pittsburg 18. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *MERKER, C.G., 1520 Cooper St., N.S., Pittsburg 12. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Moyer, Howard C., Box 240, R.D. 2, Sinking Spring. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Murchie, William R., Thiel College, Greenville. RHOP. Coll. Ex. *Napier, Arthur H., 503 East Willow Grove Ave., Chestnut Hill, Philadelphia 18. Nearctic RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingidze, Catocala. Coll. Ex. *Peters, George, Adamstown. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Prescott, John, 1932 B. Drive, Buffalo Rd., Erie. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Rupprecht, Jerome (Rev.), St. Vincent Archabby, Latrobe. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Seibert, Ray P., 1302 Fairview St., Reading. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. STAFFORD, CHARLES W., 1125 Tennessee Ave., Pittsburg 16. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Sell. Rear. *Tietz, Harrison M. (Prof), Dept. of Zoology, Pennsylvania State University, State College. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Noctuidz. Life History. Coll. Ex. Buy. Wenzke, John, 25 South Summit St., Lock Haven. RHOP. Distribution. Coll. Ex. RHODE ISLAND Dane, Benjamin, Indian Ave., Middletown. MACRO: Saturniidez, esp. Life History Photographs and Sexual Attractions. Coll. Ex. Buy. French, Ellery W., 247 Washington Ave., Providence 5. RHOP. MACRO. Sheldrick, Peter, Box 1710, Brown University, Providence 12. RHOP. esp. Lycenidz, Nymphalide. MACRO. esp. Saturniidz. Coll. Rear. SOUTH CAROLINA Edwards, Roberts L. (Dr.), Ardea, McClellanville. Ecology. Twelkemeier, C.H., 1192 Thurmond St., North Augusta. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. SOUTH DAKOTA Oberfoell, Jim, Box 85, Deadwood. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Catocala. Coll. Ex. TENNESSEE Roever, Kilian, R.F.D. #2, Jackson. RHOP. esp. Hesperioidea, Theclinaz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Webster, Clarence G., 1500 Ridley Blvd., Nashville 4. LEPID. Coll. Buy. Wilcox, William J., 213 Alhambra Rd., Oak Ridge. RHOP. TEXAS ANDERSON, C.A., 3209 Centenary, Dallas 25. RHOP: esp. Danaus plexippus. Migra- tion. Rear. Cope, Vernon M., 6605 Meadowlawn Drive, Houston 23. LEPID: esp. Papilio, Colias, Pieris. Flight, Congregations. Coll. Ex. Sell. *Freeman, Hugh A., 1335 Overhill Drive, Garland. RHOP: esp. Hesperioidea, Theclinz. Taxonomy, Ecology. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. *Glick, Perry A., P.O. Box 1033, Brownsville. RHOP: esp. Papilionida. MACRO: esp. Catocala, Saturniida. Aerial Insect Dissemination and Migration, Cotton Insects. Coll. Ex. Buy. Gunn, George, Box 197, Channelview. All large LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. Kendall, Roy O., 135 Vaughn Pl., San Antonio 1. LEPID. Life History. Coll. Ex. Sell. Kiblinger, Carrol E., 6160 St. Moritz, Dallas. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Kinch, Everard M., 4223 Jerry Lane, Fort Worth. RHOP. Coll. Ex. McAlester, A. Lee, 7831 Kimble, Apt. 4, Houston 17. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. *Orchard, C.D., LEPID. Coll. Plass, Harold J., Jr. (Dr.), 4518 Highland Terrace, Austin. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. “STRUCK, B., P.O. Drawer 271, Brownsville, RHOP. tLife Member i) (ee) ~! 1955 The Lepidopterists’ News UTAH Phillips, G. Lylle, 2746 Adams St., Salt Lake City 15. RHOP. Coll. Ex. +PHILLIPS, W. LEVI, 985 S. Third East Street, Salt Lake City 4. MACRO: esp. Pseudohazias. Ex. Buy. VIRGINIA Blevins, T.B. (Dr.), 1310 Annandale Rd., Falls Church. RHOP: esp. Nymphalide. MACRO. Coll. Covell, Charles V., Jr., Christchurch. RHOP. Coll. Ex. EPSTEIN, HANS J., 1110 Prince St., Alexandria. RHOP: esp. Papilionidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rozman, Robert S., 726 N. Buchanan St., Arlington 3. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Arctiidz. Coll. Ex. Rear. WASHINGTON *Anderson, Andrew, P.O. Box 192, Peteros. MACRO. Coll. Ex. *Bauer, David L., 1103 Ballew Ave., Everett. RHOP.: esp. Melit@a and Chlosyne ot world; U.S. Papilio machaon group. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. Butt, Barbara A. (Miss), 6508 East 13th, Vancouver. LEPID. Coll. Carman, J.D. (Mrs.), Route 2, Sunnyside. *COOK, WILLIAM C. (Dr.), 219 Newell St., Walla Walla. MACRO: esp. Noctuide. Ecology, Distribution. Coll. Ex. *Frechin. Donald P., Route 5, Box 838, Bremerton. RHOP: esp. Euphydryas, Mitoura. MACRO: esp. Washington diurnals. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. *Hopfinger, John C., Brewster. RHOP: esp. Satyride, Lycenide. MACRO: esp. Saturniidz. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Miller, Robert E., 138 South Fourth St., Dayton. Pearson, James C., 5441 Windemere Rd., Seattle 5. RHOP. Coll. Ex. WISCONSIN *Arnhold, F.R., Route 3, Chippewa Falls. RHOP. MACRO. esp. Catocala. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. BOWER, H.M., 601 MclIndoe St., Wausau. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Rear. Dicke, Robert J. (Prof.), 3717 Council Crest, Madison 5. MICRO. Ebner, James A., 3403 So. First St., Milwaukee. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Ely, Rachel (Mrs.), Endeavor. LEPID. Coll. Ex. *“Griewisch, Louis W., 1181 Reed St., Green Bay. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Moeck, Arthur H., 301 E. Armour Ave., Milwaukee 7. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Schirmer, George F., 2912 N. 45th St., Milwaukee 10. RHOP: esp. Papilionide, Pieride, Nymphalidz, Morphidz, Brassolide. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. *Sieker, William E., 119 Monona Ave., Madison 3. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Sphingide, Saturniide, Citheroniida, Catocala. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. *Stauffacher, E.W. (Mrs.), 2208 12th St., Monroe. RHOP. MACRO: esp. Saturniide. Coll. Sell. Rear. Throne, Alvin L., 3916 N. Maryland Ave., Milwaukee 11. RHOP. Coll. Warder, Richard C. (Rev.), St. Alban’s Rectory, Spooner. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. Was, Howard E., 4118 W. Fairmount Ave., Milwaukee 9. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. *Ziemer, Sylvester E., 715 Dorelle St., Kewaunee. LEPID. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. WYOMING DeFoliart, Gene R. (Dr.), 1117 Lewis St., Laramie. RHOP. Coll. Ex. Buy. Downey, Duke, P.O. Box 558, Sheridan. RHOP. MACRO. Coll. Ex. Buy. Sell. Rear. +tLife Member SUMMARY Eionoraty Menibers s.. 0... 2... soe A. Vsestaimige Members... 2.6) sc iwine 63 ime. 2012 ee 5 Regular Members ............ .c25467 No We CO Vol.9: no.6 INDEX TO AUTHORS IN VOLUME 9 Bauer; David Li. vets ce Bl coa oc Se oe ee 7-10, 49-54 Beebe, Ralph: . 3...5 5570565 2.05. 25 on ee ee 142 Brown, F. "Martin? ..35.5.2 35 52225 fe ase ene ee eee 124 -126, 185-190 Cary, Margaret, Mo) oss oy ies ects oh ee ee eee 135-136, 136 Clarke, C. A. (with P. M. Sheppard) 227) 05290..2 2 ee eee 46-48 Clench, Harry, Ku d25,.)c oesnise tee ee ee 105-117 Diakonofé, Aun is ifsc eunslies cde aE Bo a eee 41-45 Eff, Donald) osc iee Fe beds woes Si eee eee 22 Evans, W. i: .€Brig.) oss. leche. face eben Dee ee 218 Evans, William: Fe oe oc os. ee eee 2 ee eee 118 Forbes, WoT. Ma nes (oh 8 ee eee a ae es eee eee PAB 215 Freeman, yA. Sooo es ee a 196-198 Gray, “Po. i leocks cece Soke Wesel as OEE eee 58-60 Guppy, Richatd ..2.922..05). 254.4. utod Oe Bea eee. Se 15-16 Heineman, Betnatd- 2.0). 0.0.0.4 05 sae See oon ee 80 Hemming, Brancis 0... 6.00/90. 22 oa oe od ak Oe oe eee 144-145 Hessel, S.. Age oie cee hae hd bh s oe Dec ee ee ee 142 Twase, “Tar: cose. coktt ccidele See Oe ee ee 13-14 Kimball, ‘GC. Po eee es he PE A eee 16 Knudsen, Johny Po cio. oc esha vhs Heo. ot eee ee ee 11-12 Langer, T.. Woos0 shee es Soe Es oe ee ae 203-204 Langston, Robert: Lec. v2.2 fics.) as eke oe ee eee 18-20 MacLeod, E. :Go.3.. ) eGo ee hoe ee eee 54 Mather, » Bryants2.. 0.28 G08 a. bon ne 67-68, 119-124 Merritt; James Re 2 sociedad ashe ated ee 146-147, 203 Munroe, Eugeme® Gi eee ge ui b10 eae 74-76 Teale, Fi Woon dvcace div vo bucs: oopialn ack, hp Pole booties Gate tole ley Say pee se naMten pie eo) oe a 143 Travassos, Lie. s.oeiye ob bik sidtherduie Pica hls =. ccd Goateegeenatry: hea aie peti retain 150 Treat, Asher EB, cached lu St ed se aes ie 55-58, 69-73 Van Someren, V. Gi Leo osihsii tc pees 2 ee ee 127-132 Van Son, C rr eee et ne re en rien io BOOT IPED MEO Ulu 1-3, $1-82 Viette, Pierre EB) L. i) o% stile bk a ee le ery en ie ee 61-66 Wagner, W. H., Jae tii. chetinisc s . - oa ae - -"s Ow OGL, =) ay . mee Oe SE TS ee ret oa are wate Peo 4 #~ rs rr ea & > ¢ Tia. Se ads Pad a Pre Se eg Me eae. 2. war id Md a ee of a POOPIE APOE pare on Pee he Pee OOS Se ete eS he ae .# a © aos *9* SAP Oe Se Sg Zt POW Peer. . gee end ee reper alee aT FE FSIS TE mee ph ' - e+ we tale ~ Ry Pare Z < OMe de er POs wee te it A Lee ee, 4 as adie hadi a en ge FP AEE EEL OLD PTH ae : . Te ae et eh ee ee :* CF ee Ot. 66 et i Ma COCs 5 Oh ee Ae ee PhD Oe ate Pe Pd fT EOE A five dot ae a Or ew mee ’ 70 Qt Hs ms ~~ CALCD 2 eee a SAR ty , OC ie aera we He OT Ee OS DH Ore Soa _ Sapatthe he itp twee ea teoane aan woe ; we Mt Mk be. ~* el ig 4 bere oer eee e+ . ‘ eo te es a ’ “as 9a whi we at teas Ww sy erert yy ar bb Ga Aa te oF And lds FA pee ee eww F Oe ee OYE Dees FO a, YO Fom ck Ach. eked eat wee a art vi hes ew re ~— Vas wea - * PPS OMe os eat hs UP hy ky ryt i . een Sec a ON epg wey ete ee Pues tat me WPF DD ‘ Oty ty 4 pine eaoet v” 7 .. ee ee “93 9 FU.) VEE SF o> “ ¢ Pon pie! re 17 eS area vere Tes e"s bt Cw e-beTs PE wes . i 0? Oe ewewats ; eee és re : atone. i ate - eles 1 We aromrre - ’ : , tere eey, ‘ a *yetere Oe Ge wet Egret Serr Fey 8G, ely “ eH OU ee OT eee rh tp yee Oe WE i Oe A Pere OEP & fraplecw ef Ws tre Suet + AS yer ra wore tome ed aa we eye eel eh asN Se ee ee ee a? . “~w a eer eer ty ie © he Ow ear . | li de alld eae i hide de a Le Wide Me at bs FT ee ee hee Bs ye at . res 4 ws te we ay Py Y ee we Wey) wets a roe a tg cae ee PR wae . + Gere tert ed Hq eet hie 1 POW te OO een reo, | ort une bdmed: “oe ‘ oy Deyred ae ah Te viva el tm eee Urq ere Weert Teg erent Fa Ey a ee ou ort, @ Brees oe eee la Pg ke we Th Ge a Pubs hh) ee oe ey en ere Votee eee rer bs urue Ayre at ewer ht a bivary wwe AU Lee eer hg bow ae & © ew wre HQ tet bh yey Ge CORP OH tee ee ey Oe yee) eee ee te ae gree rent Ee evo wh, tat Ride . 7 ras. = seaeany ? : 7 : . ae Pte ET ET eA ny ef S60 ’ -— - : PP Hat ef ne slaeaw < . Z : : afed et A was vee ‘ Pe Ree eee 2 Tae v7 4 fy wv a aos eee rageon? pe Ud ct ky Bet Lda RIS LE, ‘ ras Lomehate nets niente ro pw ot hab [Amgen “* On a) werere a. eee epi st oe ” we thet ee Ae eS el HST OF]